IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 I.I 1.25 IlM 2.2 2.0 11^ 14 IIIIII.6 W <$> c^ .> W Hiotographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN CTRIFET WEBSTER, N.Y. HS80 (716) 873-4503 iV ^ :\ t> \ fs 6^ 6^ > ■^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 1980 Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically ur.iqtje, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly cliange the usual method of filming, are checked baiow. D D □ D D D D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couieur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommag6e Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur^e et/ou pelliculde I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque I I Coloured maps/ □ Cartes gdographiques en couieur Coloured init (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couieur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couieur Bound with other material/ Reli6 avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La reliure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge intirieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ 11 se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout^es lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte. mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 filmdes. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppl^mentaires; L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a M possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de filmage sont indiquis ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ D D Pages de couieur Pages damaged/ Pages endommag6es Pages restored and/oi Pages restaur6es et/ou pelliculdes Pages discoloured, stained or foxei Pages d6color6es, tachetdes ou piqu^es Pages detached/ Pages ddtach^es Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Quaiitd in^gale de {'Impression Includes supplementary materii Comprend du materiel suppldmentaire I I Pages damaged/ I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ I ~1 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ rVj Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont M film6es d nouveau de fapon d obtenir la meiileure image possible. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmA au taux de rMuction indiqu6 ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X y 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed here hac been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: National Library of Canada L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grAce A la g^nirositA de: Bibliothdque nationaie du Canada The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Les images suivantes ont M reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la netteti de Texempiaire film6, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, cr the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimie sont film6s en commen^ant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont film6s en commengant par la premidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la derniftre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol •^^> (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE". le symbols V signifie "FIN". Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre fiimis A des taux de reduction diffirents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, il est f ilm6 d partir de I'angle sup^rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images n^cessaire. Las diagrammes suivants illustrent la m^thode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 THE NATIVE RACES OF TBK PACIFIC STATES. THE NATIVE RACES OF THE PACIFIC STATES OF JS^ORnr AMEPJCA. BIT HUBERT HOWE BANCKOFT. VOLUME I. WILI> TRIBES. / NEW YORK: D. APPLETON AND COMPANY. 1875. £4t fi;^78S Entereil aocMrilin*; to Act of OonffrPSH. in tho y?.ir oiio thoiHiiml eight linutlrpd aud Ht'vciitv ttiur. liy HIJ15F.UT II. r.ANCllOFT, In the Ollli'c of tlio Librariun of CousroHK, at \Vusliiij(jtou. RIVERSIDK, CAMDRIDai;: PHINTED BV II HOUUUTOS AND COMPANY. «76fj pil aud *0 MT BBOTHEB ALBERT L. BANCROFT 2 DEDICATE THIS WOBK. PREFACE. In pursuance of a general plan involving the produc- tion of a series of works on the western half of North America, I present this delineation of its aboriginal in- habitants as the first. To the immense territory border- ing on the western ocean from Alaska to Darien, and in- cluding the whole of Mexico and Central America, 1 give arbitrarily, for want of a better, the name Pacific States. Stretching almost from pole to equator, and embracing within its limits nearly one tenth of the earth's surface, this last Western Land offers to lovers of knowledge a new and enticing field ; and, although hitherto its several parts have been held somewhat asunder by the force of circumstances, yet are its occupants drawn by nature into nearness of relationship, and will be brought yet nearer by advancing civilization; the common oceanic highway on the one side, and the great mountain ram- parts on the other, both tending to this result. The characteristics of this vast domain, material and social, are comparatively unknown and are essentially peculiar. To its exotic civilization all the so-called older nations of the world have contributed of their energies; and this composite mass, leavened by its destiny, is now working out the new problem of its future. The modern history of .this West antedates that of the East by over a century, and although there may be apparent hetero- ▼lU PREFACE. geneity in the subject thus territorially treated, there is an apparent tendency toward ultimate unity. To some it may be of interest to know the nature and extent of my resources for writing so important a series of works. The books and manuscripts necessary for the task existed in no library in the world; hence, in 1859, I commenced collecting material relative to the Pacific States. After securing everything within my reach in America, I twice visited Euroi)e, spending al)Out two years in thorough researches in England and the chief cities of the Continent. Having exhausted every avail- able source, I was obliged to content myself with lying in wait for opportunities. Not long afterwiird, and at a time when the prospect of materially adding to my collection seemed anything but hopeful, the Bihlioteca Imperial de M^jico, of the unfortunate Maximilian, col- lected during a period of forty years by Don Joso !Maria Andrade, litterateur and publisher of the city of Mexico, was thrown upon the European market and furnished me about three thousand additional volumes. In 1869, having accumul.ated some sixteen thousand books, manuscripts, and pamphlets, besides maps and cumbersome files of Pacific Coast journals T determined to go to work. But I soon found that, like Tantalus, while up to my neck in water, I was dying of thirst. The facts which I required were so copiously diluted with trash, that to follow different subjects through this trackless sea of erudition, in the exhaustive manner I had proposed, with but one life-time to devote to the work, was simply impracticable. In this emergency my friend, Mr Henry L. Oak, librarian of the collec- tion, came to my relief. After many consultations, and not a few partial failures, a system of indexing the FBEFACE. iz Bubject-matter of the wliole library was devised, suflR- ciontly general to )je practicable, and Hufliciently partic- ular to direct me immediately to all my authorities on any given jjoint. The system, on trial, stands the test, and the index when comi)leted, as it already is for the twelve hundred authors quoted in tliis work, will more than double the practical value of the library. Of the importance of the task undertjiken, I need not say that I have formed the highest opinion, ^vf. present the few grains of wheat are so hidden by the mountain of chaft' as to be of comparatively 1'ttle benefit to searchers in the various branches of turn- ing; and to sift and select from this mass, to extract from bulky tome and transient journal, from the archives of con lit and mission, facts valuable to the scholar and interesting to the general reader; to arrange these facts in a natural order, and to present them in such a manner as to be of practical benefit to inquirers in the various branches of knowledge, is a work of no small import and responsibility. And though mine is the labor of the artisan rather than that of the artist, a forg- ing of weapons for abler hands to wield, a producing of raw materials for skilled mechanics to weave and color at will ; yet, in undertaking to bring to light from sources innumerable essential facts, which, from the very shortness of life if from no other cause, must other- wise be left out in the physical and social generalizations which occupy the ablest minds, I feel that I engage in no idle pastime. A word as to the Nations of which this work is a de- scription, and my method of treating the subject. Abo- riginally, for a savage wilderness, there was here a dense population; particularly south of the thirtieth parallel, PREFACE. and along the border of the ocean north of that line. Before the advent of Europeans, this domain counted its aborigines by millions; ranked among its people every phase of primitive humanity, from the reptile- eating cave-dweller of the Great Basin, to the Aztec and Maya-Quiche civilization of the southern table-land, — a civilization, if we may credit Dr Draper, " that might have instructed Europe," a culture wantonly crushed by Spain, who therein " destroyed races more civilized than herself." Differing among themselves in minor particulars only, .and bearing a general resemblance to the nations of east- ern and southern America; differing again, the whole, in character and cast of features from every other people of the world, we have here presented hundreds of nations and tongues, with thousands of beliefs and customs, wonderfully dissimilar for so segregated a humanity, yet wonderfully alike for the inhabitants of a land that comprises within its limits nearly every phase of climate on the globe. At the touch of European civilization, whether Latin or Teutonic, these nations vanished; and their unwritten history, reaching back for thousands of ages, ended. All this time they had been coming and going, nations swallowing up nations, annihilating and being annihi' filed, amidst human con- vulsions and struggling civilizations. Their strange destiny fulfilled, in an instant they disappear; and all we have of them, besides their material relics, is the glance caught in their hasty flight, which gives us a few customs and traditions, and a little mythological history. To gather and arrange in systematic compact form all that is known of these people; to rescue some facts, PREFACE. x: perhaps, from oblivion, to bring others from inaccessible nooks, to render all available to science and to the general reader, is the object of this work. Necessarily some parts of it may be open to the charge of dryness ; I have not been able to interlard my facts with interest- ing anecdotes for lack of space, and I have endeavored to avoid speculation, believing, as I do, the work of the collector and that of the theorizer to be distinct, and that he who attempts to establish some pet conjecture while imparting general information, can hardly be trusted for impartial statements. With respect to the territorial divisions of the first volume, which is con- fined to the Wild Tribes, and the necessity of giving descriptions of the same characteristics in each, there may be an appearance of repetition; but I trust this may be found more apparent than real. Although there are many similar customs, there are also many minor differences, and, as one of the chief difficulties of this volume was to keep it within reasonable limits, no delin- eation has been repeated where a necessity did not ap- pear to exist. The second volume, which treats of the Civilized Nations, ofters a more fiiscinating field, and with ample space and all existing authorities at hand, the fault is the writer's if interest be not here combined with value. As regards Mythology, Languages, Antiq- uities, and Migrations, of which the three remaining volumes treat, it has been my aim to present clearly and concisely all knowledge extant on these subjects; and the work, as a whole, is iutended to embody all facts that have been preserved concerning these iieople at the time of their almost simultaneous discovery and disappear- ance. It will be noticed that I have said little of the natives or their deeds since the coming of the Euro- xU PREFACE. peans; of their wars against invaders and among them- selves; of repartimientos, presidios, missions, reserva- tions, and other Institutions for their conquest, conver- sion, protection, or oppression. My reason for this is th.at ail these things, so far .as they have any importance, belong to the modern history of the country and will receive due attention in a subsequent wori<. In these five volumes, besides information acquired from sources not therein named, are condensed the re- searches of twelve hundred writers, a list of whose works, with the edition used, is given in this volume. 1 have endeavored to state fully and clearly in my text the substance of the matter, and in reaching my conclu- sions to use due discrimination as to the respective value of different authorities. In the notes I give liberal (juo- tations, both corroborative of the text, and touching points on which authors differ, together with complete references to all authorities, including some of little value, on eucli point, for the use of readers or writers who may either be dissatisfied with my conclusions, or may wish to in- vestigate any particular branch of the subject farther than my limits allow. I have given full credit to each of the many authors from whom I have taken material, and if, in a few in- stances, a scarcity of authorities has compelled me to draw somewhat largely on the few who have treated par- ticular ix)ints, I trust I shall be pardoned in view of the comprehensive nature of the work. Quotations are made in the languages in which they are written, and great pains has been taken to avoid mutilation of the author's words. As the books quoted form part of my private library, I have been able, by comparison with the originals, to carefully verify all references after PREFACE. ziu they were put in type; hence I may confidently hope that fewer errors have crept in than are usually found in works of such variety and extent. The labor involved in the preparation of these volumes will be appreciated by few. That expended on the first volume alone, with all the material before me, is more than equivalent to the well-directed efforts of one i)erson for ten years. In the work of selecting, sifting, and ar- ranging my subject-matter, I have called in the aid of a large corps of assistants, and, while desiring to place on no one but myself any responsibility for the work, either in style or matter, I would render just acknowledgment for the services of all ; especially to the following gentle- men, for the efficient manner in which, each in his special department, they have devoted their energies and abilities to the carrying out of my plan; — to Mr T. Arundel-IIarcourt, in the researches on the manners and customs of the Civilized Nations ; to Mr Walter M. Fisher, in the investigation of Mythology ; to Mr Albert Goldschmidt, in the treatise on Language; and to Mr Henry L. Oak, in the subject of Antiquities and Aborig- inal History. Ill » CONTENTS OF THIS VOLUME. CHAPTER I. ETHNOLOOICAL INTRODUCTION. PAGE. Facts and Theories — Hypotheses concerning Origin— Unity of Race — Diversity of Race — Spontaneous Generation — Origin of AniinalH and Plants — Primordial Centres of Population— Distrilmtinn of Plants and Animals — Adaptability of Species to Locality — Classifi- cation of Species— Ethnological Tests— Races of the Pacific— First Intercourse with Europeans 1 CHAPTER II. HYPERBOREANS. General Divisions — Hyperborean Nations— Aspects of Nature — Vegeta- tion — Climate — Animals — -Tiie Eskimos — Their Country — Physical Characteristics — Dress — Dwellings — Food — Weapons — Boats — Sledges — Snow-Shoes — Govcnunent — Domestic Aflairs — Amuse- ments — Diseases — Burial— The Koniagas, their Physical and Social Condition— The Aleuts— The Thlinkeets— The Tinneh 33 CHAPTER III. COLUMBIANS. Habitat of the Columbian Group— Physical Geography— Sources of Food Supply - - Influence of Food and Cliii.atc — Four extreme Classes — Haidahs Home — Physical Peculiarities— Clothing -Shel- ter — Sustena ntc - Implements — Manufactures — Arts— Pn>purty - - Laws — Slavery — Women — Customs — Medicine — Death — TheNoo*- kas — ^The Sound Nations — The Chinooks— The Shushwaps— 1'hc Salish— The Sahaptins 150 CHAPTER IV. CALIF0RNIAN8. Groupal Divisions; Ncrthem, Central, and Southern Califomians, and Shoshones— Country of the Califomians — The Klamaths, Modocs, Shastas, Pitt River Indians, Eurocs, Cahrocs, Hoopahs, Woeyots, XVX CONTENTS. PAGE. Tolewahs, and Rogue River Indiana and their Customs — The Teha- inas, Pomos, Ukiahs, Gualalas, Sonomas, Petalumus, Nap'is, Sus- cols, Suisuncs, Tanialcs, Karquincs, Tulomos, Thaniicns, Olchones, Runsiens, Escelens, and others of Central California — The Ca- huillos, Dicgueftos, Islanders, and Mission Rancherias of Southern California — Tiie Snakes or Shoshones proper, Utahs, Bannocks, Washoes and other Shoshone Nations 322 CHAPTER V. NEW MEXICANS. Geographical Position of tliis Group, and Physical Features of the Ter- ritory — Family Divisions; Apaches, Pueblos, Lower Californians, and Northern Mexicans — The Apache Family: Comaiiches, Apaches proper, Hualapais, Yuinas, Cosninos, Yampais, Yalchedunes, Ya- majabs, Cruzados, Nijoras, Navajos, Mojaves, and their customs —The Pueblo Family: Pueblos, Moquis, Pimas, Maricopas, PApa- gos, and their Neighbors — The Cochimis, Waicuris, Pericuis, and other Lower Californians— The Seris, Sinaloas, Tarahuniares, Con- ches, Tepehuanea, Tobosos, Acaxees, and others in Northern Mexico 471 CHAPTER VI. WILD TRIBES OP MEXICO. Territorial Aspects — Two Main Divisions; Wild Tribes of Central Mex- ico, and Wild Tribes of Southern Mexico — The Coras and others in Jalisco— Descendants of the Aztecs — The Otomis and Mazahuas Adjacent to the Valley of Mexico — The Panics — The Tarascoa and Matlaltzincas of Michoacan — The Huaztccs and Totonacos of Vera Cruz and Tamaulipas — ^The Chontales, Chiuantecs, Mazatecs, Cui- catecs, Chatinos, Miztccs, Zapotecs, Mijes, Huaves, Chiapanecs, Zoquea, Lacandones, Cholcs, Mames, Tzotziles, Tzendales, Cho- chones and others of Southern Mexico 615 CHAPTER Vn. U WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. Physical Geography and Climate — Three Groupal Divisions; First, the nations of Yucatan, Guatemala, Salvador, Western Honduras, and Nicaragua; Second, The Mosquitos of Honduras; Third, the na- tions of Costa Rica and the Isthmus of Panamd — The Popolucas, Pipiles and Chontales — The Descendants of the Maya-Quich^ Races — The Natives of Nicaragua — The Mosquitos, Poyas, Ramas, Len- cos, Towkas, Woolwas, and Xicaques of Honduras — The Guatusos of the Rio Frio — The Caimanes, Bayamos, Dorachos, Goajiros, Mandingos, Savanerics, Sayrones, and Viscitas living in Costa Rica and on the Isthmus 684 AUTHORITIES QUOTED. Abbot (Gorham D. ), Mexico and the United States. New York, 1869. Abert (J. VV.), Report of his E.\uinination of New Mexico. 1846-7. (30th Confess, Ist Session, Senate Executive Doc. 41.) Wa.shint;ton, 1848. About (Ldniond), Handbook of Social Economy. New York, 1873. Acazitli (Francisco de Sandoval), Kelacinn de la Jornada que liizo. Indios Chichimeciut dc Xuchipila. In Icazbalccta, Col. de Doc, toni. ii. Acosta (Joaquin), Conipendio Hist6rico del Descubriniieuto, etc. de la Nueva Granada. I'aris, 1848. Acosta (Josef de), Ilistoria Natural y Moral de las Yndias. Sevilla, 1590. [Quoted as Hist, de las Ynd.] Acosta (Josef de), The Naturall and Morall Historic of the East and West Indies. London, n. d. [1()U4]. [Quoted as Hist. Nat. Ind.] Adair (James), The History of the American Indians. London, 1775. 4to. Adelung (Johann Cliristopli), see Vater (J. S.), Mitiiridates. Akadcniic der Wissenschafteii, Sitzungsberichte. Berlin. Alanian (Lucas), Disertaciones sobre la Historia de la Kepublica Mejicana. M^jico. 1844-9. 3 vols. Alaman (Liicas), Historia de Mdjico. Meiico, 1849-52. 5 vols. Alarcon (Fernando), The Uclation of the Naui}?ation and Discouery which Captaine Fernando Alarchon made, [ir>40.] In Hakluyt's Voy., vol. iii. ; Uamusio, Navigationi, tom. iii.; Ternaux-Compaus, Voy.,«8(5rie i., torn. ix. Album Mexicano. Mexico, 1849. Alcedo (Antonio de), Diccionario Geogrdfico Historico. Madrid, 178C-9. 5 vols. Alegre (Frnniisco Javier), Historia de la Compania de Jesua en Nueva Espafla. Mexico, 1841. 3 vols. Almaraz (Hunions Memoria de los trabajosejecutadosporlaComision Cien- tifica de I'acliuca. Mexico, 1865. Almaraz (Ramon), Memoria acerca de los Terrenos de Metlaltoyuca. Mex- ico, 1866. Alric (Henri J. A.), Dix Ans de Residence d'un missionnairc dans les deux Californies. Slexico, 18C0. Alzate y Ramirez (Josi5 Antonio), Gacctas de Litcratura de Mexico. Mex- ico, 1790-4. 3 vols.; and Pnebla, 1831. 4 vols. Alzate y Ramirez (Jose Antonio), Memoria sobre la Naturaleza, etc., de la Grana. MS. Mexico, 1777. America, An Account of the Spanish Settlements in. Edinburgh, 1762. American Annual Register. New York, 1827 et sen. American Antiquarian Society, Transactions and Collections. Worcester, etc., 1820-60. 4 vols. American Ethnological Society, Transactions. New York, 1845-8. vols. i.,ii. American Missions, History of. Worcester, 1844. American Notes and Queries. Philadelphia, 1857. American Quarterly Register. Philadelphia, 1848 ct seq. Vol. I. a ZTIU AUTHOBITIES QUOTED. il!! !!i h! ill American Quarterly Review. Pliiliidelphia, 1827 et seq. American Rc^^iatcr. Piiiladelphia, 1807 ct ttcq. American lleview. New York, 1845 et seq. Am^riqiie Ccntralc. Coloniaatiou du District dc Santo-Thomas, Guate- mala. Paris, 1844. Ampere (J. J.), Promenade en Arn^rique. Paris, 1855. 2 vols. Anoles Mexicunos de Ciencia, Literatura, etc. Mexico, 1860. Anderson (Alex. C), Hand-Book and Map of Frazer's and Thompson's Uivers. San Francisco, [1858]. Andrews (W. S.), Illustrations of the West Indies. London, [1861]. folio. Annales des Voyages. Paris, 1809-14. 24 vols. Annual of Scicntinc Discovery. Boston, 1850 et seq. Annual Kej;ister. London, 1787-1807. 47 vols. Anson (George), A Voyaye round the World, 1740-4. London, 1767. 4to. Antiquit^s Mcxicaines. Paris, 1834. folio. 3 vols. Text, 2 vols., each in 2 divisions; plates, 1 vol. AntuAez y Acevedo (Rafael), Memorias Hist6ricas. Madrid, 1707. Anunciacion (Juan de la), Doctrina Christiana muy cumplida. £n Lsngua Castellana y Mexicana. Mexico, 1575. Anunciacion (Juan de la), Sernionario en Lengua Mexicana. Mexico, 1577. Apost6lico8 Afanes de lu Compafiia de Jesus. Barcelona, 1754. 4to. Aravio (Ivan Martinez de). Manual de los Santos Sacramentos en el Idionia ue Michuacan. Mexico, 1690. Archcnholtz (J. ^l. von). The History of the Pirates, etc., of America. Lon- don, 1807. Archoiologia, or Miscellaneous Tracts relating to Antiquity. London, 1770-1857. 57 vols. Arenas (Pedro de). Guide de la Conversation en trois Langues, Fraufais, Espagnol et Mcxicain. Paris, 1862. Arenas (Pedro ilc), Vocahulario Manual de las Lenguas Castellana y Mex- icana. Mexico, [1583]. Arenas (Pedro de), Vocahulario Manual de las Lenguas Castellana y Mex- icana. Puehla, 1831. Arizcorreta (Mariano), Respuesta de Algunos Propietarios de Fincas Rdsti- cos, A . Mexico, 1849. Arlegui (Joseph de), Chr6nica de la Provincia de N. S. P. S. Francisco de Eacatecas. Mexico, 1737. Armin (Th.), Das Alte Mexiko. Leipzig, 1865. Armin (Th.), Das Hcutige Mexiko. Leipzig, 1865. Armstrong (Alex. ), A Personal Narrative of the Discovery of the N. W. Passage. London, 1857. Arricivita (Juan Doniin<'o), Cr6nica Serdfica y Apost6lica del Colegio de Propaganda Fide de la Santa Cruz de Quer<5taro. Mexico, 1792. 4to. Arte de la Lengua Ncvome, que se dice Pima. (Shea's Linguistics, No. 5.) San Augustine, 1862. Athanosius, see West-Indische Spieghel. Atlantic Monthly. Boston, 1858 et seq. Atwater (Caleb)^ Description of the Antiquities of Ohio. In Amer. An- tiq. Soc., Transact., vol. i. Aubin, Memoire sur I'dcriture figurative. Paris, 1849. Auger (Edouard), Voyage en Califomie. Paris, 1854. Avila (Francisco de). Arte de la Lengua Mexicana. Mexico, 1717. Baegert (Jacob), An Account of the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Califor- nian Peninsula. In Smithsonian Report, 1863-4. Baer (K. E. von), Statistische und Ethnogranhische Nachrichten Uber die Rusaischen Besitzungen an der Nordwestkiiste von Amerika. St Peters- burg, 1839. Baeza (Bartolom^ del Granado), Los Indios de Yucatan. In Registro Yuca- teco, tom. i. AUTHORITIES QUOTED. xix Baily (John), Central America; describing; Guatemala, Honduras, Salva- dor, Nicaraj^a, and Costa llica. London, 1850. Bain (Alexander), Mind and Body; The Theories of their Relation. New York, 1873. Bnldwin (John D. ), Ancient America. New York, 1872. Barber (John \V. ), and Henry Howe, All the Western States and Territo- ries. Cincinnati, 18ri7. Bdrcena, (J. M. Iloa), Ensayo de una Historia Anecd6tica de Mexico, Mexico, 1862. Bdrcena, (J. M. Koa), Loyendas Mcxicanas. Mexico, 1862. Barcia (Andrds Gonzalez de), Historiadores Priniitivos de las Indias Occi- dentales. Madrid, 1749. folio. 3 vols. Bard (Samuel A. ), Waikna; or. Adventures on the Mosquito Shore. [By E. G. Squier.] New York, 1855. Baril (V. L.), Mexique. Duei the World. Caneio (Lorenzo), Cartas, afio de 17i In Doc. tom. ii. Gapron (E. S.), History of California. I .^on, 1854. Carbajal Espinosa (Francisco), Historia d VIexico desde los primeros tiem- pos de que hay noticia. Mex. 18C2. ^ s., i., ii. Carbaial (Francisco Leon), Discurso sobr la Legislacion de los Antiguos Mexicanos. Mexico, 1864. Carleton (James Henry), Diary of an Excursion to the Ruins of Ab6, etc.. New Mexico. In Smithsonian Report, 1854. CarIi (Gian-Rinaldo), Las Cartas Amencanas. Mexico, 1821-2. London, 1741. Edinburgh, 1816. Hist. Mex., serie In IV., "I AUTHOBITIES QUOTED. zxiii Carochi (Horocio), Compendio del Arte do la lingua Mexicana Dia- puc8t(> por cl I*. iBiiario de Parcdca. Mexico, 1759. Carpoiitor (Wni. W.), TravelB and Adventures in Mexico. New York, 1851. Carranza (Domingo Gonzales), A Geographical Description of the West Indies. Ixindon, 174U. Carriedo (Juan B. ), Los Palocios Antiguos de Mitla. In Ilustracion Mex- icana., turn. ii. Carriuj^n (Mrs M. J.), Absaraka, Homo of the Crows. Philadelphia, 1868. Curtan (Vicenzo), Le vcrc e novo Iniagini de gli Dei delli Anticlii. Padoua, 1615. Cartas Edihcantcs y Curiosas Escritas do las Missionos Estrangeras por algunos missioneros de la Comp. de Jesus. Madrid. 1755-7. 16 vols. Carvamo (S. N.), Incidents of Travel and Adventure iu the Far West. New York, 1858. Costafleda de Niigera (Pedro de). Relation du Voya^ de Cibola. In Ter-' naux-Compans, Voy., serie i., tom. ix. Paris, 1838. Castanode Sosa (Gasnar), Mcmoria del Desiiubrimicnto del Nuevo Keino do Loon. 1590. \n Pachoco, Col. de Doc. In^d., tom. iv. Catecismo on Idioma Mixteco. Pucbhi, 1837. Cathccismo y Suma de la Doctrina Christiana. . . .por el III. Concilio Pro- vincial, 1585. MS. Catherwood (P.), Views of Ancient Monuments in Central America, Chia- pas and Yucatan. Now York, 1844. folio. Catlm (George), Illustrations of the Manners, Customs and Condition of the North American Indians. London, 1866. 2 vols. Catlin (George), Ukeepa. Philadelphia, 18iB7. Cavo (Andres), I^)s Tres Siglos do Mexico. Mexico, 1836-^. 4 vols. Chambers' Edinburgh Journal. London, 1834 et seq. Clminnagnoc (J. B. J.), Le Jeune Yoyageuren Califomie. Paris, n. d. Chanulcss (Wm.), A Visit to Salt Lake. London, 1857. Chappo D'Autcroche, Voyage en Califomie. Paris, 1772. 4to. Charlevoix (Fr. Xav. de), Histoire de la NouvoUe France. Paris, 1744. 4to. 3 vols. Chamay (Ddsirii), Cites ct Ruines Amdricaines Avec un Texte par M. VioUet-le-Duc. Paris, 1863. With folio atlas of photograi)lis. Charpenne (Pierre), Mon Voyage au Mexique. Paris, 1836. 2 vols. Chateaubriand (de). Voyages en Anidriiiue. Paris, n.d. Chaves (G.), Rapport sur la Province de Moztitlan. 1579. In Temaux- Compans, Voy., serie ii., tom v. Chevalier (Michel), L'Isthmc de Panamd. Paris, 1844. Chevalier (Michel), Du Mexique avant ct i>endant le Conqufite. Paris, 1845. Chevalier (Michel), Le Mexique, Ancien et Modeme. Paris, 1864. Chimalpopocatl (Faustino Galicia/, Disertacion sobre la lliquoza, etc., del Idioma Mexicano. In Musco Mexicano, tom. iv. Chinook Jargon, Vocabulary. San Francisco, 1860. Chipman (C. ), Mineral Resources of Northern Mexico. New York, 1868. Choris (Louis), Voyage Pittoresque autour du Monde. Paris, 1822, folio. Choules (John O.), and Thomas Snr'th, The Origin and History of Mis- sions. New York, 1851. 4to. 2 vols. Cincinnatus, Travels on the Western Slope of the Mexican Cordillera. San Francisco, 1867. Clark (Joseph G.), Lights and Shadows of Sailor Life. Boston, 1848. Clavigero (Francesco Saverio), Storia della California. Venezia, 1789. 2 vols. Clavigero (Francesco Saverio), Storia Antica del Messico. Cesena, 1780. 4to. 4 vols. Cleveland (Richard J.), A Narrative of Voyages. Cambridge^ 1842. 2 vols. Cockbum (John), A Journey Overland from the Gulf of Honduras to the Great South Sea, London, 1735. XXIT AUTHOBITIES QUOTED. Codex Mendoza, etc., See Mex. Picture- Writings. Coeolludo (Diezo Lopez), Historia de Yucathan. Madrid, 1688. folio. Coke (Henry J.), A Ride over the Kockv Mountains. London, 1852. Collinaon (R.), Account of the Proceedings of H. M. S. Enterprise, from Behrin^ Strait to Cambridge Bay. In Lond. Geog. Soc., Jour., vol. XXV. London, 1855. Colombo (Fernando), Historic, della vita, e de' fatti dell' Ammiroglio D. Christoforo Colombo suo Padre. Venetia, 1709. Colon (Fernando), La Hiatoria del Ahnirante D. Christdval Colon su Padre. In Barcia, HistoriadoresPrim., torn. i. Colton (Walter), Deck and Port. New York, 1860. Colton (Walter), The Land of Gold. New York, 1860. Colton (Walter), Three Years in California. New York, 1860. Combier (C), Voyage au Golfe de Californie. Paris, n.d. Commettant (Oscar), Lcs Civilisations Incunnues. Paris, 1863. Comit^ d'Arch^ologie Am^ricaine, Annuaire. Paris, 1866-7. Concilios Provinciales MexicanoB. V, 2°, 3°, y 4°; 1655^ 1565, 1585, 1771. The ori^nal MS. Records, folio. 5 vols. Conder (JoBiah), Mexico and Guatemala. London, I83I. 2 vols. Cook (James), A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean. Londcm, 1784. 4to. 3 vols. and folio atlas. Cooke (P. St G.), Scenes and Adventures in the Army. Philadelphia, 1857. Cooper, The History of North America. London, 1789. Coreal (Francois), Voyages aux Indes Occidentales. Paris, 1722. 2 vols. Comwallis (Kinahan), The New El Dorado, or British Columbia. London, 1858. Coronado (Francisco Vazquez de). The Relation of. Country of Cibola. [1540.} In Hakluyt'» Voyages, v«l. iii.; Ternaux-Comiians, Voy., s^rie i., tom. ix.; ^amusio, Navig., torn. iii. Cortes. (Hernan), Aventuras y Coiiquistos de Heman Cortes en M^jico. Barcelona, 1846. Cortes (Hemon), Carta In^dita. [Oct. 15, 1524.} In Icazbalceta, Col. do Doc., torn. i. Cortes (Hernan), Cartas y Relaciones de Heman Cortes al Emperador CariosV. Paris, 1866. Cortes (Hernan), The Despatches of. Translated by Geo. Folsom. New York, 1843. Cort(^s (Hernan), Historia de Nueva-Espaiia. Aumentada por Don Fran- cisco Antonio Lorenzana. Mcxicov 1770. folio. Tortus (Hernan), Vida de Heman Cortes. [De Rebus Gcstis, etc.] In Icaz- balceta, Col. de Doc., tom. i. Cortes, Martyr, et al., De Insvlis nvper iaventis Ferdinandi Cortesii ad Carolum V. Narrationes cum alio quodam Petri Martyris. n.pl., 1532. Gortez (Jos^), History of the Apache Nations. [1799.} In Pac. R. R. Repts., vol. iii. Cotheal (Alex. J.), A Grammatical Sketch sf the Language spoken by the Indians of the Mosquito Shore. In Amer. Etlmol. Soc., Transact., vol. ii. Coulter (John), Adventures on the Western Coast of South America and the Interior of California. London, 1847. 2 vols. Coulter (Thomas), Notes on Upper California. In Lond. Geog. Soc., Jour., vol. V. Cousin (Victor), Course of the History of Modem Philosophy. New York, 1872. 2 vols. Cox (Isaac), The Annals of Trinitv County. San Francisco, 1858. Cox (Ross), Adventured on the Columbia River. London, 1831. 2 vols. Coxe (Wm.), Account of the Russian Discoveries between Russia and America. London, 1787. Gremony (John C), Life Among the Apaches. San Franciacot 1868. AUTHORITIES QUOTED; XXV Crespi (Juan), Diario de la Espedicion de Mar que hizo la fragata Santiago. [Capt. Juan Perez, 1774.] In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn. vi. Crespi (Juan), Vio^ de la Etipcdicion de Tierra de San Diego d Monterey. Copia del Diario, etc. [1769.] In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn. vi. Crouise (Titus Fey), The Natural Wealth of California. San Francisco, 1868. Crowe (Frederick), The Gospel in Central America. London, 1850. Cuaderno Historico de las Agresiones y Hazanas de tres c^lebres Apachea. In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn. iii. Cucsta (Felipe Arroyo de la), Extracto de la Gramdtica Mutsun. (Shea's Linguistics, No. 4.) New York, 1861. Cuesta (Felipe Arroyo de 'a), A Vocabulary or Phrase Book of the Mutsun Language of Alta California. (Shea's Linguistics, No. 8.) New York, 1862. Cullen, The Isthmus of Daricn Ship Canal. London, 1853. Cutts (J. Madison), The Conquest of California and New Mexico. Phila- delphia, 1847. Dale (R.), Notes of an Excursion to the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. Lon- don, 1851. Dall (Wm. H.), Alaska and its resources. Boston, 1870. Dally (E.), Sur Ics Kaces Indigenes et sur I'Arch^ologie du Mexique. Paris, 1862. Dampier (Wm.), A New Voyage round the World. London, 169&-1709. 3 vols. Dapper (0.), Die Unbekannte Neue Welt. Amsterdam, 1673. folio, Darwin (Charles), The Descent of Man. New York, 1871. 2 vols. Darwin (Charles), On the Origin of Species. New York, 1871. Davidson (George), Directory for the Pacific Coast of the United States. Washington, n.d. Ddvila (Gil Gonzalez), Teatro Eclesi&stico de la Primitiva Iglesia de las Indias Occidentalcs. Madrid, 1649-55. 2 vols, folio. Ddvila (Julian (iutierrez), Memorias Hist6ricas de la Congregacion de el Oratorio de la C'udad de Mexico. Mexico, 1736. folio. Ddvila Padilla (Avgvstin), Historia de la Fvndacion y Discvrso de la Pro- vincia de Santiago de Mexico. Brusselas, 1625. folio. Davis (A.), Antiquities of America. Butfalo, 1846, and New York, 1847. Davis (W. W. H.), El Gilngo; or, New Mexico and her People. New York, 1837. Dease and Simpson, An Account of the Recent Arctic Discoveries. In Lond. Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. viii. De Bercy (Drouin), L'Europe et rAm^rique. Paris, 1818. De Costa (B. F.), The Pre-Columbian Discovery of America. Albany, 1868. De Groot (Henry), British Columbia. S.in Francisco, 1859. Delafield (John), An Inquiry into the Origin of the Antiquities of America. Cincinnati, 1839. 4to. Delano (A.), Life on the Plains. New York, 1861. Delaporte, Reisen eincs Franzosen. Leipzig, 1772. Democratic Review. Washington, etc., 1832 et seq. Denkschriften der russischeu geographischen Gesellschaft zu St Petersburg. Weimar, 1849 et seq. Derbec, Lettres ^crites de la Califomie. In Nouvelles Annalea des Voy., 1851., torn, cxxviii-xxx. De Smet (P. J. de). Letters and Sketches. Philadelphia, 1843. De Smet (P. J. de). Missions de I'Or^gon. London, 1848. De Smet (P. J. de), Oregon Missions and Travels over the Rocky Mount- ains. New York, 1847. De Smet (P. J. de). Voyages aux Mort-tgnes Rocheuses. Lille, 1859. De Smet (P. J. de), Western Missions and Missionaries. New York, 1863. sxri ATJTHOBITIES QUOTED. 1 ! ! Dewees (W. B.), Letters from an Early Settler of Texas. Louisville, 1852. Diaz (Juan), Itinerario de la Armada del Key Cat61ico & la lala de Yucatan, 1518, en la que fu^ Juan de Urijalva. In Icazbalceta, Col. de Doc., tom. i.; Temaux-Compans, Voy., s^rie i., torn. x. Diaz del Castillo (Bernal), Ilistoria Verdadera de la Conqui..ta de la Nueva- Espafia. Madrid, 1632. 4to. Diccionario Universal de Historia y de Geografia. Mexico, 1853. 4to. 10 vols. Dillon (A.), Beaut^s de PHistoire du Mexique. Paris, 1822. Diorama. [Mexico.] n.d. Dixon (George), A Voyage round the World. London, 1789. 4to. Dobbs (Arthur), An Account of the Countries adjoining to Hudson's Bay. London, 1744. 4to. Doctrina Christiana y Confesionario en Lengua Ncvome. (Shea's Linguist- ics, No. 5.) San Augustine, 1862. Documentos para la Historia de Mexico. Mexico, 1853-7. 20 vols. 4 scries. Series iii. in folio and in 4 parts referred to as volumes. Documentos para lu Historia eclcsidstica v civil de Nueva Vizcaya. In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., tom. iv.; and MS. DolIfu8(A.), and E. de Mont-Serrc*., Voyage G^ologique dans Ics R^pub- liques de Guatemala et de Sab dor. Paris, 1868. 4to. (Mission Sci- entifique, Geologic.) Domenech (Emmanuel), Journal d'un Missionaire au Texas et au Mexique. Paris, 1857. Domenech (Emmanuel), Manuscrit Pictographique Am i XXVUl AUTHORITIES QUOTED. ChicaRo, 1873. Coast of America. Font (Pedro), Notice sur la Grande Maison dite de Moctezuma. In Temaux- Compans, Voy., s^rie i., torn. i.x. Paris, 1837. Fontaine (Edward), How the World was peopled. New York, 1872. Footc (Henry Htuurt), Texas and the Texans. Philadelphia, 1841. 2 vols. Fte (Mrs), Kecollectiuns of Central America. London, 1809. Forbes (Alex.), California: A History of Upper and Lower California. Lon- don, 1839. Forbes (Chas.), Prize Essay, Vancouver Island, n.pl., 1862. Foreign Quarterly lieview. London, 1827 et 8e<^ Foresti, Supplenienti Chronicarum Jacobo Phillippo Bergomati. Venetiis, 1513. folio. Forster (John Keinhold), History of the Voyages and Discoveries made in the North. London, 1786. 4to. Forster (John Keinhold), Observations made during a Voyage round the World. London, 1778. 4to. Fossey (Matthieu dc), Le Mexique. Paris, 1857. Foster (J. W.), Pre-Historic Uaccs of the United States. Franch^re (Gabriel), Narrative of a Voyage to the N. W. Keadfield, 1854. Franciscus (Erasmus), Guineischer und Americanischer Blumen-Busch. Nurnberg, 1669. Franck (8cbiu>tian), Weltbuch-Spiegel und bildtnis des gantzen erdtbodens. Tubingen, 1533. Franklin ( John), Narrative of a Journey to the shores of the Polar Sea. London, 1824. 2 vols. Franshani (John), The World in Miniature. London, 1741. 2 vols. Fremont (John Chas.), Geographical Memoir upon Upper California. Wash- ington, 1848. Fremont (John Chas.), Report of the Exploring Expedition to the Rocky Mountains, etc. Washington, 1845. Fremont, and Emory, Notes of Travel in California. New York, 1849. French (B. F.), Historical Collections of Louisiana. New York, 1850-69. Friederichsthal (Emmanuel de), Les Monuments de 1' Yucatan. In Nou- velles Annates des Voy., 1841. torn. xcii. Frignet (Ernest), La Californie. Paris, 1867. Froebel (Julius), Aus Amerika. Erfahrungen, Reisen und Studien. Leip- zig, n.d. 2 vols. Froebel (Julius), Seven Years' Travel in Central America. London, 1859. Frost (John), Great Cities of the World. Auburn, n.d. Frost (John), History of the State of California. Auburn, 1853. Frost (John), Indian Wars of the U. S. New York, 1859. Fry (F.), Traveler's Guide. Cincinnati, 1865. Funnell (Wm.), A Voyage round the World. London, 1707. Ga^ (Thomas), ' New Sur^'ey of the West Indies. London, 1677. Gairdner, Notes on the Geography of the Columbia River. [1835.] In Lond. Geog. Soc., Jour., vol. xi. Galindo (Juan), Description of the River Usumasinta. In Lond. Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. iii. Galindo (Juan), Notice of the Caribs. In Lond. Geog. Soc., Jour., vol. iii. Galindo (Juan), Notions transmises, sur Palenque, etc. In Antiquit^s Mex- icaines, tom. i., div. ii. Galindo (Juan), The Ruins of Copan in Central America. In Amer. Antiq. Soc, Transact., vol. ii. Gallatin (Albert)^ Hale's Indians of Northwest America. In Amer. Eth- nol. Soc, Transact., vol. ii. Gallatin (Albert), Notes on the semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan, and Cent. Am. In Amer. Ethnol. Soc, Transact., vol. i. Gallatin (Albert), Sur I'Ancienne Civilisation du Nouveau Mexique. In Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1851. tom. cxxxi. AUTHORITIES QUOTED. XZlX Gallatin (Albert), A Synopsis of the Indian Tribes. In Amer. Antiq. Soc., Transact., vol. ii. Gand (Pierre dc), Lettre du Fr^re Pierre de Gand, autrement dit de Mura, 1529. In Temaux-Conipans, Voy., s^rie i., torn. x. Garay (Jos^ de), Keconocimiento del Istnio de Tehuantepec. London, 1844. Garces (Francisco), Diario y Dcrrutero que sigui6 el M. R. P. Fr. en su viage desde Oct. de 1775 hasta Sept. de 1776, al Rio Colorado. In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie ii., torn. i. Garcia (Gregorio), Origen de los Indios de el Nuevo Mundo. Madrid, 1729. folio. Garcia Conde (Francisco), Frontera de la Repiiblica. In Album Mexicano, torn. i. Garcia y Cnbas (Antonio), Atlas Geogrdfiro, Estadistico, 6 Hist6rico dc la Reniiblica Mcxicbua. Mexico, 1858. folio. Gass (Patrick), A Journal of the Voyages and Travels of Lewis and Clarke. Pittsburgh, 1808. Gastelu (Antonio Vazquez), Arte de la Len^a Mexicana. Puebia, 1726. Gastelu (Antonio Vazquez), Catecismo Breve [en Lengua Mexicana.] Puebia, 1838. Gazlav's Pacific Monthly. San Francisco, 1865. Genielli Carreri (Giovanni Francesco), A Voyage round the World. In Voyages, Col. (Churcliill), vol. iv., and in other Collections. Places in Kingsuorough's Mex. Antiq., vol. iv. Gersttickcr (Friederich), Culifornische Skizzen. Leipzig, 1856. Gerstacker (Friederich), Narrative of a Journey round the World. New York, 1853. Gibbs (George), Alphabetical Vocabulary of the Chinook Language. (Shea's Lingtistics, No. 8.) New York, 1863. Gibbs (George), Alphabetical Vocabularies of the Clallam and Lummi. (Sliea's Linguistics, No. 11.) New York, 1863. Gibbs (George), A Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon. (Shea's Linguistics, No. 12.) (Smithsonian Miscel. Col, No. 161.) New York, 1863. Gil (Hilarion Romero), Memoria sobre los Descubrimientos que los Espafi- oles hicieron en el Siglo XVI. en Nueva Galicia. In Soc. Mex. Geog., Boletin, torn. viii. Gilliam (Albert M. ), Travels over the Table Lands and Cordilleras of Mex- ico. Philadelphia, 1846. Girard (Juste), Excursion d'un Touriste an Mexiquc. Tours, 1867. Gisboume (Lionel), The Isthmus of Daricn in 1852. London, 1853. Glasunow (Andreas), Auszug aus dem Tagcbuche dcs Schiifcr-gchiilfen — . In Baer (K. £. von), Stat, und Ethnog. Nachrichten: and in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1841. tom. Ixxxix. Gleeson (W.), History of the Catholic Church in California; San Fran- cisco, 1872. 2 vols. Gomara (Francisco Lopez de), Historia de Mexico. Anvers, 1554. Gomara (Francisco Lopez de), lA Historia General de las Indias. Anvers, 1554. Gondra (Isidro R.), AntiguMades Mexicanas. In Soc. Mex. Geog., Boletin, tom. ii. Gondra (Isidro R.), Campeche. In Album Mexicano, tom. i. Gondra (Isidro R.), Esplicacion de las Ldminas. Historia Antigua de Mejico. In Prescott, Hist. Conq. Mex., Mexico, 1846, torn. iii. Gonzalez (Joseph), See Cabrera Bueno (J. G.). Goodrich, Lives of Celebrated American Indians. Boston, 1852. Gordon (James Bentley), An Historical and Geographical Memoir of the North American Continent, its Nations and Tribes. Dublin, 1820. 4to. Gordon (Thomas F.), The History of Ancient Mexico. Philadelphia, 1832. 2 vols. Gottfriedt (Johann Ludwig), Newe Welt und Americanische Historien. Franckfurt, 1656. folio. I i:i; XZX' AUTUOBITIES QUOTED Granados y Galvez (Joseph Joaquin), Tardea ^ mericanas. Mexico, 1778. Grant ((ieo^c M.), Ocean to Ocean. Toronto, 1873. Grant (W. Colquhoun), Description of Vancouver Island. [1857.] InLond. Geog. Soc., Jour., vols xxvii., xxxi. Gray (Wm. H.), A History of Oregon. Portland, 1870. Greenhow (Robert), The History of Oregon and California. London, 1844. Gregg (Josiah), Commerce of the Prairies. Philadelphia, 1850. 2 vols. Grijalua (Joan de), Cr6nica de la Orden de N. P. S. Augustin. Mexico, 1624. folio. Griswold (C. D.), The Isthmus of Panamd. New York, 1852. Guerra (Jos6), Historia de la Uevolucion de Nueva Espaiia. London, 1813. 2 vols. Guizot (F.), History of Civilization. New York, 1860. 4 vols. Guyot (Arnold), The Eartli oiid Man. Boston, 1867. Guzman (Nuno de), Rclacion an6nima de la Jornada que hizo d la Nueva Galicia. In Icazbalceto, Col de Doc, tom. ii. Hocke (Wm.), A Collection of Original Voyages. London, 1699. Hacfkcns (J.), Central America. Dordrecht, 1832. Hakluyt (Richard), The Principal Navigations, Voyages, etc. London, 1599-1600. folio. 3 vols. Hale (Horatio), Ethnography and Philology. Philadelphia, 1846. 4to. (U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi.) Halkett (John), Historical Notes respecting the Indians of North Ameri London, 1825. Hall (Basil), Extracts from a Journal. Edinburgh, 1826. 2 vols. Hall (Basil), Voyage au Chili, etc. Paris, 18.34. 2 vols. Hall (Free ;ric), Tlie History of San Josd. San Francisco, 1871. Hardisty (Wm. L.), The Loucheux Indians. In Smithsonian Report, 1866. Hardman (Frederick), Scenes and Adventures in Central America. Edin- burgh, 1852. Hardy (R. W. H. ), Travels in the Interior of Mexico. London, 1829. Harmon (Daniel Williams), A Journal of Voyages and Travels. Andover, 1820. Harpers' New Monthly Magazine. New York, 1856 et seq. Harris (G. ), Civilization Considered as a Science. New York, 1873. Hartmann (Carl), Geographisch-Statistischc Beschreibung von Califomien. Weimar, 1849. Hartmann (Wm.), and Millard, Le Texas; ou Notice Historique sur le Champ-d'Asile. Paris, 1819. Hassel (G. ), and J. G. F. R. Cannabich, Vollstandi^e und neueste Erdbe- schreibung von Reiche Mexico, Guatemala und Westindien. Weimar, 1824. Hastings (Lansford W.), The Emigrants' Guide to Oregon and California. Cincinnati, 1845. Hayes (Bcnj.), Recollections of Early Times. MS. Hayes Collection of MSS. and Newspaper Scraps. 1850-74. 50 vols, Hazart (Cornelius), Kirchen-Geschiclite. Wienn, 1684. folio. 2 vols. Hazlitt (Wm. Carew), The Great Gold Fields of Cariboo. London, 1862. Hozlitt (Wm. Carew), British Columbia and Vancouver Island. London, 1858. Heap (Gwinn Harris), Central Route to the Pacific. Philadelphia, 1854. Heame (Samuel), A Journey from Prince of Wales's Fort in Hudson's Bay to the Northern Ocean. London, 1795. 4to. Heine (Wilhelm), Wanderbilder aus Central-Amerika. Leipzig, n.d. Heller (Carl Bartholomseus), Rcisen in Mexiko. Leipzig, 1853. Hellwald (Frederick von), The American Migration. In Smithsonian Re- port, 1866. Helmholtz (H.), Popular Lectures on Scientific Subjects. New York, 1873. Helps (Arthur), The Conquerors of the New World and their Bondsmen. London, 1848-62. 2 vols. AI7TH0BITIES QUOTED. ZXXl Helps (Arthur), The Life of Las Cosas. Philadelphia, 1868. Helps (Arthur), The Spanish Conquest in America. London. 1858-61. 4 vols. Henderson (Alex.), A Grammar of the Moakito Language. New York, 1846. Henderson (George), An Account of the British Settlement of Honduro.". London, 1811. Hennepin (Louis), Description de la Louisiane. Paris, 1688. Hernicsdorf (M. G.), On the Isthmus of Tehuantcpec. In Lond. Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxii. Hernandez (Francisco), Nova Plantarum Animalium et Mineralium Mexi- ciinoruni liistoria. Konuo, 1651. folio. Herredia y Sarmicnto (Josef Ignitcio), Sermon Panegirico de la Gloriosa Apuricion de Nra. Sra. de Guadalupe. Mexico, 1803. Hcrrcra (Antonio dc), Historia General de los Hechos de los Castellanos en las Lslas i Tierra Firnie del Mar Occano. Madrid, 1601. 4to. 4 vols. Hcrvas (Lorenzo), Catdlogo de las Lenguas de los Nacioncs Conocidas. Madrid, 1800-5. 6 vols. Herva.s (Lorenzo), Saggio Pratico delle Lengue. Cesena, 1787. Hesperian. San Francisco, 1858 ct seq. Hill (S. S.), Travels in Peru and Mexico. London, 18fi0. 2 vols. Hind (Henry Youle), Narrative of the Canadian Red River Exploring Ex- pedition. London, 1860. 2 vols, and atlas. Hines (Gustavus), Oregon, its History, etc. Buflalo, 1851. Hines (Gu.stavus), A Vovage round the World. Buflalo, 1850. Hinton (R.), The Land of Gold. Baltimore, 1855. Historia de Welinna, Leyenda Yucateca. Merida, 1863. Historical Magazine and Notes and Queries. Boston, etc., 1857-69. 4to. 15 vols. Hittell (John S.), The Resources of California. San Francisco, 1867. Holinski (Alex.), La Californie et les Routes Intcrocdaniques. Bnixelles, 1853. Holiey (Mrs May Austin), Texas. Lexington, 1836. Hohnberg (H. J)., Ethnographische Skizzen iiber die Volker des Russischen America. Helsingfors, 1855. 4to. Holton (Isaac F".), New Granada. New York, 1857. Hooper (Wm. H.), Ten Months among the Tents of the Tuski. London, 1853. Horn (Mrs), An authentic and thrilling Narrative of the Captivity of . Cincinnati, n.d. Horn (George), De Originibus Americanis. Hagae, 1652. Houstoun (Mrs), Texas and the Gulf of Mexico. London, 1844. 2 vols. Hiulson's Bay Company, Report. London, 1857. folio. Hughes (John T.), Doiiiplian's Exiwdition. Cincinnati, 1850. Hunilwldt (Alex, de), cssai Politique sur le Royaume dc la Nouvelle Espagne. Paris, 1,811. folio. 2 vols, and atlas. Humboldt (Alex, de), Etat Present de la Rdpublique de Centro- America ou Guatemala. In Nouvelles Annalcs des Voy., 1827. torn. xxxv. Humboldt (Alex, de), Examen Critique de I'histoire de la Gdographie du Nouveau Continent. Paris, 1836-9. 5 vols. Humboldt (Alex, de), Kosmos. Entwurf einer physischen Weltbeschrei- bung. Stuttgart, 1845-1862. 5 vols. Humboldt (Alex, de). Personal Narrative of Travels to the Equinoctial Re- gions of the New Continent. London, 1822-9. 7 vols. Humboldt (Alex, de), Vues des Cordillferes, et Monumens des Peuples Indi- genes de rAmerique. Paris, 1816. 2 vols. Hunter (John D.), Memoirs of a Captivity among the Indians. London, 1q23. Hutchings' California Magazine. San Francisco, 1857-61. 5 vols. Huxley (Thomas Henry), Critiques and Addresses. New York, 1873. Huxley (Thomas Henry), Lay Sermons, Addresses, and Reviews. New York, 1871. !! ! V\ I zxzu AUTHOBITIES QUOTED. Iherri, Ruinas de Monte-Real, Vera Cruz. In Museo Mex., torn. iii. Icaztialceta (Joaquin Garcia), Colcccion de Documentos para la Hiatoria de Mexico. Mexico, 1858-66. folio. 2 voU. Ilustracion Mexicana. Mexico, 1851. Incidentii and Sketches. Cincinnati, n.d. Indian Affairs, Report of the Commissioner. Washington, 1854 et seq. Indian Life, Traits of American. London, 1853. Institute Nacional de Geografia y Estadistica, Boletin. See Sociedad Mex- icana, etc., its later name. Irving (Washington), The Adventures of Captain Bonneville. New York, 18C0. Irving (Washington), Astoria. New York, 1860. Irving (Washington), The Life and Voyages of Christopher Columbus. New York, 1869. 3 vols. Ives (Joseph C), Report upon the Colorado River of the West. (36th Cong., IstSess., House Ex. Doc, 90.) Washington, 1861. 4to. Ixtlilxocliitl (Fernando de Alva), Cruuutes Horribles des Conqu^rants du Mexique. In Temaux-Compans, Voy., 8<$rie i., torn. viii. Ixtlilxocliitl (Fernando de Alva), Histoire iea Chichim^ues. In Ternaux- Connmns, Voy., s^rie ii., torn. ii. Paris, i840. 2 vols. Ixtlilxocnitl (Fernando de Alva), Historia Chichimeca. In Kingsborough's Mex. Antiq., vol. ix. Ixtlilxocliitl (Fernando de Alva), Relaciones. In Kingsborough's Mex. Ave tiq., vol. ix. Jackson (George W.), Vocabulary of the Wintoon Language. MS. James (Edwin), Account of an Expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains. London, 1823. 3 vols. Japanese Equivalent of the most common English Words. Tokei, n.d. Jaramillo (Juan), Relation du Voyage fait k la Nouvelle-Terre. In Ternaux-Compans, Voy., si Santos Sac- rameiitos, Mexico, 1640. Leon y Gama (Antonio), Descripcion Hist6rica y Cronol6gica de las dos Picdrus. Mexico, 1832. Leon y Gama (Antonio), Suggio dell' Astronomia, Cronologia, etc. Roma, 1804. Lctherman (Jona.), Sketch of the Navajo Tribe of Indians. In Smithson- ian Report, 1855. Lettrcs EdiKantcs et Curieuses dcrites des Missions liltrangbres. Lyon, 1819. 14 vols. Letts (J. M.), A Pictorial View of California. New York, 1853. Lewis and Clarke, Travels to the Source of the Missouri River. London, 1814. 4to. Linati (C. ), Costumes Civils, Militaires et R ra;^ua. Waahington, 1851. M6llhauMen (Balduin), Der FlUchtling. Leipzig, 1862. 4 vols. MollliuuHcn (Balduin), Das MornioncnmiUlcnen. Jena, 1864. 4 vela. Mollhausen (Balduin), Iteiaenindie Felsengebirge Nord-Auierikaa. Leip- zig, 1861, 2 vols. MollhauHen 'T.-xIduin), Tagebuch einer Reise vom Mississippi uach dem Kuttten der SiidHee. Leipzig, 1858. 4to. Monghivc (Eug6nc de), RdHUinti (le I'Histoirc du Mexiqoe. Paris, 1826. MontanuH (Arnoldus), De Nieuwc en Onbekende Weercld. AtuaterdaoL 1671. folio. Montgomery (G. W. ), Narrative of a Journey to Guatemala. New York, 1839. Moore (Francis, Jr.), Description of Texan. New York, 1854. Morclct (Arthur), Voyage dans TAm^riqut Centrale, Male (). l.S vols. 4t<(. Ptuliila (Mutiasde la Mota), Conquista del Reino dc la Nueva Galicia. MS. Guadalajara, 1742. folio. Pii;;c (Lcgh), Notes on a Journey from Belize to Guatemala. In Lond. Geog. Soc, Jour, vol. viii. Pii^fes (h. de), Nouveau Voyage autour du Monde. Paris, 1797. Pages (F. de). Travels round the World. London, 1793. 2 vols. i'lilacio ( Diego Garcia dc), Carta dirigidaal Rcydc Espaiia, afio 1576. [With English translation.] Albany, 1860. (No. 1 of Squicr's Collection.) Piilacio (Diego Garcia dc), Relacinn hccha por el Liccnciado Palacio al Rcy D. Feli|ie II. [Same as prccciling.] In I'acheco, Col. de Doc., tom. vi. PalacioH, Description de la Province de Guatemala. [Translation of pre- ceding.] In Ternaux-t'ompans, Recucil de Doc. London, 1860. folio. Piilli.scr (John), Exploration of British Anicri.: Piilliscr (.lolin). Solitary Rambles. London, 1853. Piilmer (Joel), Journal of Travels over the Rocky Mountains. Cincinnati, 1852. Palou (Francisco), Noticias de las Californias. In Doc. Hist. Mex., scrie iv., tom. vi. vii. Mexico, 1857. Palo I (Francisco), Rclacior, H i.sti'trica dc la Vida y Apoat61ica.s Tareas del Venerable Padre Fray Juni|>ero Serra. Mexico, 1787. Pando.sy (Mie. Clcs.), Grammar and Dictionary of the Vakama Language. (Shea's Linguistics, No VI.) New York," 1862. Pareiles (Alonso dc), Utiles y Curiosas Noticias del Nuevo-Mexico, Cibola, ct«;. In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., pt iv. Parodes ( Ignacio de), Prrmiptuario Manual Mexicano. Mexico, 1759. Parker (Samuel), Journal of an ExpNiring Toir. Ithac a, 1842. Parker (VV. B.), Notes Taken during the Expedition through Unexplored Texas. Philadelphia, 1856. Parknum (Francis), The California and Oregon Trail. New York, 1849. Parkman (Francis), The Jesuits in North America. Boston, 1867. Parry (W. E.), Journals of the first, second and tliird Voyages for the Dis- covery of a Northwest Passage. Londf n. 1828-9. 6 vols. Pattie (James O.), The Personal Narrative of, edited by Timothy Flint. Cincinnati, 1833. Pauw (De), Recherches Philosophiques sur lot Amdricains. I^ndon, 1770. 3 vols. Pcmberton (J. Desnard), Facts and Figures relating to Vancouver's Island and British Colunibia. London, 1860. Perez (Francisco' ■ tucismo de la Doctrina Cristiana en Lcngua Otomi. Mexico, l.SIi-,. Perez (Juan), Relacion del viage en 1774 con la fragata Santiago. MS. Perez (Juan Pio), Cronologia Antigua de Yucatan In Landa (Diego o \Vitt C), Tlie Liie and Adventures of Kit Canon. New York, 1859. Petit-Tliouars (Abel du), Voyage autour du Monde. Paris, 1840-4. 5 vols. Petzholdt (J.), DoH Buch der Wilden. Dresden, 1861. Pfeiffer (Ida), A Lady's second Journey round the World. New York, 1856. Phelps (\V. D.), Fore and Aft. Boston, 1871. Pickering (Ciiarles), The Kaces of Man: and their Geographical Distribu- tion. Philadelphia, 1848. 4to. (U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. ix.) Pidgeon (William), Traditions of Decoodah, and Antiquarian Researches. New York, 1858. Pike (Zebulon Montgomery), Exploratory Travels through the Western Territories of North America. London, 1^11. 4to. Pilar (Garcia del), Itclacion de la Entrada dc Nufio de Guzman. In Icaz- balccta. Col. de Doc, tom. ii. Pim (Bedford), The Gate of the Pacific. London, 1863. Pirn (Bedford), and Bertliold Sceniann, Dottings on the Roadside in Pan- amii, Nicaragua, and Mosquito. London, 1869. Pimentcl (Francisco), Cuadro Descriptivo y Comparativo de las Lcnguas indigcnos Ae Mexico. Mexico, 1862-5. 2 vols. Pimentcl (Francisco), La Economia Politic.% Mexico, 1866. Pimentcl (Francisco), Meinoria sobre las Causas que lian ori^inado la Situ- acion Actual dc la Itaza Indigena Ic Mexico. Mexico, 1864. Pimcrla, Noticias de la. In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., pt iv. Pineda (Emilio), Dcscripcion (teogrdfica del I)cpurta:nento de Chiapas y Soconusco. In Soc. Mo:. Geog., Boletin, tom. iii. Pinkerton (John), A General Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1808-14. 17 vols. 4to. Pioneer. San Francisco, 1854-5. 4 vols. Pitman (Robert Birks), A Succinct View and Analysis of Ship Canal across the Istiimus of America. London, 1825. Pizarro v Orellana (Fernando), Varoucs Ilvstrcs del Nvevo Mvndo. Mad- rid, 16.39. folio. Poinsett (J. R.), Notes on Mexico. London, 1825. Pontelli (L. dc), Explorations in Central America. In Nouvellcs Annales des Voy., 1857. tom. civ.; and in California Farmer, Nov. 7, 14, 1862. Poole (Francis), Queen Charlotte Islands. London, 1872. Porter (Jane), Sir Edward Seaward's Narrative of his Shipwreck. London, 1841. 2 vols. Porter (Noah), The Sciences of Nature versus the Science of Man. New York, 1871. Portlock (Nathaniel), A Voyage round the World. London, 1789. Poussin (G. T.), Question de rOrdgon. Paris, 1846. Powers (Stephen), The Northern California Indians. In Overland Monthly, vols. via. et sen. Powers (Stephen), Porno; Some Accounts of the Habits, Customs, Tradi- tions and Languages of the California Indians. MS. 1873. Powers (Stephen), Vocabularies of the California Indians. MS8. Poyet (C. F.), Notices Gdogranhiques. Paris, 1863. Pradt, Cartas al Sr Abate de Pradt. Madrid, 1829. Prariedom. Rambles and Scrambles in Texas. New York, 1845. Prescott (William H.), History of the Conquest of Mexico. New York, 1844. 3 vols. Prescott (William H.), Historia de la Cf^nquista de Mexico. Mexico, 1844- 6. 3 vols. Prescott (William H.), Historia de la Conquista dc Mexico. Madrid, 1847- 50. 4 vols. Prichard (James Gowles), The Natural History of Man. London, 1865. t vols. k AUTHOEITIES QUOTED. xli Prichard (James Cowles), Researches in the Physical History of Mankind. London, 1836-47. 5 vols. Priest ( Josiali), American Antiquities and Discoveries in the West. Albany, 18.18. Piieto ((iuillermo), Viajes de Orden Suprcma. Mexico, 1857. Piirchas liis Pilgrinics. London, 1625-6. 5 vols, folio. Piiydt (Lncien de), Account of Scientific Explorations in the Isthmus of Daricn, 1861, I860. In Lond. Geog. Soc., Jour., voL xxxviii. Quarterly Review, London, 1809 et 8eq._ yueretiiro, Noticins Katadisticas. Mexico, 1848. Quintana (Manuel Josef), Vidas dc Espafioles Ci^lebres. Paris, 1845. Radloif (L.), Einige Nachrichtcn iiber die Sprache der Kaiganen; in Md- langes Russcs, torn, iii., livraison v. St Petersbourg, 1868. R«ie(W. F.), Westward by Rail. London, 1870. Ramirez (Antonio dc Guadalupe), Rrevc Compendio de todo lo que dcbo .HJ>l)er V entender el Christiano, en Lcngua Othomi. Mexico, 1785. iiini;roz '.lOst; Fernando), Cuadro Hi8t '. I.', ' '( i1r!>-Amerika. Braunschweig, 1851. Reichardt {('._¥.}, Mviiiivrruu. Braunschwt-ig, 1854. Reid (H.i{.'o,, T''^: ,.li Warren). A Tour of Dntv in California. NewYork, 1849. Rcvilia-t.iji '.< Fxfra.tos de la Carta «ic 27 dc Diciembre de 1703, sobro las Misioi- ^ do lo Nueva Espana. MS. ■' 1.' I, I xlU AUTHORITIES QUOTED. Kcvista Cientifica y Literaria. Mexico, 1845. 2 vols. Kcviatn Mcxicana. Mexico, 1835. Itevuc Aniericaiiie. Paris, 1820 ct seq. Kcviic (Ics Deux Mondcti. Paris, 1839 et seq. Revue Fran^aise. I'aris, 18C4. liibaa (Andres Perez de), Historia de los Trivmphos de Nvestra Santa Fee, en las Misiones de la Provincia de Nueva-h8i)ana. Madrid, 1645. folio. Kibero (L. Miguel), Proyecto r Rc])ublik Mexico. Berlin, 1854. Rio (Antonio del). Description of the Ruins of an Ancient City [Palenque], Lon >; ?.''nuf,oli.] Berlin, 1532. Rios (Epitacio J. de los), C lio de la Historiu de Mexico. Alcxico, 1852. Ripaldo, Catecisnio (en idioniu^ . teco). Puebia, 1719. Ritos Antiguos, Hacriftcios e Iduiutrias dc los Indios de la Nucva-Espafia. In Kin^sborough's Mex. Antiq., vol. ix. Rittner (Heinrich), (Juatiniozin iiber die Welt und die Erde. Berlin, 1801. Rivera, and (iiircia, Ruinas de la Qucniada. In Musco Mcxicuno, toni. i. Rivero (Mariano Edward), See Tschudi, Peruvian Antiq. Rol)ert8on (William), The History of America. London, 1777. 2 vols. 4to. Rolwrtson (William Parrish), A Visit to Mexico. London, 1853. 2 vols. Robinson (Alfred), Life in California. New York, 1846. Robinson (Fayette), California and its Gold Regions. New York, 1849. Rochelle (Roux de), Etats L'nis d'Anierique. Paris, 1853. Rogers (Woodes), A Cruising Voyage round the \VT)rld. London, 1718. RoUin, Memoire Physiologique et Pathologique sur les Ainuricains. In Pe- rouse, Voy., torn. iv. Romero (Jose Ciuadalupe), Noticias mra fomuir la Historia y la Estadistica del Obispado de Michoacan. Mexico, 1862; and in Soc. Mex. Ceog., Boletin, toni. viii. Roquefcuil (Caniille dc). Voyage round the World. London, 182l<. Roquettc (De la), De la Geographic de la Nouvelle-Grenade. In Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1855. tom. cxlvii. Roseborough (J, li.). Letter on Northern California Indians. MS. Ross (Alex.), Adventures of the First Settlers on the Oregon or Columbia River, l-ondon, 1849. Ross (Alex.), The Fur Hunters of the Far West. London, 1855. 2 vols. Rossi, Souvenirs il'un Voyage en Oregon. Paris, 1864. Rouhaud (Hip.), Les Regions Nouvelles. Paris, 1868. Royal Geographical Society of London. See Loud. Geog. Soc. Ruschenlierger (W. S. W.), Narrative of a Voyage round the World. Lon- don, 1838. 2 vols. Ruxton ({jcorge Frederic), Adventures in Mexico and the Rocky Mountains. NcwYork, 1848. Ruxton (George Frederic), Sur la Migration des Anciens Mexicains. In Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1850. torn, cxxvi. Ruz (Joaquin), Cartilla <'i Silabario dc LenguaMuya. Merida, 1845. Ruz (Jtiaquin), Grnnultica Yucat«ca. Merida, 1844. Ryan (WUliani Redmond), Personal Adventures in Upper and Lower Cali- fornia. London, 1850. 2 vols. 8. (J. L.), See Neue Nachrichten. Sacramento Daily Union. Sacramento, 1854 ot seq. Sahitgun (Bernardino dc). La Aparicion de Nucstra Seiiorade Guadalupe de Mexico. Mexico, 1840. AUTHORITIES QUOTED, xliii SaUagHn (Bernardino de), Historia fJencral de las ( !oaas de Niieva Espafia. Mexico, 1829. 3 vols.; and in KiniptlmrouRh's Mex. Antiq., vols. v. vii. Sai<;ey (Einile), The Unity of Natural I'hcnoniena. Boston, 1873. Saint- Amaiit (De), Voyages en Californie ctdans I'OriJgon. Paris, 1854. Salazar y Olarte (Ignanio de), Historia de laConquista de Mexico. Segunda Parte. [Continuation of Solis.] Cordoba, 1743. folio. Salnicron, ((ier6nimo de Zdrate), Uelaeiones de todas las cosas que en el Nuevo-Mexico se han visto y sabido, I538-1C26. In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., pt iv. Salvaticrra (Juan Maria dc), Cartas. In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., toni. v., and scric ii., toni. i. Siimaiio ( Jium de), Ilclacion de la Conquista dc los Teulcs Chickiniecas. In Icazbalccta, Col. de Doc., toni. ii. Sainndung allcr Rclscbeschreibungen. Leipzig, 1747-74. 21 vols. 4to. San Francisco Evening Bulletin. San Francisco, 1855 et seq. Sartorius (C), Mexico. Landscapes and Popular Sketches. London, 1859. 4to. Saturday Magazine. London, 1834-41. 8 vols, folio. Sauer (Martin), An Account of a ( Jcographical and Astronomical Expedi- tion to the Northern Parts of Russia, i)erfornied by Joseph Billnigs. London, 1802. 4to. Saxon (IsalHilla), Five Years within the (loldcn Gate. Philadelphia, 18G8. Scenes in the Kocky Mountains. New York, 1840. Scherei (Jean Bcniiit), Keclierches Historiques. Paris, 1777. S.-herr (Johannes), Das Trauerspiel in Mexiko. Leipzig, 1868. Scherzcr (Karl), Kin Besuch liei den Ruincn vndon, 1726. Shepard (A. K.), The Land of the Aztecs. Albany, 1859. Shcpard (A. K.), Papers on Spanish America. Albany, 1868. Shuck (Oscar T.), The California Scrap-Hook. San Francisco, 1869. Shufeldt (ItobcrtW.), Reports of Explorations. Ship-Canal by way of Tehuantepec. (4'2d Cong., 2d Scss., Ex. Doc. 6.) Washington, 1872. 4to. Sigiienza y Gongora (Carlos de), Parayso Occidental. Mexico, 1684. Sigiienza y (>6ng()ra (Carlos dc), Tciiitro dc Virtudcs Politicas. In Doc. Hist. Mcx., scrie iii,, pt iii. Silliman (Benjamin), The American Journal of Science. New Haven, 1819 et seq. 107 vols. Simon (Mrs), The Ten Trilies of Israel Historically identified with the Aborigines of the Western Hemisphere. London, 183(5. Simpson (George), Narrative of a Journey round the World. London, 1847. 2 vols. Simpson (James H.), Coronado's March in search of the "Seven Cities of Cilwla." In Smithsonian Report, 1869. Simpson (James H.), Jotmnlof a Military Reconnoissance from Santa F*5 to the Navajo Ct)untry. Philadelphia, 1852. Simpson (James H), The Shortest Route to California. Philadelphia, 1869. Simpson (Thomas), N< rrative of the Discoveries on the North Coast of Anieriqa. London, 1843. Sitgreaves (L.), Report of an Expedition down the Zufii and Colorado Riv- ers. (32dCoug., 2d Sess., Senate Ex. Doc. 59.) Washington, 1853. Sitjar (Buenaventura), Vocabulario de la Lcngua de los Naturales de la Mision de San Antonio, Alta California. (Shea's Linguistics, No. 7.) New York, 1861. Sivers (Jegor von), Ueber Madeira und die Antillen nach Mittcl-Amcrika. Leipzig, 1861. Smart (Charles), Notes on the Tonto Apaches. In Smithsonian Report, 1867. Smith (Buckingham), Coleccion -'i Varios Documcntos para la Historia de la FI6rida y Tierras Adyacentes. Madrid, 1857. 4to. Smith (Buckingham), A Grammatical Sketch of the Hevc Language. (Shea's Linguistics, No. 3.) New York, 1861. Smith (Charles Hamilton), The Natural History of the Human Species. London, 1859. Smith (Jedediah), Excursion k I'Oucst des Monts Rocky. In Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1828. tom. xxxvii. Smithsonian Institution, Annual Re]H)rt of the Board of Regents. Wash- ington, 1853 et Hcq. Smucker (Samuel M.), The Life of Col. John Charles Fremont. New York, 1856. Sociedtid Mcxicana dc Geografia y Estadistica, Bolctin. Mexico, 1861 ct seq. [Includes Instituto Nacional.] Soci<5t<5 de (leographie. Bulletin. Paris. Soden (Julius), Die Spanier in Peru und Mcxiko. Berlin, 1794. 2 vols. Soils (Antonio dc), Historia de la Conquistiv de Mexico. Madrid, 1783-4. 2 vols. 4to. Sol6rzano Pereym (Juan de), Dc Indiarum Jure. Sive de iusta Indiariim Occidentalium Inquisitione, Acquisitione & Retcntione. Lugduiii, 1672. 2 vols, folio. Sol6rzano Pereyra (.Fuan dc), Politica Indiana. [Translation of preceding work.] Madrid, 1776. 2 vols, folio. Sonora, Descripcion Geognlfica, Natural y Curiosa de la Provincia de So- nera. [1764.] In Due. Hist. Mex., seric iii., pt iv. ^ m 1 I i AUTHORITIES QUOTED. xlv Sonora, Rudo Ensayo, Tcntutiva de una Prcvencioiial DescriiMjion Geogra- lica dela Provincia de Sonora. [Same a» preceding.] San Augustin, 18<>3. 4to. Sniilt' (Frank), ct al., The Annals of San Francisco. New York, 1855. Sniitlicrn Quarterly Review. New Orleans, 1842 ct seq. Si)arlvs (.Jarcd), Life of John Ledyard. Canihridge, 1828. Spectatcur Anidricain. Anixtcrdam, 1785. Si»onccr (Herbert), lIlustrationH of Universal Progress. New York, 1872. Siwncer (Herbert), The Principles of Biology. New York, 1873. 2 vols. Spencer (Hcrlwrt), The Principles of Psychology. New York, 1872. 2 vols. Spencer (Herbert), Recent Discussions in Science, Philosophy and Morals. New York, 1873. Spencer (Hcrljert), Social Statics; or, The Conditions Essential to Human Happiness. New York, 1872. Spizeliu.>> rrheophilus), Elcvatio Rclationis Montcziniana de repertis in America Tribiihus Israeliticis. Basilca, 16G1. Sproat (Gilbert Malcolm), Scenes and Studies of Savage Life. London, 18(;8. Squier (E. G.), Antiquities of the State of New York. BufTalo, 1851. Squier (E. G.), Monograph of Authors who have written on the Languages of Central America. New York, 18<)1. Squier ( E. G. ), New Mexico and California. In American Review, Nov. 1848. Squier (K. G.), Nicaragua; its People, Scenery, Resources, Condition, and Proposed Canal. New York, 1860; and IS'ew York, 185(). 2 vols. Squier (E. G.), The SerjMjnt Syinlwl. New York, 1851. Squier (E. G.), The State of Central America. New York, 1858. Squier (E. G.), Waikna. See Bard (Sam. A.) Squier (E. C;.), and E. H. Davis, The Ancient Monuments of the Missis- sippi Valley. (Smithsonian Contributions, vol. i.) New York, 1848. 4to. Staehlin (J. von). An Account of the New Northern Archiijelago. London, 1774. Stanley (J. M.), Portraits of North American Indians. Washington, 18.'>2. Stansbury (Howard), E.xploration and Survey of the Valley of the (Jreat Salt Lake of Utah. (Special Sess., March, 1851, Senate Ex. Doc. 3.) Washington, 1853. 1 vol. and maps. Stapp (William Preston), The Prisoners of Perote. Philadelphia, 1845. Steele (Mrs), A Summer Journey in the West. New York, 1841. Stephen (James Fitzjanies), Liberty, Equality, Fraternity. New York, 1873. Stephens (John L. ), Incidents of Travel in Central America. New York, 1841. 2 vols. Stephens (John L. ), Incidents of Travel in Yucatan. New York, 1 858. 2 vols. Stevens (Isaac I,), Address on the North West. Washington, 1858. Stevens (Isaac I.), Rciwrt of Explorations for a Route for the Pacific R. R. near the 47th and and 49tli Parallels, from St Paul to Pugct Sound. In Pac. R. R. Re|)orts, vol. i. and Supplement. Stoddart (John), Glossology, or the Historical Relations of Langimges. London, 1858. Stout (Peter F.), Nicaragua; Past, Present, and Future. Philadelphia, 1859. Strangeways (Thomas), Sketch of the Mosquito Shore. Edinburgh, 1822. Stratton (R. B.), Captivity of the Oatman (iirls. San Francisco, 1857. Strickland (W. P.), History of the Missions of the M. E. Church. Cin- cinnati, 1854. Stuart (t;ranville), Montana as it is. New York, 1865. Sue (.Joseph), Henri le Chancelier, Souvenirs d'un Voyage dans rAmdriquc (^entrale. Paris, iaJ7. Sutil y Mexicana, Rclacion del Viage heclio por las Goletas Sutil y Mexi- cana en el ano de 1792, para reconocer el Estrecho de Fuca. Riadrid, 1802. 1 vol. and atlas. ■\\ j 1 ■ ■ x!vi AUTHORITIES QUOTED. Swan (James G.), The Northwest Coast; or, Three Years' Residence in Washington Territory. New York, 1857. Tdpia (Andres de), Relacion sobrc la Conquista dc Mexico. In Icazbalccta, Col. de Doc, toni. ii. Taylor (Alex. 8.), The Indianology of California. In California Farmer, 1860-3. Taylor (Bayard), Eldorado; or. Adventures in the Path of Empire. New York, 1860. 2 vols. Tello (Antonio), Fragmcntos de una historia de laNueva CSalicia cscrita hdcia 1650. In Icazbalcetu, Col. de Doc., toni. ii. Tcmpsky (G. F. von), Mitla; A Narrative of Incidents and Personal Ad- ventures. London, 1858. Tcrnaux-Compans (Henri), Au Port de Mazatlan. In Nouvellcs Annates des Voy., 1842«toni. xcv. Temau.x-Conipans (Henri), Jiecueil de Documents et Mcmoires originaux sur I'Histoire des Possessions Espagnules duns rAnuirique. Paris, 1840. Ternaux-Compans (Henri), Vocabulaire des Principalcs Langucs du Mcx- . iquc. In Nouvellcs Annales des Voy., 1840. torn. l.\x.\viii. Ternaux-Compans (Henri), Vovages, Relations ct Mcmoires originaux pour servir h rhistoire de la becouverte dc rAmeriquc. Paris, 1837-41. 2 series, 10 and 8 vols. Tezozomoc (Fernando de Alvarado), Cr6nica Mcxicana. In Kingsborough's Mex. Autiq., vol. ix. Tezozomoc (.Alvaro), Histoire du Mexiquc. [Translation of preceding.] Paris, 18.')3. 2 vols. Thompson (G. A. ), Narrative of an Official Visit to Guatemala. London, 1829. Thompson (Waddy), Recollections of Mexico. New York, 1847. Thornton (J. Quiiin), Oregon and California in 1848. New York, 1849. 2 vols. Thiimmel (A. R.), Mcxiko und die Mexikaner. Erlangen, 1848. Todd (John), Tlie Sunset Land. Boston, 1870. Tomes (Robert), Panamd in 1855. New York, 1855. Torqucmuda (Juan de), Monarqiiia Indiana. Madrid, 1723. 3 vols, folio. Touron (R. R. ), Histoire Generale de I'Anierique. Paris, 1768. 8 vols. Townscnd (John K.), Narrative of a Journey across the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia River. Philadclpiiia, 1839. Townshcnd (F. Frcncli), Ten Thousand Miles of Travel, Sport, and Adven- ture. London, 1869. Trautwine (Jolin C). Rough Notes of an Exploration of the Rivers Atrato and San Juan, 1852. In Franklin Institute, Journal, vols 27-8. Treasury of Travel and Adventure. New York, 1805. Trioen (L. F. B.), ludagaciones sobre las Antiguedades Mcxicanas. Mex- ico, 1841. Tschudi (John James von), Peruvian Antiquities. New York, 1855. Tudor (Henry), Narrative of a Tour in North America. London, 1834. 2 vols. Tuthill (Franklin), The History of California. San Francisco, 1866. Twiss (Travers), The Oregon Territory. New York, 1846. Tylor (Edwanl B.), Anahuac; or, Mexico and the Mexicans. London, 1861. Tylor (Edward B.), Primitive Culture. Boston, 1874. 2 vols. Tylor (Edward B.), Researches into the Early History of Mankind. Lon- don, 1870. Tyson (James L.), Diary of a Physician in California. New York, 1850. Tyson (Philip T.), Geology and Industrial Resources of California. Balti- more, 1851. UUoa (Antonio de), Noticias Amcricanaa. Madrid, 1772. AUTHOUITIES QUOTED. xlvii Residence iA Icazbalccta, •nia Farmer, upirc. New ilicia escrita Personal Ad- Iles Annates cs originaux que. Paris, ucs du Mcx- li. i^iiiaiix pour iris, 1837-41. ngsboroiigh'a f iireceding.] a. London, 17. fork, 1849. 2 18. i vols, folio. 8 vols. Mountains land Adven- livers Atrato 27-8. |nas. Mcx- 18.55. I, 1834. 2 1866. [idon, 1861. lind. Lon- l-k, 1850. Balti- I'lloa (Francisco dc), A Relation of the Discouery, etc. [1539.] In Hakluyt's Voyages, vol. iii. ; Kaniusio, Navigationi, toni. iii. United States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, 1844-58. 18 vols. 4to., and 8 vols, folio, l^plmni (Charles Wcntworth), Life, Explorations, and Public Services of John Charles Fremont. Boston, 1856. Uring (Nathaniel), A History of the Voyages and Travels of. Ijondoii) 1726. Utah, Acts, Resolutions and Memorials. Great Salt Lake City, 1866. Valois (Alfred de), Meximie, Havane, et Guatemala. Paris, n.d. Vunc'ojiver (George), A V oyage of Discovery to the North Pacific Ocean, and round the World. ' London, 1798. 4to. 3 vols, and atlas. Varicdades de la Civilizacion. Mejico, 1852. 2 vols. Variihagen (F. A. de), Lo Premier Voyage de Amerigo Vespucci. Vienne, 1869. Vassar (John Guv), Twenty Years around the World. New York, 1862. Vatcr (Joliann Severin), Mithridatcs oder allgemeinc Sprachenkundc. Berlin, 1806-17. 4 vols. Vega (Manuel de la), Historia del Descubrimiento de la America. Mexico, 1826. Vclasco ( Jos6 Francisco), Noticias Estadisticas del Estado de Sonora. Mex- ico, 1850. Velasquez de Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Celedonio), Breve Practica, y Regi- men del Confessionario dc Indios, en Mexicano y Castellano. [Mexico, 1G61.] Vencgas (Miguel), Noticia de la California y de su Conquista. Madrid, 1757. 3 vols. Veuianiinoff (Ivan), Langues dc PAmcrique Rus.oe. In Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1850. torn. cxxv. Vcnianiinoff (Ivan), Situation prdscnte de TEgl' } Orthodoxe (Greco-Russe) dans TAmcrique du Nord. In Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1841. torn. xc. Veniaminoff (Ivan), Ueber die Sprachen des russischcn Amcrikasnach Wen- iaminow; in Ennan (A.), Archiv fiir Wissenschaftl. Kunde von Russ- land. tom. vii., heft. i. Berlin, 1848. Vera Cruz, Estadistica del Estado librc y so1)crano. Ja1a])a, 1831. Vetancvrt (Avgvstin de), Teatro Mexicano. Mexico, 1698. folio. Vetch, On the Monuments and Relics of the Ancient Inhabitants of New Spain. In Lond. (Jeog. Soc., Jour., vol. vii. Vcytia (Mariano), Historia Antigua dc Mojico. Mexico, 1836. 3 vols. Victor (Mrs Francis Fuller), All over Washington and Oregon. San Fran- cisco, 1872. Vigne (G. T.), Travels in Mexico, South America, etc. London, 1863. 2 vols. Vigneaux (Ernest), Souvenirs d'un Prisonnicr de Guerre an Mexique. Paris, 1863. Villa Scfior y Sanchez (Josef Antonio dc), Theatro Americano. Mexico, 1746. 2 vols. 4to. Villagra (Gaspar de), Historia de la Nueva Mexico. Alcald, 1610. Villajjiitierre Soto-Mayor (Juan de), Historia de la Conquista de la Provin- ciadeelltza. [Madrid, 1701.] folio. Viollet-le-Duc. See Chamay (D.), Cit6s, etc. Voyages, A Collection of Voyages and Travels (Harleian Collection). Lon- don, 1745. 2 vols, folio. Voyages, A Collection of Voyages and Travels (Churchill Collection). I^on- don, 1752. 8 vols, folio. Voyages, Curious and Entertaining. London, 1790. 4to. Voyages, A Historical Account of all the Voyages round the World. Lon- don, 1774-81. 6 vols. li ^'" xlviii AUTHORITIES QUOTED. Voyages, A New Collection of Voyages, Discoveries, anil Travels. London, 17«7. 7 voIh. Voyages, A New Universal Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1755. 3 vols. Voyages, New Voyages and Travels. London, [1818-'23]. 9 vols. Voyages, Noiivelle Uil>liotiib([iie des Voyages. I'arlH, n.d. 12 vols. Voyages, Uecueil des Voyages au Nord. Amsterdam, 1715-27. 8 vols. Voyages, A Selection of curious, rare, and early Voyages. London, 1812. 4to. Voyages, The World Displayed; or, A Curious Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 17C0-1. 20 vols. Voyage de TEmpcrcur dc la Chine. I'aris, 1C85. Wafer (Lionel), A New Voyage and Description of the Isthmus of America. London, 1609. Wagner (Moritz), and Karl Scherzer, Die Rcpublik Costa Rica in Central Amcriivu. Leipzig, 1857. Waldeck (Frudtiric de), PaIenqu(S ct Autres Ruincs. Texte redigd par M. BraKseur dc Rourlwurg. Vuris, 18C6. folio. Waldeck (Frederic de). Voyage Pittoresque et ArchiSologique duns la Pro- vince d'Yuctttan. Paris, 1838. fulio. Walker (John D.), The Pimas. MS. San Franci.sco, 187.3. WaI|M»le (Frederick), Four Years in the PaciJic. London, 1849. Walton (William Jr.), Present State of the Spanish Colonics. London, 1810. 2 vols. Wap()au8 (J. E.), Geographic und Statistik von Mexiko uiid Central-Ame- rika. Lei^izig, 18(i3. Warhurton (Eliot), Darien, or the Merchant Prince. London, 1852. 3 vols. Ward (H. C), Mexico in 1827. London, 1828. 2 vols. Warden (D. H.), Rccherches sur les Antiquitcs de TAmdrique du Nord. In Antiquitcs Mcxicaines, toni. ii., div. ii. Weathcrhcad (W. 1).), An Account of the late Expedition against the Isthmus of Darien. London, 1821. Webb (James Watson), Altowan; or. Incidents of Life and Adventure in the Rockv Mountains. New York, 1846. Weblwr (Charles W.), Old Hicks the Guide. New York, 1860. Weeks (C. V..), Narrative of Captivitv in Queen Charlotte Island. In 01vn«pia Wash. Standard, May 16, "1868. Weil (,)ohann), Californien wie es ist. Philadelphia, 1849. Wells (William V. ), Explorations und Adventures in Honduras. New York, 1857. Welshiifer (Max Moritz), Die Rcpublik Mexico. Leipzig, 1862. West und Oat Indischcr Lustgart. Ccillen, 1618. Western Monthly. Chicago, 1869. ^ . Western Scenes and Reminiscences. Auburn, 1853. West-lndischc Njiiughcl, door Athanasium Inga. [Amsterdam, 1624.] Wheelwright (William), Observations on the Isthnnis of Panamd. London, 1844. Whipple (A. W,), Report of Explorations near 35th Parallel, 1853-4. In Pac. R. R. Reports, vols. iii. iv. Whipple, Ewbank, and Turner, Report upon the Indian Tribes. [1853.] In Pac. R. R. Reports, vol. iii. Wliite (E), Ten Years in Oregon. Ithaca, 1850. Whitney (William Dwight), Language and the Study of Language. New York, 1869. Whittlesey (Charles), Ancient Mining on the Shores of Lake Superior. (Smitiisonian Contribution, No. 155.) Washington, 1863. 4to. Why niper (Frederick), Travel and Adventure in the Territory of Alaska. New York, 1869. Wierzbicki (F. P.), California aa it is. San Francisco, 1849. AUTHORITIES QUOTED. xlix Wilkes (Chnrlcs), Narrative of the U. S. Kx. Ex., 1838-42. Philadelphia, 1844. SvoIh. 4to. (U. S. Ex. Ex., voUi-v.) Wilkes (Charles), Western America. Fliihulelphia, 1849. Wilkes {tiet»r},'e). History of Oregon. New York, 1845. , Wiikesou, Notes on Puget Sound, n.pl, n.d. Wiliinison (It. a.), Heport of Explorations in California, 1853. In Pac. K. 11. KeiK)rt8, vol. v. Wilison (Marcius), American History. Cincinnati, 1847. Wilson (Daniel), Physical Etlinolo;,'y. In Smithsonian Iteport, 18C2. Wilson (Kolicrt Anderson), Mexico and its Kclieion. New V'ork, 1855. Wilson (Roiiert Anderson), A New History of the Conquest of Mexico. Phihidelphia, 1859. Wimnicl (Heiiirich), Californien. Casscl, 18fi7. Winslow (Charles F.), Force and Nature. Philadclnhia, 1869. Winterhothum (W.), An Historical View of the U. S. of America. New York, 1812. 4 vols. Wmterfeldt (L. von), I)er Mosquito-Staat. Berlin, 1845. Winthrop (Theodore), The Canoe and the Saddle. Boston, 1803. Wise, Los Ciringos. New York, 1845. Wizlizcnus (A.), Memoir of a Tour to Northern Mexico. (30th Cong., 1st Sess., Senate .Miscel. Doc. 2(5.) Washington, 1848. Woods (Daniel B.), Sixteen Months at the (Jold Diggings. New York, 1851. Worsley (Israel), Review of the American Indians. London, 1828. Wortiev (Ludv Emmelino Stuart), Travels in the United States. New York, 1851. Wrangell, Observations recucillics par I'Amiral sur Ics Hahitantsdes Cotes Nord-ouest de I'AnMirique. In Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1853. tom. cxxxvii. Wyeth (John B.), Oregon. Cambridge, 1833. Ximcnez (Francisco), Las Historias del Origen de los Indios do csta Provin- cia de Ouiitemala. Viena, 1857. Yates (John), Sketch of the Sacramento Valley in 1842. MS. Yepes (Joaquin Lopez), Catecismo y Declaracion de la Doctrina Cristiana en Lcngua tttomi. Megico, 182C. Yongc (C. D. ), Three Centuries of Modern History. New York, 1872. Young (Thomas), Narrative of a Residence on the Mosquito Shore. Lon- don, 1842. Yucatan, Estadistica de. Mexico, 1853. Zentcno (Carlos de Tapia), Arte Novissima de Lcngua Mcxicana. Mexico, 1753. Zenteno (Carlos do Tapia), Noticia de la Lengua Huastcca. Mexico, 1767. Zapata (Juan Ortiz), Relacion de las Missiones que la Compania de Jesus tiene en el Reino y Provincia de la Nueva Viscaya. [1078.] In Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., tom. iii. Zuazo (Alonso), Carte del Liceuciado al Padre Fray Luis de Figueroa. In Icazbalccta, Col. de Doc, tom. i. Zufiiga (Ignacio), Rdpida Ojeada al Estado de Sonora. [Coup d'Ocil, etc.] In Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1842. tom. xciii. Zurita (Alonzo de), Iiap])ort sur les Diiferentes Classes de Chefs de la Nou- velle Espagne. lu Temaux-Compans, Voy., eerie ii., tom. i. Paris. 1840. I THE NATIVE RACES PACIFIC STATES. WILD TRIBES. CHAPTER I. ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. Facts AND Theories — Hyi'othesks concebnino Oiuoin — ^Usity op Race — DivEusiTY oi- 1Uck--Spiintaneous Genkratids — Origin of Animals and Plants- -I'ntMOKDiAi, Centres of Population — Distribution of Plants and Animals — Adaptability of Species to Locality — Clahsifiiation of Speciks — Ethnological Tests — Kaces of the Pacific — First Inteb- coausE WITH Europeans. Facts arc the raw material of science. They are to philo.sophy and history, what cotton and iron are to cloth and steam-enjrines. Like the raw material of the manufacturer, they form the bases of innumerable fabrics, are woven into many theories finely spun or coarsely s[)un, which wear out with time, become unfashionable, or else prove to be indeed true and fit, and as such re- main. This raw material of the scholar, like that of the manufacturer, is always a staple article; its substance never chanjres, its value never diminishes ; whatever may be the condition of society, or howsoever advanced the mind, it is indisixiiisable. Theories may be only for the day, but facts are for all time and for all science. When we rememl)er that the sum of all knowledge is but the sum of ascertained ftvcts, and that every new m jffl iii 1 ,,.1;; N 2 ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. fact brought to light, preserved, and thrown into tlie general fund, is so much added to tlie world's store of knowledge, — when we consider that, broad and far as our theories may reach, the realm of definite, tangible, ascer- tained truth is still of so little extent, the imjx)itance of every iiever-so-insignificant acquisition is manifest. Compare any fact with the fancies which have been prevalent concerning it, and consider, I will not say tHeir relative brilliance, but their relative imi)ortance. Take electricity, how many explanations have been given of the lightning and the thunder, yet there is but one fact; the atmosphere, how many howling demons have directed the temixjst, how many smiling deities moved in the soft breeze. For the one all-sufficient First Cause, how many myriads of gods have been set up; for every phenomenon how many causes have heen invented ; with every truth how many untruths have contended, with every fjict how many fancies. The profound investigations of latter-day philosophers are nothing but simple and laborious inductions from ascer- tiiined facts, facts concerning attraction, polarity, chemi- cal affinity and the like, for the explanation of 'which there are countless hyjwtheses, each hyix)thesis involving multitudes of sjKiculations, all of which evajjorate as the truth slowly crystallizes. Speculation is valuable to science only as it directs the mind into otherwise-undis- coverable paths ; but when the trutli is found, there is an end to speculation. So nuich for fjicts in general ; let us now look for a moment at the particular class of facts of which this work is a collection. The tendency of philosophic inquiry is more and more toward the origin of things. In the earlier stages of intellectual impulse, the mind is almost wholly absorbed in ministering to the necessities of the present; next, the mysterious uncertainty of the after life provokes inquiry, and contemi)lations of an eternity of the future command attention ; but not until knowled'e is well advanced TENDENCY OF PHILOSOPHIC INQUIRY. into the s store of far cis our l)le, ascer- npoi tance manifest, lave been i not say njiortanee. lave been lere is but ig demons ng deities l-sufficient e been set have teen •uths have •ies. The jphers are 'rom ascer- y, chemi- of ~\vhich involving ate as the aUiable to ise-undis- there is look for a hich this and more stages of absorbed next, the s inquiry, ouiniand dvanced I I .1 (S does it appear that there is Ukewise an eternity of the past worthy of careful scrutiny, — without which scrutiny, indeed, the eternity of the future must forever remain a sealed book. Standing as we do between t'»ese two eternities, our view limited to a narrow though gradually widening hori/xin, as nature unveils her mys- teries to oui inquiries, an infinity spreads out in either direction, an infinity of minuteness no less than an infinity of iuunensity ; for hitherto, attempts to reach the ultimate of molecules, have proved as futile a.s attempts to reach the ultimate of masses. Now man, the noblest work of creation, the only reasoning creature, standing alone in the midst of this vast sea of undiscovered truth, — ultimate knowledge ever receding from his grasp, primal causes only thrown farther biick as proximate problems are solved, — man, in the study of mankind, must follow his researches in both of these directions, backward as well as forward, must indeed derive his whole knowl- edge of what man is and will be from what he has been. Thus it is that the study of mankind in its minuteness assumes the grandest proportions. Viewed in this light there is no* a feature of primitive humanity without sig- nificance; '.lere is not a custom or characteristic of sav- age nations, however me.'m or revolting to us, from which im{x)rtant lessons ma\- not be drawn. It is only from the study of barbarous and partially cultivated nations that wo are able to comprehend man as a progressive Ixiing, and to recognize the successive stages through which our savage ancestors have passed on their way to civilization. With the natin-al philosopher, there is little thought as to the relative imixjrtance of the manifold works of creation. The tiny insect is no less an object of his patient scrutiny, than the wonderful and complex miKihinery of the cosmos. The lower races of men, in the study of humanity, he deems of as essential imix>rt- ance as the higher ; our present higher races being but the lower types of generations yet to come. Hence, if in the following pages, in the array of 4 ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. minute facts incident to the successive peoples of which we speak, some of them appear small and unworthy of notice, let it he remembered *hat in nature there is no such thing as insignificance; still less is there anything connected with man unworthy of our most careful study, or any peculiarity of savagism irrelevant to civilization. Different schools of naturalists maintcain widely differ- ent opinions regarding the origin of mankind. Existing theories may be broadly divided into three categories; in the first two of which man is considered as a special creation, and in the third as a natural development from some lower type. The special-creation school is divided on the question of unity or diversity of race. Tlie first party holds by the time-honored tradition, that all the nations of the earth are descended from a single human pair; the second affirms, that by one- creative act were pro- duced several special creations, each separate creation being the origin of a race, and each race primordially adapted to that part of the globe which it now inhabits. The third theory, that of the development school, denies that there ever were common centres of origin in organic creation ; but claims that plants and animals generate spontane- ously, and that man is but the modification of some pre- existing animal form. The first hypothesis, the doctrine of the monogenists, is ably supported by Latham, Prichard, and many other eminent etbnologists of Europe, and is the favorite opinion if orthodox thinkers throughout (Christendom. The human race, they say, having sprung from a single [)air, constitutes but one stock, though subject to various modilications. Anatomically, there is no difference be- tween a Negro and a Eurojiean. The color of the skin, the texture of the hair, the convolutions of the brain, and all other peculiarities, may be attribuied to heat, moisture, and food. Man, though capable of subduing the world to himself, and of making his home under climates and circumstances the most diverse, i* none the ORIGIN OF MAN. less a child of nature, acted upon and molded by those conditions which he attempts to govern. Climate, i)eri- odicities of nature, material surroundings, habits of thought and modes ol life, acting through a long series of ages, exercise a |X)werful influence u[x)n the humfin physical organization ; and yet man is jxirfectly created for any s|)liere in which he may dwell ; and is governed in liis condition by choice rather than by coercion. Articulate language, which forms the great line of de- marcation between the human and the brute creation, may be traced in its leading characteristics to one com- mon source. The difterences between the races of men are not sjiecific difterences. The greater part of the flora and fauna of America, those of the circumixilar regions excepted, are essentially dissimilar to those of the old world; while man in the new world, though bearing tnaces of high antiquity, is siiecifically identical with all the nices of the earth. It is well known that the hybrids of plants and of anim.als do not ^wssess the ]x)wor of rei)ro(luction, while in the intermixture of the races of men no such sterility of progtniy can be found ; and thereibre, Jis there are no human hybrids, there are no separate human races or siiecies. but all are one fam- ily. IJesides being consistent with sound reasoning, this theory can bring to its support the testimony of the saxjred writings, and an inteinal evidence of a creation divine and spiritual, which is sanctiimed by tradition, and couHrmed by most philosophic minds. Man, unlike animals, is the direct oft'spring of the Creator, and as such he alone continues to derive his inherit- ance from a divine source. The IIel)raic record, con- tinue the monogenists, is the only authentic solution of the origin of all things; and its history is not only fully sustained by science, but it is upheld by the traditions of the most ancient barbarous nations, whose mythology strikingly resembles the Mosaic account of the creation, the deluge, and the dist»'ibution of jieoples. The Semitic family alone were civilized from the beginning. A pc- ..;■ 6 ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. culiar people, constantly upheld by special act of Provi- dence from falling into paganism, they alone possessed a true knowledge of the mystery of creation. A universal necessity for some form of worship, a belief inherent in all mankind, in an omnipotent deity and a life lieyond the grave, point to a common origin and prophesy a common destiny. This much for the monogenists. The second hypothesis, that of the jwlygenists, holds that there was not one only, but several independent creations, each giving birth to the essential, imchangeable peculiarities of a separate race; thus constituting a di- versity of species with primeval adaptation to their geographical distribution. Morton, Agassiz, Gliddon, and others in America, stand sponsors for this theory. The physiological diflerences of race, they say, which separate mankind into classes, do not result from climatic surroundings, but are inherited from origiuial progenitors. They point to marked characteristics in various peoples which have remained unchanged for a period of four thousand }ears. In plsice of controverting divine reve- lation, they claim that Mosaic history is the histor} of a single race, and not the history of all mankind ; that the record itself contains an implied existence of other races ; and that the distribution of the various species or races of men, according to their relative organisms, wa.s part of the creative act, and of no less importance than was the act of creation. The third hyjx)thesis, derived mainly from the writ- ings of Lamarck, Darwin, and Huxley, is based uixhi the principle of evolution. All existing species are develop- ments of some preexisting form, which in like manner descended by true generation from a form still lower. Man, say they, bears no impress of a divine original that is not common to brutes; he is but an animal, more ix?rfectly develoi)ed through natural and sexual selection. Com- mencing with the spontaneous generation of the lowest iy\yes of vegetable and animal life, — as the accumulation of mold upon food, the swarming of maggots in meat, HYPOTHESES CONCEENINO OEIGIN. f Provi- ssessed a iniversal erent in beyond )phesy a sts. its, holds [jpendent angeable ng a di- to their Gliddon, < theory. y, which climatic )genitors. s peoples of four ine reve- tor} of a that the ler races ; or races vas part lan was le writ- i\)on the develop- manner lower, nl that is )erfectly Corn- lowest nulation n meat, the infusorial animalcules in water, the generation of insect life in decaying vegetable substances, — the birth of one form arising out of the decay of another, the slow and gradual unfolding from a lower to a higher sphere, acting through a long succession of ages, culminate in the grandeur of intellectual manhood. Thus much for this life, while the hope of a like continued progress is enter- tained for the life to come. While the tendenc}' of variety in organic forms is to decrease, argue these latter-day naturalists, individuals increase in a proportion greater than the provisional means of support. A predomi- nating species, under favorable circumstances, rapidly multiplies, crowding out and annihilating opposing spe- cies. There is therefore a constant struggle for existence in nature, in which the strongest, those best fitted to live and improve their species, prevail; while the deformed and ill-favored are destroyed. In courtship and sexual selection the war for precedence continues. Throughout nature the male is the wooer ; he it is who is armed for fight, and provided with musical organs and ornamental appendages, with which to charm the fair one. The savage and the wild beast alike secure their mate over the mangled form of a vanquished rival. In this man- ner the more highly favored of either sex are mated, and natural selections made, by which, better ever pro- ducing Ijetter, the species in its constant variation is constantly improved. Many remarkable resemblances may bo seen between man and the inferior animals. In embr3onic development, in phAsical structure, in material composition and the function of organs, man and animals are strikingly alilie. And, in the possession of that immaterial nature which more widely separates the human from the brute creation, the ' reasonable soul ' of man is but an evolution from brute instincts. The diflerence in the mental faculties of man and ani- mals is immense ; but the high culture which belongs to man has been sknvly developed, and there is plainly a wider separation between the mental power of the lowest 8 ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. zoophyte and the highest ape, than between the most intellectual ape and the least intellectual man. Physi- cally and mentally, the man-like ape and the ape-like man sustain to each other a near relationship; while between the mammal and the moUusk there exists the greatest possible dissimilarity. Articulate language, it is true, acting upon the brain, and in turn being acted upon to the improvement of both, belongs only to man ; yet animals are not devoid of expedients for express- ing feeling and emotion. It has been observed that no brute ever fashioned a tool for a special purpose; but some animals crack nuts with a stone, and an accident- ally splintered tlint naturally suggests itself as the first instrument of primeval man. The chief difficulty lies in the high state of moral and int' llectual power which may be attained by man; yet this same progressive principle is likewise found in brutes. Nor need we blush for our origin. The nations now most civilized were once barbarians. Our ancestors were savages, who, with tangled hair, and glaring eyes, and blood-besmeared hands, devoured man and beast alike. Surely a re- spectable gorilla lineage stands no unfavorable compari- son. Between the first and the last of these three rallying points, a whole continent of debatable land is spread, stretching from the most conservative orthodoxy to the most scientific liberalism. Numberless arguments may be advanced to sustain any given position ; and not un- frequcntly the same analogies are brought forward to prove propositions directly oppugnant. As has been ob- served, each school ranks among its followers the ablest men of science of the day. These men do not diifer in minor particulars only, meeting in general upon one broad, common platfonii; on the contrary, they find themselves unable to agree as touching any one thing, except that man is, and that he is surrounded by those climatic influences best suited to his organization. Any one of these theories, if substantiated, is the death-blow PLANTS AND ANIMALS. of the others. The first denies any diversity of species in creation and all immutability of race; the second denies a unity of species and the possibility of change in race; the third denies all special acts of creation and, like the first, all immutability of race. The question respecting the origin of animals and plants has likewise undergone a similar flux of beliefs, but with difterent result. Whatever the conclusions ma}' be with regard to the origin of man, naturalists of the present day very generally agree, that there was no one universal centre of propagation for plants and ani- mals; but that the same conditions of soil, moisture, heat, and geographical situation, always produce a simi- larity of species ; or, what is equivalent, that there were many primary centres, each originating species, which spread out from these centres and covered the earth. This doctrine was held by early naturalists to be irrecon- cilable with the Scripture account of the creation, and was therefore denounced as heretical. Linnoeus and his contem^wraries drew up a pleasing picture, assigning the birth-place of all forms of life to one particular fertile sjwt, situated in a genial climate, and so diversified with lofty mountains and declivities, as to present all the various temperatures requisite for the sustenance of the different species of animal and vegetable life. The most exuberant t> pes of flora and fauna are found within the tropical regions, decreasing in richness and profusion towards either pole ; while man in his greatest perfection occupies the temperate zone, degenerating in harmony of features, in physical symmetry, and in intellectual vigor in either direction. Within this temperate zone is placed the hypothetical cradle of the human race, varying in locality according to religion and tradition. The Cau- casians arc referred for their origin to Mount Caucasus, the Mongolians to Mount Alttii, and the Africans to Mount Atlas. Three primordial centres of population have been assigned to the three sons of Noah, — Arabia, the Semitic; India, the Japetic; and Egypt, the Earniti.' 1: ll 10 ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. centre. Thibet, and the mountains surrounding the Gobi desert, have been designated as the point from which a general distribution was made ; while the sacred writings mention four rich and beautiful valleys, two of which are watered by the Tigris and Euphrates, as the birth-place of man. It was formerly believed that in the beginning, the primeval ocean covered the remaining portion of the globe, and that from this central spot the waters receded, thereby extending the limits of terrestrial life. Admitting the unity of origin, conjecture points with jipparent reason to the regions of Armenia and of Iran, in western Asia, as the cradle of the human race. De- parting from this geographical centre, in the directions of the extremities of the continent, the race at first de- generated in projortion to distance. Civilization was for many ages confined within these central limits, until by slow degrees, paths were marked out to the eastward and to the westward, terminating the one upon the eastern coast of Asia, and the other upon the American shores of the Pacific. Concerning the distribution of plants and animals, but one general opinion is now sustained with any de- gree of reason. The beautifully varied systems of vege- tation with which the habitable earth is clothed, springing up in rich, spontaneous abundance ; the botanical centres of corresponding latitudes producing resemblance in gen- era without identity of species ; their inability to cross high mountains or wide seas, or to pass through inhospi- table zones, or in any way to spread far from the original centre, — all show conclusively the impossibility that such a multitude of animal and vegetable tribes, with char- acters so diverse, could have derived their origin from the same locality, and disappearing entirely from their original birth-place, sprung forth in some remote part of the globe. Linnoeus, and many others of his time, held that all telluric tribes, in common with mankind, sprang from a single pair, and descended from the stock which was preserved by Noah. Subsequently this opinion was PIUMORDUL CENTRES. 11 modified, giving to each species an origin in some certain spot to which it waa particularly adapted by nature ; and it was supposed that from tliese primary centres, through secondary causes, there was a general diffusion through- out the surrounding regions. A comparison of the entomology of the old world and the new, shows that the genera and species of insects are for the most part peculiar to the localities in which they are found. IJirds and marine animals, although unre- stricted in their movements, seldom wander far from specific centres. With regard to wild beasts, and the larger animals, insurmountable difficulties present them- selves ; so that we may infer that the systems of animal life are indigenous to the great zoological provinces where they are found. On the other hand, the harmony which exists be- tween the organism of man and the methods by which nature meets his requirements, tends conclusively to show that the world in its variety was made for man, and that man is made for any portion of the earth in which he may be found. Whencesocver he comes, or howsoever he reaches his dwelling-place, he always finds it prepared for him. On the icy banks of the Arctic Ocean, where mercury freezes and the ground never softens, the Eskimo, wrapped in furs, and burrowing in the earth, revels in grease and train-oil, sustains vitality by eating raw flesh and whale-fat; while the naked inter-tropical man luxuriates in life under a burning sun, where ether Ijoils and reptiles shrivel upon the hot stone over which they attempt to crawl. The watery fruit and shading vegetation would be as useless to the one, as the heating food and animal clothing would be to the other. The capability of man to endure all climates, his om- nivorous habits, and his powers of locomotion, enable him to roam at will over the earth. He was endowed with intelligence wherewith to invent methods of migra- tion and means of protection from unfavorable climatic influence, and with capabilities for existing in almost i if) It :| / la ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. any part of the world ; so that, in the economy of nature the necessity did not exist with regard to man for that diversity of creation wliich was deemed requisite in the case of plants and animals. The classification of man into species or races, so as to be able to designate by his organization the family to which he belongs, as well as the question of his origin, has been the subject of great diversity of opinion, from the fact that the various forms so graduate into each other, that it is impossible to determine which is species and which variety. Attempts have indeed been made at divisions of men into classes according to their j^ri- meval and permanent physiological structure, but what uniformity can be expected from such a classification among naturalists who cannot so much as agree what is primeval and what permanent ? The tests applied by ethnologists for distinguishing the race to which an individual belongs, are the color of the skin, the size and shape of the skull, — determined gen- erally by the facial angle, — the texture of the hair, and the character of the features. The structure of language, also, has an important bearing upon the affinity of races ; and is, with some ethnologists, the primary criterion in the classification of species. The facial angle is deter- mined by a line drawn from the forehead to the front of the upper jaw, intersected by a horizontal line passing over the middle of the ear. The facial angle of a Euroi)ean is estimated at 85°, of a Negro at 75°, and of the ape at G0°. Representations of an adult Troglodyte measure 35°, and of a Satyr 30°. Some writers classify according to one or Beveral of these tests, others consider them all in arriving at their conclusions. Thus, Virey divides the human family into two parts: those with a facial angle of from eighty-five to ninety degrees, — embracing the Caucasian, Mongo- lian, and American; and those with a facial angle of from seventy -five to eighty -two degrees, — including the Malay, Negro, and Hottentot. Cuvier and Jaquinot SPECIFIC CLASSIFICATIONS. 13 make three classes, placing the Malay and American among the subdivisions of the Mongolian. Kant makes four divisions under four colors : white, block, copper, and olive. LinnoDus also makes four: European, whitish; American, coppery; Asiatic, tawny; and African, black. Buftbn makes five divisions and Blumenbach five. Blu- menboch's classification is based upon cranial admeasure- ments, complexion, and texture of the hair. His divis- ions are Caucasian or Aryan, Mongolian, Ethiopian, Malay, and American. Lesson makes six divisions ac- cording to colors : white, dusky, orange, yellow, red, and black. Bory de St Vincent arranges fifteen stocks under three classes which are differenced by hair: Euro- pean straight hair, American straight hair, and crisped or curly hair. In like manner Prof. Zeune designates his divisions under three tyjies of crania for the eastern hemisphere, and three for the western, namely, high skulls, broad skulls, and long skulls. Hunter classifies the human family under seven species; Agassiz makes eight ; Pickering, eleven ; Desmoulins, sixteen ; and Crawford, sixty-three. Dr Latham, considered by many the chief exponent of the science of ethnology in En- gland, classifies the different races under three primary divisions, namely: ^longolidco, Atlantidas, and Japetidco. Prichard makes three principal types of cranial conforma- tion, which he denominates respectively, the civilized races, the nomadic or wandering races, and the savage or hunting races. Agassiz designates the races of men according to the zo51ogical provinces which they respect- ively occupy. Thus the Arctic realm is inhabited hy Hyperboreans, the Asiatic by Mongols, the European by white men, the American by American Indians, the African by black races, and the East Indian, Australian and Polynesian by their respective peoples. Now when we consider the wide differences between naturalists, not only as to what constitutes race and species, — if there be variety of species in the human family, — but also in the assignment of peoples and indi- 14 ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. vidimls to their respective categories under the direction of the given tests ; when we see the human race classi- fied under from one to sixty -three distinct species, according to individual opinions; and when we see that the several tests which govern classification are by no means satisfactory, and that those who have made this subject the study of their lives, cannot agree as touching the fundamental characteristics of such classification — we cannot but conclude, either that there are no abso- lute lines of separation between the various members of the human family, or that thus far the touchstone by which such separation is to be made remains undis- covered. The color of the human skin, for example, is no cer- tain guide in classification. Microscopists have ascer- tjiincd that the normal colorations of the skin are not the results of organic dilTerences in race; that complexions are not permanent physical characters, but are sub- ject to change. Climate is a causo of physical differ- ences, and frequently in a single tribe may ? -^ found shades of color extending through all the various transi- tions from black to white. In one people, part occupying a cold mountainous region, and part a heated low- land, a marked difference in color is always perceptible. Peculiarities in the texture of the hair are likewise no proof of race. The hair is more sensibly aftected by the action of the climate than the skin. Every degree of color and crispation may be found in the Euro- pean family alone; and even among the frizzled locks of negroes every gradation appears, from crisped to flowing hair. The growth of the beard may be cul- tivated or retarded according to the caprice of the indi- vidual ; and in those tribes which are characterized by an absence or thinness of beard, may be found the practice, continued for ages, of carefully plucking out all traces of beard at the age of puberty. N^o physiological de- formities have been discovered which prevent any people from cultivating a beard if such be their pleasure. The ALL TE8TS F.VLLACIOUS. 15 conformation of the cranium is often poi^aliar to habits of rearing the young, and may Ixj modified by acci- dental or artificial causes. The most eminent scholars now hold the opinion that the size and shajie of the skull has far less inilucnce upon the intelligence of the indi- vidual than the quality and convolutions of the brain. The structure of language, especially when ofl'ered in evidence supplementary to that of physical science, is most imix)rtant in establishing a relationship between races. Hut it should be borne in mind that languages are ;i' quired, not inherited ; that they are less permanent than living organisms; that they are constantly changing, merging into each other, onu dialect dying out and an- other springing into existence; that in the migrations of nomadic tribes, or in the arrival of new nations, although languages may for a time preserve their severalty-, they arc at last obliged, from necessity, to yield to the as- similating influences which constantly surround them, and l(>c'>nie merged into the dialects of neighl)oring clans. And on the other hand, a counter influence is exercised upon the absorbing dialect. The dialectic fusion of two communities results in the partial disap- pearance of lx)th languages, so that a constant assimilation and dissimilation is going on. " The value of language," says Latham, "has been overrated;" and Whitney aflirms that "language is no infallible sign of race;" although Ijoth of these authors give to language the first place as a test of national affinities. Language is not a physiological characteristic, but an acquisition; and as such should be used with care in the classiflcation of species. Science, during the last half century, has unfolded many important secrets ; has tamed impetuous elements, r Hod forth power and life from the hidden recesses ot tiie earth ; has aroused the slumbering ener,r,ies of both mental and material force, changed the currents of thought, emancipated the intellect from religious tran- Bcendentalisi , and spread out to the broad light of open 1 i: ■|| i U ETHNOLOGICAL INTKODUCTION, day a vast sea of truth. Old-time beliefs have had to give place. The debris of o^e exploded dogma is scarcely cleared away before we aro startled with a request for the yielding up of another long luid dearly cherished opinion. And in the attempt to read the book of hu- manity as it con es fresh from the impress of nature, to trace the history of the human race, by means of moral and physical characteristics, backAvard through all its intricate windings to its source, science has accomplished much; but the attempt to solve the great problem of humnn existence, by analogous comparisons of man with man, and man Avith animals, has so far been vain and futile in the extreme. I would not be understood as attempting captiously to decry the noble eftbrts of learned men to solve the prob- lems of nature. For Avho can tell what may or may not be found out by inquiry? Any classification, more- over, and any attempt at classification, is better than none; and in drawing attention to the uncertainty of the conclusions arrived at by science, 1 but reiterate the opini(ms of the most profound thinkers of the day. It is only shallow and flippant scientists, so called, who arbitrarily force deductions from mere postulates, and with one sweeping assertion strive to annihilate all history and tradition. They attempt dogmatically to set up a roign of intellect in opposition to that of the Author of intellect. Terms of vituix^ration and contemj)t with which a certai'i <;lass of writers interlard their sophisms, aa applied to those holding dilVcrent opinions, are alike an oflcnse against good taste and sound reasoning. Notwithstanding all these failures to establish rules by which mankind may be divided into classes, there yet remains the stubljorn lact that differences do exist, as palpable as the difference between iaylight and darkness. These differences, however are ^o ])layed iqwn by change, that hitherto the scholar has been un- able to transfix those elements which appear to him permanent and characteristic. For, as Drapei itjmarks, ORIGIN OF THE INDIANS. 17 more- rules there |) exist, it and h)Uiyecl leu un- to him larks, " the permanence of organic forms is altogether depend- ent on the invariability of the material conditions under which they live. Any variation therein, no matter how insignificant it might be, would be forthwith followed by a corresiionding variation in form. The present invari- ability of the world of organization is the direct conse- quence of the physical equilibrium, and so it will con- tinue ;i.s long as the mean temperature, the annual supply of light, the composition of the air, the distribution of water, oceanic and atmospheric currents, and other such agencies, remain unaltered ; but if any one of these, or of a hundred other incidents that might be mentioned, should suffer modification, in an instant the fanciful doc- trine of the immutability of species would be brought to its true value." The Ainorioan Indians, their origin and consanguinity, have, from the days of Coluinlnis to the present time proved no less a knottv question. Schoolmen and scien- tists count their theories by hundreds, ciicl ustaining some pet conjecture, with a logical clearness equaled only by the facility with which he demolishes all the rest. One proves their origin by holy writ; another by the writings of ancient philosophers; another by the sage sayings of the Fathers. One discovers in them Phoenician merchants; another, the ton lost tribes of Israel. They are tracked with equal certainty from Scandinaviii. from Ireland, from Iceland, from Green- land, across Bering Strait, across the northern Pacilio, the southern Pacific, from the Polynesian Islands, from Australia, from Africa. Venturesome Carthaginians were tlirown upon the ea.stern shore; Japanese junks on the western. The breezes that waftc-d hitlier America s primo- genitors are still blowing, and the ocean currents l)y which they came ccjvse not yet to flow. The finely spun webs of logic by which these fancies are maintained would prove amusing, did not the profound earnestness of their re- spective advocates render them ridiculous. Acosta, who studied the subject for nine years in Peru, concludes Vol. I. a 18 ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION, ilj V that America was the Ophir of Solomon. Aristotle re- lates that the Carthaginians in a voyage were carried to an unknown island ; whereupon Florian, Gomara, Oviedo, and others, are satisfied that the island was Espafiola. " Who are these that fly like clouds, exclaims Esiiiiis, or like doves to their windows?" Scholastic sages answer, Columbus is the columba or dove here prophesied. Alexo Vanegas shows that America was peopled by Car- thaginians ; Anahuac being but another name lor Anak. Besides, both nations practiced picture-writing; both venerated fire and water, wore skins of animals, pierced the ears, ate dogs, drank to excess, telegraphed by means of fires on hills, wore all their finery on going to war, poisoned their arrows, beat drums and shouted in battle. Garcia found a man in Peru who had seen a rock with something very like Greek letters engraved upon it; six hundred years after the apotheosis of Hercules, Coleo made a long voyage; Homer knew of the ocean; the Athenians waged war Avith the inhabitants of Atlantis; hence the American Indians were Greeks. Lord Kings- borough proves conclusively' that these same American Indians were Jews: because their "symbol of inno- cence " was in the one case a fawn and in the other a lamb; because of the law of Moses, " considered in ref- erence to the custom of sacrificing children, which ex- isted in Mexico and Peru;" because " the fears of tumults of the people, famine, pestilence, and warlike invasions, were exactly the same as those entertained by the Jews if they failea in the performance of any of their ritual observances;" because " the education of children com- menced amongst the Mexicans, as with the Jews, at an exceedingly early age;" because "beating with a stick was a very common punishment amongst the Jews," as well as among the Mexicans; because the priesthood of both nations "was hereditary in a certain family;" be- cause both wore inclined to pay great respect to lucky or unlucky omens, such as the screeching of the owl. the sneezing of a person in company," etc., and because siognomy, customs, and in mental and social traits. Their vestiges of antiquity and their lan- gujiges presented a coincidence which was generally obser^'ed by early travelers. Hence physical and psy- chological comparisons are advanced to prove ethno- logical resemblances among all the })eople8 of America, and that they meanwhile ix)ssess common iKJculiarities totally distinct from the nations of the old world. Morton and his confreres, the originators of the Amer- ican homogeneity theory, even go so iar as to claim for the Americ^m man an origin as indigenous as that of the fauna and flora. They classify all the tribes of America, excepting only the Eskimos who wsindered over from Asia, as the American race, and divide it into the American family and the Toltecan family. Blumenbjich classifies the Americans as a distinct sjiecies. The American Mongolidaj of I)r Latham are divided into Eskimos and American Indians. I)r Morton perceives the same characteristic lineaments in the face of the Fuegian and the Mexican, and in tribes inhabiting the Rocky Mountains, the Mississippi Valley, and Florida. The same osteological structure, swarthy color, straight hair, mejigro l)eard, obliquely cornered eyes, prominent cheek bones, and thick lips are common to them all. i^M tf: INDIVIDUALITY OF EACE. 31 r)r Latham describes his American Mongolidoe as exer- cising ui)on tlie world a material rather than a moral intiiience ; giving them meanwhile a color, neither a true white nor a jet blsick; hair straight and black, rarely light, sometimes curly; eyes sometimes oblique; a broad, thit lace and a retreating forehead. Dr Prichard con- siders the American rjice, psychologicalb-, as neither sujjerior nor inferior to otlier primitive races t>f the world. IJory de St A'incent cla«sifies Americans into five sjH'cies, including the Eskimos. The Mexicans he considers as cognate with the Malays. Ilumljoldt characterizes the nations of America as one race, hy their straight glossy hair, thin bejird, swarthy com- plexion, and cranial formation. Schoolcraft makes four groups; the first extending across the northern end of the continerit; the second, tribes living east of the ^lis- sissippi; the third, those between the Mississippi and the Rocky Mountains; and the fourth, those west of the Rocky Mountains. All these he subdivides into thirty- stiven families; but so far as those on the Pacific Coast are concerned, he might as reasonably have made of them twice or half the number. All writers agree in giving to the nations of America a remote anticjuity ; all admit that there exists a greater unilbnnity l)et\veen them than is to be found in the old world; many deny that all are one race. There is imdoubtedly a prevailing uniformity in those l)hysical characteristics which govern classification ; but this uniformity goes as far to prove one universal nice throughout the world, as it does to prove a race iK'culiar to America. Traditions, ruins, moral and physical jiecu- liarities, all denote for Americans a remote anticpiity. The action of a climate jxiculiar to America, and of natural surroundings common to all the people of the continent, could not fail to produce in time a similarity of physiological structure. The impression of a New World individuality of race was no doubt strengthened in the eyes of the Conquerors, ■; I i if i m 22 ETHNOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION. and in the mind of the train of writer*^ that followed, by the fact, that the newly discovered tribes were more like each other than were any other peoples they had ever before seen; and at the same time very much unlike any nation whatever of the old world. And so any really existing physical distinctions among the American stocks came to be overlooked or undervalued. Darwin, on the authority of Elphinstone, observes that in India, " al- though a newly arrived European cannot at first distin- guish the various native races, yet they soon appear to him entirely dissimilar; and the Hindoo cannot at first perceive any difterence between the several European nations." It has been observed by Prof, von Martins that the lit- erary and architectural remains of the civilized tribes of America indicate a higher degree of intellectual eleva- tion than is likely to be found in a nation emerging from barbarism. In their sacerdotal ordinances, privi- leged oi-ders, regulated despotisms, codes of laAV, and forms of government are found clear indications of a relapse from civilization to barbarism. Chateaubriand, from the same premises, develops a directly opposite conclusion, and perceives in all this high antiquity and civilization only a praiseworthy evolution from primeval barbarism. Thus ai^uments drawn from a comparison of parallel traits in the moral, social, or physical condition of man should be received with allowance, for man has much in common not only with man, but with animals. Vari- ations in bodily structure and mental faculties are gov- erned by general laws. The great variety of climate which characterizes America could not fail to produce various habits of life. The half-torpid Hyperborean, the fierce warrior-hunter of the vast interior forests, the slug^sh, swarthy native of the tropics, and the intelli- gent Mexican of the table-land, slowly developing into civilization under the refining influences of arts and letters, — all these indicate variety in the unity of the RACES OF THE PACIFIC. 23 American race; while the insulation of American na- tions, and the general characteristics incident to ixjculiar physical conditions could not fail to produce a unity in their variety. The races of the Pacific States embrace all the va- rieties of species known as American under any of the classifications mentioned. Thus, in the five divisions of Blumenbach, the Eskimos of the north would come under the fourth division, which embraces Malays and Polynesians, and which is distinguished by a high square skull, low forehead, short broad nose, and pro- jecting jaws. To his fifth class, the American, which lie subclivides into the American family .and the Tol- tecan family, he gives a small skull with a high apex, tlat on the occiput, high cheek Iwnes, receding forehead, aquiline nose, large mouth, and tumid lips. Morton, although he makes twenty-two divisions in all, classifies Americans in the same manner. The Polar family he characterizes as brown in color, short in stature, of thick, clumsy proportions, with a short neck, large hejul, flat face, small nose, and eyes disposed to obliquity. He })crceivcs an ideiitity of race anjong all the other stocks from Mount St Elias to Patagonia ; though he designates the semi-civilized tribes of Mexico and Peru as the Toltecan fiunily, and the savage nations as the Appala- chian branch of the American family. Dr Prichai'd makes three divisions of the trilx's l)ordering the Pacific l)etwecn Mount St Elias and Cii\Mi St Lucas : the trilies from the borders of the P^skimos southward to Van- couver Island constitute the first division; the trilxis of Oregon and Washington, the second ; and the tribes of Upijer and Lower (California, the third. Pickering assigns the limits of the American, Malay, or Toltecan family to California and western Mexico. lie is of the opinion that they crossed from southeastern J^ sia by way of the islands of the Pacific, and landed uixm this con- tinent south of San Francisco, there being no traces of them north of this ix)int; while the Mongolians found i'l 21 ETHNOLOGICAL INTBODUCTION. their way from northeastern Asia across Bering Strait. The Californians, therefore, he calls Malays; and the inhabitiints of Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Washington, and Oregon, he classifies as Mongolians. Californians, in the eyes of this traveler, differ from their northern neighbors in complexion and physiog- nomy. The only physiological test that Mr Pickering was able to apply in order to distinguish the Polynesian in San Francisco from the native Californian, was that the hair of the former was wavy, while that of the latter was straight. Both have more hair than the Orcgon- ian. The skin of the Malay of the Polynesian Islands, and that of the Californian are alike, soft and very dark. Three other analogous characteristics were dis- covered by Mr Pickering. Both have an oj)en coun- tenance, one wife, and no tomahawk ! On the other hand, the Mongolian from Asia, and the Oregonian are of a lighter complexion, and exhibit the same general resem- blances that are seen in the American and Asiatic Eskimos. In general the Toltecan family may be descrilwd as of good stature, well projwrtioned, rather above medium size, of a light copjier color; as having long black obliquely pointed eyes, regular white teeth, glossy black hair, thin beard, pix)minent cheek bones, thick lips, large aquiline nose, and retreating forehead. A gentle expression about the mouth is blended with severity and melancholy in the upjKjr })ortion of the face. They are brave, cruel in war, sanguinary in religion, and revengeful. They are intelligent ; jwssess minds well adapted to the pursuit of knowledge; and, at the time of the arrival of the Spaniards, were well advanced in history, architect- ure, mathematics, and astronomy. They constructed aqueducts, extracted metals, carved images in gold, silver, and cop|)er; they could spin, weave, and dye; they could accurately cut i)recious stones; they culti- vated corn and cotton; built large cities, constructing their buildings of stone and lime; mode roads and erected stupendous tumuli. SAVAGE HUMANITY. 25 Certain ethnological zones have been observed by some, stretching across the continent in various hititudes, broken somewhat by intersecting continental elevations, but following for the most part isothermal lines which, on coming from the east, bend northward as the softer air of the Pjicific is enteivd. Thus the Eskimos nearly surround the ^wle. Next come the Tinneh, stretch- ing across the continent from the east, somewhat irreg- ularly, but their course marked generally by thermic lines, Ix'nding northward after crossing the U(K'ky Mountains, their southern Iwundary, touching the Pa- cific, alx)ut the fifty-fifth parallel. The Algonkin family border on the Tinneh, commencing at the mouth of the St Lawrence River, and extending westward to the Rocky Mountains. Natural causes alone prevent the extension of these belts round the entire earth. In- deed, l)oth philologists and physiologists trace lines of affinity across the Pacific, from island to island, from one continent to the other; one line, as we have seen, crossing Bering Strait, another following the Aleutian Archipelago, and a third striking the coa.st south of San Francisco Bay. It is common for those miaccustomed to look lx;low the siu'face of things, to regard Indians jis scarcelv witlun the category of humanity. E.'etween the years 1507 and 1511, brought into more intimate contact the steel weapons of the chivalrous hidalgos with the naked bodies of the savages. Vasco Nunez de Balboa, after a toilsome journey nci-oss the Isthmus in 1513, was rewarded by the first view of the Pacific Ocean, of which ho took possession for the king of Spain on the twenty-fifth of September. The white sails of Cordova Grijalva, and Garay, descried bj' the natives of Yucatan and Mexico in 1517-19, were quickly followed by Cortes and his keen-scented band of adventurers, who, received by the unsuspecting natives as gods, would have been dismissed by them as fiends had not the invasion culminated in the conquest of Mexico. During the years 15*22-24, Cortes made ex))editions to Tehuantepec, P.luuco, and Central America; Gil Gonzales and Cristobal de Olid invaded Nicaragua and Honduras. Nuiio de Guzman in 1530, with a large force, took p.tssession of the entire northern country from the city of Mexico to the northern boundarj* of Sinaloa; and Cabeza de Vaca crossed the continent from Texas to Sinaloa in the years 1528-36. Journeys to the north were made by Cortt's, Ulloa, Coronado, Mendoza, and Cabrillo between the yenrs 1530 and 1542. Hundreds of Roman Catholic missionaries, ready to lay down their lives in their earnest anxiety for the souls of the Indians, spread out into the wilderness in every direction. During the latter part of the sixteenth centnrj* had place,— the expedition of Francisco de Ibarra to Sinaloa in 1530, the campaign of Hernando de Bazan against the Indians of Sinaloa in 1570, the adventures of Oxenham in Darien in 1575, the voy- age round the world of Sir Francis Drake, touching upon the Northwest ll I 1 I- 28 PIBST INTERCOURSE WITH EUROPEANS. ConHt in 1579; tbo expedition o( Antonio do EHpejo to New Mexico in 1583; FranoiHco de (JuU'h retiirn from Miicuo to Mexico, by way of tlio North west CoaHt, in 1584; tlio voyiiKe of Maldonitdo to the iniaKinnry KtriiitH of Aniim in 1588; the expedition of CnHtiino do Sowi to NewMoxieo in 1590; the voyiiKe of JurtU do Fuen to the KtruitH of Aninn in 1592; the wreck of the 'San Af,Mmtin ' upon the Northwest Conttt in 1595; the voynno of Hehiwtian Vizeuiiio towards Califoniiain 15'.M>; the diHcoveriea of Juan de Onatein New Mexico in 1599, and many otherH. Intercounte with tho nutiveH waH extended during tlie neven- teenth century by the voyage of Bebastian Vizcaino from Mexico to Cali- fornia in 1C02; by the expedition of FniuciHco de Ortega to Lower ('alifoniia in 1('>31 ; by tho journey of Thomas Gage from Mexico to Gnatemahk in 1«>38; by the voyage round the world of William Dampier in 1(579; by the reckless adventures of the Buccaneers from 1680 to 1(190; by the expedition of Isidor de Otondo into Lower California in 1G83; by the expedition of Father Kino to Honorii and Arizona in 1083; by the expeditions of Kino, Kappns, flange, Bemal, Carrasco, Salvatierra, and others to Sonorn and Arizona in 1094-9; and by the occupation of Lower California by the Jesuits, Salvatierra, Ugarte, Kino, and Piccolo, from 1097 to 1701. Voyages of circumnavigation were made by Dampier in 1703-4; by Rogers in 1708-11; by Shelvocke in 1719-22, and by Anson in 1740-4. Frondae made a voyage from China to Califoniia in 1709. The first voyage through Bering Strait is supposed to have been made by Seniun Deschneff and his companions in the year lfl4o, .".nd purjxirts to have explored the Asiatic coast from the rivj-r Kolyma to tho south of the river Anadir, thus proving the separation of the continents of Asia and Amer- ica. In 1711, a Russian (~'ossack, named Popotf, was sent from Ihe fort on the Anadir river to sulnlue the rebellions Tschnktschi of Tschnk- tschi Noss, a point of land on the Asiatic const near to the American continent. He there received from the natives the first intelligence of the proximity of the continent of America and the character of the inhabitants; an account of M'hich will be given in another ]>lace. In 1741, Vitus Bering and Alexei TschirikolT sailed in company, from I'etropaulovski, for the oppo- site coast of America. They parted company during a stonn, the latter reaching the coast in latitude fifty-six, and the former landing at Cape St Elias in latitude sixty degrees north. The earliest information concerning the Aleutian Islanders was obtained by the Russians in tho year 1745, when Michael Nevodtsikofif sailt^d from the Kamtchatka river in pursuit of furs. A Russian commercial company, called the Fromys(;hleniki, was formed, and other hunting and trading voyages followed. Lasareff visited six islands of the Audreanovski group in 1701 ; and the year following was made the dis- covery of the Alaskan Peninsula, supposed to lie an island until after the survey of tho coast by Captain Cook. Drusinin made a hunting expedition to Uualaska and the Fox Islands in 1763; and, during the same year, Stephen Glottoff visited the island of Kadiak. Korovin, Solovieflf, Synd, Otseredin, Krenitzen, and other Russian fur-hunters spent the years 1762-5 among the Aleutian Islands, capturing sea-otters, seals, and foxes, and exchanging, with the natives, beads and iron utensils, for furs. OCCUPATION OF CALIFORNIA. 20 A gmni\ niiHMionary movninent, f^owin({ nut of the JcialoiM rivalrieH of the two (jrt'iit ontrnt of tho Catholic Chiirvh, 1iitioii of T'opt-r ('iilifornia !>>' KiHtnitknlH. The M'ork of ChriHtiitniziiiK Lowt-r Ciili- forniii wiiH iniHiRumtwl by tho J«miitK, under Futhcnt Kalvaticmt and Kino, in l(!!l7. Whfn the Ji'Huits were Fxpcllcd from jlixico in 17Pi7, their niiHsionH were turned over to the FranciucnnH. This ho rouHed the jealouHy of the Doniiiiicai.H that they immediately aiij)eal«d to Hpain, and in 17(!9 obtained un edict, ({ivin^ th<'m a dne Hharo in the mitwionH of Lower California. Tliu FrauciscaiiM, thinkinK it l)etter to carrj' their efforts into new fleldrt than to (• iiittnd for jiri (lominant'e at home, generoUHly offered to cede the wlmli of Lower ('alifi)rnia to the Dominieana, and themM>lveH retire to the wild and distant re^jions of Upper California. Thia iH'inx agreed upon, two exptdi- tioHH were orKani/ed to i)roeeed uorthword HimultuueuuHly, one by wati'r uiid the other by land. In January, 17()!), the ahip 'San Carlos,' conmianded by Viet life Vila, was dinpatohetl for Ran Diego, followed by the ' Han Antonio,' under Juan I'en'Z, and the 'SanJoat',' whieh wax unfortunately lost. The land expedition waa aeparati'd into two diviaiona; the ftrat under Rivera y Moiu'.ula departed from Mexico in March, and arrived at San Uie^o in May; the H« lid under {iaKi)ar de PortolA and Father Junfpero HeiTa reaehetl Han Dicpi in July, llKh PortuIA witn i.m ..>mpanions immediately act out by land for the Hay of Monterey; but, unwittingly paHain,* it by, they con- tinued northward until barred in their progreaa by the maKnitieeiit Hay of Han FruiiciiHco. Unable to find the harbor of Monterey, they returned to Han 'D'u^^^o in Jaiiuai-j', 1770. In April, Portola made a ac'cond and more successful attempt, and arrived at Monterey in May. Jleanwhile I'erez and Junlpero Scrra accomplished the voyage by sea, sailing in the ' Hnn Carlos.' In 177'i, I'edro Fages and Juan Cresi)i jiroceeded from Monterf y to explore the Hay of Han Francisco. They were followed by Ihvera y M.ni- cada in 1774, and Palon and Ezeta in 1775; and in 177(), Moraga founded the Mission of Dolores. In 1775, liiNlega y Quadra voyaged np the Californian coast to the ii(ty-<'ighth parallel. In 177(1, Dominguez and Es- calante made an expedition ir;>in Kantn Fu to Monterey. Menonville jour- neyed to Oajaca in Nev, Hjiaiu in 1777. In 1778, Captain Cook, in his third voyage round th3 world, toudied along the Coast from Cajie Flattery to Nort(m Hound; and in 1779, Bodegn y (Quadra, Mauiclle, and Arteaga voyaged up the western coast to Mount St Elias. During the years 17S5-M, voyages of circumnavigation were made by Dixon and Portloek, and by La Perouse, all touching upon the Northwest Coast. French Canadian traders were the first to penetrate the northern interior west of Hudson Hay. Their most distant station was on the Saskatchewan Kiver, two thousand miles from civilization, in the heart of an unknown wilderness inhabited by savage men and Iwasts. These coiirnirx den hoh or wood-rangers, as they were called, were admirably adapted, by their diajMisi- tion and superior address, to conciliate the Indians and form settlements among them. Unrestrained, however, bv control, they committed excesses which the French government could check only by iirohibiting, under penalty of death, any but its authorized agents from tradiug within its territories. n ! 1 ' !;■ i i 1 ' I I 4 ( \h ,; ill 1 m SO FIRST INTERCOURSE WITH EUROPEANS. Dritish merchants at New York soon entered into competition with the fur princes of Montreal But, m Wi9, a more formidable opposition arose in the organirntion of the Hudson's Bay Company, by Prince Rupert and other noblemen, under a charter oi' Cbarles II. which granted exclusive right to all the territory drained by rivors flowine iuto Hudson Bay. Notwithstanding constant feuds with the French merchants regarding territorial limits, the company prospered from the beginning, paying annual dividends of twenty- five and fifty per cent, after many times increasing the capital stock. In l(i7(i, the Canadians formed the Cotnpagnie du Xord, in order the more suc- cessfully to resist encroachment. Upon the loss of Canada by tht 'rench in 1702, hostilities thickened between the companies, and the traffic for a time fell off. In 1784, the famous Northwest Company was formed by Cana- dian merchants, and the management entrusted to the Frobisher brothers and Simon M'Tavish. The head-ciuartcrs of the company were ot Montreal, but annual meetings were held, with lordly state, at Fort William, on the shore of Lake Superior. The company consisted of twenty-three i)artners, and employed over two thousand clerks and servants. It exercised an almost feudal sway over a wide savage domain, and maintained a formidable com- petition with the Hudson's Bay Company, with which they were for two years in actual war, In 18 1 3, they purchased, from the partners of John Jacob Astor, the settlement of Astorii: on the Columbia River. In 1821, they united with the Hudson's Bay Company; and the charter covering the entire region occupied by both was renewed by act of Parliament. In 17C2, some merchants of New Orleans organized a company which was conmtissioned by D'Abadie, director-general of Louisiana, under the name of Pierre Li- gneste IjacK'de, .\ntoine Maxan, and Company. Their fii-st post occupied the spot ti|K)n which the city of St Louis is now situated; and, under the auspices 'A the brothers (Chouteau, they penetrated northwestward beyond the Rocky Mountains. In 18urpose was to concentrate the fur trade of the United States. aiil establish uninterrupted communication between the Pacific and the At- lantic. He made proposals of association to the Northwest Company, which were not (Uily rejected, but an attem|)twas made by that association to antici- pate Mr Astor in his operations, by making a settlement at the mouth of the Columbia River. In 1810, the Pacific Fur Company was founded by Mr Astor, and an expedition dispatched overland by way of St Loui^ and the Missouri lliver. At the siinio time u, vessel was sent round ('ape Horn to the mouth uf the Columbia; but, their adventure in that quarter proving mm T THE GREAT N0RTHWE8T. 81 '.I'M unsuccessfn), the company wtis disBolved, and the operations of Mr AHtor were thereafter confined to the territory eiiHt of the Itoc ky MuiintniuH. Hamuol Heurne, an officer of tho Hudson 'h Bay Company, was the flmt European to reach tho Arctic Ocean throu(;h tho interior of the continent. Ho descended Coppermine River to its mouth in the year 1771. The Ui)per Misinipi River was first Wsited by Joseph Frobisher in 1775. Three years luut, one Peter Pond penetrated to Mithin thirty miles of Athabasca Lake, and established a trading post at that point. Four canoe-loads of merchan- dise were exchanged by him for more fine inrs than his canoes could curry. Other adventurous tradei-s soon followed; but not long afterwards the ini'vl- tid>le broils which always attended tho early intercourse of European-- ;.nd Indians, rose to such a height that, but for the appearance of ihat tenililo scourge, ihe small -pox, the traders would have bei-n extirjMited. Tho ravages of this dire disease (>ontinued to dejiopuluto the cotmtry until 1782, when traders again appeared among the Kuisteneaux and Tinneh. The most northern division of the Northwest Company was at that time the Athabascan Lake region, where Alexander Mackenzie was tho man- aging partner. His winter residence was at Fort Chi[)ew_van, on .\thabasca Lake. The Iiulians who traded at his establishment informed him of tho existence of a large river Howing to the westward from Slavc! Luke. Think- ing thereby to reach the Pacific Ocean, Mr Mackenzie, in the year 17K!), set out upon an expedition to the west; and, descending the noble stream which bears his name, found himself, contrary to his expectations, iipon the shores of tlie Arctic Sea. In 1793, he nunle a journej' to the Pacific, ascending Peace River, and reaching the coast in latitude about fifty-two. The first expedition organized by the British government for tlu^ i)urpose of surveying the north( rn coast, was s( nt out under Lieutenants Franklin and Parry in 1H19. During the year following, Franklin descended Copp«u-mine River, and subse(|uently, in IMi."), he made a journey down the Mackenzie. In 1808, D. VV. Harmon, a partner in the Northwest Ccunpaiiy, crossed the Rocky Mountains, ut about ll'.e fifty-sixth parallel, to Fraser and Stuart Lakes. The accounts of the natives given by these travelers and their conii)anion8 are essentially the same, and later voyagers hn- . failed to throw much addi- tional light tijion the subject. John Meares, in /7H8, visiti^d the Straits of Fuca, Nootka Sound, and Cook Inlet ana, during the same yi ar, two ships, sent out l)y Hostim merchants, ui. li r Rol)ert Ci ray and John Kendrick, entere; and Sir Edward Helcher in WiT. J. K. Townsend made an excursion west of the Rocky Mountains in ]ft;J4. In 1M57, Dense and Simpson made an open l)oat voyage from the Mackenzie River, westward to Point Harrow, the far- thest point made hy Reechey from the opjiosite direction, thus rea<'hing tho riliimi 'I'liiile of norfhwesteru discovery. Sir Geovu'e Simjistin crossed tho continent in 1N41, Fremont in 18411, and I'aul Kaiw in 1845. Knslievaroff visited the coast in IMtK, Lai)lace in ISIt!), Commodore AVilkes in 1H41, and Captain Kellett in 1^4'.l. Following the discovery of gold, tin 'onntiy was del- uged liy adventurers. In IK.'ilM, commenced the series of explorations for a I'acittc railway. The necessities of the natives wen' cxiimined. and remnantx of disapj)earing nations were collected upon reserx at i<, and ftccimnts published by early n sideiits aiiKHig the natives, the bare enumera- tion of which I fear would prove wearisome to the reader. Enougli, how- ever, has been given to show the immediat<' catnnes which led to the discovery and occupation of fin- several i>arts of this western coast. The Si>aiiish cavaliers craved from tht Indians of the Sonth their lands and their gold. The Spanish niissionari s demanded from the Indians of Northern Mexico and California, faith. The Fii'iich. English, Canadian, and American fur companies sought from the Indians of Oregon and New Caledonia, peltries. Tho Russians compelled the natives of the Aleutian Islamls to hunt sea- nniuials. The filthy law-tlesh-eating Eskimos, having nothing wherewith to tomjit the cupidity of the su[>erior race, retain their ju'iniitive jmrity. We observe then three original incentives urging on eivili/ed white men to ovei-spread the domain of the Indian. The first was that thirst for gold, which charncteriEcd the fiery hidalgos from Spain in their con- CrriDITV AND ZEAL. 33 'lupsts. fuul to ol)tniti which no crnelty whk (oo severe nor any snorifico of liuin.iii life too xreut; as th(>U};h of all the gifts vonchsnfed to man, material or divine, one only was woitli possessinj,'. The seeond, following' elosely in the footstep* of the firRt. and oftentimes conHtitntini^ a part of it, was icliyiuus enthusiasm; azeali>ns interest in the souls of the natives and the form in whieh they \v(irshiiie>etter than beasts, has been changed by their inter- soi'ial Mdtions with tV «»«ivants of the trading companies; and their more '.>ar\>rtri>ns pra<-ti-s disewntinued. It was the almost universal custom of the .inpl"'*"'* of llt^ HudH<»ii -i liay Company to unite to themselves native «• -men, fUus. I<)- means of this relationship, the condition of the women has U'en iitised. wImiW 'hr men manifest a kinder feeling towards the white race who thus in a meastirr ><«Mne one with thi'm. The efforts of early HMm-iionaries tf< this region were nf)t crowned with that success which attended thi' Spaniards in their spiritual warfare ujwn the st)uth- ern nations, from tlie fact that no attention was pai.l to the teni])oral necessi- ties of the natives. It has hmg since been demonstrated ini])ossil)le to reach the heart of a .savage through sVjstraet ideis of morality and elevation of char- a<'ter. A religion, in order to find favor in his eyes, must first nteet some of his matenn! / fiirenunts. If it is good, it will clothe him Itetter and feed him b« iv,. for this to him is the ehiefest good in life. Intermix- liircHof civili»'d wtH ««vage (M-oples are sure to result in the total disappear- ance of retiiii iiient oh fhe oh<' side, or in the extinction of the barbarii' race on the other. The downward path is always the easiest. Of all the millions (»f native Americans who iiavi' ]>erished under the withering intlueuoeH of European civili/jition, there is not a single instance on re<-onl if a tribe or nation having been reclaimed, ecclesiastically or otherwise, by artifice and argtniient. Individmtl savages have been educated with a fair degree of suc- cess. But, with a degi-ee of certainty far greater, no so- ,^ ^5;f ji^iiiX ''■'"•'■ (^ 1 '. \ It" \ \ \ ■\ '^^ iV hi'-^^ja^k ■; Jy - " .C >0«-'*'^54i.* ol' the ERBOREAN GROUP Si«le t r .loo i)«M. /' \lfHttf itiilr.v III iiii nil ft 148 ^2:^ ^~r^ ■• 'H-%^ -A \'^j% '■■ "^i Or "'^k':" .»"' 86 HYPEUBOREAXS. by the first invaders, as described by tliose who beheld them in their snvnge grandeur, and before they were Htartled from their lair by the treacherous voice of civilized friendship. Now they are gone, — those dusky denizens of a thousand forests, — melted like hoar-frost before the rising sun of a sui)erior intelligence ; and it is only fix)m the earliest records, from the narratives of eye witnesses, many of them rude unlettered men, tnipixjrs, sailors, and soldiers, that we are able to know them as they were. Some division of the work into imrts, how- ever arljitrary it may be, is indisi)ensttble. In deal- ing with Mythology, and in tracing the tortuous coursb of Language, boundaries will be dropped and ))eliefs and tongues will be followed wherever they lead ; but in describing Manners and Customs, to avoid confusion, territorial divisions are necessaiy. In the groupings which I have adopted, one cluster of nations follows another in gec^raphical succession; the dividing line not being more distinct, ix>rhaps, than that which distinguishes some national divisions, but suffi- ciently marked, in mental and physical jjeculiarities, to entitle each group to a seimrate consideration. The only distinction of race mode by naturalists, uiwn the continents of both North and South America, until a comiximtively recent period, was by segregating the iirst ot the above named groups from all other jMiople of both continents, and calling one Mongolians and the other Americans. A more intimate iicquaintance with the nations of the North proves conclusively that one of tlia boldest types of the American Indian projjcr, the Tinneh, lies within the territory of this first group, contei*minous with the Mongolian Eskimos, and crowding them down to a narrow line along the shore of the Aretic Sea. The nations of the second group, although exhibit- ing multitudinous variations in minor traits, are essen- tially one people. Between the California Diggers of the third division and the New Mexican Towns -people of the fourth, there is more diversity ; and a still greater GROUPINGS AND SUBDIVISIONS. 87 difference between the savage and civilize Of lato, cuHtom given to the main land of Rnmian Amorina, the name Alan- hi; to the peuinHuhi, AluMkn; and to a large inland of th. 74, in his nar- rative of the voyage of Drusinin, who hunted on that island in 1763. At page 115 he again mentions the 'grosse Insul Aliihun.' On nage 125, inOlottolTs log-book, 17('4, is the entry: 'Den2KHten May der Wind Ostsildost: man kam an die Insul Alauku oder Aliikm.' Htill following the author of A'e»p Xuch- riehtm, we have on page ICfi, in an account of the voyages of Otseredin and PopoflT, who hunted upon the Aleutian Islands in 17U0, mention of a report by the natives ' that beyond Unimak is said to be a large land Altischka, the extent of which the islanders do not know.' On Cook's Atlas, voyage 1778, the peninsula is called Alaskti, and the island Oonnlaaka. La Perouse, in his atlas, map No. 15, 178U, calls the peninsula Maska, and the island Ouiuilasku. The Bpaniards, in the Atkis p»ni el Vutfie tk las , says that the peninsula or main laud was called by the natives Alui/ekxa, and the island Xaiiun-alayeksn, 'or the land near Ahiyeksa.' Thus we have, from which to choose, the orthography of the earliest voyagers to this coist — Russian, English, French, Spanish, German, and •■Vmeriean. The simple word Aiiknu after undergoing many contortions, some authors writ- ing it differently on different pages of the same book, has at length become Alaska, as appued to the main laud; AHaska for the peninsula, and Una- KH .0 9k IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I «- IIIIIM I— M 1.8 ;-■,'■ <■,■■■■■,.■ 1.25 1.4 1.6 ^ 6" — ► v^ v^ ^^ '>y ^7). '/ /A Photographic Sciences Corporation 73 WIS1 MAIN SYRCET WHSTER,!>i.^ I'^PO (716) 872-4503 s. '^ ^ ■^^ o 4* ci^ ) 88 HYPEBBOBEANS. Islands to the mouth of the Atna or Copper River, extending back into the interior about one hundred and fifty miles ; the Almts, or people of the Aleutian Archi- pelago ; the Ihlinkeets, who inhabit the coast and islands becween the rivers Atna and Nass; and the ^mneh, or Athabascas, occupying the territory between the above described boundaries and Hudson Bay. Each of these families is divided into nations or tribes, distin- guished one from another by slight dialectic or other differences, which tribal divisions will be given in treat- ing of the several nations respectively. Let us first cast a glance over this broad domain, and mark those aspects of nature which exercise so powerful an influence upon the destinies of mankind. Midway be- tween Mount St Elias and the Arctic seaboard rise three mountain chains. One, the Rocky Mountain range, cross- ing from the Yukon to the Mackenzie River, deflects south- ward, and taking up its mighty line of march, throws a barrier between the east and the west, which extends throughout the entire length of the continent. Between the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific, interposes another called in Oregon the Cascade Range, and in California the Sierra Nevada; while from the same starting-point, the Alaskan range stretches out to the southwest along the Alaskan Peninsula, and breaks into fragments in the Aleutian Archipelago. Three noble streams, the Macken- zie, the Yukon, and the Kuskoquim, float the boats of the inland Hyperboreans and supply them with food ; while from the heated waters of Japan comes a current of the sea, bathing the icy coasts with genial warmth, temper- ing the air, and imparting gladness to the oily watermen of the coast, to the northernmost limit of their lands. The northern border of this territory is treeless; the southern shore, absorbing more warmth and moisture from the Japan current, is fringed with dense forests; lashka as the name of the island. Aa these names are all corrnptions from Bome one original word, whatever that may be, I see no reason for giving the error three different forms. I therefore write Alaska for the mainland and peninsula, and Unalaska for the island. MAN AND NATURE. while the interior, interspersed with hills, and lakes, and woods, and grassy plains, during the short summer is clothed in luxuriant vegetation. Notwithstanding the frowning aspect of nature, ani- mal life in the Arctic regions is most abundant. The ocean swarms with every species of fish and sea-mam- mal ; the land abounds in reindeer, moose, musk-oxen ; in black, grizzly, and Arctic bears; in wolves, foxes, beavers, mink, ermine, martin, otters, raccoons, and water- fowl. Immense herds of buffalo roam over the bleak grassy plains of the eastern Tinneh, but seldom venture far to the west of the Rocky Mountains. Myriads 6f birds migrate to and fro between their breeding-places in the interior of Alaska, the open Arctic Sea, and the warmer latitudes of the south. From the Gulf of Mexico, from the islands of the Pacific, from the lakes of California, of Oregon, and of Washington they come, fluttering and feasting, to raise their young during the sparkling Arctic summer-day. The whole occupation of man throughout this region, is a struggle for life. So long as the organism is plenti- fully supplied with heat -producing food, all is well. Once let the internal fire go down, and all is ill. Un- like the inhabitants of equatorial latitudes, where. Eden- like, the sheltering tree drops food, and the little nourishment essential to life may be obtained by only stretching forth the hand and plucking it, the Hyper- borean man must maintain a constant warfare with nature, or die. His daily food depends upon the suc- cess of his daily battle with beasts, birds, and fishes, which dispute with him possession of sea and land. Unfortimate in his search for game, or foiled in his attempt at capture, he must fast. The associate of beasts, governed by the same emergencies, preying upon animals as animals prey upn each other, the victim supplying all the necessities of the victor, oc- cupying territory in common, both alike drawing sup- plies directly from the storehouse of nature, — primitive 40 HYPEKBOBEANS. I man derives his very quality from the brute with which he struggles. The idiosyncrasies of the animal fasten upon him, and that upon which he feeds becomes a part of him. Thus, in a nation of hunters inhabiting a rigorous climate, we may look for wiry, keen-scented men, who in their war upon wild beasts put forth strength and endurance in order to overtake and capture the strong; cunning is opposed by superior cunning; a stealthy watclifulness governs every movement, while the intelli- gence of the man contends with the instincts of the brute. Fishermen, on the other hand, who obtain their food with comparatively little effort, are more sluggish in their natures and less noble in their development. In the icy regions of the north, the animal creation supplies man with food, clothing, and caloric; with all the requi- sites of an existence under circumstances apparently the most adverse to comfort ; and when he digs his dwelling beneath the ground, or walls out the piercing winds with snow, his ultimate is attained. The chief difterences in tribes occupying the interior and the seaboard, — the elevated, treeless, grassy plains east of the Rocky Mountains, and the humid islands and shores of the great Northwest, — grow out of neces- sities arising from their methods of procuring food. Even causes so slight as the shelterirg bend of a coast- line ; the guarding of a shore by islands ; the breaking of a seaboard by inlets and covering of the strand with sea- weed and l^olyps, requiring only the labor of gather- ing; or the presence of a bluff coast or windy prom- ontory, whose occupants are obliged to put forth more vigorous action for sustenance — all govern man in his development. Turn now to the most northern division of our most northern group. The Eskimos, Esquimaux, or as they call themselves, InnuU, 'the people,' from iiiuk, 'man,'' occupy the * The name is said, by Charlevoix 'to be derived from the language of the Abeuaqui, a tribe of Algouquins in Canada, who border upon them and call THE ESKIMOS. 41 Arctic seaboard from eastern Greenland along the en- tire continent of America, and across Bering^ Strait to the Asiatic shore. Formerly the inhabitants of our whole Hyperborean sea -coast, from the Mackenzie River to Queen Charlotte Island — the interior being en- tirely unknown — were denominated Eskimos, and were of supposed Asiatic origin.* The tribes of southern them ' ' Esquimantsic. ' ' ' ' L'ori^ne de lear nom n'est pas cartain. Tontefois il J' a bien de I'apparence qu'il vieut du mot Abenamii, esqviinainMc qui vent dire "maiigeiir de viamle erne." ' See Prichnrd's Physical ULstary of Man- kind, vol. v., pp. 367, 373. ' French writers call themEskimaux.' ' English authors, in adopting this term, have most generally written it " Esquimaux," but Dr. Latham, and other recent ethnologists, write it "Eskimos," aftier the Danish orthography.' Hichardson's Polar Eetihtis, p. 298. ' Probably of Canadian origin, and the word, which in French orthography is written Es- quimaux, was probably originally Ceux qui mviux (miaulei't).' liicliardsnn's Journal, vol. i., p. 340. 'Said to be a corruption of Eskimantik, i. e. raw- flsh-eaters, a uickuame given them by their former ueighboi-s, the Mohicans.' Seeuiaun'H Voyao8e, perhaps, Coxe, Langsdorfl', Beechey, and others write Jieerimj, < ' Die Kadjacker im Gegentheil nShcm sich mehr den Amerikanischen Sttimmen und gleicheu in ihrem Aenssem gar nicht deu Eskimos oder den 42 HYPERBOREANS. Aliiska were then found to differ essentially from those of the northern coast. Under the name Eskimos, there- fore, I include only the Western Eskimos of certain writers, whose southern boimdary terminates at Kotzebue Sound. "^ Eskimo-land is thinly peopled, and but little is known of tribal divisions. At the Coppermine River, the Eskimos are called Naggmkiommtes, or deer -horns; at the eastern outlet of the Mackenzie, their tribal name is Kittegnmte ; between the Mackeirzie River and Barter Reef, they go by the name of Kangmali Innuit; at Point Barrow they call themselves Nnwungnwtes- while on the Nunatok River, in the vicinity of Kotzebue Soimd, they are known as Nunatangmntes. Their vil- lages, consisting of five or six families efich,* are scattered along the coast. A village site is usually selected upon some good landing-place, where there is sufficient depth of water to Hoat a whale. Between tribes is left a spot of imoccupied or neutral ground, uj^wn which small parties meet during the summer for purposes of trade.^ The Eskimos are essentially a peculiar people. Their character and their condition, the one of necessity grow- ing out of the other, are peculiar. First, it is claimed for them that they are the anomalous race of America — the only jjeople of the new world clearly identical witii any race of the old. Then they are the most littoral peo- ple in th^ world. The linear extent of their occupancy, all of it a narrow seaboard averaging scarcely one hundred Asiatischen Viilkern. wahrscheinlich haben sie durch die Vermischung mit den BtSmnien Amerika's ikro urspriiuglicbe Asiatische aussere Gestalt und Gesichtsbilduug verloreu imd iiur die Sprache beibebalten.' liaer, titat. u. ethn, Xaclir., p. 124. ' lis ressemblent beaueonp aux indigenes des lies Cnriles, di'peudantes du Japou.' Laplace, Circiwinavujatiuti tie I'ArUhnise, vol. vi., p. 45. * 'The tribes crowded together on the shores of Beering's Sea within a comparatively small extent of coast-iine, exhibit a greater variety, both in personal appearance and dialect, than that which exists between the Western Eskimos and their distant countrymen in Labrador; and ethnologists have found some difficulty in classifying them properly.' KicliaHsoh's Jour., vol. i., p. 363. * For authorities, see TBiBAii Boitndabies, at the end of this chapter. ' CoUinson, in London Geographical Society Journal, vol. xxv. p. 201. ESKIMO LAND. 43 miles in width, is estimated at not less than five thou- sand miles. Before them is a vast, unknown, icy ocean, upon which they scarcely dare venture beyond sight of land ; behind them, hostile mountaineers ever ready to dispute encroachment. Their very mother-earth, upon whose cold bosom they have been borne, age after age through countless generations,* is almost imjjenetrable, thawless ice. Their days and nights, and seasons and years, are not like those of other men. Six months of day succeed six months of night. Three months of sunless winter; three months of nightless summer; six months of glimmering twilight. About the middle of October" commences the long night of winter. The earth and sea put on an icy covering; beasts and birds depart for regions sheltered or more congenial; humanity huddles in subterraneous dens ; all nature sinks intc repose. The little heat left by the retreating sun soon radiates out into the deep blue realms of space ; the temperature sinks rapidly to forty or fifty degrees below freezing; the air is hushed, the ocean calm, the sky cloudless. An awful, painful stillness pervades the dreary solitude. Not a sound is heard ; the distant din of busy man, and the noiseless hum of the wilderness alike are wanting. Whispers become audil)le at a considerable distance, and an insup- portable sense of loneliness oppresses the inexperienced visitor.*" Occasionally the .aurora borealis flashes out in prismatic coruscations, throwing a brilliant arch from east to west — now in variegated oscillations, graduating through all the various tints of blue, and green, and vio- let, and crimson ; darting, flashing, or streaming in yellow columns, upwards, downwards ; now blazing steadily, now 8 ' Im nordwestlichsten Theile von Amerika fand Franklin den Boden, Mitte August, Hhon in einer Tiefe von 16 ZoU gefroren. Richardson sah an c'ineni iistlichereu Pnnkte der KiiHte, in 71^ 12' Breite, die EisscUicht im Juliiirt anfgetlittnt bis 3 Fuss unter der krautbedeckten OberflScLe. Himi- bohll, Ko-mios, torn. iv. p. 47. 'J SUlimin's Jintrnal, vol. xvi., p. 130. Setmann'a Voy. Herald, vol. ii., p. 13. Armstromi'n JV«r., j). 289. m ' Characteristic of the Arctic regions.' SilUnian'ti Jour., vol. xvi., p. 143. u HYPEBBOREANS. in wavy undulations, sometimes up to the very zenith ; momentarily lighting up in majestic grandeur the cheerless frozen scenery, but only to fall back with exhausted force, leaving a denser obscurity. Nature's electric lantern, suspended for a time in the fivsty vault of heaven; — munificent nature's fire -works; with the polar owl, the polar bear, and the polar man, spectators. In January, the brilliancy of the stars is dimmed perceptibly at noon; in February, a golden tint rests uiwn the horizon at the same hour; in March, the incipient dawn broadens; in April, the dozing Eski- mo rubs his eyes and crawls forth; in May, the snow begins to melt, the impatient grass and flowers arrive as it departs." In June, the summer has fairly come. Under the incessant rays of the never setting sun, the snow s})eedily disapjiears, the ice breaks up, the glacial efirth softens for a depth of one, two, or three feet ; cir- culjition is restored to vegetation," which, during winter, had been stopped, — if we may believe Sir John Rich- ardson, even the largest trees freezing to the heart. Sea, and plain, and rolling steppe lay aside their seamless sliroud of white, and a brilliant tint of emerald over- spreads the landscape." All Nature, with one re- sounding cry, leaps up and claps her hands for joy. Flocks of birds, lured from their winter homes, fill the air with their melody; myriads of wild fowls send forth their shrill cries ; the moose and the reindeer flock down from the forests ;" from the resonant sea comes the 11 At Kotzebue Sound, in Jnly, Choris writes: 'Le boI etait enmille de fleurs de couleurs variees, dans tons les endroitsoii la ncigc veunit de foudre.' y^ ' Their complexion, if divested of its nsnal covering of dirt, can hardly be called dark.' Seemuim's Voy. Herald, vol. ii., p. 51. ' In comparisou 'with other AmericanB, of a white complexion.' JUcCuUoh's Aborifiinal His- iivy of America, p. 20. ' White Complexion, not Copper coloured.' Ditbbs' Hudson's Bay, p. 50. 'Almost as white as Europeans.' Kalm's Travels, vol. ii., p. 263. ' Not darker than that of a Portuguese.' Lyon's Journal, p. 224. * Scarcely a shade darker than a deep brunette.' Parry's 3rd Voy- aije, p. 493. * Their complexion is light.' Ball's Alaska, p. 381. 'Eye-wit- nesses agree in their superior lightness of complexion over the Chinooks.' Pickeriixfs Runes of Man, U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., p. 28. At Coppermine River they are ' of a dirty copper color ; some of the women, however, are more fair and ruddy.' Heurne's Traveli, p. 166. ' Considerably fairer than the In- dian tribes.' Simpson's Xar., p. 110. At Cape Bathurst 'The complexion is swarthy, chiefly, I think, from exposure and the accumulation of dirt.' Arm.strong's Nar., p. 192. ' Shew little of the copper-colour of the Red Indians.' Hichardson's Pol. /fe*/., p. 303. ' From exposure to weather they become dark after manhood.' liichardson's Nar., vol. i., p. 343. ■*> 'Both sexes are well proportioned, stout, muscular, and active.' See- mann's Voy. Herald, vol. ii., p. 50. 'A stout, well-looking people.' Simp- son's Nar., pp. 110, 114. 'Below the mean of the Caucasian race.' Dr. Hayes in Historic. Afcuiatine, vol. i., p. 6. ' They are thick set, have a de- cided tendency to obesity, and are seldom more than five feet in height.' Fiijuier's Human Race, p. 211. At Kotzebue Sound, ' tallest man was five feet nine inches; tallest woman, five feet four inches.' Jieecliey's Voy., vol. i., p. 360. 'Average height was five feet four and a half inches.' At the mouth of the Mackenzie they are of ' middle stature, strong and muscular.' Arm- stronn's Nar., pp. 149, 192. Low, broad-set, not well made, nor strong. Hearne's Trao., p. 166, 'The men were in general stout.' Franklin's Nar., vol. i., p. 29. 'Of a middle size, robust make, and healthy appearance.' Kotzebue s Voy., vol. i., p. 209. ' Men vary in height from alx)ut five feet to five feet ten inches.' itichardson's Pol. Ueij., p. 304. 'Women were gen- erally short.' 'Their figure inclines to squat.' Hooper's Tuski, p. 224. " ' Tons les individns qui appartienneut k la faiuille des Eskimaux, se distinguent par la petitesse de leurs pieds ct de leurs mains, et la grosseur enorme de leurs tetes.' De Pauus. Kecherches Phil., torn, i., p. 262. ' The hands and feet are delicately small and well formed.' Itichardson's Pol. Re;)., p. 304. 'Small and beautifully made.' Seenuinn's Voy. Herald, vol. ii., p. 50. At Point Barrow, 'their hands, notwithstanding the great amount of manual labour to which they are subject, were beautifully small and well- ; 46 HYPERBOREANS. head;" a broad egg-shaped face; high rounded cheek- bones; flat nose; small oblique eyes; large mouth; teeth regular, but well worn ;*** coarse black hair, closely cut upon the crown, leaving a monk-like ring around the edge,* and a paucity of beard.'" The men fre- formed, a deBcription equally applicable to their feet.' Armstrong's Nar,, p. ■^ ' The head is of good size, rather flat snperiorly, but very fully devel- oped poHteriorly, evidencing a preponderance of the animal paHsiona; the forehead was, for the most part, low and receding; in a few it was somewhat vertical, but narrow. Annstrony's Nar., p. 193. Their cranial character- istics 'are the strongly developed coronary ridge, the obliquity of the zygoma, and its greater capacity compared with the Indian cranium. The former is esHentially pyramidal, while the latter more nearly approaches a cubic shap3.' D(Ula Alaska, n. 376. 'Greatest brradth of the face is just below the eyes, the forehead tapers upwards, ending narrowly, but not acutely, and in like manner the chin is a blunt cone.' Hichardnon's Pol. Reg., p. 3U'2. Dr Gull, whose observations on the same skulls presented him for phrenological observation are published bv M. Louis Choris, thus comments upon the head of a female Eskimo from Kotzebue Sound: ' L'or- gane de I'instinct de la propagation se trouve extreniement dt-veloppe pour nne tSte de femm'j.' He fin(& the musical and intellectual organs poorly developed; while vanity and love of children ore well displayed. ' En gt-ue- ral,' sagely concluded the doctor, 'cette tete femme pri'sentait une organiza- tion aussi heureuse que celle de la plupart des femmes d'Europe.' Voy, Pitt., pt. ii., p. 16. 19 ' Large fat round faces, high cheek bones, small hazel eyes, eye- brows slanting like the Chinese, and wide mouths.' lieechey's Voy., vol. i., p. 345. ' Broad, flat faces, high cheek bones.' l)r Hayes in Hist. Mag., vol. 1., p. 6. Their 'teeth are regular, but, from the nature of their food, and from their practice of preparing hides by chewing, are worn down almost to the gums at an early age.' Seemann's Voy. Herald, vol. ii., p. 51. At Hudson Strait, broad, flat, pleasing face; small and generally sore eyes; given to bleeding at the nose. Franklin's Nar., vol. i., p. 29. ' Small eyes and very high cheek bones-' Kottebue's Toy., vol. i., p. 209. ' La face platte, la bouche ronde, le nez petit sans £tre ecrase, le blanc de I'oeil jaunatre, I'irisnoiret peu brillant.' DePauvo, Bevlierclies Phil., tom.i., p. 262. They h -vo ' small, wild-looking eyes, large and very foul teeth, the hair generally black, but sometimes fair, and always in extreme disorder.' Brownell's Ind. Races, p. 467. ' As contrasted with the other native Amer- ican races, their eyes are remarkable, being narrow and more or less ob- lique,' Richardson's Nar., vol. i., p. 343. Expression of face intelligent and good-natured. Both sexes have mostly round, flat faces, with Mongo- lian cast. Hooper's Tuski, p. 22i>. *" ' Allowed to hang down in a club to the shoulder.' Ricliardson's Pol. Reg., p. 305. Hair cut 'close round the crown of the head, and thereby, leaving a bushy ring round the lower part of it.' Beechey's Voy., vol. i., p. 345. ' Their hair is straight, black, and coarse.' -Seemann's Voy. Her- (dd, vol. ii., p. 51. A fierce expression characterized them on the Mackenzie River, which ' was increased by the long disheveled hair flowing about their shoulders.' Armstrong's Nar., p. 149. At Kotzebue Sound ' their hair was done up in large plaits on each side of the head.' Beechey's Voy., vol. i., p. 3(50. At Camden Bay, lofty top-knots; at Point Barrow, none. At Copper- mine River the hair is worn short, unshaven on the crown, and bound with strips of deer-skin. Simpaon's Nar., pp. 121, 157. Some of the men have : ! I IMPROVEMENTS UPON NATUBE. 47 qiiently leave the hair in a natural state. The women of Icy Reef introduce false hair among their own, wear- ing the whole in two immense bows at the back of the head. At Point Barrow, they separate the hair into two parts or braids, saturating it with train-oil, and binding it into stift' bunches with strips of skin. Their lower extremities are short, so that in a sitting posture they look taller than when standing. Were these people satisfied with what nature has done for them, they would be passably good-looking. But with them as with all mankind, no matter how high the degree of intelligence and refinement attained, art must be applied to improve upon nature. The few fin- ishing touches neglected by the Creator, man is ever ready to supply. Arrived at the age of puberty, the great work of im- provement begins. Up to this time the skin has been kept saturated in grease and filth, until the natural color is lost, and until the complexion is brought down to the Eskimo standard. Now pigments of various dye are ap- plied, both painted outwardly and pricked into the skin ; holes are cut in the face, and plugs or labrets inserted. These operations, however, attended with no little solem- nity, are supposed to possess some significance other than th.at of mere ornament. Upon the occasion of piercing the lip, for instance, a religious feast is given. bare crowns, but the majority wear the hair flowing naturally. The women cut the hair short in front, level with the eyebrows. At Humphrey Point it is twisted with some false hair into two immense bows on the back of the head. Hooper's Tuski, p. 225. ' Their hair hangs down long, but is cut quite short on the crown of the head.' Kotztbue's Voy., vol. i., p. 210. Haircut like ' that of a Capuchin friar.' Seemann's Toy. y^rrtW,vol.ii.,p. 51. S' Crantz says the Greenlanders root it out. 'The old men had a few gray hairs on their chins, but the young ones, though grown up, were beard- less.' Beechey'a Voy., vol. i., p. 332. 'The possession of a beard is very rare, but a slight moustache is not infrequent.' tietmann'a Voy. JleralJ, vol. ii., p. 51. 'As the men grow old, they have more hair on the face than Red Indians.' Jiichardson's Kar., vol. i., p. 343. ' Generally an absence of beard and whiskers.' Armstrong's A'ar., p. 193. ' Beard is universally want- ing.' KoUebue's Voy., yol, i., p. 252. 'The young men ' " .. . . ^ „ men have little beard, but some of the old ones have a tolerable shew of long gray hairs on the upper lip and chin.' liichardson's Pol. Reg., p. 303. 'AH have beards.' Bell's Geography, vol. v., p. 294. Kirby affirms that in Alaska ' mony of them have a profusion of whiskers and beard.' Smithsonian Report, 1864, p. 416. 48 HYPERBOREANS. On the northern coast the women paint the eyebrows and tnttoo the chin ; while the men only pierce the lower lip under one or both corners of the mouth, and insert in each aperture a double-headed sleeve-button or dumb- bell-sha[)ed labret, of bone, ivory, shell, stone, glass, or wood. The incision when first made is almut the size of a quill, but as the aspirant for improved l)eauty prows older, the size of the orifice is enlarged until it reaches a width of half or three quarters of an inch." In tat- tooing, the color is applied by drawing a thread under the skin, or pricking it in with a needle. Difierent trills, and difterent ranks of the same trilx;, have each their peculiar form of tattooing. The plebeian female of certain bands is permitted to adorn her chin with but one vertical line in the centre, and one parallel to it on either side, while the more fortunate noblesse mark two vertical lines from each corner of the mouth.^ A fem- inine cast of features, as is common with other branches of the Mongolian race, prevails in both sexes. Some trav- elers discover in the faces of the men a characteristic expression of ferociousness, and in those of the women, an extraordinary display of wantonness. A thick coat- ing of filth and a strong odor of train-oil are inseparable from an Eskimo, and the fashion of labrets adds in no wise to his comeliness.^ M ' The lip is perforated for the labret as the boy approaches manhood, and is considered an important era in his life.' Arnialroiifi'a Nur., p. 1U4. 'Home wore but one, others one on each side of the mouth.' ILmper'x Tiiski, p. 224. ' Lip ornaments, with the males, appear to corr' .)ond with tht> tattooing of the chins of the females.' Beechey s V<»f., vol. i.,'p. 384. *3 ' The women tattoo their faces in blue lines produced by making stitches with a fine needle and thread, smeared with lampblack . ' Jiir.lutrdnou 'a Pol. lieii; p. 305. Between Kotzebue Sound and Icy Cape, 'all the women were tattooed upon the chin with three small lines.' They blacken 'the edges of the eyelids with plumbago, rubbed up with a little saliva upon n pij'ce of slate.' Beechey's Voy., vol. i., p. 360. At Point Barrow, the women have on the chin 'a vertical line about half an inch broad in the centre, extending from the lip, with a parallel but narrower one on either side of it, a little apart. Some had two vertical lines protmding from either angle of the mouth; which is a mark of their high position in the tribe. Aruislronn's Nar., pp. 101, 149. On Bering Isle, men as well as women tattoo. 'Plnsieurs hommes avaient le visage tatou^.' Choris. Voy. Pitt., pt. ii., p. 5. ** ' Oive a particularly disgusting look when the bones are taken out, as ESKIMO DREHS. 49 For covering to the body, the Eskimos employ the sltin of all the beasts and birds that come within their reach. Skins are prepared in the fur,*' and cut and sewed with neatness and skill. Even the intestines of seals and whales are used in the manufacture of water- pr(K)f overdresses.** The costume for l)oth sexes consists of lonth sleeves and hood. This garment is miulc whole, tiiere l)eing no openings except for the head and arms. The frotik of the male is cut at the bottom nearly scuiaiv, wliile that of the female reaches a little lower, and terminates l)cfore and behind in a ^wint or scol- loj). The tail of stmie animal gnices the hinder part of the male frock; the wo7.'an's has a large hood, in which she carries her iniani. Otherwise both sixes dress alike; and as .hen stripped of their facial decollations, their physiognomies are alike, they are not luifre- quently mistaken one for the other.^ They have lx)ots the Hiilivii continually rtina over the chin.' Kottebue's Voy., vol. i., p. 227. At Cuniden, liibrets were made of larf»e bhie bends, glued to pieces of ivory. None worn at Coppermine River. Siriipsou's .\iir., pp. Hi), 347. ' Many of them also transfix the septum of the nose with a (fentalium shell or ivory needle.' liicJuirdKon'H Nur., vol. i., p. 355. *i ' Those natives almost universally use a very unpleasant liquid for cleansing purposes. They tan and soften the seal-skin used for boot-soles with it.' Uliyiiiiii-r'n Alaska, p. IGl. ' Females occasionally wash their hair and faces with their own urine, the odour of which is agreeable to both sexes, and they are well accustomed to it, as this licjuor is kept in tubs in the porches of their huts for use in dressing the deer and seal skins.' Richard- Hilt's I'ol. 1{e. ' Half underground, with the entrance more or less so.' JMlis Alnsha, p. 13. 'They are more than half underground,' and are 'about t'lventy feet square and eight feet deep.' tieeminiti'ii Voi/. UcrtiUI, vol. ii., p. 57. 3-> ' Tlie whole building is covered with earth to the thickness of a foot or more, and in a few years it becomei-. overgrown with grass, looking from u short distance like a small tumulus.' liiclKirdsim's I'ot. Ixei/., p. 310. '■" A smaller drift-wood house is sometimes built with a side-door. ' Light and air are admitted by a low door c.t one end.' liichardson's Nar., vol. i., p. '245. 52 HYPERBOREANS. purposes in the absence of fire- wood. ^ In the better class of buildings, tlie sides and floor are boarded. Supplies are kept in a store house at a little distance from the dwelling, perched vpon four posts, away from the reach of the dogs, and a frame is always erected on which to hang fiu's .and fish. Several years are sometimes occupied in building a hut.*' Mark how nature supplies this treeless coast with wood. The breaking-up of winter in the mountains of Alaska is indeed a breaking-up. The accumulated masses of ice and snow, when suddenly loosened by the incessant rays of the never-setting sun, bear away all before them. Down from the mountairi- sides comes the avalanche, uprooting trees, swelling rivers, hurry- ing with its burden to the sea. There, casting itself into the warm ocean current, the ice soon disapjiears, and tlie driftwood which accompanied it is carried north- ward and thrown back upon the l)eju;h by the Octol)er winds. Thus huge forest-trees, taken up lx)dily, as it were, in the middle of a continent, and carried by the currents to the incredible distance, sometimes, of three thousand miles, are de^josited all along the Arctic sea- board, laid at the very door of these jxjople, a i^eople whose store of this world's benefits is none of the most abundant.^ True, wood is not an absolute necessity with them, as many of their houses in the coldest weather 'O ' On tronva plusieurs huttes coustrnites en bois, nioitii' dans la terre, tie en dehors. Churis' Voy. IHlt., pt. ii., p. (J. At Benufort Buy are den huts. >Simpann's Xnr., p. 177. At Toker Point, 'built of drift-wood 3i ' The fire in the centre is never lit merely for the sake of warmth, as the lamps are sufficient for that purpose.' Seemann's To//. Herald, vol. ii., p. 58. 'They have no flre-places; bnt a stone placed in the centre serves for a support to the laui^>, by which the little cooking that is required is performed.' Jtichnrdson' a Snr., vol. i., p. 348. 3G moitie woodei and sods of turf or mud ' llooper'n Txiski, p. 343. At Cape Knisenstern the houses ' apjieared like little round hills, with fences of whale-bone. ' Kotze- hue's Voy., vol. i., p. '237. ' They construct yourts or winter residences upon those parts of the shore which are adapted to their convenience, such as the mouths of rivers, the entrances of inlets, or juttinjj points of laud, but always upon low ground.' Jieechey'it Voy., vol. ii.. p, 300. 37 ' I was surprised at the vast quantity of driftwood accumulated on its shore, several acres being thickly covered with it, and many pieces at least sixty feet in length.' Armstrong's Nar., p. 104. SNOW HOUSES. 53 have no fire; only oil -lamps being used for cooking and heating. Whale-ribs supply the plaxie of trees for house and boat timbers, and hides are commonly u.sed for boards. Yet a bountiful supply of wood during their long, cold, daric winter comes in no wise amiss.** Their summer tents are made of seal or untanned deer skins with the hair outward, conical or bell-sha[X'd, and without a smoke -hole as no lires are ever kindled within them. Tiie wet or frozen earth is covered with a few coarse skins for a H(X)r.** But the most unique system of architecture in America is improvised by the Eskimos during their seal-hunting ex[)editions u^wn the ice, when they occupy a veritable crystal palace fit for an Arctic fairy. On the frozen river or sea, a spot is chosen free from irregu- larities, and a circle of ten or fifteen feet in diam- eter drawn on the snow. The snow within the circle is then cut into .slabs from three to four inches in thickness, their length being the depth of the snow, and these slabs are formed into a wall enclosing the circle and carried up in courses similar to those of brick or stone, termin.ating in a dome-shajxid roof A wedge -like slab keys the arch; and this principle in architecture m.ay have first l)een known to the Assyrians, Egyptians, Chinese or Es- kimos.*" Loose snow is then thrown into the crevices, which quickly congeals; an aperture is cut in the side for a door; and if the thin wall is not sufficiently 58 ' EaHteru EHquiiuaiix never seem to think of fire as a means of imparting warmth.' Siiiiitsmi's Aar., p. 346. 39 Their houses are 'moveable tents, constructed of poles and skins.' BroieneU'a Ind. linws, p. 4(!9. ' Neither wind nor watertight.' Bwchey's Koy., vol. i., p. 301. At Cape Smythe, Hooper saw seven Eskimo tents of seal skin. TmlA, p. 21G. 'We entered a small tent of morse -skins, made in the fonu of a canoe.' Kutubue's I'oi/., vol. i., ]>. 22n a breathing -hole by constantly gnawing away tlie ice. They produce their young in March, and soon afterward the natives abandon their villages and set out on the ice in pursuit of them. Seals, like whales, are also killed with a harpoon to which is attached a bladder. The seal, when struck, may draw the Hoat under water for a time, but is soon obliged to rise to the surfjice from exhaustion and for air, when he is again attacked and mon obliged to yield. The Eskimos are no less ingenious in catching wild- fowl, which they ticcomplish by means of a sling or net made of woven sinews, with ivory balls attached. They also snare birds by means of whalebone nooses, ix)und which fine gravel is scattered as a bait. They ma- . «> ' Secures wiuter feasts and abundance of oil for the lamps of a whole village, and there is great rejoicing.' JUchanlsoii's Pol. lie)/., p. 313. ' The capture of the seal and walrus is effected in the same manner. Salmon and other fish are caught in nets.' Semtinun'a \'<)y. llerM, \o\. ii., p. 61. 'Six small perforated ivory balls attached separately to cords of sinew three feet long.' Lease it Himpson, in Lond. Ueoy, .Sot:. Jour., vol. viii., 222. BEAR -HUNTING. 67 noeuvre reindeer to near the edge of a cliff, and, driving them into the sea, kill them from canoes. They also waylay them at the narrow passes, and capture them in great numbers. They construct large reindeer jwunds, and set up two diverging rows of turf so as to represent men ; the outer extremities of the line being sometimes two miles apart, and narrowing to a small enclosure. Into this trap the unsuspecting animals are driven, when they are easily speared.*^ To overcome the formidable polar bear the natives have two strategems. One is by imitating the seal, u[X)n which the bear principally feeds, and thereby enticing it within gunshot. Another is by bending a piece of stiff whalebone, encasing it in a ball of blubber, and freezing the ball, which then holds firm the bent whalebone. Armed with these frozen blubber balls, the natives ap- l)i*oach their victim, and, with a discharge of arrows, o^jen the engagement. The bear, smarting with pain, turns upon his tormentors, who, taking to their heels, drop now and then a blubber ball. Bruin, as fond of food as of revenge, pauses for a moment, hastily swallows one, then another, and another. Soon a strange sensa- tion is felt within. The thawing blubber, melted by the heat of the animal's stomach, releases the pent-up whale- bone, which, springing into pliice, plays havoc with the intestines, and brings the bear to a painful and ignomin- ious end. To vegetables, the natives are rather indiffer- ent; berries, acid sorrel leaves, and certain roots, are used as a relish. There is no mitive intoxicating liquor, but in eating they get gluttonously stupid. Notwithstanding his long, frigid, biting winter, the Eskimo never suffers from the cold so long as he has an abundance of food. As we have seen, a whale or a moose supplies him with food, shelter, and raiment. With an internal fire, fed by his oily and animal food, glow- " Near Smith River, a low piece of ground, two miles broad at the beach, was found cnch)sed by double rows of turf set up to represent men, narrow- ing towards a lake, into which reindeer were driven and killed. Simpson's A'ar., p. 135. 68 HYPERB0KEAN8 iiig in his stomach, his blood at fever heat, he bur- rows comfortably in ice and snow and frozen ground, without necessity for wood or coal.** Xor are those pas- sions which are supposed to develop most fully under a milder temi^erature, wanting in the half-fro7xMi Hyixir- Ixjrean.*" One of the chief difficulties of tlie Kskimo during the winter is to obtain water, and the women sjiend a large portion of their time in melting snow over oil-lamps. In the Arctic regions, eating snow is at- tended with serious consecjuences. Ice or snow, touched to the lips or tongue, blisters like caustic. Fire is ob- tained by striking sparks from iron pyrites with (piartz. It is a singular fact that in the coldest climate inhabited by man, fire is less used than anywhere else in the world, equatorial regions perhaps excepted. Caloric for the body is supplied by food .and supplemented by fiu's. Snow houses, from their nature, prohibit the use of fire; but cooking with the Eskimo is a luxury, not a necessity. He well understands how to utilize every part of the animals so essential to his existence. With their skins he clothes himself, makes houses, boats, and oil-bags; their fiesh and fat he eats. He even devours tlie contents of the intestines, and with the skin makes water-proof clothing. Knives, arrow-points, house, boat, and sledge frames, fish-hooks, domestic utensils, ice-chisels, and in fact almost all their implements, are made from the horns and bones of the deer, whale, and seal. Bow- strings are made of the sinews of musk-oxen, and ropes of seal-skin.™ The Eskimo's arms are not very formidable. <8 ' Ce qn'il y a encore de frappaut dans la complexion de ces barbnros, c'cst I'extn^me chuleur de leur estoraac et de leur saug; ils ecbauffent tellc- inent, par leur haleine ardente, les huttes ou ils assembleut en biver, que les Europeans, s'y sentent (.'toiiffL's, comiue dans line etuve dont la cbaleur est trop gradiiee: aussi ne font-ils jamais de feu dans leur babitation en aiicune saison, et ils iguorent I'usage des cbemintes, sous le climat le plus froid du globe.' De I'auw. liecherches Phil., torn, i., p. 2C1. *9 'The voluptuousness and Polygamy of the North American Indimis. under a temperature of almost perpetual winter, is far greater tbiin that of the most sensual tropical nations.' Martin's Briiisk Volonies, vol. iii., p. 524. 3" ' The seal is perhaps their most useful animal, not merely furnishing oil and blubber, but the skin used for their canoes, thongs, nets, lassoes, and boot soles.' \Vhymper's Alaska, p. ICl. SLEDGES, SNOW-SHOES, AND BOATS. 60 Backed by his ingenuity, they neveilholess prove suffi- cient for pnictical piiri)o.ses; and while his neighbor ix)ssesses none better, all are on an eipial footing in war. Their most ix)werful as well as most artistic weajxjn is the bow. It is made of beech or spruce, in three pieces curving in opposite directions and in- geniously bound by twisted sinews, so as to give the greatest jwssible strength. Kichardson affirms that " in the hands of a native hunter it will propel an arrow with sufficient force to pierce the heart of a musk-ox, or break the leg of a reindeer." Arrows, as well as spears, lances, and darts, are of white spruce, and ix)inted Avith bone, ivory, flint, and slate."* East of the Mackenzie, copjx^r enters largely into the com- position of Eskimo utensils.'^^ Before the introduction of iron by Euroi)eans, stone hatchets were common."" The IIyi)erlx)reans surpass all American nations in their facilities for locomotion, lx)th upon land and water. In their skin boats, the natives of the Alaskan sealjoard from Point Barrow to Mount St Elias, made long voyages, crossing the strait and sea of Bering, and held commercial intercour.se with the jX'ople of Asia. Sixty miles is an ordinary day's journey for sledges, while Indians on snow-shoes have been known to run down and cap- ture deer. Throughout this entire border, including the Aleutian Islands, boats are made wholly of the skins of seals or sea-lions, excepting the frame of wood 51 They have ' two sorts of bows; nn-ows pointed with iron, flint, and bone, or bhiiit for birds;- n dart with throwmg-board for seals; u spear headed with iron or copper, the handle about six feet lon(»; and formidable iron knives, equally adapted for throwing, cutting, or stabbing.' Simpson's Nur., p. 123. They ascended the Mackenzie in former times as far as the llumparts, to obtain flinty slate for lauce and arrow points, likhard- son's Jour., vol. i., p. 213. At St. Lawrence Island, they are armed with a knife two feet long Kotiebue's Toy., vol. i., pp. 193, 211. One weapon was 'a walrus tooth fixed to the end of a wooden staff.' Jieecheu's Vou., vol. i., p. 343. ''^ At the Coppermine River, arrows are pointed with slate or copper; hatch- ets also are made of a thick lump of copper. Jfearne's Traveli, pp. lGl-9. M ' The old ivory knives and flint axes are now superseded, the Russians having introduced the common European sheath-knife and hatchet. The board for throwing darts is in use, and is similar to that of tho Polynesians.' Seemaim's Voy. Herald, vol. ii., p. 53. ■ 60 HYPERBOKEANS. or wlmlc-ribs. In the interior, a« well n« on the coast immediately below Mount St Elitus, skin boats disap- pear, and canoes or wooden boats are used. Two kinds of skin boats are employed by the natives of the Alaskan coast, a large and a small one. The former is called by the natives oo)niak, and by the Rus- sians kiidar. This is a large, flat-bottomed, o|X!n boat; the skeleton of wood or whale-ribs, fastened with seal- skin thongs or whale's sinews, and covered with oiled seal or sea-lion skins, wliich are first sewed together and then stretched over the frame. The baidar is usually about thirty feet in length, six feet in extreme breadth, and three feet in depth. It s propelled by oars, and will carry fifteen or twenty persons, but its capacity is greatly increased by lashing inflated seal- skins to the outside. In storms at sea, two or three baidars are sometimes tied together." The small boat is called by the natives hjak, and by the Russians hai- darka. It is constructed of the same material and in the same manner as the baidar, except that it is entirely covered with skins, top as well as bottom, save one hole left in the deck, which is filled by the navigator. After 51 The 'baydare is a large open b.uit, quite flat, niatle of sea-lions' skins,' and is used also for a tent. At Lantschelf Island it was ' a large and prob- ably leathei-u boat, with black sails.' Knhthue'H Voi/., vol. i., pp. 202, 216. ' The kaiyaks are impelled by a double-bladed paddle, nsed witu or without a central rest, and the timiaks with oars.' Can 'projjel their kaiyaks nt the rate of seven miles an hour.' liichardson's Jon.'., vol. i., pp. 238, 358. At Hud- son Strait they have canoes of seal-skin, like those of Greenland. Franhliii's A'ar., vol. i., p. 29. Not a drop of water can penetrate the opening into the canoe. Miilk-r's Voy., p. 46. The kyak is like an English M-ager-boat. They are 'much stronger than their lightness would lead one to suppose.' JJ<}op€r\ne, strongly bound with thongs, and the runners shod with smooth strips ot ■'^ The 'kajak is shaped like n weaver's shuttle.' Hkhrirdsnn's Pol. Beg., J). 308. _ 'The imddle is in the linnds of an Eskimo, what the balancing pole 18 to u ti^ht-rope dancer.' .S'ce»i«»»'s Voif. llentUl, vol ii., p. 56. ^ 'The Koltshanen construct birch-liark canoes; but on the coast skin boats or baidars, like the Eskimo kaiyaks and umiaks, are employed.' i.'ic/i- (trdson's Jiun:, vol. i., p. 405. If by accident a hole should be made, it is stopped with a piece of the flesh of the sea-dog, or fat of the whale, which they always carry with them. Laivisdorff's \'»y., i)t. ii., p. 411. They strike ' the water with a quick, re<{ular motion, flrst on one side, ami then on the other.' Vnok'n Tli'ml To//., vol. ii., p. 516. ' Wiet^en nie iiber 30 Tfund, und haben ein diinnes nut Leder iiberzognes Geri})pe.' New Knchriclden, p. 152. 'The Aleutians put to seawith them in all weathers.' Kotuhne's A>(o Toy., vol. ii., p. 40. At the Shumagin Islands they 'are generally about twelve feet in length, sharp at each end, and about twenty inches broad.' Meares' Voi/.. p. x. They are as transparent us oiled paper. At Unalaska they are so light that they cau be curried in one hand. Hditer, liilling's i'tm., p. 157, 159. I: ea HYPERDOUEANH. M'hult's jiiw-})ono. This sled is lieavy, and fit only for traveling ovor ice or frozen snow. Indian sleds of the interior are lighter, the runners being of thin Hexil)le ]H)ards better adapted to the inecjiialities of the groinid. Pledges, such as are used by the vo\agers of Hudson Bay, are of totally diflerent construction. Three Injards, ea«!h alH)ut one foot in width and twelve feet in length, thinned, and curved into a semicircle at one end, are placed side by side and finnly hished together with thongs. A leathern bag or blanket of the full size of the sled is provided, in which the load is j)liu!ed and lashed down with strings." Sleds and sledges are drawn by dogs, and they will carry a load of from a quarter to half a ton, or a1)out one hundred ikhuuIs to each dog. The dogs of Alaska are scarcely up to the average of Arctic canine nolnlity.'* They are of various colors, hairy, short-legged, with large ])ushy tails curved over the back; they are wolfish, suspicious, yet jX)werful, sagacious, and docile, patiently ix'rforming an incredible amount of ill-re(pnted lalx)r. ]3ogs are harnessed to the sledge, sometimes by sejjarate thongs at nncqual distances, sometimes in pairs to a single line. They are guided by the voice accompanied by a whip, and to the Ijest trained and most sagiicious is given the longest tether, that he may act as lemier. An eastern dog will carry on his back a weight of thirty pounds. The dogs of the northern coast are larger and stronger !>^ ' They average twelve feet iu length, two feet six inohes in height, two feet broivd, and have the fore part turned up in a gentle curve.' ' The ♦loor resembles a grating without cross-l>ars, and is almost a foot from the level of the snow.' iSee)ii(inu'n Toy. Jlerahl, vol, ii., p. iH>. At Haritseheff Island 'I particularly remarked two very neut sledges made * nxorse and whalebones.' KoUebue's Vny., vol. i., p. '201. 'To make the i ■iners glide Bmoothly, a coating of ice is given to them.' Jiwlutnlnou's Pot 'at., p. yO!(. At Norton Sound Captain Cook found sledges ten feet long an venty inches in width. A rail-worlc on each side, and shod with bone; 'ni y put together; stime with wooden pins, but mostly with thongs or lasliings Voy., vol. ii., p. 4-t'2, 443. Mackenzie describes the sk ica, Voyiifiea, i)p. 67, C8. ^ ' About the size of those of Newfoundland, with Alaska, p. '25. ' Neither jilentiful uor of a good class. p. 171. whale-bone . ' Third es of British Amcr- torter legs.' Dall's IVhympvr's Alask't, hi W'^..--.. PROPERTY. 68 tlmn tlioHO of the inti-rior. Kskiino dojiH are used in hiintinjr reindeer and musk-oxen, as well as in drawin;: sk'dj.a's.'*" Those at (Ui\)e Prince of AVak's api^-ar to Ini of the same si)e(ries as those used Ui)oii the Asiatic coast lor drawing? sledges. Snow-shtx's. or f«K)t-sledges, are differently made nc- oordinj^ to the k)cality. In traveling over soft snow they are indisi)ensablo. They consist of an oi)en light wo(«len frame, made of two smooth pieces of wtKxl each aljout two inches wide and an inch thick; the inner part sometimes straight, and the outer curved out to alM)ut one f(K)t in the widest part. They are from two to six feet in length, some oval and turned up in fnmt, rmming to a ^Hjint ))ehind; others Hat, and })ointed at both ends, the si)ace Avithin the frame being filled with a network of twisted deer-sinews or fine seal-skin."" The Hudson Hay snow-slux; is only two and a half feet in length. The Kutchin shoe is smaller than that of the Iilskimo. The merchantable wealth of the Eskimos consists of jwltries, such as wolf, deer, l)adger, jiolar-bear, otter, hare, musk-rat, Arctic-fox, and seal skins; redot^hre, plumbago, and iron pyrites ; oil, i .ory, whalebone ; in short, all parts of all si)eciesof beasts, birds, and fishes that they can .se- cure and convert into an exchangeable shape.*^^ The arti- cles they most covtit are tobacco, iron, and Ix'ads. They are not particularly given to .strong drink. On the shore of Bering Strait the natives have constant commercial *9 The (lop; will hunt heai and reindeer, but is nfraid of ita near relative, the wolf. lirowiieU's Inil. Jtarex, p. 474. tie ' An averuRolenpith in four niidu half feet.' Whyitiper'.i Aluslin, p. 183. ' The Innuit snowshoe is Hnmll nnd nearly Hut,' 'seldom over thirty inche* lonf?.' 'They are always rights and lefts.' Ingalik larger; Kutehin same style; Hudson Bay, thirty inehes in length. 7>rt//'.s Ahixl.d. \->\>. VM), 1!)1. ' I'hey are from two to three feet long, a loot broad, and slightly turned up in front.' ,Sie)iiperniine Elver. iSi//i/).sou'j» Nar., pp. 147, 150, 261. At Point Barrow they 'have unquestionably an in- direct trade with the Russians.' Simpson's Nar., ]C1. 63 'They are very expert traders, haggle obstinately, always consult to- gether, and are infinitely happy when they fancy they have cheated anybody.' Kotzebue's Voj/., vol. i., p. 2ll. 'A thieving, cunning race.' Arwstronii's \ar., p. 110. They respect each other's property, 'but they steal without scruple from strangers.' Jiichardson'a Jour., vol. i., p. 352. SOCIAL ECONOMY. es an addition from the buyer." If they cannot agree, each retires with his goods. Their government, if it can be called a government, is patriarchal. Now and then mmie ancient or able man gains an ascendency in the tribe, and over- awes his fellows. Some tribes even acknowledge an hereditary chief, but his authority is nominal. He can neither exact tribute, nor govern the movements of the lxK)ple. His jwwer seems to be exercised only in treat- ing with other tribes. Slavery in any form is unknown among them. Caste has been mentioned in connection with tattooing, but, .is a rule, social distinctions do not exist.*^ The home of the Eskimo is a model of filth and free- ness. Coyness is not one of their vices, nor is modesty ranked among their virtues. The latitude of innocency chariicterizes all their social relations ; they refuse to do nothing in public that they would do in private. Female ch.'ustity is little regarded. The Kutchins, it is said, are jealous, but treat their wives kindly; the New Cale- donians are jealous, and treat them cruelly; but the philosophic Eskimos are neither jealous nor unkind. Indeed, so far ore they from espionage or meanness in marital affairs, that it is the duty of the hospitable host to place at the disjwsal of his guest not only the house and its contents, but his wife also.*^ The lot of the M ' They have a chief (NiUegnk) in nnme, hut do not recoRuize his authority. ' I>r Ilai/en in JJht. Mtiij., vol. i., p. (!. (iovrrnuicnt, ' a eonilnnntionof the mon- archical and republican;' ' everj' onn is on a perfect level with the rest.' iSeemaun's Voy. lienild, vol. ii., p. S!>, (iO. ' Chiefs are reapect« d principally as senior men.' Fran k tin's \ar., vol. ii., p. 41. At Kotzebue Sound, a robust young man was taken to be chief, as all his commandH were punctually obeyed. Kohfbue's Toy., vol. i., p. 235. Quarrels ' are settled by boxing, the parties sitting down and striking blows alternately, until one of them gives in.' ]{ictt. Every man governs his own family. Jirownell's Intl. liiUfs, p. •475. They 'have a strong respect for their territorial rights, and maintain them with firmness.' liichardson's Jour., vol. i., p. 351. " They are ' honiblyiilthy in person and habits.' Honpfr's Tuski, p. 224. ' A husband will readily traffic with the virtue of a wife for purposes of gain.' Armstromi's Nar., p. 195. 'More than once a wife was proflercd by her husband.' Richurdson'n Jour., vol. i., p. 35G. As against the above testimony, Seemann affirms: 'After the marriage ceremony has been performed inli- VOL. I. 5 HYPERBOREANS. women \h ])ut little better than slavery. All the work, except the nobler occupations of hunting, fishing, and fighting, falls to them. The lesson of female inferi- ority is at an early age instilled into the mind of youth. Nevertheless, the Eskimo mother is remark- ably aftectionate, and fulfills her low destiny with pa- tient kindness. Polygamy is common ; every man being entitled to as many wives as he can get and main- tain. On the other hand, if women are scarce, the men as easily adapt themselves to circumstances, and two of them marry one woman. Marriages are celebrated jis follows: after gaining the consent of the mother, the lover presents a suit of clothes to the lady, who arrays herself therein and thenceforth is his wife.** Dancing, accompanied by singing and violent gesticulation, is their chief anuisement. In all the nations of the north, every well-regulated village aspiring to any degree of respect- ability has its public or town house, which among the Eskimos is called the Casine or Kashhn. It consists of one large subterranean room, better built than the com- mon dwellings, and occupying a central jwsition, where the people congregate on feast-days."' This house is also used as a public work-shop, where are manufact- ured boats, sledges, and snow-shoes. A large portion of the winter is devoted to dancing. Feasting and vis- iting commence in November. On festive occasions, a dim light and a strong odor are thrown over the scene •*t delity israre.' Voi/. Herald, vol. ii., p. 66. 'These people arc in the habit of collecting certuiu fluids for the i)uvi)08es of tnnnin}^; and that, judging from what took jjlace in the tent, in the most open niauucr, in the presence of all the family.' Ikechey's ^'oy., vol.i., p. 407. «< 'Two men sometimes many the same woman.' Seeviann's Voy. Her- ald, \ol. ii., p. (16. ' As soon as a girl is born, the young lad who wishes to have her for a wife goes to her father's tent, and proffers himself. If ac- cepted, a promise is given which is considered binding, and the girl is delivered to her betrothed husband at the proper age.' Frnuklin'n Nur., vol. ii., p. 41. Women 'carry their infants between their reindeer-skin jackets and their naked backs.' Simpson's AVir., p, IvJl. ' All the drudgery falls upon the women; even the boys would transfer their loads to their sisters.' CoU'tnsnii, in Lond. (jleof/. Soc. Jimr., vol. xxv., p. 201. " The 'Kiishim is generally built by the joint labour of the community.' liichardson's Pol. lief/., p. 311. AMUSEMENTS. 67 by means of blubber-lamps. The dancers, who are usually young men, strip themselves to the waist, or even appear in pid'is wHuralihiis, and go through num- berless burlescpie imitations of birds and beasts, their gestures Ix'ing accompanied by tamlxjurine and songs. S(»metimes they are fantastically arrayed in seal or deer skin pantaloons, decked with dog or wolf tails behind, and wear feathers or a colored handkerchief on the head. The ancients, seated u[K>n benches which en- circle the room, smoke, and smile approbation. The women attend with fish and l)erries in large wooden bowls; .and, \i\yon the opening of the performance, they are at once relieved of their contributions by the actors, who elevate the provisions successively to the four cardi- nal ix)ints and once to the skies alwve, when all partake of the feast. Then comes another dance. A monotonous refrain, .accompanied by the beating of an instrument m.ade of seal-intestines stretched over a circular frame, brings upon the ground one boy after another, until about twenty form a circle. A series of pantomimes then commences, jwrtraying love, jealousy, hatred, and friend- ship. During intervals in the exercises, presents are distributed to stnangers. In their national dance, (me girl after another comes in turn to the centre, while the others join hands and dance and sing, not unmusically, about her. The most extravagant motions win the greatest applause.** Among other customs of the Eskimo may l)e men- tioned the following. Their salutations are made by rubbing noses together. No matter how oily the skin, nor how rank tlie odor, he who would avoid oft'ense '"' ' Their tlanee is of the rudest kind, and consists merely in violent motion of the anus and legs.' ISeeuiann's I'oy. Herald, vol. ii., p. (i3. They make ' the most comical motions with the whole body, without stirring from their place.' Kolzcbtte'a Voy., vol. i., p. 192. Their song consisted of the words: ' Hi, Yangah yangah; ha ha, yangah— with variety only in the inflec- tion of voice.' Hooper's Tuski. p. 225. When heated by the danec, even the women were stripped to their breeches. Simpson's Nar., p. 158. 'An old man, all but naked, jumped into the ring, and was beginning some in- decent gesticulations, when his appearance not meeting with our approba- tion he withdrew.' Jieechey's Voy., vol. i., p. 396. 68 HYPERBOREANS. must submit his nose to the nose of his Hyperborean brother,*'^ and his face to the caressing hand of his jwUir friend. To convey intimations of friendship at a distance, they extend their arms, and rub and pat their breast. Upon the approach of visitors they form a circle, and sit like Turks, smoking their pij^es. Men, women, and chil- dren are inordinately fond of tobacco. They swallow the smoke and revel in a temporary elysium. They are called ])rave, simple, kind, intelligent, happy, hospitable, respectful to the aged. They are also called cruel, un- grateful, treacherous, cunning, dolorously complaining, miserable.'" They are great mimics, and, in order to terrify strtingers, they accustom themselves to the most extraordinary contortions of features and body. As a measure of intellectual capacity, it is claimed for them that they divide time into days, lunar months, seasons, and years; that they estimate accurately by the sun or stars the time of day or night; that they can count several hundred and draw maps. They also make rude drawings on bone, representing dances, deer- hunting, animjils, and all the various pursuits followed by them from the cradle to the grave. But few diseases are common to them, and a deformed person is scarcely ever seen. Cutaneous eruption's, re- sulting from their antipathy to water, and ophthalmia, arising from the smoke of their closed huts and the glare of sun-light upon snow and water, constitute their chief disorders.'^ For protection to their eyes in hunting and 69 ' C'etait la plus grande mn q^ie d'amitie qu'ils pouvaient nous donner.' Chorh, \'oy. Pitt., pt. ii., p. 5. ' They came wp to me one after the other — each of them embraced me, rubbed his nose hard against mine, and ended his caresses by spitting in his hands and wiping them several times over my face.' Kolzcbue's \'oy., vol. i., pp. 192, 195 7" ' Their personal bravery is conspicuous, and they are the only nation on the North American Continent who oppose their enemies face to face in open fight.' Hichardson's Jour., vol. i., p. 244. ' Simple, kind people; vei-y IMJor. very filthy, and to us looking exceedingly wretched." MdCliire'n IHs. N. W. I'i'iasaiie, in ImhiI. Oeot(tt. u. Klhn., p. 135. »* The Kadiaks dress like the Aleuts, but their principal garment they call Kiviiitien; L(in;iiidi>rfi"s Voy., pt. ii., p. 03. Like the Uualaskas, the neck being more exposed, fewer ornamentations. Saner, BilUufi'K Voy., p. 177. ' Consists wholly of the skins of animals and birds.' PorUock's Voy., p. 74 HYPERBOREANS. The Chujiatshes, men, women, and children, dress alike in a close fur frock, or robe, rejiching sometimes to the knees, but generally to the ankles. Their feet and legs are commonly bai'e, notwithstanding the high latitude in which they live; but they sometimes wear skin st(K;kings and mittens. They make a truncated conic hat of straw or wood, in whimsical representation of the head of some fish or bird, and garnished with colors.^ The Koniagas build two kinds of houses ; one a large, winter village residence, called by the Russians htinibara, and the other a summer hunting-hut, placed usually upon the banks of a stream whence they draw food. Their winter houses are very large, accommodating three or four families each. They are constructed by digging a square space of the required area to a depth of two feet, placing a post, four feet high above the surface of the ground, at every corner, and roofing the space over to constitute a main hall, where eating is done, filth dejwsited, and boats built. The sides are of planks, and the roof of boards, jjoles, or whale-ribs, thickly covered with gniss. In the roof is a smoke-hole, and on the eastern side a door-hole alx)ut three feet square, through which en- trance is made on hands and knees, and which is pro- tected by a seal or other skin. Under the opening in the roof, a hole is dug for fire ; and round the sides of the room, tomb-like excavations are made, or boards put up, for sleeping- places, where the occupant reposes on his back with his knees drawn up to the chin. Adjoining 249. A coat peculiar to Norton Sound appeared 'to be made of reeds sewed vei*y closely together.' Dixon's Voy., p. 191. ' Niihen ihre Pavken (Winter-Kleider) auH Viigelhauten und ihre Knmleien (Somraer-Kleider) ans den Gedarmen von Wallfischen und Robben.' Baer, Stat. n. Ethn., p. 117. At Norton Sound 'principally of deer-skins.' Cook's Third Voi/., vol. ii., p. 484. 'Ihre Kleider siud aus schwarzen und andern FuchsbSlgen, Biber, Vogelhauten, aucJi jungen Rennthier and Jewraschkenfellen, alles niit Seh- neu genaht.' Neue Ndc'ir., p. 113. 'The dress of both sexes consists of parkas and camleykas, both of which nearly resemble in form a carter's frock.' Lisiamky's V'oy., p. 194. *j ' Una tunica entera de pieles que les abriga bastantemente. ' Boderja y Quadra Nov., MS. p. 06. 'By the use of such a girdle, it should seem that they sometimes go naked.' Cook's Third Voy., vol. ii., p. 437. DWCLLITfOS AND FOOD OF THE KONIAQA8. 76 rooms are sometimes made, with low underground passages leading oft' from the main hall. The walls are atlorned with implements of the chase and bags of winter food; the latter of which, iK'ing in every stage of decay, emits an odor most off*ensive to unhabituated nostrils. The ground is car^HJted with straw. When the smoke-hole is covered by an intestine window, the dwellings of the Koniagas are exceedingly warm, and neither fire nor clothing is re- quired.'* The kashim, or public house of the Koniaga.s, is built like their dwellings, and is capable of acconnno- dating three or four hundred people.*' Huts are ))iiilt by earthing over sticks pljiced in roof-shape ; also })y erect- ing a frame of poles, and covering it with bark or skins. The Koniagas will eat any digestible substance in nature except pork; from which fact Lord Kingsborough could prove incontestably a Jewish origin. I .should rather give them swinish affinities, and see in this sin- gularity a hesitancy to feed ujwn the only animal, except themselves, which eats with equfil avidity bear's excre- ments, carrion birds, maggoty fish, and rotten sea-ani- mals.'* When a whale is taken, it is literally stripped of everything to the bare bones, and these also are used for building huts and boats.*** These people can dis- *6 ' Plastered over with mud, which gives it an appearance not very nnliko a dung hill.' Lidansky's Voy., V). 214. Sea-dog skin closes the opening. LitniiHdorff'n Voy., pt. ii., p. 62. The Kuskoquiuis have 'hnttes (ju'ila api)ellent barabores pour I'ete.' D'Orb'viny, Voy., p. 574. ' Mit Erde und Gras hedeckt, so dass man ]nit Becht die Wohnuugcn der Konjagen Erdhiitteu uennen kann.' Ilolmberij, Elhn. Hkh., p. 97. 'A door fronting the east.' Sauer, liiUimfn Voy., p. 175. At Norton Sound 'they consist simply of a sloping roof, without any side-walls.' Cook's Third Voy., vol. ii., p. 484. Build temporary huts of sticks and bark. Portloak's Voy.,n. 253. "7 ' In dem Kashim versanimelt sich die mtinnliche Bevolkerung des ganzen Dorfes zur Berathschlagung iiber wichtige Augelegenheiten, iiber Krieg und Fricden, etc' Jiui'i; Stat. n. Ethn., p. 129. i*^ ' Le poisson est la principale noun-iture.' L'Orhigny, Voy., p. 574. ' Berries mixed with rancid whale oil.' ' The fat of the whale is the prime delicacy.' Lisiiin.'ilq/'s l'(*_^., pp. 178, 195. ' Meistentheils ntihren sio sich mit rohen und trocknen Fisehen, die sie theils in der See mit kniichernen Angel- haken, theils in denen Biichen mit Sacknetzen, die sie aus Sehnen flechten, einfangen.' Neue Nachr., p. 114. They generally eat their food raw, but sometimes they boil it ip vater heated with hot stones. Mearvs' Voy., p. xxxv. The method of catching wild geese, is to chase and knock them' down im- mediately after they have shed their large wing-feathers ; at which time they are not able to fly. Portloek'a Voy., p. 265. x9 ' Ich hutte auf der lusel Afognak Gelegenheit dem Zerschneiden eines 76 HYPERBOREANS. pose of enormous quantities of food; or, if necessary, they can j?o a long time witiiout eating.'" liefore the introduction of intoxicating drinks by white men, they niiule a fermented U(iuor from the juice of rasplwrrieH and bhieberries. Tobiicco is in general use, but chew- ing and snuffing are more frecpient than smoking. Sal- mon are very plentiful in the vicinity of Kadiak, and form one of the chief articles of diet. During their periodical ascension of the rivers, they are taken in great quantities by means of a ^xde ^lointed with l)one or iron. Salmon are also taken in nets made of whale- sinews. Codfish are caught Avith a lione hook. Whales approach the coiust of Kadiak in June, when the inhab- itants pursue them in baidarkas. Their whale-lance is about six feet in length, and |X)inted with a stone u^wn which is engraved the owner's mark. This jx)int sep- arates from the handle and is left in the whale's tiesh, so that when the body is thrown dead upon the beach, the whaler proves his projierty b>' his lance-jwint. Many su^wrstitions are mentioned in connection with the whale-fishery. When a whaler dies, the body is cut into small pieces and distributed among his fellow- craftsmen, each of whom, after rubbing the jwint of his lance upon it, dries and preserves his piece as a sort of talisman. Or the body is placed in a distant cave, where, before setting out upon a chase, the whalers all congre- gate, take it out, carry it to a stream, immerse it and then drink of the water. During the season, whalers bear a charmed existence. No one may eat out of the same dish with them, nor even approach them. When the season is over, they hide their wej pons in the mountains. In May, the Koniagas set out in tvNo-t/ared baidarkas Wallfisches zuzxisehen tind versichere, dass nach Verlauf von kaum 2 Stunden nur die blanken Knochen auf dem Ufer lagen.' .Hulmbeni, Ethn. Shiz., p. 91. 90 The KadiakH ' pass their time in hunting, festivals, and abstinence. The first takes place in the summer; the second begins in the mouth of De- cember, and continues as long as any provisions remain ; and then follows the period of famine, which lasts till the re-appearance of flsh in the rivers. Diinng the period last mentioned, many have nothing but shell-fish to sub- sist on, and some die for want.' Lisianakfs Voy., pp. 209, 210. THE KUSK0KWI0MUTE8 AND MALEMUTE8. 77 for distant islumls, in sean;!! of wu-ottcr. As wiccess rwiuires a Nnirs; being housed in jxirmanent settlements dur- ing the winter, although in summer they are obliged to scatter in various directions in quest of food. Every morning before break of day, during the hunting-season, a lx)y lights the oil-lamps in all the huts of the village, when the women rise and prepare the food. The men, excepting old men and lx)ys, all sleep in the kashim, whither they retire at sunset. In the morning tl:ey are aroused by the apjiearance of the shaniiin, arrayed in his sacerdotal rolnis, and beating his sacred drum. After morning worship, the women carr)' t)reakfast to their husbands in the kashim. At day-break the men depart for their hunting or fi.slilug, and when they re- turn, immediately repair to the kiishim, leaving the women to unload and take care of the products of the day's work. During the hunting-season the men visit their wives only during the night, returning to the kashim l)efore daylight. The Malemutes leave their villages upon the coast regularly in February, and, with their families, resort to the mountains, where they follow the deer until snow melts, ani then return to catch water-fowl and her- ring, and gather eggs upon the cliffs and promontories of the coast and islands. In July is their salmon feast. The fawns of reindeer are caught upon the hills by the 78 HYPERBOREANS. women in August, either by chasing them down or by snaring them. Deer are stalked, noosed in snares, or driven into enclosures, where they are easily killed. At Kadiak, hunting begins in February, and in April they visit the smaller islands for sea-otter, seals, sea-lions, tmd eggs. Their whale and other fisheries commence in June and continue till Octolx;r, at which time they abandon work and give themselves up to festivities. The seal is highly prized by them for its akin, blubber, and oil. One method of catching seals illustrjites their ingenuity. Taking an air-tight seal- skin, they blow it up like a bladder, fasten to it a long line, and, concealing themselves behind the rocks, they throw their imitation seal among the live ones and draw it slowly to the shore. The others follow, and are speared or killed with bow and arrows. Blueberries and huckleberries are gathered in quantities and dried for winter use; they are eaten mixed with se.al-oil. The Koniagas are also very fond of raw reindeer-fat. They hunt with guns, and snare grouse, marten, and hares. A small white fish is taken in great quantities from holes in the ice. They are so abundant and so easily caught that the natives break off the barbs from their fish-hooks in order to facilitate their operations. The white polar bear does not wander south of the sixty-fifth parallel, and is only found near Bering Strait. Some were found on St Matthew Island, in Bering Sea, but were supposed to have been conveyed thither upon floating ice. The natives approach the grizzly Ijear with great caution. When a lair is discovered, the opening is measured, and a timber barricade constructed, with an aperture through which the bear may put his head. The Indians then quietly approach and secure their timbers against the opening of the den with stones, and throw a fire-brand into the den to arouse the animal, who there- upon puts his his head out through the hole and meets with a reception which brings him to an untimely end."* " ' Wild auimal8 which they hunt, and espeuiuUy wild sheep, the flesh of WAB, IMPLEMENTS, AND GOVERNMENT. 79 In former times, the Koniagas went to war behind a huge Avooden shield a foot thick and twelve feet in width. It was made of three thicknesses of larch-wood, bound together with willows, and with it they covered thi' ty or forty lancers.*^ They poisoned their arrow and lance points with a preparation of aconite, by drying and pulverizing the root, mixing the powder with water, and, when it fermented, applying it to their weapons.'-** They made arrow-jioints of copi)er, obtaining a supply from the Kenai of Copjier River;"* and the wood was as finely finished as if turned in a lathe. The boats of the Koniagas are similar to those of the north, except that the bow and stem are not alike, the Dne turning up to a jwint and the other cut oft' square,"'* Needles made of birds' bones, and thread from whale- sinews, in the hands of a Kadiak woman, produced work, "many specimens of which," gays Lisiansky, " would do credit to our Iwst seamstresses. """ They produced fire by revolving with a bow-string a hard dry stick u)X)n a soft dry Ijoard, one end of the stick being held in a mouth-piece of bone or ivory. Their imple- ■which is excellent.' Lmansky's I'oy., p. 188. They eat the larger sort of fern, root baked, and a substance which seemed the inner bark of the pine. ( 'ook-'s Tlixrd Voy., vol, ii., p. 374. 'Die EiuKebornen essen diese Wtirzeln (Lngat) roh und gekocht; aiis der Wurzel, nachdem sie in Mehl verwandelt ist, biickt man, mil einer geringen Beiinischving von Weizeumehl, srissliche, diinne Knchen.' Siujonkin, Tducbucli, in JJenkuchr. d. ritsH. Ueoij. (resell., p. 343. "- ' Ihre hiilzerne Schilde nennen sie Kujaki.' Nnte Knalir., p. 114. 93 ' Selecting the roots of such plants as grow alone, these roots are dried and pounded, or grated.' S'tner, liilUnii's Ex., p. 178. 91 ' Die Pfeilspitzen pind niis Eisen oder Kupfer, ersteres erhalten sie von den Kenayem, letzteres von deii Tutnen.' Hfur, Stat. «. Klhn., p. 118. ' De {)edernal en foriurt de arpon, cortailo con ttiuta delicadeza como pudieru hucer- o el mas hi'ibil lapidario.' Ilinti'H'i y Quailra, Nan., MS. p. (>(>. 9* At Prince William S idiid Cook found the canoes not of wood, as at Nootka. At Bristol Bay they vore of skin, but broader. Third yoy.,\ol. ii., pp. 371, 437. 'Die kadjukwchen Baidarken uuterscheiden sich in der Form ein wenig von denen dc-r andtrn Bewohner der amerikanischen Rdste, von denen der Aleuten aber nanieiitlich darin, das sie kiirzer und breiter sind.' Uidmberii, Ethn. Skit., p. !)9. At Prince William Sound, ' formada la canoa en esqueleto la forran por fuer.; con pieles de animates.' linde'ja y (^uadrn, Nitv., MS. p. C5. ' Qu'on se flguro uue nacelle de quatre metres de long et de Koixante centimetres de large tout an plus.' Laiilace, Circumnar., vol. vi , p. 48. ' These canoes were covered with skins, the same as we had B( .. it season in Cook's River. Ifixon'n Vnv., p. 147. 'Safer at sea in bad weauier than European boats.' Lvii'insky'.s I oy,, p. '211. *« Their whale-sinew thread was as tine os silk. Li/., p 214. lou ' Not only do brothers and sisters cohabit with each other, but even I ' onts and ehildren.' jMni/sdorff's P'oy., pt. ii., p. 04. Vo:.. I. 8 lit :!l 82 HYPERBOREANS. SO greatly desire, and fondle it as if it were a real child."** Two husbands are also allowed to one woman ; one the chief or principal husband, and the other a deputy, who .'icts as husband and master of the house during the absence of the true lord ; and who, upon the latter's return, not only yields to him his place, but becomes in the meantime his jv-Tvant. But the most repugnant of all their practices is that of male concubinage. A Kadiak mother will select her handsomest and most promising boy, and dress and rear him as a giri, teaclibig him only domestic duties, keeping him at woman's w " ^"^ociating him only with women and girls, in order nder his efteminacy complete. Arriving at the age ot i or fifteen years, he is married to some wealthy man, who regards such a companion as a great acquisition. These male wives are called achmit- schik or schopms}^'^ A most cruel superstition is enforced upon maidens at the age of puberty ; the victim being confined for six months in a hut built for the purpose, apart from the others, and so small that the ix)or inmate cannot straight- en her back while upon her knees. During tlie six months following, she is allowed a room a little larger, but is still permitted no intercourse with any one. Daughters of principal men obtain the right of access to the kashim by undergoing a ceremonial yielding up of iM ' ImageH dressed in different forms.' Lisiansky's Voy., p. 178. ' The most favoured of women is she who has the greatest nuoiber of children.' Haiier, HUUnfi's ^''))/., p. 176. loi ' Dor Vater oder die Mutter bestimmen den Sohn sehon in seiner fruli- sten Kindheit zuui Achuutsehik, wenn er ihnen nii'iduhenhaft crschcint.' Jlolntber;/, Etlin. Skit., p. 121. 'Male concubines are much more frequent here than at Oonalnshka.' JMitgsdorff's To/y., pt. ii., p. (i4. They ' are happy to see them taken by the chiefs, to gratify their unnatural desires. Such youths are dres-sed like women, and taught all their domestic duties. ' Sunei; JiilUn'/n Kx., p. 176. 'Ces peiiples sont tres adonnes aux plaisirs des sens et meme a un vice infame.' ('Iuirl% Voy. Pitt., pt. vii., p. 8. 'Of all the customs of these islanders, the most disgusting is that of men, called schoo- paiif:, living with men, and supplying the place of women.' l.isiaiishi's Voy., p. 199. This shameful custom applies to the Thlinkects as well. ' Quelqiies personues do I'Equipage du Solide ont rapporte qu'il ne leur est pas possible de douter i>y SucU I Suuer, |>H scna I all the , sc/ioo- Voy., JielqueH loHBiblc \w quo >u(. (iu 1 their virginity to the shaman."* Marriage ceremonies are few, and marriage engagements peculiar. The con- sent of the father of the intended hride being obtained, the aspirant for nuptial honors brings wood and builds a fire in the bath-room; after Avhich, he and the father take a bath together. The relatives meanwhile congregate, a feast is held, presents are made, the bridegroom takes the name of the bride's father, the couple are escorted to a heated vapor-bath and there left together. Although extremely filthy in their persons and habits, all Indians attach great imjx^rtance to their sweat-baths. This pecu- liar institution extends through most of the nations of our territory, from Alaska to Mexico, with wonderful uni- formity. Frequently one of the side subterranean apart- ments which open off from the main hall, is devoted to the purposes of a sweat-house. Into one of these caverns a Kadiak will enter stripped. Steam is gen- erated by throwing water ujion heated stones. After sweltering for a time in the confined ajid heated atmos- phere, and while yet in a profuse perspiration, the bather rushes out and plunges into the nearest stream or into the sea, frequently having to break the ice before being able to finish his bath. Sometimes all the occu- pants of the house join in a ])atli. They then clear the floor of the main room from obstructions, and build a hot fire under the smoke-hole. When the fire is reduced to coals, a covering is phiced over the smoke-hole, and the bathers proceed to wash themselves in a certain liquid, which is carefully saved for this and other cleansing pur- poses, and also for tanning. Tlie alkali of the fiuid combines with the grease ujwn their jiersons, and thus a lather is formed which removes dirt as effectually as soap would. They then wash in water, wrap themselves in deer-skins, and re{x)se \\^\\ shelves luitil the lassitude occasioned by i^erspiration passes away. 106 • Der Schamane liat seiner Obliegenheit gcmtisa ocler ana liesonderera Wohlwollen sie der JunRferschttft bornubt nnd sie ware unwiirdig vor dor Versnniralung zn orscbeinen, weuu sie ihre erste Liebe irgpiid oineiii Anderen und nicht dem Schamanen gezollt hatte.' liner, f^tal. «. Etiin., i>. 133. 84 HYPERBOREANS. ft i Festivals of various kinds are held ; as, when one vil- lage is desirous of extending hospitiality to another village, or when an individual become.^ ambitious of iwpularity, a feast is given. A ceremonial banquet takes place a year after the death of a relative; or an entertainment may be announced as a reparation for Jin injury done to one's neighbor. At some of these feasts only men dance, and at others the women join. Upon these occasions, presents are exchanged, and the festivities sometimes continue for several days. The men apjiear upon the scene nearly or quite naked, with painted faces, and the hair fan- tastically decorated with feathers, dancing to the music of the tambourine, sometimes accompanied by sham fights and warlike songs. Their faces are marked or fantasti- cally painted, and they hold a knife or lance in one hand and a rattle in the other. The women dance by simply hopping lirward and backward \\\yon their toes.*"^ A visitor, ujxjn entering a dwelling, is presented with a cup of cold water; afterward, fish or flesh is set lie fore him, and it is expected that he will le.ave nothing un- eaten. The more he eats, the greater the honor to the host; and, if it be impossible to eat all that is given him, he must take away with him whatever remains. After eating, he is conducted to a hot bath and regaled with a drink of melted fat. Sagoskin assisted at a ceremony which is celebrated annually about the first of January at all the villages on the coast. It is called the festival of the immersion of the bladders in the sea. More than a hundred blad- ders, taken only from animals which have been killed with arrows, and decorated with fantastic paintings, are hung upon a cord stretched horizontally along the wall of the kashim. Four birds carved from wood, a screech- <•" 'Their dances are proper tournnments.' Sauer, Billinq's Ex., p. 176. They nre much addicted to public dances, especially during winter. IVhyin- per's Alaska, p. 105. 'Masks of the most hideous figures nre worn.' JAsi- annky's Voy., p. 210. 'Use a sort of rattle composed of ft number of the beaks of the sea-parrot, strung upon a wooden cross,'— sounds like castanets. Lamjsdorff's Voij., pt. ii., p. 64. ' Die Tiinzer erscheinen, eben so, niit Wurf- apiessen oder Messern in den Hiindeu, welche sie uber dem Kopfe schwing- en.' Baer, Stat. u. Kthiu, p. 118. SUPERSTITIONS OF THE KONIAGAS. 85 owl with the head of a man, a sea-gull, and two partridges, are so disposed that they can be moved by strings artfully arranged ; the owl flutters his wings and moves his head; the gull strikes the boards with his beak as if he were catching fish, and the partridges com- mence to peck each other. I^astly, a stake enveloped in straw is placed in the centre of the fire-place. Men and women dance before these effigies in honor of Jiig- jak, the spirit of the sea. Every time the dancing ceases, one of the assistants lights some straw, burning it like incense before the birds and the bladders. The principal ceremony of the feast consists, as its name indicates, in the immersion of the bladders in the sea. It was impossible to discover the origin of this custom ; the only answer given to questions was, that their an- cestors had done so before them. The shaman, or medicine-man of the Koniagas, is the spiritual and temporal doctor of the tribe; wizard, sor- cerer, priest, or physician, as necessity demands. In the execution of his offices, the shamiin has several assistants, male and female, sages and disciples; the first in rank being called hiseks, whose duty it is to superintend festivals and teach the children to dance. When a jierson falls sick, some evil spirit is supjwsed to have taken pos- session of him, and it is the business of the shaman to exorcise that spirit, to combat and drive it out of the man. To this end, armed with a magic tambourine, he places himself near the patient and mutters his incan- tations. A female assistant accompanies him with groans and growls. Should this prove ineffectual, the shaman approaches the bed and throws himself upon the person of the sufferer; then, seizing the demon, he struggles with it, overpowers and casts it out, while the assistants cry, " He is gone! he is gone!" If the patient recovers, the physician is paid, otherwise he receives nothing. lot) 108 < Leg sorciers et chamans jouissent d'une grande faveur dans cette re- gion glacee de rArat'rique.' D'Urbiiny, Voy., p. 574. 'Schamane und alte Weiber kennen verschiedene Heihnittel.' liwn; SM. u. Ethn., p. 135. ' Next iu rank to the shamans are the kasekt), or sages, whose office is to teach chil- 86 HYPERBOREANS, Colds, consumption, rheumatism, itch, boils, ulcers, syph- ilis, are among their most common diseases. Blood-let- ting is commonly resorted to as a curative, and except in extreme cases the shaman is not called. The Koniagas bleed one another by piercing the arm with a needle, and then cutting away the flesh above the needle with a flint or copper instrument. Beaver's oil is said to re- lieve their rheumatism. "The Kadiak people," says Lisiansky, "seem more attached to their dead than to their living." In token of their grief, surviving fii^^nds cut the hair, blacken the face with soot, and the ancient custom was to remain in mourning for a year. No work may be d(jne for twenty days, but after the fifth day the mourner may bathe. Immediately after death, the body is arra\ed in its best apparel, or wrapped with moss in seal or sea-lion skins, and placed in the kashim, or lell in the house in which the person died, where it remains for a time in state. The body, with the arms and implements of the de- ceased, is then buried. It was not unfrequeut in fonner times to sacrifice a slave upon such an occasion. The grave is covered over with blocks of wood and large stones.^** A mother, upon the death of a child, retires for a time from the camp; a husband or wife withdraws and joins another tribe."" The character of the Koniagas may be drawn as peace- able, industrious, serviceable to Europeans, adapted to la}x)r and commerce rather than to war and hunting. They are not more superstitious than civilized nations; and their immorality, though to a stranger most rank, is not to them of that socially criminal sort which loves darkness and brings down the avenger. In their own eyes, their abhorrent practices are as sinless as the ordi- dren the differeiit dauces, and superintend the public amusements and shows, of which they have the supreme control.' Lisianski/'s Voy., p. 208. 109 ' The dead body of a chief is embalmed with moss, and buried.' Sauer, Jjilling's Ex., p. 177. no ' In one of the small buildings, or kennels, as they may very properly be called, was a woman who had retired into it in consequence of the death of her son.' Lisiansky's Toy., p. 184. THE ALEUTS. 87 nary, oi)enly conducted avocations of any community' are to the members thereof. The Aleuts are the inhabitants of the Aleutian Archii^ehigo. The origin of the word is unknown;"^ the original name being Kiujatcvya Konngns, or ' men of the east,' indicating an American origin."^ The na- tion consists of two tribes speaking dift'erent dialects; the Unaktskans, occupying the south-western portion of the Alaskan Peninsula, the Shumagin Islands, and the Fox Islands; and the Atfi-has, inhabiting the Andrean- ovski, Rat, and Near Islands. Migrations and intermix- tures with the Russians have, however, nearly obliterated original distinctions. The earliest information concerning the Aleutian Is- landers was obtained by Michael Nevodtsikoft*, who sailed from Kamch.atka in 1745. Other Russian voy- agers immediately followed, attrsicted thither in search of sea-animal skins, Avhich at that time were very plen- tiful."'* Tribute was levied ujion the islanders by the Russians, and a system of cruelty commenced which soon reduced the natives fro.a ten thousand to but little more than one thousand. The Aleuts, to Langsdorft', '* ap|)ear to be a sort of middle race between the mongrel Tartars and the North "1 * The word Aleutian seems to be derived from the interrogative parti- cle alUx, which struck strangers in the language of that people.' K(ttz> hue's Vol/., vol. iii., p. 312. The Unalaskas and ' the people of Ooniuak, call them- selves C'oic(//ia/iw;f)i.' 'The natives of Alaksa and all the adjacent islands they call KMiataiak-uni/'ii.' Saucr, JiiUiiKj's Ex., p. 154. ' The inhabitants of Unalashka are called Ki)(iholaijh\; those of Akutan, and fnither east to Uni- mak, Kiijliifiiwi; and those of Unimak and .\laxa, Kiitwilini/fi. ilii. They can- not tell whence these appellations are derived; and now begin to call them- selves by the general name of Aleyut, given to them by the llussiuns, and borrowed fiom some of the Kmile Islands.' Coxe's Hush. I)is., p. 219. 1'* Yet, says D'Orbigny, Voywie, p. HIT: 'Si on interroge les Ali'outiens sur leur origine, ils disent que leurs ancetres ont habite un grand pays vers I'oucst, et que de Ik ils sont avauces de proehe en proche sur les iles desertes jusq'au continent americain.' "3 Trapesnikofif took from an nnkno^^Ti island in 1753, 1920 ser tter skins. Dumelf returned to Kamchatka in 1754, with 3,000 skins. In 1752 one crew touched at Bering Island and took 1,222 Arctic foxes, and 2,500 sea-bears. Cholodiloff, in 1753, took from one island 1,600 otter-skins. Tolstych in one voyage took 1,780 sea -otter, 720 blue foxes, and 840 sea- bears. Coxe's Jiuss. his., pp. 43, 44, 40, 51, 53. il ■ ; i 88 HYPERBOEEANS. Americans." John Ledyard, who visited Unalaska with Captain Cook, saw "two different kinds of people; the one we knew to be the aborigines of America, while we supposed the others to have come from the opjwsite coasts of Asia.""* Their features are strongly marked, and those who saw them as they originally existed, were impressed with the intelligent and benevolent expression of their faces."" They have an abundance of lank hair, which they cut with flints — the men from the crown, and the women in front."" IJoth sexes undergo the usual face-painting and ornamentations. They extend their nostrils by means of a bow-cylinder. The men wear a bone about the size of a quill in the nose, and the women insert pieces of bone in the under lip."^ Their legs are bowed, from sjiending so much of their time in boats; they frequently sitting in them fifteen or twenty hours at a time. Their figure is .awkward and uncouth, yet robust, active, capable of carrying heavy burdens and undergoing great fatigue."® The hat of the Aleut is the most peculiar part of his dress. It consists of a helmet-shaped crown of wood or leather, with an exceedingly long brim in front, so as i'< Sparhs, Life of Ledyard, p. 79. "i A great deal of character. Lfingsdorfs Voy., pt. ii., p. 32. 116 ' Rather low of stature, but plump and well shaped; with rather short neckH; swarthy chubby faces; black eyes; small beards, and long, straight, black hair; which the men wear loose behind, and cut before, but the women tie up in a bunch.' Cook's Tlnrd Voy., vol. ii., p. 510. 'Von Gesicht sind Bie platt und weiss, von guter Statur, dtirchgangig mit schwarzen Haaren.' iVeue A'ao/ir., p. 150. 'Low in stature, broad in the visage.' Campbell's Voi/., p. 112. Hiiir 'strong and wiry;' scanty beard, but thick on the upper lip. Sauer, BUlinr_ff'' it Voy., pt. ii., p. 48. ' The Russians told us, that they never bad any eonnect.ons with their women, because they were not Christians. Our people were not so scrupulous; and some of them had renson to repent that the females of Oonalashka encouraged their addresses without any reserve; for their health suffered by a distemper that is not unknown here.' (Jimk's Third Voy., vol. ii., p- 521. 130 'It often happens that a mother plunges her noisy child into water, even in winter, and keeps it there till it leaves off crying.' Lisiumky's Vny., p. '202. • Schreyt das Kind, so tragi es die Mutter, es sey Winter oder Som'mer nak- keud uach der See, und halt es so lauge im Wasser bis es still wird.' New 2<(tchr., p. 1C8. '^' 'Have their own chiefs in each island.' Ciwk'a Third Voy., vol. ii., p. 5:0. ' Generally is conferred on him who is ^ho most remarkable for his personal qualities. Corf 'm liusa. Dis., p. 219. CHAKACTEK OF THE ALEUTS. 08 the dwelling .ire placed at the disj^sal of the guest, and all retire/" A religious festival used to be held in De- cember, at which all the women of the village assembled by moonlight, and danced naked with masked faces, the men being excluded under penalty of death. The men and women of a village bathe together, in aboriginal innocency, unconscious of impropriety. They are fond of pantomimic [x-irformances ; of representing in dances their myths and their legends; of acting out aclia»se, one assuming the part of hunter, another of a bird or beast trying to escajje the snare, now succeeding, now failing — the piece ending in the transi'ormation of a captive bird into a lovely woman, who falls exhausted into the arms of the hunter. The dead are clothed and masked, and either placed in the cleft of a rock, or swung in a boat or cradle from a ix)le in the open air. They seem to guard the body as much as ix)ssible from contact witli the ground. '^^ In their nature and disposition, these islanders are sluggish but stitmg. Their sluggishness gives to their charsicter a gentleness and obsequiousness often remarked by travelers; while their inherent strength, when roused by I. 'utal pjissions, drives them on to the greatest enor- miti s. They are capable of enduring great fatigue, and, when roused to action by necessity, they will }x?rforra an incredible amount of work, suftering the severest cold or heat or hunger with the most stoical calmness. They are very quiet in their demeanor; sometimes sit- ting in companies within their dens, or on their house- "2 Those of the inhftbitnnts who have two wives pive thoir guests one, or a slave. Xcne Xaclir., p. 171. ' lu the spriii<,' h.iliiliiys, they weur itiasks, ueatly curved iind ftinciiully or.iiiiuouted.' .Skiik/-, liiUiniis' Ejt., p. ICO. '1' ' On uvait soin de le disposer de luauicrc kcc uu'il iiu tcnicliiit pas la tcrre.' D'Orhljiiy, I'liy., p. 579. 'Lnibalui the bodies of the men with dri-jd moss and grass.' sillier, liUhiujs' Ex., p. ItU. Slaves sonu'times slaughtered. J.angsdorff's Viiy-, pt. ii., p. 48. 'Bury their dead on the summits of hills.' Cooh'n Third Toy., vol. ii., p. 521. 'When a man dies in tho hut belongiui,' to his wife, sho retires into a dark hole, where she remains forty days. The husliaiid pays tho same comi)liment to his favorite wife upon her death.' Vi>x«'h liiiss. jiis., p. '218. ' Die Tiulten werden be(n sicf mit Riemeu und hfiu^en sio in eiuer Art lu'ilzerner Wie>,'e nn einen nuf zwey Gubeleu ruhcudeu Querstoek iu der Luft auf.' iVeue Aao/tr., pp. 101, 154. 04 HYPERBOREANS, ( i tops gazing at the sea for hours, without speaking a word. It is said that formerly they were much more gay and cheerful, but that an acquaintance with civilizfition has been productive of the usual misfortune and misery.'" It does not apjiear that the Russians were behind the Spaniards in their barbarous treatment of the natives.'** Notwithstanding their interest lay in preserving life, and holding the natives in a state of serfdom as fishers and hunters, the poor people were soon swept away. Father Innocentius Veniaminoff, a Russian missionary who la- bored among the islanders long and faithfully, gives them tiie highest character for probity and propriety. Among other things, he affirms that during a residence of ten years in Unalaska, there did not occur a single fight among the natives. Proselytes were made by the Rus- sians with the same facility as by the Spaniards. Trib- ute was levied by the RussiaTis upon all the islanders, but, for three 3'ears after their conversion, neophytes were exempt; a cheap release from hateful servitude, thought the poor Aleut ; and a polity which brought into the folds of the church pagan multitudes. The Thlinkeets, as they call themselves, or Kolosches, as they are designated by the Russians, inhabit the coast and islands from Mount St Elias to the river Nass. The name Thlinkeet signifies man, or ' human being. iM ' Naturellement silencienx.' D'Orhi'jny, Vny., p. 578. ' Sie verrichten auch die Nothdurft und dus EhegeHchaft oline idle Scheu.' Ae«e Aachr., p. 150. ' A stupid silence reigns among tliem.' ' I am persuaded that the sim- plifity 1 their churiu'ter exceeds that of any other people.' Lisiunsh-y's Voy., pp. 182, IS'i. 'Kind-hearted and obliging, Kubmissive and careful; bnt if roused to anger, they become rash and unthinking, even malevolent, and in- different to all danger.' Ldni/sihrff'a Koy., pt. ii., p. 32. 'To all appearance, they are the most peaceable, inoffensive people, I ever met with. And, as to honesty, they might serve as a pattern to the most civilized nation upon earth.' Cook; vol. ij., p. (iOS). "i ' To hunt was their task; to be drowned, or starved, or exhausted, was their reward.' 8inipar>n's Jour., vol . ii., p. 221). ' They i;re harmless, wretched slaves,' whose race will soon be extinct. Kolztbue's Voy., vol. iii., p. 315. The Russian hunters ' used not unfrequentl^ to place the me:i close together, and try through how many the ball of their rine-barrelled musket would pass.' iS'oHfr, Jiilliiufs Ex. App.. p. 5C. 'Of a thousand men, wi;o formerly lived in this spot, scarcely more than forty remained.' Langsdorff's Voy., pt. ii., p. 235. ' La variole, la syphilis, voire ni&mo le choli'ra defiuis quelques anni'es, en em- portent une effrayante quantitc.' Lfijiluce, Circumnav,, vol, vi., p. 51. THE THLINKEETS. 95 Koloscli/*' or more properly Kaluga,, is the Aleutian word for ' dish,' and wtts given to this people by Aleut- ian seal-hunters whom the Russians employed during their first occupation of the Island of the Sitkas. Per- ceiving a resemblance in the shajie of the Thlinkeet lip- orn.'iment, to the wooden vessels of their own country, they applied to this nation the name Kaluga, whence the Kolosches of the Russians. Holmberg carries their boundaries down to the Co- lumbia River; and Wrangell perceives a likeness, real or imaginary, to the Aztecs.^^' Indeed the differences between the Thlinkeets and the inhabitants of New Cal- edonia, Washington, and Oregon, are so slight that the whole might without impropriety be called one people. The Tlilinkeets have, however, some peculifirities not found elsewhere; they are a nation distinct from the Tinneh u[3on their eastern border, and I therefore treat of them separately. The three families of nations already considered, namely, the Eskimos, tlie Koniagas, and the Aleuts, are all designated by most writers as Eskimos. Some even include the Thlinkeets, notwithstanding their physical and philological difl'erences, which, as well as their tra- ditions, are as broadly marked as those of nations that these same etlmologists separate into distinct families. Nomadic nations, occupying lands by a precarious tenure, with ever-changing boundaries, engaged in ixirjwtual hos- tilities with conterminous tribes that frequently annihi- late or absorb an entire connnunity, so graduate into one another that the dividing line is often with difficulty de- termined. Thus the Thlinkeets, now almost universally held to be Xorth American Indians proper, and distinct from the I']skimos, possess, perhaps, as many affinities to their neighbors on the north, as to those u^wn the south and east. The conclusion is obvious. The native races of America, by their geographical ix)sition and the climatic '3'' Kaluga, Kaljush, Koljush, Knhisch, Kalush, Kolosch, Kolonh, Kohschts. Marchand calls tbera TchiukitAm'. Voya'je aut. du Monde, torn, ii., p. 3. '" See llolmbery, Ethn, SkU., pp. 15, 16. 96 HYPERBOREANS. *! 'l\ iil > influences which govern them, are of necessity to a cer- tain degree similar; while a separation into isolated communities which are acted upon by local causes, re- sults in national or tribal distinctions. Thus the human race in America, like the human race throughout the world, is uniform in its variety, and varied in its unity. The Thlinkeet family, commencing at the nortli, com- prises the Ugaknzes,^'^ on the shore of the continent between Mount St Elias and Copper River; the Yd- kutats, of Bering Bay; the Chilkats, at Lynn Canal; the Hoodnids, at Cross Sound; the Ifoodsinoos, of Chatham Strait; and, following down the coast and islands, the Takoos, the Auks, the Kahis, the Sitkas,^^ the Stikinea,^*'' and the Tungass. The Sitkas on Baranoff Island'" are the dominant tribe. Descending from the north into more genial climes, the physical type changes, and the form assumes more grace- ful proportions. With the expansion of nature and a freer play of physical powers, the mind expands, native character becomes intensified, instinct keener, savage nature more savage, the nobler qualities become more noble; cruelty is more cruel, torture is elevated into an art, stoicism is cultivated,"* human sacrifice and human slavery begin, and the oppression and degradation of woman is systematized. " If an original American race is accepted," says llolmberg, " the Thlinkeets must be classed with them." They claim to have migrated from the interior of the continent, opjwsite Queen Charlotte Island. The Ugalenzes spend their winters at a small bay east •'8 Ugalachmiuti, Uyaljachmjuten, Ugalyachnnihi, UgalukTnutes, Ugaleml, Ugalemen, Uijnlemea. 139 They ' call themselves G-tinkit, or S-chinkit, or also S-chitcha-chon, that is, inhabitants of Sitki or Sitcha.' Langsdorff's yi>y., pt. ii., 128. •*" The orthographic varieties of this word are endless. Sttckeen, Stekin, Stakhin, litdchin, Shkin, Stachin", Stikeen, StUdne, Stychine, are among those before me at the moment. !♦• At the end of this chapter, under Tribal Boundaries, the location of these tribes is given definitely. iw A Thlinkeet boy, ' when under the whip, continued )iis derision, wth- out once exhibiting the slightest appearance of suffering.' Lisianaky's Voy,, p. 242. THLINKEET PECULIARITIES. 97 from Kadiak, and their summers near the mouth of Copper River, where they take fish in great quantities. Their country also abounds in beaver. The Chilkats make two annual trading excursions into the interior. The TacuUy tribes, the Sicannis and Nehannes, with whom the Chilkats exchange European goods for furs, will allow no white man to ascend their streams. Naturally, the Thlinkeets are a fine race ; the men bet- ter formed than the boatmen of the north ;'" the women modest, fair, and handsome;*" but the latter have gone far out of their way to six)il the handiwork of nature. Not content with daubing the head and body with filthy coloring mixtures; with adorning the neck with copper- wire collars, and the face with grotesque wooden masks; with scarring their limbs and breast with keen-edged instruments ; with piercing the nose and ears, and filling the apertures with bones, shells, sticks, pieces of copper, nails, or attaching thereto heavy pendants, Avhich drag down the organs and pull the features out of place ;"* '♦' 'Leur corps est ramasse, mais asaez hien proportionne.' Mnrchand, i'oy., torn, ii., p. 46. ' Very fierce.' Portlock'H Voy., p. 2!>1. ' Limbs straight and well shaped.' Dixon's Voy., p. 171. ' Stolze gernde Haltuug.' Ilolmberg, J'Ahii. SIdz., ■p.ld. ' Active and clever.' Linianxky's Toy., p. 237. 'Bigoto4 nianera de los Chinos.' I'eiri, Aav., MS. p. 14. 'Limbs ill-proportioned.' Kidzebue's ISew Voy., vol. ii., p. 49. ' Tres superieurs en conrage et en intelli- gence.' La Perouse, Voy., torn, iv., p. 54. '<■' The women ' are pleasing and their carriage modest.' Portlock's Voy., &291. When washed, white and fresh. Dixon's Voy., p. 171. ' Dunkle autfarbe.' llolnthenj, Ethn. Skit., p. 1*!. ' Eran de color bianco y habia miichos con ojos azules.' Perez, Nac, MS. p. 14. As fair as many Euro- peans. Lungsdorff's Voy., pt. ii.. p. 112. ' Muchos de ellos de un bianco regular.' Bodega y (^adra, A'av., MS. p. 43. Hi ' Leur chevelure, dure, epaisse, melee, couverte d'ocre, de duvet d'oi- sei!Hx, et de tontes les ordures que la negligence et le temps y out accumulees, contribue encore k rendre leur aspect hideux.' Marchiud, Voy., torn, ii., p. 46. ' A more hideous set of beings, in the form of men and women, I had never before seen.' Cleveland's Voy., p. 91. The men painted 'a black circle extending from the forehead to the mouth, and a red chin, which gave the face altogether the appearance of a mask.' Lisianksy's Voy., p. 146. ' Pour- raient meme passer pour jolies, sans I'horrible habitude qu'elles ont adoptee.' Laplace, Cirewnnav., tom. v;., p. 87. ' That person seems to be reckoned the greatest beau amongst them, wnose face is one entire piece of smut and grease. ' Ihxon's Voy. , p. 68. ' lis se font des cicatrices sur les bras et sur la poitrine .' La Perouae, \ oil., torn. ii.. p. 22C. ' Um aus dem Gesichte diese fette Farben- masse abzuwascneu, gebrauchen sie ihreu eignen Urin, und dieser verursacht bei ihnea den widerlichen Geruch, der den sich ihm nahenden Fremdliug fast zum Erbrechen bringt.' Holmberg, Etht. ISkiz., p. 20. Vol. I. 7 96 HYPERBOREANS. It they appear to have taxed their inventive powers to the utmost, and with a success unsurpassed by any nation in the world, to produce a model of hideous beauty. This success is achieved in their wooden lip-ornament, the crowning glory of the Thlinkeet matron, described by a multitude of eye-witnesses; and the ceremony of its introduction may be not inappropriately termed, the baptism of the block. At the age of puberty, — some say during infancy or childhood, — in the under lip of all free- bom female Thlinkeets,'*" a slit is made parallel with the mouth, and about half an inch below it."' If the incision is made during infancy, it is only a small hole, into which a needle of copper, a bone, or a stick is inserted, the size being increased as the child grows. If the baptism is deferred until the period when the maiden merges into womanhood, the operation i« necessarily upon a larger scale, and consecjuently more painful.**® When i«> Meares, Voyages, p. zsxi., states that at Prince William Sound, 'the men have nniversally a slit in their under lip, between the projecting part of the lip and the chin, which is cut parallel vrith their mouths, and has the ap- pearance of another mouth.' Worn only by women. Dixon's Koy., p. 172. '*' 'About three tenths of an inch below the upper part of the under lip.' Vancouver's Voy., vol. ii., p. 280. ' In the centre of the under-lip.' Laniis- dorff's Koy., pt. ii., p. 115. 'Fendue au ras des gencives.' La Perouse, Voy., torn. ii.. p. 224. ' In the thick part near the mouth.' Dueon's Voy., p. Iti7. * When the first person having this incision was seen by one of the seamen, who called oat, that the man had two mouths.' Ciwk's Third Voy., vol. ii., p. 369. ' In their early infancy, a small incision is made in the center of the under lip, and a piece of brass or copper wire is placed in, and left in the wound. This corrodes the lacerated parts, and by consuming the flesh grad- ually increases the orifice, until it is sufficiently large to admit the wooden appendage.' I'ancouver's Voy., vol. ii., p. 408. 'Les femmes de Tchinki- tane ont cru devoir ajouter k leur beaute naturelle, par I'emploi d'un orne- ment labial, aussi bizarre qu'incommode.' JUarchand, Voy., tom. ii., p. 48. H8 'Simply perforated, and a piece of copper wire introduced.' Dixon's Voy., p. 187. *Les jeunes filles n'ont qu'une aiguille dans la l^vre infe- rieure. La Perouse, Voy., tom. ii., p. '226. 'On y prepare les petites filles auBsitot qu'elles sont nees.' Id., tom. iv.. p. 64. 'At first a thick wire.' LangsdorpTs Voy., pt. ii., p. 115. When almost marriageable. Kotzebue's A'ew Voy., vol. ii., p. 51. ' 'The children have them bored at about two years of age, when a piece of copper-wire is put through the hole; this they wear till the age of about thirteen or fourteen years, when it is taken out, and the wooden ornament introduced.' Pcrtlock's Voy., p. 289. ' Said to denote ma- turity.' Whymper's Ala.yer'it Alaska, p. 100. 'Their huts are made of a few boards, which they take away with them when they go to their winter quarters. It is very surprising to see how well they will shape their boards with the shocking tools they employ; some of them being full 10 feet lon^, 2% feet broad, and not more than an inch thick.' Portlock's Vov.,p.292. 'High, large, and roomy, built of wood, with the hearth in the middle, and the sides divided into as many compartments aa there are families living under the roof.' Rich- ardnon's okUV., vol. i-> p. 410. 'Lebt in Schoppen ans Balken gebant, wo an den Seiten fur jede Familie besondere Platze abgetheilt sind, in der Mitte aber Feuer fur alle zusammen angemacht wird. So pflegen gemeiniglich 2 bis 6 Familien eine einzige Bcheune eiuzanehmen.' Jiaer's J£thn. u. Utat., p. 97. POOD OP THE THLINKEET8. lOB is the rendezvoiiH for a wnall colony, frequently cover- ing twenty or thirty persons, all under the direction of one chief*"* The food of the Thlinkeets is derived principally from the ocean, and consists of fish, mussels, sea-weeds, and in fact whatever is left upon the beach by the ebbing tide — which at Sitka rises and falls eighteen feet twice a day — or can be caught by artificial means. Holmberg says that all but the Yakutats hato whale an the Jews hate pork. Roots, grasses, berries, and snails are among their summer luxuries. They chew a certain plant as some chew tobacco, mixing with it' lime to give it a stronger effect,"^ and drink whale-oil as a European drinks beer. Preferring their food cooked, they put it in a tight wicker basket, pouring in water, and throw- ing in heated stones, until the food is boiled.*'"' For '!« * Vingt-cinq pieda de long sur quinze & vingt pieds de large. ' La Pirnuse, Voy. , torn, ii., p. 2*2U. ' lloof in the wnole with the bark of trees. ' Kotzvbue's New Voy., vol. ii., p. 53. 'Lan caHaH en que estoH habitan ou las playas son de poca conHideracion y ninguna BubsiBtencia.' Bodega y (/undra, Nov., MS. p. 49. • A few poles stuck in the ground, without order or regularity. ' IHxon's Voy., p. 172. ' Qebande besteht aus langen, sorgfiiltig behanenen Brettem, die kartenhansartig iiber einander gestellt, an znhlreiehen in die Erde ge- steckten Stangen befestigt, rccht eigeutlich ein hiilzemes Zelt bilden. £s hat die Form einer langlichen Barake mit zwei Giebelu.' Kiltlitt, Jieise, vol. i., pp. 220, 221, 1^7 All kinds of fish; ' such as salmon, mussels, and various other shell-fish, sea-otters, seals and porpoises; the blubber of the porpoise, thev are remark- ably fond of, and indeed the flesh of any animal that couies in their wav.' Portlock's Foj/.,p. 2110. 'VomMeere, andesBenUfemsiesichstetsansiedeln, erhalten sie ihre hauptsachlichste Nahrung; einige Wurzeln, Graser u. Beer- en gehoren nur zu den Leckerbissen des Sonimers.' Ilolwbrrg, Ethn. lHlcii., p. 22. Cakes made of br.rk of spruce-fir. mixed with roots, berries, and train- oil. For salt they .ise sea-water. Never eat whale-fat. LatuisdinfTs Voy., pt. ii., p. i3i. At Hitka, summer food consi te of berries, fresh fish, and flesh of amphibious animals. Winter food, of dried salmon, train-oil, and the spawn of fish, especially herrings. Liaiansky's Voy., p. 23U. ' Sus ali- mentos se reducen a pescado cocido 6 asado ya fresco d ya seco, varias hier- bas y raizes.' Bodeqa y (Quadra, Nav., MS. p. 50. They chew 'a plant which appears to be a species of tobacco.' Lixon's Voy., p. 175. 'Sont couverts do vermine; ils font une chasse assidue kces animaux devorans, mais pour les devorer eux-mfemes.' Marchand, Voy., toni. ii., p. 52. 'TSgliche Nahrung der Einwohner — siud haupsachtlich Fische. doch haufig auch Mollusken und Echinodermen.' KittlUt, Ueine, vol. i., p. 222. iM 'Le poisson frais ou fume, les oeufs seches de poisson.' Marchand, Voy., torn, ii., p. 62. * Is sometimes cooked upon red-hot stones, but more commonly eaten raw.' Kotzebue's yew Voy., vol. ii., p. 53. 'Not so expert in hunting as the Aleutians. Their principal mode is that of shooting the sea animals as they lie asleep.' Liaiansky's Voy., p. 242. They boil their victuals in wooden vessels, by constantly putting red-hot stones into the 104 HYPERBOREANS. ! i i t: winter, they dry Inrgu quantitieH of lierring, roes, and the ileHh of aninialM. For catching ti»h, they stake the rivers, and also use a hook and line; one fisherman casting i'roin his canoe ten or fifteen lines, with bladders for floats. For herring, they fasten to the end of a jwle four or five pointed bones, and with this instrument strike into a shoal, Bix)aring a fish on every jwint. They sometimes make the same in- strument in the shajx; of a rake, and transfix the fish with the teeth. The Sitkas catch halibut with large, wooden, bone-ixjinted hooks.*™ The arms of the Thlinkeets denote a more warlike people than any we have hitherto encountered. Bows and arrows ; hatchets of flint, and of a hard green stone which cuts wood so smoothly that no marks of notches are left; great lances, six or eight varas in length, if Bodega y Quadra may be trusted, hardened in the lire or pointed with coi)[)er, or later with imn; a large, broad, double-ended dagger, or knife, — are their principal weap- ons. The knife is their chief implement and constant companion. The handle is nearer one end th ^n the other, so that it has a long blade and a short blade, the latter being one quarter the length of the former. The handle is covered with leather, and a strap fastens it to the hand when fighting. Both blades have leathern sheaths, one of which is suspended from the neck by a 8trap.*«» water. Portlock'H Voy., p. 291. ' Das Kochen geRchieht jetztin eisemen Kes- seln, vor der Bekunntoctiaft mit den Russen aber wurden dazu aus Wnrzeln geflochtene Kurbe augewnndt. Hulmbenj, Ethn. Skiz., p. 23. ii> To their fishing lines, bladders are fastened, 'which float upon the surface of the water, so that one person can attend to f otirteen or fifteen lines. ' Langs- dorff's Voy., pt ii., p. 134. ' lis pdchent, comma nous, en barrant les rivieres, on k la ligne.' La rermuse, Voy., torn, ii., p. 232. ' For takingtbe spawn, they use the branches of the pine-tree, to which it easily adheres, and on which it is afterwards dried. It is then put into baskets, or holes purposely dug in the ground, till wanted.' Lisiansky's Vm/., p. 239. ' Su comiin alimento es el salmon, yes ingenioso el metodo que tienen de pescarle.' Sutily Atixicana, Viage, p. cxvii. 'Their lines are very strong, being made of the sinews or intestines of animals.' Dixon's Voy., p. 174. ' Die Riesenbutte, die in Sitcha bisweilen ein Oewicht von 10 bis 12 Pud erreicht, wird aus der "Tiefe mit gros- aen holzernen Augeln, die mit Widerhaken aus Eisen oder Knochen versehen sind, heninsgezogeu. Die Angelschnur besteht a as an einander gekniipften Fucussttingeln.' Holmhtrg, Ethn. Skiz., p. 32. iw • BowB and arrows were formerly their only WbOpors; now, besides their THE THLINKEET8 IN WAR. 106 They a'l. a encase almost the entire l)ody in a wooflen and leathern armor. Their heliiu ts have curiously carved vizors, with grotesque representations of beings natural or su|)eriiatural, wliich, when brilliantly or dis- mally painted, and presented M-ith jjroiKjr yells, and brantliHliin<:sof their ever-glitterin}; knives, are supjKJsed to strike terror into tbe heart of their enemies. They make a breast-plate of wotnl, and an arrow-proof coat of thin tlexible strips, lx)und with strings like a woman's stays."' When a Thlinkeet arms for war, he jiaints his face imd powders his hair a brilliant red. lie then orna- ments his head witl' white eagle-feathers, a token of stern, vindictive determination. During war they pitch their camp in strong positions, and place the women on guard. Trial by combat is frequently resorted to, not only to determine private disputes, but to settle quar- rels iKitween petty tribes. In the latter case, each side chooses a champion, the warriors place themselves in muskf 8, they have daggers, and kniven half a yard long.' Kotteltue'a New ^ '/;,., vol. ii., p. 55. Their weapons were bows, arrows, and spears. Dixon's Vow., p. 67. ' Leiir lances dout I'ancienne forme n'est pas counne, est k En^ent composee de deux pit-ces: do la hampe, lougue de quiuze on dix- uit pieds, et du fer qui ue le cede en rieu k cehii de la hallebarde do parade dont »'toit arine un Suisse de paroisse.' Miirvliainl, Voy., torn, ii., p. C8. Knives, some two feet long, shaped almost like a dagger, with a ridge in the middle. Worn in skin sheaths hung by a thong to the neck under their robe, probably used only as weapons, ('oolc's Third Voy., vol, ii., p. 373. ' Las armas ofcnsivas que generalniente usan son las flechns, lanzas de seis y ocho varas de largo con lenguetas de iierro.' Bodega y Quadra, Nav., MS. p. 46. ' The daggers used in battle are made to stab with either end, having three, four or five inches above the hand tapered to a sharp point; but the upper part of those used in the Sound and River is excurvated.' Port- lock's Voy., p. 261. ' Principally bows and aiTows.' Lnniisdorff's Voy., pt. ii., p. 131. 'Sus armas se reducen al arco, la flecha y el pufial que traeu siempre consigo.' Ntttil y Mexicana, Viat/e, p. cxvii. 'Comme nous examinions tres- attentivement tous ces poignards, ils nous flreut signe qu'ils n'en faisaient usiij^e que coutre les ours et les autres betes des forets. La Piirotise, V<>y,, toiii. ii., p. 172. ' Der Dolch ist sehr breit und hat zwei geschHflfene Blatter auf jeder Seite des Griffes, das obere jedoch nur eiu Vierki von dor Lange des unteren.' ' Beide Blatter oder Kliugeu sind mit lede' nen Scheidt.r> ver- sehen.' Hulmberq, Kthn, Skiz., p. 28. >ui ■ A kind of jacket, or coat of mail, made of thin 1 ^ths, bound together with sinews, which makes it c|uite flexible, though so close as not to admit an arrow or dart.' CmIc's Third Voy., vol. ii., p. 372 ' Fur den Krieg be- sitzen die Kaloschen auch von Holz gearbeitete Schinirwaffen : Brustharnische, Stunnhaubon und seltsam geschnitzte Visire mit grellen Farben bemalte Fratzengesi ter darstellen.' KiUlitt, Keiae, ' ' Lo Gouvernenient des Tcbinkit&nuens paroitroit done se rapprocher dii Oonvernement patriarchal.' Marchand, Voy., torn, ii., p. 83. ' De su gobieroo pensamoB cuando mas, oieudo el modo de someterse 4 algunos vie- 108, seria oligiirhico.' Bodega y (iandra, Nuv., MS. p. 50. ' Though the toyons have power o<'er their subjects, it is a very limited power, unless when an seils composes des vieillards.' Laplace, (Jircumnav., torn, vi., p. 155. CASTE AND CLANSHIP. 109 occurs, but meet the destiny that awaits tliem very phil- osophically." Simpson estimates the slaves to be one third of the entire population. Interior tribes enslave their prisoners of war, but, unlike the coast tribes, they have no hereditary slavery, nor systematic traffic in slaves. With the suiierior activity and intelligence of the Thlin- keets, social castes begin to appear. Besides an hered- itan i) jbility, from which class all chiefs are chosen, the whole nation is separated into two great divisions or clans, one of which is called the Wolf, and the other the Haven. Ujwn their houses, boats, robes, shields, and wherever else they can find a place for it, they paint or carve their crest, an heraldic device of the beast or the bird designating the clan to which the owner belongs. The Raven trunk is again divided into sub-clans, called the Frog, the Goose, the Sea-Lion, the Owl, and the Salmon. The Wolf family comprises the Bear, I'lagle, Dolphin, Shark, and Alca. In this clanship some singular social features present themselves. People are Jit once thrust widely apart, and yet drawn together. Tribes of the same clan mav not war on each other, hut at the same time members of the same clan may not marry with each other. Thus the young Wolf warrior nuist seek his mate among the Ravens, and, while celebrating his nuptials one day, he may be called upon the next to fight his father-in- law over some hereditary feud. Obviously this singular social fancy tends greatly to keep the various tribes of the nation at peace.^"' Although the Thlinkeet women impose upon them- selves the most painful and rigorous social laws, there are few savjige nations in which the sex have greater intluence or command greater resjiect. Whether it be the superiority of their intellects, their success in ren- dering their hideous channs available, or the cruel pen- •«' Tribes are distinguished Iw the color and ohnracter of their paint. Kot- xehuf's Neip IVi/., vol. ii., p. 51. They ' are divided into tribes; the prineipiil of which nsHunie to themselves titles of distinction, from the names of the ani- mals they prefer; as the tribe of the bear, ot the eagle, etc. The tribe of tho wolf are called Voquoiiimis, and have many privileges over the other tribes.' Liaiannhy's \'oy„ pp. 238, 242. 110 HYPERBOREANS. ances imposed upon womanhood, the truth is that not only old men, but old women, are respected. In fact, a remarkably old and ugly crone is accounted almost above nature — a sorceress. One cause of this is that they are much more modest and chaste than their northern sis- ters.*** As a rule, a man has but one wife ; more, how- ever, being allowable. A chief of the Nass tribe is said to have had forty. A young girl arrived at the age of maturity is deemed unclean; and everything she comes in contact with, or looks upon, even the clear sky or pure water, is thereby rendered unpropitious to man. She is therefore thrust from the society of her fellows, and confined in a dark den as a being unfit for the sun to shine upon. There she is kept sometimes for a whole year. Langsdorflf suggests that it may be during this period of confine- ment that the foundation of her influence is laid ; that in modest reserve, and meditation, her character is strengthened, and she comes forth cleansed in mind as well as Ixxly. This infamous ordeal, coming at a most critical period, and in connection with the baptism of the block, cannot fail to exert a powerful influence upon her character. It is a singular idea that they have of uncleanness. During all this time, according to Holmberg, only the girl's mother approaches her, and that only to place food within her reach. There she lies, wallowing in her filth, scarcely able to move. It is almost incredible that human beings can bring themselves so to distort nature. To this singular custom, as well as to that of the block, female slaves do not conform. After the girl's iramure- 161 < The women posses a predominant inflnence, and acknowledged 8npe> riority over the other sex.' Meares' Voy., p. 323. 'Parmi eux les femmes jouissent d'une certaiue consideration.' Laplace, Circumnav., torn, vi., p. 87. They treat their wives and children with much affection and tenderness, and the women keep the treasures. Porlloclc's Voy., p. 290. The Kalush ' finds his filthy conntrywomen, with their lip-troaghs, so charming, that they often awaken in him the most vehement passion.' Kohebue's New Voy., vol. ii., p. 66. ' It is certain that industry, reserve, modesty, and conjugal fidelity, are the general characteristics of the female sex among these people.' Lnnrja- dorjps Voy., pt. ii., p. 133. ' Qnoiqu'elles vivent sous la domination d'hom- THLINKEET SOCIAL CUSTOMS. Ill mess. the food her that iture. )lock, lure- meiit is over, if her parents are wealthy, her old clothing is destroyed, she is washed and dressed anew, and a grand feast given in honor of the occasion.*® The natural suf- ferings of mothers during confinement are also aggra- vated by custom. At this time they too are considered iniclean, and must withdraw into the forest or fields, away from all others, and take care of themselves and their oft- spring. After the birth of a child, the mother is locked up in a shed for ten days. A marriage ceremony consists in the assembling of friends and distribution of presents. A newly married pair must fast for two days thereafter, in order to insure domestic felicity. After the expiration of that time they are permitted to partake of a little food, when a second two days' fast is added, after which they are allowed to come together for the first time; but the mysteries of wedlock are not fully unfolded to them imtil four weeks after marriage. Very little is said by travelers regarding the bath- houses of the Thlinkeets, but I do not infer that they used them less than their neighbors. In fact, notwith- standing their filth, purgations and purifications are commenced at an early age. As soon as an infant is born, and before it has tasted food, whatever is in the stomach must be squeezed out. Mothers nurse their children from one to two and a half years. When the child is able to leave its cradle, it is bathed in the ocean every day without regard to season, and this custom is kept up by both sexes through life. Those that survive the first year of filth, and the succeeding years of applied ice water and exposure, are very justly held to be well toughened. The Thlinkeet child is frequently given two names, one from the father's side and one from the mother's; and when a son becomes more famous than his father, the meg tn^s-f^roceg, je n'ai pas vn qn'elles en fnssent trait^es d'une maniere auB8i barbare que le pr^teudent la plupart dea voyageara. ' La Perouse, Voy., torn, iv., p. 01. 169 • Weddings are celebrated merely by a feast, given to the relatives of the bride.' KoUebtie'a Ntw Koy., vol. ii., p. 57. 112 HYPERBOREANS. '! latter drops his own name, and is known only as the father of his son. Their habits of I'fe are regular. In summer, at early dawn they put out to sea in their boats, or seek for food u\)on the beach, returning before noon for their first meal. A second one is taken just before night. The work is not unequally divided between the sexes, and the division is based upon the economical principles of civilized communities. The men rarely conclude a bargain Avithout consulting their wives. Marchand draws a revolting picture of their treatment of infants. The little bodies are so excoriated by fer- mented filth, and so scarred by their cradle, that they carry the marks to the grave. No wonder that when they grow up they are insensible to pain. Nor are the mothers especially given to jxirsonal cleanliness and de- corum."" Music, as well as the arts, is cultivated by the Thlin- keets, and, if we may believe Marchand, ranks with them as a social institution. "At fixed times," he says, "evening and morning, they sing in chorus, every one takes part in the concert, and from the pensive air which they assume while singing, one would imagine that the song has some dee^) interest for them." The men do the dancing, Avhile the women, who are rather given to fat- ness and flaccidity, accompany them with song and tiim- bourine."^ Their principal gambling game is played with thirty small sticks, of various colors, and called by divers names, as the crab, the whale, and the duck. The player shuffles together all the sticks, then counting out seven, he hides them under a bunch of moss, keeping I™ ' lis ne s'ecartpnt jamais do deux pas pour aucun besoin; ils no cher- ehent dans ces occasions ni Toinbre ni le mystere; ils continucnt la con\fr- sation qu'ila ont comnienp^e, comnie s'ils n'avuient pas un instant )\ perdre; et lorsque c'est pendant le repas, ils reprcnneut leur place, dont ils u'ont jamais M ^loigni-s d'une toise.' La Ferouse, Voy., torn, ii., p. Si: 1, 1" 'Ont un goTit di'cidt' pour le chant.' Mn'reh'ind, V»y., loni. ii., p. 75. ' The women sit upon the ). round at a distance of some ).acFB fn m the dimcprs, and sing a not inharmonious melody, which supplies the place of music.' Jjanipdorff's Voy., pt. ii., p. 114. "They dance and sing continually.' Lisi- ansky'a Voy., p. 240. Besides the tambourine, Captain Belcher saw a casii- nct and ' a new musical instrument, composed of three hoops, with a cross THLINKEET CHARACTER, 113 the remainder covered at the same time. The game is to guess in which pile is the whale, and the crab, and the duck. During the progress of the game, they pre- sent a jwrfect picture of melancholic stoicism.'" The Thlinkeets burn their dead. An exception is made when the deceased is a shaman or a slave; the body of the former is preserved, after having been wrapped in furs, in a large wooden sarcophagus ; and the latter is thrown out into the ocean or anywhere, like a beast. The ashes of the burned Thlinkeet are carefully collected in a box covered with hieroglyphic figures, and placed upon four ix)sts. The head of a warrior killed in battle is cut oft* liefore the body is burned, and placed in a box supported by two poles over the box that holds his .oshes,"^ Some tribes preserve the bodies of those who die during the winter, until forced to get rid of them by the warmer weather of spring. Their grandest feasts are for the dead. Besides the funeral ceremony, which is the occasion of a festival, they hold an annual 'elevation of the dead,' at which times they erect mon- uments to the memory of their departed. The shamans jwssess some knowledge of the medicinal properties of herbs, but the healing of the body does not constitute so im^jortant a part of their vocation as do their dealings with supernatural ix)wers. To sum up the character of the Thlinkeets, they may be called bold, brave, shrewd, intelligent, industrious, lov- cher- |)n\ fT- Bidi e ; lu'ont 75. acera, Ir.sic' hnsta- I croBS in the centre, the circumference being closely strung with the beaks of the Alca arcticii.' Vny., vol. i., p. 103. "« They lose at this game all their possessions, and even their wives and children, who then become the property of the winner.' Kottebue's A'eio Voi/., vol. ii., p. 62. 'Ce jeu les rend tristes et serieux.' La iVrt>u.se, Voy., lom. ii., j>. '^35. '" Upon one tomb, ' formaba una flgura grande y horrorosa que tenia entresus garmsuna caxa.' Sut'U y Mtxicana, Viuiif., p. cxviii. 'The box is frequently decorated with two or three rows of small shells.' JHxon's Voy., p. 176. ' The dead are burned, and their ashes preserved in small wood- en boxes, in buildings appropriated to that purpose.' Kotzebue's New Voy., vol. ii., p. 57. ' Nos voyageura rencontrerent aussi un moral qui leur prouva que ces Indiena I'taient dans I'nsago de bruler Ics morts et d'on con- server la t«"'te.' La Pe'rmise, Voy., tom. ii., ]). 205. ' On the death of a to/v->n, or other distinguished person, one of his slaves is deprived of life, *i n^ burned witfc him.' Liaianaky'a Voy., p. 241. Vol. I. 8 114 HYPERB0KEAN8. I • i # era of art and music, respectful to women and the aged ; yet extremely cruel, scalping and maiming their prisoners out of pure wantonness, thievish, lying, and inveterate gamblers. In short they possess most of the virtues and vices incident to siivagism. The Tinneh, the fifth and last division of our Hyper- borean group, occupy the ' Great Lone Land,' between Hudson Bay and the conterminous nations already de- scribed; a land greater than the whole of the United States, and more ' lone,' excepting absolute deserts, than any part of America. White men there are scarcely any; wild men and wild beasts there are few; few dense forests, and little vegetation, although the grassy savannahs sustain droves of deer, buffalo, and other animals. The Tinneh are, next to the Eskimos, the most northern people of the continent. They inhabit the un- explored regions of Central Alaska, and thence extend eastward, their area widening towards the south to the shores of Hudson Bay. Within their domain, from the north-west to the south-east, may be drawn a straight line measuring over four thousand miles in length. The H^inneh,"* may be divided into four great families of nations ; namely, the Ghepewyans, or Athabascas, living between Hudson Bay and the Rocky Mountains ; the Ta- cuUies, or Carriers, of New Caledonia or North-western British America; the Kutchins, occupying both banks of the upper Yukon and its tributaries, Irom near its mouth to the Mackenzie River; and the Kenai, inhabiting the interior from the lower Yukon to Copper River. The Chepewyan family is composed of the Northern Indians, so called by the fur-hunters at Fort Churchill as lying along the shores of Hudson Bay, directly to their north; the Copper Indians, on Coppermine River; the Horn Mountain and Beaver Indians, farther to the west ; the Strong-bows, Dog-ribs, Hares, Red-knives, Sheep, "* Called by Oallatin, in Am. Antlq. Soe. Transunl., vol. ii., p. 17, Atha- pasea, the name ' ftnt given to the central part of the country the^ inhabit.' Sir John Bichordson, Jour., yot. ii., p. I, calls them 'Tinni, or 'Dtinn^, Ath- THE TINNEH. 116 Sardis, Brush-wood, Nagailer, and Rocky-Mountain In- dians, of the Mackenzie River and Rocky Mountains."' The TacuUy"' nation is divided into a multitude of petty tribes, to which different travelers give different names according to fancy. Among them the most im- portant are the Talkotins and Chilkotins, Nateotetains and Sicannis, of the upper branches of Fraser River and vicinity. It is sufficient for our purpose, however, to treat them as one nation. The Kutchina,"^ a large and powerful nation, are com- posed of the following tribes. Commencing at the Mac- kenzie River, near its mouth, and extending westward across the mountains to and down the Yukon ; the Lou- cheux or Quarrellers, of the Mackenzie River ; the Vanta Kutchin, Natche Kutchin, and Yukuth Kutchin, of Por- cupine River and neighborhood ; the Tutchone Kutchin, Han Kutchin, Kutcha Kutchin, Gens de Bouleau, Gens de Milieu, Tenan Kutchin, Nuclukayettes, and Newi- carguts, of the Yukon River. Their strip of territory is from one hundred to one hundred and fifty miles in width, lying immediately south of the Eskimos, and extending westward from the Mackenzie River about eight hundred miles."* abascans or Chepewyans. ' ' They style themselveB generally Din'^eh men, or Indians.' Franklin's Kar., vol. i., p. 241. 1" lUchardaon's Jour., vol. ii., pp. 1-33. 176 < Les Indiens de la c6te on de la Notivelle Cal^donie, lea Tokalis, Ics Ghargenrs (Carriers) lea SchouchouapH, les Atnas, appartiennent toua & In nation dea Chipeonaians dont la langiie est en usage dans le aord dn Conti- nent jusqn'a la bale d'Hudson et h la Mer Folaire.' Mqfras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 337. •" Are 'knovn under the names of Louchenx, Digothi, and Eutihin.' La- tham's Kat. liaces, p. 292. 'They are called DeRUthee Dinecs, or the Quar- reUtrs.' Afaclcemie's Voy., p. 51. 'On Peel's Eiver they name themselves Ktitcjiin, the final n being nasal and faintly pronounced.' Rir.hardnoii's Jaw., vol. i., p. .378. They are also called Tylcothee-dinneh, Loucheux or Quarrellers. Franklin's X^ctr., vol. ii., p. 83. ' The Loucheux proper is spoken by the In- dians of Peel's Biver. All the tribes inhabiting the valley of the Youkon un- derstand one another.' Ilardisty, in Smitfisonuin Kept., 1866, p. 311. "" Gallatin, in Am. Antiq. Hoc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 17, erroneously ruled the Loucheux out of his Athabasca nation. • Im Sussersten Nordosten bat una Gallatin aufraerksam ^emacht auf das Volk der Loucheux, Zanker-India- ner oder Digothi: an der Miindung dea Mackenzie-Flusses, nach Einigen ko dessen beiden Seiten (westliche und fistlicho); dessen Hprache er nach den Beisenden fiir fremd den athapaskischen hielt : worQber sich die neuen Nach- richtfn noch widersprechen.' Bitfcltmann, Spuren der Attek. Spraehe, p. 713. Franklin, 2far., vol. ii., p. 83, allies the Loucheux to the Eskimos. 116 HYFERBOBEANS. The KenaP™ nation includes the Ingaliks. of the Lower Yukon; the Koltshanes, of the Kuskoquim River; and to the south-eastward, the Kenais, of the Kenai Penin- sula, and the Atnaa, of Copper River.''* Thus we see that the Tinneh are essentially an inland people, barred out from the frozen ocean by a thin strip of Eskimo land, and barely touching the Pacific at Cook Inlet. Philologists, however, find dialectic resemblances, imaginary or real, between them and the Um[)quas*''* and Apaches.'"* The name Chepewyan signifies 'pointed coat,' and de- rives its origin from the parka, coat, or outer garment, so universally common throughout this region. It is made of several skins diflerently dressed and ornamented in different localities, but always cut with the skirt pointed before and behind. The Chepewyans believe that their ancestors migrated from the east, and therefore those of them who are born nearest their eastern boundary, are held in the greatest estimation. The Dog-ribs alone refer their origin to the west. The Chipewyans are physically characterized by a long full fsice,"" tall slim figure ;"" in complexion they aredarker than coast tribes,'^ and have small piercing black eyes,'** •WTnai, 'man;' Tnaina Ttjrnai, Thnaina, Kinai, Kenai, Kenaize. 180 Soo notes on Boundaries at the end of this chapter. •81 Besides the ' Uinkwa, ' being outlying members of the Athabaskan stock, ' there are the ' Navahoe, the Jecorilla, the Panalcro, along with the Apatsh of New Mexico, California, and Sonora. To these add the Hoopah of California, which is also Athabaskan.' Latham's Cmnp. I'liil., p. 3'J3. 1S3 William W. Turner was the first to assert positively that the Apaches spoke a language which belongs to the Athabascan family. Bu^ichmaim, Spu- reix der Atteic, Upracho, p. 316. 133 Face 'oval.' Franklvx's Nar., vol. ii., p. 180. 'Broad faces, projecting check -bones, and wide nostrils.' Id., vol. i., p. 212. Foreheads low, chin long. MartWs Jirit. Col., vol. iii., p. 524. An exact compound between the Usque- mows and Western Indians. Barrow's Geo89 Women ' destitute of real beauty.' Ifearne's Trav., p. 89. 'Very infe- rior aspect.' Riv.hariLsim's ./<"<)•., vol. ii., p. 8. Women nasty. M> Beeatee, prepared from deer only, * is a kind of haggis, made with the blood, a good Quantity of fat shred small, some of the tenoferest of the flesh, together with the heart and lungs cut, or more commonly cut into small shiv- ers; all ot which is put into the stomach, and roasted.' Jhame'a Truv., p. 144. ' Not remarkable for their activity as hunters, owing to the ease with which they snare deer and spear fish.' Macktmie's Voy., p. cxxiii. The Dcer-Hom Mountaineers 'repair to the sea in spring and kill seals; as the season ad- vances, they hunt deer and musk oxen at some distance from the coast. Tbey approach the deer .iii er by crawling, or by leading these animals by ranges of turf towards the cpot where the archer can conceal himself.' Do not use nets, but the hook and line. Franklin's JV'ctr., vol. ii., p. 181. 'Nets made of lines of twisted willow-bark, or thin strips of deer-hide.' Richard- Bon's Jour., vol. ii., p. 25. Curdled blood, a favorite dish. Simpson's JVar., p. 324. THE NOBTIIEBN INDIANS. m to relieve liimself from burdens. This is done by dig- ging a hole in the earth and d<>{H)siting the \mv\ therein, so artfully covering it na to e.scai)e detection by the wily savagoH. Goods may be cached in a c{?.ve, or in the branches of a tree, or in the hollow of a log. The camp- fire is frequently built over the spot where stores have been deijosited, in order that the disturbance of the sur- face may not Ix; detected. Their weapons*** and their utensils*" are of the most primitive kind — stone and bone being used in place of metal. Their dances, which are always jjcrformed in the night, are not original, but are borrowed from the South- ern and Dog-rib Indians. They consist in raising the feet alternately in quick succession, as high as iK).ssible without moving the body, to the sound of a drum or rattle.*'^ They never bury their dead, but leave the bodies where they fall, to be devoured by the birds and beasts of prey."" Their religion consists chiefly in songs and speeches to these birds and beasts and to imaginary be- ird- pr.. '*> The weapons of the Chepewyans are bows and arrowe; bkne and bone axes and knives. Jlarmon's Jmir., p. 183. The bows of the Det;-Hornh 'are formed of three pieces of fir, the centre piece alone bent, the other two lying in the same strait line with the bowstring; the pieces are neatly tied together with sinew. Franklin's Nar., vol. ii., p. 180. In preparing for a'l attack, each Coppermine Indian paints his shield with ttgures of Sun, Moon, or some animal or imaginary beings, each portraying whatever chaiacter he most relies upjn. Heatue s Trnv., p. 148. In some parts hunting grounds descend by inheritance, ai'd the right of property is rigidly enforced. Simp- son's JVf/r., p. 75. '*' 'Their cooking utensils are made of pot-stone, and they form very neat dishes of flr.' Franklin's Nar., vol. ii., p. 181. Make fishing-lines and nets of green deer-thongs. Mackenzie's Voy., p. cxxvi. 198 'They are great mimics.' liichardson's Jour., vol. ii, p. 1.1. Men dance naked; women dressed. A crowd stand in a straight line, and shuiBe from right to left without moving the feet from the ground. Ilearne^a Trav., p. 335. 'The men occasionally howl in imitation of some animal.' Mackenzie's Toy., p. 35 199 < They manifest no common respect to the memory of their departed friends, by a long period of mourning, cutting off their hair, and never making use of the property of the deceased.' Mackenzie's Voy., p. cxxviii. The death of leading men is attributed to conjuring. They never bury the dead, but leave them, where they die, for wild beasts to devour. Iharne's Trav., p. 341. The Chepewyans bury their dead. When mourning for rel- atives they gash their bodies with knives. Riclutrdson's Jour., vol. ii., pp. 21, 22. 120 HYPEU00REAN8. inp;H, for assistance in jierforming cures of the sick."" Old af;;e is treated with di.sreH|)ect and neglect, one lialf of lK)th sexes dying ixifore tlseir time for want of care. The Northern IiidianM are friKjuently at war witli the KskiinoH and Southern JndiiinH, for whom they at all times entertain the most inveterate hatred. The (Jopjjcr Indians, Ijordering on tlu' southern iMnnidary of the Ks- kimos at the CopiJCTinine l{iver, were originally the occupants of the territory south of (Jrcat Slav J^ake. The Dog-rihs, or Slave's Jis they are called hy neighl)or- ring nations, are indolent, fond of amusement, hut mild and hos[)ital)le. They arc^ so dehased, as savages, that the men «lo the laljorious work, while the women employ themselves in household affairs anir iMU'kseiU'li hand to the other, they approiu^h dancing, and when closi? together they feign to |)er(M'ive each other's j)reseiice for the first time; iiw l»«>w and ai'row are in- stantly transfeired from one hand to tlu; oth<>r, in token of their non-intention to use them against friends. Tli(!y are very ini|)rovident, and frequently are driven to can- nihali-in and suicitle.*" «Ki 'Tlif NortlKTii IiidiuiiHwIiliiiii iittiiiii u ^rcut uf{(\ tliouKh tli<'y Imvo fi^w (liHr'iuu'H.' M'lrlin'H llrit. I'nl.. vol. iii., p, .V^ri. Fur inwuril riiiii]>)aiiilM, Uie (l<)ct(»rH Mow /.<'iiliiUHly iiitn tin- rt'ctiiiii, or lidjuci'iit luirlH. Ilinrur's Trnv., \>. \HM. TIk- <'iiiijiiri'r hIiiuh liiniKclf u|> for ilayH with tliii luiticiit, wil)ioiit f»«). ' Their priiicipitl iiiuliiditm uru rU«tuiuutiu paiuH, tho flux, and ouimuini)- tion." Miul,tnA''s !'«;/., ji. cxxiv. *oi A(!cordiii)< to the ri'|iorl of tho Dog-ribH, Utu Mountain ludiuDH aru HAUE8, DOG-UinS. AND TA(;iTLLIE8. 121 in 'ir id » s IM- •n out or I'ho !>• The Ilaro Indinns, who H|xriik a diiiUKit of the Tinneh swirwly to ]ni distiii}?iiiHhe(l I'min that of tho Dog-rihw, are kMikcul u|K)n hy their noighlK)i\s iw frreat (ronjurerH. The Hare and Sh(K>{> Indians l(M>k u|M)n their women JUS inferior In'ififjs. From ehildhoiMl tliey are inured to every de.s('nj)ti<»n of drudgery, and though not treat(«l with s|)«'eial enielty, they are phwu'd at the; lowest |K»int in tla^ Keale of hnmaiiity. 'I'he (^hariu'teristie, wtoieism of the red nwH' is not inanilV'sted hy tln'se trilM's. Sxiial- ism is pnu'ticH'd to a (MmsiderahU^ <'\*ent. Ii" • hnnt(!r is allowed oidy the ton<;ne and rihs of the animal he kills, the remainder l)eing divided among the memljers of tho trilKi. The lliires and Dog-ribs do not cut the finger-nails of female children until four years of iige, in order that they niiiy not prove la/.y; the ini'ant is not allowed food until (our days idlter hirth, in oider to juseustom it to fjisting in the next world. The Siieej) Indians arc? re|K)rted as iM'ing eaimihals. The lled-knives iormerly himted reindeer and nmsk- oxen at tin; northern enri of (J rent liear Lake, hut they were flnullv driven t^astwanl hv th(? Dog-rihs, Laws and govermnent are iniknown to tin* CheiH'wyans.'*" The TiU'ullies, or, as they were? ch'uomiuiited hy the fur-lnulers, 'Carriers.' are the chief trilw of N«'\v Cahs donia, or North-western Hritish America. They call themselves Ta<'uHies, os 'incn who go u|M)n water,' as their travels from otK? vili;;ge to another are mostly lu*,- complished in canoe.t. This, with their soljricjuet of niiiinilMilK, ciiKtiiiK InN fen ^ii'li:iiK in time nf Hciircitv. Siiiii>son's S'ltr., p. 1H8. ' liihltitifcs (if Hiiicidi', )iy liiiii),'iii(,', fni|iiciitl_v (icciii- iiiiiuiit; tin' wimirii.' ]laniii>n's,li,ur., p. 1!»H. hiirin^'tiniiHofsluivutidii, wliicliiiriiir'|iiil<' fn i|iii'ht, th<' Kliivi' Iniliiiiis I'lit tlicir fiiiiiilirs. Itii'iinr's 7'".v/,i, p. 1)011. ' TIu'mo p<'|i. hh, HIi. ' Vi'lii liirr cirriiiiii'iKion Im' practiccil anionic tiiiin, I caunol prt'tcnil to Hiiy, lull llic u; pritniiici' of it \\jih ^ciii'iiil aiiiiui^' tliOKf wlioiu I saw.' .l/>ir<- /.'iiii'c'N I'".'/., p !«>. |lo|.'-rili IniliaiiH, soiiiitiiiii h alKo nillril KIuvi'h, ' a iianii> |irop<'i'ly III) lining 'Htnini,-riH,' ileen for the most part amicable ; they are seldom cpuirrelsome, though not lacking bravery. The peoi)le are called after the name of the village in which they dwell. Their primitive costume consists of hare, musk-rat, badger, and teaver skins, sometimes cut into strips an inch brojid, and woven or interlsiced. The nose is ix^rforiated by toth sexes, the men suM|)ending therefrom a brass, copjier, or shell ornament, the women a wo(Klen one, tipped with a ]x\ad at either end.*** Their avarice lies in the direction of hiaqua siiells, which find their way up from the sea-coast through other triU's. In 1810. these bejuls were the circ.ulaiting in«^lium of the country, and twenty of them would buy a gcnxl Ix avi'r- skin. Their paint is made of vermilion ol/taiiwd from the traders, or of a pulverized red ston** rrvi^^-H with grease. The}' are greatly addicted to gamhlii»g. and do not ap}x»ar at all dejected by ill fortune, sjjendiug days and nights in the winter season at their games, fx-quently gambling away every rag of clothing and every trinket in their jMjssession. Thvy also ntake i)artM of a garment or other article, and if losers, cut oil' a piece of coat- sleeve or a foot of gun-barrel. Native cooking vessels Un'n Nnr., vol. i., p 247. 'They am inflncnced, more or less, by certnlo principles which roMiliicH to their f{eueral benefit.' Mackemie's Vm/., p. oxxv. 803 ' Many eun>^-.iiler ti broth, iniide by lueans of the dung of the cariboo nnd the hiire, to be u diiinty dish.' Hai-vion'» ,/our., p. 324. They ' are la/y, dirty, and sensiial,' and extremely uncivilized. 'Their habits nnd persons are equally disKUstinj;.' JJnmenerJi's Dfserts, vol. ii., p. C2. 'They are a tall, well formed, good-looking race.' yiritlay's Oijn. Ter., p. 154. 'An utter con- tempt of cleanlinesii prevailed on all hands, and it was revolting to witness their voracious endeavuni to HUr])aH8 each other in the gluttonous contest.' liui. Life, p. \m. «w Ihe women ' run a W(M)den pin through their noses.' llarmnn'x Jour., p. 287. At their burial vvremuuies they luuear the face ' with a composition THE TACULLIES. OR CAKRIERS. in are are lie ertoi* cxxv. riboo liizy, rsoiis II tall, fon- ItiieHH M-Ht.' Vour., kitiou are made of bark, or of the roots or fibres of trees, woven HO sus to hold water, in which are placed heated stones lor tlie pur|xj8e of cooking food/^ Polygamy is prac- ticed, but not generally. Tlie Tacullies are fond of their wives, jx'rfonning the most of the household drudgery in order to relieve them, and consequently they are very jealous of them. IJut t4) their unmarried daughters, strange iis it may seem, they allow every lil)erty without censure or shame. The reason which tliey give for this strange custom is, that the purity of their wives is there- by l)etter preserved.'^*" During a portion of every year the Tsicullies dwell in villages, conveniently situated for catching and drying salmon In April they visit the lakes and take small fish ; and after the.se fail, they return to their villages nud subsist ui)on the fish they have dried, and upon herbs and berries. From August to Octol)er, salmon are j>l. nrtiful jigain. Beaver are caught in nets made from jjs of carib(K)-skins. and also in cypress and steel tra|)s. Tl*»'> are also sometimes shot with guns or with lxm<« and arrows. Smaller game they take in various kifKis of trM.p«, Tlk«' civil polity of the Tiicullies is of a very primitive chHr{wrt«'r. Any perwon may IxH^ome a 7)iivtj/ or chief who will iifrasionally provide a vilhige feast. A malefac- tor may find protection from the avenger in the dwell- ing of a chief so long as he is permitted to remain there, or even afterwards if he has ujxm his back any one of the chief M garments. Disputes are usually adjusted by some old :<.vri of the tril)e. 'i'he luMindaries of the territories \n'\ou/m'j[ to the different villages are designa/ted by n di(ih»>H, and other vcshcIm of the rind of the birch and pino trees. ' 'Have aliio other vesHeln made of Hniall roots or filircK of the redar or pine tree, eiosely luced together, which serve them as buckets l(» put water in.' Ilnn)t"ii'ii Jour., p. 2W. sou 'In the Hummer B«'a»ou l)oth spxch bathe often, and this is the only time, when the married iH'Ople wash llienmelvus.' The TiiciiUies arc very fund and very jealous of their wives, 'but to their daughtera, they allow every lib- 124 HYPERBOREANS. mountains, rivers, or other natural objects, and the rights of towns, as well as of individuals, are most gen- erally respected; but broils are constantly being occa- sioned by murders, abduction of women, and other causes, between these separate sfxiieties.'""^ When seriously ill, the Carriers deem it an indis- pensable condition to their recovery that every secret crime should be confessed to the magician. Murder, of any but a member of the same village, is not consid- ered a heinous offense. They at first believed read- ing and writing to be the exercise of magic art. The Carriers know little of medicinal herbs. Their priest or magician is also the doctor, but before commencing his operations in the sick room, he must receive a fee, which, if his efforts prove unsuccessful, he is obliged to restore. The curative process consists in singing a melancholy strain over the invalid, in which all around join. This mitigates pain, and often restores health. Their winter tenements are frequently made by ojiening a spot of earth to the depth of two feet, across which a ridge-pole is phiced, supported at either end by posts; poles are then laid from the sides of the excavation to the ridge- pole and covered with hay. A hole is left in the top for purposes of entrance and exit, and also in order to allow the escape of smoke.** Slavery is common with them ; all who can afford it keeping slaves. They use them us Ijeasts of burden, and erty, for the purpose, as they sny, of keeping the young rocn from intercourse with the married women.' Imrwon'sJour,, pp. 285), 'Id'i, !t!)3. A father, whose (laughter had dishonored him, killed her and himself. Itul. Life, 184. SOT ' Xhe people of every village have a certain extent of country, which thoy consider their own, and in which they may hunt and fish; but they may not transcend these bounds, without purchasing the privilege of those who claim the land. Mountains and rivers serve them as boundaries.' Uartuon's Jour., p. 298. iM Mackc^nzie, Voy„ p. 238, found on Fraser River, about latitude 55^, a deserted house, 30 by 20, with three doors, 3 by 3J^ feet; three fire-places, and beds on either side; behind the beds was a narrow space, like a manger, somewhat elevated, for keeping fish. ' Their houses are well formed of logs of small trees, buttressed up internally, frequently above seventy feet long and fifteen higl but, unlike those of the coast, the roof is of bark: their winter habitations are smaller, and often covered ov<'r v.dth grass and earth; some even dwell in excavations of the ground, which have only au aper- ture at the top, and serves alike for door and chimney.' Nicolay's Oyn. 'Jer., p. 154. NEHANNES AND TALKOTIXS. 125 treat them most inhumanly. The country of the Sican- nis in the Rocky Mountains is sterile, yielding the occu- pants a scanty supply of fo(xl and clothing. They are nevertheless devotedly attached to their hleak land, and will fight for their rude homes with the most patriotic ardor. The Nehannes usually pass the summer in the vicin- ity of the sea-coast, and scour tlie interior during the winter for furs, which they obtain from inland tribes by barter or plunder, and dispose of to the European traders. It is not a little remarkable that this war- like and turbulent horde was at one time governed by a woman. Fame gives her a fair comi)lexion, with reguhir features, and groat intelligence. Her intiuenee over her fiery people, it is said, was perfect; while her warriors, the terror and scourge of the surrounding country, quailed beibre her eye. Her word was law, and was obeyed with marvelous ahicrity. Through her inthience tiie condi- tion of the women of her tribe was greatly raised. Great ceremonies, cruelty, and sui)erstition attend burning the dead, which custom obtains throughout this region,"""" and, as usual in savagisui, woman is the suf- ferer. When the father of a household dies, the entire family, or, if a chief, the tribe, are sununoned to present themselves.^*" Time must be given to those most distant to reach the village before the ceremony begins.-" Tlie Talkotin wife, when all is ready, iscompelU'd to ascend tlie funeral pile, throw lierself i\\Min her hnsbiuid's l)ody and there remain initil nearly sulVot'ated, when siio is i)ennitted to descend. Still she nuist keep her place near the })urn- ing corpse, keep it in a pro[)er })osition, tend the fire, and ?09 • Quelquos peuplndcs tin nord, t*Hfs que les Sikanin, enterrent liMirs mortH.' MofrUK, Kvitlr.. toin. ii., p. 3:6», "Thi- Kicaunirs bury, while tlio Tn- cullios, burn their deiul.' Iloiiii)i'rli's lirsftts, vol. ii., pp. ;H>'2, 'MV.i. s'" They ftre Runs as a wurning to their tnendB not to invade their sorrow. MdcI.eucii's '".»/•, !>• I'"*- 2' I ' In the wiiih-r wnson, the Carriers often keep their dead in their huts durintj five or six inontkit, bffore they will allow them to be burned.' llar- vuif's ..Idnr., p. 249. 196 HYPERBOREANS. if through pain or faintnesa she fails in the performance of her duties, she is held up and pressed forward by others; her cries meanwhile are drowned in wild songs, accompanied by the beating of drums.'"'" When the funeral pile of a Tacully is fired, the wives of the deceased, if there are more than one, are placed at the head and foot of the body. Their duty there is to publicly demonstrate their aftection for the departed ; which they do by resting their head upon the dead bosom, by striking in frenzied love the body, nursing and bat- tling the fire meanwhile. And there they remain until the hair is burned from their head, until, suffocated and almost senseless, they stagger off to a little distance ; then recovering, attack the corpse with new vigor, striking it first with one hand and then with the other, until the form of the l)eloved is reduced to ashes. Finally thope ashes are gathered up, placed in sacks, and distributed one sack to each wife, Avhose duty it is to carry upon her person the remains of the departed for the space of two years. During this j)eriod of mourning the women are clothed in rags, kept in a kind of slavery, and not al- lowed to marry. Not unfrecpiently these jx^r creatures avoid their term of servitude by suicide. At the expir- ation of the time, a feast is given them, and they are again free. Structures are erected as repositories for the ashes of their dead,'^" in which the bag or box contain- ing the remains is placed. These grave-houses are of split lK)ards about one inch in thickness, six feet high, and decorated with painted representations of various heavenly and earthly objects. The Indians of the iWky Mountains burn with the deceased all his effects, and even those of his nearest relatives, so that it not unfrequently happens that a family is reduced to absolute starvation in the dead of *'» ' She must froqnrntly put hrr hands throogh the flamen and lay them upon his bosom, to show her rontinucil tltvotion.' Parker's K«plor. 'lour, p. 239. They have a custot" of nionrninK ovor the grave of the dead; their oxpresHions of grief are Kcnt-rally exceedingly vociferous, hid. Life, pp. 1«5, 186. «" ' On the end of a iwle stuik in front of the lotlge.' Lord's Nai , vol. ii., p. 2;i7. KUTCHIN CHARACTERISTICS, 127 the earest hat a ad of ly them lour, )). [1; thfir Ife, pp. vol. ii., winter, when it is impossible to procure food. The mo- tive as-signed to this custom is, th{».t there may be nothing left to brin}^ the dead to remembrance. A singular custom prevails among the Nateotetain women, which is to cut oft* one joint of a finger upon the death of a near relative. In consequence of this practice some old women may be seen with two joints off every finger on both hands. The men bear their sorrows more stoically, being content in such cases with shaving the head and cutting their ilesh with flints.'*" The Kutchins are the fiower of the Tinneh family. They are very numerous, numbering about twenty-two tribes. They are a more noble and manly jx'ople than either the Eskimos u^wn the north or the contiguous Tinneh trilxis n\Km their own southern Ixjundary. The finest specimens dwell on the Yukon River. The women tattoo the chin with a black }>igineut, and the men draw a black strijMJ down the forehead and nose, frefjuently crossing the foreheml nvA cheeks with red lines, and streaking the chin altenuitely with red and blai'k. Their feature's are more regcdar than those of their neigldK)rs, more expressive of lK)ldm'!>!s. frankness, and candor; theit forehesMls higher, and their complexions lighter. The Tenan kutchinof the Tananah River, one of the largest tril)es id' the Yukon Yallex-, arc somewhat wilder and more fennuous in their appeaiann'. The Ixns are pre- (ifKiious, and the girls niarrv at fifteen.*"' The Kutchins of Peel River, as ob.served by Mr Isbister, "are an ath- letic and fine-looking rsure; considera))le alK)ve tlu> av- 81* Women ctit off a joint of one of their tint;ers. Men only (Mit off their hair pIohvi to tlieir IteiulH, but iilso fre(|neutly cut und sinaicii their fiKcs and urmH. ilariiion's .lom-., j). \H>. With hoiiu- Hliiirii iustrnuient they 'foree Imck tlje tleHh beyond the titnt joint, which ihey itumeiiiately iiuiputute.' MackvH- iU'n I'oj/., J). N-i. sij • 'piie men are completely dpHtiiute of beard, and Inith men and women, are intensely U(,'ly •hiiws, in .^iiiilhsniiidn Hipt, iHtltl, p. ;t'i i. 'They re- minded me of the ideal North Aiuericnn Indian I had read nf but never Keen.' ]\'lii/ini_ifr's .UuxKn. \t 'i'.V.K Distin^'iiished from all other tribes for the frankness and oiiiidor of their M are of tlie averaire hi>.'lit of Europeans, and well- formed, with rej^nlar feamres, hif,'h foreheadw, ami lighter romplexionH than those of iiif other red Indians. The wocien resemble the men.' Jiichardaon's Jour., yoL i., y. 37'J. 128 hyperboheans. erage statute, most of them being upwards of six feet in height and remarkably well proportioned." Their clothing is made from the skins of reindeer, dressed with the hair on ; their coat cut after the fashion of the Eskimos, with skirts peaked before and behind, and elaborately trimmed with beads and dyed porcupine- quills. The Kutchins, in common with the Eskimos, are distinguished by a similarity in the costume of the sexes. Men and women wear the same description of breeches. Some of the men have a long flap attached to their deer-skin shirts, shaped like a beaver's tail, and reaching nearly to the ground.^^" Of the coat, Mr Whymper says: " If the reader will imagine a man dressed in two swallow-tailed coats, one of them worn as usual, the other covering his stomach and buttoned behind, he will get some idea of this garment." Across the hhoulders and breast they wear a broad band of bejuls, with narrower bands round the forehead and ankles, and along the seams of their loggins. Tiiey are great traders; l)eads are their wealth, used in the ])lace of money, and the ricli among them literally load tliem- selves with neckhu'es and strings of various patterns."" The nose and ears are adorned with shells." The hair IS worn in a long cue, ornamented Avith feathers, and bound with strings of Ije.ads and shells at the head, with flowing ends, and so saturated with grease Jind birds' down as to swell it sometimes to the thickness of the neck. They pay considerable attention to personal clean- I 510 ' Tunic or shirt renrhing lo the kneoB, and very much ornamented with beads, and Hyaqna KhollH from the Cohimbia.' Kirby, in SiuithKoiiuin Rept., 1804, p. 418. The Tonan Kutchins are 'gay with painted faces, feathers in their long hair, patches of red clay at the back of their head.' Whymper's Ahiska, p. 2:i'J. Jackets like the £skimos. liicluirdson'a Jour., vol. i., p. 221. ' Both sexes wear breeches.' iSiinpson's A"r., p. 103. *" 'The Kutch-a-Kutchiu, are essentially traders.' Kirby, in Sviithsoiunn Rept., 1864, p. 418. Appear to care more for useful than ornamental articles. Whymper's Alaska, p. 213. ' Dentalium and arenicola shells are transmitted from the west coast in traffic, and ore greatly valued.' Jiichardson's Jtivr., vol. i., p. 3»1. i>8 Some wear 'wampum (a kind of long, hollow shell) through the sep- tum of the nose.' llooper'a Tiiski, p. 270. 'fhey pierce the nose and insert shells, which are obtained from the EskimoB at a high price. Franklin's Nar,, vol. ii., p. 84. FOOD OF THE KUTCHINS. 129 liness. The Kutchins construct both permanent under- ground dwellings and the temporary summer-hut or tent."» On the Yukon, the greatest scarcity of food is in the spring. The winter's stores are exluuisted, and the bright rays of the sun ui^n the melting snow almost blind the eyes of the deer-hunter. The most plentiful supply of game is in August, September, and Octol)er, after which the forming of ice on the rivers prevents fishing until December, when the winter traps are set. The reindeer are in good condition in August, and geese are plentiful. Salmon ascend the river in J une, and are taken in great quantities until about the first of September; fish are dried or smoked without salt, for winter use. Fur- hunting l)egins in October; and in December, trade opens with the Eskimos, with whom furs are exchanged for oil and seal-skins. The Kutchin of the Yukon are unacquainted with nets, but catch their fish by means of weirs or stakes })lante(l across ri\ers and narrow lakes, having oi)ening8 for wicker baskets, by which they intercept the fish. Thoy hunt reindeer in the mountains and take moose- deer in snaro.-.'^^ Both Kut( bins and Eskimos are very jealous regard- ing their ))oundaries; but the incessant warfare which is maintained between the littoral and interior people of the led with liept., Ihers in iymper's p. 2-21. Ihsoinan lirticlt's. Isniittnl Jiivr., Ihe sep- ll insert Ts Nar., 2'9 The Loucheux live in huts ' formodof green branches. In winter their dwellings are partly under ground. The spoils of the moose and reindeer furnish them with meat, clothing, ond tents.' Mwpson's Nar., pp. 103, 191. The Co-Yukon winter dwellings are made under ground, and roofed over with earth, having a hole for the smoke to escape by, in the same manner as those of the Malenmtesand lugaliks. Whi/inper'a Alaska, pp. 175, 205. Their mov- able huts are constructed of deer-skin, ' dressed with the hair on, and sewed together, forming two large rolls, which are stretched over a frame of bent poles,' with a side door and smuke-hole at the top. Jones, in Smithsonian litpt., 18(Ui, 321. S20 The Loucheux are ' great gormandizers, and will devour solid fat, or even drink grease, to surfeiting.' Jloopir's 'J'uski, p. 271. 'The bears are not often eaten in summer, as their flesh is not good at that time.' Jones, in Smith- nonian Kept., 1H66, p. 321. Some of their reindeer-pounds are over one hun- dred years old ond ore hereditary in the family. Hichardson's Jour., vol. i., p. 3*i The Kutchins 'have no knowledge of Hcalping.' 'When a man kills his enemy, he cuts all his joints.' Jones, in SmUliaoftian Rrpt., 18(56, 327. The Loucheux of Peel Biver and the Eskimos are constantly at war. Hooper' a Tushi, p. 273. *** * At Peace River the bark is taken off the tree the whole length of the in- tended canoe, which is commonly about eighteen feet, and is sewed with watnpe at both ends.' Mackeiuie's Voi/., p. 207. When the Kutchins discover a leak, * they go ashore, light a small fire, warm the g\im, of which they always carry a supply, turn the canoe bottom upward, and rub the healing balm in a semi-fluid state into the seam until it is again water-tight.' H' hamper's Alaska, p. 225. The Tacullies ' make canoes which are clumsily wrought, of the aspiu tree, as well as of the bark of the spruce fir.' Harmon's Jour., p. 291. Rafts are employed on the Mackenzie. Sitnpson's yar., p. 185. 'In shape the Northern Indian canoe l)ears some resemblance to a weaver's shuttle; covered over with birch bark.' Hearne's Jour., pp. 97, 98. ' Kanots aus Birkeurinde, auf denen sie die Fliisse u. Seen befahren.' liner, Stat. u. Ethn., p. 112. The Kutchin canoe 'is flat-bottomed, is about nine feet long and one broad, and the sides nearly straight up and down like a wall.' Jones, in SmithsonUin liept., 18C(>, p. 323. *^' As for instance for a life, the fine is forty beaver-skins, and may be paid iu ^uiis at twenty skins each; blankets, equal to ten skins each; powder, one skin a measure; bullets, eighteen for a skin; worsted belts, two skins THE TENAN KUTCHIN. 181 rich or strong. A good hunter, who can accumulate beads, and a good wrestler, who can win brides by force, may have fn)m two to five wives. The women perform all domestic duties, and eat after the husband is satisfied, but the men paddle the boats, and have even been known to carry their wives ashore so that they might not wet their feet. The women carry their infants in a sort of bark saddle, fastened to their back; they bandage their feet in order to keep them small.*"* Kutchin amusements are wrestling, leaping, dancing, and singing. They are great talkers, and etiquette forbids any interruption to the narrative of a new comer.*" The Tenan Kutchin, 'people of the mountains,' in- habiting the country south of Fort Yukon which is drained by the river Tananah, are a wild, ungovernable horde, their territory never yet having been invaded by white iieople. The river upon which they dwell is sup- posed to take its rise near the upper Yukon. They allow no women in their deer-hunting expeditions. They smear their leggins and hair with red ochre and grease. The men part their hair in the middle and separate it into locks, which, when properly dressed, look like rolls of red mud about the size of a finger; one bunch of locks is secured in a mass which falls down the neck, by a band of dentalium shells, and two smaller rolls hang down either side of the face. After being soaked in the in- Iwfttnpe 1 a leak, [always wptr's t, of our., p. 'In leaver's iKanots IStat. \i. jet long Jones, nay be jwder, skins each. Hooper's Tuski, p. 272. ' For theft, little or no punishment is inilirted; for adultery, the woman only is pnnished ' — sometimes by beating, sometimes by death. Jones, in Smitlisouian liepl., 18C6, p. 325. ^^* Kutchin 'female chastity is prized, but is nearly unknown.' Jones, in Smithsonian liept., 18CC, p. 325, Luucbenx mothers had originally a custom of casting away their female children, but now it is only done by tne Mountain Indians. lles, and deix)sited some bags thereon. 1 may here say, once for all, that our men often left goods, consisting of tea, flour, molasses, bacon, and all kinds of miscellaneous articles, scattered in this way over the country, and that they remained un- touched by the Indians, who frequently traveled past them." Simpson testifies of the Loucheux that "a bloody intent with them lurks not under a smile." Murray report's the Kutchins treacherous; Richardson did not find them so. Jones declares that "they differ entirely from the Tinneh tribes of the Mackenzie, being generous, honest, hospitable, proud, high-spirited, and quick to revenge an injury." TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. Accurately to draw partition lines between primitive nations is impossible. Migrating with the seasons, constantly at war, driving and being driven far past the limits of hereditary boundaries, extirpating and being extirpated, overwhelming, intermingling; like a human sea, swelling and surging in its wild struggle with the winds of fate, they come and go, here to-day, yonder to-morrow. A traveler passing over the country finds it inhabited by certain tribes; another coming after finds all changed. One writer gives certain names to certain nations; another changes the name, or gives to the nation a totally different locality. An approximation, however, can be made suffi- ciently correct for practical purposes; and to arrive at this, I will give at the end of each chapter all the authorities at my command; that from the 138 TRIBAL BOUNDAEIES, statements of all, whether conflicting or otherwise, the truth may be very nearly arrived at. All nations, noi-th of the fifty-fifth parallel, as before mentioned, I call Hyperboreans. To THK Eskimos, I give the Arctic sea-board from the Coppern^ine Hive! to Kotzcbue Sound. Late travelers make a distinction between the Male- mutes and Kaveaks of Norton Sonnd and the Eskimos. Whymper calls the former ' a race of tall and stout people, but in other respect, much resem- bling the Esquimaux.' Alaska, p. 159. Sir John Richardson, in his Journal, vol. i., p. 341, places them on the ' western coast, by Cook's Sound and Tchu- gatz Bay, nearly to Mount St. Elias;' but in his Polar liefiintui, p. 299, he terminates them at Kotzebue Sound. Early writers give them the widest scope. ' Die sudlichsten sind in Amerika, auf der Kiiste Labrador, wo nach Charlevoix dieser Volkcrstamm dcu Nahmen Esquimaux bey den in der Nuhe wohuenden Abenaki f iihrte, und auch an der benachbarten Ostseite von Neu- Fundland, f erner westlich noch unter der Halbinsel Alaska.' Vater, 3ruhri' daks, vol. iii., pt. iii., p. 425. Dr Latham, in his Varieties of Man, treats the inhabitants of the Aleutian Islands as Eskimos, and in I^aiive liaces of the Russian Empire, p. 289, he gives them ' the whole of the coast of the Arctic Ocean, and the coast from Behring Strait to Cook Inlet.' Prichard, liesearches, vol. v., p. 371, requires more complete evidence before he can conclude that the Aleuts are not Eskimos. Being entirely unacquainted with the great Kntchin family in the Yukon Valley, he makes the Carriers of New Caledonia conterminous with the Eskimos. The boundary lines be- tween the Eskimos and the interior Indian tribes ' are generally formed by the summit of the watershed between the small rivers which empty into the sea and those which fall into the Yukon.' Ball's Alaska, p. 144. Malte-Brun, Precis dela Oeographie, vol. v., p. 317, goes to the other extreme. ' Las Esqui- maux, ' he decl&res, ' habitent depuis le golf e Welcome jusqu'au fleuve Macken- zie, et probablement jusqu'au detroit de Bering ; ils s'etendent au sud jusqu'au lac de I'Esclave. ' Ludewig, Aboriginal Languages, p. 69, divides them into ' Es- kimo proper, on the shores of Labrador, and the Western Eskimos.' Gallatin Bwecpingly asserts that ' they are the sole native inhabitants of the shores of all the seas, bays, inlets, and islands of America, north of the sixtieth de- gree of north latitude.' Am. Antiq. Soc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 9. The Western Eskimos, says Beechey, ' inhabit the north-west coast of America, from GOP 34' N. to 71" 24' N.' Voy., vol. ii., p. 299. 'Along the entire coast of America.' Armstrong's ^'ar., p. 191. The tribal subdivisions of the Eskimos are as follows: — At Coppermine River they are known by the name of Naggeuktoomutes, ' deer-horns.' At the eastern outlet of the Mackenzie they are called Kittear, Between the Mac- kenzie River and Barter Beef they call themselves Kangmali-Innuin. The tribal name at Point Barrow is Nuwangmeun. ' The Nuna-tangnw-un inhabit the country traversed by the Nunatok, a river which falls into Kotzebue Sound.' liichardson'a Pol. Reg. p. 300. From Cape Lisbum to Icy Cape the tribal appellation is Kitegues. ' Deutsche Karten zeigen uns noch im Nord- west-Ende des russischen Nordamerika's, in dieser so anders gewandten Kiistenlinie, nordlich vom Kotzebue-Sund: im westUcheu Tbeile des Kusten- ESKIMOS AND KONIAQAS. 139 ermme I At the Mac- The Inhabit Itzebue ^pe the Nord- lindten Liisteu- landes, das sie West-Georgien nennen, vom Cap Lisbum bis ttber das Eiscap; hinlaufend das Volk der Kiteguen.' Buschmann, Spuren der Aitek. Sprache, p. 713. ' The tribes appear to be separated from each other by a neutral ground, across which small parties yenture in the summer for barter.' The Tuski, Tschuktschi, or Tchutaki, of the easternmost point of Asi^, have also been referred to the opposite coast of America for their habitation. The Tschnktchi ' occupy the north-western coast of Russian Asia, and the oppo- site shores of north-western America.' Ludeuig, Ab. Lang., p. 191. The Koniaoan nation occupies the shores of Bering Sea, from Kotzebue Sound to the Island of Kadiak, including a part of the Alaskan Penin- sula, and the Kouiagan and Chugatschen Islands. The Konia(i. 407. The Pashtoliks dwell npon the river Pashtolik. ' Die Paschtolignijuten, an den Ufem des PastolflnsHes.' Unlmhertj, Ethn. »%«., p. G. Taschtolig- miiten, am Fhjsse Pasehtol.' Jiaer, Stat. n. Ethn., p. 122. Whymper places them immediately north of the delta of the Yukon. The Chimiivntten occupy the coast and islands south of the Unnlaklik River to Pashtolik Bay. ' Die Tschnagmjuten, an den Ufern der Meerbusen Pastol und Sehachtolik zwischen den Fliissen Pastol an Unalaklik.' Holm- her'i, Ethn. Sl,ii., p. C. 'Den Tschnagmiiten, gegen Norden von den Pasch- tuligmiiten und t?cgen Westen bis zum Kap Rodney.' Jiaer, Stat. %i. Ethn., p. 122. ' Am. sdl. Norton-Busen.' Buschniunn, Spurender Aztek. Spruche, p. 805. The Anl)/n Jacootat or Behriug's Bay, to the 57th degree of ii< .rth latitude.* Linimisky's Vuy., p. '242. 'Die Volker eines grossen Thoils der Nordwest-Kiiste vom America.' Voter, Mithridates, vol. iii., pt. iii., p. 218. ' Les Koliugi habitent le pays montueux du Nouveau-Norfolk, et la partie scptentriunale du Nouveau- Cornouaille.' Humboldt, Esnai Vol., tom. i,, p. 349. The Ufialenzes or Ugalukmutes, the uorthemmost Thlinkeet tribe, inhabit the coast from both banks of the mouth of Copper River, nearly to Mount St Elias. 'About Mount Elias.' Lathum'n Nat. Races, p. 292. Adjacent to Behriug Bay. lYtcUard's liescarchis, vol. v., p. 370. 'Die Ugalenzen, die im Winter eine Bucht des Fe^tlnndes, der kleinen Insel Kajak gegeniiber, bewohnen, zum Sommer abet ihre Wohnungsplutze an dem rechten Ufer des Kupferflnsses bei dessen Miindung aufschlagen.' llohnbenj, Ethn. Skit., p. 4. 'Das Vorgebirge St. Elias, kann als die Grtinzscheide der Wohnsitze der See-Koloschen gegen Nordwest angesehn werden.' li'xer, Stat. «. Ethn., 2). 96. 'Les Ugalachmiuti s'etendent dcpuis le golfe du Prince Guillaume, jusquk la baie de Jakutat.' Humboldt, Essai Pol,, tom. i., p. 348. ' Ugalenzen Oder Ugaljachmjuten. An der niss. Kiiste ndwstl. vom St. Elias Berg. ' Busch- mann, Spxiren der Attek. Sprache, p. 807. ' West of Cape St. Elias and near the island of Kadjak.' Ludewig, A' Lang., p. 194. The YukmUits ' occupy the c .t from Mount Fairweather to Mount St. Elias.' Hall's Alaska, p. 428. At ' Behring Bay.' Ind. Aff. liept., 1869, p. 575. The Chilkat come next, and live on Lynn Canal and the Chilkat River. • At Chilkaht Inlet.' 'At the head of Chatham Straits.' Ind. Aff. Sept., 1869, pp. 535, 575. 'Am Lynn's-Canal, in russ. Nordamerika. Buschmann, Spuren der Aitek. Sprache, p. 736. ' On Lynn's Canal.' Schoolcraft's Archives, vol. v., p. 489. A little to the northward of the Stakine-Koan. Dunn's Ore- gon, p. 288. The Hoonids inhabit the eastern banks of Cross Sound. ' For a distance of sixty miles.' 'At Cross Sound reside the Whinegas. ' 'The Hunnas or Hooneaks, who are scattered along the main land from Lynn Canal to Cape Spencer.' Ind. Af. Sept., 1869, pp. 535, 562, 575. The Huna Cow tribe is situated on Gross Sound. Schoolcraft's Archives, vol. v., p. 489. THE THLINKEETS. 143 int St. I p. 575. 1 River. HepL, hmann, rchivts, li's Ore- istance I or Cape tribe The Hoodsinooa 'live near the head of Chatham strait.' ' Ou Admiralty iHland.' 'Rat tribes on Kyro and KcHpriano iHlandH.' Iiul. Aff, Htpt., 18G9, pp. 335, 56'2, 575. ' Hoot«inoo at HoodBinoo or Hood Bay.' Schoolcraft's Arch' ivea, vol. v., p. 489. 'Hoodsunhoo at Hood Bay.' OaUatin, in Am, Antlq. Soc. Tramact., vol. ii., p. 302. * HoodHunhoo at Hood Bay.' ' Eclikimo in Chatham's Strait.' Ludetciij, Ab. Lamj., p. 175. The Takoos dwell ' at the head of Takoo Inlet on the Takoo River. The Sundowns and Takos who live on the mainland from Port Houghton to the Tako River.' Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, pp. 636, 502. Tako and Samdan, Toko River. Schoolcraft's ArcH., vol. v., p. 489. The Auks Indians are at the mouth of the Takoo River and on Admiralty Island. 'North of entrance Tako River,' jSc/ioo/cra/t's ^rr/i., p. 489. 'The Ark and Kake on Prince Frederick's Sound.' Avi. Antiq. Soc. Transact,, vol. ii., p. 302. The Kakas inhabit the shores of Frederick Souiu. and Kupriano£f Island. ' The KakuB, or Kakcs, who live on Kuprinoff T- lai.d, having their principal settlement near the northwestern side.' />ii,' Aff. Rpt,, 1869. \-. u62. 'The Ark and Kake on Prince Frederick's Sou: Ant. Antiq. S c. Transact., vol. ii., p. 302. The Sitkas occupy Baranoff Islaiid. ' They aiu divided into tribee or clnns, of which one is callud Coquontani;.' IhtMumimn, Pima Spr. «. d. Spr. der Koloschen, p. 377. 'The trbe of the Wolf arc called Coqnontans.' ii.st- anski/s Voy., p. 242. 'The Sitka-Koan,' or the people of Sitka. 'This in- cludes the inhabitants of Sitka Bay, near New Archangel, and the ueighbor ing islands. ' Dall's Alaska, p. 412. Simpson calls the people of Sitka ' Sitka- guouays.' Overland Jour., vol. i., p. 226. 'The Sitkas or Indians on Baronoff Island.' Ind. Aff. Bept., 18G9, pp. 535, 562. The Slikeen Indians inhabit the country drained by the Stikeen River. 'Do not penetrate far into the interior.' Dall's Alaska, p. 111. The StJkein tribe 'live at the top of Clarence's Straits, which run upwards of a hundred miles inland.' Dunn's Oregon, p. 288. 'At Stephens Passage.' 'The Stik- eens who live on the Stackine River and the islarjds near its mouth.' Ind. Aff. liept., 1869, p. 562. 'Stikeen Indians, Stikeen River, Sicknaahutty, Taeeteetan, Kaaskquatee, Kookatee, Naaneeaaghee, Talquatee, Kicksatee, Kaadgettee.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 489. The Secatquonays occupy the main land about the mouths of the Stikeen River, and also the neighboring islands. Simpson's Overland Journ., vol. i., p. 210. The Turujass, ' live on Tongas Island, and on the north side of Portland Channel.' Ind. Aff. liept., 18G9, p. 562. Southern entrance Clarence Strait. Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 489. The Tongarses or Tun Ghaase 'are a small tribe, inhabiting the S.E. corner of Priuce of Wales's Archipelago.' Scouler, in Lond. Geo. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 218. ' Tungass, an der sdlst. russ. Kiiste.' Buschmann, Spuren der Aztek. Sprache, p. 806. 'Tunghase Indians of the south-eastern part of Prince of Wales's Archipelago.' Ludeicig, Ab. Lang., p. 192. Tongas Indians, lat. 54" 46' N. and long. 130^ 35' W. DaWa Alaska, p. 251. The Tinneh occupy the vast interior north of the fifty-fifth parallel, and west from Hudson Bay, approaching the Arctic '\nd Pacific Coasts to within la TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. from fifty to one hundred and fifty miles: at Prince William Sound, they even touch the seashore. Mackenzie, Voy., p. cxvii., gives boundaries upon the basis of which Gallatin, Am. Antiq. Soc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 9, draws a line from the Mississippi to within one hundred miles of the Pacific at 52^ 30', and allots them the northern interior to Eskimos lands. ' Extend across the continent.' llichard.son's Jmtr., vol. ii., p. 2. 'Von der nfirdlichen Hud- sonsbai aus fast die ganze Breite des Continents durchlauft— im Norden und Nordwesten den 65ten Gradu. beinahe die Gestade des Polarmeers erreicht.' Bmchmann, Athapofk. Sprachst., p. 313. ' The Athabascan area touches Hud- son's Bay on the one side, the Pacific on the other.' Lnihum's Conip. PhU., p. 388. ' Occupies the whole of the northern limits of North America, to- gether with the Eskimos.' Ludewifi, Ab. Lang., p. 14. The Chepeirynns, or Athabascas proper, Mackenzie, Foy., p. cxvi., places be- tween N. latitude 60 ' and C5 ', and W. longitude 100 ' and 110'. ' Between the Athabasca and Great Slave Lakes and Churchill River.' Franklin's Nar., vol. i., p. 241. ' Frequent the Elk and Slave Rivers, and the country westward to Hay River.' Richardson's Jour., vol. ii. p. 5. The Northern Indians occupy the territory immediately north of Fort Churchill, on the Western shore of Hudson Bay. ' From the fifty-ninth to the sixty-eighth degree of North lat- itude, and from East to West is upward of five hundred miles wide. I/earne's Jour., p. 326; Murtin's Brit. Col., vol. iii., p. 524. The Copper Indians occupy the tenitory on both sides of the Coppermine River south of the Eskimo lands, which border on the ocean at the mouth of the river. They are called by the Athabascas Tantsawhot-Dinneh. Franklin's Nar., vol. ii., 76; Gallatin, in Am. Antiq. boc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 19. The Horn Mountain Indians 'inhabit the country betwixt Great Bear Lake and the west end of Great Slave Lake.' Franklin's Nar., vol. ii., p. 82. The Beaver Indians 'inhabit the lower part of Peace River.' Harmon's Jour., p. 309. On Mackenzie's map they are situated between Slave and Martin Lakes. ' Between the Peace River and the West branch of the Mac- kenzie.' Richardson's Jour., vol. ii., p. 6. Edchawtawhoot-dinneh, Strong- bow, Beaver or Thick-wood Indians, who frequent the Riviere aux Liards, or south branch of the Mackenzie River. Franklin's Nar., vol. ii,, p. 85. The Thlingcha^dinneh, or Dog-ribs, 'inhabit the country to the westward of the Copper Indians, as far as Mackenzie's River.' Franklin's Nar., vol. ii., p. 80. Gallatin, in Am. Antiq. Soc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 19. 'East from Mar- tin Lake to the Coppermine River.' Richardson's Jour., vol. ii., p. 3. At Fort Confidence, north of Great Bear Lake.' Simpson's Nar., p. 200. 'Between Martin's Lake and the Coppermine River.' Ludewifj, Ab. Lamj., p. 66. The Kawcho-dinneh, or Hare Indians, are 'immediately to the northward of the Dog-ribs on the north side of Bear Lake River.' Frayiklin's Nar., vol. ii., p. 83. They 'inhabit the banks of the Mackenzie, from Slave Lake downwards.' Richardson's J(,ur., vol. ii., p. 3. Between Bear Lake and Fort Good Hope. Simpson's Nar., p. 98. On Mackenzie River, below Great Slave Lake, extending towards the Great Bear Lake. Gallatin, in Am. Antiq. Soc, Transact., vol. ii., p. 19. ' To the eastward of the Dog-ribs are the Red-knives, named by their south- em neighbors, the Tantsaut-'dtinne (Birch-rind people). They inhabit a I I h THE TINNEH. 145 Iward kii., |Mar- iFort veen vard vol. joke aud Srcat intiq, luth- pit a i stripe of country running northwards from Great Slave Lake, and in breadth from the Great Fish Eiver to the Coppermine.' liichardson's Jour,, vol. ii. p. 4. The Ambawtawhoot Tiimeh, or Sheep Indians, ' inhabit the Kocky Mount- ains near the sources of the Dawhoot-dinneh Eiver which flows into Mac- kenzie's.' Franklin's Nar., vol. ii., p. 84. Further down the Mackenzie, near the 65'^ parallel. liichardson's Jour., vol. ii., p. 7. The Sarsis, Circees, dries, Sarsi, Sorsi, Siutsees, Sursees, or Surds, 'live near the Kocky Mountains between the sources of the Athabasca and Sas- katchewan Rivers; are said to be likewise of the Tinne stock.' Richardson's Jour., vol. ii., p. 6. 'Near the sources of one of the branches of the Soska- chawan. OuUatin, in Am. Antiq. See. Transact., vol. ii., p. 19. The Tsillawdawhoot Tinneh, or Brush-wood Indians, inhabit the upper branches of the Kivit'-re aux Liards. Franklin's Nar., vol. ii., p. 87. On the Eiver aux Liards (Poplar Eiver). Gallatin, in Am. Antiq. Sac. Transact., vol. ii., p. 19 The Nagaikr, or Chin Indians, on Mackenzie's map, latitude 52^ 30' longi- tude 122' to 125^ 'inhabit the country about 52^ 30' N. L. to the southward of the Takalli, and thence extend south along Eraser's Eiver towards the Straits of Fuca.' Prichard's Researches, vol. v., p. 427. The SlouacHss Tinneh on Mackenzie's are next north-west from the Na- gailer. Vater places them at 52' 4'. ' Noch n&her der Kiiste um den 52° 4' wohnten die S'ua-cuss-dinais d. i. Eothflsch-Manner. ' Vater, Mithridates, vol. iii., pt. iii., p. 421. On the upper part of Frazers Eiver Cox's Adven., p. 323. The Rocky Mountain Indians are a small tribe situated to the south-west of the Sheep Indians. Franklin's Nar,, vol. ii., p. 85. 'On the Unjigah or Peace Eiver.' Gallatin, in Am. Antiq. Soc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 19. On the upper tributaries of Peace Eiver. Mackenzie's Voy., p, 1G3. The Tacullies, or Carriers, inhabit New Caledonia from latitude 52" 30' to latitude 56-'. ' A general name given to the native tribes of New-Caledonia.' Morse's Report, p. 371. 'AH the natives of the Upper Eraser are called by the Hudson Bay Company, and indeed generally, "Porteurs," or Carriers.' J»%ne's Ii. C, p. 298. ' TokaUs, Le Nord de la Nouvelle Coledonie.' Mofras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 335. 'Northern part of New Caledonia.' Pickering's Races, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., p. 33. • On the sources of Eraser's Eiver.' Lrtdcicin, Ab. Lang., p. 178. ' Unter den Volkern des Tinne Stammes, welche das Land westlieh von den Eocky Mountains bewohnen, nehmen die Ta- kuli (Wasservolk) oder Carriers den grossten Theil \on Neu-Caledonien ein.' Jiuschmann, Athapask, Sprachst., p. 152. 'Greater part of New Caledo- nia, liichardson's Jour., vol. ii., p. 31. 'Latitude of Queen Charlotte's Island.' Prichard's Researches, vol. v., p. 427. ' From latitude 52^-' 30', where it borders on the country of the Shoushaps, to latitude 56"^, including Simp- son's Kiver.' Hale's Ethnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 202. ' F^ath of the Sicannis i.nd Straits Lake.' Harmon's Jour., p. 196. They 'are divided into eleven clens, or minor tribes, whose names ore—beginning at the south— as follows: the Tautin, or Talkotin; the Tsilkotiu or Chilcotin; the Naskotin; the Thetliotin; the Tsatsnotin; the Nulaautin; the Ntshaautin; the Natliau- tin; the Nikozliautin; the Tatshiautin; and the Babine Indians.' Hale's Eth- VoL. I. 10 1^ 146 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. nog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. y'l., p. 202. 'The principal tribeB in the country north of the Columbia regions, are the Chilcotins and the Talcotins.' Qreen- kow'sUlit. Ogn.,]i.3Q. The Talcotins 'occupy the territory above Fort Alexan- dria on Friizer River.' IlazliWs B. C, p. 79. ' Spend much of their time at Bellhoula, in the Bentinck Inlet.' Mayne's B. C, p. 299. The Calkobins 'in- habit ..ew Caledonia, west of the mountains.' De Smet's Letters and Sketches, p. 157. The Nateotetains inhabit the country lying directly west from Stuart Lake on either bank of the Nateotetain River. Harmon's Jour., p. 218. The Naskootains lie along Frazer River from Frazer Lake. Id., p. 245. The Sicannis dwell in the Rocky Mountains between the Beaver Indians on the east, and the TacuUies and Atnas on the west and south. Id., p. 190. They live east of the Tacullies in the Rocky Mountain. Hale's Ethnog. in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 202. ' On the Rocky Mountains near the Rapid Indians and West of them.' Morse's Report, p. 371. The Kutchins are a large nation, extending from the Mackenzie River westward along the Yukon Valley to near the mouth of the river, with the Eskimos on one side and the Koltshanes on the other. Buschmann, Spuren der Aztek. Sprache, p. 713, places them on the sixty-fifth parallel of latitude, and from 130"^ to 150^ of longitude west from Greenwich. ' Das Volk wohnt am Flusse Yukon oder Kwichpak und uber ihm; es dehnt sich nach Rich- ardson's Karte auf dem 65ten Parallelkreise aus vom 130-150' W. L. v. Gr., tind gehort daher zur Hiilfte dem britischen und zur Halfte dem russischen Nordamerika an.' They are located 'immediately to the northward of the Hare Indians on both banks of Mackenzie's River.' Franklin's Nar., vol. ii., p. 83. Gallatin, Am. Antiq. Soc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 83, places their north- ern boundary in latitude 07^ 27'. To the west of the Mackenzie the Lou- cheux interpose between the Esquimaux ' and the Tiune, and spread west- ward until they come into the neighborhood of the coast tribes of Beering's Sea.' Bichardson's Jour., vol. i., p. 377. 'The Kutchin may be said to in- habit the territory extending from the Mackenzie, at the mouth of Feel's River, lat. 68^, long. 134°, to Norton's sound, living principally upon the banks of the Youcon and Porcupine Rivers, though several of the tribes are situated far inland, many days' journey from either river. ' Jones, in Sm ithson- inn Bept., ItiCG, p. 320. ' They commence somewhere about the 65th degree of north latitude, and stretch westward from the Mackenzie to Behring's straits.' ' They are divided into many petty tribes, each having its own chief , as the Tatlit- Kutchin (Peel River Indians), Ta-Kuth-Kutchin (Lapieue's House Indians), Kutch-a-Kutchin (Youcan Indians), Touchon-ta-Kutchin (Wooded-country Indians), and many others.' Klrby, in Smithsonian Bept., 1864, pp. 417, 418. The Degothi-Kutchin, or Loucheux, Quarrellers, inhabit the west bank of the Mackenzie between the Hare Indians and Eskimos. The Loucheux are on the Mackenzie between the Arctic circle and the sea. Simpson's Nar., p. 103. The Vanta-Kutchin occupy ' the banks of the Porcupine, and the country to the north of it.' ' Vanta-kutshi (people of the lakes), I only find that they belong to the Porcupine River.' Latliam's Nat. Baces, p. 294. They 'inhabit the territory north of the head- waters of the Porcupine, somewhat below Lapierre's House.' DaM'a Alaska, p. 430. I THE TINNEH. U7 Duntry Id that They lewhat I The Natche-Kutchin, or Gens de Large, dwell to the ' north of the Porcu- pine River. ' ' These extend on the north bank to the mouth of the Porcupine. ' DaWs Alaska, pp. 109, 430. ' Neyetse-Kutshi, (people of the open country), I only find that they be- long to the Porcupine river.' Latham's Nat. Races, p. 294. Whymper's map calls them Bat Indians. * The Na-tsik-Kut-chin inhabit the high ridge of land between the Yukon and the Arctic Sea.' Hardisty, in DaU's Alaska, p. 197. The Kukuth-Kutchin ' occupy the country south of the head-waters of the Porcupine.' Ball's Alaska, p. 430. The Tutchone Kutchin, Gens de Foux, or crow people, dwell upon both sides of the Yukon about Fort Selkirk, above the Han Kutchin. Id., pp. 109, 429. ' Tathzey-Kutshi, or people of the ramparts, the Gens du Fou of the French Canadians, are spread from the upper parts of the Peel and Porcupine Uivers, within the British territory, to the river of the Mountain-men, in the Russian. The upper Yukon is therefore their occupancy. They fall into four bands : a, the Tratse-kutshi, or people of the fork of the river; 6, the Kutsha-kutshi; c, the Zeka-thaka (Ziuuka-kutshi), people on this side, (or middle people;; and, d., the Tanna-kutshi, orpeopleof the bluffs.' Latham's Xat. Races, p. 293. The Han-Kutchin, An-Kutchin Gens de Bois, or wood people, inhabit the Yukon above Porcupine Eiver. ]Vhymp(r's Alaska, p. 254. They are found on the Yukon next below the Crows, and above Fort Yukon. Ball's Alaska, p. 109. 'Han-Kutchi residing at the sources of the Yukon.' Richardson's Jour., vol. i., p. 396. ' The Artez-Kutshi, or the tough (hard) people. The sixty-second parallel cuts through their country ; so that they lie between the head- waters of the Yukon and the Pacific' Latham's Nat. Races, p. 293. See also Richardson's Jour., vol. i., p. 397. The Kutcha-Kutchins, or Kot-4-Kutchin, • are found in the country near the junction of the Porcupine and the Yukon.' Ball's Alaska, p. 431. The Teuan-Kutchin, orTananahs, Gens de Buttes, or people of the mount- ains, occupy an unexplored domain south-west of Fort Yukon. Their country is drained by the Tananah River. Ball's Alaska, p. 108. They are placed on Whymper's map about twenty miles south of the Yukon, in longitude 151° west from Greenwich. On Whymper's map are placed: the Biich Indians, or Gens de Bouleau on the south bank of the Yukon at its junction with Porcupine River; the Gens de Milieu, on the north bank of the Yukon, in longitude 150" ; the Nuclukayettes on both banks in longitude 152'; and the Newicarguts, on the south bank between longitude ISS-" and 155^ The Kenais occupy the peninsula of Kenai and the surrounding country. Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 562. ' An den Ufem und den Umgebungen von Cook's Inlet und um die Seen Iliamna und Kisshick. Boer, Stat. v. Elhn., p. 103. The Unakatana Yunakakhotanas, live ' on the Yukon between Koyukuk and Nuklukahyet.' Ball's Ala. ' By far the best looking, most intelligent and energetic people on the N. W. Const.' lccnder, in Lond. Oeo;/. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 223. The Kygiinics 'consider themselves more civilised than the other tribes, ■whom they regard with feelings of contempt." Id., p. 219. The Chimsyans 'are much more active and cleanly than the tribes to the south.' Id., p. 220. 'I have, as a rule, remarked that the physical attributes of those tribes coming from the north, are superior to those of the dwellers in the south.' BarrM- Lennard's Trav., p. 40. 9 Mnchmzie's \'oy., pp. 370-1, 322-3; Vancouver's Voy., vol. ii., pp. 262, 320 ; IMe's Ethnoq., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 197. ' Eegular, and often tine features.' IkndeVs Alex. Arch., p. 29. 10 3/acAfn:ie's Voy., pp. 300-10, 322-3, 370-1; Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 229. 'Opening of the eye long and narrow.' IMe'a Ethnwj., in U. S. Ex, Ex., vol. vi., p. 197. 11 'Had it not been for the filth, oil, and paint, with which, from their earliest infancy, they are besmeared from hea(T to foot, there is great reason to believe that their colour would have differed but little from such of the labouring Europeans, as are constantly expensed to the inclemency and alter- ations of the weather.' Vancouver's Voy., vol. ii., p. 2G2. ' Between the olive and the copper.' Mackenzie's Voy., pp. 370-1 . ' Their complexion, when they are washed free from paint, is as white as that of t)ie people of the S, of Eu- rope.' .^coitler, in Lond. GeoMn)i',s Oregon, p. '283; Poole's Q. Char. M., p. 315, " Scoiiler, in Lond. Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 218; Poole's Q. Char. Isl., p. 74. 'What is very unusual among the aborigines of America, they Lavo 158 COLUMBIANS. It be little authority for the old belief that the North- western American Indians were destitute of hair except on the head.^^ Dr Scouler, comparing Chimsyan skulls with those of the Chinooks, who are among the best known of the north-western nations, finds that in a nat- ural state both have broad, high cheek-bones, with a re- ceding forehead, but the Chimsyan skull, between the parietal and temporal bones, is broader than that of the Chinook, its vertex being remarkably flat.^*' Swollen and deformed legs are common from constantly doubling them under the body while sitting in the canoe. The teeth are frequently worn down to the gums with eating sanded salmon." Tlie Haidahs have no methods of distortion peculiar to tliemselves, by which they seek to improve their fine physique ; l)ut the custom of flattening the head in in- fancy obtains in some of the southern nations of this family, as the Hailtzas and Bellacoolas,'^ and the Thlin- keet lip-piece, already sufficiently descriljed, is in use throughout a larger part of the whole territory. It was observed by Simpson as far south as Millbank Sound, where it was highly useful as well as ornamental, afford- ing a firm hold for the fair fingers of the sex in their drunken fights. These ornaments, made of either wood, bone, or metal, are worn particularly large in Queen thick beards, which appear early in life.' Hale's Eihnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 197. " ' After the nge of piibei-ty, their bodies, in their natural state, are cov- ered in the same manner as those of the Europeans. The men, indeed, esteem a, beard very unbecoming, and take great pains to get rid of it, nor is there any ever to be perceived on their faces, except when they grow old, ani' oecomo inattentive to their appearance. Every crinous efflorescence on the other parts of the body is held unseemly by them, and both sexes employ much time in their extirpation. The Nawdowessies, and the remote nations, pluck them out with bent pieces of hard wood, formed into a kind of nippers; whilst those who have coramnnication with Europeans procure from them wire, which they twist into n screw or worm; applying this to the part, they press the rings together, and with a sudden twitch'draw out all the hail's that are inclosed between them.' Carver's Trav., p. 225. •8 Scouler, in Land. Ocog. Soc. Jour., vol, xi., p. 220. " Mackenzie's Voy., pp. 370-1; Lord's Nat,, vol. ii., p. 226; Dunn's Oregon, p. 287. IS Lord's Nut., vol. ii., p. 232; Scouler, in Lond. Oeog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., pp. 218, 220, 223. ' The most northern of these Flat-head tribes is the Haut- z\ik.' Schoolcraft's Arch., \ol. ii., Tp. 325, I i:>^ I HAIDAH DRESS AND ORNAMENT. 159 Charlotte Islands, where they seem to be not a mark of rtink, but to be Avorn in common by all the women.^" Be- sides the regular lip-piece, ornaments, various in sha^je and material, of shell, bone, wood, or metal, are worn stuck in the lips, nose, and ears, apparently according to the caprice or taste of the wearer, the skin being some- times, though more rarely, tattooed to correspond.-'" ]k)th for ornament and as a protection against the weather, the skin is covered with a thick coat of paint, a bl.'ick ix^lish being a full dress uniform. Figures of birds and beasts, and a coat i)f grease are added in preparation for a feast, with fine down of duck or goose — a stylish coat of tar and feathers — sprinkled over the body as an extra attraction.-^ When the severity of the weather makes additional pro- tection desirable, a blanket, formerly woven by them- selves from dog's hair, and stained in varied colors, but now mostly procured from Europeans, is thrown loosely over the shoulders. Chiefs, esijecially in times of feasting, wear richer robes of skins.^^ The st^ les of dress and orna- ment adopted around the forts from contact with the whites need not be described. Among the more unusu.al arti- cles that have been noticed by travelers are, "a large hat, resembling the top of a small parasol, made of the twisted fibres of the roots of trees, with an aperture in the in- side, at the broader end" for the head, worn by a Se- bassa chief; and at Millbank Sound, "masks set with cov- leed, uor old, ceon liploy lions, Ipers; Ithem I they that tgon, xi., laut- tfi i' .'>im;)sonS' Overland Joum,, vol. i., pp. 204, 233. ' This wooden ornament seems to be wore by all the sex indiscriminately, whereas at Norfolk Sound it is confined to those of superior rank.' Dixon's Voy., pp. 225, 208, with a cut. A piece of brass or copper is first put in, and ' this corrodes tlie lacerutcd parts, and by consuming the flesh gradually increases the orifice.' Vancouver's Coy., vol.ii., pp. 270-80, 40S. Scolder, in Lond. Oeog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 218; Dunn's Oreijon, pp. 276, 279; Cre.spi, in Doc. Hist. Mex,, s. iv., vol. vi., p. Of)!; Cornmdlis' JN'eio Eldorado, p. 106; Callin's N. Am. Jnd., vol. ii., p. 113, with plate. 20 ^fat/ne's B. C, pp. 281-2; Poole's Q. Char. IsL, pp. 75, 311; Barrelt-Len- nard'a Trav., pp. 45-G; Dunn's Oregon, pp. 279, 285. «t Poole's Q. Char. Isl., pp. 82, 106, 310, 322-3; Mayne's B. C, pp. 282, 283; Dunn's Oregon, p. 251. 22 Mayne's B. C, p. 282; Dunn's Oreqon, pp. 251, 276, 291; Parker's Explor. Tour., p. 263; Poole's Q. Char. Isl., p. 310. 'The men habituaUygo naked, but when they go oflf on a journey they wear a blanket.' Heed's Xar. 'Cuero db uutriiis y lobo mariuo sombreros de janco bien tejidos coQ la copa puntiaguda.' Crespi, in Doc. Uist. Mex., s. iv., vol. vi., p. 646. 160 COLUMBIANS. seals' whiskers and feathers, which expand like a fan," with secret springs to rpen the mouth and eyes.^ Mac- kenzie and A^ancouver, who were among the earliest vis- itors to this region, found fringed robes of bark-fibre, ornamented with fur and colored threads. A circular mat, with an opening in the centre for the head, was worn as a protection from the rain ; and war garments consisted of several thicknesses of the strongest liides procurable, sometimes strengthened by strips of wood on the inside.-* The Haidahs use as temporary dwellings, in their fre- quent summer excursions for war and the hunt, simple lodges of poles, covered, among the poorer classes by ce- dar mats, and among the rich by skins. Their jjerma- nent villages are usually built in strong natural posi- tions, guarded by precipices, sometimes on rocks detached from the main land, but connected with '* by a narrow platform. Their town houses are built of light logs, or of thick split planks, usually of sufficient size to accom- modate a large number of families. Poole mentions a house on Queen Charlotte Islands, which formed a cube of fifty feet, ten feet of its \jeight being dug in the ground, and which accommodated seven hundred Indians. The build- ings are often, however, raised above the ground on a platform supported by posts, sometimes carved into hu- man or other figures. Some of these raised buildings seen by the earlier visitors were twenty-five or thirty feet from the ground, solidly and neatly constructed, an inclined log with notches serving as a ladder. These houses were found only in the southern part of the Hai- w Dunn's Oregon, pp. 253, 276-7; Catlin's N. Am. Ind., vol. ii., p. 113. *< At Salmon Kiver, 52!^ 58', 'their dress consists of a single robe tied over the shoulders, falling down behind, to the heels, and before, a little below the knees, with a deep fringe round the bottom. It is generally made of the bark of the cedar tree, which they prepare as fine as hemp; though some of these garments are interwoven with strips of the sea-otter skin, which give them the appearance of a fur on one side. Others have stripes of red and yel- low threacls fancifully introduced towards the borders.' Clothing is laid aside whenever convenient. ' The women wear a close fringe hanging down before them about two feet in length, and half as wide. When they sit down they draw this between their thighs.' Mackeruie's Voy., pp. 322-3, 371; Van- couver's Voy,, vol. ii., pp. 280, 339. HAIDAH HOUSES. 161 dah territory. The fronts were generally painted with figures of men and animals. There were no Avindows or chimney ; the tloors were spread with cedar mats, on which the occupants slept in a circle round a central fire, whose smoke in its exit took its choice between the hole which served as a door and the wall-cracks. On the south- eastern boundary of this territory, Mackenzie found in the villages large buildings of similar but more careful construction, and with more elaborately carved posts, but they were not dwellings, being used probably for religious purposes.'^'^ Although game is plentiful, the Haidahs are not a race of hunters, but derive their food chietly from the innu- merable multitude of fish and sea animals, which, each 23 A house ' erected on a platform rnisecl and supportotl near thirty feet from the pround by perjiendicular Hparn f)f a very hirge size; the whole ocen- pj-inp a space of about thirty-five by fifteen (yards), was covered in by a roof of boards lying nearly horizontal, and parallel to the platform; it seemed to be divided into three different houses, or rather ajiartnients, each having a separate access formed by a long tree in an inclined position from the plat- form to the ground, with notches cut in it by way of stops, about a foot and a half asundi'r.' Viuiconver's ^ oy., vol. ii., p. 274. See also pp. l.'J", '2(i7-8, '272, "JS-l. 'Their summer and winter residences are built of split ])laiik, similar to those of the Chenooks.' Parker's Kxplor. I'tvir, p. 2G3. 'lis h:dn- tent dans des loges do soixante j)ieds de long, construites avec des tnmcs do Siipin ct recouvcrtes d'ecorces d'arbres.' Mofras, A'.rji'i>r., torn, ii., p. 337. 'Their houses are neatly constructed, ntanding in a row; having largo im- ages, cut out of wood, resembling idols. The dwellings have all painted fronts, showing imitations of men and animals. Attached to their houses most of them have largo potatoe gardens." J)ium's Ureqim, pp. '293-4. See also, pp. ^51-2, '273-4, 290; Lord's Xal., vol. i., p. 89; vol, ii., pp. 253, 255, with cuts on p. 255 and frontispiece. ' Near the house of the chief I observed several oblong squares, of about twenty feet by eight. They were made of thick cedar boanfs, which were joined with so much neatness, that I at flret thought they were one jiicce. They were painted with hieroglyphics, and figures of dift'erent animals.' probably for purposes of devotion, as was 'alarj^e building in the middle of the village ".. .The ground-plot was fifty feet by forty-five; each end is formed by four stout posts, fixed perpendic- Tilarly in the ground. The corner ones are plain, and support a beam of the whole length, having three intermediate props on each side, but of a larger size, and eight or nine feet in height. The two centre posts, at each end, are two and a half feet in diameter, and carved into human figures, supporting two ridge poles on their heads, twelve feet from the ground. The figures at the ujiper part of this square represent two persons, with their hands upon their knees, as if they supported the weight with pain and ditftculty: the others opposite to them stand at their ease, with their hands resting on their hips. . . .Posts, jHiles, and figures, were painted red and black, but the sculp- ture of these people is superior to their painting.' Mackenzie's I'oi/., p. 331. See also pp. 307, 318, 328-:;0, 339, 345; Ponk's (). Char. M., pp. I'll, H3-4; Heed's A'av.; Marcliand, Voij., tom. ii., pp. 127-31, Vol. I. 11 162 COLUMBIANS. variety in its season, fill the coast waters. Most of the coast tribes, and all who live inland, kill the deer and other animals, particularly since the introduction of fire- arms, but it is generally the skin and not the Hesh that is sought. Some triljes about the Bentinck channels, at the time of iNLackenzie's visit, would not taste flesh ex- cept from the sea, from superstitious motives. Birds that burrow in the sand-banks are enticed out by the glare of torches, and knocked down in large nuniijers with clubs. They are roasted without plucking or cleaning, the entrails being left in to iniprove the flavor. Potatoes, and small tjuantities of carrots and other vegetables, are now cultivated throughout this territory, the crop being repeated until the soil is exhausted, when a new place is cleared. Wild i)arsnips are abundant on the banks of lakes and strejmis, and their tender tops, roasted, fur- nish a palatable food; berries and bulbs aljound, and the inner tegument of some varieties of the pine and hemlock is dried in cakes and eaten with salmon-oil. The varieties of fish sent by nature to the deep inlets and streams for the H.aidah's food, are very numerous; their standard reliance for regular supplies being the sal- mon, herring, eulachon or candle-fish, round-fish, and halibut. Salmon are si)eared ; dipi^ed up in scoop-nets ; entangled in drag-nets managed between two canoes and forced by polos to the bottom ; intercepted in their pur- suit of smaller fish by gill-nets with coarse meshes, made of cords of native hemp, stretched across the entrance of the smaller inlets ; and are caught in large wicker bask- ets, plioced at ojienings in weirs and embankments which are built across the rivers. The salmon fishery difl'ers little in difterent parts of the Northwest. The candle- fish, so fat that in frying they melt almost completely into oil, and need only the insertion of a pith or bark wick to furnish an excellent lamp, are impaled an the sharp teeth of a rake, or comb. The handle of the rake is from six to eight feet long, and it is swept through the water by the Ilaidahs in their canoes by moon- light. Herring in immense numbers are taken in April )f the r and f fire- h that els, at sh ex- Is that ; glare 8 with waning, )tatoes, les, are ) being place is inks of id, fur- id, and ne and non-oil. p inlets tnerous ; the sal- sh, and ap-nets ; loes and eir pur- s, made 'ance of >r bask- [s which differs candle- ipletely ir bark 3n the [he rake jthrough moon- In April FOOD OF THE HAIDAHS. 168 by similar rakes, as well as by dip-nets, a large part of the whole take being used for oil. Seals are sixjared in the water or shot while on the rocks, and their flesh is esteemed a great delicjicy. CMams, cockles, and shell- fish are captured by squaws, such an employment be- ing beneath manly dignity. Fish, when caught, are delivered to the women, whose duty it is to i)repare them for winter use by drying. No salt is used, but the fisli are dried in the sun, or smoke-dried by Ijeing hung from the top of dwellings, then wrapped in bark, or pjicked in rude baskets or chests, and stowed on high scaffolds out of the reach of dogs and children. Salmon are opened, and the entrails, hejul, and bjick-bone removed before drying. During the process of drying, sand is blown over the fish, and the teeth of the eater are often worn down by it nearly even with the gums. Tlie spawn of salmon and herring is greatly esteemed, and besides that obtained from tlie fish caught, much is collected on pine boughs, which are stuck in the mud until loaded witii the eggs. This native caviare is dried for preser- vation, and is eaten prepared in various wsiys; ix>unded between two stones, and beaten with water into a creamy consistency; or boiled with sorrel and different berries, and moulded into cakes alwut twelve inches square and one inch thick by means of wooden frames. After a sulficient supply of solid food for the winter is secured, oil, the great heat-producing element of all northern tribes, is e.Ktracted frtnn the additional catch, by boiling the fish in wooden vessels. ;ind skimming the grease from the water or squeezing it from the refuse. The arms and breast of the women are tlie natural press in which the mass, wrapped in mats, is hugged ; the hollow stalks of an abundant sea-weed furnish natural bottles in which the oil is preserved for use as a sauce, and into which nearly everything is dipped before eating. When the stock of food is secured, it is rarely infringed upon until the winter sets in, but then such is the Indian appetite — ten pounds of Hour in the pancake-form at a meal being nothing for the stomach of a Haidah, according to Poole Ifht COLUMBIANS. — tliat whole tribes frequently suffer from hunger before upring.'-" I'he Ilaidah weapons are spears from four to sixteen feet long, some with a movable head or barb, which comes ott' when the seal or whale is struck; )k>ws and arrows; hatchets of bone, horn, or iron, with which their planks are made; and daggers. Both sj)ears and arrows are fre- fpiently jjointed with iron, which, wiiether it found its way across the continent from the Hudson-Bay settle- ments, down the coast I'rom the Russians, or was ob- tained IVom wrecked vessels, was certainly used in Brit- ish Columbia for various purjioses l)efore the coming of the whites. Bows are made of cedar, Avith sinew glued along one side. Poole states that Ijefore the introduc- tion of fu'e-arms, the (^ueeu Charlotte Islanders had no weapon but a club. Brave as the Haidah warrior is admitted to be, ojien fair light is unknown to liim, and in true Indian style he resorts to night attticks, sui)e- rior numbers, and treachery, to defeat his foe. Cut- ting olY the head as a trophy is practiced instead of scalping, but though unmercifully cruel to all sexes and ages in the heat of battle, prolonged torture of captives seems to be unknown. Treaties of peace are arranged by delegations from the hostile tril)es, following set forms, and the ceremonies terminate with a many days' feast.^^ Nets are made of native wild hemp and of cedar-bark fibre ; hooks, of two pieces of wood or bone fastened to- gether at an obtuse .angle; boxes, troughs, and household dishes, of wood ; ladles and spoons, of wood, horn, and bone. Candle-fish, with a wick of bark or pith, serve as 2'' Oil food of the Haidiihs and the methods of .procuring it, see Lord's Nut., vol. i., pp. 41, 152; Mucl^eaiie'n Vm/., pp. 30C, 313-14, 319-21, 327, 333, 33!), 3G'J-70; I'ook's y. Vhar. IsL, pp. 148, 284-5, 315-16; Vancouver's Voy., vol. ii., p. 273; Dunn'.i Oretjnn, pp. 251, 2G7, 274, 2'JO-l; Mofras, Kxplor., torn, ii., p. 337; Peinberton's Vancouver Island, p. 23; Parker's Explor. 7our.,p.2G3; Jiwd's Xar. 27 Vancouver's Voy., vol. ii., p. 339; Fade's Q. Chnr. Jsl., p. 316; Afacken- ik's Voy., p. 372-3. ' Once I saw n party of Kaignuys of about two hundred men returning from war. The paddles of the warriors killed in the fight were lashed upright in their various seats, so that from a long distance the number of the fallen could be ascertained; and on each mast of the canoes — and some of them had three — was stuck the head of a slain foe.' Bendel's Alex. Arch., p. 30. 1^ IIAIDAH MANUFACTURES. 105 lamps; drinking vessels and pi^ws are carved with jrreat skill from stone. The llaidahs are noted lor their skill in the construction of their various implements, ])articu- larly for sculptures in stone and ivor^^, in which they excel all the other tribes of Northern America.'^ The cedar-tilire and wild hemp were prepared for use by the women hy Ijeatinp; on the rocks; they were then spun with a rude distalf and spindle, and woven on a frame into the mjiteri.al for blankets, rol)es. and mats, or twisted )jy the men into strong and even cord, be- 8" The Kiiigiinies ' are noted for the beauty and size of their cedar canoes, and their skill in cawing. Most of the stone pines, inlaid with fiagnicnts of Huliotis or pearl shells, so connuon in ethnolo^jical collections, are tlieir handiwork. The slate qnarry from which the stone is obtained is situated on Queen Charlotte's Island.' Jtall's Al(ts/,H, ]).411. The Chinisyans 'make tif,'- nres in stone dressed like Englishmen; i)lates and other utensils of civiliza- tion, oniaiuented pii>e stems and heads, models of lionses, stone Antes, adorned with well-carved lignres of animals. Their imitative skill is as noticeable as their dexterity in carving.' iSproat's ^'(•e/les, p. ;U7. The suj>- porting posts of their probable temples were carved into human figures, and all painted red and black, ' but the sculpture of these peojjle ( ."i'2' 41)' i is sui)e- riorto their painting.' Micheiuie'a \'<\ Jnur., vol. xi., p. '218. 'Like the Chinese, they imitate literally anything that is given them to do; so that if you give them n cracked gun-stock to copy, and do not warn them, they will in their manufacture repeat the blemish. Manj- of their slate-carv- ings are very good indeed, and their designs most curious.' Mm/w.'a It. C, p. '278. See also, Dunn's Oreiim, p. 2'Xi; Mafrnn, Kxji'ur., tom. ii., p. 337, and plate p. 387. The Skidagates ' showed mo beautifully wrought articles of their own design and make, and amongst them some flutes manufactured from an unctuous blue slate .... The two ends were inlaid with lead, giving the idea of a fine silver mounting. Two of the keys i)erfectly represented frogs in a sitting jjosture, the eyes being picked out with burnished lead It would have done credit to a European modeller.' I'diiU's Q. Char. IsL, p. 258. ' Their talent for carving has made them famous far beyond their own countrj'. ' Bendel's Alex. Ai-cli., p. '2!). A square wooden box, holding one or two bushels, is made from three pieces, the sides being from one piece so mitred as to bend at the corners without breaking. 'During their performance of this character of labor, (carving, etc. ) their superstitions will not allow any spec- tator of the operator's work.' Heed's Xar.; Jnd. Life, p. 9G. ' Of a very fine and hard slate they make cups, plates, pipes, little inniges, and various orna- ments, wrought with surprising elegance and taste.' Jl(de's Ethnog., in U. S. Kt. Ex., vol. vi., p. 1!)7. ' lis peignent aussi avec le meme gout.' liossi. Souve- nirs, p. 298; Anderson, in Hist. May., vol. vii., pp. 74-5. 106 COLUMBIANS. i tweon the hand and thijili. Strips of ottor-skin, }>ird- featliors, and other materials, Mere also woven intt) tlio blankets. l)oe having liad, it is said, a jK'culiar pattern by which its mattinans, blankets of native man- nfacture have almost entirely disapi)eared. The liella- ctM)las made very neat baskets, called zc'dnnqnd, as well as hats and water-ti\ pp. 251. 2J3, 291, 2'J3. 'Thoy lioil tlio cediir root until it laceon'cs pliiiM' to be worked by the hnnrt and beaten with sticks, when they pick tLo ttlnes apart into threads. The warj) is of a different ma- terial— sinew of tl,i vhale, or dried kelp-thread.' liied's Sur. 'Petatitode vara en cuadro 5>'.<»> vistoso, tejido do palnia fina de dos colores bianco y nepro que tejido en ciiadritos.' Vrespi, in Voc. Hist. Mex., s. iv., vol. vi., pp. 647, C50-1. ^0 Poole's Q. Char. M., p. 209, and cuts on pp. 121, 291; Mackenzie's Voy., p. 335; Simpson's Overland Joiim., vol. i., )>. 204; Vancmtver's Voy., vol. ii., p. 303; Sutily Mexicawi, Viwie, p. cxxv; Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 174; heed's N(tr.\ Cdtlin'.s A'. Am. Ltd., vol. li., p. 113, with plate. Tho Bellubellahs ' promised to construct a steam-ship on the model of ours Some time after this rude Hteiimer appeared. She was from 20 to 30 feet long, all in one TRADE AND GOVERNMENT. 167 inde of larger |cr the ihajKid (vered sun. added lated.^ Rank and power depend greatly ujwn wealth, which con.sists of iu»pU'rnent.s, wives, and slaves. Admission to ulliauce with iiiedicine-men, whose intlnence is greatest in the trihe, caii only Ije gained hy sacrifice of private })ropertv. Ik'foie the disap|)eajance of sea-otters from the llaidah waters, the skins of that animal formed the chief element of their trade and wealth; now the ix)- tatoes cultivated in some parts, and the various maim- fiuitures of Queen Charlotte Islands, suj)ply their slight necessities. There is great rivalry among the islanders in supplyiug the tril)es on the main with iH)tatoes, fleets of forty or fifty can(x?s engaging eac^h year in the trade from (^ueen Charlotte Islands. Fort Simpson is the great commercial rentlezvous of the siu'rounding nations, who as.seuible from all directions in Septeml)er, to hold a fair, dis(iose of their goods, visit friends, fight enensies, feast, and dance. Thus continue trade and merry-making for several weeks. Large fleets of canoes from the north also visit \'ictoria each spring for trading purix)ses.'" Very little can l)e said of the govermnent of the Hai- dahs in distinction from that of the other nations of the Northwest ( 'oast. Among nearly all of theui rank is nom- inally hereditary, for the most part hy the female line, but really depends to a great extent on wealth and ability in war. Females often i50s.sess the right of chieftain.ship. In early intercourse with whites the chief traded for the whole tribe, subiect, however, to the approval of the several families, cjicli of which seemed to form a kind of subordi- nate government by itself. In some parts the ix)wer of the , 215-17, Idiir root li sticks, Vent mu- trttito de 1 y nepro |pp. 647, bkenzie'a joy., vol. Reed's |\bellahB lie after iu one piece— a largo tree hollowed out — resembling the niod<>l of onr steamer. She was black, with painted ports; decked over; and had puddles painted red, and Indians under cover, to turn them round. Tlie stocrsn'an was not seen. She was rioated triumphantly, and went ut the rate of three miles an hour. They thought they had nearly come up to the point of external structure; but then the enginery baffled them; and this they thought they could imi- tate in time, by perseverance, and the helping illumination of the Great Spirit.' JJunn's Oreijan, p. 272. See also, p. 291. ' A canoe easily distanced the champion boat of the American Navy, belonging to the man-of-war Sar- awtc' Ikndel's Alex. Arch., p. 29. '••1 Scouter, hi Loixl. Geog Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 219; Macfie's B. C, pp. 429, 437, 45S; Simpaon'a Overland Journ., vol. i., p. 200; Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 174; Ander.ion, it Ifint. Marf., vol. vii., p. 74; Dunn's Oreijon, pp. 279, 281-3, 292; SuVily Mexicana, Tiaj/e, p. cxiv. " 168 COLUMBIANS. ohief seems absolute, and is wantonly exercised in the commission of the most cruel acts according to his pleas- ure. The extensive embankments and weirs found by Mackenzie, although their construction must have re- quired the association of all the labor of the tribe, were completely under the chief's control, and no one could fish without his i^ermission. The people seemed all equal, but strangers must olwjy the natives or leave the village. Crimes have no punishment by law; murder is settled I'or with relatives of the victim, by death or by the payment of a large sum ; and sometimes genersil or notorious offenders, esi)ecially medicine-men, are put to death by an agree- ment among leading men.^ Slavery is universal, and as the life of the slave is of no value to the owner except as pro^xirty, they are treated with extreme cruelt}'. Shives the northern tribes purchase, kidnap, or capture in war from their southern neighbors, who obtain them by like meiuis from each other, the course of the slave trallic be- ing generally from south to north, and from the coast in- land.*' Polygamy is everywhere practiced, and the number of wives is regulated only by wealth, girls l)eing bought of parents at any price which may be agreed uix)n, and returned, and the price recovered, when after a proper trial they are not satisfactory. The transfer of the presents or price to the l)ride's parents is among some triljes accompanied by slight ceremonies nowhere fidly described. The marriage ceremonies at Millbank Sound are ^xirformed on a platform over the watrted by canoes. AVhile jealousy is not entinjly unknown, chastity appears to be so, as women who can earn the 3' Mackenzie's Vot/., pp. 374-5; Tolmie and Anderson, in Lord's Nat., vol.. ii., pp. 240-2, 235; Slacfie's Ji. C, p. 429; t^impson'f OvcrUmd Journ., vol. i., p. 205 ; Diieon's \ 'oij. , p. 227. ' There exists anioug theiu tx re^'tilar aristocrucy. ' * The chiefs are iilwuys of unquestionable birth, anil geneniDy count aniont; their ancestors men who were famous in battle and council.' 'The chief is re{,'artlefl with all the reverence and respect which his rank, his birth, and his wealth can claim,' but 'his power is by no means unlimited.' Mendel's Alex. Arch., p. 30. 33 Dunn's Ow/on, pp. 273-4, 283; Parker's Explor. Jour., p. 263; Jiendel's Alex, Arch., p. 30; Kane's 11 a)i(/., p. 220. HAIDAH GAMBLERS. 169 greatest number of blankets win great admiration for themselves and high position for their husbands. Alx)r- tion and infanticide are not uncommon. Twin births are unusual, and the number of children is not large, al- though the age of bearing extends to forty or forty-six years. Women, except in the season of preparing the winter supply of fish, are occupied in household aftairs and the care of children, for whom they are not without some aftection, and whom they nurse often to the age of two or three years. Many families live together in one house, with droves of filthy dogs and children, alt sleep- ing on mats round a central fire.^ The Haidahs, like all Indians, are inveterate gamblers, the favorite game on Queen Charlotte Islands being odd and even, played with small round sticks, in which the game is won when one player has all the bunch of forty or fifty sticks originally belonging to his opiwnent. Far- ther south, and inland, some of the sticks are painted with red rings, and the player's skill or luck consists in naming the number and marks of sticks previously wrapped by ill.: antagonist in grass. All have become fond of whisky since the coming of whites, but seem to have had no intoxicating drink ))efore. At their annual trading fairs, and on other occasions, they are fond of visiting and entertaining friends with ceremonious inter- change of presents, a suitable return being exj)ecte(l for eaxjh gift. At tlie.se reception feasts, men and women 3* ' rolvKamy is nnivers.il, rpf^iiliitcil simply liy the fai'ilitios for subsist- piipo.' Aiiwrsdii, in /.urd's yul., vol. ii., p. 23"). 'Sco pp. 231-5, imd vol. i., l)p. 81)-1H). The wonif'u 'cohiu.it almost i)r()inisPuouKly with their own trilte thou<^h rurt'l^v with oUu'r trilus.' Toole, hpciuliiig the iii^;ht with ii chii f, was given the ])h\vo <>{ honor, umler the siinie bliinket with the ehief s dan^jhter— iind her father. I'ooic's Q. ( Iko: /.s7., i)p. 312- 1.5, llo-KI, 155. 'The Indians are in general very jealous of their women.' Dinni's I'o//., j). 225 -(!. ' Tons les individ-is d'nii" faniille eonehent i)ele-mele snr le sol planeheye de I'lialii- tation.' J/i()(7i(()((/, I «//., t<;iu. ii., p. 141. 'Soon after I had retired .. the ehief paid nie ii visit to insist on my going to his bed-companion, and taking my place himself.' Ma- ',emie's ) o;/., p. 331. See pp. 3tH), 371-2. J'urhrr's /,'/- plor. TdHV., p. '2G:t. 'On iht- ,veddingday they liiive a public feast, at which they danee and sing.' Dkiui's Orei/on, pj). •2,52-3, 280-!K). 'According to ii custom (if the Bellabollahs, the widow of the deceased is transferred to his brother's harem.' Simpntiu's Ofirluiid Jinirii., vol. i.. p. '203-4. "I'he temj)o- rary present of a wife is one of the greotest honours that cau be shown there to a guest.' l. H'J. Lord's Nat., vol. ii., p. 258; Parker's Etplor. Tour, p. 2C3; Ind. Life, p. G3. u MAGICIANS AND MEDICINE-MEN. 171 1^ cannibals; although Mr Duncan, si)eaking of the Chim- syans in a locality not definitely fixed, testifies to the tearing to j)ieces and actual devouring of the body of a miu'dered slave by naked bands of cannibal medicine- men. Only certain parties of the initiated pnictice this barbarism, others confining their tearing ceremony to the Ixnlies of dogs.™ None of these horrible orgies are practiced by the Queen Charlotte Islanders. The i)erformances of the Haidah magicians, so far as they may difter from those of the Xootkas have not been clearly described by travelers. The magicians of Chatham Pound keep infernal spirits shut up in a l)ox away from the vulgar gaze, and jws- sess great i)ower by reason of the implicit belief on the part of the people, in their aljility to charm away life. Tlie doctor, however, is not Ix'yond the retich of a kins- man's revenge, and is sometimes murdercd.^^ With their ceremonies and su})erstitions tliere seems to be mixed very little religion, as all their many fears have refer- ence to the i)resent life. Certain owls and squirrels are regarded with reverence, and used .as charms; salmon must not be cut across the grain, or the living fish will leave the river ; the mysterious operations with astronom- ical and other Euroix?an instruments a)x)ut their rivers caused great fear that the fisheries would lx> ruined ; fogs are conjured away without the slightest suspicion of the sun's agency.** Euroi)ean navigators they welcome by paddling tlieir Iwats several times round the ship, mak- ing long sj)eeches, scattering birds' down, and singing.** Raw in 5ee pp. grent ))), pp. ji. HJ. 03. ^^ Scouki', in Lond. Geof). Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 223; Ihmcan, in Mayne's ]i. C, pp. 285-8, imil in Miirtii''s Vanr. Isl., jip. -IIM-T; Wliite's Oreijon, p. 24C; Siiii))son'n Oyei-laiidJuurii., vol. i., p. 205; llidchimis' Cid. Mnij., Nov. 186<), pp. 222-8; Ind. liifi; p. (58; Heed's A(»'.; Amkrson in Hist. Mai/., vol. vii., p. 79. '' The IndinuH of Millbauk Souml became exasperated a^aiuHt me, 'and they Rave nie the name of " ^ichlonpes," i. e., "stiiDiy:" and when near them, if I should Hpit, they would run and try to take tip the spittle in Honiething; for, according as they afterwards iuforined me, they intended to give it to their doctor or magician; and he would charm luv life awiiy.' TMinn's Orfgon, p^ . 24(i-7. See pp. 279-80; Pook'n Q. Chur. lal', pp. 320-1. " J.or(/'.s Sat., vol. ii., pp. 32-4, 53-4; JJunn's Oreijon, pp. 267, 274-5. w \'anc ixjwers of seeing, hearing, and extracting disease, an< are paid liberally when successful. IJark, her))s, and various decoctions are used in slight sickness, but in serious cases little reliance is placed on them. To the bites of the sorcerer-chiefs on the main, eagle-down is applied to stop the bleeding, after which a pine-gum plaster or sallal-bark is applied. On Queen Charlotte Islands, in a case of internal uneasiness, large quantities of sea- water are swallowed, shaken up, and ejected through the mouth for the purpose, as the natives say, of * washing themselves inside out.'" Death is ascribed to the ill will and malign influence of an enemy, and one susi^ected of causing the death of a prominent individual, must make ready to die. As a rule, the bodies of the dead are burned, though ex- ceptions are noted in nearly every part of the territory. In the disjx)sal of the ashes and larger bones which remain unburned, there seems to be no fixed usage. Encased in boxes, baskets, or canoes, or wrapped in « Poole's Q. Char. Isl., pp. 109-10, 116; Anderson, in Lord's Nat, vol. ii., p. 242. *' At about 52^ 40', between the Fraser Eiver and the Pacific, Mackenzie observed the treatment of a man with a bad ulcer on his back. They blew on him and whistled, pressed their Angers on his stomach, put their fists into his month, and spouted water into his face. Then he was carried into the woods, laid down in a clear spot, and a fire was built against his back while the doctor scarified the ulcer with a blunt instniment. Toj/-, pp- 331-33; Dunn's Oregon, pp. 258, 284; Poole's Q. Char. Jsl, pp. 316-18; Duncan, in Mayne's B. C, 289-01; Heed's Xar., in Olympia Wash. Stand., May 16, 1868. ti ! I HAIDAH BURIALS. 173 mats or burk, they are buried in or deposited on the ground, placed in a tree, on a platform, or hung from a pole. Articles of property are frequently deposited with the ashes, but not uniformly. Slaves' bodies are simply thrown into the river or the sea. Mourning for the dead consists usually of cutting the hair and blackening anew the face and neck for several months. Among the Kai- ganies, guests at the burning of the bodies are wont to lacerate themselves with knives and stones. A tribe visited by ^lackenzie, kept their graves free from shrub- bery, a Avoman clearing that of her husband each time she passed. The Nass Indians paddle a dead chief, gaily dressed, round the coast villages.*" The Ilaidahs, compared with other North American Indians, may be called an intelligent, honest, and brave race, although not slow under European treatment to te- come drunkards, gamblers, and thieves. Acts of unpro- voked cruelty or treachery are rare; missionaries hav^ Ijcen somewhat successful in the vicinity of Fort Simp- »on, finding in civilized liquors their chief obstacle. 43 tage. in bl. ii., lenzie 1 blew I into ■o the Iwhile )l-33; \n, in 1868. <2 At TJocft (le Qijadrn, Vancouver found ' a. box about three feet square, and a foot and a half deep, in which were the remains of a human skeleton, which appeared from (he confused situation of the bones, either to have been cut to pieces, or thrust with great violence into this small space. ' . . . . ' I was inclined to hupjiose that this mode of depositinfj; their dead is practised only in respect to certain persons of their society.' Toy., vol. ii., p. 351. At Cape North- umberland, in .")4'' 45', 'was a kind nf vault formed partly by the natural cavity of the rocks, and partly by thr rude artists of the country. It was lined with boards, and contained some fratjniints of warlike implements, lying near a s(juare box covered with mats and very curiously corded down.' jil., p. [ilO-yCoriiicalUs' Xew El Dorndi>, pp. ]0(J-7. On Queen Charlotte Islands, ' Ccs monimiens sont de deux especes: les premiers et les plus simples no sont composi's que d'un seul pilier d'environ dix pieds d'elevation et d'un pied do dianietre, sur le somnut dnqnel sont lixt'es des planches fonnnnt un plateau ; et dans quelques-uns ce i)liiteau est sujiporte par deux piliers. Le corps, depose sur eettu plate-forme, est recoTivert de mousse et do grosses pierres '....' Les mansoli'es de la seconde espece sont plus composes: ' The Newatoes, mentioned in many books, are not known on the west coast. Probably the Klah-oh-quahts are meant.' Sproat' s Sceues, p. 314. *' There are no Indians in the interior. FiUicitlium 's Evidence, in Hud. B. Co., Uept. Spec. Com., 1857, p. 115. *9 The same name is also applied to one of the Sound nations ocross the strait in Washington. *'^ The Teets or Haitlins are called by the Tacullies, ' SaChinco ' strangers. Anderson, in Hist. Mag., vol. vii., pp. 73-4. M Sproat's division into nations, 'almost as distinct as the nations of Europe.' is into the Quoquoulth (QuackoU) or Fort Kuptrt, in the north and north-cast; the Kowitchan, or Thoiigeith, on the east and south; Aht on the west coast; and Kotnux, a distinct tribe also on the east of Vancouver. ' These tribes of the Ahts are not confederated; and I hove no other warrant for calling them a nation than the fact of their occupying adjacent territories, and having the same superstitions and language.' Sprout's Scenes, pp. 18-19, 311. Mayne makes by language four nations; the first including the Uow- itchen in the harbor and valley of the same name north of Victoria, with the Nanaimo and Kwautlum Indians about the mouth of the Fraser Uiver, and 11 176 COLUMBIANS. Between the Nootka family and its fish-eating neigh- bors on the north and south, the Une of distinction is not clearly marked, but the contrast is greater with the interior hunting tribes on the east. Since their first in- tercourse with whites, the Nootkas have constantly de- creased in numbers, and this not only in those parts where they have been brought into contact with traders and miners, but on the west coast, where they have re- tained in a measure their primitive state. The savage fades before the sujjerior race, and immediate intercourse is not necessary to produce in native races those ' baleful influences of civilization,' which like a pestilence are wafted from afar, as on the Avings of the wind.^^ The Nootkas are of less than medium height, smaller than the Haidahs, but rather strongly built; usually plump, but rarely corpulent f'^ their legs, like those of the Songhies; the second comprising the Comous, Nnnoose, Nimpkish, Quaw- giinlt, etc., on Vancouver, and the Squawmisht, Sechelt, Clahoose, Ucle-tah, Mttina-lil-a-culla, etc., on the main, and islands, between Naiiaiiuo and Fort Rupert; the third and fourth gi'oups include the twentj'-four west-const tribes who speak two distinct languages, not named. MnyiLv's Vane. Isl., pp. 243-51. Grant's division gives four languages on Vancouver, viz., the Quackoll, from Claj'oquot Sound north to C. Scott, and thence S. to Johnson's Strait; the Cowitchin, from Johnson's Strait to Sanetch Arm; the Tsclallum, or Clel- lum, from Sanetch to Soke, and on the opposite American shore; and the Macaw, from Patcheena to Clayoquot Sound. ' These four principal lan- guages ... are totally distinct from each other, both in sound, formation, and modes of expression.' (Irani, in Land. (Jeni). Soc. Jour., vol. xxvii., pi. 295. Scouler attempts no division into nations or languages. Lund. Ueo. 8<>c. flour., vol. xi., pp. 221, 224. Mofras singularly designates them as one nation of 20,000 souls, under the name of OaaUch. Mofnis, E.fplor., tom. ii., p. 343. Recent investigations have shown n somewhat dififerent relationship of these languages, which I shall give more particularly in a subsequent volume. ii See Sproat's 8aeius, pp. 272-80, on the ' effects upon savages of inter- course with civilized men.' ' Hitherto, (1850) in Vancouver Island, the tribes who have principally been in intercourse with the white man, have found it for their interest to keep up that intercourse in amity for the purposes of trade, and the white adventurers' have been so few in number, that they have not at all interfered with the ordinary pursuits of the natives.' Orant, in Lond. Geoih Soc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 303. ** ' Muy robustos y bien apersonados.' ' De mediana estatura, excepto los Xefes cuya corpulencia se hace no^ar." SuUl y Mex'wana, Vlatje, pp. 55, 124. 'The young princess was of low stature, very plump.' Vancouver's \ oy., vol.i., p. ;<95. Macquilla, the chief was five feet eight inches, with square shoulders and muscular limbs; his son was live feet nine inches. Belcher'.s Voy., vol. i., pp. 110-12. The seaboard tribes have ' not much physical strength.' Peak's y. Char, hi., p. 73. 'La gente dicen ser muy robusta.' Perez, lid. del Viacje, MS., p. 20. ' Leur taille est mojrenne.' Mofras, Explor., tom. ii., p. 313. 'In general, robust and well proportioned.' Meares' Voy,, p. 249. Under the com- mon stature, pretty full and plump, but not muscular— never corpulent, old NOOTKA PHYSIQUE. 177 inter- \ tribes Lund it 1 trade, ve not \Lond. bto l09 124. vol.i., alders [o\. i., Pr tie's 'iage, 'In icom- It, old all the coast tribes, short, small, and frequently deformed, with large feet and ankles j*^ the face broad, round, and full, with the usual prominent cheek-bone, a low fore- head, fiat nose, wide nostrils, small black eyes, round thickish-lipped mouth, tolerably even well-set teeth; the whole forming a countenance rather dull and expression- less, but frequently pleasant." The Nootka complexion, people lean— short neck and clumsy body; women nearly the same size as the men. Caok'.i \'oy. to Far., vol. ii., pp. 301-3. 'Of smaller stature than the Northern Tribes; they are usually fatter and more muscular.' Scolder, in Zoml. (JeiKj. Soc, Jour., vol. xi., p. '221. In the north, among the Clayoquots and QuaokoUs, men are often met of five feet ten inches and over; on the south const the stature varies from five feet three inches to five feet six inches. Uniht, in Loud. Ucikj, Hoc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 207. 'The men are in gen- eral from about five feet six to five feet eight inches in hei'^'ht; remarkably straight, of a good form, robust and strong.' Only one dwarf was seen. Jdc- ilt's \ar., pp. G0-i'j1. The Klah-oh-quahts are ' as a tribe physically the finest. Individuals may be found in all the tribes who reach a height of five feet eleven inches, and a weight of 180 pounds, without much ficsh on their bodies.' Extreme average height: men, five feet six inches, women, five feet one-fourth inch. ' Many of the men have well-shaped forms and limbs. None are corpulent.' 'The men generally have well-set, strong frames, and, if they had jiluck and skill, could probably hold their own iu a grapple with Englishmen of the same stature. Sprout's Scenes, pp. 22-3. ' Rather above the middle stature, copper-colored and of an athletic make.' Spark's Life of Ledyard, p. 71 ; Prichard's Researches, vol. v., p. 412. ' Spare muscular forms. ' Jiarrttt-Lewuird's Trav., pp. 44; Gordon's Hid. and Oemj. Mem., pp. 14-22. 53 Limbs small, crooked, or ill-made; large feet; badly shaped, and pro- jecting ankles from sitting so much on their hams and knees. Cook's Voy. to I'ac, vol. ii., pp. 301-3. 'Their limbs, though stout and athletic, are crooktd and ill-shaped.' Meares' Voy., p. '250. 'lis ont les membres infe- rieures It'gerement arques, les chevilles tres-saillantes, et la pointe des pieds tournee en dedans, difformite qui provient de la maniere dont ils sont assis dans leurs canots.' Mofnis, Explor., torn, ii., pp. 343-4. ' Stunted, and move with a lazy waddling gait.' Macfie's Vane. M., p. 428. ' Skeleton shanks. . . . not much physical strength bow-legged — defects common to the seaboard tribes.' Poole's Q, Char. Jsl., pp. 73-4. All the females of the Northwest Coast are very short-limbed. ' Karo es el que no tiene muy salientes los to- billos y las puntas de los pies inclinadas hacia dentro . . . . y una especie de entumecimiento que se advierte, particularmente en las mugeres.' Sulil y Mexicana, \'iage, pp. 124, 30, 62-3. They have great strength in the fingers. Sproat's Scenes, p. 33. Women, short-limbed, and toe in. Id., p. 22; Muyne's B. C, pp. 282-3. 'The limbs of both sexes are ill-formed, and the toes ttimed inwards.' 'The legs of the women, especially those of the slaves, are often swollen as if ©edematous, so that the leg appears of an uniform thickness from the ankle to the calf, ' from wearing a garter. Scouler, in Land, Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 221. ** 'The different Aht tribes vary in physiognomy somewhat— faces of the Chinese and Spanish types may be seen.' 'The face of the Ahts is rather broad and flat; the mouth and lips of both men and women are large, though to this there are exceptions, and the cheekbone are broad but not high. The skull is fairly shaped, the eyes small and li-ng, deep set, in colour a lustreless inexpressive black, or verj' dark hazel, none being blue, grey, or brown One occasionally sees an Indian with eyes distinctly Chinese. "The nose. , . .in some instances' is remarkably well-shaped.' ' The teeth are reg- VoL. I. 12 178 COLUMBIANS. SO far as grease and paint have allowed travclerf- to ob- serve it, is decidedly light, but apparently a shade darker than that of the Haidah family.^ The hair, worn long, Tilar, but stumpy, and are deficient in enamel at the points," jierbaps from eating Baiidid Kiilnion, t; where all the.so quali- ties are reversed.'* The beard is carefully plucked out by the young men, and this operation, rei)eatcd for gen- erations, has rendered the beard naturally thin. Old men often allow it to grow on the chin and upjier lip. To cut the hair short is to tiie Nootka a disgrace. Worn at full length, evened at the ends, and sometimes cut straight across the forehead, it is either allowed to hang loosel}- from under a band of cloth or fdlet of bark, or is tied in a knot on the crown. On full-dress occa- sions the top-knot is secured with a green bough, and after being well saturated with wliale-grease, the hair is powdered plentifully with white feathers, which are re- garded as the crowning ornament for manly dignity in all these regions. Both sexes, but particularly the women, take great pains with the hair, carefully combing and plaiting their long tresses, fashioning tasteful head-dresses of bark-fibre, decked with beads and shells, attaching but judging by the chiefs' daughters thf>y are wholly white. Sutil y Mexicana, Viutje, p. 12.5. 'A dark, swarthy copper-coloured ligure.' Lord's Aat., vol. i., p. 143. They 'have lighter compluxions than other aborigines of America.' Greenliotc's Hist. Oiin., p. IIG. 'Sallow complexion, verging towards copper colour.' JiaiTtlt-Lennard'a Trav,, pp. 44-C. Copper-coloured. Spark's Life of iMli/ard, p. 71. 56 ' The hair of the natives is never shaven from the head. It is black or dark brown, without gloss, coarse and lank, but not scanty, worn long .... Slaves wear their hair short. Niiw and then, but rarely, a light-haired native is seen. There is one woman in the Opechisat tribe at Alberni who had curly, or rather wavy, brown hair. Few grey-haired men can be noticed in any tribe. The men's beards and whiskers are deficient, probably from the olcl alleged custom, now seldom jiructiced, of extirpating the hairs with small shells Several of the Nootkah Sound natives (Moouchahts) have largo moustaches and whiskers.' Sproat's Scenes, pp. 25-7. 'El cabello es largo lacio y grueso, variando su color entre rubio, obscuro, castauo y negro. La barba sale a los mozos con la misma regularidad que &, los de otros paises, y llega & ser en los ancianos ti>n poblada y larga como la de los Turcos; pero los jdvenes parecen imberbes porque se la arraucau con lo« ' ^'os, d mas com- unmentecon piuzas formadas de peqiienas conchas.' ,s'«' ' . .'-xicxinii, Viwje, pp. 124-5, 57. 'Hair of the head is in great abundan..! . i- ry coarse, and strong; and without a single exception, black, straight and lank.' No beards at all, or a small thin one on the chin, not from a natural defect, but from plucking. Old men often have beards. Eyebrows scanty and narrow. Vonk'a Voy. to Puc, vol. ii., pp. 301-3. 'Neither beard, whisker, nor moustache ever adorns the face of the redskin.' Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 143; Jewitl's Xar., pp. 61, 75, 77. Hair 'invariably either black or dark brown.' Orant, in Lond. Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 297; Meares' Voy., p. 250; Maynes' B. C, pp. 277-8; Macfie's Fane. IsL, p. 442; Spark'8 Life ofledyard, p. 71. I( ■! 180 COLUMBIANS. leaden weightn to the braids to keep them straight. The bruised root of a certain plant is thought by tiie Ahts to promote the growth of the hair." The custom of flattening the head is practiced by the Nootkas, in common with the Sound and Chinook fami- lies, but is not universal, nor is so much imjxjrtance at- tached to it as elsewhere ; although all seem to adniire a flattened forehead as a sign of noble birth, even among triljes that do not make this deformity a sign of freedom. Among the Quatsinos and Quackolls of the north, the head, besides Ijeing flattened, is elongated into a conical sugar-loaf shape, ix>inted at the top. The flattening pro- cess begins immediately after birth, and is continued until the child can walk. It is eftected by compressing the head with tight bandages, usually attached to the log cradle, the forehead Ixiing first fitted with a soft pad. a fold of soft bark, a mould of hard wood, or a flat stone. Observers generally agree that little or no harm is done to the brain by this infliction, the traces ' which to a great extent disapiK^ar later in life. M tribes, in- cluding the Aht nations, are said to have i^. .^iidoned the custom since they have been brought into contact with the whites.'* The body is kept constantly anointed with a reddish clayey earth, mixed in train oil, and consequently little aftected l)y their frequent baths. In war and mourning the whole Ijody is bhickened; on feast days the head, limbs, and body are painted in fantastic figures with va- rious colors, apparently according to individual fancy, although the chiefs monopolize the fancy figures, the " Cook's Voy. to Pac, vol. ii., pp. 304-8; Sutil y Mexicana, Viage, pp. 120-7; Sproat's' Scenes, pp. 26-7; Menres' Voy., p. 254; Macfie's Vane. 1st., p. 442; JewlU's Nar., pp. 21, 23, 62, 65, 77-8; Grant, in Lond. Geog. Sac. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 297; Mayne's B. C, pp. 277-8; Barretl-Lennard's Trav., p. 44. S3 Mayne's B. C, pp. 242, 277, with cut of a child with bandaged head, and of a girl with a sugar-loaf head, measuring eighteen inches from the eyes to the summit. Sprout's Scenes, pp. 28-30; Grant, in Lond. Qeog. Soc. Xwr., vol. xxvii., p. 298; Scouler, in Jm Mtares' 124; * - -^ • tened, conical, and notural form; Kane's Wand., p. 241; Jewitt's Nar., p. 70; Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. ii., p. 325; Barrett-Lennard's Trav., p. 45; Gordon's Hist, and Geog. item., p. 115. Byes 10 me summic. r>prouvs iscenes, pp. so-ou; ijtram, in jjona. ueog. i>oc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 298; Scouler, in JMnd- Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 222; Mearea' Voy., p. 249; Macfie's Vane. IsL, p. 441; Sutil y Mexicana, Vtage, p. 124; Lord's Mil., vol. 1., p. 171; vol. ii., p. 103, cut of three skulls of fliit- M! NOOTKA FACE-PAINTIXO. 181 common people being restricted to plain colors. Solid grease is sometimes api)lied in a thick coating, and carved or moulded in alto-reliero into ridges and figures after- wards decorated with red paint, while shining sand or grains of mica are sprinkled over grease and paint to impart a glittering appearance. The women are either less fond of paint than the men, or else are debarred by their lords from the free use of it; among the Ahts, at least of late, the women abandon ornamental paint after the age of twenty-five. In their dances, as in war, masks carved from cedar to represent an endless variety of monstrous faces, painted in bright colors, with mouth and eyes moveable by strings, are attached to their heads, giving them a grotesquely ferocious aspect.*" The nose M At Valdcs Island, ' the faces of some were made intirely white, some red, black, or lead colour.' Vancouver's Voy., vol. i., pp. 307, 341. At Nunez ftaona Uuy, 'ho pintail de encaruiulo y nepro.' Siitil y Mexirana, Viaije, p. 30. At Nootka Sound, 'Con esta gra i (de bullena) se nntan todo el ciierpo, y dcspnt'S Ki' pintan con una especif de barniz conipuosto de la misfflia grasa 6 aceytc, y de almugro en ti'miinos (lue parece este su color natural.' Chiefs only may i)aint in varied colors, pli'bemnH being rcKtrietcd to one.' Id., pp. 125-7. 'Many of the feniah'H painting their faces on all occasions, but the men only at set periods.' Vermilion is obtained by barter. Uiack, their war and mourning color, is made by themselves. Macjie's \'ne half of the face is painted red in squares, and the other black; at others, dotted with red spots, or red and black instead of squares, with a variety of other devices, such as painting one half of the face and body red, and the Heaves' Voy., p. 252; Jiarrett-Lennard'a p. 71. other black.' Jewitt's Nar., p. (54; Met Trav., p, 46; Spark's Life of Ledyard, n 'I i 182 COLUMBIANS. and cars are regularly pierced in childhood, with from one to as many holes as the feature will hold, and from the punctures are suspended bones, shells, rings, beads, or in fact any ornament obtainable. The lip is sometimes, though more rarely, punctured. Bracelets and anklets of any available material are also commoidy worn.*^' The alK)rigInal dress of the Nootkas is ascpiare ))lanket, of a coarse yellow material resembling straw matting, made by the women from cypress bark, with a mixture of dog's hair. This blanket had usually a lK)rder of fur; it sometimes had arm-holes, but was ordinarily thiown over the shouldei's, and confined at the waist hy a belt. ( 'hiel's wore it painted in variegated colors or unpainted, but the conunon people wore a coarser material painted uni- formly red. Women wore the garment longer and fast- ened under the chin, binding an additional strip of cloth closely aiKiut the middle, and showing nnich modesty about disclosing the jKjirson, Avfiile the men ol'ten went entirely naked. Besides the l)lauket, garments of many kinds of skin were in use, })articularly by the chiefs on public days. In war, a heavy skin dress was worn as a protection against arrows. IMie X(K)tkas usually went bar(>headed, but sometimes wore a conical hat plaited of rushes, bark, or ilax. Eurojwan blankets have re[)laced those of native manufjicture, and many Indians alxmt the settlements have adopted also the shirt and breeches.'* CO ' The hnbit of tattooing the legs nml ftvnis is ooinnion to all the women of Vuncduvcr's Island; the men do not adopt it.' (JhdiI, in Lond. (ii'o;/. Sor,. Jonr., vol. xxvii., p. ;M)7. ' No KUch practice as tattooing; exists ainon^' these natives.' Sjn-nat'n >c<>)ie>i, j>. 27. 'The ornament on whicli they ajipeur to set the most value, is the nose-jewel, if such an apjiellatiori may bo ^iven to the wooden stick, which some of them employ for this i)urpose I have seen them i)rojictinf,' not less than eifjht or nine inches beyond the face on each Bide; this is inade'fast or secured in its place by little wcdf^'cs on each side of it.' Jfwiit's Xiir., pp. (','>-(\, 75; Mutrns, Ei-ptor., torn, ii., p. IMI. Cook'n Vni). to Vac, vol. ii., pp. 'M\->i; Sutil y M'xkntKi, Viiuie, pji. ;«), ia(i-7; Mac- fie's Vane. JsL, p. 442; H'/ii/hi/xt'.s Alaska, j)p. 37, 74, with cut of mask. Mii;/u('s Ji. C, p. 208; Kane's VKuiiff., pp. 221-2, uud illustration of u hair medicine-cap. •it 'Their cloaks, which are circular capes with a hole in the centre, edged with sea-otter skin, are constructed from the inner bark of the cypress. It turnstile rain, is very soft and pliable,' etc. lielchrr's Toy, vol. i., p. 112. The tisual dress of the Newchemass ' is n k-ootauck' made of wolf skin, with a nuudier of the tails attached to it. . . .hanitinp; from the top to the bottom; though they someti'aes wesxr a similar mantle of bark cloth, of u much coarser SB^ DWELLINGS OP THE NOOTKAS. 183 1 from one from the ads, or in umotimo.s, (1 anklets orn."" e bliinkot, niattinji', lixtureol" of fur; it ■own over . Chiefs iited, hut ited uni- anil ijist- \) of eloth modesty ten went of many [chiefs on orn as a lly went •laited of rephiced IS about •eeehes."' the women IlK'll^ thcHO H)i'ar to set ivcn to the have Keen K'e on each 1 each Hide ii>-7; Mac- of mask. 1 of u hair itre, edged rpress. It 112. The in, with a le bottom; ch coarser M The Nootkas choose strong positions for their towns and encampments. At Desolation Sound, Vancouver found a village built on a detached rock with perpendicular sides, only jicces,si})le by planks resting on the branches of a tree, and protected on the sea side by a projecting plat- form resting on timbers fixed in the crevices of the precipice. The Niinkish tribe, according to Lord, build their homes on a table-land overhanging the sea, and reached by ascending a vertical cliff on a bark-rope lad- der. Each tribe has several villages in favorable loca- tions for fishing at different seasons. The houses, when more than one is needed for a tribe, are placed with regularity along streets; they vary in size according to the need or wealth of the occupants, and are held in common under the direction of the chief. They are con- structed in the manner following. A row of large i)osts, from ten to fifteen feet high, often 'grotesquely carved, sup[x)rts an immense ridge-pole, sometimes two and a half feet thick and one hundred feet long. Similar but smaller beams, on shorter posts, fire placed on either side of the central row, distant from it fifteen, twenty, or twenty-five feet, according to the dimensions required. This fr.une is then covered with split cedar planks, about two inches thick, and from three to eight feet wide. The texture than that of Nootka.' Jeir i«'.s JVWr., pp. 77-8, 21-3, 50-8, 02-C. ' Their conmion ilri-s:; is a flaxen garment, or mantle, ornameut'd on the upper ed^o by a narrow strii) of fur, and at the lower edt,'e, by fringes or tassels. It passes under the left arm, and is tied over the ri^'ht shoulder, by n strini,' be- fore, and ouo behind, iKur itK middle. . . .Over this, whieh reaches below the knees, is worn a small elonk of the same substance, likewise fringed at the lower part. . . .Their head is covered with a cap, of the figure of a truncated cone, or like a rtuwer-pot, made of fine matting, having the top frequently ornamented with a round or pointed knob, or bunch of leathern tassels. '''oo/,;',s Vvi/. to I'lic, vol. ii , pp. 304-8, 270-1, 280. 'The men's dress is a blanket; the women's a strip of cloth, or shift, and bhmket. The old costume of the natives was the same as nt present, but the material was different.' Sprant's Sce>ics, pp. 25, 315. 'Their clothing generally consists of skins,' but they have two other garment*' of bark oi dog's hair. 'Their garments of all kinds are worn mantlewise, and the borders of them ore fringed' with wampum. Spark's Life of Ltdi/ard, pp. 71-2; Colyir, in Inil. Aff. lUpt., 18C!), p. 53.3; Suiily Mexirann, Vvkiv, pp. 30-1, 38, 5'G-7, 120-8; }ihnr(H' V<>;/., pp. 251-4; Grant, in Loud. (Ikmi. Soc. Jour., vol xwii., p. 297; Lord's Xnt., vol. i., pp. 143-4; Mofras, Esplor., torn, ii., pp. 344-5; V/hymjwr's Alusl.n, p. 1)7; Ureni- hitw's Hist. Oijii., p. IIG; Marfif's ]'an. Isl., pp. 431, 443; Ikirntt-Lmnard'if Tmv., p. 4(i. See portraits iu Cook's Atlas, belcher's Voij., Sulil ij Mtx'icana, Atlas, and Whymper's Alaska. I \l ■ :t! i Mil 1. |! : 1 I ■ ! 1 i I:..' 184 COLUMBIANS. side planks are tied together with bark, and supported by slender posts in couples just far enough apart to re- ceive the thickness of the plank. A house like this, forty by one hundred feet, accommodates many families, each of wlnch has its allotted space, sometimes parti- tioned off like a double row of stalls, with a wide passage in the middle. In the centre of each stall is a circle of stones for a fire-place, and round the walls are raised couches covered with mats. In rainy weather, craxiks in the roof and sides are covered with maty No smoke or window holes are left, and when smoke b' \;omes trouble- some a roof- plank is removed. The entrance is at one end. These dwellings furnish, according to Nootka ideas, a comfortable shelter, except when a high wind threatens to unroof them, and then the occupants go out and sit on the roof to keep it in place. Frequently the outside is painted in grotesque figures of various colors. Only the frame is pcimanent; matting, planks, and all utensils are several times each year packed up and conveyed in canoes to another locality where a frame belonging to the tribe awaits covering. The odor arising from fish- entrails and other filth, which they take no pains to re- move, appears to be inoffensive, but the Xootkas are often driven by mosquitos to sleep on a stage over the water."'' •■'2 On the east side of Vancouver was a villnKi> of thirty-four houses, ar- ranged in rcj^iilur streets. The house of the leader 'was distinguished by three ra tei-.-; of stout timber raised above the roof, according to the archi- tecture of Nootkii, though much inferior to those I had there seen, in point of size.' Bed-rooms were separated, and more decency observed than at Nootka Sound. Wincouver's loy., vol. i., pp. 346-7, with a view of this vil- lage; also pp. 324-5, description of the village on Desolation Sound; p. 338, on Valdes Island; p. 320, view of village on Bute Canal; and vol. iii., pp. 310-11, a peculiarity not noticed by Cook — 'immense pieces of timber which are raised, and horizontally placed on wooden pillars, about eighteen inches above the roof of the largest houses in that village ; one of which pieces of timber was of a size suiHcient to have made a lower mast for a third rate man of war.' See Coolc's Voy. to Pac, vol. ii., pp. 281, 313-19, and Atlas, plate 40. A sort of a duplicate inside building, witV shorter posts, furnishes on its roof a stage, where all kinds of property and supplies are stored. Sproat's Scenes, pp. 37-43. ' Tho planks or boards which tliey make use of for building their houses, and for other uses, they procure of difterent lengths, as occasion requires, by splitting them out, with hard wooden wedges from pine logs, and afterwards dubbing them down with their chiz- zels.' Jeipilt'a Xar., pp. 52-4. Grtnt states that the Nootka bouses are palisade iuclosures formed of stakes jr young fir-trees, somo twelve or thir- teen feet high, driven into the groum, close together, roofed in Mith slabs of FOOD OF THE NOOTKAS. 185 The Nootkas, like the Haidahs, live almost wholly on the products of the sea, and are naturally export fisher- men. Salmon, the great staple, are taken in August and September, from sea, inlet, and river, by nets, spears, pots or baskets, and even by hooks. Hooks consist of sharp barbed bones bound to straight pieces of hard wood; sea- wrack, maple-bark, and whale-sinew furnish lines, which in salmon-fishing are short and attached to the paddles. The salmon-spear is a forked pole, some fifteen feet long, the detaxihable head having prongs pointed with fish-tone or iron, and the fish in deep water is sometimes attracted within its reach by a wood- en decoy, forced down by a long pole, and then detached and allowed to ascend rapidly to the surface. Spearing is carried on mostly by torch-light. A light-colored Btone pavement is sometimes laid upon the bottom of the stream, which renders the fish visible in their pass- age over it. Nets are made of nettles or of wild flax, found along Fraser River. They are small in size, and used as dip-nets, or sunk between two canoes and lifted as the fish pass over. A pot or basket fifteen to twen- ty feet long, three to five feet in diameter at one end, and tiijiering to a point at the other, is made of pine splinters one or two inches apart, with twig-hoops ; and placed, large end up stream, at the foot of a fall or at an opening in an embanlonent. The salmon are driven down the fall with poles, and entering the basket are taken out by a door in the small end. This basket is sometimes enclosed in another one, similar but of uni- form diameter, and closed at one end. Fences of stakes across the river oblige the salmon to enter the open mouth in their passage up, and passing readily through fir or cedar. Lond. Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. xrvii., p. 299. The Teets have pal- isaded encloswres. Anderson, in Hist. Maij., vol. vii., p, 74. 'The chief re- sides at the upper end, the pioxiniity of his relatives to him being according to their degree of kindred.' Mncfit's Vunc. M., np. 443^; Dunn's Ore.y., vol. i., p.307; Macfie's Fane. 7s/., p. 443; C'ox'.s ^l(/i;en., vol. i., p. 100. ' The native bow, like the canoe and paddle, is beautifully formed. It is generally made of yew or crab-apple wood, and is three and a half feet lc)ng, with about two inches at each end turned sharply bp'-kwards from the string. The string is a piece of dried seal-gut, deer-sinew, or twisted bark. The arrows are about thirty inches long, and arc made of pine or cedar, tipped with six inches of serrated bone, or with two unbarbed bone or iron prongs. I have never seen an Aht aiTow with a barbed head.' Sproat's Scenes, p. 82. ' Having now to a great extent discarded the use of the tradi- tional tomahawk and spear. Many of these weapons are, however, still pre- served as heirlooms among them.' Barrett- Lennard's Trav., p. 42. 'No biows and arrows.' ' Generally fight hand to hand, and not with missiles.' FUtwil- Ham's Evidence, in JIud. Bay Co. Bept., 1867, p. 115. NOOTKA BATTLES AND BOATS. 189 pp. l'J7-8; pp. Com, Van- rol. i., rmed. If feet m the bark, cedar, iron roat'a tradi- 11 pre- bowa IttwUr quarrels ])eing handed down for generation.s. According to their idea, loss of life in battle can only be forgotten when an equal number of the hostile tribe are killed. Their military tactics consist of stratagem and surprise in attack, and watchfulness in defense. Before engag- ing in war, some weeks are spent in preparation, which consists mainly of abstinence from women, bathing, scrub- bing the skin with briers till it bleeds, and fnially paint- ing the whole lx)dy jet-black. All prisoners not suitable for slaves are butchered or lieheaded. In an attack the eftbrt is always made to steal into the adversary's camp at night and kill men enough to decide the victory be- fore the alarm can l^e given. When they fail in this, the battle is seldom long continued, for actual hand-to- hand fighting is not to the Xootka taste. On the rare occasions when it is considered desirable to make over- tures of peace, an ambassador is sent with an ornamented pil)e, and with this emblem his person is safe. Smoking a pi^ie together by hostile chiefs also solemnizes a treaty.*" Xootka boats are dug out each from a single pine tree, and are made of all sizes from ten to fifty feet long, the largest accommodating forty or fifty men. Selecting a proper tree in the forest, the aljoriginal Nootka fells it with a sort of chisel of flint or elk-horn, three by six inches, fastened in a wooden handle, and struck by a smooth stone mallet. Then the log is split with wooden wedges, and the Ijetter piece being selected, it is hollowed out with the aforesaid chisel, a muscle-shell adze, and a birds-bone gimlet worked between the two hands. Some- times, but not always, fire is used as an assistant. The «* The Ahts ' do not take the Rcalp of the enemy, but cut oflf his head, by three dexterous movements of the knife .... and the waiTior who has taken most heads is most praised and feared.' Sprout's Scenes, pp. 18G-'202. 'Scalp every one they kill.' Macfie's Vane. IsL, p. 470, 443, 4C7. One of the Nootka princes assured the Spaniards that the bravest captains ate human flesh be- fore engaging in battle. Sutil y Mexicana, Vimie, p. 130. The Nittinahts con- sider the heads of enemies slain in b.ittle as spolia opiwa. )Vhifntper's Al'iska, pp. 54, 78; Jeititt's Nar., pp. 120-1; Lord's i\«<., vol. i., p]p. 155-6, 158, 166, 171, vol. ii., p. 251-3. Women keep watch during the night, and tell the exploitB of their nation to keep awake. Meares' Voy., p. 267. Vancouvtr'a Voy., vol. i., p. 396; Grant, i»i Lond. Oeog. Soc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 296; Mayne'a B. C, p. 270; Barreit-Lenmrd's TVav., pp. 41-2, 129-36. 190 COLUMBIANS. I' •') h ! exterior is fashioned with the same tools. The boat is widest in the middle, tapers toward each end, and is strengthened by light cross-pieces extending from side to side, which, being inserted after the boat is soaked in hot water, mcxlifj and improve the original form. The bow is long and pointed, the stern square-cut or slightly round- ed; both ends are raised higher than the middle by sep- arate pieces of wood painted with figures of birds or beasts, the head on the bow and the tail on the stern. The inside is painted red ; the outside, slightly burned, is rubbed smooth and black, and for the whale fishery is ornamented along the gunwales with a row of small shells or seal-teeth, but for purposes of war it is painted with figures in white. Paddles are neatly made of hard Avood, about five and a half feet long with a leaf-shaix)d blade of tw ) feet, sharp at the end, and used as a weapon in canoe-fighting. A cross-piece is sometimes added to the handle like the top of a crutch.*'*' In addition to the implements already named are chests and boxes, buckets, cups and eating-troughs, all of Avood, either dug out or pinned together; baskets of twigs and bags of matting; all neatly made, and many of the articles painted or carved, or ornamented with shell work. As among the Ilaidahs, the dried eulachon is often used as a lamp.*'^ The matting and coarser kinds CO 'They have no Rents. . . .The rowers generally sit on their hams, but Bometimes they make uku of a kind of small stool.' Mmrcs' Voy., pp. 2(53-4. The larger canoes are used for sleeping and eating, being dry and more com- fortable than the houses. Cook's Voy. to I'lic, vol. ii., pp. 311), 327, and.^lrs are ■ months ■ he iish- ■ lis, and ■ named, I f meas- ■ actional H in orna- pp. 220-1; 184; .Suti! y ; . C, 263-5. ^ •2. Beforo | a the coftBt J lote tribcB. ;uteneR8 in noons, and Lt the same pears, they ur calendar menthig with sculpture and paintings their implements and houses, their chief cft'orts being made on the i)0sts of the latter, and the wooden masks which they wear in war and some of their dances; but all impl(?ments may be more or less carved and adorned according to the artist's fancy. They sometimes i)aint fishing and hunting scenes, but generally their models exist only in inia;:ination, and their works consequently assume unintelligible forms. There seems to l)e no evidence that their carved images and complicated paintnigs are in any sense intended as idols or hieroglyphics. A rude system of heraldry prevails among them, by which some animal is adopted as a family crest, and its figure is painted or embroidered on canoes, paddles, or blankets." To the Nootka .system of government the tenns })atri- archal, hereditary, and feudal have Iwen ai)plied. Inhere is no confederation, each tril)e Ix'ing indejK'ndent of all the rest, except as i)owerful trilies are naturally domi- nant over the weak. In each tril)e*the head chief's rank is hereditary by the male line; his grandeur is displayed on great occasions, when, decked in all his fmery, he is the coitral figure. At the frequently recurring feasts of state he occupies the seat of honor; presides at all coun- cils of the tribe, and is respected and highly honored by all ; but has no real authority over any but his slaves. Between the chief, or king, and the jieople is a noljility, in number alx>ut one fourth of the whole trilxi, comj)osed of several grades, the highest being partially hereditary, but also, as are all the lower grades, obtainable by feats months.' Sproat'a Scenes, pp. 121-4. 'Las personas mas cultas dividen el ano en eatorce inesos, y cada uno do estos on vointe dias, aj^egando lucgo algunos dias intercalnres al fin de cada nics. El do Julio, quo ellos llaman SnU-lzi-tinll, y en el primero do su alio, a mas do sus veinto dias ordinaries tiene tantos intorcalares qnantos dura la abundancia dc longuados, atnues, etc' Sitlil y Mexicana, Vinije, pp. 153-4, 148; Grant, in Lond. Utog, Soc. Jour., vol. xxvii., pp. 295. IlOl; Lird's \(it., vol. ii., pp. '24J-4. "* ' They shew themselves ingenious sculptors. They not only preserve, with great exactness, tho (;('neral character of their own faces, but finish the wore minute parts, with a degree of accuracy in proportion, and neatness in execution.' CimL-'s [',,ij. to Pac, vol. ii., pp. 320-7, and Atlus, pi. 40; Lord's Xiit., vol. i., pp. lG4-'5, vol. ii., pp. 257-8, and cut, p. 103; Macfie's Vane. M., pp. 444-7, 484; Mayne's It. ('., cut on p. 271. Vol.. I. 13 104 COLUMBIANS. I i I: ' ii.i ii of valor or groat liberality. All chieftains must be con- firmed by the trilw, and some of them ai)iK)inted by the king; each man's rank is clearly defined in the tril)e, and corresponding privileges strictly insisted on, There are chiefs who have full authority in warlike exj)editions. llarj)ooners also form a privileged class, whose rank is lijuided down from father to son. This somewhat com- plicated system of government nevertheless sits lightly, since the jx'ople are neither taxed nor subjected to any laws, nor interfered with in their actions. Still, long- continued custom serves as law and marks out the few duties and privileges of the Nootka citizeu. Stealing is not ct)umion except from strangers; and oll'enses re- quiring punishment are usually avenged — or pardoned in consideration of certain blankets received — by the injured parties and their friends, the chiel's seeming to have little or nothing to do in the matter.'^ " ' In nn Aht tribe of two htindrod men, porlmps fifty poRscss vnriouB de- grecH of iicijuiri'd or inhibited rank; there may be about as many slaves; the remainder are inde]iendt'nt members.' Home of the Khdi-oli-(iuiilits 'jmy annually to tlieir chief eertain contributions, conKistinn of blank. ■ s, kins, etc.' 'A chiefs "bint elood" avails not in a dis])Ute with oi " of hi own peoj)le; he must tiyht his buttle like a common man.' ."■;■/•(. (i< ,s . ■ ms, pp. 1 111 -17, IS- "20, l:'2f). CheslakeeH, a chief on Johnson's Strait, was inferior but not snbordinato in authority to Maqninna, the famous kin({ at Nootka Sound, but the chief at Louf,'hborouKh's Channel clainu d to l>e under Ma- qninna. I 'anronver'n Voi/., vol. i., pp. 34(i, 331 . ' La di^nidad de Tays es heredi- taria de padres & hijos, y pasa regularnunte & estus bie^'o que estan en edad de gobernar, si los jjrtdres por ancianidad u otras causas no pneden segnir mandando.' ' El gobierno de -"stos nati'rales puede Ilamarse Patiiarcal; pues el Xefe do hi naeion hace a uu uiisnio tiempo los oticios de padre du faniilia, de Rey y d(! Siuno Saeerdote." 'Los nobles F;ozan de tanta consideracion en Nutka, quo ni aun de ])alal)ra bo atreven lo8 Tayses a reprehenderlos.' ' To- dos consideraban ii este (Maqninna) conio Soberano de las costas, desde la de Buena Esperanzii hasta la ]innta de Arrecifes, con todos los Canales interi- ores.' To steal, or to know carnally a girl nine years old, is jmnished with death. SittH y Mtjt'wdiia, \'i. "Iliere are such men as Chiefs, who are distinguished by the name or title of Acwcck, and to whom the others are, in some measure, subordinate. 1!\it, I should guess, the authority of each of these great men extends im fa 'han the family to which he belongs. ' rooA'.') Fo^. i own S pp. s inferior at Nootkft iiiidtr Ma- 's horodi- en eilad 11 sogiiir fill ; pni's faniilia, raoion en 'To- desde la lies intori- lud with are such k, and to Id guesH, ho funiily forme de ditaire.' ,he north- trusted to ,6 govern- im which ^ or head fectly ab- ways rep- srty of hi f^lavory is practiced by all the trilx?.s, and the slave- trade Ibrnu an imix)rtant part of their commerce. Slaves are alK)iit the only property that nnist not he Hacrificed to a('(iuire the ever-desired repntation for liberality. Only rich men -according to some authorities only the nol)ics — may hold slaves. War and kidnapping supply the slave-market, and no captive, whatever his rank in his own tril)('. can escaix? this fate, except by a heavy ransom offered soon after he is taken, and l)efore his wherealtouts becomes unknown to his friends. Children of slaves, Ashose fathers are never known, are forever slaves. The |X)wer of the owner is arbitrary and un- limited over the acti(ms and life of the slave, but a cruel exercise of his power seems of rare occurrence, and, save the hard laljor required, the material condition of the slave is but little worse than that of the conmion free ^K'ople, since he is sheltered by the same roof and partakes of the same food as his master. Socially the slave is despised ; his hair is cut short, and his very name becomes a term of reproach. Female slaves are prosti- tuted for hire, especially in the vicinity of white settle- ments. A runaway slave is generally seized and resold by the first tribe he meets.''* The Nootka may have as many wives as he can buy, but as j)rices are high, polygamy is practically restricted to the chiefs, who are careful not to form alliances with 8ul>jcots.',Ain7r.si\'«r.,pp. 138-9,47,09, 73. Aaiie's Hnnd., pp. 220-1. 'There is mi code of laws, nor do the chiefs possess the power or means of maintain- ing a ref^ulur government; but Iheir personal influence is nevertheless very great with tlieir followers.' I)iiV[iUik, iji Lond. (leoii. Son. •hnir., vol. xxiv., p. 240. '* ' Usually kindly treated, eat of the same (food, and live as well as their masters.' 'None but the king and (hiefs have slaves.' ' Maquinna hid nearly fifty, male and female, in his house. Jeiritt'.i Aar., pp. 73-4. Meaies states that skives are occasionally sacrificed and feasted upon. Voy., p. 2o5. The Xewettee tribe nearly .'Xterininated by kidnappers. J)ti)iu's Vrcijov. ji. 242. 'An owner might Vv-'icr half a dozen slaves out of his house and kill them publicly in a rov without any notice being taken of the atrocity. But the slave, as a rule, ■s not harsluy treated.' ' ^^onie of the smaller tribes at the north of the Isl'iud ore practically regarded as slave-breeding tribes, and are attacked period '.cally by stronger tribes. ' The American shore of the strait is also a fruitful sjurce of slaves. Sproat's Scenes, pp. 89-92. ' They say that one Flathead slave is worth more than two Roundheads.' litpt. Ind.Aff., 1857, ]i. :t27; MuyiK'i, U. C, p. 284; (frant, in Lond. (jeog. Hoc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 2'M\- Ur'Vs Nat., vol. i., pp. 154-5, 160; Kane's Wand., p. 220; Sutihj Mexi- cana, ''wj/e, p. 131; Jfoq/ie's Vane. Isl., pp. 431, 442, 470-1. 196 COLUMBIANS. families beneath them in rank. Especially particular as to rank are the chiefs in choot.ing their lirst wife, always pre^'erring the daughters of noble familiets of another tribe. C( urtship consists in an oft'er of presents by the lover to tlie girl's lather, accompanied generally by lengthy speech- es of friends on l)oth sides, extolling the value of the man jind his gift, and the attnictions of the bride. ^Vfter the bargain is concluded, a })eriod of feasting follows if the parties are rich, but this is not necessary as a pai't of the marriage ceremony. Betrotbals are ol"t<»n made by parents while the parties are yet children, mutual de- posits of blanki.'ts and other pi*oix'rty being made as securities for the fulfillment of the contract, which is rarely broken. Girls marry at an average age of sixteen. The common Xootka obtains his one bride froui his own lauk also by a })resent of blankets, much more humble than that of his rich neighlwr, and is assisted in his overtiu'es by i)erhai)s a single friend instead of being followed by the whole trilje. Courtship among this class is not altogether without the attentitms which render it so charming in civilized life; as when the fond girl lov- ingl\' caresses and searches her lover's head, always giv- ing him the fattest of her discoveries. Wives are not ill treated, and although somewhat overworked, the di- vision of lal)or is not so oj)})ressive as among many Indian tril)es. Men build houses, nuike Ijoats and im- plements, hunt and fish; women prepare the fish and game for winter use, cook, manufacture cloth jind cloth- ing, and increase the st(x;k of f(X)d by gathering berries and shell-fish ; and most of this work among the richer class is done by slaves. Wives are consulted in matters of trade, and in fiict seem to Ix) nearly- on terms of equal- ity with their husbands, except that they are excluded from some public feasts and ceremonies. There is nuich reastm to suppose that before the advent of the whites, the N(K)tka wife wos comparatively faitb.iul to her lord, that chastity was regarded as a desirable iemale (juality, and of- fenses against it sevoroly punishrd. The fenjales so freely brought on board the vessels of early voyagers and ofl'ered THE NOOTKA FAMILY. 197 to the men, were perhaps slaves, who arc everywhere prostituted for piiu, so thiit the fathers of their children are never known. Women rarel}- have more than two or three children, and cease Ix'arinjj; at ahout twenty-five, frequently preventing the increase of their family hy alxirtions. Pregnancy and childhirth affect them but little. The male child is named at l)irth, hut his name is afterwards frequently changed. He is suckled ))y the mother initil three or four years old, and at an early age )x»gins to learn the .arts of fishing by which he is to live. Children are not quarrelscjme among themselves, and are regarded by lK)th parents Avith some show of affection and i)ride. (iirls at pulx'rty are closely con- fined for several days, and given a littU* water but no fcKxl ; they are kept particidarly from the sun or fire, to see either of which at this [)eriod would be a lasting dis- grace. At such times feasts are given by the ])arents. Divorces or separations may be had at will by either party, but a strict division of property and return of l)etrothal presents is ex})ected, the woman Ix'ing allowed not only the projK'rty she jjrought her husband, and ar- ticles manufactured by her in wedlock, l)ut a certain pro- portion of the common wealth. Such property as be- longs to the father and is not distributed in gifts diu'ing his life, or destroyed at his death, is inherited by the eldest son." "■' ' Tbe ■women go to bed first, and are up first in the raominp; to prepare I'nakfiist,' p. 52. 'The condition of the Aht women is not one of unseemly inferiority,' p. 93. 'Their fennih' reliiticms act as niidwives. There is no si'iuirate i)lai'e for lyin^-in. The i hild, on hein^ horn, is rolled nj) in a mat Bmon^ feathers.' 'Th.y suckle one child till another conns,' p. !)t. ' A f,'irl who was known to have lost her virtue, lost with it one of her chances of it favimrahle niurriaf,'e, and a chief. . . . would have jmt his daughter to death for such a lapse,' p. !)5. In case of a separati'^it, if the parties l)elon(» to different trihes, the childven go with the niotlier, j>. itti. ' No traces of the existence of l)c'';,audry among the Ahts,' j). !'!(. The persona! modesty of the Aht women when young is much greater than that of tiio men, p. 315. Siirmit's ,'. 141-0. Women treated with no particular respect in any situation. C'oo/, '.s Toy. to l'\). '211, 2'>H, 2('ti>, 208; Knin's Wnnd., pj). 2H',)-4ll. The Indian woman, to sooth lier ehihl, inak(>s tiso of u 8ijrinj»y stick tixed obliiiuely in the f,'ronnd to which the cradle is attached by astriiip;, formin<,' a convenient baby-jumper. Lntd'n \iU., vol. ii., p. 'J-'dt; I'einlnriim'a Viiiin. Isl., p. i;Jl; M. 34(1-7. 'Where there are no shives in the tribe or family thej' perform all the drnd','ery of bringing firewood, water, A'c' Uraut, in Loud, '/in;/, Su<\ ,l ' When relieved from the presence of strangers, they have much easy and social conversation among themselves.' 'The conversation is frecjuently coarse and indecent.' >i>ri>'d's Srenen, pp. .'iO-l. ' Cantando y baylando al reded :>r de las hogueras, abandonAudose a todos los cxccaos do la Uviaudud.' Sutil y MexirmM. l'i(»;/(', p. 133. '1 SitriMit's Sreiii's, pp. ,'i,")-G; Sutil y Mexicaiui, Viiiiif. p. 144. " Orant, in Loud. Ueoy. Hoc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 2DU; Mayne'a B. C, pp. NOOTKA AMUSEMENTS. 199 of other /}. (.'., pp. ing, the only pipes of their own manufacture being of plain cedar, filled now with tobacco by those who can aftbrd it, but in which they formerly smoked, as it is supposed, the leaves of a native plant — still mixed with tobjicco to lessen its intoxicating proixirties. The pijje is passed round after a meal, but seems to be less used in serious ceremonies than among eastern Indian na- tions.™ But the Xootka amusement par excellence is that of feasts, given by the richer cla.sses and chiefs nearly every evening during ' the season.' ALile and female heralds are employed ceremoniously to invite the guests, the house hav- ing been first cleared of its partitions, and its iloor spread with mats.** As in countries more civilized, the common l)eople go early to secure the l)est seats, their allotted place being near the door. The elite come later, after being rejxiatedly sent for; on arrival they are announced by name, and assigned a place according to rank. In one corner of the hall the fish and whale-blubber are boiled by the wives of the chiefs, who serve it to the guests in pieces larger or smaller, according to their rank. What can not be eaten nuist be carried home. Their drink or- dinarily is pure water, but occasionally berries of a pecu- liar kind, preserved in cakes, are stirred in luitil a froth \h formed which swells the btxly of the drinker nearly f:o bursting.*^ I^ating is followed by conversation and six^ech- making, oratory being an art highly prized, in Avhich, with their fine voices, they Ijecome skillful. Finally, the Ht)or is cleared for dancing. In the dances in which the crowd participate, the dancers, with faces painted in black and vermilion, form a circle round a few Ictaders who give the step, which consists chiefly in jumping with 275-0; PcmbfWioi'.s Vane. M., p. 134; Macfie's Vane. JsL, p. 444; Barrelt' Lentdird's Trar., p. 5.'<. "'J Siiroitt's Sreiifs, p. 2f)0. But Lord says 'nothing can be done without it.' X'lt., vol. i., p. I(i8. *" Thi) Indiiiu never invites any of the same erest as himself. Muc/ie'a Viiiie. hi, -145. 'They are very i>artieular about whom they invite to their feasts, and, on fjreat oeeasions, men and women feast separately, the women always takiii'j; tlie ir'ecedence.' Duneau, in Mayne's Jl. C, pp. 2ti3-ll; Sproat'a N.'(ii«s, jip. r)ll-i;il. «i Lurd's Sat., vol. i., pp. 25U-C0. f^ Hi i i : 1 ' l-i ! '% li 'l 200 COLUMBIANS. both feet from the ground, brandishing weaix)ns or bunch- es of feathers, or sometimes simply bending the body with- out moving the feet. As to the participation of women in these dances, authorities do not .agree.^'^ In a sort of conversational dance all pass briskly round the room to the sound of music, praising in exclamations the build- ing and all within it, while another dance requires many to climb upon the roof and there continue their motions. Their si)ecial or character dances are many, and in them they show much dramatic talent. A curtain is stretched across a corner of the room to conceal the preparations, and the actors, fantastically dressed, represent personal combats, hunting scenes, or the actions of difllerent ani- mals. In the seal-dance naked men jump into the water and then crawl out and over the Hoors, imitating the motions of the seal. Indecent jierformances are men- tioned by some visitors. Sometimes in these dances men drop suddenly as if dead, and are at hist revived by the doctors, who also give dramatic or magic ^xirform- ances at their houses; or they illuminate a wax moon out on the wiiter, and make the natives believe they are communing with the man in the moon. To tell just where anuisement ceases and solemnity begins in these dances is imi)ossible.'" Birds' down forms an important item in the decoration at dances, esixjcially at the recep- tion of strangers. All dances, as well as other cere- monies, are accompanied by continual music, instrumental and vocal. The instruments are: boxes and benches ** ' I have never seen an Indian woman dance at a feast, and believe it is seldom if ever done.' Mityne's Ji. ('., pp. 207-9. The women generally 'form a separate circle, and chaunt and jump by themselves.' Grant, in Loud. (Jcog. Soc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 300. 'As a rule, the men and women do not dance together; when the men are dancing the women sing and beat time,' but there is a dance performed by both sexes. SpriiaVs tiveuea, pp. 00-7. ' On other occasions a male chief will invite a party of female guests to share his hospitality.' Mucfie's \'anc. Id., p. 431. 'Las mugeres bayluu desayradisi- mameiite; raravezse prestnn ttesta diversion.' Sidily Mexirnna, Viage, p. 15'2. *•• ' La decencia obliga a pasar en silencio los bayles obscenos de los Mis- chimis (common peo))le), espccialmente el del impotente & causa de la edad, y el del pobre que no ha podido casarse.' Sutil y Me.ticana, Viaqe, pp. 151-2, 18; ^fflcfiv'a Vane. Jul., pp. 432-7; Sprotit's Scene.s, pp. 05-71; Mayne's Ji. C, pp. 260-7; Jetntt'.'i j\ar., p. 38'J; (Iront, in Land. (Jeoj. ISoc. Jour., vol xxvii., p. 300; Cornicallis' 2\'eu> El Dorado, pp. 99-103. MISCELLANEOUS CUSTOMS. 201 e it is form (Jeog. dance but On re his •adisi- i. 1.52. I Mis- edad, 151-2, 'i. C, vii., Struck with sticks; a plank hollowed out on the under side and beaten with drum-sticks about a foot long; a rattle made of dried seal-skin in the form of a fish, with pebbles; a whistle of deer-bone about an inch long with one hole, which like the rattle can only be used by chiefs; and a bunch of muscle-shells, to be shaken like castanets.** Their songs are monotonous chants, extending over but few notes, varied by occasional howls and whoops in some of the more spirited melodies, pleasant or otherwise, ac- cording to the taste of the hearer.*^ Certain of their feasts are given periodically by the head chiefs, which distant trilx!s attend, and during which take place the distributions of projierty already mentioned. \Vhenever a gift is oflered, etiquette requires the recipient to snatch it rudely from the donor with a stern and surly look.** Among the miscellaneous customs noticed by the differ- ent authorities already quoted, may be mentioned the fol- lowing. Daily bathing in the sea is practiced, the vapor- bath not being used. Children are rolled in the snow by their mothers to make them hardy. Camps and other j)roperty are moved from place to place by piling them on a plank platform built across the canoes. Whymper saw Indians near Bute Inlet carr} ing burdens on the back by a strap across the forehead. In a fight they rarely strike but close and deixjnd on pulling hair and scratching ; a chance blow must be made up by a present. Invitations M Jewitt's K(ir., pp. 39, 6G, 72-3; Vancouver's Voy., vol. iii., pp. 307-10; Cook's Voy. to I'ac, vol. ii., pp. 310-11. *i Their music is mostly j^riivf and serious, and in exact concert, when sung by jjrrat numbers. 'Variations numerous and expressive, and the ca- dence or melody ])o\verfully soothinjj;.' Conk's Voy. to I'dc, vol. ii., pp. 310- 11,2H3. Dislike European niusio. Sutily Mejricaiia, I'lVige, jip. l")l-2. 'Their tunes are generally soft and ])laintive, and though not possessing pjrcat va- riety, are not deficient in harmony.' Jewitt thinks the words of the songs may be borrowed from other tribes. Jeic'Ut'.i Nar., p. 72, and specimen of war song, p. Kit!. Airs consist of live or six bars, varying slij.';htly, time being beaten in the middle of the bar. ' Melody they have none, there is nothing soft, pleasing, or touching in their airs; they are not, however, without some degree of rude harmony.' Grant, in l.oml. Oeo(i. Soc. Jow., vol. xviii., p. 300. •A certain l)eauty of natural expression in many of the native strains, if it were possible to relieve them from the monotony which is tlieir fault.' There are old men, wandering minstrels, who sing war songs and beg. 'It is re- markable how aptly the natives catch and imitate songs heard from Bettlera or travelers.' Sprout'. i feen sacrificed and eaten as a part of their devilish rites."* 8' ' I have seen the sorcerers at work n hundred times, but they use so nmny charins, which appear to nio ridiculous,— they sin^?, howl, and gesticu- late in so extravagant a manner, ond surround tlieir ofBce with such dread and mystery, — that I am quito unable to describe their performances,' pp. 1(19-70. 'An unlucky dream will stop a sale, a treaty, a lishinj^, hunting, or war expedition,' p. 175. Sprout's Scenes, i>p. lt)5-75. A chief, offered a piece of tobacco for allowing his jiortrait to be made, said it was a small re- ward for risking his life. Kama's M'and., p. 240. Shrewd individuals impose on their neighbors by pretending to receive a revelation, telling them where tish or berries are most abundant. Description of initiatorj- ceremonies of the sorcerers. M'tcfle's Vanr. y.s/.,pp. •140, 433-7, 451. Jeicitt's AVo-., pp. 1)8-S). A brave prince goes to a /w//', Liniwii, SanuHh and Sk(U/'U nations, whose neighl)ors and constant harassers on the north are the fierce Kwantlums and Cowichins of the Nootka family alwut the mouth of the Fraser. The central section, comprising the shores and islands of Admiralty Inlet, Ilood (Janal, and Piiget Sound proiKjr, is occupied by numerous tribes with variously sjielled names, mostly terminating in nilsh, which names, with ail their orthographic diversity, have l>een given gen- erally to the streams on whose banks the dift'erent na- tions dwelt. All these tribes may Im termed tlie Nis- qaalbj nation, taking the name from the most numerous and best-known of the tribes located alx)ut the head of the sound. The Clallams inhabit the eastern jwrtion of the peninsula between the sound and the Pacific. The western extremity of the same iieninsula, terminat- ing at Cape Flattery, is occupied by the Classets or Makahs; ones.' Domenech's Deserts, vol. i., p. 88. The Nittinahts given to aggressive ■war, and consequently 'bear a bad reputation.' Whi/mptr's Alnshi, j). 74. Not bruve, and a slight repulse daunts them. ' Sincere in his friendship, kind to his wife and children, and devotedly loyal to his own tribe,' p. 51. ' In sickness and approaching death, the savage always becomes melancholy,' p. 1G2. Sprodfs .Scenes, pp. 30, 3G, Hi, 'Jl, 119-24, 150-CG, 187, '216. ' Comux and Yuclotfth fellows very savage and uncivilized dogs,' and the Nootkas not to be trusted. 'Cruel, bloodtliirsty, treacherous and cowardly.' Grant, in Land. Uog. Soc. .lour., vol. xxvii., pp. 294, 296, 298, 305, 307. Mayne's B. C, p. 24(;; Macfie's Vane. Isl., pp. 190, 4(10-1, 472, 477, 484; Fnole's Q. Char, hi., l)p. 294-G. The Spaniards gave the Nootkas a much better character than voyagers of other nations. .S'i(. At (.'iipo iliittt ry they closely reMciiibleil those of Kootkii iiikI spoke the siiiiie litiiKUai^e, p. '2iH. At (iray Harbor they seemed to vary in little or no respect 'from thoso on thfl Kouiid, and under- stood the Nootku tonj^ue, p. MI). 'Tho eharueterundapi)eariinee of their sev- eral tribes here did not seem to lifT; r in liny material respect from each other,' p, 'JH8. Kvideneo that the c n'.utry was onco much more thickly peopled, p. •r.4. i'lDivourcr's l.-i/-, vc!. i. j>i)". HH, 2.V2, 'JCA, '2KH; vol. ii., p. K.i. Tho Chehalis come down as far as Shoal- vafer Hay. A baiul of Klikatats iSa- haptinsi is spoken of near the head o^ tho Cowlitz. 'The Makahs resend)lo the northwestern Indians far more than their n«'ighbors.' The Lummi are a branch of the Clallams. Iltjit. Ind. Aff., 1854, ]>p. '240-4. Tim Lummi 'traditions lead them to believe tiiat they aro descendants of n better race than eotnmon sava{,'es.' The Hemianmas 'aro interiharried with tho north baiidof theLummis, and C'owej'ans, and Quantlums.' 'l!io Xeuk-wersond Si- ainanas are called Stick Indians, and in IMSJ had never Sv'cn a white. 'Tho Neuk-sacks (Mountain Men) trace from the salt water Indi.vns,' iin'ii^i7 »/ Mexicaiut, Viwie, p. 111. Tho Sound Indians live in great dread of the Northern tribes. Wilkes' Xar., in U. S. A',r. Ax., vol. iv., p. 513. The Makahs deem themselves much superior to the tribes of the interior, because they po out on tho ocean. SeaviDioii, in Overland Montlity, vol. vii., pp. '277-8. 'The Nooksaks aro entirely distinct Vol. I. Ii 210 COLUMBIANS. iiil I ii' f I ?/iies(» natives of \Va«hington are sliort and thick-set, with stror.jj; limhs, hut lx)w-le}r}jed ; tliey have hrosul liu^es, eyes fine hut wide apart; noses prominent, lK)th of Ro- man and jKjuihne tyjxj; color, a Hght co[)i)er, jierhaps a shsidc darker than that of the X(x)tkiu<, hut capa])le of transmitting a Hush ; the hair usually hliiek and almost universally worn loii};."'' All the trilies flatten the head more or less, hut none :;arry the pnu'iice t«) such au extent as their neighbors on the south, unleas it Ixi the Cowlitz nation, which might indi'cd as correctly Ik* (^liwsed with the Chin coniu from tlio riulliiin couutry. Cnknian, in lliirper'a Jia.TJ*J. tiieve)m, in I'tic. It. li. liepl., vol. i., p. 428. 9'' At I'ort Disoovery thoy 'swemeil capublo of Piiiliiring ^iiat fiitiKUc' Their chi'i'k-boiH'H won* hi^h.' 'The oliliiiut- oyo of i\w Chiiu'sn wuh not uncoininon.' ' Their coiintcimiiceH wore an cxpn'SHion of wildncKH, nnd th*\v Itiid, in th(> opinion of Home of iiH, a melancholy euHt of fenturcH.' Koine of women would with difficnlty bo diHtini^iiixlied in <'olour from thoso of Euro- peiin rar'e. The ('laKHOt women 'weri' much better looking than thosi; of other tribes.' I'lirtraitof a Tatouehe ehief . H'(7A-'. Ex. Hj\, Vol. iv., pp. ;tl7 S, ;(2(>, T)!? K. 'All are bow-let,'|.^ed.' 'All of a Hud-eolored, (iaravrtfif^io brown.' 'All have <'oarse, bluek hiiir, and are boardlesH.' W'in- throjin I (I, (I))- anil Stiddli', j>. H'i. 'Tall and Hlnut.' Minmlli'.i .Imir., p. '/H. Kjiroat mentioiiH a Cliilhiui nlave who 'could sit; in the dark like a rucoon.' Kiu lien, ]>. TiJ. The Classct ' cast of counti nance in very different from that of the Noiitkians. . . their complixion is also muc'.i fairer and their staluro Bhortt^r.' .h'iriir.i Xar., j>. 75. The Nisiiually 'ndiaUH 'ar<' of very hir^'o stature; indeed, the lar^'est I have met with on Im continent. 'I'he wiimiii are |iurtic\darly lar^'c and stout.' I\iine's Wniul., j)p. '5((7, "i'JH, •_';H. The Nis- (piallies are by no means a lar^e race, beinn from t\\e feet live inches to live feet nine inches in heinlit, and weit,ddn^; from one hundred and thirty to iin<^ hundred and eij,dity poitndH. Aii. 7H !•. NeidjsaekH Btron^jiT and more athletic than othiT tribes. Many of the Lumnu 'very fair and have li^lit hair.' Hi /it. itnl. Aff., IH.'i", p. H'28; /'/(•/, cn'ui/'.s Jtuces, in I'. S. /•'jr. Hi., vol. ix., p. 'iJt; .l/ordm'.'* ('rd/iiu, p. 2i;., with plate (»f Cowlitz skull; (DrniriiHis' \eir. FA linritiin, p. '.)7; \'(in- eouiier'n lai/., vol. i., p. 2'>2; MnrjiUy (iml llumtd, I'lii/H •Sound Directory, pp. 04-71; (UirL's lAyhLiwid N/mk/oim, pp. 214 15, '224-G. ?-} SOUND DRESS AND DWELLINGS. 211 k-set, f Uo- uips a i])\e of ilmoHt L none )ors on ^. i^y 'd, and line of plenti- colon'd iate the jn day. ; grand xtrava- 10 Clnlliiin Vac. II. n. was not luid tht'.v SoiiK' "f of Enni- those of Kx. /••>., rcolon'd, •HH.' Will- i(r., i>. '^>^-^ li VllCOOll.' from Hint ii- Ktiitiire very liir|j;e ic WOIlli'U Tilt' NiH- •li( s to live itV to I '110 , 'Dcros- iir, 1). xciv. lur tiiliiH. A.ir., I «•":". Ill's < 'rd/ii", 1)7; Van- J Diredory, pantly practiced, and jK-ndant trinkets of every form and substance are worn, those of Innie or shell preferred, and, if we may credit Wilkes, by some of the women these ornaments are m^tnall^' kept clean. The native jrarment, when the weather makes naked- ness uncomfortable, is a blanket of do^'s hair, sometimes mixed with birds' down and bark-fibre, thrown about the shoulders. Some few fasten this alnnit the neck with a w laying bulrushes side by sitle. and knotting them at intervals with cord or grass. Tlie jMK)rei individuals or tribes dwell ])erma- nently in similar hi.ts, improved by tlu; addition of a few slalts: while the rich and ]K>werful build substantial houses, of ])lanks s|)Ut from trees by nxans of bone wedges, nnich like the N(^»tka dwellings in plan, and lU'arly as large. These houses sometimes measure over one hiuidred feet in length, and are divided into hkhus or '< ' Li'ss bcdimliod with jinint nnd lews filthy ' than the Nootkuw. At Port I)isooviTy ' tlicy won' orriaiiictits, though none were oliscrvt'd in tlicir iiumm.' At ('a]it' Flattery the iioKv oriiaiiK lit wits Ktl'ai^,'ht, iiiKtiiid of en sccnt-siiajird, as anioiif; the Nootkaw. Vancouver uniiposed tlieir ^'iiniients ti' i)e eomiMised of dog's hail i. .xeri with tli. IIIN. Some of the Sk»- t^its were t.itti>o^. ;t:M, •((»!. 411, nil a, 517-8. The ((.nical hats and stout bodies ' brought to Mind rei)resentatioiiH of Hiberian tribes.' /'I'rA o/ni/'.y linns, in Idem., vol. ix., !>. 'JH. The I'lallaiuH 'wear no clothing in summer.' Faces ilaubed with red and white mud. Illustration of heiul-liattening. hdne's M a. i/., pj>. ]N(», '.;07, l-'Ul-Il, '2"J1. Srpviiinn'.i \'oi/. llmild, vol. i., jij). KlH '.(; linssi, S<)\tii'),irn, ]}, 'j;»!l; Ihiiot's Ori'i'in, p[>. '2;i'2-;t; San h'rnnrisri, linlliiin, Mai/ '24, IM.V.i; Intl. Aff. U'pl., IS.^!, J). '2i;t; /(/ , 1H57, p. H'i'.); Sk.vem, in IW. li. U. lirpt., vol i., p. 4:10. Above (iray Harbor they were dressed with r<'d deer skins. Saiamir. in Sxttil y Mixivdnn, I'uifjc, p. xciv: ('uvmmiUis' .Vein El l>tir, p. !I7; Hinlliro/i's I'ancie and 6addle, ]>. 32-3; Murphy and Jlarnrd, in l'ut loiij^, and i'ii|iaMi' iif ('ontainiiiiJ! iii)M\v fainiUi's. which an ■•nstnifViv niiiskct tliroii'^'h. . . The interior 1/ tlic tuch)sur«< in divid' d into lixluex, ' p, Gil. At Tort l)iscov»Ty lli<^ lixiK'x were 'no more tliun a few rudy eoars" niiilx, ' p. ;U',1. iri/Acs' ,\">'.. in I', S. /•>. />., vol. iv.. ])]!. lil'.l '10, T))!, 517. The Cludanis also have a fort of picketH one biiniU'ed and liftv feet sipiare, roofi d -.ver ami di\ided into 1 lUiparlnientH for fanidii s. ' There were uliuut two tiiindred of the irihi m tlie tort at the time of my arrival.' 'The lodKeri are Imilt of oedar like the Chinook hifix*"!*, but nnieh lar>,'er. Home of tlieiu (>< '^n^^ sixty or Kcveuty feet lonj^.' Kunf'.i W'aniL. pp. "2 10 2 IK. 2'il \). "Their l>oiises aic of lionsid" rahhsi/e. ofti n fifty to one hundre'l feet in length, and strongly hndf.' 10 (il. Imt. A(l . Ih")4. pp. 24'2 'A. 'The tiUinks fonninK *'"' ''""'f ■""" ''"' whole len^,'fli <.f tlie hiiddiufj, b»'inK K'ntterecl to carry ott' tlio water, and sloping sli^ditly to oii'' 1 ml.' >7('i'- fn.1. ill l'(ii\ II. I{. lifjil., v(d.i., pp. i21)-iil). Well built lodgis of Iridier and plank on Whidbey Ishuid. TIkiVuIdu's (h;n. m'll 1 ,>l., vul, i., ji. ;i(ll). At Now Dnnt,'! nesH, 'coniiioHod of nothing more th m a few mats thrown ovor cros.-t Kticks;' and on Tuget Sound 'constru<'ted Konielhin[< after the fas^hion of a soldier's tent, by two cross sticks about live fc et hij^h, connected at each end by a riilgt'-pole from one to tho other, ovt r some of whiih was tlirowii a ooarse kiml of mat; c>ver others a few loose brani'hes of trees, shiubs or fjruss.' \'mx«ilui' A'«W Ml Dvradv, p. yW; Vln^k'.i Liijhta and Hhadouis, p. '225. FOOD OF THE SOUND INDIANS. 213 ill tlic inlets of tlic somid. the ('lasHot.s, by vontnrin\\ are dried in the sun or dried and smoked by the domestic hearth, and sometimes j«)un(led fine, as are rt- tcr class of houses, sujtplies are neatly stored in ha^kcts at the sides. The people are e.xtreinely improvident, and. notwillistandini:; their ahundant natural snpjilics in (K'can. stream, and forest, are often in preat ^vant. lloil- iu"" in \v(KHlen vessels hv means of hot st( )nes IS tl le ordinary method of cookiii;i:. A visitor to the Nooksakn tliiis (lescrilies their method of steaming elk-meat: "They {irst dig a h(»le in the ground, then Imild u \vood lire, placing stones «»n the top of it. As it hums, tlu^ stones licc(»me hot and fall down. Moss and leaves are then placed on the top of the hot .stones, the meat on the.v the tJueninlts, 'o\\ Is were 'jij *■ Th<' NootKiiks, 'likp nil itiliiiid trilv k, (hfv HubsiRt prinpipally liy the rhnsc' ('(itrtiian. ii> U'lrprr's Mn'i , \.i! xxxix.. i)]).V',>."). I'.Ki, S]r>\ Ind. Af. /''■/>'., H")7, p. ;)'2H. Htur!.(ii Hl">nn to 'lOO |p'>, ' Hooks are made in an ingenious manner of the yew tree' 'They are chiefly employed in trailing for fish.' Cut of hooks, pp. 444 ■.'5. The Clussets make a cut in the nose when a whale is taken. Each seal-skin float has a diflerent pattern painted on it, p. 517. Wilkes- Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 318-19, 335, 444-5, 517-18. The Chehalis live chiefly on salmon. Id., vol. v., p. 140. According to Swan tho Pnget Sound Indians sometimes wander os far as Shoalwater Bay, iu Chinook territory, in the spring. The Queniult Indians nre fond of large barnacles, not eaten by the Chinooks of Shoalwater Bav. Cut of a sea-otter hunt. The Indians never catch salmon with a huiied hook, but always use the hook as a miff. N. W. Const, pp. 59, 87, 92, 103, 2C4, 271 ; Thornton's Ot/n. and Cnl., vol. i., pp. 293-4, 301, 388-9; Ind. Aff. litpl., 1854, p. 241; Ihinn'a Orefion, pp. 732-5; Stevens, in I'ac. R. ji. liept., vol. i., p. 429. ' They all de- pend upon fish, I)erries, and roots for a subsistence,' and get their living M'ith great ease,' Starlimj, in Srhoolrraft's Arch., vol. iv., pp. COO-2. The Makahs live ' by catching cod and halibut on the banks north and east of Cape Flat- tery.' Ind. Aff., Uept. 1858, p. 231. 'When in a state of scmi-iitarvation tho beast shows very plainly in them (Stick Indians): they are generally foul feeders, but at such a time they cat anything, and are disgusting in the ex- treme. Id., 1858, 11. 225; Jd., 18G0, j). 195; Cornwallis' Aeio El Dorndo, j.. 97; Lord's Nut , vol. i., pp. 102-5; Ililtrll, in Ilesprriaii, vol. iii., p. 408; Ifin- throp'a Canoe and tsaaale, pp. 33-7; Maurelle'a Joxir., p. 28. MANUFACTURES OF PUGET SOUND. 215 to the strength of the bow, and was not affocted by moisture. The bow-string was made of sinow."^ The tribes were continually at war with each other, and with northern nations, generally losing ni.any of their people in battle. Sticking the heads of the slain enemy on IKjles in front of their dwellings, is a connnon way of demonstrating their joy over a victory. The Indians at Port Discovery spoke to Wilkes of scalping among their warlike exploits, but according to Kane the ( 'las.«ets do not practice that usage."* Vancouver, finding sepulchres at I'enn Cove, in which were large (piantities of hu- man bones but no liuib-lxmes of adults, susjx'cted that the latter were used l)y the Indians for pointing their arrows, and in the manufacture of other implements."" The Sound manufactures compri.se the few wcajKms and utensils used by the natives. Their articles were made with the simplest tools of lx)ne or shell. Blankets were made of dog's hair. — large numl)ers of dogs l)eing raised for the purjxjse. — the wool of mountain sheep, or wild goats, found on the mountain slo[)es. the down of wild-ibwl, cedar bark-fibre, ravelings of foreign l)l{uik- ets, or more commonly of a mixture of sevei*al of these materials. The fibre is twisted into yai n between tbe hand anil thigh, and the strands arranged in perpendic- ular frames ibr weaving ])ur[)oses. AVillow iiinl other twigs supply material for ))a!.. vol. iv.. |> :tl!t; Kuiu's WhuiL, \\\>. 2t)",»-l(l. 'J'* WUkes' \ar., in i.S. Kx. >•>., vol. \\., ].. :!2I ; /wiiif'.s U'wn shores' for slaves. Thej had tire-ariim before our trilMs, thus ^^ainin^; un advantage. lud. j\ff'. Uepl., 1857, p. 127; (lark's l.i'jhti 11)1(1 Sliddmcs, !>. 224. •" \'iit(riinfir's \'<>y., vol. i., j>. 287. '"" "A single thread is wound over rollers nt tbe top anil bottom of a H-inurf fraiu«, bo au to form a continuoUB woof through which uu alternate I! . 1 1 216 CJLUMBIANS. Canoes arc made by the Sound Indians in the same manner as by the Nootkas already descril)ed ; l)eing al- ways dug out, formerly by fire, from a single cedar trunk, and the form improved afterwards by stretching when soaked in hot water. Of the most elegant proix)rtions, they are nuKleled by the builder with no guide but the eye, and with most imjxjrfect tot)ls; three months' work is suflicient to produce a medium-sized L«it. The form varies among different nations jiccording as the can(X3 is inti'iided ibr ocean, sound, or river navigation; Ijeing found with Ik)w or stern, or l)oth, in various forms, i)oint- ed, round, shovel-nosed, raised or level. The raised stern, head-piece, and stern-iK)st are usually formed of separate pieces. Like the Xootkas, they char and jiolish the outside and paint the interior with red. The largest and (inest si)e('imen seen by Mr. Swan was fort\-six feet long and si.x feet wide, and cros.«ed the bar into Shoal- water liny with thirty (^ueniult Indians from the north. The ])a(l(lle used in deep water has a crutch-like handle and a sharp-pointed blade. 101 thread is ciirriid by the hand, ami jjrpsHcil ch)8ply together by a sort of wooden ('(iiiib; by tuniiiij,' the roUers every i)art of the woof is bronj,dit with- in reueli of I lie weaver; by this means a ba^; formed, open ut laeh end, whieh bein},' cut down makes a mjuaro bhmket.' Kane's W'niitl., jij). 210-11. Cuts showiuf^ the ludiii and jirtieess of weaving; among the Nootsaks, also honse, canoes, au'l willow baskets. ('nleiiKiii, in lliirpi-r's M'tij., vol. xxxix., j)j). VUl' - 800. The ("liillanis 'have a kind of euv with soft and long white hair, whieh they shear and mix with u little wool or flie ravelings of old blankets.' ><('i(')i.s', i/i l'., vol. iv.. ]>. 32. The candle-fish ' fnniishes the natives with their best oil, whieh is (extracted by the very sinijilt! jiroei ss of hanging it up, t'Xposed to the sun, wliieh in a few days seems to melt it away.' 'J'linniUin's Oiin. and ('«/., vol. i., p. IWS. They ' mainifacture some of their blankets from the wool of the wild goat.' Ihtnit's Ofci/d/i, p. 2111. 'J'heQueniults showed ' a blanket manufactured from the wool of mountain sheep, whieh are to be found on the precipitous slopes of the Olympian Mountains.' Alta Calijurnid, Feb. "J, IMtJl, ijuoted in < , 1H(!2; ('ornir(dlis' iVeio £1 liorndn, p. 'J7; I'icktr'^ni/a liaces, in r >. /'.>. /•->., vol. ix., 1). 20. 101 'Tin y pn s. nt a model of which a white niechimic might atcII be proud.' Description of ni< thud of making, and cuts of Qtiemult, CluUain. and Cow- litz cano( s. and u (.^ueniult paddle. Snan's A'. H'. (mist, pp. 7U-H2. At Port '\< Hani they 'i xai'tly eorres)ionded with the canoes of N»><)tka,' while those of some visitors wi re ' cut otJF square at each end,' and like those >i»^en below Cape Orfoi'd. .\t < iniy Harbor the war canoes 'had a ])ieee of w uid rudely carved, perforated, and jilui'ed at each end. three feet above tlu^ gunwale; through these holes they ure able to disehurge their arrows. ' \'aM;iiuv(r's iOy., TRADE AND OOVEUNMl.NT OF THE SOUND INDIANS. 217 In their barter Ipivvocn the different tril)e.s, and in estimating their wealth, the hhmket is generally the unit of value, and the hittqiia, a long white shell obtained off Cai)e I'lattery at a considerable de[)th, is also extensively used for money, its value inereasiug with its length. A kind of annual fair for trading pur[H)ses and festivities is held by the trik's of I'uget Sound at Bajada Point, and here and in their other feasts they are fond of show- ing their weallh and liberality by disjwsing of their sur- plus property in gifts.'"^ The system of government seems to l)e of the simplest nature, each individual being entirely indei)endent and master of his own actions. There is a nominal chief in each tribe, who sometimes jicciuires great intluence and privileges by his wealth or j)ersonal prowess, but he has no authority, and only directs the movements of his band in warlike incursions. 1 find no evidence of he- reditary rank or caste except as wealth is sometimes inherited.'"' Slaves are held by all the tribes, and are treated \(vy much like their dogs, being looked u^xin as ])rond.' 11(1 Ciiw- At Port liili' tlioMO ■n Ih'Iow •<}i\ rniloly ^{Hiiwiile; •ir'.s \'oy.. vol. i., ]). '2CA: vol. ii., p. 84. The Clallnm 'bcmtswcre 'low and straifjht, nnd only iicLiptt il to the sniootlipr interior waters.' Srtniinuih. in Onrtmul Mimtlily, vol. vii.. i>. 27^. (hit showiii<,' N'ootsiik canoeK in Ihrpirx Mmj., vol. xxxix., j). 7'J!>. 'The sides are exeee(lint,'ly thin, seldom exeeedinf,' three-fonrths of au inch ' To niind the eauoe when eraeks oeeiir, 'holes are made' in the sides, throui.;h wliieli withes are jiassed, and j)e^;i^ed in sneh a way that the strain will draw it tighirr; the with(> is then crossed, and the end secured in the same manner. Wln-n the tyinj,' is flnishetl, tlie whole is pitched with the t,'inn of the i)iue.' Wdl.es S'ur., in l'. S. A>. I:'.r., vol. iv., pp. ;!2()-l. The Clallams have ' ii very lar^e canoe of ruder shape and workmanship, beini^ wide and shovi-l-noscd," used for the tvansporlati. Ax. A'.r., vol. ix., pj). 25-(!; Wintliraiis Canoe and Saddli\ p, 'Jll; Ctark's l.i-ihtu and .'^Itadmis, i>p. •224-i;. 11-' Kanr's Wand,, pp. 237-0; Ind. Af. Ilept., 18G2, p 409; ytnrliwj, in Schiiolrraffii An^lt., vol. iv., p. GOl; rickirinii'.t Kncts, in ('. S. E.i:. h\v., vol. ix., p. 2(i. '"■' ' lis (iheiKsent & un chef, qui nexerco scm pouvoir ([u'cn temps rle ^.'iier- re.' liossi, > inr»nir.-t, p. 'i'J'.l. At (truy Harlior 'they appeared Ut tie mK to exist among them; the authority of the chiefs Is no li.ut;er recognized.' H'i7/.c.s' \'ir., in I', .s'. A'j\ l:'s.. vol. iv., ]>. 444: »ol. v., J). i:ll. Y. tlow-cuni had become chief of the Makahs from his own ;j*'rsonal prowiss. Ktints H'luiL, pp. 2:!7 II; ]nd. Aff. h'ept., 1.S57, pp. 218 COLUMBIANS. projx?rty, and not within the category of humanity. For a master to kill half a dozen slaves is no wrong or cru- elty; it only tends to illustrate the owner's no})le disjK)- Hitum in so freely sacrificing his projwrty. Slaves are (J)tuined by war and kidnapping, and are sold in large numl)ers to northern trilies. According to Sproat, the Classets, a rich and powerful tribe, encourage the slave- hunting incursions of the Nootkas against their weaker neighl;K)rs."^ Wives are bought by presents, and some performances or ceremonies, representative of hunting or fishing scenes, not particularly described by any visitor, take place at the wedding. Women have all the work to do except hunting and fishing, while their lords sjx'nd their time in idleness and gambling. Still the females are not ill- treated; they acnuire great intluence in the trilxj, and are always consulted in matters of trade before a bargain is closed. They are not overburdened with modesty, nor are bu.^l an Is noted for jealousv. Hiring out their women, cbiclly however slaves, for prostitution, has been a prominent source of tribal revenue since the country wjis partially settled ))y whites. Women are not prolilie, three or four I)eing onlinai ily the limit of their oilspriug. Infants, projwrly bound up with the necessary apjiaratr.s for head-llattening, are tied to their cradle or to a piece of bark, and hung by a cord to the end of a springy \>o\e kept in motion hy a string attjiched to the mother's great toe. A flection for children is by no means rare, })ut in few tribes can they resist the temptation to sell or gamble them away."^ 'M Sproat's Scenes, ]p.d2; Simpson's Overland Joum., vol. i.,T?p.2i2-3; Kane's Wand., pp. 214-15, The Nooksnks 'have no Blnves.' Ltd. Aff. liept., *857, pp. 327-8; Schfiolcraft'a Arch., vol. iv., p. 601. It is said 'that the desii, ad- ants of slaves olitaiu freedom at the expiration of three centuries.' I'ickeriiuj'a liaces, in U. S. Kx. Ex., vol. ix., p. 28. •oi The Maknhs have some marriage ceremonies, ' such as going through the perfornianee of taking the whnle, manning n canoe, and throwing the harpoon into the bride's house.' hid. Aff. liept., 1854, p. '24'2. The Nooksak women 'are very industrious, and do most of the work, and procure the principal part of their sustenance.' Id., 1857, p. 327. 'The women have not the slightest pretension to virtue.' Id., 1858, p. 225; Sixcash Nuptials, in Olyvi- pia Waahint/ton Standard, July 30, 1870. In matters of trade the opinion of AMUSEMENTS OF THE SOUND INDIANS. 219 and n-mg. I; Knne'a )t., .857, Feasting, gambling, and smoking are tlie favorite amusements; all their property, slaves, children, and even their own freedom in some cases are risked in their games. Several plants are used as substitutes for tobjicco when that article is not obtainable. If any im- portant difterences exist between their ceremonies, dances, songs and feasts, and those of Vancouver Island, such variations have not been recorded. In fact, many au- thors describe the manners and customs of ' North-west America' as if occupied by one ixjople.^** There is no evidence of cannibalism ; indeed, during Vancouver's visit at Puget Sound, some meat offered to the natives was refused, because it was f.usijected to be human flesh. Since their acquaintance with the whites they have ac- quired a habit of assuming great names, as Duke of York, or Jenny Lind, and highly prize scraps of paper with writing purporting to substantiate their claims to such distinctions. Their superstitions are many, and the}' are continually on the watch in all the commonest acts of life against the swarm of evil influences, from which they may escaj^e only by the greatest care.^*" Disorders of the throfit and lungs, rheumatism and intermittent fevers, are among the most prevalent forms of disease, and in their methods of cure, as usual, the absurd ceremonies, exorcisms, and gesticulations of the medicine-men play the principal part; but hot and cold baths are also often resorted to without regard to the nature or stage of the malady.^* The bodies of such as the women is always called in, and their decision decides the bargain, ^"ee- mann's Voy. Herald, vol. i., p. 108. 'The whole burden of domestic occupa- tion is thro^vn upon them.' Cut of the native bnby-jumper. Wilkes' Nar., in U.S. Ex. &., vol. iv., pp. 319-20, 301. At Gray Harbor they were not jealous. At Port Discovery they ofTered their children for sale. Vancouver's Voy., vol. i., p. 231; vol. ii., pp. 83-4. 'Karcly having more than three or four' chil- dren. Swan's N. W. Coast, p. 266; Clark's LiijIUs and Shadoics, pp. 224-6. •"6 Wilke.s' Xar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 320, 444; Itossi, Souvenirs, pp. 298-9; San Francisco BuUetin, May 24, 1859. i"' Vancouver's Voy., vol. i., p. 263, 270. The Lummi 'are a very super- stitious tribe, and pretend to have traditions — legends handed down to them by their ancestors. ' No persuasion or pay will induce them to kill an owl or eat a pheasant.' Jnd. Aff. Jiept., 1857, pp. 327-8; Kane's Wand., pp. 216- 17, 229. No forns of salutation. Pickerimfs liaces, in U, S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., p. 23-4; Winlhrop's Canoe and Saddle, pp. 21-2. loB Among to Skagits ' Dr. Holmes saw an old man in the last stage ot 220 COLUMBIANS. ir Hucoumb to their diseaHcs, or to tlic means employed for cure, are disposed of in difterent ways aeconlin<5 to lo- cality, tril)e, rank, or age. Skeletons are found by trav- elers buried in the ground or dei)osited in a sitting jwsture on its surface; in canoes or in lM)xes supjMjrted by i)Osts, or, more comnioidy, susjK'nded from the branches of trees. Corpses are wrapped in cloth or matting, and more or less richly decorated according to the wealth of the deceased. Several Ixxiies are often put in one canix; or lx)x, and the bodies of .young children are ibund sus- pended in biiskets. Proixjrty and implements, the latter always broken, are deixjsited with or near the remains, and these last resting-places of their |x;ople are relig- iously cared for and guarded from intrusion by all the tribes."" All the [xjculiarities and inconsistencies of the consumption, tiliivcrinf; from the effectH of n cold biith .it tho tcniiiprntiiro of 40" Fahrenheit. A fiivonrito remedy in i)uhnonary eonsuniption is to tie u ropo tightly iiround the thorax, so as to foree the diaphrani to perforin resjiira- tion without tho aid of the thoracic nniKcles.' Will.e.i' yur.. in I'. S. K.v. Kc, vol. iv., p. 512. Among tho (MallaniH, to cure a girl of a disease of tho side, after stripping the patient naked, the medieinc-uian, thnnvingott" his bluiiliet, ' commenced singing and gesticulating in the most violent manner, whilst the others kept time by beating with little sticks on hollow wooden bowls and drums, singing continually. After exercising himself in this nuunu.'r for fil)out half an hour, until the perspiration run down his body, he darted sud- denly upon the young woman, catching hold of her side with his teeth and shaking her for a few minutes, while the patient seemed to suflfer great agony. He then relinquished his hold, and cried out that he had got it, at the san'io time holding his hands to his mouth; after which he plunged them in tho •water and pretended to hold down with great difficulty the disease which ho had extracted.' Jinne's M'dinl., pp. 225-(!. Smoll-nox seemed very prevalent by which many had lost the sight of one eye. \ ancouviv's Voy., vol. i., p. 212. To cure a cold in tho face the Queniults burned certain lierbs to a cinder and mixing them with grease, anointed the face. Siran'n X. IT. Const, p. 2G5. Among the Nooksaks mortality has not increased with civilization. * As yet tho only causes of any amount are consumption and the oi L nis- eases.' Iml. Aff. liipt., 1857, p. 327. At Neah Bay, 'a scrofulous affection pervades tho whole tribe.' Tho old, sick and maimed are abandoned by their friends to die. Id., 1872, n. .350. •09 Slaves have no right to burial. Kane's WaiuL, p. 215. At a Queniult burial place ' the ditTerent colored blankets and calicoes hung round gave the place an appearance of clothes hung out to dry on a washing day.' Swan's H. \V. Cixtsl, p. 2C7. At Port Orchard bodies were 'wrapped firmly in mat- ting, beneath which was a white blanket, closely fastened ro>inth their virtues and vices are hut laint reflections of the same (jualities in the |ireat fami- lies north and south of their territory. The CajK? Flat- tery trihes are at once the most intellijivnt, lK)hl, and trciicherous of all, uhile some of the triJK's east and north-east of the Sound pro|H'r have [)i'rhai>s the Ih'sI reputation. Sini^e the partial settlement of their terri- tory by the whites, the natives here as elsewhere have lost manv of their original chara(!teristics, (^hiellv the better ones. The renniants now for the most part arc collected on ^overmnent reservations, or live in the vicin- ity of towns, by be^rjiinjr and jjrostitutiim. Sonu» tribes, esi)ecially in the ! '^ion of Hellinjiham Bay, have been nominally converted to Christianity, have abandoned lK)lyjiaun'. slavery, head-flatteninr- stitious ceremonies, and pay C()nsideral)le attention to a somewhat mixed version of church doctrine and cere- monies."" pravc. I.iii-d's \(it., vol. H., Jip. 238-0. ' OriK-s do rnljans do divorsps ooul- curs, dc di'iitH do poissoiirt, do cliapoli'ts «t d'aiitros briniborioiis dil fjout di s wunvaj^cs.' /I'o.v.si, Sonveiiirs, iip. 74-5. On I'ciin Covo, in a doscrtod villa^'o, wore found 'scvoral soiiuloliros forniod rxaotl_v liko a cotitiy Imx. Sonio of thoiii wcvo open, and containod tlio skolotons of many youn); oliildn>u tiod nj) in baskets.' I'diiftmrer's I'fd/., vol. i., ])i). 'J5J-0, '>.S7; liiil. .1//'. I!ii)t , 1H51, J). 242; Sti'i-iiis in I'w. II. li. Iltpl.. vol. i., p. •I2!>. A oorresjiondont describes a tiathoad mummy from I'np't Sound preserved in San Franoiser). 'The eye-balls are still round under the' lid; tho teeth. th(! nniselos, unil ten- dons perfect, tho veins injected with some )>roservinf,' liipiid. the bowels, stomach and liver dried nj), but not decayed, all jjorfoetly preserved. Thii very blanket that entwines him, made of some threads of bark and saturated with a jiitehy substance, in entire.' Sr/tonln-d/t's Arch., vol. v., p. (W3; I'iclc- ecoe/'s Itdcrs, in I'. S. h'.r. K.e., vol. ix., p. 112. II" 'Their niiiivc bashfulne.ss renders all squaws ])oculiarly Hcnsitivo to any jjublic notice or ridicule.' Prol ably tho laziest pooi)li! in tho world. The mails are intrusted with safety to Indian carriers, who ar 1.0 I.I '" IM |||||22 1^ 2.0 1.8 ( 1-25 1.4 1.6 ■» 6" ► VQ <^ /2 7 0>j, ' '*^> ^^''% ^/' ^y />.. o» r /^ Hiotographic Sciences Corporation ^ i\ ♦^N-^ (716) 872-4503 Wo t 222 COLUMBT VNS. The Ciitnooks constitute the fourth division of the Cohimbian group. Originally the name was restricted to a tribe on the north bank of the Columbia between Gray I>ay and the ocean; afterwards, from a similarity in language and customs, it was applied to all the bands on both sides of the river, from its mouth to the Dalles/" It is employed in this work to designate all the Oregon tribes west of the Cascade Range, southward to the Rogue River or Umpqua Mountains. This family lies between the Sound Indians on the north and the Cal- ifornian group on the south, including in addition to the tribes of the Columbia, those of the Willamette Valley and the Coast. All closely resemble each other in manners and customs, having also a general resem- blance to the northern fiimilics already described, spring- ing from their methods of obtaining food ; and although probably without linguistic affinities, except along the Columbia River, they may be consistently treated as one of contempt. Sfemann's Voj/. Herald, vol. 1., pp. 163-9. Murder of a Spanish boat's crew in latitude 47' 20'. Mamelle'sJoKr., pp.29, 31. 'Cheerful and well disposed ' at Port Orchard. At Sirait of Fuca ' little more elevated in their moral qualities than the T^'uegiaus.' At Nisqually, 'addicted to stealing.' ' Vicious and exceeclingly lazy, sleeping all day.' The Skagits are catholics, und are more advanced than others in civilization. Wilkes' Aar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 317, 441, 510-11, 517. Both at Gray Harbor and Pnget Sound they were \inifornily civil and friendly, fair and honest in trade. Each tril>e claimed that 'the others were bad people and that the party ques- tioned were the only good Indians in the hi»i\>or.' Ve.serfe, vol.ii.,pp.314, 16,240-2. ' The salmon in thiscountry are never caught with a (baited) hook.' Wilkes' Hist. Ogn., p. 107. ' Turbot and floun- ders are caught (at Shoalwater Bay) while wading in the water, by means of the feet.' Sican's N. W. Coast, pp. 38, 83, 103-8, 140, 163-6, with cuts. On food, see Ji<).s.s' Adven., vol. i., pp. 94-5, 97, 11*2-3; Lord's Nat., vol. i., pp. 68-9, 181-3; Lewis and Clarke's Trav., pp. 409-15, 422, 425, 430-1, 445, 606; Wells, in Harper's Mug., vol. xiii., pp. 605-7, with cuts; Nicolay's Ogn., pp. 144, 147-8; Palmer's Jour., pp. 84, 105; Parker's Explor. Tour., p. 244; In- twi's A-iloria, pp. 86, 335; Cox's Adven., vol. i., p. 329-32; vol ii., pp. 128-31; Cailin's N. Am. Ind., vol. ii., p. 113; Abbott, in Pac. R. B. Rept., vol. vi.. p. 89; Ind. lAfe, p. 165; Pickering's Races, in U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., p. 26; Kane's Wand., pp. 185-9; Franchere'a Nar., pp. 235-7; Oass' Jour., pp. 224, 230-1, 28'2-3; Fedix, L' Oregon, pp. 44-5; Staniy'a Portraits, pp. 59-62. ' WEAPONS OF THE CHIN00K8. 235 were found much more convenient table ware.^'*' In all their personal habits the Chinooks are disgustingly filthy, although said to be fond of baths for health and pleas- ure. The Clatsops, as reported by one visitor, form a partial exception to this rule, as they occasionally wash the hands and face.^** Their chief weapons are bows and arrows, the former of which is made of cedar, or occasionally, as it is said, of horn and bone ; its elasticity is increased by a cov- ering of sinew glued on. The arrow-head is of bone, flint, or copjMjr, and the shaft consists of a short piece of some hard wood, and a longer one of a lighter material. The bows are from two and a half to four feet long ; five styles, difiering in form and curve, are pictured by School- craft. Another weapon in common use was a double- edged wooden broad-sword, or sharp club, two and a half or three feet long ; spears, tomahawks, and scalping knives are mentioned by man}- travelers, but not described, and it is doubtful if either were ever used by these aborig- ines.'^ I have already spoken of their thick arrow- proof elk-skin armor, and of a coat of short sticks bound together with grass; a bark helmet is also employed of sufficient strength to ward off arrows and light blows. Ross states that they also carry a circular elk-skin shield about eighteen inches in diameter. Although by no means a blood-thirsty race, the Chinook tribes were fre- quently involved in quarrels, resulting, it is said, from the abduction of women more frequently than from other causes. They, like almost all other American tribes, ' For description of the various roots and berries used by the Chinooks )d, see Lewts and Clarke's Trav., pp. 450-5. 123 as food, see Lewis and Vlarke's Irav., pp. '■'< The Miiltnoinnhs ' are very foud of cold, hot, and vapour baths, which arc usrd at nil seasons, and for the purpose of health as well as pleasure. They, however, add a species of bath pe^'uliar to themselves, by washing the whole body with urine every morning. ' Lewis and Clarke's Trav., pp. 509, 40!). Eat insects from each other's head, for the animals bite them, and thoy claim the right to bite back. Krine's Wand., pp. 183-4. '" Cox's Adven., vol. i., pp. 323-4; v«il. ii., p. 13; Irving's Astoria, pp. 324, 338; Jioss' Adven., p. 90; Kane's Wand., p. 189; Catlin'a N. Am. Ind., vol. ii., p. 113, pi. 210%; Dunn's Orefton, pp. 124-5; Lewis and Clarke's Trav., pp. 429- 31, 509; nines' Ogn., p. 110; Franchere's Nar., p. 253; Emmons, in Schooicra/l's Arch., vol. iii., pp. 206-7, 215-16, 468. i : ! ! COLUMBIANS. make a free use of war paint, laying it on grotesquely and in bright colors ; but unlike most other nations, they never resorted to treachery, surprise, night attacks, or massacre of women and children. Fighting was gen- erally done upon the water. When efforts to settle am- icably their differences, always the first expedient, failed, a party of warriors, covered from head to foot with armor, and armed with bows, arrows, and bludgeons, was pad- dled by women to the enemies' village, where diplomatic efforts for peace were renewed. If still unsuccessful, the women were removed from danger, and the battle com- menced, or, if the hour was late, fighting was postjjoned till the next morning. As their armor was arrow-proof and as they rarely came near enough for hand-to-hand conflict, the battles were of short duration and accompa- nied by little bloodshed ; the fall of a few warriors de- cided the victory, the victors gained their point in the original dispute, the vanquished paid some damages, and the affair ended."" Troughs dug out of one piece of cedar, and woven baskets served this people for dishes, and were used for every purpose. The best baskets were of silk grass or fine fibre, of a conical form, woven in colors so closely as to hold liquids, and with a capacity of from one to six gallons. Coarser baskets were made of roots and rushes, rude spoons of ash-wood, and circular mats did duty as plates. Wapato diggers used a curved stick with handle of horn ; fish-hooks and spears were made of wood, and bone in a variety of forms ; the wing-bone of the crane supplied a needle. With regard to their original cutting instruments, by which trees were felled for can(x?H or for planks which were split off by wedges, there is much uncertainty; since nearly all authorities m < When the conflict is postponed till the next day, .... they keep up frighful cries nil night long, find, when they are sufficiently near to understand each other, defy one another by menaces, railleries, and sarcasms, like the heroes of Homer and Virgil.' Vrauchen's Nar., pp. 251-4; Cnx'a Adven., vol. i., pp. 322-3; Ihnw'K Oreijon, p. 124; IriAng'a Astor'm, pp. 340-1; Eons' Fur Jfuntera vol. i., pp. 88, 105-8; Dontenech'H DenerLi, vol. ii., p. 354; Stanly'a Portraits, pp. 61-2; Foster's rre-IIist. Races, p. 232. IMPLEMENTS. MANUFACTURES, BOATS. 387 state that before their intercourse with Europeans, chisels made of ' old files,' were employed, and driven by an oblong stone or a spruce-knot mallet. Pipe-bowls were of hard wood fitted to an elder stem, but the best ones, of stone ele- gantly carved, were of Haidah manufacture and obtained from the north."^ To kindle a fire the Chinook twirls rapidly between the palms a cedar stick, the point of which is pressed into a small hollow in a flat piece of the same material, the sparks falling on finely-frayed bark. Sticks are commonly carried for the purjx)se, improving with use. Besides woven baskets, matting is the chief article of Chinook manufacture. It is made by the wo- men by placing side by side common bulrushes or flags about thi'ee feet long, tying the ends, and passing strings of twisted rushes through the whole length, sometimes twenty or thirty feet, about four inches apart, by means of a bone needle.*'^ Chin(X)k boats do not differ essentially, either in mate- rial, form, or method of manufacture, from those already described as in use among the Sound family. Always dug out of a single log of white cedar, fir, or pine, they vary in length from ten to fifty feet, and in form according to the waters they are intended to navigate or the freight they are to carry. In these canoes lightness, strength, and ele- gance combine to make them perfect models of water- craft. Lewis and Clarke describe four forms in use in this region, and their description of boats, as of most other matters connected with this people, has been taken with or without credit by nejirly all who have treated of the sulyect. I cannot do better than to give their account of the largest and best boats used by the Kilamooks and '" Pickering mnkea ' the substitution of the wftter-proof basket, for the square wooden bucket of the straits ' the chief dift'erence between this und the Sound Family. l{(wes, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol ix., p. 25; Emmoivi, in School- craft's Arck., vol. iii., p. '20G; Vancouver's Voi/., vol. ii., p. 77; -Ross' Adven., p. 92; Domeneoh's Deserts, vol. ii., Pp- 241, 2, Kaiie's \Vand.,j>p. 170-8, 181, 202-5; Vox's Adven., vol. i., pp. 124-5, 335-0, vol. ii., p. 157; Parker's Exphr. Tour., pp. 144, 151-2; Thomlon's Oijn. and Cal., vol. i., pp. 281-2, vol. ii., p. 53; belcher's Vou., vol. i., p. 292; Domenecli's Dvserts, vol. i., p. 255; ]>u)in's Ore;jon, pp. 119-20, 131-2; Nicolai/'s Oijn. Tvr., pp. 149-50: Fremoni's Oiin. and Vol., p. 180; Irviiuj's Antiiria, p. 99; Franchere's S'ar., p. 100; rultner's Jour., p. 87; Jnd. Life, p. 210; Towiiscnd's Nar., p. 180. no 'The clumsy thief, who is detected, is scoff(?dat and despised.' Dunn's Oreijon, pp. lHO-1, 114. 'Tii'; Kalupuya, like the Unikwa are more regu- lar aud quiet' than the inland tribes, 'and more dennly, honrst and moral thau the ' coast tribes. The Chinooks aro u quarrelsome, thievish, and treacherous people. Hale's Hthnoii., in U. S. Kx. Ex., vol. vi., pp. 217, 215, 198, 204 . ' A rascally, thieving set. ' Gans' ,l»ur. , p. 30 1. ' When well treated, kind and hospitable.' Swan's A'. W. Coast, pp. 215, 110, 152. At Capo Or- lord 'pleasing and courteous deportment . . .si-rupulonsly honest.' Vaixumv- t'.s Vol/., vol. i , pp. 204-5. Laziuei s is probably imbiced by the cose with wuichthey obtainfood. Kane's Wand., pp. 181, 185. ' Crafty anil intriguing.' Easily irritated, but a trifle will appease him. Rim' i-'itr Uunlcrs., vol. i., p. (>1, 70-1, 77, 88, 90-1. 124-5, 235-0. 'They possess in an eminent degree, thiMpiaUties opposed to indolence, imjjrovidence, and stupidity: the chiefs above all, are distinguished for their good sense and intelligence. Generally speaking, they have a ready intellect and a tenacious memory.' ' Rarely re- sr.it the temptation of stealing' white men's goods. FranrMere's Nar., pp. 241-2, 2G1. LoquaciuuH, never gay, knavish, impertiueut. Lewisand Clarke's I I N i> i 250 COLUMBIANS. The Inland Families, constituting the fifth and last division of the Columbians, inhabit the region between the Cascade Range and the eastern limit of what I term the Pacific States, from 52° 30' to 45° of north latitude. These bounds are tolerably distinct ; though that on the south, separating the eastern jwrtions of the Columbian and Californian groups, is irregular and marked by no great river, mountain chain, or other prominent physical feature. These inland natives of the Northwest occupy, in person, character, and customs, as well as in the loca- tion of their home, an intermediate position between the coast people already described — to Avhom they are pro- nounced superior in most respects — and the Rocky Mountain or eastern tribes. Travelers crossing the Rocky Mountains into this territory from the east, or entering it from the Pacific by way of the Columbia or Eraser, note contrasts on passing the limits, sufficient to justify me in regarding its inhabitants as one people for the purix)ses aimed at in this volume.^*" Instead, there- Trav., pp. 416, 441-2, 504, 523-4. ' Thorough-bred hypocrites and liars.' 'The Killymucks the most roguish.' Industry, patience, sobriety and in- genuity are their chief virtues; thieving, lying, incontinence, gambling and cruelty may be classed among their vices. Cox's Aduen., vol. i., pp. 115, 131, 2!)G-7, 3;)2, 301-5, 321, vol. ii., p. 133. At Wishiam ' they were a community of arrant rogues and freebooters.' Irvimi's Astori i, pp. 322, 342. 'Lying is very common; thieving comparatively rare.' Wliite's Oi/n., p. 207. 'Do not appear to possess a i)artifle of natural good feeling.' Toicnscnd'n Xar., p. 183. At Coos Bay 'by no means the flerce and warlike race found further to the northward.' Well.-i, in Harper's Mai/., vol. xiii., p. (iOl. Umqua and Coose tribes nre naturuUy industrious; the Suislaws the most advanced; the Alcea not so enterprising. >'i//.e.s, in lad. Aff. liept., 18G0, p. 215. Calapooias, a poor, co\\'ardly, and thievish race. Miller, in Id., 1857, p. 3(>1; NiGolm/'s Oiin. Ter., p. 151; Domenech's Deserts, vol. i., p. 87, vol. ii., pp. 10, 30; Wurre and Vavasour, in Martin's Hud. Ii., p. 83; Palmer's Jour., pp. 84, 105; Parker's Explor. Tour., iip. 249-50; Ind. Life, pp. 1-4, 210; Fitujerald's Vane. IsL, p. 196; Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 207, etc. no 'They all resemble each other in general characteristics.' Parker's Explor. Tour., p. 229. Shushwaps and Salish all one race. Mai/nf's B. C, p. 296-7. 'The Indians of the interior are, both physically and morally, vastly superior to the tribes of the coast.' Id., p. 242. 'The Kliketat near Mount Rainier, the Walla-Wallas, and the Okanagan .... speak kindred dia- lects.' Ludewifi, Ab. Lang., p. 170. The best-supported opinion is that the inland were of the same original stock with the lower tribes. Dunn's Oreiion, p. 316. 'On leaving the verge of the Carrier country, near Alexandria, a marked change is at once perceptible.' Anderson, in ilist. Mag., vol. vii., p. 77. Inland tribes differ widely from the piscatorial tribes. Ross' Adven., p. 127. 'Those residing near the Rocky Mountains are and always have been superior races to those living on the lower Columbia.' Alvord, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p, 654. 'I was particularly struck with their THE SHUSHWAPS. 251 fore, of treating each family separately, as has been done with the coast divisions of the group, I deem it more convenient, as well as less monotonous to the reader, to avoid repetition by describing the manners and customs of all the people within these limits together, taking care tx) note such variations as may be found to exist. The division into families and nations, made according to principles already sufficiently explained, is as follows, beginning again at the north : The Siiusiiwaps, our first family division, live be- tween 52^ 30' and 49^ in the interior of British Colum- bia, occupying the valleys of the Fraser, Thompson, and Upper Columbia rivers with their tributary streams and lakes. They are bounded on the west by the Nootkas and on the north by the Carriers, from both of which fiimilies they seem to lio distinct. As national divisions of this family m.ay be mentioned the Shushwaps proper, or Atnahs,^*^ who occupy the whole northern jxjrtion of the territory ; the Oka)iaganSj^*'^ in the valley of the lake and river of the same name ; and the Kooteriais,^" who 'arkcr's ]}. v., morally, tut nenr Ired ilia- thftt the Orefion, ndrin, n vii., p. Ivcn., p. y9 liaye rord, in th their vast superiority (on the Similkameen Biver, Lat. 49^ 30', Long. Ij^O" 30') in point o! iutelligeuce and energy to the Fish Indiana on the Fraser River, and in its neighbourhood.' Palmer, in B. C. Papers, vol. iii., p. 84. Striking contrast noted in passing up the Columbia. Hole's Elhnoij., in U. S, Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 199. '" 'The Shewhapmuch who compose a large branch of the Saeliss family, ' known as Mcute-much — corrupted by the Canadians into Couteaux — below the junction of the Fraser and Thompson. Anderson, in Ilitt. Mag., vol. vii., p. 76-7. Atnahs is their name in the Takali langaage, and signifies 'strnntfors.' 'Diflfer so little from their souihern neighbors, the Salish, as to render a particular description unnecessary.' Hak's Ethnog., in U. 8. Ex, Ex., vol. vi., p. '205. They were called by Mackenzie the Chin tribe, accord- ing to Prifhanl's R''scarch"s, vol. v., p. -427, but Mackenzie's Chin tribe was north of the Atnahs, being the Nagailer tribe of the Carriers. See itacken- zie's Vot/., pp. 257-8, and map. '*^ '.ibout Okanagan, various branches of the Carrier tribe.' Nicday'a Ojn. Tcr., p. 143. ' Okanagana, on the upper part of Frazer's River.' Luae- wig, Ah. mng., p. 170. '13 Also known as Flat-bows. ' The poorest of the tribes composing the Flathead nation.' McCormick, in Ind, Aff. liept., 1867, p. 211. 'Hpeakmg a language of their own, it is not easy to imagine their origin; but it appears probable that they once belonged to some more southern tribe, from which they became shut oflf by the intervention of larger tribes.' Maune's B. C, 1). 297. 'In appearance, character, and customs, they resemble more the Julians east of the Rocky Mountains than those of Lower Oregon.' Hole's Elhrni)., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. '205. ' Les Aros-k-Plats, et les Koetenais aunt connus dans le pays soaa le nom de Skolzi.' De Svwt, Miss, de V0r4- gon, p. 80. 252 COLUMBIANS. inhabit the triangle bounded by the Upper Columbia, the Rocky Mountains, and the 49th parallel, living chiefly on Flatbow river and lake. All three nations might probably be joined with quite as much reason to the Salish family farther south, as indeed has usually been done with the Okanagans; while the Kootenais are by some considered distinct from any of their adjoining nations. Tub Salisii Family dwells south of the Shushwaps, between 49° and 47°, altogether on the Columbia and its tributaries. Its nations, more clearly defined than in most other families, are the Matlieads,^** or Salish projier, between the Bitter Root and Rocky Mountains on Flat- head and Clarke rivers ; the Fetid d Ore'dles,^*^ who dwell about the lake of the same name and on Clarke River, for fifty to seventy-five miles above and below tlie lake; the Coeurs dAlem,^*'^ south of the Pend d'Oreilles, on Coeur d'Alene Lake and the streams falling into it; the ColmUes,^" a term which may be used to designate the variously named bands about Kettle Falls, and north- ward along the Columbia to the Arrow Lakes; the Spo- karuis,^^ on the Spokane River and plateau along the Columbia below Kettle Falls, nearly to the mouth of the "♦ The origin of the name Flathead, as applied to this nation, is not known, as they have never been known to flatten the head. ' The mass of the nation consists of persons who have more or less of the blood of the Spokanes, Pend d'Oreilles, Nez Perces, and Iroquois.' Stevms, in Iml. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 207; Pan. R. R. Rtpt., vol. i., p. 150; Catlin's N. Am. Iml., vol. ii., p. lOH; Stuart's Montuna, p. 82. Gass applied the name apparently to tribes on the Clearwiter of the Sahaptin family. Jour., p. 224. ><■* Also called Kallipeliiwi and Pondcras. The Upper Pend d'Oreilles consist of a number of v udering families of Spokoues, Kalispelms prop- 'jr, and Flatheads. Suckku, in Pac. R. R. R-pt., vol. i., p. 294; Stevens, in Id., p. 149; Stevens, in Iiul. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 210. 'Very similar in manners, etc., to the Flatheads, and form one people with them.' De Smet, Miss, de I'Ordnon, p. 32. 146 The native name, according to Hale, is Skitsuish, and Coeur d'Alfene, ' Awl heart, ' is a nickname applied from the circumstance that a chief used these words to express his idea of the Canadian traders' meanness. Ethnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 210. 1" Quiarlpi, 'Basket People,' Chaudieres, 'Kettles,' KetUe Falls, Chualpays, Skoidpoi, and Lakes, ere some of the names applied to these bands. m ' Us s'appellent eutre eux leg Enfants du Soleil, dans leur langue Spo- kane.' Be Smet, Miss, de I'Oretion, p. 31. 'Differing very little from the Indians at Colville, either in their appearance, habits, or language.' Kane's Wand., p. 307. THE 8AHAPTIN FAMILY. 258 itialpays. Okanagan ; and the Pisquouse,^*^ on the west bank of the Columbia between the Okanagan and Priest Rapids. The Saiiaptin Family, the last of the Columbian group, is immediately south of the Salish, between the Casciuie and Bitter Hoot mountains, reaching southward, in general terms, to the forty-fifth parallel, but very ir- regularly bounded by the Shoshone tribes of the Cali- fornian group. Of its nations, the Nez Perces,^^ or Sa- haptins proper, dwell on the Clearwater and its branches, and on tlie Snake pbout the forks; the Palouse^^^ occupy the region north of the Snake about the mouth of the Palouse; the south banks of the Columbia and Snake near their continence, and the banks of the lower Walla Walla are occupied by the Walld Wallas-^'^'^ the Yakimas and Klikdats^^'^ inhabit the region north of the Dalles, «' ' So much intermarried with the Yakamns that they have almost lost their nationality.' Skvmx, in Iml. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 2;i6. ijo ' Pierced Noses, ' ho named by the (Canadians, perhaps from the uasal ornaments of the first of the tribe seen, although the custom of pietcing the nose has never been known to be prevalent with this people. ' Generally known and distinguished by the name of " black robes," in contradistinction to those who live on fish.' Named Noz Perces from the custom of boring the nose to receive a white shell, like the fluke of an anchor. linss' Fur IIiiHters, vol. i., pp. 31)5, 185-fi. 'There are two tribes of the Pierced-Nose Indians, the upper and the lower.' JirowneWa Tnil. lidces, pp. 53:i-5. ' Though originally the same people, their dialect varies very perceptibly from that of the Tusiiepaws.' Lcw'in and Clarke's Trav., p. 341. Called Tkoiija-rik-kah, Tsoi-ijah, ' Cowse-eaters, ' by the Snakes. ' Ten times better off to-day than they were then' — 'a practical refutation of the time-h.s,s' Adven., pp. '294, 127. The Flatheads (Nez Perces) are 'the whitest Indians I ever saw.' (itHM' Jour., p. 189. The Shushwap 'com- plexion is darker, and of a more muddy, coppery hue than that of the true Ped Indian.' Mtton and Cheadk's N. U'. i'a.ss., p. 335. The Nez Perces darker than the Tushepaws. Dignified and pleasant features. Would have quite heavy beards if they shaved. Lewis aiid Clarke's Trav., pp. 340, 350, 35t>, 527-8, 556-7, 321. The inland nativjs are an ugly race, with 'broad faces, low foreheads, and rough, coppery and tanned skins. ' "The Salish ' features are less regular, and their complexion darker' than the Sahaptins. Dom- eneeh's De.serL'^, vol. i., p. 88, vol. ii., pp. 55-6. Teeth of the river tribes worn down by sanded salmon. Anderson, in Lord's Nat., vol. ii., p. 228; Kane's Wand., p. 273. Nez Perces and Cayuses ' are almost universally fine look- ing, robust men, with strong aquiline features, and a much more cheerful cast of countenance than is usual amongst the race. Some of the women might almost be called beautiful, and none that I have seen are homely.' Some very handsome young girls among the Walla Wallas. The Kliketat features are 'regular, though often devoid of expression.' Townsend's Nar., pp. 78, 148, 158, 178. Flatheads ' comparatively very fair in complexion, with oval faces, and a mild, and playful expression of countenance.' Dunn's Oreijon, p. 311. The Kayuls had long dark hair, and regular features. Coke's Hoflcy Mountains, p. 304. Cut and description of a Clickitat skull, in Morton's Crania, p. 214, pi. 48. ' The Flatheads are the ugliest, and most of their women are far from being beauties.' iStuart's Montana, n. 82. ii7 ' The Sahaptin and Wallawallas compress the head, but net so much as the tribes near the coast. It merely serves with them to make the fore- head more retreating, which, with the aquiUne nose common to these natives, gives to them occasionally, a physiognomy similar to that represented in the hieroglyphical paintings of Central America.' Hale's Ethno8. iM The Oakinack ' women wear their hair neatly clubbed on each side of the head behind the ears, and ornamented vrith double rows of the snowy higua, which are among the Oakinackens called Shet-la-cane; but they keep it shed or divided in front. The men's hair is queued or rolled up into a knot behind the head, and ornamented like that of the women; but in front it falls or hangs down loosely before the face, covering the forehead and the eyes, which causes them every now and then to shake the head, or use the hands to uncover their eyes.' Ro.is' Adven., nn. 294-5. The head of the Nez Perces not ornamented. Lewis and Clarke's Trav., pp. 341, 321, 351, 377, 528, 532-3; Coke's Rocky 3fls., p, 304; Kane's Wand, p. 274. Vol. I. 17 COLUMBIANS. small skins — is also used for some distance inland on the banks of the Columbia and Fraser, as among the Nicoutamuch, Kliketats, and Wascos; but the distinctive inland dress is of dressed skin of deer, antelope, or mount- ain sheep ; made into a rude frock, or shirt, with loose sleeves; leggins reaching half-way up the thigh, and either bound to the leg or attached by strings to a belt about the waist; moccasins, and rarely a cap. Men's frocks descend half-way to the knees; women's nearly to the ankles. Over this dress, or to conceal the want of some part of it, a buffalo or elk robe is worn, esim- cially in winter. All garments are profusely and often tastefully decorated with leather fringes, feathers, shells, and porcupine quills ; beads, trinkets and various bright- colored cloths having been added to Indian ornamenta- tion since the whites came. A new suit of this native skin clothing is not without beauty, but by most tribes the suit is worn without change till nearly ready to drop off, and becomes disgustingly filthy. Some tribes clean and whiten their clothing occasionally with white earth, or pipe-clay. The buffjilo and most of the other large skins are obtained from the country east of the mount- ains.^"^ 151 The Ootlashoot women wear ' a long shirt of skin, reaching down to the ancles, and tied round the waist.' Few ornaments. The Nez Perces wear ' the buflfalo or elk-skin robe decorated with beads, sea-shells, chiefly mother-of-pearl, attached to an otter-skin collar and hung in the hair.' Leggins and moccasins are painted; a plait of twisted grass is worn round the neck. The women wear their long robe without a girdle, but to it ' are tied little pieces of brass and shells, and other small articles.' 'The dress of the female is indeed more modest, and more studiously so than any we have observed, though the other sex is careless of the indelicacy of exposure.' ' The Sokulk females have no other covering but a truss or piece of leather tied round the hips and then drawn tight between the legs.' Three fourths of the Pisquitpaws 'have scarcely any robes at all.' The Chilluekittequuws use skins of wolves, deer, elk, and wild cats. ' Bound their neck is put a strip of some skin with the tail of the animal hanging down over the breast.' Lewis and Clarke's Trav., pp. 321, 340-1, 351, 359, 301, 377, 52(5, 528, 532-3. Many of the Walla Walla, Nez Perce, and Cayuse females wore robes ' richly garnished with beads, higuas, ' etc. The war chief wears as a head-dress the whole skin of a wolf's head, with the ears standing erect. The Okanagans wear in winter long detachable sleeves or mittens of wolf or fox skiu, also wolf or bear skin caps when hunting. Men and women dress nearly alike, and are profuse in the use of ornaments. Ross' Adven., p. 127, 294-8; Id., Fur Hunters, vol. i., p. 306. The Flatheads often change their clothing and dean it with pipe-clay. They have no regular head-ckesa. From the Ya- INLAND DWELLINGS. The inland dwelling is a frame of poles, covered with rush matting, or with the skins of the buffalo or elk. As a rule the richest tribes and individuals use skins, although many of the finest Sahaptin houses are covered with mats only. Notwithstanding these nations are rich in horses, I find no mention that horse-hides are ever employed for this or any other purpose. The form of the lodge is that of a tent, conical or oblong, and usually sharp at the top, where an o{)en space is left for light and air to enter, and smoke to escape. Their internal condition presents a marked contrast with that of the Chinook and Xootka habitations, since they are by many interior tribes kept free from vermin and filth. Their light material and the frequency with which their loca- tion is changed contributes to this result. The lodges are pitched by the women, who acquire great skill and celerity in the work. Holes are left along the sides for entrance, and within, a floor of sticks is laid, or more frequently the ground is spread with mats, and skina serve for beds. Dwellings are often built suiliciently large to accommodate many families, each of which in such case has its own fireplace on a central longitudinal line, a definite space being allotted for its goods, but no dividing partitions are ever used. The dwellings are kiraa to the Okaoagan the men go naked, and the women wear only n belt with a slip j^assiug between the legs. Cox's Adven., vol. i., pp. I'SS, 148, 240-1, vol. li., p. 144. Nez Perc(-H better clad than any others, Caynses well clothed, Walla Wallas naked and half starved. Palmer's Jour., pp. 54, 124, 127-8. At the Dalles, women *go nearly naked, for they wear little else than what may be termed a breech-cloth, of buckskin, which is black and filthy with dirt.' WUkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 109-10, 42ti, 473. The Kliketat women wear a short pine-bark petticoat tied round the loins. Towiisend's Nar., pp. 78, 178, 148. ' Their buffaloe robes and other skins they cliie^ procure on the Missouri, when Ihey go over to hunt, as there are no bufialoe in this part of the country and very little other game.* Gass' Jour., pp. 189, 205, 218-19, 295. Tusshepaw 'women wore caps of willow neatly worked and figured.' Irvirui's Astoria, pp. 315, 317, 319; Id., Bonniville's Adivn., p. 301. The Flathead women wear straw hats, used also for drinking and cooking purposes. De Smet, Voy., pp. 45-7, 198. The Shu- Bhwaps wear in wet weatner capes of bark trimmed with fur, and reaching to the elbows. Moccasins are more common than on the coast, but they often ride barefoot. Mayne's B. C-. p. 301. Parker's Explor. Tmtr., pp. 229- 30; Kane's Wand., p. 264, and cut; Fremont's Ogn. and Cat., pp. 18G-7; Stev- m, in Iml. Aff. RepL, 1854, p. 222; Nicolay's Oqn. Ter., p. 153; Franchire's Nar., p. 268; Dunn's Oreyon, p. 311; Coke's Rocky Ms., p. 304; Hunt, in Nou- vdks Annaka dea Voy., torn, z., 1821, pp. 74-5, 78. 260 COLUMBIANS. arranged in small villages generally located in winter on the banks of small streams a little away from the main rivers. For a short distance up the Columbia, houses similar to those of the Chinooks are built of split cedar and bark. The Walla Wallas, living in summer in the ordinary mat lodge, often construct for winter a subter- ranean abode by digging a circular hole ten or twelve feet deep, roofing it with poles or split cedar covered with grass and mud, leaving a small opening at the top for exit and entrance by means of a notched-log ladder. The Atnahs on Fraser River spend the winter in similar structures, a simple slant roof of mats or bark sufficing for shade and shelter in summer. The Okanagans con- struct their lodges over an excavation in the ground several feet deep, and like many other nations, cover their matting in winter with grass and earth.^"*' i"* The Sokulk houses ' generally of n square or oblong form, varying in length from fifteen to sixty feet, and supported in the inside by poles or forks about six feet high.' The roof is nearly flat. The Echeloot and t'hil- luckittequaw houses were of the Chinook style, partially sunk in the ground. The Nez Perc«'s live in houses built ' of straw and mats, in the form of the roof of a house.' One of these 'was one hundred and fiftv-six feet long, and about fifteen wide, closed ut the ends, and having a number of doors on each side.' Lfwia and Clarki-'a Trav., pp. 340, 351, 369-70, 381-2, r>40. Nez Perce dwellings twenty to seventy feet long and from ten to fifteen feet wide; free from vermin. Flathead houses conical but spacious, made of buifulo and moose skins over long poles. Spokane lodges oblong or con- ical, covend with skins or mats. Vox's Ailren., vol. i., pp. 148, 192, 200. Nez Perce and Cayuse lodges ' composed of ten long poles, the lower ends of which are pointed and driven into the ground ; the upper blunt and drawn together at the top by thongs ' covered with skins. ' Universally used by the mountain Indians while travelling.' Umatillas live in ' shantys or wig- wams of driftwood, covered with bufittlo or deer skins.' Klicotuts 'in mis- erable loose hovels.' Townsend'a Nar., pp. 104-5, 15l>, 174. Okanagan winter lodges are long and narrow, ' chiefly oi mats and pole'i, covered over with grass and earth;' dug one or two feet below ihc surface; look like the roof of a common house set on the ground. Boss ji'Ivn., pp. 313-4. On the Yakima River 'a small canopy, hardly sufSci', at to shelter a sheep, waa found to contain four generations of hnmuu beings.' Pickering's Baces, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., pp. 34, 37. On the Or .water 'there ore not more than four lodges in a place or village, and tlies . small camps or villages ore eight or ten miles apart.' 'Summer lodges are made of willows and flogs, and their winter lodges of split pine.' Oasa' Jour., pp. 212, 221, 223. At Kettle Falls, the lodges are of rush mats.' 'A flooring is made of sticks, raised three or four feet from the ground, leaving the space beneath it en- tirely open, and forming a cool, airy, and shady place, in which to hang their salmon.' Kam's Wand., pp. 309, 272-3. The Fend d'Oreilles roll their tent- mats into cylindrical bundles for convenience in traveling. Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1854, pp. 215, 238, 282. Bamhart, in Id., 1862, p. 271. The Shu- shwap den is warm but 'necessarily unwholesome, and redolent. . . .of any- thing but roses.' Anderson, in //ist. Mag., vol. vii., p. 77. Yakimas, 'rude FOOD OF THE INLAND NATIONS. 2G1 The inland families cat fish and game, with roots and fruit; no nation subHists without all theMC supplies; but the projwrtion of each consumed varies greatly according to locality. Some tribes divide their forces regularly into bands, of men to fish and hunt, of women to cure fish and tlesh, and to gather roots and berries. I have spoken of the coast tribes as a iish-eating, and the in- terior tribes as a hunting jjeople, attributing in great degree their differences of jierson and character to their food, or rather to their methods of obtaining it; yet fish constitutes an important element of inland subsistence as well. Few tribes live altogether without sidnion, the great staple of the Northwest; since those dwelling on streams inaccessible to the salmon by reason of in- tervening falls, obtain their supply by annual migrations to the fishing-grounds, or hy trade with other nations. The principal salmon fisheries of the Columbia are at the Dalles, the falls ten miles above, and at Kettle Falls. Other productive stations are on the Powder, Snake, Yakima, Okanogan, and Clarke rivers. On the Fraser, whi-li has no falls in its lower course, fishing is carried on all along the banks of the river instead of at regular stations, as on the Columbia. Nets, weirs, hooks, spears, and all the implements and methods by which fish are taken and cured have been sufficiently described in treating of the coast region ; in the interior I find no important variations except in the basket method in use at tlie Chaudieres or Kettle Falls by the Quiarlpi tribe. Here an immense willow basket, often ten feet in diam- eter and twelve feet deep, is suspended at the falls from huts covered with mats.' Gibbs, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 407. Shu- shwaps erect mde slants of bark or matting; have no tents or houses. Milton ami Checulle'a N. W. Pass., p. !i42. From the swamps south of Flatbow Luke, 'the Kuotanie Indians obtain the klusqiiis or thick reed, which is the only article that serves them in the couHtruction of their lodges, ' and is traded with other tribes. Sullican, in Palliser's Explor.,p. 15. In winter the SaLsh cover their mats with earth. Hale's Elhnog., in If. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 107. Flag huts of the Wallr Wallas. Famham's Trav., p. 85; Mtdlan's Rrpt, pp. 49-50; Palmer's Jour., p. 61; Coke's Rocky Mis., p. Ii95; Irving's Astoria, pp. 315, 319; Id., Bonneville's Adven., p. 301; De Smit, Voy., p. 185; Id., U..s<. J/wsioiis, p. 284; Lord's Nat., vol. li., pp. 105-6. Uutd, in NoumUes Annates des Voy., torn, x., 1821, pp. 74^5, 79. 262 COLUMBIANS. strong timbers fixed in crevices of the rocks, and above this is a frame so attached that the salmon in attempt- ing to leap the fall strike the sticks of the frame and are thrown back into the basket, in the largest of which naked men armed with clubs await them. Five thou- sand pounds of salmon have thus been taken in a day by means of a single basket. During the fishing-season the Salmon Chief has full authority; his basket is the largest, and must be located a month before others are allowed to fish. The small nets used in the same region have also the peculiarity of a stick which keeps the mouth open when the net is empty, but is removed by the weight of the fish. Besides the salmon, sturgeon are extensively taken in the Fraser, and in the Arrow Lakes, while trout and other varieties of small fish abound in most of the streams. The fishing-season is the summer, between June and September, varying a month or more according to locality. This is also the season of trade and festivity, when tribes from all directions assemble to exchange commodities, gamble, dance, and in later times to drink and fight. 163 "^ Natives begin to asnemble at Kettle Falls about three weeks before the salmon begin to run; fends are laid by; horse-racing, gambling, love-making, etc., occnpy the assembly; and the medicine-men are busy working charms for a successful season. The fish are cut open, dried on poles over a snmll fire, and packed in bales. On the Fraser each family or village fishes for itself; near the mouth large gaff-hooks are used, higher up a net managed between two canoes. All the principal Indian fishing-stations on the Frasor Bre below Fort Hope. For sturgeon a spear seventy to eighty feet long is used. Cut of sturgeon-fishing. Loi-d's Nat., vol. i., pp. 71-6, 181, 184-6. The Pend d'Oreilles ' annually construct a fence which reaches across the stream, and guides the fish into a weir or rack,' on Clarke River, just above the lake. The Walla WaUa ' fisheries at the Dalles and the falls, ten miles above, are the finest on the river,' The Yakima weirs constructed ' upon horizontal spars, and supported by tripods of strong poles erected at snort distances apart; two of the logs fronting up stream, and one supporting them below;' some fifty or sixty yards long. The salmon of the Okanagan were ' of a small species, which had assumed a uniform red color.' 'The fishery at the K^.t- tle Falls is one of the most important on the river, and the arrangements of the Indians in the shape of drying-scaffolds and store-houses are on a corre- sponding scale.' Ind. Aff. liepf., ISSl, pp. 214, 223, 231, 238; OiW>.i, in Pac. R. R. RpL, vol. i., pp. 407-8. The salmon chief at Kettle Falls distributes the fish among the people, every one, even the smallest child, getting an equal share. Kani's Wand., pp. 31 1-14. On Des Chutes River ' they spear the fish with barbed iron points, fitted loosely by sockets to the ends of polos about eight feet long,' to which they are wstened by a thong about twelve feet long. Ab'jott, in Pae. R. R. Rept., vol. vi., p. 90. On the upper Columbia an Indian jout off a bit of his leathern shirt, about the size of a small bean; HUNTING BY SHUSHWAP8, SALISH, AND SAHAPTINS. 263 The larger varieties of game are hunted by the natives on horseback wherever the nature of the country will permit. Buffalo are now never found west of the Rocky Mountains, and there are but few localities where large game has ever been abundant, at least since the country became known to Avhite men. Consequently the Flat- heads, Nez Percos, and Kootenais, the distinctively hunt- ing nations, as well as bands from nearly every other tribe, cross the mountains once or twice each year, penetrating to the buffalo-plains between the Yellowstone and the Missouri, in the territory of hostile nations. The bow and arrow was the weapon with which buffalo and all other game were shot. No peculiar cunning seems to have been necessary to the native hunter of buffalo ; he had only to ride into the immense herds on his well- trained horse, and select the fattest animals for his ar- rows. Various devices are mentioned as being practiced in the chase of deer, elk, and mountain sheep ; such as driving them by a circle of fire on the prairie towards the concealed hunters, or approaching within arrow-shot then pulling out two or three hairs from his horse's tail for a line, tied the bit of leather to one end of it, in place of a hook or fly.' lioss' Adven., pp. 132-3. At the mouth of Flatbov/' River 'a dike of round stones, which runs up obliquely against the main stream, on the west side, for more than one hundred yards in length, resembling the foundation of a wall.' Similar ran^e on the east side, supposed to be for taking fish at low water. lioss' Far Hunters, vol. ii., pp. 165-€. West of the Rocky Mountains they fish ' with great success by means of a kind of large basket suspended from a long cord.' Domeiwch's Deserts, vol. ii., pp. 240-1. On Powder River they use the hook as a gaff. Coke's Rocky Mis., p. 283. A Wasco speurs three or four salmon of twenty to thirty pounds each in t'iu niinnti s. Ranyaml lirenvMey'a Jour., vol. ii., p. 500. No salmon are taken ".b^vo the upper fniis of the Co- lumbia. Thornton's Ogn. and Cal., vol. i., p. 392. AValla Walla flsh-weirs '(nrined of two curtains of small willow sv mV h< ^ matted together with withes of the same plant, and extending across the river in two parallel lines, six feet asunder. 'These are supported by several parcels of poles, .... and arc either rolled up or let down at pleasurr for a f^w fret. . . .A seine of fif- teen or eighteen feet in length is then dragged down the river by two per- sons, and the bottom drawn up agaivst the curtain of willows.' Xr>ioi» ami Clarke's Trau., p. 532. Make flshing-ncts of flax. I'vrkcr's Explor. Tour., ■p. 9l>. ' The Inland, as well as the Coast, tribes, live to a great extent upon " " pp. 152-3. Palouse Balmon cannot ascend to vol. vi., pp. 209-10. Okauagan food ' cousistii principally of salmon and a small fish which they call carp.' Wdkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. i^., p. 4G2. The Walla Wallas 'may well be termed ihe fishermen of the Skyuae oamp.' Faimham's Trav,, p. 82. v^i. j.ue luiuna, as wen us vao y,oain, inues, live lo salmon.' Mai/ne's Ji. C, p, 242; Nirolay's 0;> b^rry ii 'he ciMi>-so of my travels which the Indians scruple to wit, nor hive I see.' ••' i!' liVct from their doinj; so.' Kane's Wand., p. 327. The Aootenai food ' u .^rptember ' a[ipearH to be almost entirely berries; uiiinely, the "'misketoom" of the Crees, a delicious fr.iit, and a small species of cherry, also a sweet root which they obtain to the southward. ' Blnk:'islon, ill I'dlliner's Explor., p. 73. Flatheads dig komih, ' bitter root ' in May. It is very nutritious and very bitter. I'ahseeiin, camas, or ' water seego, ' is a Hweet, gummy, bulbous root. Sliutrt's ^f'mlllna, pp. 57-8. Colvilles cut down -liues for their moss (alectoria?). Kamas also eaten. Pickeriwi's Raws, in '. .s'. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., p. 34. The Shushwaps eat moss and lichens, chiefly the black lichen, or whyelkine. Mai/ne's It. C, p. 301; Parker's Explor. Tour., p. 127. The Sid' h in March and' .\pril eat popkah, an onion-like bulb; in ilay, Hpatldin, >i . it like vermicelli; in June and Jtily, ilicha, like roasted chestnuts; in ..<; ..**■ wild fruits; in September, maram, a grain. JJonienech'a Deserbi, vol. ii., p 5.'*, iiii; 1: Uili 1)1 266 COLUMBIANS. is also pulverized between two stones and packed in baskets lined with fish-skin. Here, as on the coast, the heads and oifal only are eaten during the fishing-season. The Walla Wallas are said usually to eat fish without cooking. Roots, mosses, and such berries as are pre- served, are usually kept in cakes, .hich for eating are moistened, mixed in various proportions and cooked, or eaten without preparation. To make the cakes simply drying, pulverizing, moistening, and sun-drying usually suffice ; but camas and pine-moss are baked or fermented for several days in an i i;drrffround kiln by means of hot stones, coming out in ii n of a dark gluey paste of the projier consistency i noulding. Many of these powdered roots may be preserved for years without in- jury. Boiling by means of hot stones and roasting on sharp sticks fixed in the ground near the fire, are the universal methods of cooking. No mention is made of peculiar customs in eating; to eat often and much is the aim ; the style of serving is a secondary consideration.^'^' Life with all these nations is but a struggle for food, ^^ At the Dalles ' during the fishing season, the Indians live entirely on the heads, hearts and oflfal of the salmon, which they string on sticks, and roast over a small fire.' Uesides pine-moss, the Okauagans use the seed of the balsam oriza pounded into meal, called mielito. ' To this 's added the aiffleurs.' Berries made into cakes by the Nez Percys. WHkes' Kar., in If. >'. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 410, 462, 494. Quamash, 'eaten either in it^ natural state, or boiled into a kind of soup, or made into a cake, which is then called pasheco.' Lewis and Clarke's Trav., pp. 330, 353, 3C5, 369. Women's Load- dress serves the Flatheads for cooking, etc. De Smet, Voy., pp. 47, 193-1); Id., Missions de I'Oreijon, pp. 75-6. ' The dog's tongue is the only dish-cloth known ' to the Okanagans. Pine-moss cooked, or squill-ape, will keep for years. 'At their meals they generally cat separately and in succession- - man, woman and child.' Ros.i' Adven., pp. 132-3, '295, 317-18. ' Most of their food is roasted, and they excel in roasting ft.iii.' Parker's Explor. Tour., pp. 231, 107. ' Pine moss, which they boil till it is reduced to a sort of glue or black paste, of a sufficient consistence to take the form of biscuit.' Franchere's Nar., p. 279. Couse tastes like parsnips, is dried and pulverized, and some- times boiled with meat. Alvord, in Schoolcraft's Arch,, vol. v.,, p. 65(i. Root bread on the Cleorwater tastes like that made of pumpkins. ')<»,«' Jour., pp. 202-3. Kamas after coming from the kiln is ' made into large cukes, by be- ing mashed, and pressed together, and slightly baked in the sun.' White- root, pulverized with stones, moistened and sun-baked, tastes not unlike stale biscuits. Toien.send'a Nar., pp. 126-7. Camas and sun-flower seed mixed with salmon-heads caused in the eater great distension of the stomach. Remy and Brewhley'a Jour., vol. ii., pp. 509-11. Sowete, is the name of the mixture last named, among the Coyuses. Coke's Rocky Mis., p. 310; Ind. Life, p. 41; Stuart's Afnntmm, pp. 57-8; Pickerin'i's Racis, in U. S. Ex. Ex.. vol. ix., p. 34; Kane's Wani., pp. 272-3; Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, pp. 214-15. PERSONAL HABITS IN THE INTEBIOR. 267 ly on and dof ded the ir. S. natural called head- 193-'.); ;h-clotli ep for ssion- - of their ur., pp. glue or nchere's d Bome- Koot ■»«r., pp. by ue- White- ke stale [\ mixed tomarh. e of the 10; Ind. Ex. Ex-' 14-15. and the poorer tribes are often reduced nearly to starva- tion ; yet they never are known to kill dogs or horses for food. About the missions and on the reservations cattle have been introduced and the soil is cultivated by the natives to considerable extent.^" In their personal habits, as well as the care of their lodges, the Cayuses, Nez Perces, and Kootenais, are mentioned as neat and cleanly ; the rest, though filthy, are still somewhat superior to the dwellers on the coast. The Flatheads wash themselves daily, but their dishes and utensils never. De Smet represents the Pend d'O- reille women as untidy even for savages.^** Guns, '^7 Additional notes and references on procuring food. The Okanagans break up winter quarters in February; waucler about in small bands till June. Assemble on the river and divide into two parties of men and two of women for fishing and dressing fish, hunting aud digging roots, until October; hunt iu small parties in the mountains or the interior for four or six weeks; and then go into winter quarters on the small rivers. Koas' Adven., pp. 314-16. Further south on the Columbia plains the natives collect and dry roots until May; fish on the north bank of the river till September, burj'ing the fish; dig camas on the plains till snow fulls ; and retire to the foot of the mount- ains to hunt deer aud elk through the winter. The Xez Ferces catch salmon and dig roots in summer; huut deer on snow-shoes in winter; and cross the mountains for buffalo in spring. Sokulks live on fish, roots, and antelope. Enecshur, Echeloots, and Chilluckittequaw, on fish, berries, roots and nuts. Ijewis ami Clarkn's Trau., pp. 444-5, 340-1, 352, 365, 370. Spokanes live on deer, wild fowl, salmon, trout, carp, pine-moss, roots and wild fruit. They have no repugnance to horse-flesh, but never kill horses for food. The Sina- poils live on salmon, camas, and an occasional small deer. The Chaudiere country well stocked with gotue, fish and fruit. Cox's Adven., vol. i., p. 201, vol. ii., p. 145. The Kayuse live on fish, game, and camass bread. De l^met, Voy., pp. 30-1. 'lis cultivent avec succes le ble, les patatcs, les pois et plusieurs autres legumes et fruits.' Id., Miss, de t'Orci/on., ja. 07. Pend d'Oreilles; fish, Kamosh, and pine-tree moss. Id., Went. Mtisionn, p. 284, ' Whole time was occupied in providing for their bellies, which were rarely full.' Ind. Aff. Ri^pt., 18.")4, p. '2U. Yakimas and Kliketats; Uuis or fresh- water muscles, little game, sage-fowl aud grouse, kamas, berries, salmon. The Okanagans raise some potatoes. Oihbs, in I'ao. R. R. Rvpt., vol. i., pp. 404, 408, 413. Kootenais; fish and wild fowl, berries and i junded meat, have cows aud oxen. Palliser'n Explor., -pp. 10,72. Palouse; fish, birds, and small animals. Umatillas; fish, sage-cocks, prairie-hares. Lord's Nat., vol. ii., pp. 97, lO.j-6. Tushepaws would not permit horses or dogs to be eaten. Irviiu/s AnUvin, p. 316. Nez Perces; beaver, elk, deer, white bear, and tuountain sheep, also steamed roots. Id., BonnevUle's Adven., p. 301. Hahaptin; gather Parker'.s Explor. Tour, pp. 228-31, 309; Wilkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. ^x., vol. iv., p. 474; llale's Ethw/., lb., vol. vi., p. 206. 'M Lewis and Clarke's Trav., pp. 383, 548; Parker's Explor. Tour, pp. 230, 312; Townsend's Nar., p, 148; De Smet, Voy., pp. 46-7, 198; Cox's Adven., vol. i., pp. 197-9, 358, vol. ii., pp. 155, 373, 375; Coke's Rocky Mta., p. 295; Palmer's Jour., pp. 54, 58, 59. COLUMBIANS. li knives and tomahawks have generally taken the place of such native weapons as these natives may have used against their foes originally. Only the bow and arrow have survived intercourse with white men, and no other native weapon is described, except one peculiar to the Okanagans, — a kind of Indian slung-shot. This is a small cylindrical ruler of hard wood, covered with raw hide, which at one end forms a small bag and holds a round stone as large as a goose-egg; the other end of the weapon is tied to the wrist. Arrow-shafts are of hard wood, carefully straightened by rolling between two blocks, fitted by means of sinews with stone or Hint heads at one end, and pinnated with feathers at the other. The most elastic woods are chosen for the bow, and its force is augmented by tendons glued to its The inland families cannot be called a warlike race. Resort to arms for the settlement of their intertribal disputes seems to have been very rare. Yet all are brave warriors when fighting becomes necessary for de- fense or vengeance against a foreign foe ; nottibly so the Cayuses, Nez Perces, Flatheads and Kootenais. The two former waged both aggressive and defensive war- fare against the Snakes of the south; while the latter joined their arms against their comfnon foes, the eastern Blackfeet, who, though their inferiors in bravery, nearly exterminated the Flathead nation by superiority in num- bers, and by being the first to obtain the white man's weapons. Departure on a warlike expedition is always preceded by ceremonious preparation, including councils of the wise, great, and old ; smoking the pipe, harangues by the chiefs, dances, and a general review, or display of equestrian feats and the manoeuvres of battle. The war- riors are always mounted ; in many tribes white or speck- 189 The Okanagan weapon is called a Spatnpt. Ross' Adven., pp. 318-19; III., Fur Hunters, vol. i., pp. 306-8. ' lU faire leurs arcs d'un bois tres- ^lastique, ou de la come du cerf.' De Smd, Voy., p. 48; Wilkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., p. 486; Stevens, in Pac. R. R. Kept., vol. i., p. 405; Toioi- Knd's Nar., p. 98; Irvim/'s Astoria, p. 317; Levoisatid Clarke's Tray., p. 351; Parker's Exphr. Tour, pp. 106-7, 233; Cox's Advtn., vol. i., p. 216. THE INLAND NATIONS AT WAR, 318-19; lois tres- in U. S. , p. 361; led war-horses are selected, and both rider and steed are gaily painted, and decked with feathers, trinkets, and bright-colored cloths. The war-party in most nations is under the command of a chief periodically elected by the tribe, who has no authority whatever in peace, but who keeps his soldiers in the strictest discipline in time of war. Stealthy approach and an unexi^ected attack in the early morning constitute their favorite tactics. They rush on the enemy like a whirlwind, with terrific yells, discharge their guns or arrows, and retire to pre- pare for another attack. The number slain is rarely large ; the fall of a few men, or the loss of a chief de- cides the victory. When a man falls, a rush is made for his scalp, which is defended by his party, and a fierce hand-to-hand conflict ensues, generally terminating the battle. After the fight, or before it when either party lacks confidence in the result, a peace is made by smok- ing the pipe, with the most solemn protestations of good- will, and promises which neither party has the slightest intention of fulfilling. The dead having been scalpd, and prisoners bound and taken up behind the victors, the party starts homeward. Torture of the prisoners, chietly perpetrated by the women, follows the arrivsil. By the Flatheads and northern nations captives are gen- erally killed by their sufferings; among the Sahaptins some survive and are made slaves. In the Flathead torture of the Blackfeet are practiced all the fiendish acts of cruelty that native cunning can devise, all of which are borne with the traditional stoicism and taunts of the North American Indian. The Nez Perco system is a little less cruel in order to save life for future slavery. Day after day, at a stated hour, the captives are brought out and made to hold the scalps of their dead friends aloft on poles while the scalp-dance is jx^rformed about them, the female participators meanwhile exerting all their devilish ingenuity in tormenting their victims."** 'i" Torture of Blackfeet priBoners; burning wth a red-hot gun-barrel, pullinr; out the nails, taking off flngen, scooping out the eyes, scalping, revnltinf; eruelties to female captives. The disputed right of the Flatheads to huut buffalo at the eastern foot of the mountains is tlie cause of the long- Hi !=fl it .41 270 COLUMBIANS. The native saddle consists of a rude wooden frame, under and over which is thrown a buffalo-robe, and which is bound to the horse" by a very narrow thong of hide in place of the Mexican clncha. A raw-hide crupper is used ; a deer-skin pad sometimes takes the place of the upper robe, or the robe and pad are used without the wooden frame. Stirrups are made by binding three straight pieces of wood or bone together in triangular form, and sometimes covering all with raw-hide put on wet; or one straight piece is suspended from a forked thong, and often the simple thong passing round the foot suffices. The bridle is a rope of horse-hair or of skin, made fast with a half hitch round the animal's lower jaw. The same rope usually serves for bridle and lariat. Sharp bones, at least in later times, are used for spurs. Wood is split for the few native uses by elk-horn wedges driven by bottle-shaped stone mallets. Baskets and ves- sels for holding water and cooking are woven of willow, bark, and grasses. Rushes, growing in all swampy lo- calities are cut of uniform length, laid parallel and tied continued hostility. The wisest and bravest is annually elected war chief. The war chief carries a long whip and secures discipline by flagellation. Except a few feathers and pieces of red cloth, both the Flathead and Koo- tenai enter battle perfectly naked. Vox's Adven., vol. i., pp. 232-45, vol. ii., p. 160. The Gayuse and Sahaptin are the most warlike of all the south- em tribes. The Nez Perces good warriors, but do not follow war as a profession. lioss' Fur HurUers, vol. i., pp. 185-6, 305, 308-12, vol. ii., pp. 93-6, 139. Among the Okanagans ' the hot bath, council, and ceremony of smoking the great pipe before war, is always religiously observed. Their laws, however, admit of no compulsion, nor is the chief's authority implicitly obeyed on these occasions; consequently, every one judges for himself, and either goes or stays as he thinks proper. With a view, however, to obviate this defect in their system, they have instituted the dance, which answers every purpose of a recruiting service.* * Every man, therefore, who enters within this ring and joins in the dance is in honour bound to assist in carrying on the war.' Id., Allien., pp. 319-20. Mock battles and military display for the enter- tainment of white visitors. Hines' Toy., pp. 173-4. The Chilluckittequaws cut oflf the forefingers of a slain enemy as trophies. Lewis and Clarice's Trav., pp. 375-6. When scouting, ' Flathead chief would ride at full gallop so near the foe as to flap in their faces the eagle's tail streaming behind (from his cap), yet no one dared seize the tulil or streamer, it being considered sacrilegious and fraught with misfortune to touch it.' 'Tolmie, in Lord's Niit., vol. ii., p. 238. A thousand Walla Wallas came to the Sacramento River in 184(t, to avenge the death of a young chief killed by an American about a year before. €ol- ton's Three Years in Col., p. 52. One Flathead is said to oe equal to four Blackfeet in battle. De Sinet, Voy., pp. 31, 49; Dunn's Oregon, pp. 312-13; Oray'sIKst. Ojn., pp. 171-4; Parker's Explor. Tour, pp. 23(5-7; Stanley's Por- traits, pp. 65-71; ind. Life, pp. 23-5; Wilkes' Nar., m U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. It., p. 495. PREPAKATION OF SKINS. RIVER-BOATS. 371 together for matting. Rude bowls and spoons are some- times dug out of horn or wood, but the fingers, with pieces of bark and small mats are the ordinary table furniture. Skins are dressed by spreading, scraping off the flesh, and for some purposes the hair, with a sharp piece of bonej stone, or iron attached to a short handle, and used like an adze. The skin is then smeared with the animal's brains, and rubbed or pounded by a very tedious process till it becomes soft and white, some hides being previously smoked and bleached with white clay."* On the lower Columbia the Wascos, Kliketats, Walla Wallas, and other tribes use dug-out boats like those of the coast, except that little skill or labor is expended on their construction or ornamentation; the only requisite being supporting capacity, as is natural in a country where canoes play but a small part in the work of pro- curing food. Farther in the interior the mountain tribes of the Sahaptin family, as the Cayuses and Xez Perces, make no boats, but use rude rafts or purchase an occa- sional canoe from their neighbors, for the rare cases when it becomes necessary to transport property across an un- fordable stream. The Flatheads sew up their lodge-skins into a temporary boat for ine same purpose. On the Fraser the Xootka dug-out is in use. I5ut on the north- ern lakes and rivers of the interior, the Fend d'Oreille, Jlatbow, Arrow, and Okanagan, northward to the Ta- "i White marl clay used to cleanse skin robes, by making it into a paste, rubbing it on the hide and leaving it to dry, after which it is rubbed off. SadiUes usually sit uueasily on the horse's back. Parker's Explor. Tour, pp. 106, '232-4. ' Mallet of stone curiously carved ' among the Soknlka. Near the Cascades was seen a ladder resembling those used by the whites. The Piahquitpaws used ' a saddle or pad of dressed skin, stuffed with goats' hair.* Lewit and Clarke's Trav., pp. 353, 370, 375, 528. On the Fraser a rough kind of isinglass was at one time prepared and traded to the Hudson Bay Com- pany. Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 177. 'The Sahaptins still make a kind of vase of lava, somewhat in the shape of a crucible, but very wide ; they use it as a mortar for pounding the grain, of which they make cakes. ' Doinoiech's Deserts, vol. ii., pp. 6t, 213. (Undoubtedly an error.) Pend d'Oreilles; ' les femmes font des nattes de joncs, des paniers, et dea chapeaux sans bords.' De Smet, Voy., p. 199, • Nearly all (the Shushwaps) use the Spanish wooden saddle, which they make with much skill.' Mayne's B. C, pp. 31)1-2. 'The sad lies for women differ in form, being furnished with the antlers of a deer, so as to resemble the high pommelled saddle of the Mexican ladies.' Fran- rhere's Nar., pp. 269-70; Palmer's Jour., p. 129; Irving's Astoria, p. 317, 365; Cox's Adven., vol. i., pp. 148-9. 272 COLUMBIANS. il ! cully territory, the natives manufncture and navigate bark canoes. Both birch and pine are employed, by stretching it over a cedar hoop-work frame, sewing the ends with fine roots, and gumming the seams and knots. The form is very peculiar; the stem and stern are pointed, but the points are on a level with the bottom of the boat, and the slope or curve is upward towards the centre. Travelers describe them as carrying a heavy load, but easily capsized unless when very skillfully man- aged."* Horses constitute the native wealth, and poor indeed is the family which has not for each meml)er, young and old, an animal to ride, as well us others sufficient to trans- port all the household goods, and to trade for the few foreign articles needed. The Nez Perces, Cayuses and Walla Wallas have more and better stock than other nations, individuals often possessing bands of from one thousand to three thousand. The Kootenais are the most northern e(|uestrian tribes mentioned. How the natives originally obtained horses is unknown, although there are some slight traditions in support of the natural supposition tliat they were first introduced from the south by way of the Shoshones. The latter are one people with the Comanches, by whom horses were ob- tained during the Spanish expeditions to New Mexico in the sixteenth century. The horses of the natives are 178 ' The white-{)ine bark is a very good substitute for birch, but has the dis- advantage of b^ng more brittle in cold weather.' Suckley, in Pac. H. li. liept., vol. i., p. 296. Yakima boats are ' simply logs hollowed out and sloped up at the ends, without form or finish.' Gibbs, in Id., p. 408. The Flutheads ' have no canoes, but in ferrying streams use their lodge skins, which are drawn up into an oval form by cords, and stretched on a few twigs. These they tow with horses, riding sometimes three abreast.' Stevens, in /(/., p. 415. In the Kootenai canoe ' the upper part is covered, except a space in the middle.' The length is twenty-two feet, the bottom being a dead level from end to end. Ross' Fur Iluniers, vol. ii., pp. 109-70. ' The length of the bottom of the one I measured was twelve feet, the width between the gunwales only seven and one half feet.' ' AVhen an Indian paddles it, he sits at the extreme end, and thus sinks the conical point, which serves to steady the canoe like a fish's tail.' Lord's Nat., vol. ii., pp. 178-9, 255-7. On the Arrow Lakes ' their form is also peculiar and very oeautiful. These canoes run the rapids with more safety than those of any other shape.' Kane's Watul., p. 328. See De Smet, Voy., pp. 35, 187; Irvw/s Astoria, p. 319; Lewis arul Clarke's Trav., p. 375; Hector, in Pcdliser's Explor., p. 27; Stevens, in Ind, Aff. Repi., 1854, pp. 208, 214, 223, 238. HORSES, PROPERTY, AND TRADE. 273 of small size, probably degenerated from a superior stock, but hardy and surefooted; enduring hunger and hard usage better than those of the whites, but inferior to tliem in build, action, and endurance. All colors are met with, spotted and mixed colors being especially prized.'" The different articles of food, skins and grasses for clothing and lodges and implements, shells and trinkets for ornamentation and currency are also bartered be- tween the nations, and the annual summer gatherings on the rivers serve as fairs for the display and exchange of commodities; some tribes even visit the coast for purposes of trade. Smoking the pipe often precedes and lollows a tnide, and some peculiar commercial customs prevail, as for instance when a horse dies soon after purchase, the price may be reclaimed. The rights of projjerty are jealously defended, but in the Salish na- tions, according to Hale, on the death of a father his relatives seize the most valuable property with very lit- tle attention to the rights of children too young to look out for their own interests."* Indeed, I have heard of "3 'The tradition is that horses were obtained from the southward,' not many penerutions back. Tolmie, in Lord's Nut., vol. ii., pp. 247, 177-8. In- dividuals of the Walla Wallas have over one thousand horses. Warre and Vamnour, in Martiti's Hud. Bay, p. 83. Kootcnais rich in horses and cat- tle. I'aUbur's Ernlor., pp. 44, 73. Kliketat and Yakima horses sometimes fine, but injured oy early usage; deteriorated from a good stock; vicious and lazy. GUibs, in Pac. H. k. Rept., vol. i., p. 405. 'La richesse principalc dea Bauvagcs de I'ouest consiste en chevaux.' De Smet, Voy., pp. 47, 56. At an assemblage of Walla Wallas, Shahaptuins and Kyoots, ' the plains were lit- erally covered vrith horses, of which there could not have been less than four thousuud in sight of the camp.' Ross' Adven., p. 127. The Kootanies about Arrow Lake, or Sinatcheggs have no horses, as the country is not suitable for them. Id., Fur HutUers, vol. ii., pp. 171-2. Of the Spokanes the 'chief riches are their horses, which they generally obtain in barter from the Nez Perces.' Vox's Adven., vol. i., p. 200. A Skyuse is poor who has but tifteen or twenty horses. The horses are a fine race, ' as large and of better form and more activity than most of the horses of the States.' Farnliam's Trav., p. 82. The Flatheads 'are the most northern of the equestrian tribes. 'A'ico- hy's Ogn. Ter,, p. 153. Many Nez Perct's 'have from five to fifteen hundred head of horses.' Palmer's Jour., pp. 128-9. Indians of the Spokane and Flathead tribes 'own from one thousand to four thousand head of horses and cattle.' Stevens' Address, p. 12. The Nez Perce horses 'are principally of the pony breed; but remarkably stout and long-winded.' Irvmi's Vonne- viUe's Adven., p. 301; Hastings' Em. Guide, p. 59; Hinea' Voy., p. 344; Gass' Jour., p. 295; Parker's Explor. Tour, p. 230. 174 The Chilluckittequaw intercourse seems to be an intermediate trade with the nations near the mouth of the Columbia. The Chopnnnish trade for, as well as hunt, buffalo-robes east of the mountains. Course of trade in Vol. I. 18 274 COLUMBIANS. deeds of similiir import in white races. In decorative art the inland natives must be pronounced inferior to those of the coast, perhaps only because they have less time to devote to such unproductive labor. Sculpture and painting are rare and exceedingly rude. On the coast the passion for ornamentation finds vent in carv- ing and otherwise decorating the canoe, house, and im- plements ; in the interior it expends itself on the capari- son of the horse, or in bead and fringe work on garments. Systems of numeration are simple, progressing by fours, fives, or tens, according to the different languages, and is sufficiently extensive to include large numbers ; but the native rarely has occasion to count beyond a few hun- dreds, commonly using his fingers as an aid to his nu- meration. Years are reckoned by winters, divided by moons into months, and these months named from the ripening of some plant, the occurrence of a fishing or hunting season, or some other periodicity in their lives, or by the temperature. Among the Salish the day is divided according to the position of the sun into nine parts. De Smet states that maps are mode on bark or skins by which to direct their course on distant excur- the Sahaptin county: The plain Indians daring their stay on the river from May to September, oefore they begin fishing, go down to the falls with skiuR, mats, silk-grass, rushes and ohapelell bread. Here they meet the mountain tribes from the Kooskooskie (Clearwater) and Lewis rivers, who bring benr- grass, horses, quamash and a few skins obtained by hunting or by barter from the Tushepaws. At the falls are the Chillnckittequaws, Eueeshurs, Echeloots anfl Skilloots, the latter being intermediate traders between the upper and lower tribes. These tribes have pounded fish for sale; and the Cninooks briug wappato, sea-fish, berries, and trinkets obtained from the whites. Then the trade begins; the Chopunnish and mountain tribes buy wappato, pounded fish ana beads; and the plain Indians buy wappato, horses, beads, etc. Lewli and Clarke's Trav., pp. 341, 382, 444-5. Horse- fuirs in which the natives display the qualities of their steeds with a view to sell. Ijord's Nat., vol. ii., pp. 86-7. The Oakinacks make trips to the Pacific to trade wild hemp for hiaqna shells and trinkets. Boss' Advm., pp. 21*1, 323. Trade conducted in silence between a Flathead and Crow. De Smet, Voy., p. 56. Kliketats and Yakimas ' have become to the neighboring tribes what the Yankees were to the once Western States, the traveling retailers of notions.' Oibbs, in Pac. R. K. Rept., vol. i., pp. 403, 406. Cayuses, Walla Wallas, and Nez Perces meet in Grande lionde Valley to trade with the Snakes. Thorn- ton's 0(in, and Cal , vol. i., p. 270; Hale's Ethnog. in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 20S; Vox's Adim., vol. ii., pp. 88-9, 156; Palmer's Jour., pp. 46, 54; Dun- nitioay's Ca}>(. Gray's Comp., p. 160; Coke's Rocky Mis., p. 294; Mayne's B. £'., p. 299; Qaas' Jour., p. 205. CHIEFS AND THEIR AUTHORITY. 276 rions, and that they are guided at night hy the polar 8tar."» War chiefs are elected for their bravery and past suc- cess, having full authority in all exix}dition8, marching at the head of their forces, and, especially among the Flatheads, maintaining the strictest discipline, even to the extent of inflicting flagellation on insubordinates. With the war their jwwer ceases, yet they make no cftbrt by partiality during office to insure re-election, and sub- mit without complaint to a successor. Except by the war chiefs no real authority is exercised. The regular chieftainship is hereditary so far as any system is ob- served, but chiefs who have raised themselves to their ptwition by their merits are mentioned among nearly all the nations. The leaders are always men of com- inaiiding influence and often of great intelligence. They take the lead in haranguing at the councils of wise men, which meet to smoke and deliberate on matters of public moment. These councils decide the amount of fine ne- ccsHary to atone for murder, theft, and the few crimes known to the native code; a fine, the chief's reprimand, and rarely flogging, probably not of native orijzin, are the only punishments ; and the criminal seldom attempts to escape. As the more warlike nations have esi^ecial chiefs with real power in time of war, so the fishing tribes, some of them, grant great authority to a ' salmon chief during the fishing-season. But the regular inland ^'"< In calculating time the Okanagans use their fingers, each finger stand- ing for teu; some will reckon to u thousand with tolerable accuracy, but most Clin Hcnrcely count to twenty. Boss' Adven., n. 324. The Flatheads 'font nt'anmoins ovec precision, sur des ecorces d'arbres ou snr des peaux le plan, des pays qu'ils ont purcourus, marquant les distances par journees, demi- journt-ps ou quarts de journees.' Be Smet, Voy., p. 205. Count years by BnowH, months by moons, and days by sleeps. Have names for each num- ber up to ten; then add ten to each; and then add a word to multiply by ten. Parlcer's Eteplor. Tour, p. 242. Names of the months in the Pisquouse and Salish languages beginning with January; — ' cold, a certain herb, snow- gone, bitter-root, going to root-ground, camass-root, hot, gathering berries, exhausted salmon, dry, house-building, snow.' Hale's Ethuoi/., in U. S. Ex, Ex., vol. vi., p. 211. ' Menses computant lunis, ex spkani, sol vel luna et dies per ferias. Hebdomadam unicam per splchaskat, stptein dies, plures vero Lebdomadas per s'chaxeus, id est, vexillum quod a duce maxinio qualibet die dominica suspendebatur. Dies autem in novem dividitur partes.' Mengarini, Orammatica Limjuae Selicae, p. 120; Sproat's Scenes, p. 270; Lewis and Clarkt't Tnv., p. 374. ■A' 111 'I I 276 COLUMBIANS. chiefs never collect taxes nor presume to interfere with the rights or actions of individuals or families."" Pris- oners of war, not killed by torture, are made slaves, but they are few in number, and their children are adopted into the victorious tribe. Hereditary slavery and the slave-trade are unknown. The Shush waps are said to have no slaves."^ In choosing a helpmate, or helpmates, for his bed and board, the inland native makes capacity for work the standard of female excellence, and having made a selec- tion buys a wife from her parents by the payment of an amount of property, generally horses, which among the southern nations must be equaled by the girl's par- ents. Often a betrothal is made by parents while both i™ The twelve Oakinack tribes * form, a? it were, so many states belonging to the same union, and are governed by petty chiefs.' The chieftainship descends from father to son ; and though merely nominal m authority, the chief is rarely disobeyed. Property pays for all crimes. h'}ss' Advtn.. pp. 289-94, 322-3, 327. The Chualpays are governed by the ' chiof of the earth * and ' chief of the waters,' i:he latter having exclusive authority in the fishing- Beason. Kane's Wand., pp. 309-13. The Nez Perces offered a Fliithead the position of head chief, through admiration of his qualities. De Smet, Voy., pp. 50, 171. Among the Kalispels the chief appoints his successor, or if he fails to do so, one is elected. DeSinet, Western Miss., p. 2d7. The Flathead wiir chief carries a long whip, decorated with scalps and feathers to enforce strict discipline. The principal chief is hereditary. Cox's Adven., vol. i., pp. '241-2, vol. u., p. 88. The 'camp chief ' of the Flatheads as well as the war chief was chosen for his merits. Ind. Life, pp. 28-9. Among the Nez Perct's and Wascos 'the form of government is patriarchal. They acknowledge the he- reditary principle — blood generally decides who shall be the chief.' Alvord, in Schof^craft's Arch., vol. v., pp. 652-4. No regularly recognized chief among the Spok'anes, but an intelligent and rich man often controls the tribe by his influence. Wilkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 475-fi. 'The Salish can hardly be said to have any regular form of government. ' Hale's Ethnoij. , in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., pp. 207-8. Every winter the Cayuses go down to tbo Dalles to hold a council over the Chinooks ' to ascertain their niisdemenuurs and punish them therefor by whipping'! Famham's Trav., p. 81-2. Among the Salish ' criminals are sometimes punished by banishment from their tribe.' 'Fraternal union and the obedience to the chiefs are truly admirable.' Jhm<- enech's DeserUi, vol.|ii., pp. 343-4; Hines' Voy., p. 157;' StanUy's Portraits, p. G3; Dunn's Orei/on, pp. 311-12; White's Oregon, p. 189; Pickerini/'s Races, in V. S. Ex. Ex., vol.ix., p. 108; Joset, in Nouvelles Annales des Voy., tom. cxxiii, 1849, pp. 334-40. >" ' Slavery is common with all the tribes.' Warre and Vavasour, in Mar- tin's Hud. B., p. 83. Sahaptins always make slaves of prisoners of war. The Cayuses have many. Alvord, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 054; Palmer's Jour., p. 50. Among the Okanagans ' there are but few slaves . . . and these few are adopted as children, and treated in all respects ap members of the family.' Ross' Adven., p. 320. "The inland tribes formerly practiced slavery, but long since abolished it. Parker's Explor. Tour, p. 247. ' Not practised in the in- terior.' Mayne's B. C, p. 243. Not practiced b ' the Shashwaps. Andtrson, in HM. May., vol. vii., p. 78. FAMILY RELATIONS. 277. r, in Mar- war. The Palmer's these few le family.' , but long in the in- Anderson, partifco are yet children, and such a contract, guaranteed by an interchange of presents, is rarely broken. To give away a wife without a price is in the highest degree disgraceful to her family. Besides payment of the price, generally made for the suitor by his friends, courtship in some nations includes certain visits to the bride before marriage ; and the Spokane suitor must consult both the chief and the young lady, as well as her parents ; indeed the latter may herself propose if she wishes. Runaway matches are not unknown, but by the Xez Perces the woman is in such cases considered a prostitute, and the bride's parents may seize ufwn the man's property. Many tribes seem to require no marri.age ceremony, but in others an assemblage of friends for smoking and feasting is called for on such occasions ; and among the Flatheada more complicated ceremonies are mentioned, of which long lectures to the couple, baths, change of clothing, torch-light processions, and dancing form a part. In the married state the wife must do all the heavy work and drudgery, but is not othei-wise ill treated, and in most tribes her rights are equally respected with those of the husband. When thert are several wives each occupies a separate lodge, or at least has a separate fire. Among the Spo- kanes a man marrying out of his own tribe joins that of his wife, because she can work better in a country to which she is accustomed; and in the same nation all household goods are considered as the wife's property. The man who marries the eldest daughter is entitled to all the rest, and parents make no objection to his turn- ing oft* one in another's favor. Either party may dis- solve the marriage at will, but property must be equita- bly divided, the children going with the mother. Dis- carded wives are often reinstated. If a Kliketat wife die soon after marriage, the husband may reclaim her price ; the Nez Perce may not marry for a year after her death, but he is careful to avoid the inconvenience of this regulation by marrying just before that event. The tSalisli widow must remain a widow for about two vears, 278 COLUMBIANS. and then must marry agreeably to her mother-in-law's taste or forfeit her husband's property."® The women make faithful, obedient wives ai^ affectionate mothers. Incontinence in either girls or married women is ex- tremely rare, and prostitution almost unknown, being severely punished, especially among the Nez Percys. In this respect the inland tribes present a marked contrast to their coast neighbors."* At the first appearance of the menses the woman must retire from the sight of all, ns Each Okauagan ' family is mled by the joint will or authority of the hnsband and wife, but more particularly by the latter.' Wives live at dif- ferent camps among their relatives; one or two being constantlv with the husband. Brawls constantly occur when several "ivives meet. The women are chaste, and attached to nnsband and children. At the age of fourteen or fifteen the young man pays his addresses in person to the object of his love, aged eleven or twelve. After the old folks are in bed, he goes to her wigwam, builds a fire, and if welcome the mother permits the girl to come and sit 'nith him for a short time. These visits are several times repeated, and he finally goes in the day-time with friends and his purchase money. Boss' Adven., pp. 295-302. The Spokane husL.ind joins his wife's tribe; women are held in great respect; and much affection is shown for chil- dren. Among the Nez Perces both men and women have the power of dissolving the marriage tie at pleasure. Wilkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 410, 475-6, 486, 495. The Coeura d'Aldne 'have abandoned po- lygamy.* Stevens, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., pp. 149, 309; Gibbs, in Fac. It. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 406. Fend d'Oreille women less enslaved than in the mountains, but yet have much heavy work, paddle canoes, etc. Gen- erally no marriage among savages. De Smet, Voy., pp. 198-9, 210. The Nez Perces generally confine themselves to two wives, and rarely marry cousins. No wedding ceremony. Alvord, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. C55. Po- lygamy not general on the Eraser; and unknown to Kootenais. Vox's Adven., vol. ii., pp. 155, 379, vol. i., pp. 256-9. Nez Percys have abandoned polyg- amy. Palmer's Jour., pp. 129, 56. Flathead women do everything but hunt and fight. Jnd. Life, p. 41. Flathead women 'by no means treated as slaves, but, on the contrary, have much consideration and authority.' Hale's Elhnmj., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi.. p. 207. 'Rarely marry out of their own nation,' and do not like their women to marry whites. Dunn's Oreyon, pp. 313-14. The Sokulk "len 'are said to content themselves with a single wife, with whom th> husband shares the labours of procuring subsistence much more than is usual among savages.' Leieis and Clarice's Trav., p. 351; Dunniway's Capt. Gray's Comp., p. 161; Giny's Hist. 0(/n., p. 171; Tolniie and Anderson, in Lord's Nat., vol. li., pp. 231-5; Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 208; De Smefs West. Miss., p. 289. "9 The wife of a young Kootenai left him for another, whereupon he shot himself. Ross' Fur Hunters, vol. ii., p. 169. Among the Flatheads ' conjugal infidelity is scorcely known.' Dunn's Oregon, p. 311. The Sahaptins 'do not exhibit those loose feelings of carnal desire, nor appear adOicted to the com- mon customs uf prostitution.' Gasa' Jour., p. 275. InlaLd tribes have a reputation for chastity, probably due to circumstances rather than to fixed principles. Mayne's B. v., p. 300. Spokanes 'free from th) vice of incon- tinence.' Among the Walla Wallas prostitution is unknown, 'and I believe no inducement would tempt them to commit a breach of chast ty.' Prostitu- tion common on the Fraser. Cox's Adven., vol. i., pp. 145, 199-200. Nez Perc^ women remarkable for their chastity. Alvord, in Schoi>lcraft's Arch., Tol. v., p. 655. WOMEN AND CHILDREN. 279 especially men, for a period varying from ten days to a month, and on each subsequent occasion for two or three days, and must be purified by repeated ablutions before she may resume her place in the household. Also at the time of her confinement she is deemed unclean, and must remain for a few weeks in a separate lodge, attended generally by an old woman. The inland woman is not prolific, and abortions are not uncommon, which may probably be attributed in great measure to her life of labor and exposure. Children are not weaned till be- tween one and two years of age; sometimes not until they abandon the breast of their own accord or are sup- planted by a new arrival; yet though subsisting on the mother's milk alone, and ex^josed with slight clothing to all extremes of weather, they are healthy and robust, being carried about in a rude cradle on the mother's back, or mounted on colts and strapped to the saddle that they may not fall off when asleep. After being weaned the child is named after some animal, but the name is changed frequently later in life** Although children and old people are as a rule kindly cared for, yet so great the straits to which the tribes are reduced by circumstances, that both are sometimes abandoned if not put to death.*^* 1^ In the Salish family on the birth of a child vrealthy relatiysR make presents of food and clothing. The Nez Perc^ mother gives presents but receives none on Buch an occasion. The Flatheads and Fend d'Oreilles baudnge the waist and legs of infants with a view toproducing broad-shoul- dered, small-waisted and straight-limbed adults. Tolmie ana Anderson, in Lird's Nat., vol, ii., pp. 231-2. Among the Walla Wallas ' when traveling a hoop, bent over the nead of the child, protects it from injury.' The con- fluement after child-birth continues forty days. At the first menstruation the Spokane woman must conceal herself two days in the forest; for a man to see her would bo fatal; she must then be confined for twenty days longer in a separate lodge. Wilkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 426-8, 485. The Okanagan mother is not allowed to prepare her unborn infant's swad- dling clothes, which consist of a piece of board, a bit of skin, a bunch of moss, and a string. Boss' Advtn., pp. 324-30. ' Small children, not more than three years old, are mounted alone and generally upon colts.' Younger ones are carried on the mother's back ' or suspended from a high knob upon the forepart of their saddles.' Parker's Explor. Tour, p. 98. Houses among the Chopunuish 'appropriated for women who are undergoing the opera- tion of the menses. ' When anything is to be conveyed to these deserted females, the person throws it to them forty or fifty paces off, and then re- tires,' Lewis and Clarke's Trav., p. 539; Townaend's Nar., p. 78; Alvord, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 655. iBi With the Fend d'OreiUes ' it was not nnoommon for them, to bury th ' S80 COLUMBIANS. ri i I M The annual summer gathering on the river banks for fishing and trade, and, among the mountain nations, the return from a successful raid in the enemy's country, are the favorite periods for native diversions.**" To gamb- ling they are no less passionately addicted in the interior than on the coast,*** but even in this universal Indian vice, their preference for horse-racing, the noblest form of gaming, raises them above their stick-shuifling breth- ren of the Pacific. On the speed of his horse the native stiikes all he owns, and is discouraged only when his animal is lost, and with it the opportunity to make up past losses in another race. Foot-racing and target- shooting, in which men, women and children participate, also afford them indulgence in their gambling propensi- ties and at the same time develop their bodies by exer- cise, and perfect their skill in the use of their native weapon.*** The Colvilles have a game, alkoUock, played very old and the very yonng alive, because, they said, " these cannot take care of thomaelves, and wo cannot take care of them, and they had better die." Steveivi, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 211; Sucklei/, in Poc. li. li. Rept., vol. i., p. 297; Domenrjch's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 328; White's Ogn., p. 9G; Cox's Adven., vol. i., pp, 148-9. 18^ In the Yakima Valley ' wo visited every street, alley, hole nnd comer of the camp .... Here was gambling, there scalp-dancing; laughter in one place, mourning in another. Crowds were passing to and fro, whooping, yell- ing, dancing, drumming, singing. Men, women, and children were huddled together; flags flying, horses neighing, dogs howling, chained bears, tied wolves, grunting and growling, all pell-mell among the tents.' Ross' Fur Hunters, vol. i., p. 28. At Kettle Falls 'whilst awaiting the coming salmon, the scene is one great revel: horse-racing, gambling, love-making, dancing, and diversions of all sorts, occupy the singular assembly; for at these an- nual gatherings feuds and disbkes are for the time laid by,' Lord's Nat., ,vol. i., pp. 72-3. >p. 315-6. ' A pack of prick- eared curs, simply tamed prairie volves, always in attendance. Lord's NcU., vol. i., pp. 71-3. 286 COLUMBIANS. small-pox and measles contracted from the whites, which have caused great havoc in nearly all the tribes. Hot and cold baths are the favorite native remedy for all their ills, but other simple specifics, barks, herbs, and gums are employed as well. Indeed, so efficacious is their treatment, or rather, perhaps, so powerful with them is nature in resisting disease, that when the lo- cality or cause of irregularity is manifest, as in the case of wounds, fractures, or snake-bites, remarkable cures are ascribed to these people. But here as elsewhere, the sickness becoming at all serious or mysterious, medical treatment proper is altogether abandoned, and the pa- tient committed to the magic powers of the medicine- man. In his power either to cause or cure disease at will implicit confidence is felt, and failure to heal indi- cates no lack of skill ; consequently the doctor is resjwn- sible for his patient's recovery, and in case of death is liable to, and often does, answer with his life, so that a natural death among the medical fraternity is extremely rare. His only chance'^f escape is to persuade relatives of the dead that his ill success is attributable to the evil influence of a rival physician, who is the one to die ; or in some cases a heavy ransom soothes the grief of mourn- ing friends and avengers. One motive of the Cayuses in the massacre of the Whitman family is supposed to have been the missionary's failure to cure the measles in the tribe. He had done his best to relieve the sick, and his power to effect in all cases a complete cure was un- questioned by the natives. The methods by which the medicine-man practices his art are very uniform in all the nations. The patient is stretched on his back in the centre of a large lodge, and his friends few or many sit about him in a circle, each provided with sticks where- with to drum. The sorcerer, often grotesquely painted, enters the ring, chants a song, and proceeds to force the evil spirit from the sick man by pressing both clenched fists with all his might in the pit of his stomach, knead- ing and pounding also other parts of the body, blowing occasionally through his own fingers, and sucking blood MEDICAL PKACTICE. 287 from the part supposed to be affected. The spectators pound with their sticks, and all, including doctor, and often the patient in spite of himself, keep up a continual song or yell. There is, however, some method in this madness, and when the routine is completed it is again begun, and thus repeated for several hours each day un- til the case is decided. In many nations the doctor finally extracts the spirit, in the form of a small bone or other object, from the patient's body or mouth by some trick of legerdemain, and this once secured, he assures the surrounding friends that the tormentor having been thus secured, recovery must soon follow.^®* "5 The Nez Percys ' are cenerally healthy, the only diflorders which we have had occasion to remark being of scrophulons kind.' With the Sokulks 'a bnd Boreness of the eyes is a very common disorder.' 'Bad teeth are very general.' The Chilluckittequawti' diseaseH are sore eyes, decayed teeth, and tumors. The Walla Wallas have ulcers and eruptions of the skin, and oocasiunally rheumatism. The Chopunnish had ' scrofula, rheumatism, and sore oycH,' and a few have entirely lost the use of their limbs. Lewis and Clarke's Trai\, pp. 341, 352, 382, 531, 549. The medicine-man uses a medicine- bag of relics in his incantations. Parker's Explor. Tour, pp. 240-1 . The Okan- agiin mcdiciue-men are called UaqaiUamjhs, and ' are men generally past the meridian of life ; in their habits grave and sedate. ' ' They possess a good knowledge of herbs and roots, and their virtues.' I have often 'seen him throw out whole mouthfuls of blood, and yet not the least mark would appear on the Bkin. ' ' I once saw an Indian who had been nearly devoured by a griz- zly bear, and had his skull split open in several places, and several pieces of bone tivkeu out just above the brain, and measuring three-fourtha of an inch in length, cured so effectually by one of these jugglers, that in less than two months after he was riding on his horse again at the chase. I have also seen them cut open the belly with a knife, extract a large quantity of fat from the inside, sew up the part again, and the patient soon after perfectly recovered.' 'Phe most frequent diseases are ' indigestion, fluxes, asthmas, and consump- tions.' Instances of longevity rare, /ioss' .diZuen., pp. 302-8. A desperate case of consumption cured by killing a dog each day for thirty-two doys, ripping it open uud placing the patient's legs in the warm intestines, administering some barks meanwhil'^. The Flatheads subject to few diseases; splints used for fractures, ul^eding with sharp flints for contusionp ice-cold batns for ordi- nary rheumatism, and vapor bath with cold plunge for chronic rheumatism. Cox's Ailven., vol. ii., pp. 90-3, vol. i., pp. 2-48-51. Among the Wulla Wallas convalescenta are directed to sing some hours each day. The Spokanes re- quire all garments, etc., about the death-bed to be buried with the body, hence few comforts for the sick. WUkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., pp. 426-7, 485. The Flatheads say their wounds cure themselves. De Smet, Voy., pp. 198-200. The Wascos cure rattlesnake bites by salt applied to the wound or by whisky taken internally. Kam's Wand., pp. 205, 273, 317-18. A fe- male doctor's throat cut by the father of a patient she had failed to cure. Uinxs' Vtn/., p. 190. The oflSce of medicine-men among the Sahaptins is generally hereditary. Men often die from fear of a medicine-man's evil glano*. Rival doctors work on the feors of patients to get each other killed. Murders of doctors somewhat rare among the Nez Perces. Alvord, in School- craft's Arch., vol. v., pp. 652-3, 655. Small-pox seems to have come among the Yakimaa and KliKetata before direct intercourse with whites. O'Ma, in 288 COLUMBIANS. l\l Grief at the death of a relative is manifested by cut- ting the hair and smearing the face with black. The women also howl at intervals for a period of weeks or even months ; but the men on ordinary occasions rarely make open demonstrations of sorrow, though they some- times shed tears at the death of a son. Several instances of suicide in mourning are recorded; a Walla Walla chieftain caused himself to be buried alive in the grave with the last of his five sons. The death of a wife or daughter is dt^emed of comparatively little consequence. In case of a tribal disaster, as the death of a prominent chief, or the killing of a band of warriors by a hostile tribe, all indulge in the most frantic demonstrations, tearing the hair, lacerating the tlesh with Hints, often in- flicting serious injury. The sacrifice of human life, gen- erally that of a slave, was practiced, but apparently no- where as a regular part of the fimeral rites. Among the Flatheads the bravest of the men and women ceremo- nially bewail the loss of a warrior by cutting out pieces of their own flesh and casting them with roots and other articles into the fire. A long time passes 'jefore a de.id person's name is willingly spoken in the tribe. The corpse is commonly disposed of by wrapping in or- dinary clothing and burying in the ground without a coffin. The northern tribes sometimes suspended the body in a canoe from a tree, while those in the south formerly piled their dead in wooden sheds or sepulchres above ground. The Okanagans often bound the body upright to the trunk of a tree. Property was in all cases sacrificed; horses usually, and slaves sometimes, killed on the grave. The more valuable articles of wealth were deposited with the body; the rest suspended on poles over and about the grave or left on the surface of the ground; always previously damaged in such maim as not to tempt the sacrilegious thief, for their pla< Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., pp. 405, ^.08. A Nez Perc^ doctor killed .,, * brother of a man who had shot himfielf in mourning for his dead relntivi , the brother in turn killed, and 8eve»-al other lives lost. Ross' Fur Hunters, vol. i., p. 239. CHARACTER OF THE INLAND TRIBES. ImriiiL are hrld most sacred. Mounds of stones sur- iiioiintt'd with crosses indicate in later times the conver- nion of the natives to a foreign religion.^"* In character and in morals,*"" as well as in physique, the I'l Thn Sokulkfl MTap tho dend in HkiuR, bur}* thom in gr.ivoH, cover with pftrth, iiiid murk tho gruvo by little i)ipkc'tH of woodHtnic-k ufer and iibuut it. On the Coluiiibia below the Hnnke wim u Hhod-tomb Hixty by twelve feet, open lit th(^ ciiiIh, Htundiiif; eaitt nnd weHt. Recently dead bodies wrapped in leatner nnil iirriiiiKed on boardn at the went end. AlK)ut the centre a prouiiHciiouH ki'iii) of partially decayed corjmeH; and at eaHtern end a mat with twcnty-ouo Bkiills iirriiH),'ed in a circle. Articles of property 8u»i>ended on the inside and Hkt'lt'tonx of horses 8(!attered outside. AlH>ut the Dalles ei({ht vaults of boards ei^'lit feet square, and six feet hi^h, and all the walls decorated with piptiircK and carvings. The bodies were laid east and west, if icis and Clnrke'H Trar., i)p. 344-5, ;15'J-C0, 37'J-8(), 557-8. Okanagans observe silence about th< '^I'uth-bcd, but tho moment the ])erHon dies the house is abandoned, and cli.nioroim mourning is joiuod in by all the camp for some hours; then dead Hilenee while the lAxly h wrapp f\ in a new garment, brought out, and the lixl^'c torn down. Then alternate .^ouming and silence, and the deceased is Imried in a sitting posture in a round hole. Widows must mourn two years, iiK.'cKSMiitly for some mouths, then only morning and evening. Enas' Advin., ]m. 1121-2. Frantic mourning, cutting the flesh, etc., by Nez I'erces. linns' fur llunl'rs, vol. i., pp. 2IH-5, 238-9, vol. ii., p. 139. Destruction of horses and otlur property by Hpokanes. Vox's Adnn., vol. i., j^n. 200-1. A hIiuhIi- wiip willow instigates the murder of a victim as a sacnnce to her husband. Tho horses of a Walla Walla chief not used after his death. Kant's If an(/., p. 17«-i», 2(il-5, 277, 289. Hundreds of Wasro bodies piled in a small honso on 55; Parker's Ejrplor. Tour, p. 104; P'llimr, in B. G. Papers, pt. Hi., p. 85; (i(Uis' Jour., p. 219; Ind. Life, p. 55; TiAmu, in Lord's Nat., vol. ii., pp. 2J7-8, 2(10-1. i^'Sokulks 'of a mild and peaceable disposition,' respectfnl to old age. Chiliuckittequaws ' unusually hospitable and good humoured.' Chopunnish ' the most amiable we have seen. Their character is ])lacid and gentle, rarely movi 'I into passion.' 'They are indeed selfish and avaricious.' Will j)ilfer small articles. Lfw'is and Clarke's Trav., pp. 338, 341, 351, 376, 5.5i]-8, 5fi4. The I'latheads ' se distingnent par la civiht^, I'honnetete, et h Lo:>te.' De Sm (, \'„y., pp. 3i_>2, 38-40, 47-50, 166-74, 'iO.M. Flathead', 'the bos* In- Uaus of the mountains and the plains,— honest, brave, and docile.' Kootr- lis ' men of great docility and artlessness of character.' Striens and Uoecken, in I)e Swrfs U'est. Muis., pp. 281, 281, 290, 300. Coeurs fVAlfcne selfish and poor-Hpirited. De Smd, Mss. de I'Ore-jon, p. 329. In thf Walla Wallas 'an *if of open unsuspecting confidence,' 'natural politeness,' no obtrusive fa- miliarity. Flatheads 'frank and hospitable.' Exoepi cruelty to captives V I.. 1. 19 {.' 290 COLUMBIANS. inland native is almost unanimously pronounced supe- rior to the dweller on the coast. The excitement of the chase, of war, and of athletic sports ennobles the mind as it develops the body; and although probably not by nature less indolent thun their western neighbors, yet are these nativi^s of the interior driven by cii'cmnstances to ha))its of industry, and have much less leisiue time for the cultivation of, the lower forms of vice. As a race, and compared with the average American aborigi- nes, they are honest, intelligent, and pure in morals. Travelers are liable to form their estimate of national character from a view, perhaps unfair and prtyudicod, of the JUitions of a few individuals encountered ; conse- quently qualities the best and the worst have Ijeen given by some to each of the nations now under consideration. For the Ijest reputation the Nez Perces, Flatheads and Kootenais have always been rivals ; their g«jod qualitios have been praised by all, priest, trader and tourist. Honest, just, and often charitable ; ordinarily cold and reserved, but on occasions social and almost gay; quick- tenqxjred and revengeful under what they consider in- hftve 'fi'wcr failingx than nny of tho tribes I ever met.* Brnve, qnict, niul aiiionublv to their chiefu. HpukitneH ' (juiet, honest, iuoffi iisivc, ' but ratlur indolent. ' Thou^litless luul iniproviclcnt.' OkunngiuiH 'Indolent riisculs;' ' nn honest uud , but proud and haughty.' I'nlmer's Ji'ur., pp. 128, 48, 5;t, 5i», 61, l'24-7. 'Kind to each other.' ' t'heerful and often gay, sociable, kind and affectionate, and anxious to reci'ive instru(-tion.' 'Lying scarcely known.' I'arker'a Etidor. Tour, \>p. 07, 105, '2:12, 2:i!», 30:J-4, 311-12. Of the Nicutenmehs 'the habitiml viu- dictiveness of their character is fostered by the ceaseless feuds. ' ' Nearly every family has a minor vendcttn of its own.' 'The races that depend en- tirely or chiefly on tlshing, are immeusurably inferior to those tribis who, with nerves and sinews braced by exercise, and 'uiud>{ compuratively en- nobled by fre(iueut excitement, hve constantly amid war and the eliase.' Andemon, in Jl'mt. Miuj., vol. vii., \,\). 77-80. Inland tribet of Uritish t'o- lambin less industrious and less provident than tho more s.nlentary const Indians. Mayne's B. ('..pp. 301, 297. Bahaptins 'cold, tiieiturn, hijjh- teiiipered, warlike, fond of hunting.' Falouse, Yakimas, KlIKetats, etc.. of a ' less hardy and active temperament ' thati the Nez I'l.. .':;. UnW's Kil<,ii«j., in V. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., pp. I'JO, 210-13. Cayuscs ' dreaded by th< ir ai igh- INLAND MORALITY. 291 supc- L)f the mind lot by rs, yet stances e time As a ilwri^i- morals. lational judicecl, conse- n {iiven oration, iiuis and equalities tourist. ;old and ; (]nick- nder in- , qniot, nml but ruthir •lit lasi'uls;' ui\n*"""'' tliin"i'^ Kiiul t«> tiu'li uii.l mixio"!' -,r. Ti'itr, VV- iul>it>wl viu- jrt/ 'N.iirly piirativi ly t«; \ Ui»' 'l"""'- f Hritish I'o- ilontary io'\« ituni, Innu- LotntH, ''t'"- ^' alf'H Kll''","!-' tUtir lit it;l'- justice, but readily appeased by kind treatment; cruel only to captive enemies, stoical in the endurance of tor- ture; devotedly athiched to home and family; these natives prf>bably come as near as it is i)ermitted to tlesh- and-blood savages to tiie traditional noble red man of the forest, sometimes met in rojnance. It is the pride and lM)ast of the Flathead that his trilje has never shed the bUxKl of a white man. Yet none, whatever their tribe, coidd altogether resist the temptation to steal horses from their neighlK)rs of a difterent tri))e, or in former times, to pilfer small articles, wonderful to the sa\age eye, introduced by Eui-ojieans. Many have Ijeen iKjininally converted by the /.ealous lalx)rs of the Jesuit Fathers, or Protestant missionaries; and several nations seem to have actually improved, in material condition if not in char.'U'ter, under their change of faith. As Mr Alexander Koss remarks, ''there is less crime in an In- dian camp of five hundred souls than there is in a civ- ilized village of but half that number. Let the lawyer or moralist pjint out the cause." burs OH iiceount of their conriiK'' Mn\ wnrliko spirit.' Walla Wallns 'notori- ous as tliifVfs siiu'o thoir first intrrcourHO with whites.' 'Indolent, Kujier- Ktiticins, (Ininken and debauched. Character of FlatheadH, Tend d'OreillcH, Ui.i;itillas. Iml. Af. /.'«/»/., 1854, jip. '207-'J, '211, "218, '2'23, '28'2, 18(il, pp. ](U-5. Yakiiiiiis and Kliketats ' nnich Huperi(«-to tho river IndiuuH.' Skrcn.i, in Pav. R. It. Uriit., vol. i., pi). 405. '2i)8, 403, 41(;, vol. xii., i)t. i., p. 139. Wascos ' ex- coediu'^ly vicious.' //;;;»'.«' Toy., pp. 15!(, IG!). The Nez PerceH ' are, certainly, more like a nation of Haints tlian n horde of Miva^es.' SkyuHCH, Walla Wallus. Irr'iii'i's /yi-'J(l, 300. TuHhepaws; lrriii-8. Nez Per 'es; ''ntlln's y. Am. Iiiil , vol. ii., p. 109; Fninrliire's A'dc, i). '208. Kayuses, Walla W^iUis; T'liriisi'ifl'.i .V((r., p. 15(i. Sahaptins; ivilhs' IHsf. (>.. p. I lOU. 59. Flatheadh; 7m/. LiJ't, iip. ix., p. 41'2. Shi wajis; ilruiiVH Oman to Ocftin, pp. '288-304, 313. At Dalles; Iiuul, in Ximrcllrn n I'lfci's; lltintbiiii^' KmiiiranLi' Guide, p. , i"). At Dalles; I ri/Ar-s' Xar., in U. S. A>. Kx., vol. iv., p. 41'2. Shush- .4ii)i'i/is (/'s I'll/., 18-21, torn. X., p. 8'2; Stuart, in Id., 1821, torn, xii., p. 43. Pendd'OreiUc's; Josii, in Id., 1849, torn, cxxiil., pp. 334-40. 292 COLUMBIANS. TBIBAL BOtriTD/iBIES. The Columbian Group compriges the tribes inhabiting the territory imme- diately south of that of the Hyperboreans, extending from the fifty-fifth to the forty-third porallel of north latitude. Is TBK Haidah Familt, I include all the coast and inland nations of British Columbia, from 55 ' to 52 ', and extending inland about one hnudred miles to the borders of the Chilcoten Plain, the Haidah nation proper hav- ing their home on the Queen Charlotte Islands. * The Haidah tribes of the Northern Family inhabit Queen Charlotte's Island. ' * The Massettes, Skitte- g'ls, Cumshawas, am^ other (Haidah) tribes inhabiting the eastern shores of Queen Charlotte's Island." Scmthr, in Lond. GeO'i. Sor. Jour., vol. xi., p. 219. 'The principal tribes upon it (Q. Char. Isl.) are the Sketigets, Massets, and Comshewars.' Dunn's Ore'jnn, p. 292. 'Tribal names of the principal tribes inhabiting the islands: — Klue, Skiddan, Ninstence or Cape St. James, Skidagate, Skidagatees, Oold-Harbour, Cumshewas, and four others Hydah is the generic name for the whole.' Pook'sQ. Char. 7s/., p. 309. "The Cumshewar, Massit, Skittageets, Keesam, and Kigamee, are mentioned as liWng on the island.' LuJem/, Ab. Imwi., p. 157. The following bands, viz.: Lulauna, (or Sulanna), Nightan, Massetta, (orMosette), Necoon, Ase- guang, (or Asequang), Skittdegates, Cumshawas, Skeedans, Queeah, Cloo, Kishawin, Kowwelth, (or Kawwelth), and Too, compose the Queen Char- lotte Island Indians, ' beginning at N. island, north end, and passing round by the eastward.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 489; and A'aiie's Wand., end of vol. ' The Hydah nation which is di>'ided into numerous tribes inhabiting the island and the mainland opposite.' Reed's Nar. ' Queen Charlotte's Island and Prince of Wales Archipelago are the country of the Haidahs; includ- iug the Kygany, Massett, Skittegetts, Hanega, Cumshewas, and other septs.' AmlfrHon, in Hist. Ma'j., vol. vii., p. 74. 'Les ludiens Konmchaouas, Haf- das, Massettes, et Skidegats, de I'ile de la Seine Charlotte.' Mofras, Explor., tom. ii., p. 337. My Haidah Family is called by Warre and Vavaseur Qua- cott, who with .he Newette and twenty-seven other tribes live, ' from Lnt. 54 to Lat. 50^ including Queen Charlotte's Island; North end of Vancouver's Island, Millbank Sound and Island, and the Main shore.' Martin's Hudson's Bay, p. 80. The Massets and thirteen other tribes besides the Quacott tribes occupy Queen i harlotte Islands. Warre and Vavaseur, in ^fartin'a Hud, Hay, p. SO. Th<> Ninstence tribe inhabits ' the southernmost portipns of Moresby Isl- and.' r,:.,U''s q. Char. Isl., pp. 122, 314-15. The Crosswer Indians live on Skiddegate Channel. Downie, in B. Col. Papers, vol. iii., p. 72. The Kaiijanies inhabit the southern part of the Prince of Wales Archipela- go, and the northern part of Queen Charlotte Island. The Kygargeys or Kygarneys are divided by Schoolcraft and Kane into the Youahuoe, t'Uctass Vor Clictars), Quiahanles, Houaguan, (orWonagon), Shouagan, (or Show- THE HAIDAH FAMILY. 293 gan), Chatcheenie, (or Chalchnui). Archives, vol. v., p. 489; Wanderings, end of vol. The Kyg4ni ' have their head-quarters on Qneen Charlotte's Arcbipelngo, but there are a few villages on the extreme southern part of Prince of Woles Archipelago.' Doll's Alaska, p. 411. A colony of the Hy- dahs ' have settled at the southern extremity of Prince of AVales's Archipela- go, and in the Northern Island.' Saouler, in Land. Oeog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 219. ' Die Kaigani (Kigarnies, Kigarnee, Kyganies der Engliinder) bewoh- nen d(;n siidlichen Theil der Inseln (Archipels) des Prinzen von Woles.' Rwlhff, iSprache der Kaiijanen,m Melamjes Russes, tom. iii., livrais. v., p. 569. ' Tlii^ Kegarnie tribe nl' >> in the Russian territory, live on an immense island, called North Island.' Dunn's Oreijon, p. 287. The Hydahs of the south- eastern Alexander Archipelago include 'the Kassaaus, the Chutchcenees, and the Kaiganees.' Bendd's Mex. Arrh., p. 28. * Called Koigouies and Kliavakans; the former being nearKaigan Harbor, and the latter near the Gulf of Kliavttkan scattered along the shore from Cordova to Tonrel's Bay.' Halleck and Scott, in Lid. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 562-4. ' A branch of this tribe, the Kyganies (Kigarnies) live in the southern part of the Arehipel of the Prince of Wales.* Ludewhj, Ab. Iaiwj., p. 80. ' To the west and south of Prince of Wales Island is an off-shoot of the Hydah,' Indians, called Anega or Hennegaa. Makony, in Ind. Aff. lt>pt., 18C9, p. 575. The Chxmsyana inhabit the coast and islands about Fort Simpson. Ten tribes of Chymsyans at * Chatham Sound, Portland Canal, Port Essiugton, and the neighbouring Islands.* Wurre and Vavaeeur, in Martin's Hudson's Biiy, p. 80. 'The Chimsians or Fort Simpson Indians.' Tolmie, in Lord's Nat., vol. ii., p. 231. 'Indians inhabiting the coast and river mouth known by the name of Chyniseyaus.' Ind. Life, p. 93. The Tsimsheeaus live ' in the Fort Simpson section on the main land.' Poole's Q. Char. Lil., p. 257. Chimpsains, 'living on Chimpsain Peninsula.' Scott, in Ind. Af. Rept., 1869, p. 5ii3. The Chimmesyans inhabit 'the coast of the main land from 55*^ 30' N., down to 53^ 30' N.' Srouler, in Land. Oeoij. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 202; Ludewij, Ab, Lang., p. 40. The Chimseeans ' occupy the country from Duug- liis' Canal to Nass River.' Simpson's Overland Journ., vol. i., p. 206. Di- vided into the following bands; Kispachalaidy, Kitlan (or Ketluue) , Kee- i'heH(orKeechis), Keenathtoix, Kitwillcoits, Kitchaclalth, Kelutsuh forKet- ntsah), Kenchen Kieg, Ketandon, Ketwilkcipa, who inhabit 'Chatham's Sound, from Portland Canal to Port Essington (into which Skeeua River diHchiirges) both main land and the neighboring islands.' Srhoolcrafl's Ari'h., vol. v., p. 487; Aaae'« Wand., end of vol. The Chymsyan connection ' cxtendiug from Milbank Sound to Observatory Inlet, including the Scbas- siiH, Neecelowes, Nass, and other offsets.' Amlerson, in Hist. Mag., vol. vii. p. 71. Mr. Duncan divides the natives speaking the Tsimsheau language into four parts at Fort Simpson, Nass River, Skeeua River, and the islands of Miltmnk Sound. Mayne's B. C, p. 250. The Keethrathih live ' near Fort Simpson.' Id,, p. 279. The iVfws nation lives on the banks of the Nass River, but the name is often applied to all the mainland tribes of what I term th>.' Tiaidah Family. The nation consists of the Kithateen, Kitabon, Ketoonokshelk, Kinawalax (or 294 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. Kinaroalnx), located in tbat order from the month upward. Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 487; A'ane's H'ond., end of vol . Fourtribes, 'Nass River on the Main land.' Warre and Vavaseur, in Martin's Hudson's Bay, p. 80. ' On Observatory Inlet, lat. 55^' Bryant,\nAm. Anliq. Soc. Transact, vol. ii., p. 302. Adjoin the Sebjissa tribe. ComwanW N. Eldorado, p. 107. About Fort Simpson. Dunn's Oregon, p. 279. The Hailtsa, Haeeltzuk, Billechoola, and Chinimesyans are Nass tribes. Ludewuj, Ab. Lang., p. 130. See Busch- viann, Brit. Xordamer, pp. 398-400. ' There is a tribe of about 200 souls now living on a westerly branch of the Xaas near Stikeen River; they are called "Lackweips" and formerly lived on Portland Channel.' Scott, in Ind. Aff. Rapt., 1869, p. 503. The Skcenas are on the river of the same name, ' at the mouth of the Skeena River.' Warre and Vava.seur, in Martin's Hudson's Bay, p. 80. They are the ' Kitsalas, Kitswingahs, Kitsignchs, Kitspayuchs, Hagulgets, KitHag- as, and Kitswinscolds.' Scott, in Ind. Aff. Bept., 18G9, p. 5C3. Keechumakarlo (or Keechumakailo) sittiated ' on the lower part of the Skeena River.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 487; Kant's Wand., end of vol. The Kitswinscolds live ' between the Nass and the Skeena.' Scott, in Ind. Aff. Rpt., 18G0, p. 5G3. The Kitatels live ' on the islands in Ogden's Chan- nel, about sixty miles below Fort Simpson.' Id. The Sebussns occupy the shores of Gardner Channel and the opposite islands. Inhabit Banks Island. Simpson's Overland Joum., vol. i., p. 20C. The Labassas in five tribes are situated on ' Gardner's Canal, Canal de Prin- cipe, Canal de la Reida.' Warreand Vavaseur, in Martin's Hudson's Buy, p. 80. Keekheatla (or Keetheatla), on Canal de Principe; Kilcatah, at the entrnnco of Gardner Canal; Kittamaat (or Kittamnat), on the north arm of Gard- ner Canal; Kitloi^e on the south arm; Xeeslous on Canal de la Rvido (Reina). Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 487; Kane's Wand., end of vol. 'In the neighbourhood of Seal Harbour dwell the Sebassa tribe.' CornwalUs' X. Eldorado, p. lOG. ' The Shobasha, a powerful tribe inhabiting the nimierous islands of Pitt's Archipelago.' Bryant, in Am. Anliq. Soc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 302. The ^fdV^ank Sound tribes are the Onieletoch, Weitletoch (or Weetletoch), and Kokwaiytoch, on Millbank Sound; Eesteytoch, on Cascade Canal; Kui- muchquitooh, on Dean Canal; Bellahoola, at entrance of Salmon River of Mackenzie; Gnashilla, on River Canal; Nalalsemoch, at Smith Inlet, and Weekemoch on Calvert Island. Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., pp. 487-8; 7i'(/)ie's Wand., end of vol. ' The Millbank Indians on Millbank Sound.' Bryant, in Am. Antiq. Soc. Transact., vol. ii., p. 302. The Billacoolas live about the mouth of Salmon River. ' ' ' Bentick's Arms —inhabited by a tribe of Indians— the Bellaghchoolas. Their village is nour Salmon River.' Dunn's Oregon, p. 267. The Billechoolas live on Salmon River in latitude 53' 30'. Buschniann, Brit. Nordainer., p. 384. The Bellu- hoolas 'on the banks of the Salmon river.' Lord's Nat., vol. ii., p. '258. 'The Intlians at Milbank Sound called Belbellahs.' Dunn's Oregon, p. 271. ' Spread along the margins of the unmerous canals or inlets with which this part of the coast abouads.' Scouler, in Lond. Geog, Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. !i24. THE NOOTKA FAMILY. •In the neighhonrhood of the Fort (McLonghlin) was a Tillage of about fire hundrrd BallaboUas.' Simpson's Overland Joum., vol. i., p. 202. The Ilailtzas, Hailtzuks, or Haeelznka ' dwell to the 8onth of the Bille- choola, and inhabit both the mainland and the northern entrance of Van* couver's Island from latitude 53' 30' N. to 50^ 30' N.' Scmler, in Loixd. Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 224. * The Hailtsa commencing in about latitude 51-' N., and extending through the ramifications of Fitzhngh and Milbank Sounds.' Anderson, in Hist. Mag., vol. vii., p. 74. 'An dicsem Sunde (Milbank) woh- nen die Hailtsa-Indianer." Buschmann, Brit. Nordamer., p. 383; Tolmie, in J/>Td's Sat., vol. ii., p. 230. The Nootka Family dwells south of the Haidah, r«cupying the coast of British Columbia, from Bentinck Arms to the mouth of the Fraser, ond the whole of Vancouver Island. By other authors the name has been employed to di'signate a tribe at Nootka Sound, or applied to neorly all the Coast tribes of the Columbian Group. ' The native population of Voncouver Island is chiefly composed of the following tribes:— North and East coasts (in order iu which they stand from North to South) — QuackoUs, Newittees, Comuxes, Yukletas, Suanairauchs, Cowitchins, Sanetchs, other smaller tribes;— South Coast ( . . .from East to West) — Tsouass, Tsclallums, Sokes, Patcheena, Sen- natuch;— "West Coast (from South to North)— Nitteenats, Chadukutl, Oiatuch, Toquatux, Schissatuch, Upatsesatuch, Cojuklesatuch, Uqluxlatuch, Clayoquots, Nootkas, Nespods, Koskcemos, other small tribes.' Grant, in lond. Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 293. 'In Barclay So\ind: Pacheenett, Nittinat, Ohlat, Ouchuchlisit, Opecluset, Shechart, Toquart, Ucletah, Tso- mass;— Clayoquot Sound: Clayoquot, Kilsamat, Ahouset, Mannawousut, Ish- quat;— Nootka Sound: Matchclats, Moachet, Neuchallet, Ehateset.' Maine's Ji. ('., p. 251, 'About Queen Charlotte Sound; — Naweetee, Quacolth, Quee- harnaoolt (or Queehaquacoll), Marmalillacalla, Clowetsns (or Clawetsus), Murtil[>ar (or Martilpar), Nimkish, Wewarkka, Wewarkkum, Clallueis (or Clalluiis), Cumquekis, Laekquelibla, Clehuse (or Clehure), Soiitinu (or Soiilt'im), Quicksutinut (or Quicksulinut), Aquamish, Clelikittc, Narkock- tail, Quainu, Exenimuth, (or Cexeninuth), Tenuckttau, Oiclela.' Sctiooli-raj't's Anil., vol. v., p. 488; Kane's Wand., end of vol. On the seabord, south of Nitinaht Sound, and on the Nitinaht Itiver, the Pacheenaht aud Niti- iiaht tribes; on Barclay, otherwise Nitinaht Sound, the Ohyaht, Howchu- klisaht, Opechisaht, Seshaht, Youclulaht, and Toquaht tribes; on Klahoh- qiiaht Sound, the Klahohquaht, Killsmaht, Ahousaht and Mauohsaht trilics; on Nootkah Sound, the Hishquayaht, Muchlaht, Moouchat (the Bo-called Nootkahs), Ayhuttisaht and Noochahlaht; north of Nootkah Sound, the Kyohquaht, Cbaykisuht, and Klahosaht tribes. S^yroat's Scenes, p. 308. Alphabetical list of languages on Vancouver Island: Ahowzarts, Aitizzarts, Aytcharts, Cayuquets, Eshquates (or Esquiates), Klahars, Klaiz- zarts, Klaooquates (or Tlaoquatch), Michlalts, Mowatchits, Neuchadlits, Neu- wittics, Newchemass, (Nuchimas), Savinnars, Schoomadits, Suthsetts, Tlao- quateli, Wicananish. Buschmann, Brit. Nordamer., p. 34'J. 'Among those friMii the north were the Aitizzarts, Schoomadits, Neuwitties, Savinnars, Aluiwzarts, Mowatchits, Suthsetts, Neuchadlits, Michlaits, and Cayuquets; the uiost of whom were considered as tributary to Nootka. From the South 296 TRIBAL BOUNDABIES. the Aytcharts, and Esquiates also tributary, with the Klaooqnates and the WickauniniHh, a large and powerful tribe, about two hundred miles diHtant.' JewiU'a Nar., pp. 3(>-7. ' Tribes situated between NEuaimo and Fort Rupert, on the north of Vancouver Island, and the mainlnnd Indians between the same points are divided into several tribes, the Nanoose, Comoux, Kimpkish, Quawguult, &c., on the Island; and the Squawmisht, Secbelt, Clahoose, Ucletah, Mainalilaculla, &e., on the coast, and among the small islands off it.' Afayne'a B. C, p. 243. List of tribes on Vancouver Island: * Songes, Sanetch, Kawitchin, Uchulta, Nimkis, Quaquiolts, Neweetg, Quack- toe, Nootka, Nitinat, Klayquoit, Soke.' Mndlay's Directory, pp. 391-2. The proper name of the Vancouver Island Tribes is Yucuatl. Ludewuj, Ah. Imwi,, p. 135. The Nootka Territory ' extends to the Northward as far as Cape Saint James, in the latitude of 52'^ 20' N. . .and to the Southward to the Isliiuds. . . of the Wicananish.' Meares' Voy., p. 228. ' The Cawitchans, Ucaltas, and Co- quilths, who are I believe of the same family, occupy the shores of the Gulf of Georgia and Johnston's Straits.' Anderson, in Hist. Mcuj., vol. vii., p. 74. ' Twenty-four tribes speaking the Challam and Cowaitzchim languages, from latitude 50' along the Coast South to Whitby Island in latitude 48'; part of Vancouver's Island, and the mouth of Franc's River.' Also on the Strait of Juan de Fuca and Vancouver Islands, the Sanetch, three tribes; HnllamH, eleven tribes; Sinahomish; Skatcat; Cowitchici, seven tribes; Soke; Cowit- ciher, three tribes. Warre and Vavaseur, in Martin's Hudson's Bay, p. 81 ; nlso in Hazlitt'a B. C, pp. 66-7. Five tribes at Fort Rupert;— Quakars, Qunl- quilths, Kumcutes, Wanlish, Lockqualillas. Lord's Xat., vol. i., p. 1C5. < The Chicklczats and Ahazats, inhabiting districts in close proximity ou the west coast of Vancouver.' Barret-Lennard's Trav., p. 41. 'North of the dis- trict occupied by the Ucletahs come the Nimkish, Mamalihicula, Matelpy and two or three other smaller tribes. The Mamalilaculas live on the main- land.' Mayne's B. C, p. 249. The population of Vancouver Island 'is di- vided into twelve tribes; of these the Kawitchen, Quaquidts and Nootka are the largest.' CormcaUis' N. Eldorado, p. 30. 'Ouakichs, Grande lie de Quadra et Van Couver.' ^fllfras, Etplor., torn, ii., p. 335. In naming the following tribes and nations I «ill begin at the north and follow the west coast of the island southward, then the east coast and main land northward to the starting-point. The Ucknus inhabit Scott Island. Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 488; Kant's Wand., end of vol. The Qua ties dwell at Cape Scott. Id. The ();uncloe are found in the * woody part N.W. coast of the island.' Find- lay's Directory, p. 391. The Kosidemos and QuaMnos live on 'the two Sounds 1)earing those names.' Mayne's B, C, p. 251. Kuskema, and Quatsinu, 'outside Van- couver's Island south of C. Scott.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 488; Kane's Wand., end of vol. The Kycucut, ' north of Nootka Sound, is the largest tribe of the West coast.' Mayne's B. C, p. 251. The Aititzarts are ' a people living about thirty or forty miles to the North- ward ' of Nootka Sound. Jewitt's Nar., pp. 63, 77. NATIONS INHABITING TANCOUVEB ISLAND. 297 The Ahts live on the west coaHt of the island. ' The localities inhabited b}' the Aht tribes are, chiefly, the three large Sounds on the west coast of Vancouver Island, called Mtinaht (or Barclay) Klahohquoht, and Nootkah.' Sproal's Scenes, p. 10. The Chicklezahts and Ahazata inhabit districts in close proximity on the west coast of Vancouver. Barrett- lAiinard's Trfic, p. 41. The Clayoquots, or Klahohquahts, live at Clayoquot Sound, and the Moo- uchats at Nootka Sound. Sproat'f Scenes, pp. 22, 25. North of the Wick- ininish. Jetcitt's }-'ir., p. 76. The Toqmhta are a people ' whose village is in a dreary, remote part of Nitinaht (or Barclay) Sound.' Sproat'a Scenes, p. 104. The Seahuis live at Alberni, Barclay Sound. Sproat's Scenes, p. 3. The Pacheenas, or ' Pacheenetts, which I have included in Barclay Sound, also inhabit Port San Juan.' Maym's B. C, p. 251. The Tlaoquatch occupy the south-western port of Vancouver. ' Den Sfld- westen der Quudra-und Vancouver-Insel nehmen die Tlaoquatch ein, deren Sprache rait der vom Nutka-Sunde verwandt ist. ' Buschmann, Brit. Nordamer., ]>. 372. Tlaoquatcl^, or Tloquatch, on ' the south-western coast of Vancouver's Island.' Ludemij, Ah. iMng., p. 188. The Sokes dwell ' between Victoria and Barclay Sound.' Maynt's B. C, p. 251. 'East point of San Juan to the Songes territory.' Findlay's Directory, p. 392. The Wlrkinninish live about two hundred miles south of Nootka. JewUt's Nar., p. 70. The Son/hies are ' a tribe collected at and around Victoria.' Mayne's B. C, p. 243. 'The Songhish tribe, resident near Victoria.' Macfie's Vane. M,, p. 430. Songes, ' 8.E. part of the island.' Findlay's Directory, p. 391. The Sanetch dwell ' sixty miles N.W. of Mount Douglas.' Findlay's DirecU cry, p. 391. The Coicichins live ' in the harbour and valley of Cowitchen, about 40 miles north of Victoria.' Mayne's B. C, p. 243. ' Cowichin river, which falls into that (Haro) canal about 20 miles N. of Cowichin Head, and derives its name from the tribe of Indians which inhabits the neighbouring country.' Dowilas, in Lond. Oeog. Sac. Jour., vol. xxiv., p. 246. Kawitchiu, 'country N.W. of Sanetch territory to the entrance of Johnson's StrnitH.' Findlay's Directory, p. 391. 'North of Eraser's Eiver, and on the opposite shores of Vancouver's Island.' Scouler, in Lond. Oeog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. '224. ' North of Eraser's Kiver, on the north-west coast.' Lndemf], Ab. Imwj., p. 91. The i'omux, or Komux, ' live on the east coast between the Kowitchau and the Quoquoulth tribes.' Sproat's Si^enes, p. 311. Comoux, south of John- Hton Straits. Scli^olcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 488; Kane's Wand., end of vol. Tbct Comoux 'extend as far as Cape Mndge.' Mayne's B. ('., p. 243. The Kieantlums dwell about the mouth of the Fraser. ' At and about the entrance of the Fraser River is the Knantlun tribe: they live in villages which extind along the banks of the river as far as Langley.' Mayne's B. C, pp. 213, 295. The Teels live on the lower Frazer Biver. ' From the falls (of the Fraser) downward to the seacoast, the banks of the river are inhabited by several 906 TBIBAL 60UNDABIES. branches of the Haitlin or Teet tribe.' Anderson, in IM. 3fag., vol. vii., p. 73. ' Extending from Lungley to Yale, are the HmeBH, Chillwiiyhook, Pal> lalts, and TeitteH. . . .The Knieas Indianit occupy the HineHH Itiver and lake, and the ChillwayhookH the river and lake of that name.' Mayne'a li. C, p. 295. Teate Indiann. See Bancroft'H Map of Vac. SUttea. The Ximmmon are '({athorod about the mouth of the FraHer.' 3faipie'D B. C, p. 243.— Chiefly on a river named the Nanaimo, which falls into Wtu- tuhnyHcn Inlet. Dmujlas, in Land. Ueog. Soc. Jour,, vol. xxiv., p. 247. The Squairmishts 'live in Howe Sound.' Mayne's li. C, p. 243. The Sivheltn live on Jervis Inlet. Mayne's It. C. pp. 243-4. The I'lahoose, or Klahous, 'live in Desolation Hound.' 2tayne's B. C, pp. 243-4. The Nanoose ' inhabit the harbour and diatrict of that name, which lien 50 milea north of Xauainio.' Maynr's li. C, p. 243. The Tacaltas, or Tahcultahs, live at Point Mudge on Valdea Island. Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 155. The Ueletas are found 'at and beyond Cape Mudge.' 'They hold pos- session of the country on both sides of Johnstone Ktrajts until nu't '^0 or 30 miles south of Fort Kupcrt by the Ninipkish and ManiulilaculluH.' Mayne's Ji. C, p. 244. Yougletats — ' Une partie campe sur I'ilo Vanfonver elle-meme, le reste habite sur le continent, au nord de la Rivii're PVnstT.' Be Smei, Miss, de I'Oreijnn, p. 340. Yongletats, both on Vancouver Islaiul, and on the mainland above the Fraser liiver. Bolduc, in Xouvdles Annates des Voy., 1845, torn, cviii., pp. 36G-7. The Nimldsh are ' at the mouth of the Nimpkish river, about 15 miles be- low Fort Rnptrt.' Maytie's, B. €., p. 249; Lord's Nat., vol, i., p. 158. The NeiuUas and Qneehanicullas dwell at the entrance of Johnston Straits. Sclioolcrafl' s Arrh., vol. v., p. 488; Kaiie's ^Vand., end of vol. The Quackjlls and ' two smaller tribes, live at Fort Rupert.' Mayne's B. C, pp. 244, 249. 'On the north-east side of Vancouver's Island, are to bo fonnd the Coquilths.' Cormrallis' N. Eldorado, p. 98. Coquilths, a nunior- ons tribe living at the north-east end. Dunn's Oreijon, p. 239. The Cogwell Indians live around Fort Bupert, Barret- J^ntuird's Trav., j). C8. The Xetclttees 'east of Cape Scott meet the Quawguults at Fort Ru- pert.' Mayne's B. C, p. 251. Neweetg, 'at N.W. entrance of Johnson's Straits.' Flndlay's Directory, p, 391. 'At the northern extremity of the island the Newette tribe.' Conntallis' N. Eldorado, p. 98. Newchemass came to Nootka ' from a great way to the Northward, and from some distance in- land.' Jvieitt's Xar., p. 77. The tiaukaulutuck'n inhabit the interior of the northern end of Vancouver Island. Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 158. 'At the back of Barclay Sound, about two days' journey into the interior, live the only inland tribe They are called the Upatse Satnch, and consist only of four families.' Grant, in Land. Oeog. Soc. Jour., vol. xxvii., p. 287. Trk Sound Family includes all the tribes about Pnget Sound and Ad- miralty Inlet, occupying all of Washington west of the Cascade Range, ex- cept a narrow strip along the north bank of the Columbia. In locating the nations of this family I begin with the extreme north-east, follow the cnstirn THE SOUND FAMILY. 209 shores of the sound sonthward, the western shores northward, and the coast of the Pnciflc southward to Gray Harbor. List of tribes between Olympia and Niiwitiiknin lliver. ' Staktamish, SquakH'nnniish, Hehehwumish, Sqnal- liuniish, I'uyallupaniiHh, S'homamish, Huqiiuniish, Sinnhninish, BnoqnaU niook, Hinaiihniish, Nookluuinii.' Tolmie, in Jiid. Aff. Ittpt., 1854, p. 251; Skve)iM, in Pur. H. R. Urpt., vol. i., p. 434. A Canadian trapper found the following trihcH between Fort Nisqnally and Fraser Itiver; ' HnkwAmes, 8u- nahuiiicH, THhikiitstat, Puiitle, and Kawrtshin.' Hale's KthtuM/., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., pp. 220-1. Cheenales, west; Cowlitz, south; and Nisqually, east of Pnget Sound. Srhooli'raft'a Arch., vol. iii., p. 200, map. The Sli'wiiahmntts occupy the 'coast towards Frazer's river.' 'Between Lummi Point and Frazer's River.' Steven.t, in liul. Aff. Uept., 1854, pp. 247, 250, ' Most northern tribe on the American side of the line.' OUihs, in Pac. It. n. liipt., vol. i., p. 433; Sctiool/(/., 1854, p. 250. S'slomamish, ' Voston's island.' Sttvna, in Pac. B. R. liepl., vol. i., p. 4:15. 'The Indians frequenting this port (Orchard) call themselves the Jeachtac tribe.' Wilkea' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., p. 510. The Put/allujMmLih live ' at the month of Pnyallnp river;' T'quoqnomish, 'ftt the heads of Puyallup river.' Stevcm, in Ind. Af. Rept,, 1854, p. 250, and in Pac. R. R. Rept., y6l. i., p. 43.5. Squallyamish and Pngallipamish, ' in the country about Nesqnally, Pugallipi, and Sinnomish rivers.' llarley, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol, v., p. 701; .4»i. Quar. Register, vol. iii., p. 388. Puol- lipnwmish or Puitlliss, ' on Puolliss river, bay, and vicinity.' SchtxAcrafVa Arch., vol. iv., p. 598, Puyyallapaminh, 'Puyallop Biver.' Schoolcraft's Atrh., vol. v., p. 491. The yhqwilliea, or Skwall, 'inhabit the shores of Pnget's Sound.' Ilale'a Ethii'Hi., iu U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 211. 'Nesquallis, de la boie de Puget a la puiute Martinez.' Mofraa, Explor., torn, ii., p. 335. Nasqually tril>e8, 'Nasqually River and Puget's Sound.' Warre and Vavaiteur, in Martin's Huilson Bay, p. 81. Squallyamish, 'at Puget Sound.' Ludeieiij, Ab. Lanij., p. 177. The Squalliahmish are composed of six bands, and have their resi- deuce on Nisqually River and vicinity. Stevens, in Pac, R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 4:i5. Squallyamish or Nisqually, Nisqually River and vicinity. School' craft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 598. Fort Nisqually is frequented by the ' SquoUies, the CluUams, the Paaylaps, the Scatchetts, the Checaylis,' and other tribes. Simpmn'a Overland Journey, vol. i., p. 181. The Steilavoomish dwell on * Stalacom Creek;' Loquamish, 'Hood's Reef.' .'^rhoohraft'a Arch., vol. v., p. 491. Stitcheosawmish, ' Budd's inlet and South bay,' in the vicinity of Olympia. Id., vol. iv., p. 598. Steilacoomamish, 'Steilftcoom creek and vicinity.' Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 250, and in I'ac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 435. The Sawnnmh have their residence on 'Totten's inlet.' Stevens, in Pac. 11. It. Rept., vol. i., p. 435. Sayhoyniamish, ' Totten inlet.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 598. ' Srootlemomish, Quackenomish at Case's inlet.' lb. Quak- 8'uaiuish, ' Case's inlet;' S'Hotlemamish, ' Carr's inlet;' Sahehwamish, 'Horn- mefiily's inlet;' Sawamish, 'Totten's inlet;' Squoioitl, 'Eld's inlet;' Steh- ehasitmish, 'Budd's inlet;' Noosehchatl, 'South bay.' Stevens, iu Ind. Aff. Hept., 1854, p. 250. The Skokotnish live at the upper end of Hood Canal. Schoolcraft' a Anh., vol. iv., p. 598; Stxvena, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, pp. 244, 250. Toan- 802 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. hooch and BhokomiBh on Hood's Canal. Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 491. Tiinnoh and Skokoinish 'reHide along the shorea of Hood'a Canal.' Am. Qiuir. Uetjinttr, vol. iii., ]i. 388. Toankooch, ' weatom ahore of Houd'a canal. They are a branch of the KiHqually nation.' Stevem, in Ind. Aff.. Sept., 1854, 1). 244; «JW«, in Pac. R. H. Kept., vol. i., p. 4:n. Tuanoo^h, 'mouth of Hood's Canal.' Schnnlcrafl's Arch., vol. iv., p. 698. 'The region at the head of I'nget Honnd ia inhiibited by a tribe called the Toandoa.' Withes' Xnr., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 140. HotsnmiHh. HotliraAiniHh, Squahainawmiah, Siiyhtiywainiah, Htitchaaaamiah, 'reside in the country from the Narrows along the weateru shore of Pnget'a Sound to New Mark- et.' itUthell and JIarley, in Am, Qitnr. HefiMer, vol. iii., j). 38H. The Xooadalums, or Nnsl., 1854, pp. 242-244. ' On Port Townsend Bay.' Id., in Pac. R. R. RtpL, vol. i., pp. 431, 435; Srhoolcraft'a Arch., vol. iv., p. 598. The ClallamK, or Clalams, are ' atK>ut Port Discovery.' Kicolay'a Ogn.Ter., p. 143. ' Their country stretches along the whole southern shore of the Straits to between Port Discovery and Port Townsend. ' Gibits, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 429; StevetM, in hid. .\ff. Rept., 1854, pp. 242, 244. Southern shore of the Straits of Fuca east of the Classeta. Hale's Ethnng., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 2-20. At Port Discovery. M'Vkes' Xar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., p. 319. Sklal- lum, ' between Los Angelos and Port Townsend.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 598. Sklallanis, ' at Cai)e Flattery. ' Id., vol. v., p. 491. ' Scottered along the strait and around the bays and bights of Admiralty Inlet, upon a shore- line of more than a hundred miles.' Scammon, in Overland Monthly, 1871, vol. vii., p. 278. ' S'Klallams, Chemakum, Toanhooch, Skokomish, and bands of the same, taking names from their villages, and all residing on the shores of the straits of Fuca and Hood's Canal.' Wdister, in Ind. 4ff. Rept., 18G2, p. 407. Kahtai, Kaquaith, and Stehllum, at Port Townsend, Port Discov- ery, and New Dungeness. Schoolira/t'a Arch., vol. v., p. 491; Stevens, in Ind, Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 249. Stentlums at New Dungeness. Id., in Pac. R. R. Sept., vol. i., p. 435. The Makahs, or Classets, dwell about Cape Flattery. Macaw, ' Cape Flat- tery to Neah Bay.' Schoolcrqft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 598. Pistchin, ' Neah Bay to Los Angelos Point.' lb. 'Country about Cape Flattery, and the const for some distance to the southward, and eastward to the boundary of the Halam or Noostlalum lands.' Id., vol. v., p. 700; Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, pp. 241, 249; IMe, in Id., 1862, p. 390; SUvens, in Pac. R. R. Rept., Tol. i., pp. 429, 435. 'At Neah Bay or Waadda, and its vicinity.' SimmoTis, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1858, p. 231. Tatouche, a tribe of the Classets. Wilkes' Kar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., p. 516. Classets 'reside on the south side of the Straits of Fnca.' H Vac. H. li. liept., vol. i., p. 435. Ehi- halis, Qninailee, Grey's Harbor and north. Scho<)lcrafl's Arch., vol. v., p. 490. South of the Classets along the coast come the Quinnechants, Calasthortes, Chillates, Quinults, Pailsk, etc. Leieis and Clarke's Trav., p. 428. The Ka- liouchos and Konnichtchates, spoken of as dwelling on Destruction Island and the neighboring main. Tarakanov, in Nouvelles Annaks des Voy., 1823, torn. XX., p. 336, et seq. The CheluUis, or Chickeeles, ' inhabit the country around Gray'« Harbour.' Wilkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 140. On the Ch-Lalis Avet. Ni'smith, in Ind. Aff. Bept., 1867, p. 8. Frequent also Shoalwr.ter Bi\y. Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, pp. 240, 249. On the Cowelits. ' Among the Tsihailish are included the Kwaiantl and Kwenaiwitl wbj live near the coast, thirfy or forty miles south of Cape Flattery.' Hale's Ethnod., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., pp. 211-12. ' In the vicinity of the mouth of the Columbia.' Cailin's N. Am. Ind., vol. ii., p. 113. 'Cheki- lis, et Quinayat. Pres du havre de Gray et la riviere Chekilis.' Mofras, Ex- plnr., torn, ii., p. 335; Siean's N. W. Coast, p. 210; Sleven.ctmtl{ra.j't'a Arvh., vol. v., p. 701. 11 Thk Chinook Family includes, according to my division, all tne tribes of Oregon west of th(^ Cascade ltunK<-, together with those on the north biuik of the Columbia river. The name has usually been applied only to the tribes of the Columbia Valley up to the Dalles, and behmged originally Jo a sniiill tribe on the north bank near the mouth. ' The nation, or rather family, to which the g>'neric name of Chinook has atttiched, formerly inhabited both banks of the Ci)lumbia Itiver, from its mouth tit ihe tirand Dalles, a distance of alMiut a hundred and seventy miles.' ' On the north side of the river, first the Chinooks proper (Tehi-nuk), whose territory extended from (.'ape Disiip- )K>intment ujt the Columbia to the neii^hborhood of (tray's Ikn/ (not (iray's Jlurltor, which is on the Pacific), and back to the northern vicinity of Khoul- water Itay, where they interlocked with the Chihalisof tlie coast.' tiihhs' I'hi- »i(x>A- \'p. '214-5. ' The principal tribes or bands were the Waka'kam (known as the Wahkyekum), the KatlAmat ((.'athlanict), the Tshinnk (Chinook), and the TIatsap (Clatsop).' Il>. ' The natives, who dwell about the lower parts of the Cobunbia, may In- divided into four tribes — the Clolsops, who reside nri>inid I'oiut Adams, on the south side;- . the (.'hinooks; AVaakiaeunis; and theCatii- laniets; who live on the north side of the river, and around liaker's Kay and other inlets.' Ihiitn's Orejmi, p. 114. The tribes may be eliissed: ' CliiiiookH, Clatsops, Catlilannix, Wakieuius, Wa(^alamus, Cattleputles, Clatscanias, Kil- limux, MiiltnoMias, Chiekelis.' Hom' vb/i'fu., p. 87. Tribes on north luiiik of the (Columbia from mouth; Chilis, Ohinuook, Catldamali, Wahkiakuiiie, Skil- lute, Quathlapotli-. fjfiri.i und Clurh-'s Map. 'All tin- natives inhabiting tin,' southiTU shore of the Straits (of Fiica), and the decjily indented territory ns far an ::..'d including the tide-waters of the Columbia, may be compreheiidid under thi! general term of Chinooks.' I'irkrriwi'H l{., vol. ix., p. '25. ' The Chenook nation resides along U))on the Columbia river, fiiMii the ('aKe;idis to its eontlueiu'e with Ihn ocean.' I'ltrkir'n Ktplor. Tinir, p. 'J*!!. 'Inhabiting the lower parts of the Columbia.' I'atlin'.i .V. Am. Iml., vol. ii., p. 110. ' Hauts-Tchinouks, pres des cascades du Itio 'Colombia. Tclii- iiouks d'<'U bas, des (,'ascades jus(pi'a la mer, Has-Tehinouks. ' Mitfrnn, Kt- jiliir., torn, ii., pp. ;i;i5, 350-1. 'Ou the right bank of the Cohnnbia.' /,»r.' Warrt and Vavaseur, in Jfartin's ITud. B., J). 81 . Upper and Lower Chinooks ou the Columbia Biver, Lower Chinooks at Shoiilwutcr Buy. SrhiHikra/t'H Arch., vol. v., p. 490. ChiuookH, 'north of thf Coliimbiu.' W., p. 492. ' Upper Chinooks, five bamlH, Columbia River, nlxive tho Cowlitsi. Lower Chinookn, Colnmttia River below the Cowlitz, and four other bands on Shoahvater Bay.' Stevmn, in Id., p 703. 'Mouth of Colnmbia river, north Hide, includinf; Home TiO miluM interior.' KiniHonn, it. /(/., vol. iii., p. 201. The (^hinnookH 'reside chiefly along the banks of a river, to whieh wo f,'ave the same name; and which, running parallel to tho ma coast empties itself into Haley'H Bay.' Xeicw and Clarke's Trnv., p. 42.'), mill niiip; Irvhi'i's .i.sfonVi, p. 335. 'To the sotith of the mouth of tlie Coluniliia.' Ihntifwrh'.t DcMfrtu, vol. ii., p. 15. ' Chenooks on th:> Columbii ' Sicnn's .V. W. Coa-tt, p. 210. North side of the Columbia. Mi>r.ie:>i Hepout thirty or forty miles, and thi'uiiL;h the distri<-t between tho Walhamctte and Fort Astoria.' Kane's W'aniL, p. 173. ' Tho Flatheads are a very numerous people, inhabiting tho Khoris (if the Columbia River, and a vast tract of country lying to the sotith of it.' C'tttin's .\'. Am. Ind., vol. ii., j). 108. 'The Cathlascon tribes, which inhabit the Columbia River.' Scolder, in Lond. UeiHt. 8oc. Jour., vol. xi., p. tJa. CathlitKcoH on the Columbia River, B. side '220 miles from its mouth. J/kc.sc'.s llipt., J). ;i(18. Shiiiilwater Bay Indians: Whilapah on Whibv^h river; Necomanchee, or Xickoijiiu, on Nickomin river, flowing into ♦^\c .i.-' side of the bay; Quelap- tiiulill, ut the mouth of Whilapah river; Wh:.rbootH, at the present site of lirii(i|i(iit; Qiicniucltin, at tho mout'i of a creek; I'alux, on Co|)alux or rulu\ livir; Marhoo, Nasal, on tho reirusula. Swan'n .V. M'. <'o(t.\l, p. '.Ul. 'Karwtiweo, or Artsmilsh, the name of the Shoalwater Bay tribes.' Id., p. 210. AliiMj,' the eoast north of the Coliiudiia are tho Cliinnooks, Killax- thneklf, ('hilts, Clamoitoinish, I'otoashecH, etc. fj'iri'^ ami I'lark-e'.'t Tnn'., \i. 4iH. CJiiilli ijiii'ii<|iias at Shoalwuter Bay. .!/<»;> in .' M). littulliioiiua, north of the Columbia near tho mouth, llidr'n Ktliumi, iu r. ,s. /•.>. Ex., vol. vi., 'p. 204, and map, p. 197. Klatskanai, 'on the iiplHT Willi rs (if the Nehaleni, a stream running into the Pacific, on those of ^DUii;^ s Kivir, and one beiinnc» their own name, which enters tho Columbia III Oali I'lpiat.' (Jihli.t' Chinook IV-rt't., p. iv. Willopiths, 'on the Willopah Wvir, ami the head of the Chihalis.' lb. Tht I UilLi iidiabit the ' coast to tho northward of Cape Disappointment. Vol,. I, JO 806 THIBAL BOUNDARIES. i i I ;'Jiii Cor'a Adven., vol. i., 302. ' North of the mouth of the Columbia and CheaUs riverH.' Farkcr'n Kxplor. Tour, p. 261, and map. 'On the sea-coant near Point Lewis.' I^win and Clarke's Trav , p. 401. MiscelluneouH bands on the Columbia; Aleis, on the north side of the Columbia, (lasti' Jour., p. 285. Cathlacumups 'on the main ahore S.W. of Wappatoo IkI.' .l/orsc'.s Jif])t., p. 371. CathlakamapH, 'at the mouth of the AVallaumut.' A^, ]>. 31)8. CatiilauamenamenR, ' On the iHland in tho mouth of the Walluumut.' Id., p. 3(18. Cathlanaquiahx, 'On the S.W. side of ■Wappatdo Jul.' /(/., p. 371. Cathlapootle, eighty milea from mouth of the Columbia opposite the mouth of the Willamette. Jd , p. 308, Cuthluthliis, 'at the rapids, S. side.' Id., p. 3G8. Clahclellah, 'below the rapids.' Mor.se's liept., p. 370. ClannarmiunamuuH, 'S.W. aide of Wappatoo Isl.' Id., p. 371. Claiiimatas, 'S.W. side of Wappatoo Isl.' Ih. Clockstar, 'K.E. side of Wappattoo Isl.' /'). Cooniacs, 'of Oak Point (Kahnyuk or Kukhnyak, the Kreluits of Franchere and Skilloots of Lewis and Clarke).' Gilihs' (liinonk Vtii'd'i., p. iv. Hellwits, ' S. side 39 miles from mouth.' Morst's Ttfpt., p. 308. Katla(;akya, ' from the Cascades to Vancouver.' Vramhoute, in Lond. Gvo*hoto. W. side back of a pond and nearly opposite the entrance of t^ Wjl,*niut. M'-rse's ll'pt.,i\. 370. Skillutes, 'about junction of (.'owlitz.' LfiritmiKl < n/rh's Af's Kept., p, 308. 'South side of tli.- river.' Gass' Jour., p. 244. 'From near Tillamook Head to Point Adams and up the river to Tongue Point.' G'tlM Ch'inook Vorah., p. iv. Klakhelnk, ' on Clatsop Point, commonly call" d Clat- sops.' Framlioise, in Lond. Geoj. Hoc, Jour,, vol. xi., p. '255; HclioolcrajT s Areh., ▼ol.iu.,p. '201, vol. V ,p. 492. COAST TRIBES OF OREGON. The Wakiaktim, or ' Wnkaikum, live on the right bank of the Colnmbia; nn II Hinall Htream, called Cadft River.' Frumhoise, in Ijond. Otivj. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. -ii5. WakiaknniH ( WakiViakum ) 'towards Oak Point.' dihbs' Chi- Udiili' \''ii'<''i.. p. iv. WahkiarwniH, adjoining the C'athlanialis on the sonth- eawt and the Skilloots on the north-west. LewLn and ('turke.'a Mtij). Wuaki- curaii, thirty miles from the mouth of the Columbia, north side. Mome's 7iV/if.. J). 3G8. The i'litldiimi'ts extend from Tongue Point to Puget's Inland. G'Ms' Chi- nook \'tii-a'i., p. iv. ' Opposite the lower villaue of the WahkiaciunB.' Irviiitj'n Aslnrin, p. 331. ' 30 miles from the mouth of t'ohimbia.' .t/ocsr'.-i liept., p. 308. 'On a rivi^r of same name." Framboise, in Loiil. tfeoj. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 2.">5; lA-irii and <'lurkr's }[ap. ' .WoHii the L'oast south of the Columbia river ore the Clatsops, Killu- mufks, liUi'ktons, Kahnnkle, Liekawis, Youkonc, Neoketo, Ulseah, Youitts, Shiastuckle, Killawats, Cookoosc, Khalalahs, Lnekasos, Hannakiilals.' /^irw i!ii'/ I'htrh'ii Tnir.. pp. 4'27 -8. ' Alon;.; the const S. of Columbia liver, and KpiMik the Killanini'ks lanj^uage, ' Yoiiicone, Neekeetoos, Ulsoahn, Youitts, Sill .istukles, Killawacs, Cookkoooose, iShallalah, Luckkarso, Hannakallal. Mirse's Hrpl., p. 371. Nat'lim, 'on a river on the sea-coast, 3U niiliH S. cf Clatsop Ponit,' and thi- followinfj tribes proceeding southward. Xikaas, Knwiii, Neselitch.'raci'pi'in, /Vleya, bayonstla, Kiliwatsal, Kaons, Godamyou ( !), iStiitouir :' " mouth of Coquin river. Frnmboite, in Lond. Geoj. .Soc. Jour., vul. XI -C. 'Tif A Iiidi«'us dii snd du Rio t 'uloinliia. tfls ipie les Naheleins, lea Nikiis. Its K.I' i''s Alsiias, 1«h Umtiuas. les T'liitounis et 1> s Siisti's. Ces cUnx ilrrniiTis j^^lades se sont jns«in'i» present niontn'es hostilis aux car- ftvaucs (lis blau<'« Mn/rfin, Kxpiny toni. ii.. pj). 33."), 3.'i7. KiUaniucks, next to the ('liitso|««. Lririji ami t'larke'g Trtiv., p. 42*!. 'Callcmeux nation.' Gasn' Jiinr., p. 2»'iO. Call'niax on the coast forty leagurs south of the Columbia. Stwir^ m yiiHrelleH Amuili'S dfK I'oj/., toni. X . p. IMt. The fjUcktotiH are found 'adjoining the Killamuekit, and w n direction 8 8.E.' I.ixnunnd Clarh's Trar., p. 4'27. Th'' Jakon, or Yakones, dwell sonth of the Killaniooks on the coast. Hnk't Ethi, .,'!., ill (', .v. >,>. » , vol. vi., p. '21K, and map, p. l'.»7. 'i'ht' Tlatskanai are farther inland than thi< Killaniooks. Id., p 204. Till' I'liiiiquaH live ' on a river of that name.' >V(i»ii^oij(f, in Lmd. Heog. Soc, TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. Jour,, vol. xi., p. 266. 'In a valley of the same name. They are divided into Kix tribes; the Sconta, Chulnla, Pnlakahn, Quattamya, and Chasta.' Piirkvr'H Explor. Tour, p. 262. Umbaqufts. Id., p. 262. 'Umpquas (3 tribus) sur la riviere de ce nom, et de la riviere anx Vaches.' Mo/ras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 335. 'The Uinkwa inhabit the upper ])art of the river of that name, having the Kalnpnya on the north, the Lntnami (Clamets), on the east, and tht! Suinntkln between thom and the sea.' Hole's Ethnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 204, and map, p. 197. Two hundred and twenty-five miles south of the Columbia. Hints' Voy., p. 94. 'The country of the Umpquas is bound- ed east by the Cascade mountains, west by the Umpqua mountains and the occim, north by the Calipooi.i mountains and south by Orave Creek and Kogue River mountains.' Palmer, in Jnd. Aff. Bept., 1854, p. 255; Ewmons, in Srhoolt'raft's Areh., vol. iii., p. 201, vol. v., p. 492. The Saiustkla reside ' upon a small stream which falls into the sea just south of the Umqua River.' Hale's Ethnoij., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 221, map, p. 197. Sinselaw, 'on the banks of the Sinselaw river.' Harvey, in Ind. Aff. Jiept., 18C3, p. 80. Sayousla, ' near the mouth of Sayousla bay.' Brooks, in hi., 18G2, p. 299. Saliutla, ' at the mouth of the UmbaquA river.' Parker's Explor. Tour, p. 202. The Kiitluwotsetts include the Siusluw and Alsea bands on Siuslaw River; the Scottsburg, Lower Umpqua, and Kowes Bay bands on Umpqua River. Dreic, in Iml. Aff. Bept., 1857, p. 359. Kiliwatshat, ' at the mouth of the Umpqua.' Hal'H Eihnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 221. The Alseits, or Alseyas, live on Alsea Bay. Brookn, in Ind. Aff. Bept., 1862, p. 299; Harvey, in Id., 18C3, p. 80. Chocreleatan, 'at the forks of the Coquille river.' Quuhtomahs, between Coquille River and Port Orford. Nasoniah, ' near the mouth of the Coquille River.' Parriah, in Ind. Aff. Bept., 1854, p. 287. Willamette Valley Nations: 'The nations who inhabit this fertile neigh- bourhood are very numerous. The AVappatoo inlet extends three hund- red ynvds wide, for ten or twelve miles to the south, as far as the hills near which it receives the waters of a small creek, whose sources are not far from those uf the Killamuck river. On that creek resides the Clackstur nation, a numerous people of twelve hundred souls, who subsist on fish and wappntoo, and who trade by means of the Killamuck river, with the nation of tbnt name on the sea-coast. Lower down the inlet, towards the Columbia, is the tribe culled Cathlacumnp. On the sluice which connects the inlet with the Multnomah, are the tribes Cathlanahquiah ond Cathlacomatup; and on Wn])- patoo island, the tribes of Clannahmiuamun and Cluhnaquah. Immedi- ately opposite, near the Towahnahiooks, are the Quathlapotles, and higher up, on the side of the Columbia, the Shotos. All these tribes, as well ns the CathlrthawM, who live somewhat lower on the river, and have an old vil- lage on Deer island, may be considered as parts of the great Multnonmh nation, which \as its principal residence on Wappatoo island, near the mouth of the large river to which they give their name. Forty miles above its jniie- tiou with the Columbia, it receives the waters of the Cluckamos, a river which may be traced through a woody and fertile country to its sources in Mount Jeflferaon, almost to the foot of which it is navigable for canoes. A uatiou NATIVES OF THE WILLAMETTE VALLEY. 309 of the some name resides in eleven villages along its borders: they live chiefly on fish and rootH, which abound in the Clackamos and along its banks, though they sonietimes descend to the Columbia to gather wappatoo, where they can- not be distinguished by dress or manners, or language, from the tribes of Miiltnomahs. Two days' journey from the Columbia, or about twenty miles beyond the entrance of tho Clackamos, are the falls of the Multnomah. At this place are the permanent residences of the Cushooks and Chaheowahs, two tribes who are attracted to that place by the fish, and by the convenience of trading across the mountains and down Killamuck river, with the nation of Killaraucks, from whom they procure train oil. These falls were occa- sioned by the passage of a high range of mountains; beyond which the coimtry stretches into a vast level plain, wholly destitute of timber. As far as the Indians, with whom we conversed, had ever penetrated that country, it was inhabited 1 ly a nation called Calahpoewah, a very numerous people, whose villages, nearly forty in number, are scattered along t-nth side of the ilultuomnh, which furnish them with their chief subsistence, fish, and the rootsalong its banks.' Leiciaand Clarice's Trav., pp. 507-8. Calapooyas, Moo- liillels, and Clackamas in the Willamette Valley. SchoolcrafVs Arfh., vol. iii., p. 200, map. Cathlakamaps at the mouth of the Ouallamat; Cathlapoutles opposite; Cathlanaminimins on an island a little higher up; Mathlonobes on tho upper part of the same island; Cathlapouyeas just above the falls; the Cuthlacklas un an eastern branch farther up; and still higher the Chochonis. Stuart, in XouvcUes Annates lies Voy., 1821, tom. x., pp. 115, 117. The Cathlathlas live '60miles from the mouth of theWallaumut.' Morse's RepL, p. 3C8. The Cloughewallhah are ' a little below the falls. ' Parker's Expktr. Tour, p. 177. The Kntlawewalla live * at the foils of the Wallamat.' Framboise, in Lend. Ueoij. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 256. The Leeshtelosh occupy the 'headwaters of the Multnomah.' Ilunier'a Captirity, p. 73. The Multnomahs (or Mathlanobs) dwell < at upper end of the island in the mouth of the Walluumut.' Morse's Rept., p. 368. The XemaUjuinner lands are 'N.E. side of the Wallaumut river, 3 miles above its mouth.' 2Iorse's Kept., p. 370. The Xewaskees extend eastward of. the headwaters of the Multuomah, on a liirjje lake. Hunter's Captivity, p. 73. The Ynmkallies dwell ' towards the sources of the Wallomut River.' A'cow- ler, in Lond. Geoq. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 225. The Calapooyas live in the upjitr Willamette Valley. CaUipooyu, 'Wil- limictte VuUey.' Schoolcra/t's Ara, vol. iii., p. 201. Kuliw puyii, 'above the falls.' link's Kttinog., in {". S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 217. C'uUiiwpohyeaas, Willamette tribes sixteen in number. Ross' Fur llunt«r.s, vol. i., p. ll(8. Calapooah, seveute«'U tribos f>n the Willamette and its branch- es. I'arker's Explpr. Tour, p. 2hyeuiiss nation consists of Wa- comeiipp, Nawmooit, Chillychandize, Shookauy, Coupe, Shehees, Long- toiijjudmff, Liiiiialle. and P»HnH>u tribe*. lioss' Adivn., pp. 23G-6. Kalapoo- yuhM, uu the bhuresof tiM Oregon. Morton's Crania, p. 213. ' Willamat 310 TRIBAL BOU]!n>ABI£S. Plains.' ScoxUer, in Lond. Otog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 225. Kalapnyas, ■above the falls of the Columbia.' Domenenh's Deaeria, vol. ii., p. 3C. '50 miles from the mouth of the Wallaumnt, W. side.' Morse's liept., p. 3G8. Vule Puyiis, Valley of the Willamette. Warre and Vavaseur, in Martin's Had. B., p. 81. The Clackamas are on the ' Clackama River.' Schoolcrafl's Arch., vol. v., p. 492. 'Clakemas et Kaoulis, sur le Ounllamet et la riviere Kaoulis.' M<>t'ra.<>, E.T)^lor., tom. ii., p. 335. 'Valley of the Clukamus and the Willa- muta Fulls.' Warre and Vavaseur, in Martin's Hud. Ii., p. 81. Klaekanias, * three miles below the falls.' Hints' Voy., p. 144. C'lackamis. Palmer's Jour., p. 81. Clarkamees. ..Worse's liept., p. 372. Clackamus. Xeieis and Clarke's Map. The Mollales are found in ' Willamcttee Valley.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. i'Jl. ' At the mouth of the Wallaniet, and the Wapatoo Islands. Tm-k- er's Ore ion, p. 71. ' Upon the west side of the Willamette and opposite Ore- gon City.' Palmer's Jour., p. 84. The Shcshwap Family comprises all the inland tribes of British Co- lumbia, south of lat. 52' 31)'. The Alnahs, Strangers, Niccoutamuch, or Shushwaps proper, inhabit the Fraser ami Thompson valleys. ' At Sjmzzum a race very diifert'ut both in habits mid language is found. These are the Nicoutamueh, or Nieouta- meeiis, a branch of a widely-extended tribe. They, with their cognate septs, the Afnaks, or Shuswapmuch, occupy the Frazer River from Spuzzuni to the frontier of that part of the couutiy called by the Hudson Bay ('ouii)aiiy New Caledonia, whieh is withiu a few ruiles of Fort Alexandria.' Mnyhi'n B. C, p. '?.,*'■ ' !bUunhw!!5>!- ^'f :;-.., lioeky Mountains inhabit the country iu the neigh^ ■ urhood of Jasp-i- House, and as far as Tete Jaune Cache on the westcvu sIoj)o. They arc a branch of the great Shushwap nation who dwell near the Shushwap Lake and grand fork of the Thomjison River iu liritisli Columbia.' Thompson River and Lake Kumloops. Milton tind Clinulle's JV'orrtir. 7V(,s.i., pp. 241, 335. ' On the Pacific side, but near the Rocky Mount- ains, are the Shoushwaps who, inhabiting the upper part of Frazer's River, aud the n(»rth fork of the Columbia.' Dtaki'Hon, in Patlistr's Kxi>lor., ji. J4. 'The Shooshaps live below the Siupauelish Indians.' Parker'.i EjtitUir. T<>iir, p. 313. ' The Shushwaps possess the country Ixjrdering on the lower part of Frazer's River, and its branches.' JIale's Ethnoij., in ('. S. Ex. Ex.. vol. vi., p. 'i05. The .Vtnahs or Soushwap, 'live in the country on the Frustr's aud Thompson's Rivers.' ' They were tcnned by Mackenzie the Chin tribe.' (See p. "iSl, note 141 of this vol.) I'rirhard's /fes(Yir<7iM, vol. v., p.427; Unnch- viann, Brit. .Vu/v/omer., p. 320. Hhooshiips, south of the Sinpavelist. IhSvitt, Viiy.. pp. 50-1. 'The Atnah, or Chin Indian ciniutry extends alwut oue hundred miles,' from Fort Alexander. Cox's Adven., vol. ii., p. 301. Hhoo- shewaps inhabit the reg' n .\f the north bend of the Columbia, in 52-. .vt- nahs, in the region t)f thi' Fraser and Thompson rivers. Macdonaid's Ltilme on h. ('., p. 1(1; Ihrltn; iu Palliier's Kxplor.. p. '27. 'The Bhewhapuinch (Atnahs of Mackenzie), .. .occupy the banks of Thompson's River; and along Frazer's River from the Rapid village, twenty miles below Alexandriu, TIIE SHUSHWAF FAMILY. 311 to the confluence of thewi two Rtreams. Thence to near tb6 falls the tribe bears the name of Nicutcmnch.* Anderson, in Jllst. Mn'J. The Kumloops dwell about one hundred and fifty miles north-west of Okiiiiagan. Cox's Adven., vol. ii., p. 156. Th(! Clunsus are east of Fraser River, between Yale and latitude 50^; SkowtouH, on the fiftieth parallel south of Lake Karaloops and west of Lake OkiiiiiiKitn; Sockatcheenum, east of Fraser and north of 51^. Bancroft's Map of l'(tf. SUltlH, The Iviotena'is live in the space bounded by the Columbia River, Rocky MouutiiiuH, and Clarke River. The Kitunaha, Coutanies, or Flatbows, 'wander ill the ruj;ged and mountainous tract enclosed between the two northern forks (if the Columbia. The Flat-bow River and Lake also belonf^ to them.' llale'a Elkno'i., in I'. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., pp. 204-5, map, p. 207. ' Inhabit the country extending along the foot of the Rocky mountains, north of the Flatheads, for a very considerable distance, and are about equally in American and in Brit- ish territory.' (iihbs, in Pac. Ji. 11. litpt., vol. i., p. 416. Kootoonais, ' on Mc- Oillivny's River, the Flat Bow Lake, etc' Warn and Vut'oseur, in Martin's llu t. Ii., p. 82. Kootonais, on ' or about the fiftieth parallel at Fort Koo- toiiie, ea.st of Fort Colville." Simpson's Overlwia Joum., vol. i., p. 138. ' Be- tween the Rocky Mountains, the Upper Columbia and its tributary the Kil- liispehii or Peud'oreille, and watered by an intermediate stream called the KdutiinuiH River is an angular piece of country peopled by a small, isolated tribe bearing the same name as the last-mentioned river, on the banks of Thieli they princiimlhr live.' Maynt's B. C, p. '^97. The lands of the Cot- tiini.ix • lir immt'diatelnr north of thone of the Flatheads.' Irviit'i's Bonneville's Mwii.. p. 7U. Kutanut:. Ki.tani, Kitunaha, Kutneha, CuutauieH, Flatbows, "near the sources of the Mary River, west of the Rocky Mountains.' Ludeicvj, Ah. Liit'i.. J). 98. • Inhabit a section of country to the north of the Ponderas, ulciiii; M;/»., p. 30. Kootanais. 'angh; between the Saeliss hinds and the eastern headH of the <'ulumbia.' .•li»i/»'i-.sim in J lint. Mm., vol. vii., p, 79. About the river of the same name, between the Co- lumliiii and Rocky Mountains, yirolny's O'jn. Trr., p. 143. A baud called iiiimtc'heggs on the npper Arrow Lake. Horn' Fur JJnnlirs, vol. ii., p. IW. The Kootenais were perhaps the Tnaliepaws vVith them may be classed the N'Pockle, or 8ans Puelles, on the Columbia river, though these are also claimed by the Spo- kaucs. The two lutnds uu the forks are more nearly connected with the Bchwogelpi than with the ones first named.' tilewns, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 237, aud in I'ae. 11. U. Rept., vol. i., p. 412. Oakinackens, Priests' Rapids, northward over 5()i) miles, aud lOJ miles iu width, to the Shewhaps, branch- ing out into 12 tribt's, us follows, beginning with the south: 'Skamoynu- luachs, Kewaughtchuuunaughs, Pisscuws, Incomecan^took, Tsillane, Inti- etook, Dattli'lcmulecmauch, or Mcutwho, InHpclluiii, Sinpohellechach, Sin- whoyelppetook, 8amilkauuigh aud Oakiuaeken, which is nearly in the centre.' Ross' Adt'en., i)p. 'iH'J 1(0. ' On both sides the Ukauagau River from its mouth np to British Columbia, including the Senuelkamecn River.' Ross, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 22. ' I'ri's du fort de ce nom.' Moj'ras, Explor. torn, ii., p. 335. ' On the Okanagan and Piscour Rivers.' Warre and Vumseur, in Martin's JIud. Ji., p. HI. 'Composed of several small bands living along tliu Ukiiia- kaue river, from its confluence with the Columbia to Lake Okinakuuo. . . .A majority of the tribe live north of the boundary line.' J'aiije, in Ind. Aff. liepl., 1805, p. 09. * Columbia Valley.' SchoolcntfVs Arch., vol. iv., p. 400. North- east and west of the Shoopshaps. De Sniet, \'oy., p. H. Junction of the Oknn- agan and Columbia. Parker's Map, ' Upper part of Eraser's River and its tributaries.' Scouler, in Lond. Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. si., p. 225. Principal family called Couconulps about *J miles up stream of the same name, lloss' Adwn., pp. 28'J-90. The Himilkameen live on S. river, and 'ore a portion of the Okanagan tribe.' J'almer, in R. Vol. Papers, vol. iii., p. 85. The Okau- agans, called Catsanim by Lewis and Clarke. Uibbs, iu Pac. R. R. liepl., vol. i., p. 417. Cutsahnim, on the Columbia above the Sokulks, and on the norlL- eru branches of the Taptul. Morse's Rept., p. 372. The Salish Familt includes all the inland tribes between 49^ and 47'. The Balish, Saalis, Selish, or Flatheads, ' inhabit the country about the up- per part of the Columbia and its tributary streams, the Flathead, Spokan, aud Okanagan Rivers. The name includes several independent tribes or bauds, of which the most important are the Salish proper, the Kullespulm, the Hoayalpi, the Tsakaitsitlin, and the Okinakan.' JIale's Lthnog., iu U. /r(m, Ktplur., tom. ii., p. 335. 'Ciillcd in thfir own language, ChuitlpnyM.' Kane's H'and., pp. 3()8-0. 'Culled Quiurlpi (BoHket People).' H'i/Atk' \nr., in U. S. Ejt. Ex., vol. iv., p. 472. The Clinnlpayfl cullid M'htelpo by Lewiit and Clarke, and by Muw'. HMk, in l\u\ n. 11. Rfpl., vol. i., p. 417. Tki) Sfmkitneit live on the K])oknn(! river and platran, along the banks of tli<> Coininbiit from below Kettle FuUh, nearly to the Okanagan. 'The 8|>o kiliniNh, or KpokuneH, lie Hoiith of the Hehrooyelpi, and chiefly upon or near the Spokane river. The name applier: the KiuslihhooiMh, on the great plain above the cross- in^s of the Ctieur d'Alene river; the Hintootoolish, on the river above the forks; the Hmnlioonienaish (Hpokehuish), at the forks; the Ukaischilt'nish, at the old (.'Iiemakano mission; the HkecherumouBe, alwve them on the Culville trail; the Hoheectstish, the KiniHiilsehne, and Sinspeelish, on the Columbia river; the last-named baud is nearly extinct. The Sinpoilschne (N'poehle, or Sans Puelles) have always been included among the Okin- nknneH, though, as well as the Sinspeelish below them, they are claimed by the S|iokane8. The three bands on the Columbia all speak a difTereut liiiiKUiine from the rest.' Uttvem, in Inil. Aff. Ripl., 1854, pi>. 220, 236; and Ijihlm, ill /'(«■. 11. 1{. Jiept., vol. i., pp. 414-15. 'This tribe claim as their territory the country commencing on the large plain at the head of the Slawn- tfliuH— the stream entering the Columbia at Fort Colville; thence down the SiM)kiine to the Columbia, down the Columbia half way to Fort Okina- kiine, and up the Spokaue and Coeur d'Alene, to some point between the fallH mid tlie lake, on the latter.' /(/., p. 414. 'Inhabit the country on the Spokane river, from its mouth to the boundary of Idaho.' Pai'ie, in Iml. Aff. It''!'!., ]M(i.'i, p. iK). 'At timeH on the Sjiokune, at times on the Spokane plains.' Midliin'n lirpt., pp. 18, 49. 'Principally on the plains.' Lord'a Xa(., vol. ii., p. 157. 'Norih-eiist of the Palooses are the Spokeiu nation.' I'ark- er's Kxjiliir. Tonr, p. 310, and map. ' Au-dessous du fort Okanagam k I'Est.' Mtfnin, Kxplor., tom. ii., p. 335. 'An nord-ouest des Palooses se trouvo la nation des Spokancs.' De Smtt, Voy., \i, 31. 'Have a small village at the entrance of their river, but their chief and permanent place of residence is aliont forty miles higher up ... . where the Pointed-heart River joins tlu> Spokan from the south-east.' Cox'a Ativan., vol. ii., p. 147. ' The Spo- kanes, whose tribal names are Sineequomenach, or Upper, Sintootoo, or JlidiUe Kpokamish, and Chekasschee, or Lower Spokunes, living on the S|Kikane Uiver, from the Idaho line to its mouth.' Wiimns, in Ind. Aff. liept., 1><7U, p. 2.'t. Spokane, the Sarlilso and Sketsomish of Lewis and Clarke. UihliK, in I'ac. R. R. Repl., vol. i., p. 417. The •Stin.s Poila (Hairless), or ' Sanpoils, which includes the Nespeelnm Indians, are located on the Columbia, from the mouth of the Spokane down to (irand Coulee ^on the south of the Columbia), and from a point opposite the mouth of the S|)okaue down to the mouth' of the Okanagau on the north side of the Columbia, including the country drained by the Sanpoil, and ^^„ ^> ^>. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V /. <'. % /- f/^ fA y] VQ 7 .^ % > :> %A' o 7 /A 1.0 I.I 'i MS lilO 11.25 Photographic Sciences Corporation II 1.8 U 1111.6 33 WESi.' MAIN STREET WBBSTEM.NY MSSO (716) 872-450 J l/j 816 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. I Nespoelnm Creeks.' Winans, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 22. Sinpoilish, west of the Golambia between Priest Bapids and Okanagan. Schoolcrc^ft'a Arch., vol. iii., p. 200, map, Sinpauelish, west of the Kettle Falls Indians. Parke; '8 Explor. Tour, p. 313. ' Siniponals. Fr&s des grands rapides dn Bio Colombia.' Mofras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 335. Sinpavelist, west of the Chau- dieres. De Smet, Voy., p. 50. Sinapoils, ' occupy a district on the northern banks of the Columbia, between the Spokan and Oakinagan rivers.' Cox's Adve.i., vol. ii., p. 145. Hehighenimmo of Lewis and Clarke. Oibhs, in Poc. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 417. The Pisquouse inhabit the west bank of the Columbia between the Okan- agan and Priest Bapids. Piskwaus, or Piscous; 'name properly belongs to the tribe who live on the small river which falls into tLe Columbia on the west side, about forty miles below Fort Okanagan. But it is here extended to all the tribes as far down as Priest's Bapids.' The map extends their ter- ritory across the Columbia. Hale's Sthtwg., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 210, and map, p. 197. Pisquouse, 'immediately north of that of the Yakamas.' ' On the Columbia between the Priest's and Boss Bapids.' Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 236; and Oibbs, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 412. ' Piscaous. Sur la petite riviere de ce nom k I'Ouest de la Golombie.' Mofras, Explor,, tom. ii., p. 335. The Skamoynumacks live on the banks of the Columbia, at Priest Bapids, near the mouth of the Umatilla. Thirty miles distant up the river are the Kewaughtohenemachs. Ross' Adven., pp. 134, 137. ' The Mithouies are located on the west side of the Columbia Biver, from the mouth of the Okanagan down to the Wonatchee, and includes the country drained by the Mithonie, Lake Chelan, and Enteeatook Bivers.' Winans, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 23. ' The Isle de Pierres, whose tribal name is Linkinse, are located on the east and south side of the Col. Biv. from Qrand Coulee down to Priests' Bapids, which includes the peninsula made by the great bend of the Col.' lb. The Sahaptin Family is situated immediately south of the Salish. Only six of the eight nations mentioned below have been included in the Family by other authors. ' The country occupied by them extends from the Dalles of the Columbia to the Bitter-Boot mountains, lying on both sides of the Columbia and upon the Kooskooskie and Salmon Forks of Lewis' and Snake Biver, between that of the Selish family on the north, and of the Snakes on the south.' Oibbs, in Pandosy's Oram., p. vii. 'The first and more northern Indians of the interior maybe denominated the Shahaptan Family, and com- prehends three tribes; the Shahaptan, or Nez Perces of the Canadians; the Kliketat, a scion from the Shahaptans who now uwell near Mount Bainier, and have advanced toward the falls of the Columbia; and the Okanagan, who inhabit the upper part of Fraser's Biver and its tributaries.' Scouler, in Lond, Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 225. Hale's map, in U. S, Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 197, divides the territory among the Nez Percys, Walla-Wallas, Waiilaptu, and Molele. ' The Indians in this district (of the Dalles) are Dog Biver, Wos- cos, Tyicks, Des Chutes, John Day, Utilla, Caynses, Walla- Walla, Nez Perces, Mountain Snakes and Bannacks.' Denniaon, in Ind. Aff. Rept,, 1869, p. 435. SAHAPTIN FAMILY. 817 « The different tribes attached to Fort Nez Percys, and who formerly went by that cognomen, are the 8hamooinaugh, Skamnaminaugh, E'yackimau, Ispipe- whumaugh, and Inaspetsum. These tribes inhabit the main north branch above the Forks. On the sonth branch are the Falletto Pallas, Shawhaapten or Nez Perces proper, Pawluch, and Cosispa tribes. On the main Colnmbia, beginning at the Dallas, are the Neeootimeigh, Wisscopam, Wisswhams, Waj-yampas, Lowhim, Sawpaw, and Youmatalla bands.' Ross' Fur Hunters, vol. i., p. 185-6. Cathlakahikits, at the rapids of Colnmbia river, N. side; Chippanchickchicks, ' N. side of Columbia river, in the long narrows, a lit- tle below the falls.' Hellwits, 'at the falls of Columbia river;' Ithkyema- mits, 'on Columbia river, N. side near Chippanchickchicks;' Yehah, 'above the rapids.' Morse's Rept., pp. 368-70. The Nez Perces ' possess the country on each side of the Lewis or Snake Kiver, from the Peloose to the Wapticaeoes, about a hundred miles — together with the tributary streams, extending, on the east, to the foot of the Rocky Mountains.' Hole's Elhnoj., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 212; Schoolcraft's Arch,, vol. iv., p. 531. ' On both sides of the Kooskooskia and north fork of Snake river.' Oibbs, in Pac. R. R. Repl., vol. i., p. 416; and Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 217. ' A few bands of the Nez Perci's Indians occupy the Salmon river and the Clearwater.' Thompson, in Id., p. 282. ' The Nez Perces country is bounded west by the Palouse river and the Tucannon; on the north by the range of mountains between Clear Water and the Coeur d'A- leue; east by the Bitter Boot mountains; on the south they are bounded near the line dividing the two Territories.' Crai(], in Id., 1857, p. 353. The Buffalo, a tribe of the Nez Perces, winter in the Bitter Root Valley. Owen, in Id., 1859, p. 424. 'Upper waters and mountainous parts of the Columbia.' Catlin's N. Am. Ind., vol. ii., p. 108. ' Country lying along Lewis river and its tributaries from the eastern base of the Blue Mountains to the Columbia.' Palmer's Jour., p. 55. Nez Perces or Sahaptins, ' on the banks of the Lewis Fork or Serpent River.' Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 54. ' Chohoptins, or Nez-PercL'S, on the banks of Lewis River.' Cox's Adven., vol. ii., p. 143. 'Rove through the regions of the Lewis branch.' Oreetihow's Hist. Ogn., p. 30. ' The Lower Nez Perces range upon the Way leeway, Immahah, Yenghies, and other of the streams west of the mountains.' Irving' s Bon- neville's Adven., p. 301. Some Flatheads live along the Clearwater River down to below its junction with the Snake. Gass' Jour., p. 212. Country 'drained by the Kooskooskie, westward from the Blackfoot country, and across the Rocky Mountains.' Brownell's Ind. Races, p. 533. 'Pres du fort de ce nom, k la jonction des deux branches da fleuve.' Mofras, Explor., tom. ii., p. 3:J5. Junction of Snake and Clearwater. Parker's Explor, Tour, Map. Chopunnish. Lew'is and Clarke's Trav., p. 331, and map. Copunnish. Bui- finch's Orcfion, p. 144. 'The Nez-Perces are divided into two classes, the Nez-Perces proper, who inhabit the mountains, and the Polonches, who in- habit the plain country about the mouth of the Snake River.' Oairdner, in Land. (ieo;/. Soc. Jour,, vol. xi., p. 256. Chopunnish, ' on Lewis river below the entrance of the Kooskooskee, on both sides.' 'On the Kooskooskee river below the forks, and on Cotter's creek.' Bands of the Chopunnish; Felloatpallah, Kimmooeuim, Yeletpoo, Willewab, Soyeunom. Morse's Sept., p. 369. 818 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. The Palouat, or 'the Palus, asually written Paloose, live between the Colnmbia and the Snake.' Oihha, in Pandosy's Oram., p. vi. 'The Peloose tribe has a stream called after it which empties iuto Lewis Biver.' Hale's Ethnoij., in U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 213. Upon the Peloose Biver. 'En- trance of Great Snake Biver and surrounding country.' Tolmie, in Lord's Nat., vol. ii., pp. 105, 245. ' Properly a part of the Nez Perces. Their resi- dence is along the Nez Perc^ river and up the Pavilion.' Parker's Explor. Tour, p. 310. In three bands; at the mouth of the Pelouse Biver; on the north bank of Snake Biver, thirty miles below the Pelouse; and at the month of the Snake Biver. Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Bept., 1854, pp. 222-3, and in Pac. R. Ii. Rept., vol. i., pp. 150-1. Falonse, or Pelouse, ' reside on the banks of the Palouse and Snake rivers.' Mullan's Rept., pp. 18, 49. 'La tribu Paloose appartient k la nation des Nez-Perc^s elle habite les bords des deux rivieres des Nez-perces et du Pavilion.' De Smet, Voy., p. 31. Selloat- pallab, north of the Snake, near its confluence with the Colnmbia. Leicia and Clarke's Map. Same as the Sewatpalla. Gibbs, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 417. The Walla-Wallas ' occupy the country south of the Columbia and about the river of that name.' Gibbs, in Pandosy's Oram., p. vii. 'A number of bands living usually on the south side of the Columbia, and on the Snake river to a little east of the Peluse.' Oibbs, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 402. ' Are on a small stream which falls into the Columbia near Fort Nez-perc^s.' Hale's Ethnog., in U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 213. * Inhabit the country obout the river of the same name, and range some distance below along the Co- lumbia.' Parker's Explor. Tour, p. 310. 'Upon the banks of the Columbia, below the mouth of the Lewis Fork are found the Walla-wallas.' Broinneira Ind. Races, p. 535. ' Oualla-Oualla, au-dessus du fort des Nez Perces.' Mo- fras, Explor., tom. ii., p. 335. ' Under this term are embraced a number of bands living usually on the south side of the Columbia, and on the Snake river, to a little east of the Pelouse; as also the Klikatats and Yakamas, north of the former.' Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 223. ' On both sides of the Columbia river between Snake river and Hudson Bay fort, Wal- la-Walla.' Dennison, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1857, p. 374. Walla Wallapum. Tolmie, in Lord's Nat., vol. ii., pp. 244-7. 'Les Walla-walla habitent, sur la riviere du m^me nom, I'un des tributaires de la Colombie, et leur pays s'etend aussi le long de ce fleuve.' De Smet, Voy., p. 30. WoUaw WoUah, South side of the Snake, at junction with the Columbia. Lewis and Clarke's Map. WollaoUa and Wollawalla, ' on both sides of Col., as low as the Mus- cleshell rapid, and in winter pass over to the Taptul river.' Morse's Rept., pp. 369-70. 'Country south of the Columbia and about the river of that name.' Gibbs, in Pandosy's Oram., p. vii. Walawaltz nation about the junc- tion of the Snake and Columbia. On Walla Walle Biver. Oass' Jour., pp. 294-8. 'On both ban'.s of the Columbia, from the Blue Mountains to the Dalles.' Famham's Trav., p. 151. Wallah Wallah. Cox's Adven., vol. ii., p. 142. 'About the river of that name.' Nicolay's Ogn. Ter., pp. 143, 151. Wallawallahs, • reside along the lower part of the Walla Walla, the low bot- tom of the Umatilla and the Columbia, from the mouth of Lewis Biver for one hundred miles south.' Palmer's Jour., pp. 68, 124. ' On the borders of THE CAYUSES AND WASCOS. 819 the Wallfthwallah and Columbia.' Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 64; Stuart, in Nouvtlles Annales des Voy., 1821, torn, xii., p. 35. The Sciatogas and Toustchipas live on Canoe Biver (Tukanon ?), and the Euotttlla (Touchet?), the Akaitchis 'sur le Big-river,' (Columbia), Hunt, in Nouvdles Annales des Voy., 1821, torn, x., pp. 74-8. The Sciatogas ' possede le pays borne au sud-est par la Grande- Plaine; au norJ, par le Lewis-Biver; k, I'oaest par la Columbia; au sud par I'Oualamat.' Id., 1821, torn, xii., p. 42. The Cayuses extend from John Day Biver eastward to Grande Bonde Valley. The Cayuse, Caillonx, Waiilatpu, ' country south of the Sahaptin and Wallawalla. Their head-quarters are on the upper pari of Wallawalla Eiver.' Uak'.t Ethnog., in U. .S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 214, map, p. 197. 'The country belonging to the Cayuse is to the south of and betweei* the Nez Perces and Walla-Wallas, extending from the Des Chutes, or Wanwanwi, to the eastern side of the Blue mountains.' Stevens, in Ind. Aff. Jiept., 1854, p. 218; Gibbs, in Pac. R. Ii. Rept., vol. i., p. 416. ' On the west side of the Blue mountains and south of the Columbia liver.' Thompson, in Ind. Aff, Rept., 1854, p. 282. ' Occupy a portion of the Walla- Walla valley.' Dennison, in Id., 1837, p. 374; Coin, in Id., 1859, pp. 413-14. ' A I'ouest des Nez-perces sont les Kayuses.' De Smd, Voy., p. 30. The Kayonse dwell upon the TTtalla or Emnutilly Biver. Towmend's Nar., p. 122. 'West of the Nez Percys.' Parker's Explor. Tour, p. 3(i9, and map. 'Bove through the regions of the Lewis branch.' Greenhoie's i/i.«<. Ogn., p. 30. ' Kayouses. Pres du grand detour de la Colombie.' Mofras, Explor., tom. ii., p. 335. Waiilatpu, Molele, called also Willetpoos, Cayuse, 'western Oregon, south of the Columbia river.' Ludewi'i, Ab. Land., V- ^^^'> Gibbs, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 417. Caaguas ' inhabit the country bordering on Wallawalla river and its tribu* taries, the Blue mountains and Grand round.' Palmer's Jour., pp. 54-6. Wyeilat or Kyoose, country to the south of Walla Walla. Tolmie, in Lord's Nat., vol. ii., pp. 244-5. The Skyuses ' dwell about the waters of the Way- leeway and the adjacent country.' Irviwj's lionnevitte's Advm., p. 388. The Willewah ' reside on the Willewah river, which falls into the Lewis river on the S.W. side, below the forks.' Morse's Rept., p. 369. In Grande Bonde Valley. X«tci's and Clarke's Map; Oibbs, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 417. The TJmatillas 'live near the junction of the Umatilla and Columbia rivers.' Lord's Nat., vol. ii., p. 97. Umatallow Biver and country extending thence westward to Dalles. Tolmie, in Id., p. 245. ' The Utillas occupy the country along the river bearing that name.' Dennison, in ind. 42f- -Kept., 1857, p. 374. The Wahowpum live ' on the N. branch of the Columbia, in different bands from the Pishquitpahs; as low as the river Lapage; the different bands of this nation winter on the waters of Taptul and Cataract rivers.' Morse's Rept., p. 370; Lewis and Clarke's Map, On John Day's Biver. Gibbs, in Pac, R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 417. The Wascos include all the tribes between the Cascade Bange and John Day Biver, south of the Columbia. 'They are known by the name of Wasco Indians, and they call their country around the Dallas, Wascopam. They claim the country extending from the cascades up to the falls of the TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. Colombia, the distance of about fifty miles.' Hines' Voy., p. 159. 'The Wascos occupy a small tract of country near to and adjoining the Dalles.' Oennison, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1857, p. 372. On both sides of the Columbia about the Dalles are the Wascopams. Map, in SehoolcrOift'a Arch., vol. iii., p. 200. Eneshnr, Echeloota, Chillukkitequaw and Sinacshop occupy the terri- tory, on Lewis and Clarke's Afap; Morse's Rept., p. 370. The Tchipantchick- tchick, Gathlitssis, Ilttekalmamits, and Tchelonits about the Dalles. Stuart, in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1821, tom. sii .. p. 26; Oihbs, in Pac. R. R. Sept., vol. i., p. 417. 'The residence of the Molele is (or ^ras) in the broken and wooded country about Mounts Hood and Vancouver.' Hole's Ethnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 214. The MoUales have their home in the Willamette Val- ley. Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 492. 'The Tairtla, usually called Taigh, belong. . . .to the environs of the Des- Chutes Eiver.' Oibbs, in Pandosy's Gram., p. vii. 'The Des Chutes.... formerly occupied that section of country between the Dalles and the Tyich river.' Dennison, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1857, p. 373. 'The Tyichs formerly occupied the Tyich valley and the country in its vicinity, whichtlies about 30 miles south of Fort Dalles.' lb, ' The John Day Uivers occupy the country in the immediate vicinity of the river bearing that name.' lb. ' The Dog Biver, or Cascade Indians reside on a small stream called Dog river, which empties into the Columbia river, about half way between the Cascades and Dalles.' Id., p. 371. The Cascades dwell ' on the river of that name.' Nicolay's Ogn. Ter., p. 143. The Yakinuis occupy the valley of tho Yakima Biver and its branches. ' The upper Yakimas occupy the country upon the Wenass and main branch of the Yakima, above the forks; the Lower upon the Yakima and its tribu- taries, below the forks and along the Columbia from the month of the Yaki- ma to a point three miles below the Dalles.' Robie, in Ind, Aff, Rept., 1857, p. 351. Three bands, Wishhams, Clickahut, and Skien, along the Co- lumbia. Td., p. 332. 'The Fshwanwappam bands, us- illy called Yakamas, inhabit the Yakama Biver.' Oibbs, in Pahdosy's Oram., p. rii. Lewis and Clarke's Chanwappan, Shaltattos, Squamaross, Skaddals, and Ghimnahpnm, on the Yakima Biver. Oibbs, in Pac, R, R. Rept., vol. i., p. 417. The Yakimas ' are divided into two principal bands, each made np of a number of villages, and very closely connected ; one owning the country on the Nahchess and Low- er Yakima, the other are upon the Wenass and main branch above the forks.' Id,, p. 407. Yackamans, northern banks of the Col imbia and on the Yack- amana river. Cox's Adven., vol. ii., p. 143. On the Yakima. Hale's Ethnog., U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 213. 'South of the Long Bapids, to the conflu- ence of Lewis' river with the Columbia, are the Yookoomans.' Parker's Ex- plor. Tow, p. 313. Pishwanwapum (Yakima), in Yakimaw or Eyakema Val- ley. Tolmie, in Lord's Nat,, vol. ii., pp. 244-7. Called Stobshaddat by the Sound Indians. Id., p. 245. The Chimnapnms are ' on the N.W. side of Col. river, both above and belowthe entrance of Lewis' r. and the Taptul r.' Morse's Rept,, p. 370; Xeuts and Clarke'a Map. The ' Chunnapuns and Chanwappans are between the THE KLraETATS. Cascade Bange and the north branch of the Golnmbia.' Nicolay's Ogn. Ter,, p. 143. The Pisquitpahs, ' on the Mngclechell rapids, and on the N. side of the Colnmbia, to the commencement of the high country; this nation winter on the waters of the Taptul and Cataract rivers.' Morse's Rept., p. 370. The Sokul'is dwell north of the confluence of the Snake and Colnmbia. Lewis and Clarke's Trav., p. 351, and map; Morse's Eept., p. 369. At Priest Bapids. Oihbs, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 417. The Kliketais live in the mountainous country north of the Cascades, on both sides of the Cascade Bange, and south of the Yakimas. Klikatats ' in- habit, properly, the valleys lying between Mounts St. Helens and Adams, but they have spread over districts belonging to other tribes, and a band of them is now located as far south as the Umpqua.' Qibbs, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. i., p. 403. ' Boilroilpam is the Klikatat country, situated in the Cascade mountains north of the Columbia and west of the Yakamas.' Oibbs, in Pan- dosy's Oram., p. vii. 'Wander in the wooded country about Mount St. Helens.' Hale's Ethnog., in U. S. Ex, Ex., vol. vi., p. 213. ' In the vicinity of the mouth of the Columbia.' CaUin'a N. Am. Ind., vol. ii., p. 113. Klikatats. ' An-des8U8 du fort des Nez-Perc^s.' Mc ras, Explor., tom. ii., p. 335. ' The Klikctat, a scion from the Sahaptans, who now dwell near Mount Buinier and have advanced towards the falls of the Columbia.' Scouler, in Lond. Oeog, Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 225. On Lewis and Clarke's Map the Eliketat territory is occupied by the Chanwappan, Shallatos, Squamaros, Skaddals, Shahalas. Also in Morse's Rept., p. 372. Whnlwhypnm, or Eliketat, ' in the wooded and prairie country between Vancouver and the Dalles.' Toltnie, in Lord's Nat., vol. ii., p. 245. The Weyehhoo live on the north side of the Columbia, near Chnsattea Biver. (Kliketat.) Chm' Jour., p. 288. Vol. I. 21 CHAPTER IV. CALIFORNIANS. I Oboupaij Divisions; Nobthbbn, Cbntbai., and Bouthxbn Califobnuns, and Shosbones— CouNTBY OF THE Cauforniams — Tbx Klamaths, MoDoca, Bhastas, Pitt Bivkb Indiakb, Ectbocs, Cahrocs, Hoopahs, "Weeyots, ToiiEWAS, AND BOODB BiTEB INDIANS AND THBIB CUSTOMS — ThE TeHA- MAs, FoMos, Ukiahs, OuAUOiAB, SoNOMAs, Pbtaldmas, Nafas, Suscols, BaistTNXs, Tamales, Kabquines, Oblonbs, Tclomos, Tbamiens, Ol- OBONEb, EUMSENS, EsCEUENS, AND OTHEBS OF GbNTBAL GaLIFOBNIA — ThE Gabuillas, Dieoubnos, Islandbbs, and Mission Bancberias of SocTHEBN California — Tbe Snakbs ob Bhosbones pbofxb, Utahb, Bannocks, Wabboes and otbeb Sbosbone Nations. Of the seven groups into which this work separates the nations of western North America, the Californians con- stitute the third, and cover the territory between latitude 43° and 32°30', extending back irregularly into the Rocky Mountains. There being few distinctly marked families in this group, I cannot do better in subdividing it for the purpose of description than make of the Californians proper three geographical divisions, namely, the Northern Californians, the Central Californians, and the Southern Californians. The Shoshxmes, or fourth di- vision of this group, who spread out over south-eastern Oregon, southern Idaho, and the whole of Nevada and Utah, present more distinctly marked family character- istics, and will therefore be treated as a family. The same chain of mountains, which, as the Cascade Range, divides the land of the Columbians, holds its course steadily southward, and entering the territory of (322) KNUKB, Am) IS, MODOCS, t, "Wekyots, The Teha- AS, Soscois, lMIEKS, Ol- ■OBNIA — The CHEBIAS OF PEB, UtAHB, arates the f lANS con- n latitude into the y marked bdividing ce of the 3, namely, nians, and fourth di- th-eastern evada and character- le Cascade holds its erritory of ' i: of the PACIFIC STATES CALIFORNIAN CROUP 1 -' f^^fh*>ui- S.-i.le I r J o It o o o JJS Stnttitr «i//fvf to an itifh I2« ';.' ■■/■ 1 •0 M ff , 7f?4 '1^ t*-^.^/^ ^ yt^. ^^ lo*''"^** SajDpitff ^\ \f^>! aN\- PACIFIC STATES CALIFORNIAN CROUP y/-T Sffitiitr hiit*'\ /« *//# itit'h '^ ■^5»*r»< ■*"■ '■•/^yn«»'*''|! -.u \\'.\\\v,\\isi.A«a^ *ai£._L_ t^i. I 2^. ' i X ■ M'\ HOME OF THE CALIF0RNIAN3. 823 tlio CaUfomian group forms, under the name of the Sierra Nevada, the partition l)etween the Californians proper and the Shoshones of Idaho and Nevada. The intluenee of this range upon the climate is also here manifest, only inteiiser in degree than farther north. The lands of the Northern Californians are well watered and wooded, those of the central division have an abundance of water for six months in the year, namely, from November to May, and the soil is fertile, yielding abundantly under cultivation. Sycamore, oak, cotton-wood, willow, and white alder, fringe the banks of the rivers; laurel, buck- eye, manzanita, and innumerable berry-bearing bushes, clothe the lesser hills; thousands of acres are annu- ' y covered with wild oats; the moist bottoms yield lieavy crops of grass ; i ' m summer the vallevs are gorgeous with wild-flowers of every hue. Before the blighting touch of iiie white man was laid upon the land, the rivers swarmed with salmon and trout; deer, ante- lope, and mountain sheep roamed over the foot-hills, bear and other carnivora occupied the forests, and numberless wild fowl covered the lakes. Decreasing in moisture toward the tropics, the climate of the Southern Californians is warm and dry, while the Shoshones, a large part of whose territory falls in the Great Basin, are cursed with a yet greater dryness. The region known as the Great Basin, lying between the eastern base of the Sierra Nevada and the Wahsatch Mountains, and stretching north and south from latitude 33^ to 42°, presents a very different picture from the land of the Californians. This district is triangular in shape, the apex pointing toward the south, or southwest ; from this apex, which, round the head of the Gulf of Califor- nia, is at tide level, the ground gradually rises until, in central Nevada, it reaches an altitude of about five thou- sand feet, and this, with the exception of a few local de- pressions, is about the level of the whole of the broad part of the basin. The entire surface of this plateau is alkaline. Being in parts almost destitute of water, there is comparatively little timber; sage-brush and grease- 324 CALIPOENIANR. wood being the chief signs of vegetation, except at rare in- tervals Avhere some small stream struggling against almost imivei'sal aridity, supports on its banks a little scanty herbage and a few forlorn-looking cotton-wood trees. The northern part of this region, as is the case with the lands of the Californians proper, is somewhat less des- titute of vegetable and animal life than the southern portion which is indeed a desert occupied chiefly by rab- bits, prairie-dogs, sage-hens, and reptiles. The desert of the Colorado, once perhaps a fertile bottom, extending northward from the San Bernardino Mountains one hundred and eighty miles, and spreading over an area of about nine thousand square miles, is a silent unbroken sea of sand, upon whose ashy surface glares the mid-day sun and where at night the stars draw near through the thin air and brilliantly illumine the eternal solitude. Here the gigantic cereus, emblem of barrenness, rears its contorted form, casting wierd shadows upon the moon- lit level. In such a country, where in winter the keen dust-bearing blast rushes over the unbroken desolate plains, antl in summer the very earth cracks oi)en with intense heat, what can we expect of man but that he should be distinguished for the depths of his low attain- ment. But although the poverty and barrenness of his country account satisfactorily for the low type of the inhabitant of the Great Basin, yet no such excuse is offered for the degradation of the native of fertile Cali- fornia. On every side, if we except the Shoshone, in regions possessing far fewer advantages than California, we find a higher type of man. Among the Tuscaroras, Cherokees, and Iroquois of the Atlantic slope, barbarism assumes its grandest proportions; proceeding west it bursts its fetters in the incipient civilization of the Gila; but if we continue the line to the shores of the Pacific we find this intellectual dawn checked, and man sunk almost to the utter darkness of the brute. Coming southward from the frozen land of the Eskimo, or northward from tropi- cal Darien we pass through nations possessing the neces- TRIBAL DIVERSITY. 325 he saries and even the comforts of life. Some of them raise and grind wheat and corn, many of them make pottery and other utensils, at the north they venture out to sea in good boats and make Behemoth their spoil. The Californians on the other hand, comparatively speaking, wear no clothes, they build no houses, do not cultivate the soil, they have no boats, nor do they hunt to any con- siderable extent ; they have no morals nor any religion worth calling such. The missionary Fathers found a virgin field whereon neither god nor devil was worshiped. We must look, then, to other causes for a solution of the question why a nobler race is not found in California; such for instance as revolutions and migrations of nations, or upheavals and convulsions of nature, causes arising before the commencement of the short period within which we are accustomed to reckon time. There is, perhaps, a greater diversity of tribal names among the Californians than elsewhere in America; the whole system of nomenclature is so complicated and con- tradictory that it is impossible to reduce it to perfect order. There are tribes that call themselves by one name, but whose neighbors call them by another; tribes that are known by three or four names, and tribes that have no name except that of their village or chief.* Tribal names are frequently given by one writer which are never mentioned by any other;'' nevertheless there are tribes on whose names authorities agree, and though > ' Sometimes there is a tribal name for all who speak the same language; soraetimoH none, and only names for separate villages; sometimes a name for a whole tribe or family, to which is prefixed a separate wovd for each dialect, wliich is generally co-extensive with some valley. Of the first, an instance is found in the Cahrocs, on the Klamoth, who are a compact tribe, with no dialoots; of the second, in the large tribe on the lower Klamath, who have also no dialects, and yet have no name, except for each village ; of the third, in the Rrciit family of the Pomos on Russian river, who have many dialects, and a name for each, - as Ballo Ki Pomos, ('ahto Pomos, etc Some remnantn of tribi's have three or four names, all in use within a radius of that number of miles; some, again, are merged, or dovetailed, into others; and some never had a name taken from their own lanf,oiage, but hove adopted thot given them by a neighbor tribe, altogether ditfarent in speech.' Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. viii., p. 328. ^ The natives * when asked to what tribe they belong, give the name of their chief, which is misunderstood by the inquirer to be thot of the tribe it- self.' BarUeU'a Nar., vol. ii., p. 20. GALIFOBNIANS. the spelling dixTers, the sound expressed in these instances is about the same. Less trouble is experienced in dis- tinguishing the labes of the northern division, which is composed of people who resemble their neighbors more than is the case in central California, where the mean- ingless term ' Indians/ is almost universally applied in speaking of them.' Another fruitful source of confusion is the indefinite nickname ' Digger' which is applied indiscriminately to all the tribes of northern and middle California, and to those of Nevada, Utah, and the southern part of Oregon. These tribes are popularly known as the Californian Diggers, Washoe Diggers, Shoshone Diggers of Utah, etc., the signification of the term pointing to the digging of roots, and in some parts, possibly, to burrowing in the ground. The name is seemingly opprobrious, and is certainly no more applicable to this people than to many others. By this territorial division I hope to avoid, as far as possible, the two causes of bewilderment before alluded to; neither treating the inhabitants of an immense country as one tribe, nor attempting to ascribe distinct names and idio- osyncrasies to hundreds of small, insignificant bands, roaming over a comparatively narrow area of country and to all of which one description will apply. The Northern Californians, the first tribal group, or division, of which I shall speak, might, not impro- perly, be called the Klamath family, extending as they do from Rogue River on the north, to the Eel River south, and from the Pacific Ocean to the Californian boundary east, and including the Upper and Lower Kla- math and other lakes. The principal tribes occupying * ' Every fifteen or twenty miles of country Beemft to have been occupied by a number of Hmall lodges or septs, speakinf; a different language or very divergent dialect.' Taylor, in Bancroft's Hand-hook Almanac, 1864, p. 2!). Beechey counted eleven different dialects in tlie mission of San ('urlos. Vomije, vol. ii., p. 73. ' Almost every 15 or 20 leagues, you find a distinct dialect; so different, that in no way does one resemble the other.' liosmm, in Rohinson's Li/v in Vol., p. 240. ' From the San Joaquin northward to the Klamath there are some hundreds of small tribes.' Hemeif, in Ind. Aff. liept., 1854, p. 304. NATIONS or NORTHERN CALIFORNIA. 827 )r very p. 2i). nrlos. istinut to the liept; this region are the Klamaths,^ who live on the head- waters of the river and on the shores of the lake of that name ; the Modoc8,' on Lower Klamath Lake and along Lost River ; the Shastas, to the south-west of the lakes, near the Shasta Mountains; the Pitt River Indiana; the Mirocs on the Klamath River between Weitspek and the coast; the Cahrocs^ on the Klamath River from a short distjmce above the junction of the Trinity to the Kla- math Mountains; the Hoopahs in Hoopah Valley on the Trinity near its junction with the Klamath; numer- ous tribes on the coast from Eel River and Humboldt Bay north, such as the Weeyots,'' WaUiea, Tokwahs, etc., and the Rogue River Indians,^ on and about the river of that name.® The Northern Californians are in every way superior to the central and southern tribes." Their physique and < Hale calls them the Lutuami, or Tlamatl, and adds, ' the first of these names is the proper designation of the people in their own language. The second is that by which they are known to the Chinooks, and through them, to the whites.' Elhno;}., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 218. i ' There true name is Moiidoc—a word which originated with the Shas- teecas, who applied it indefinitely to all wild Indians or enemies.' Potoers, in Overland Monthly, 1873, vol. x., p. 535. 'Also called Moahtockna.' Taylor, in Gal. Farmer, June 22, 1860. ' The word Modoc is a Shasta Indian word, and means all distant, stranger, or hostile Indians, and became applied to these Indians by white men in early days, by hearing the Shastas speak of them.' Steele, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1861, p. 121. ° Speaking of Indians at the junction of the Salmon and Klamath rivers: ' They do not seem to have any generic appellation for themselves, but apply the terms "Kahruk," up, and "Youruk, down, to all who live above or below themselves, without discrimination, in the same manner that the others (at the junction of the Trinity) do "Peh-tsik," and "Poh-lik."' Oibbs.va. Sckoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 151. 7 'The Bay (Humboldt) Indians call themselves, as we were informed, Wish-osk; and those of the hills Te-ok-a-wilk ; but the tribes to the north- ward denominate both those of the Bay and Eel river, We-yot, or Walla-wol- loo.' Oibb.i, ia Schoolcraft' a Arch., vol. iii., p. 133. ' They are also called Lototen or Tututamy, Totntime, Toutouni, Tootoo- ton, Tutoten, Tototin, Tototutna, etc. " For further particulars as to location of tribes, see notes on Tbibal BouNnABiEs, at the end of this chapter. '° Mr. Gibbs, speaking of the tribes seen on the Klamath and Trinity rivers, says: 'In person these people are far superior to any we had met below; the men being larger, more muscular, and with countenances denot- ing greater force and energy of character, as well as intelligence. Indeed, they approach rather to the races of the plains, than to the wretched * ' diggers" of the greater part of California.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 140. 'The Indians in the northern portion of California and in Oregon, are vastiv supe- rior in stature '.nd intellect to those found in the southern partcf California.' Hu'ibarJ, in Golden Era, 1856. The Indians on the Trinity ' are of e '8 Hist. Ogn., p. 118. On Smith River they were 'in a complete state of nature, excepting only a kind of apology for an apron, worn by the women, sometimes made of elk's skin, and sometimes of grass.' I'feiffer's Second Journ., p. 313. Among the Weeyots at Eel River the men |wore a deer-skin robe over the shoulder, and the women a short petticoat of fringe.' Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., 127. On Klamath River their only dress was the fringed petticoat, or at most, a deerskin robe thrown back over the shoulders, in addition. Id., p. 141. 'The primitive dress of the men Is simply a buckskin girdle about the loins; of the women, a chemise of the same material, or of braided grass, reaching from the breast to the knees.' Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. viii., 329. 'Were quite naked excepting the maro.' Wilkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 253. The Klamath Lake Indians ' wear little more than the breech-cloth. Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 277. ' They were all well dressed in blankets and buckskin.' Abbott, in Pac. B. B. Bept., vol. vi., p. 70. Carl Meyer, speaking of a tribe he names Alle- quas, at Trinidad Bay, says: 'der Mann geht im Sommer ganz nackt, in Winter tragt er eine selbst gegerbte Hirsch- oder Rehdecke iiber die Bchul- tem.' * Die Allequas-Weiber tragen im Sommer von Bast-schniiren oder von Rehfellatreifen, im Winter von Pelzwerk oder Ganseflaum verfertigte Schttrzen, die bis aiif die Knie reichen.' Nach dem Sacramento, p. 217, 219. ' The Klamaths, during the summer go naked, in winter they use the skins of rabbits and wild fowl for a covering.' Thompson, in Ind. Aff. Bept., 1854, p. 283. " • An Indian will trap and slaughter seventy-five rabbits for one of these robes, making it double, with fur inside and out.' Powers' Porno, MS. DRESS IN KOBTHERN CALIFORNIA. 831 cap, of basket-work, ia usually worn by the women, at making which some of them are very skillful. This hat is sometimes painted with various figures, and sometimes interwoven with gay feathers of the woodpecker or blue quail." The men generally go bare-headed, their thick hair being sufficient protection from sun and weather. In the vicinity of the lakes, where, from living constantly among the long grass and reeds, the greatest skill is acquired in weaving and braiding, mocassins of straw or grass are worn." At the junction of the Klamath and Trinity rivers their mocassins have soles of several thick- nesses of leather." The natives seen by Maurelle at Trini- dad Bay, bound their loins and legs down to the ankle with strips of hide or thread, both men and women. The manner of dressing the hair varies; the most common way being to club it together behind in a queue, sometimes in two, worn down the back, or occasionally in the latter case drawn forward over the shoulders. The queue is frequently twisted up in a knot on the back of the head — en castanna — as Maurelle calls it. Occa- sionally the hair is worn loose and flowing, and some of the women cut it short on the forehead. It is not un- common to see wreaths of oak or laurel leaves, feathers, or the tails of gray squirrels twisted in the hair; indeed, from the trouble which they frequently take to adorn their coifture, one would imagine that these people were of a somewhat assthetic turn of mind, but a closer ac- quaintance quickly dispels the illusion. On Eel River some cut all the hair short, a custom practiced to some extent by the Central Californians." '« Fremnrd'8 Explor. Ex., p. 204; Gibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch, vol. iii., pp. 107, 127; Domeiwch's Deserts, vol. ii., '282. " Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 282; Fremont's Explor. Ex., p. 204. 18 Olhbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 142. '9 ^[(lureUe's Jour., p. 17; O'Ms, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., pp. 127, 142; Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. viii., p. 329; P/eiffer's Second Journ., p. 317. 'Die Allequas (Trinidad Bay) haben starke's, ziemlich ge- Bchmeidiges Haar, daH der Manner and der Kinder wird bis auf einen ZoU Lanp;e regelmftssig abgebrannt, so dass sie das Aussehen von Tituskopfen erhalten. Zaweilen sieht man die Manner auch mit einem ziemlich langen, dnrch cine harzige Fliissigkeit gesteifteu, aufgerichteten Zopf , der als Schmuck botrachtet, bei festlichen Anlassen, oder im Kriege mit rothen oder wcissen Federn geziert wird, uud olsdann dem Sohopf eiues Wiedehopfs gleicht.' 832 CALIFOBNIANS. As usual these savages are beardless, or nearly so.^ Tattooing, though not carried to any great extent, is universal among the women, and much practiced by the men, the latter confining this ornamentation to the breast and arms. The women tattoo in three blue lines, ex- tending perpendicularly from the centre and corners of the lower lip to the chin. In some tribes they tattoo the arms, and occasionally the back of the hands. As they grow older the lines on the chin, which at first are very faint, are increased in width and color, thus gradu- ally narrowing the intervening spaces. Now, as the social importance of the female is gauged by the width and depth of color of these lines, one might imagine that before long the whole chin would be what Southey calls " blue, darkly, deeply, beautifully blue ;" but fashion ordains, as in the lip-ornament of the Thlinkeets, that the lines should be materially enlarged only as the charms of youth fade, thus therewith gauging both age and respectability." In some few tribes, more especially Meyer, Nach ilem Sacramento, p. 215. ' Both men and women part their hair in the middle, the men cut it R(]uare on the neck and wear it rather long, the women wear theirs long, plaited in two braids, hanging down the back.' TIte Shastas and their NvuihSors, MS, *• 0U>b8, in Scliaolcraft'a Arch., vol. iii., p. 127. 'Barthaare haben sie, wie alle Indianer Nord-Amerikas, nur wenig; sie werden ausgerupft, und nur in der Trauer stehen gelassen.' Meyer, Nach dem Sacramento, pp. 215-16. *' The men tattoo so that they may 'be recognized if stolen by Modocs.' 'With the women it is entirely for ornament.' The Shatitas and their Neiijh- hors, MS. At Rogue Bivcr the women ' were tattooed on the hands and arms as well as the chin.' Pfnffer's Second Jovrn., p. 317. At Trinidad Bay * they ornamented their lower lip with three perpendicular columns of punctu- ation, one from each corner of the mouth and one in the middle, occupying three fifths of the chin.' Vancouver's Voy., vol. ii., p 247. Maurelle says the same, and adds that a space is left between eiw:h line, ' which is much larger in the young than in the older women, whose faces are generally cov- ered with punctures.' Jour. p. 17. At Mad River and Huuiboldt Bay, the same, 'and also lines of small dots on the backs of their hands.' Powers' Pomo, MS. At mouth of Eel River 'both sexes tattoo: the men on their arms und breasts; the women from inside the under lip down to and be- neath the chin. The extent of this disfigurement indicates to a certain extent, the age and condition of the person.' 'In the married women the lines are extended up obove the corners of the mouth.' GV)bs, in Scho8 20 feet in diameter, with rounded tops, on which was the door by which they descended into the in- terior.' Fremont's Explor. Ex., p. 204. ' The Modoc excavotes a circular space from two to four feet deep, then makes over it a conical structure of pun- cheons, which is strongly braced up with timbers, frequently hewn and a foot square.' Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. %., p. 536; Jd., vol. ix., p. 156. ' The style was very substantial, the large poles requiring five or six CALIFORNIAN HABITATIONS. 835 SIS The square style of dwelling is affected more by the coast tribes, although occasionally seen in the interior. A cellar, either square or round, is dug in the same manner as with the conical houses. The sides of the hole are walled with upright slabs, which project some feet above the surface of the ground. The whole struct- ure is covered with a roof of sticks or planks, sloping gently outward, a*id resting upon a ridge-pole. The position of the door varies, being sometimes in the roof, sometimes on a level with the ground, and occasionally high up in the gable. Its shape and dimensions, how- ever, never alter; it is always circular, barely large enough to admit a full-grown man on hands and knees. When on the roof or in the gable, a notched pole or mud steps lead up to the entrance; when on the ground, a sliding panel closes the entrance. In some cases, the excavation is planked up only to a level with the ground. The upper part is then raised several feet from the sides, leaving a bank, or rim, on which the inmates sleep ; occa- sionally there is no excava'*on, the house being erected on the level ground, with merely a small fire-hole in the centre. The floors are kept smooth and clean, and a small space in front of the door, paved with stones and swept clean, serves as gossiping and working ground for the women." men to lift.' Oibhs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 175. 'Have only an opening at the summit.' Domenech'a Deserts, vol. ii., p. 2G1. On the inside of the door they frequently place a sliding panel. ' The Kailtas build wig- wams in a conical shape — as all tribes on the Trinity do — but they excavate no cellars.' Poioers' Porno, MS. See full description of dwellings, by John- ston, in iSchoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 223. The entrance is a 'round hole just large eaougli to crawl into, which is on a level with the surface of the ground, or is cut through the roof.' Johnson, in Overland Monthly, vol. ii., p. 530; Miller's Life Amonnst the Modocs, p. 377. *' ' Built of plank, rudely wrought. The roofs are not ' horizontal like those at Nootka, but rise with a small degree of elevation to a ridge in the mid- dle.' Vancouver' sVoy., vol. ii., pp. 241-2. Well built, of boards; often twenty feet square ; roof pitched over a ridge-pole ; ground usually excavated 3 or 4 feet; some cellars floored and walled with stone. Gibbs, in Schoolcrqft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 140. 'The dwellings of the Hoopas were built of large planks, about 1% inches thick, from two to four feet wide, and from six to twelve feet in length.' Trinity Journal, April, 1857. 'The floors of these hnts are perfectly smooth and clean, with a square hole two feet deep in the centre, in which they make their fire.' Maurelle's Jour., p. 17. 'The hnts have never but one apartment. The fire is kindled in the centre, the smoke es- caping through the crevices in the roof.' Hubbard, in Golden Era, March, 1856. OALIFOBNIANS. The temporary summer houses of the Northern Cali- fornians arc square, conical, and inverted-bowl-shaped huts; built, when square, by driving light jxiles into the ground and laying others horizontally across tliem ; when conical, the jwles are drawn together at the top into a point; when bowl-shaped, both ends of the poles are driven into the ground, making a semi-circular hut. These frames, however shaped, are covered with neatly woven tule matting,"* or with bushes or ferns.*" The Californians are but poor hunters; they prefer the snare to the bow and arrow. Yet some of the moun- tain tribes display considerable dexterity in the chase. To hunt the prong-buck, the Klamath fastens to each heel a strip of ermine-skin, and keeping the herd to the windward, he approaches craftily through the tall grass as near as possible, then throwing himself on his back, or standing on his head, he executes a pantomime in the air with his legs. Naturally the antelope wonder, and being cursed with curiosity, the simple animals gradually approach. As soon as they arrive within easy shooting- distance, down go the hunter's legs and up comes the body. Too late the antelope loarii their mistake; swift as they are, the arrow is swifter; and the fattest buck pays the penalty of his inquisitiveness with his life. The Veeards, at Humboldt Bay, construct a slight fence from tree to tree, into which inclosure elk are driven, the only exit being by a narrow opening at one end, where a pole is placed in such a manner as to force the The boaseB of the Enrocs and Cab oca ' are sometimea conatructed on tho level earth, but oftener they excavft i a round cellar, four or five feet deep, and twelve or fifteen feet in diametei Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. viii., p. 530; Meyer, Nach dem Sacramem'. p. 220; The Shastas and their neiyh- bars, MS. 21* Kit Carson aaysof lodges aeen ar Klamath lake: 'They were made of the broad leaves of the swamp flag, ;ich were beautifully and intricately woven togettier.' Peters' Life of Carso. p. 2U3. 'The wild sage furnishes them shelter in the heat of summer, a t, like the Cayote, they burrow in the earth for protection from the inclemi cies of winter.' Thompson, in Ind. Aff. Sept., 1854, p. 283. 'Their lodges i a generally mere temporary struct- ures, scarcely sheltering them from the pelting storm.' Palmer, in Ind. Aff, Sept., 1854, p. 262. » ' Slightly constructed, generally of poles.' Emmons, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 218. 'The earth in the centre scooped out, and thrown up in a low, circular embankment.' Turner, in Overland Monthly, p. xi., p. 21. HUNTING AND FTBHINO. 887 animal to stoop in passing under it, when its head is caught in a noose suspended from the pole. This {xjle is dni*rgcd down by the entangled elk, but soon he is caught fast in the thick undergrowth, and firmly held until the hunter comes up* Pitfalls are also extensively used in trapping game. A narrow pass, through which an elk or deer trail leads, is selected for the pit, w'lich is ten or twelve feet deep. The animals are then suddenly stam- {)cded from their feeding-grounds, and, in their wild terror, rush blindly along tlie trail to destruction.'" The k'ar they seldom hunt, and if one is taken, it is usually by accident, in one .f their strong elk-traps. Many of tlie tribes refuse to eat bear-meat, alleging that the llesh of a man-eating animal is unclean ; but no doubt liruin owes his immunity as much to his teeth and claws as to his uncleanness. Fishing is more congenial to the lazy taste of these ixjople than the nobler but more arduous craft of hunting; consequently fish, being abundant, are generally more plentiful in the aboriginal larder than venison. ^Several methods are adopted in taking them. Sometimes a dam of interwoven willows is constructed across a rapid at the time when salmon are ascending the river; niches four or five feet square are made at intervals across the dam, in which the fish, pressed on by those behind, collect in great numbers and are there speared or netted without mercy. Much ingenuity and labor are required to build some of the larger of these dams. Mr Gibbs describes one thrown across the Klamath, where the 11 Pnmm' Tmno, Mfl. 3' 'The rockti supply edible shell-fisb.' Schumacher's Oregon Antiqvilies, MS. ' The (leer nnrt elk are mostly captured by driving them into traps and pits.' 'Small game is killed vith p .tows, and sometiuies elk and deer are dispatched in ike same way.' Hubbard, in Golden Era, April, 1856. 'The elk thejr usually take in snares.' Pfeiffer's Second Joum., p. 317. ' The mountain Indians subsisted largely on game, which of eveiy variety was very abundant, and was killed with their bows and arrows, in the use of which they were very expert.' Wiley, in Ind. Aff. liept., 1867, p. 497. 'Die Indiuuer am Pittflnsse machen Graben oder Locher von circa 5 Kubikfuss, hedecken diese mit Zweigen und Grass ganz leicht, sodass die Thiere, wenn file dariiber gejagt werden, hinein fallen und nicht wieder herauskonnen. Wilde Gsinse faneen sie mit Netzen Nur selten mdgcn Indianer den graa« en Bar jagen.' Wimmel, Calif omien, p. 181; The Shastas and their Neigh, hors, MS. 338 CALIFORNIANS. river was about seventy-five yards wide, elbowing up the stream in its deepest part. It was built by first driving stout posts into the bed of the river, jit a dis- tance of some two feet apart, having a moderate slojie, and supjKjrted from below, at intervals of ten or twelve feet, by two braces ; the one coming to the surface of the water, the other reaching to the string-pieces. These last were heavy spars, about thirty feet in length, and secured to each post by withes. The whole dam was faced with twigs, carefully peeled, and placed so close together as to prevent the fish from passing up. The top, at this stage of the water, was two or three feet above the surface. The labor of constructing this work must, with the few and insulficient tools of the natives, have been immense. Slight scaffolds were built out be- lov/ it, from which the fish were taken in scoop-nets; they also employ drag-nets and spears, the latter having a movable barb, which is fastened to the shaft with a string in order to afford the salmon play.** On Rogue River, spearing by torch-light — a most picturesque sight — is resorted to. Twenty canoes sometimes start out together, each carrying three persons — two women, one to row and the other to hold the torch, and a spearman. Sometimes the canoes move in concert, sometimes inde- pendently of ejich other; one moment the lights are seen in line, like an army of fire-flies, then they are scattered over the dark surface of the water like ignes fatui. The fish, attracted by the glare, rise to the sur- face, where they are transfixed by the unerring aim of the spearmen. Torchlight sjiearing is also done by driv- ing the fish down stream in the day-time by dint of much wading, yelling, and howling, and many splashes, until they are stopjied by a dam previously erected lower M Schumiicher, Oregon Antiqititieg, MS., claBsifies their ancient nrrow and Bpeur pi)iuts thus: Long barbs with projections, short biirbs with pro- jections, and long and short barbs without projections. ' The point of the spear is composed of a Biuall bono needle, which sits in a socket, and piiUa out as soon as the fish starts. A string connecting the spear handle iiiul the center of the bone servos, wl^en pulled, to turn the needle cross wise in tho wound.' Taylor, in Cat. Farmer, March 8, 1861; Schookrcift'a Arch., vol. iii., p. H6. FISHING BY NIGHT ON THE KLAMATH. down ; another dam is then built above, so that the fish cannot escape. At night fires are built round the edge of the enclosed space, and the finny game speared from the bank.** Some tribes on the Klamath erect platforms over the stream on upright poles, on which they sleep and fish at the same time. A string leads from the net either to the fisherman himself or to some kind of alarm ; and as soon as a salmon is caught, its floundering im- mediately awakens the slumberer. On the sea-shore smelts are taken in a triangular net stretched on two slender poles; the fishorman wades into the water up to his waist, turns his face to the shore, and his back to the incoming waves, against whose force he braces himself with a stout stick, then as the smelts are washed bjick from the beach by the returning waves, he receives them in his net. The net is deep, and a narrow neck con- nects it with a long network bag behind ; into this bag the fish drop when the net is raised, but they cannot return. In this manner the fisherman can remain for some time at his post, without unloading. I'lels are caught in traps having a funnel-shaped en- trance, into which the eels can easily go, but which closes on them as soon as they are in. These traps are fastened to stakes and kept down by weights. Similar traps are used to take salmon. When preserved for winter use, the fish are split open at the back, the bone taken out, then dried or smoked. Both fish and moat, when eaten fresh, are either broiled on hot stones or boiled in water-tight baskets, iiot stones being thrown in to make the water boil. Bread is made of acorns ground to flour in a rough stone mortar with a heavy stone pestle, and baked in the ashes. Acorn- flour is the principal ingredient, but berries of various kinds are usually mixed in, and frequently it is seasoned " The Shastas and (heir Neighbors, MS.; Hubbard, in Oo 1856; Wiley, in Jnd. Aff. Repl., 1867, p. 497. 'In spawnii Hchool up from Clear Lake in extraordinary numbers, so t] Qoldtn Era, April, spawning-time the fish ers, so tbat the Indians hiivo only to put a Blight obstriiction in the river, when they can literally Rhcvel tlipin out." Powers, in Owrla.ul Mo.Uhly, vol. x., p. 537; Hchumacher'a Oregon Antiquities, MS. 840 CALIFOENIANS. i with some high-flavored herb. A sort of pudding is also made in the same manner, but is boiled instead of baked. They gather a great variety of roots, berries, and seedy. The principal root is the camas,^ great quantities of which are dried every summer, and stored away for winter provision. Another root, called kice, or kace,^ is much sought after. Of seeds they have the wocus,^ and sev- eral varieties of grass-seeds. Among berries the huckle- berry and the manzanita berry are the most plentiful.^ The women do the cooking, root and berry gathering, and all the drudgery. The winter stock of smoked fish hangs in the family room, sending forth an ancient and fish-like smell. Roots and seeds are, among some of the more northerly tribes, stored in large wicker boxes, built in the lower branches of strong, wide-spreading trees. The trunk of the tree below the granary is smeared with pitch to keep away vermin.^ The Modocs are sometimes obliged to cache their winter hoard under rocks and bushes; the great number of their enemies and bad character of their ostensibly friendly neighbors, rendering it unsafe for them to store it in their villages. So cunningly do they conceal their treasure that one winter, after an un- usually heavy fall of snow, they themselves could not find it, and numbers starved in consequence.^ Although the Northern Californians seldom fail to 31 'The camas is a bulbus root, shaped moch like an onion.' Miller's Life Amongst the Modocs, p. 22. 3i ' A root about an inch long, and as large as one's little finger, of a bit- ter-sweetish and pungent taste, something like ginseng.' Powers, in Overland Mordhly, vol. x., p. 537. 3s ' An aquatic plant, with a floating leaf, very much like that of a pond- lily, in the centre of which is a pod resembling a poppy-head, full of farina- ceous seeds.' 16. See also Meyer, Nach dem Sr Hence, if we may credit Miller, lAfe Amongst Vie Modoes, p. 373, the name Pitt River. ^ The Hoopas exacted tribute from all the sarroanding tribes. At the time the whites arrived the Chimalaquays were paying them tribute in deer- skins at the rate of twenty-five cents per head. Povoers' Porno, MS. The Hoopahs have a law requiring those situated on the Trinity, above them to pay tribute. Humboldt Times, Nov. 1857; S. F. Evening BuUetin, Nov. 23, 1857. 49 The Sassics, Cahrocs, Hoopahs, Klamaths and Bogue Biver Indians, take no scalps, but decapitate the slain, or cut off their hands and feet. P/eiffer's Second Joum., p. 317. MANUFACTURES AND BOATS. 846 elk-horn knives and hatchets are the result of much labor and patience." The women are very ingenious in plaiting grass, or fine willovsr-roots, into mats, baskets, hats, and strips of parti-colored braid for binding up the hair. On these, angular patterns are worked by using different shades of material, or by means of dyes of vegetable extraction. The baskets are of various sizes, from the flat, basin- shaped, water-tight, rush bowl for boiling food, to the large pointed cone which the women carry on their backs when root-digging or berry-picking." They are also expert tanners, and, by a comparatively simple pro- cess, will render skins as soft and pliable as cloth. The hide is first soaked in water till the hair loosens, then stretched between trees or upright posts till half dry, when it is scraped thoroughly on both sides, well beaten with sticks, and the brains of some animal, heated at a fire, are rubbed on the inner side to soften it. Finally it is buried in moist ground for some weeks. The interior tribes manifest no great skill in boat- making, but along the coast and near the mouth of the Klamath and Rogue rivers, very good canoes are found. They are still, however, inferior to those used on the Columbia and its tributaries. The lashed -up-hammock- shaped bundle of rushes, which is so frequently met in the more southern parts of California, has been seen on the Klamath,*^ but 1 have reason to think that it is only used as a matter of convenience, and not because no better boat is known. It is certain that dug-out canoes ^ The Veearda on Lower Humboldt Bay ' took elk-horns and rubbed them on ntones for days together, to sharpen them into axeti and wedges.' Powers' Porno, MS. On the Klamath river they had ' spoons neatly made of bone and horn.' Oibbs, in ScluMlcraft'a Arch., vol. iii., p. 146, ^' ' For basket making, they use the roots of pine-trees, the stem of the spice-bush, and ornament with a kind of grass which looks like a palm leaf, and will bleach white. They also stain it purple with elder berries, and green with soapstone.' — ' The Pitt River Indians excel all others in basket- making, but are not particularly good at bead work.' The Shastas and their Neigk'iors, MS. Fremont's Expior. Ex., p. 204; Johnson, in Overland MontlUy, vol. ii., p. 536; 0'U)b8, in SchoolcntfVa Arch., vol. iii., p. 134; Powers' Porno, ilB. M WUkxs' Nor. in U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. y., p. 253; Emmons, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 218. 846 CALIF0BNIAN8. were in use on the same river, and within a few miles of the spot where tule buoys obtain. Tlie fact is, this bun- dle of rushes is the best craft that could be invented for salmon-spearing. Seated astride, the weight of the fish- erman sinks it below the surface ; he can move it noise- lessly with his feet so that there is no splashing of pad- dles in the sun to frighten the fish ; it cannot capsize, and striking a rock does it no injury. Canoes are hol- lowed from the trunk of a single redwood, pir.e, fir, syca- more, or Cottonwood tree. They are blunt at botli ends and on Rogue River many of them are flat-bottomed. It is a curious fact that some of these canoes are made from first to last without being touched with a sharp- edged tool of any sort. The native finds the tree ready felled by the wind, burns it off to the required length, and hollows it out by fire. Pitch is spread on the parts to be burned away, and a piece of fresh bark prevents the flames from extending too far in the wrong direction. A small shelf, projecting inward from the stem, serves as a seat. Much trouble is some- times taken with the fin'shing up of these canoes, in the way of scraping and polishing, but in shape they lack symmetry. On the coast they are frequently large ; Mr Powers mentions having seen one at Smith River forty- two feet long, eight feet four inches wide, and capable of carrying twenty-four men and five tons of merchan- dise. The natives take great care of their canoes, and always cover them when out of the water to protect them from the sun. Should a crack appear they do not caulk it, but stitch the sides of the split tightly together with withes. They are propelled with a piece of wood, half pole, half paddle."" ^ The boats formerly used by the Modocs were ' qiiite mde and unshape- ly concerns, compared with those of the lower Klamath, but substantial and sometimes large enough to carry 1800 pounds of merchandise.' Powers, in Overland MontMt/, vol. viii., p. 532, vol. x., p. 536. * Blunt at both ends, with a small projection in the stem for a seat.' Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 142. 'Those on Bogue river were roughly built — some of them scow fashion, with flat bottom.' Emmons, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. '218. The Pitt Biver Indians 'used boats made from pine; they bum them out about twenty feet long, some very good ones.' The Shastca.' and their Neighbors, MS. WEALTH IN NORTHERN OALIFORNU. 847 Wealth, which is quite as important here as in any civilised communities, and of much more importance than is cuistomary among savage nations, consists in shell- money, called aMicochickj white deer-skins, canoes, and, indirectly, in women. The shell which is the regular circulating medium is white, hollow, about a quarter of an inch through, and from one to two inches in length. On it length depends its value. A gentleman, who writes from personal observation, says: "all of the older In- dians have tattooed on their arms their standard of value. A piece of shell corresponding in length to one of the marks being worth five dollars, * Boston money,' the scale gradually increases until the highest mark is reached. For five perfect shells corresponding in length to this mark they will readily give one hundred dollars in gold or silver." "* White deer-skins are rare and con- sidered very valuable, one constituting quite an estate in itself." A scalp of the red-headed woodpecker is equiv- alent to about five dollars, and is extensively used as currency on the Klamath. Canoes are valued according to their size and finish. Wives, as they must be bought, are a sign of wealth, and the owner of many is respected accordingly." Among the Northern Californians, hereditary chief- tainship is almost unknown. If the son succeed the father it is because the son has inherited the father's M Cluise, in Overland Monthly, vol. ii., p. 433. ' A kind of bead made from a shell procured on the coast. These they string and wear abont the neck. Another kind is a shell about an inch long, which looks like a porcupine qnill. They are more valuable than the other. They also use them as nose- ornaments.' The Shastas and their Neighbors, MS. 'The unit of currency is a string of the length of a man's arm, with a certain number of the longer shells below the elbow, and a certain number of the shorter ones above.' Powers, in Overland Mmxthly, vol. viii., p. 329. 'A rare shell, spiral in shape, varying from one to two inches in length, and about the size of a crowqnill, called by the natives, Sivoash, is used as money.' Hubbard, in Golden Era, March, 1856. ^i 'The ownership of a (white) deer-skin, constitutes a claim to chieftain- ship, readily acknowledged by all the dusky race on this coast.' UumboUit Times, Dec, 1860. ^ ' Property consists in women, ornaments made of rare feathers and shells, also furs and skins.' Hubbard, in Golden Era, March, 1866. Their wealth ' consisted chiefly of white deerskins, canoes, the scalp of the red- headed woodpecker, and eUiquackiek.' Wiley, in Ind. Aff. Bern. Joint. Spec. Com., 1867, p. 497. 848 OALIFOBNIANB. wealth, and if a richer than he arise the ancient ruler is deposed and the new chief reigns in his stead. But to be chief means to have position, not power. He can advise, but not command ; at least, if his subjects do not choose to obey him, he cannot compel obedience. There is most frequently a head man to each village, and sometimes a chief of the whole tribe, but in reality each head of a family governs his own domestic circle as he thinks best. As in certain republics, when power- ful applicants become multiplied — new offices are created, as salmon-chief, elk-chief, and the like. In one or two coast tribes the office is hereditary, as with the Patawats on Mad River, and that mysterious tribe at Trinidad Bay, mentioned by Mr Meyer, the AUequas." Their penal code is far from Draconian. A fine of a few strings of allicochick appeases the wrath of a mur- dered man's relatives and satisfies the requirements of custom. A woman may be slaughtered for half the sum it costs to kill a man. Occasionally banishment from the tribe is the penalty for murder, but capital punish- ment is never resorted to. The fine, whatever it is, must be promptly paid, or neither city of refuge nor sacred altar-horns will shield the murderer from the vengeance of his victim's friends."* w ' Have no tribal organization, no Buch thing as public offence.' Rose- horow/h's letter to the author, MS. A Pitt Kiver chief tried the white man's code, but so unpopular was it, that he was obliged to abandon it. The Shastas and their Neighbors, MS. Among the Klamath and Trinity tribes the power of the chief ' is insufficient to control the relations of the several villages, or keep down the turbulence of individuals.' Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., pp. 139-140. The Cahrocs, Eurocs, Hoopas, and Kailtas, have a nominal chief for each village, but his power is extremely limited and each individual does as he likes. Among the Tolewas in Del Norte Coiiuty, money makes the chief. The Modocs and Patawats have an hereditary chieftainship. Powers' Porno, MS. At Trinidad Bay they were 'governed by a ruler, who directs where they shall go both to hunt and fish.' Mau- relle's Jour., p. 18. ' Der H&uptling ist sehr geachtet; er hat iiber Handel nnd Wandel, Leben und Tod seiner Unterthanen zu verf Qgen, und seine Macht vererbt sich auf seinen Erstgebomen.' Meyer, Nach detn Sacramento, p. 223. The chief ' obtains his position from bis wealth, and usually man- ages to transmit his effects and with them his honors, to his posteritjr.' Hub- bard, in Ooldeti Era, March, 1856. Formerly ' the different rancherias had chiefs, or heads, known as Mow-wee-mas, their influence being principal^ derived from their age, number of relatives, and wealth.' WUey, in Jnd. 4ff- Rept. Joint. Spec. Com., p. 497. ^ The Cahrocs compound for murder by payment of one string. Among the Patawats the average fine for murdering a man is ten strings, for killing WOMEN AND DOMESTIC AFFAIB8. 849 In vain do we look for traces of that Arcadian simpli- city and disregard for worldly advantages generally ac- corded to children of nature. Although I find no descrip- tion of an actual system of slavery existing among them, yet there is no doubt that they have slaves. We shall see that illegitimate children are considered and treated as such, and that women, entitled by courtesy wives, are boufrht and sold. Mr Drew asserts that the Klamath children of slave parents, who, it may be, prevent the profitable prostitution or sale of the mother, are killed without compunction.® Marriage, with the Northern Californians, is essenti- ally a matter of business. The young brave must not hoi^e to win his bride by feats of arms or softer wooing, but must buy her of her father, like any other chattel, and pay the price at once, or resign in favor of a richer man. The inclinations of the girl are in nowise con- sulted; no matter where her aft'ections are placed, she goes to the highest bidder, and " Mammon wins his way where seraphs might despair." Neither is it a trifling matter to be bought as a wife ; the social position of the bride herself, as well as thtat of her father's family there- after, depends greatly upon the price she brings; her value is voted by society at the price her husband pays for her, and the father whose daughter commands the greatest number of strings of allicochick, is greatly to be honored. The purchase effected, the successful suitor leads his blushing property to his hut and she becomes his wife without further ceremony. Wherever this sys- tem of wife-purchase obtains, the rich old men almost absorb the female youth and beauty of the tribe, while the younger and poorer men must content themselves a woman five strings, worth about $100 and $50 respectively. ' An average Patawat's life is considered worth about six ordinary canoes, each of which occupies two Indians probably three months in making, or, in all, tanta- mount to the labor of one man 'or a period of three years. ' ' The Hoopas and Kailtas also paid for murder, or their life was taken by the relatives of the deceased.' Powers' Porno, MS. ' They seem to do as they please, and to be only governed by private revenge. If one man kills another the tribe or family of the latter kill the murderer, unless he buy himself off. ' Tht Shaatas and their Neir/hborH, MS. ^ Drew's Owyhee Becormaisaance, p. 17. 360 OALIFORNIANS. with old and ugly wives. Hence their eagerness for that wealth which will enable them to throw away their old wives and buy new ones. When a marriage takes place among the Modocs, a feast is given at the house of the bride's father, in Avhich, however, neither she nor the bridegroom partake. The girl is escorted by the women to a lodge, previously furnished by public contributions, where she is subsequently joined by the man, who is conducted by his male friends. All the company bear torches, which are piled up as a fire in the lodge of the wedded pair, who are then left alone. In some tribes this wife-traffic is done on credit, or at least partially so; but the credit system is never so advantageous to the buyer as the ready-money system, for until the full price is paid, the man is only ' half-married,' and besides he must live with his wife's family and be their slave until he shall have paid in full.*" The chil- dren of a wife who has cost her husband nothing are considered no better than bastards, and are treated by society with contumely; nobody associates with thein, and they become essentially ostracized. In all this there is one redeeming feature for the wife-buyer; should he happen to make a bad bargain he can, in most instances, send his wife home and get his money back. Mr Gibbs asserts that they shoot their wives when tired of them, but this appears inconsistent with custom. Polygamy is almost universal, the number of wives depending only on the limit of a man's wealth. The loss of one eye, or expulsion frmn the tribe, are common punishments for adultery committed by a man. A string of beads, however, makes ameuu':;. Should the wife ven- «* The Gahrocs, Enroos, Hoopahs, and Patnwats, all acquire their T^-ives by purchase. The Shastas am their Neiqbor/i, MS.; Powers' Porno, MS. •Wenn ein Allequa seiue kunfti^e LebeuHgefAhrtin unter den Schiineu seinea Stammes erwfthit hat und sich verheirathen will, muRS er dera Man- hemi (chief) cine armslange Muschelschnur vorzeigen.' Meyer, Nach dern Sacramento, p. 223. The mountain Indians seldom, if ever, intermarry with those on the coast. Wiley, in Ind. Aff. Rept. JoiiU. Spec. Com., 1867, p. 4'J7; Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 127. Buy wives with shell-money. Pfeiffer's Second Joum. Among the Modocs 'the women are offered for sale' to the highest buyor.' Meacham's Lecture, iaS. F. AUa Calif omia, Oct. 6, 1861; MiUer'8 lAfe Amongst the Modoea. ADULTERY AND CHASTITY, 851 ture on any irregiilarity without just compensation, the outraged honor of her lord is never satisfied until he has seen her publicly disemboweled. Among the Hoo- pahs the women are held irresponsible and the men alone sufter for the crime." Illegitimate children are life- slaves to some male relative of the mother, and upon them the drudgery falls ; they are only allowed to marry one in their own station, and their sole hope of emancipa- tion livjs in a slow accumulation of allicochick, with which they can buy their freedom. We are told by Mr Pow- ers that a Modoc may kill his mother-in-law with im- punity. Adultery, being attended with so much danger, is comparatively rare, but among the unmarried, who have nothing to fear, a gross licentiousness prevails."" Among the Muckalucs a dance is instituted in honor of the arrival of the girls at the age of puberty. On the Klamath, during the period of menstruation the women are banished from the village, and no man may approach them. Although the principal labor falls to the lot of the women, the men sometimes a.ssist in build- ing the wigwam, or even in gathering acorns and roots."^ Kane mentions that the Shastas, or, as he calls them, the Chastayp, frequently sell their children as slaves to the Chinooks." Dances and festivities, of a religio- se Polygamy is common among the Modoca. Meachavi's Lecture, in S. F, Alta Califumia, Od. 6, 1873. On Pitt Itiver a chief sometimes has five wives. 'The most jealous people in the world.' The Shmtaa and their Neighbors, MS.; Roseborongh'sldtw to the author, MS. * Among the tribes in the north of the State adultery is punished by the the death of the child.' Taylor, in California Farmer, March 8, 1861. 'The males have as mnny wives as they are able to purchase;' adultery committed by a woman is punished with death. Hubbard, in Golden Era, March, 1856. Among the Cahrocs polygamy is not tolerated ; among the Modocs polygamy prevails, and the women have considerable privilege. The Hoopa adulterer loses one eye, the adulteress is exempt from punishment. Pmcera' Pon\o, MS. The Weeyots at Eel river 'have as many wives as they please.' Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol.iii., p. 127. At Trinidad Bay 'we found out that they had a plurality of wivbS.' Maurelle'a Jour., p. 19. s> All the young unmarried women are a common jJOBsession. Powers, in Overland MorxtMy, vol. viii., p. 330. The women bewail their virginity for three nights befo.« their marriage. Gibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 173. If we believe Powers, they cannot usually have much to bewail. w Boys 're disgraced by work. Tm Shastas and their Neighbors, MS. Women work, while men gamble or sleep. WUey, in Ind. Aff. Bept., Joint Spec. Com., 1867, p. 497; Parker, in Ind. 4ff. Kept., 1857, p. 242; Bose- borough's letter to the author, MS. M Kane's Wand., p. 182. 852 CAUFORNIANS. playful character, are common, as when a whale is stranded, an elk snared, or when the salmon come. There is generally a kind of thanksgiving-day once a year, when the people of neighboring tril)es meet and dance. The annual feast of the Veeards is a good illus- tration of the manner of these entertainments. The dance, which takes place in a large wigwam, is per- formed by as many men as there is room for, and a small proi)ortion of women. They move in a circle slowly round the fire, accompanying themselves with their peculiar chant. Each individual is dressed in all the finery he can nnister ; every valuable he possesses in the way of shells, furs, or woodpecker-scalps, does duty on til is occasion; so that the wealth of the dancers may l)e reckoned at a glance. When the dance has conclud- ed, an old gray-beard of the tribe rises, and pronounces a thanksgiving oration, wherein he enumerates the ben- efits received, the riches accumulated, and the victories Avon during the year; exhorting the hearers meanwhile, l)y good conduct and moral behavior, to deserve yet greater benefits. This savage Nestor is listened to in silence and with respect; his audience seeming to drink in with avidity every drop of wisdom that falls from his lips ; but no sooner is the harangue concluded than every one does his l)est to violate the moral precepts so lately inculcated, by a grand debauch. The Oahrocs have a similar festival, which they call the Feast of the Propitiation. Its object is much the same as that of the feast just described, but in place of the orator, the chief personage of the day is called the Chareya, which is also the apijellation of their deity. No little honor attaches to the position, but much suf- fering is also connected with it. It is the duty of the Chareya-man to retire into the mountains, with one at- tendant only, and there to remain for ten days, eating only enough to keep breath in his body. Meanwhile the Cahrocs congregate in honor of the occasion, dance, sing, and make merry. When the appointed period has elapsed, the Chareya-man returns to camp, or is carried BPOBTS AND GAMES. by deputies sent out for the purpose, if he have not strength to walk. His bearers are blindfolded, for no human being may look upon the face of the Chareya- uiiin and li'.e. llis approach is the signal for the ab- rui)t breaking up of the festivities. The revelers dis- perse in terror, and conceal themselves as best they may to avoid catching sight of the dreaded face, and where ii moment before all was riot and bustle, a deathly still- ness reigns. Then the Chareya-man is conducted to the sweat-house, where he remains for a time. And now the real Propitiation-Dance takes place, the men alone l)articipating in its sacred movements, which are accom- panied by the low, monotonous chant of singers. The (lance over, all solemnity vanishes, and a lecherous satur- nalia ensues, which will not bear description. The gods arc conciliated, catastrophes are averted, and all is joy and happiness."" A passion ft)r gambling obtains among the northern Cal- iforniiuis as elsewhere. Nothinqr is too precious or too in- sif^'uiticant to be staked, from a white or black deer-skin, which is almost priceless, down to a wife, or any other trifle. In this manner property changes hands with ^n^at rnpidity. 1 have already stated that on the possession of riches depend ix)wer, rank, and social position, so that there is really much to Ije lost or won. They have a game played with little sticks, of which some are black, but the most white. These they throw a round i ii si circle, the object l)e- inp; seemingly to make the hlack ones go farther tluui the white. A kind of guess-gann is played with clay balls."" Tiiere is also an international game, played between friendly tribes, which closely nwembles our 'luxikey.' Two poles are set up in the ground at some distance apiu't. and each side, being armed with sticks, endeavors to drive a w{X)den ball round the goal opposite to it.°^ "For the ^, ■' > .areya, Bee BamrofVs Nat. Races, vol. iii., pp. 00, 161. <"• I't'ciffir'n tiecotut Joum., p. 318. Tho Pitt Kiver Indiuns 'wng ftR they Riunlili' iiiiil |ilay until they are ho hoarse they cannot speak.' The Shaataa and llii'ir \'eiiiltf,ors, MS. " Chase, in Oircrlatui MonlMy, vol. ii., p. 433. Vol. I. 23 354 GALIFOBNIANS. i In almost all thei • games and dances they are accompa- nied by a hoarse chanting, or by some kind of uncouth music produced by striking on a board with lobster-claws fastened to sticks, or by some other equally primitive method. Before the introduction of spirituous liquors by white men drunkenness was unknown. With their tobacco for smoking, they mix a leaf called kinnik-kin- nik.'^ The diseases and ailments most prevalent among these people are scrofula, consumption, rheumatism, a kind of leprosy, affection of the lungs, and sore eyes, the last arising from the dense smoke which always pervades their cabins.® In addition to this they have imaginary disorders caused by wizards, witches, and evil spirits, who, as they believe, cause snakes and other reptiles to enter into their bodies and gnaw their vitals. Some few roots and herbs used are really efficient medicine, but they rely almost entirely upon the mummeries and in- cantations of their medicine men and women.™ Their whole system of therapeutics having superstition for a basis, mortality is great among them, which may be one of the causes of the continent being, comparatively speaking, so thinly populated at the time of its discov- ery. Syphilis, one of the curses for which they may thank the white man, has made fearful havoc among <» ' They used tobacco, which they smoaked in small wooden pipes, in form of a trumpet, and procured from little gardens, where they had planted it.' MaweUe's Jour., p. 21. 69 The Pitt River Indians ' give no medicines. ' T/.e Sluintas and their Neujh- bars, MS. 'The prevailing diseases are venereal, scrofula and rheuniutism,' Many die of consumption. Force, in Ind. Aff. Hept., 1871, p. 157. At tLo mouth of Eel river ' tke principal diseases noticed, were sore eyes and blind- ness, consumption, and a species of leprosy.' Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 128. They suffer from a species of lung fever. Qevjer. in Ind. Aff. Kepi., 1858, p. 289. 'A disease was observed among tbem (the Shnstns) which had the appearance of the leprosy.' Wiike.s' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 255. ™ ' The only medicine I know of is a root used for poultices, and another root or plant for an emetic' The Sliastas and their A>i;;W)or,s, MS. 'The root of a parasite fern, found gro'ving on the tops of the flr trees (collqiie nashul), is the principal remedy. The plant in small doses is expecto'iuit and diurtetic; hence it is used to relieve difficr.lties of the lungs nnd kiil- neys; and, in large doses, it becomes sedative and is nn emmenagoguc; hence, it relieves fevers, and is useful in uterine diseases, and produces nhortionH. The squawH use the root extensively for this last mentioned purpose.' //«''- hard, in Oolden Em, March, 1866. MEDICAL TREATMENT. 355 but Neigh- irutttism.' At tbc nd bliiid- 1 ,lri7i., in I»(i. Sliftstiis) Ex. i'-f'. A another . 'The (coUqne jiectc'iiiit unci kid- ie;ht-i>oe, Viortions. them. Women doctors seem to be more numerous than men in this region ; acquiring their art in the temescal or sweat-house, where unprofessional women are not ad- mitted. Their favorite method of cure seems to consist in sucking the affected part of the patient imtil the blood flows, by which means they pretend to extract the dis- ease. Sometimes the doctress vomits a frog, previously swallowed for the occasion, to prove that she has not sucked in vain. She is frequently assisted by a second physician, whose duty it is to discover the exact spot where the malady lies, and this she effects by barking U; .. a dog at the patient until the spirit discovers to her th; i^lace. Mr Gibbs mentions a case where the patient \vu.'5 first attended by four young women, and afterward by the same number of old ones. Standing round the unfortunate, they went through a series of violent ges- ticulations, sitting down when they could stand no longer, sucking, with the most laudable perseverance, and moan- ing meanwhile most dismally. Finally, when with their lips and tongue they had raised blisters all over the patient, and had pounded his miserable body with hands and knees until they were literally exhausted, the per- formers executed a swooning scene, in which they sank down apparently insensible.'* The Rogue River medi- cine-men ui siipixjsed to be able to wield their mysteri- ous power ibv harm, as well as for good, so that should a patieni die J. is relatives kill the doctor who attended him; o: h cw^t- deceased could not afford medical attend- ance, tboy kli the first unfort'.mate disciple of yEscula- pii'.i they liii 1 j hands on, frequently murdering one bek)nging to another tribe; his death, however, must be paid for." But the great institution of the Northern Californi- ans is their temescal, or sweat-house, which consists of a " A P'^t Rivi'V doctor told his patient that for his fee ' he must have bin horse or " would not let him get well.' The Shastas and their Neighbors, MS.; Power J. .},;rlanil Monthlu, vol. viii., p. 428; Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii . \ rr\ « Til,- .s' •,,< and their Neiqhbon, MS.; Rector, in Ind. 4ff. Rept., 18C2, p. 261; Ostf.uCer, in Id., 1857, p. 369; JUUler, in Id., p. 361. CALIFORNIANS. hole dug in the ground, and roofed over in such a man- ner as to render it almost air-tight. A fire is built in the centre in early fall, and is kept alive till the follow- ing spring, as much attention being given to it as ever was paid to the sacred fires vx Hestia; though between the subterranean temescal, with its fetid atmosphere, and lurid fire-glow glimmering faintly through dense smoke on swart, gaunt forms of savages, and the stately temple on the Forum, fragrant with fumes of incense, the lambent ah i-H <.ne glistening on the pure white robes of the virjii estesses, there is little likeness. The temescar^ is Uisu y built on the brink of a stream ; a small hatchway aftbrds entrance, which is instantly closed aftei; the person going in or out. Here congre- gate the men of the village and en.oct their sudorific ceremonies, which ordinarily consist in squatting round the fire until a state of profuse perspiration sets in, when they rush out and plunge into the water. Whether this mode of treatment is more potent to kill or to cure is questionable. The sweat-house serves not only as bath and medicine room, but also as a general rendez- vous for the male drones of the village. The women, with the exception of those practicing or studying medi- cine, are forbidden its sacred precincts on pain of death ; thus it oifers as convenient a refuge for heni)ecked hus- bands as a civilized club-house. In many of the tribes the men sleep in the temescal during the winter, which, notwithstanding the disgusting impurity of the atmos- phere, alfords them a sni'.g retreat from the cold gusty weather common to this region.^* Incremation obtains but slightly among the Northern Californians, the body usually being buried in a recum- bent position. The possessions of the deceased are either " TemesccU is an Aztec word defined by Molina, Vocabulario, ' Teniazcalli, cai^iliii como estufa, adoude se bannn y Hudau.' The word was brought to this region and applied to the native sweat-houses by the Franciscan Fathers. Turivr, in Pac. R. li. Rept., vol. iii., p. 72, gives 'sweat-house ' in the Chc- mehuevi language, as pahcal>a. 7« Roseborouiift's letter to the author, MS.; The Shastas and their Neujhhors. MS.; Pfeiffer'a Second Joum., p. 317; Pouiers' Porno, MS.; Chase, in Overland Monthly, vol. ii., p. 433. BURIAL AND MOURKINO. 357 interred with him, or are hung around the grave; some- times liis house is burned and the ashes strewn over his burial-phice. Much noisy lamentation on the part of his relatives takes place at his death, and the widow frequently manifests her grief by sitting on, or even half burying herself in, her husband's grave for some days, howling most dismally meanwhile, and refusing food and drink; or, on the upper Klamath, by cutting her hair close to the head, and so wearing it until she obtains con- solation in another spouse. The Modocs hired mourners to lament at different places for a certain number of days, so that the whole country was filled with lamenta- tion. These paid mourners were closely watched, and disputes frequently arose as to whether they had fulfilled their contract or not."® Occasionally the bod^ is doubled up and interred in a sitting position, and, rarely, it is burned instead of buried. On the Klamath a fire is kept burning near the grave for several nights after the burial, for which rite various reasons are assigned. Mr Powers states that it is to light the departed shade across a cer- tain grejised jwle, which is supposed to constitute its only approach to a better world. Mr Gibbs affirms that the fire is intended to scare away the devil, obviously an unnecessary precaution as applied to the Satan of civil- ization, who by this time must be pretty familiar with the element. The grave is generally covered with a slab of wood, and sometimes two more are placed erect at the head and foot; that of a chief is often surrounded with a fence ; nor must the name of a dead person ever be mentioned under any circumstances.^" "> Meftchnm's Lecture on the Mottoes, in S. F. Alia California, Oct. 6, 1873; The Sluixtas and their Neighbors, MS. "'■ On Pitt River they bum their dead nnd heap stones over the nshes for a monument. 'No funeral ceremonies.' The Sha.vta.^ am! their Neiiihhors, MS. On tho ocean frontier of south Oregon and north California 'the dead are buried with their faces looking to the west. ' Hubhard, in Golden Era, March, 1850. The Patii wilts and Chillulas bury their dead. The Tolewahs are not allowed to mime the dciid. J'oicers' I'omo, MS. ' It is one of the most strenuous Indian lawa thiit whoever mentions the name of a deceased person is liable to a heavy flnp, the money being paid to the relatives.' Chane, in Overland Monthly, vol. ii., p. 4;il. ' The bodies had been doubled up, and placed in a sitting posture in holes. The earth, when replaced, formed conical mounds over the heads.' Abbott, in Pac. Ji. R. Rept., vol. vi., d. 69. ' They bury their dead under 358 CALIF0BNIAN8. I The following vivid description of a last sickness and burial by the Pitt River Indians, is taken from the letter of a lady eye-witness to her son in San Francisco: — It was evening. We seated ourselves upon a log, your father, Bertie, and I, near the lire round which the natives had congregated to sing for old Gesnip, the chief's wife. Presently Sootim, the doctor, appeared, dressed in a low-necked, loose, white muslin, sleeveless waist fastened to a breech-cloth, and red buck-skin cap fringed and ornamented with beads; the face painted with white stripes down to the chin, the arms from wrist to shoulder, in black, red, and white circles, which by the lurid camp-fire looked like bracelets, and the legs in white and black stripes, — presenting altogether a merry-Andrew appearance. Creeping softly along, sing- ing in a low, grauually-increasing voice, Sootim ap- proached the invalid and poised his hands over her as in the act of blessing. The one nearest him took up the song, singing low at first, then the next until the circle was completed ; after this the pipe went round ; then the doctor taking a sip of water, partly uncovered the patient and commenced sucking the left side; last of all he took a pinch of uirt and blew it over her. This is their curative process, continued night after night, and long into the night, until the patient recovers or dies. Next day the doctor came to see me, and I determined if possible to ascertain his own ideas of these things. Giving him some muck-a-muck!^ I asked him, '' What do you say when you talk over old Gesnip ?" "I talk to the trees, and to the springs, and birds, and sky, and rocks," replied Sootim, "to the wind, and rain, and the noses of the living, and with them all their worldly goods. If a man of importance, his house is burned and he is buried on its site.' Johnson, in Overland Monthly, vol. ii., p. 536. 'The chick or ready money, is jilaced in the owner's grave, but the bow and quiver become the property of the nearest male relative. Chiefs only receive the honors of a fence, surmounted with feathers, round the grave.' (Hbbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 175. * Upon the death of one of these Indians they raised a sort of funeral cry, and afterwiurd burned the body within the house of their ruler.' Maurtlle'a Jour., p. 19. " Muck-a-nmck, food. In the Chinook Jargon 'to eat; to bite; food. Mnckamack chuck, to drink water.' Z>ict. Chinook Jargon, or Indian Tradt Languaje, p. 12. log, ', and If a man Johnson, is iilaced lerty of the iurmounted iii., p. 175. unerol cry, Maurelle's BURIAL CEUEM0NIE8 AT PITT RIVEB. 869 leaves, I beg them all to help me." lofalet, the doctor's companion on this cccasion, volunteered the remark: " Wlien Indian die, doctor very shamed, all same Boston doctor;'* when Indian get well, doctor very smart, all same Boston doctor." Gesnip said she wanted after death to be put in a box and buried in the ground, and not burned. That same day the poor old woman breathed her last — the last spark of that wonderful thing called life flickered and went out ; there remained in that rude camp the shriveled dusky carcass, the low dim intelligence that so lately animated it having fled — whither? When I heard of it I went to the camp and found them dressing the body. First they put on Gesnip her best white clothes, then the next best, placing all the while whatever was most valuable, beads, belts, and necklaces, next the body. Money they put into the mouth, her daughter contributing about five dollars. The knees were then pressed up against the chest, and after all of her own clothing was put on, the body was rolled up in the best family bear-skin, and tied with strips of buckskin. Then Soomut, the chief and husband, threw the bun- dle over his shoulders, and started off for the cave where they deposit their dead, accompanied by the whole band crying and singing, and throwing ashes from the camp-fire into the air. And thus the old barbarian mourns: "Soomut had two wives — one good, one bad; but she that was good was taken away, while she that is bad remains. Gesnip gone, gone, gone!" And the mournful procession take up the refrain: "0 Gesnip gone, gone, gone!" Again the ancient chief: "Soomut hjis a little boy, Soomut has a little girl, but no one is left to cook their food, no one to dig them roots. (jiesnip gone, gone, gone!" followed by the chorus. Then again Soomut: "White woman knows that Gesnip was 1^ In the Ticinity of Xootka Sound and the Golnmbia Biver, the first TJiiitcd States traders with the natives were from Boston; the first English vpKHrls appeared about the same time, which was during the reign of Oeorge III. Hence in the Chinook Jargon we find 'Boston, an American; Boston illahif, the United States;' and 'King Otorgt, English— fint; Otorgt man, an Englishman.' CALIFORNIANS. strong to work; she told me her sorrow when Gesnip died. Gesnip gone, gone, gone!" and this was kept up during the entire march, the dead wife's virtues sung and chorused by the whole tribe, accompanied by the scattering of ashes and lamentations which now had be- come very noisy. The lady further states that the scene at the grave was so impressive that she was unable to restrain her tears. No wonder then that these impulsive children of nature carry their joy and sorrow to excess, even so far as in this instance, where the affectionate daughter of the old crone had to be held by her compan- ions from throwing herself into the grave of her dead mother. After all, how slight the shades of difterence in hearts human, whether barbaric or cultured ! As before mentioned, the ruling passion of the savage seems to be love of wealth ; having it, he is respected, without it he is despised ; consequently he is treacher- ous when it profits him to be so, thievish when he can steal without danger, cunning when gain is at stake, brave in defense of his lares, and penates. Next to his excessive venality, abject superstition forms the the most prominent feature of his character. He seems to believe that everything instinct with animal life — with some, as with the Siahs, it extends to vegetable life also — is possessed by evil spirits ; horrible fancies fill his imagination. The rattling of acorns on the roof, the rustling of leaves in the deep stillness of the forest is sufficient to excite terror. His wicked spirit is the very incarnation of fiendishness ; a monster who falls suddenly upon the unwary traveler in solitary places and rends him in pieces, and whose imps are ghouls that exhume the dead to devour them.™ Were it not for the diabolic view he takes of nature, his life would be a comparatively easy one. His wants are few, and such as they are, he has the means of sup- plying them. He is somewhat of a stoic, his motto being ™ * They will often go three or four miles out of their way, to avoid pass- ing a place which they think to be haunted.' The Shastas and their Neigh- bors, MS. THE CENTRAL C.VLIFORNIANS. 301 never do to-day what can Ixj put off until to-morrow, and he concerns himsolf Uttle with the glories of peace or war. Now and then we find him dauhing himself with great stripes of paint, and looking ferocious, hut ordinarily he prefers the calm of the peaceful temescal to the din of battle. The task of collecting a winter store of food he converts into a kind of summer picnic, and altogether is inclined to make the best of things, in spite of the annoyance given him in the way of reserva- tions imd other benefits of civilization. Taken as a whole, the Northern Californian is not such a bad si)eci- men of a savage, as savages go, but filthiness and greed are not enviable qualities, and he has u full share of both.«» The Central Californians occupy a yet larger ex- tent of territory, comprising the whole of that portion of California extending, north and south, from about 40° 30' to 35°, and, east and west, from the Pacific Ocean to the Californian boundary. M The Pitt River Indians ' are very shrewd in the way of stealing, and will bout a coyote. They are full of cunning.' The Skastaa and their Nevjh- bom, MS. They 'are very treacherous and bloody in their dispositions.' Ahhott, in Par. It. It. Rept., vol. vi., p. 61. 'The Indians of the North of Calif irnia stand at the very lowest point of culture.' Pfeiffvr'a Second Joum., p. 31G. ' Incapable of treachery, but ready to fight to the death in aveng- mg an insult or injury. They are acti^e and energetic in the extreme.' Kvlly's Ex'uvsion to Cal., vol. ii., p. 1C6. At Klamath Lake they are noted for trachcry. Fremont's Explor. Ex., p. 205. 'The Tolowas resemble the IIoDpas in character, being a bold and masterly race, formidable in bat- tle, a;^gressive and haughty.' The Patawats are ' extremely timid and inof- itfusive.' The Chillulas, like most of the coast tribes ' are characterized by hidodus and incredible superstitions.' The Modocs ' are rather a cloddish, iiuliilent, ordinarily good-natured race, but treacherous at bottom, sullen wia-n angered, and notorious for keeping punic faith. Their bravery nobody can dispute.' The Yukas are a ' tigerihh, truculent, sullen, thievish, and every way bad, but brave race.' Pow rs' Porno, MS. On Trinity River ' they have ac(piired the vices of the whites without any of their virtues.' HcmtieU m'ln, in Inil. Aff. Kept., 1857, p. 3'Jl. Above the forlis of the main Trinity they ato ' fierce and intractable.' On the Klamath they ' have a reputation for treachery, as well as revengefulness; are thievish, and much disposed *r> Bulk it their whims are not in every way indulged.* They 'blubber liki • schoolboy at the application of a switch.' G'Ms, in Scluiolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., pi>. 131), 141, 170. The Roguy River Indians and Shastas ' are a warlike race, proud and haughty, but treacherous and very degraded in their moral nature.' Miller, in Jnd. Aff. Itept., 1857, p. 361. At Rogue River they are 'brave, haughty, indolent, and superstitious.' Ostrander, in Id., 1857, p. 368; HoseborowjK'a letter to the aiUlior, MS. 862 CALIFOBNIANS. Zl The Native Races of this region are not divided, as in the northern part of the state, into comparatively large tril)e8, but are scattered over the face of the country in innumerable little bands, with a s} stem of nomenclature so intricate as to puzzle an CEdipus. Neverthless, as among the most important, I may mention the following: ^i'he Tehamas, from whom the county takes its name; the Pomos, which name signifies ' people', and is the collective apiiellation of a number of tribes living in Pot- tor Valley, where the head-waters of Eel and Russian rivers interlace, and extending west to the ocean and south to Clear Lake. p]ach tribe of the nation takes a distinguishing prefix to the name of Pomo, as, the Castel Pomos and Ki Pomos on the head- waters of Eel River; the Poma Pomos, Earth People, in Potter Valley; the CalUo Pomos, in the valley of that name; the CJioam Chadela J^omos, Pitch-pine People, in Redwood Valley ; the Matomey Ki Pomos, Wooded Valley People, alx)ut Little Lake ; the Usals, or CamAjM Pomos, Coast People, on Usal Creek; the Shebalne Pomos, Neighbor People, in Sherwood Valley, and many others. On Russian River, the GaUirwmeros occupy the valley below Ilealdsburg ; the Sanels, Socoas, Lamas, and Seacos, live in the vicinity of the villsige of Sanel ; the Cotnachos dwell in Ranchen'a and Anderson valleys ; the Ukiahs, or Yokias, near the town of Ukiah, which is a corruption of their name;*' the Gimlalas^ on the creek which takes its name from them, about twenty miles above the mouth of Russian River. On the borders of Clear Lake were the IjopUkimillos, the Mipacmas, and Tyiigas', the Yolos, or Yolays, that is to say, 'region thick with rushes,' of which the present name of the county of Yolo is a corruption, lived on Cache Creek ; the Colusas occupied the west bank of the Sacramento; in the Valley of the Moon, as the Soiwmas called their country, besides them- selves there were the GuUlicas, the Kanmiares, the Simba- 81 These are not to be confoanded with the Yokas in Bound Valley, Teha- ma Countv. 8> Spelled Walhalln on some maps. asm of , Teha- NATI0N8 OF CENTRAL CALIFOBNIA. hkees, the Petalumas, and the Wapos] the Yachichumnea inhabited the country between Stockton and Mount Diablo. According to Hittel, there were six tribes in Xajm Valley : the Mayacmnas, the Calajomanaa, the Cay- mns, the NajKis, the Ulucaa, and the Suscols ; Mr Taylor also mentions the Gtimocks, the Ihlkays, and the SocoUo- m'lUos ; in Suisun Valley were the Suisunes, the Pulpones, the ToknoSj and the UUvkUas; the tribe of the celebrated chief Marin lived near the mission of San Rafael, and on the ocean-coast of Marin County were the Bolanos and Tamcdes ; the Karquines lived on the straits of that name. Humboldt and Miihlenpfordt mention the Mata- lanes, Salses, and Quirotes, as living round the bay of San Francisco. According to Adam Johnson, who was In- dian agent for California in 1850, the principal tribes originally living at the Mission Dolores, and Yerba Buena, were the Ahwashtes, AUahnws, Homanans, and Tulomos-^ Choris gives the names of more than fifteen tribes seen at the Mission, Chamisso of nineteen, and transcribed from the mission books to the Tribal Boun- daries of this group, are the names of nearly two hun- dred rancherias. The Socoisiikas, Thamiens, and Oerge- cetisens roamed through Santa Clara County. The Okhones inhabited the coast between San Francisco and Monterey; in the vicinity of the latter place were the Rumsens or Runsiens, the Bcckmaches, Uscekns or Eslens, the Acfiastliens, and the Mittmnes. On the San Jowjuin lived the Costrowers, the Pitiaches, Talluches, Loommars, and Amonces ; on Fresno River the Chowclas, Cookchaneys, Poiie/'has, Xookchues, and Howetsers; the EcmUches and Cowiahs, lived on Four Creeks ; the Wa- ches, Notoowihas, and Chunenimes on King River, and on Tulare Lake, the Takhes and Woowells. In their aboriginal manners and customs they differ but little, so little, in fact, that one description will apply to the whole division within the above-named limits. The reader will therefore understand that, except where a tribe is specially named, I am speaking of the whole people collectively. 864 GALIFORNIANS. The conflicting statementH of men who had ample op- portunity for observation, and who saw the people they describe, if not in the same place, at least in the same vicinity, render it difficult to give a correct description of their physique. They do not appear to deteriorate toward the cojist, or improve toward the interior, so uniformly as their northern neighbors; but this may be accountiui for by the fact that several tribes that for- merly lived on the coast have been driven inland by the settlers and vice versa. Some ethnologists see in the Californians a stock different from that of any other American race ; but the more I dwell upon the subject, the more convinced I am, that, except in the broader distinctions, specific classifica- tions of humanity are but idle speculations. Their height rarely exceeds five feet eight inches, and is more frequently five feet four or five inches, and although strongly they are seldom symetrically built. A low re- treating forehead, black deep-set eyes, thick bushy eye- brows, salient cheek-bones, a nose depressed at the root and somewhat wide-spreading at the nostrils, a large mouth with thick prominent lips, teeth large and white, but not always regular, and rather large ears, is the pre- vailing type. Their complexion is much darker than that of the trilMJS farther north, often being nearly black; so that with their matted, bushy hair, which is frequently cut short, they present a very uncouth appearance.*^ 85 In the vicinity of Fort Koss, • Die Indianer sind von mittlerem Wuchse, doc'h trifft man uuch hohe Gestalten unter ihnen an; sie sind zienilich wohl proportiunirt, die Furbe der Haut ist bhiunlich, doch ist dieae Fiirbe niekr eine Wirkung der Sonne als angeboren; die Augen and Uaare sind scbwarz, die letzteren Htehen straff. . . . Beide Geschlechter sind von kraftigeni Kurper- bau.' KoslromUonoiD, in B(ur. Stat. xi. Ethn., p. 81. Quoique surpris dans un tr^B-grand neglige, ces hommes me parurent beaux, de haute taille, robustos et parfuitement decouples., traits reguliers. . yeux noirs .. nez aq^iiilin Burmontu d'un front eleve, les pommettes des joues arrondies, . . . fortes levri'H . . . .dents blanches et bien rangees. . . .peau jaune cuivre, un cou annon<;ant la vigucdr et soutenu par de larges epaules un air intelligent et fter it la fois Jetrouvaitouteslesfemmeshorriblementlaides.' Laplace, Circumnav, torn, vi., U5-6. At the head of the Eel River ' the average height of these men was not over five feet four or five inches. They were lightly built, with no superfluous flesh, but with very deep chests and sinewy legs.' &i'66s, in Schoal- craft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 119. 'TheClear Lake Indians are of a very degradtil caste; their iforeheads naturally being often as low as the compressed sku'ls of the Chiuooks, and their forms commonly small and ungainly.' Id., p. 108. PHY8TCAL PECULIARITIES. 866 83 The question of beard has lx;en much mooted ; some travelers asserting that they are bearded like Turits, At n»(1eRii Bay ' they are un ugly and brutish raoe, many with negro pro- lilcH.' hi., p. 103. • They are pbyHically an inferior race, and have Hut, uutnenuiu|{ features, long, coarao, Htraight black hair, big mouths, and very dark HkiuH.' Hi-vere's Tour., p. 12U. ' Large and Ntrong, their colour being the Hiiine oh that of the whole territory.' Maurelte'n Jmtr., p. 47. It iH Hiiiil of the nativen of the Hacranionto valley, that ' their growth itt short and titinited; they have Hhort thick necka, and clumsy heads; the forehead is low, the nose flat with broad nostrils, the eyes very narrow and showing no in- toUis^cnce, the cheek-liones prominent, and the mouth large. The teeth are white, but they do not stand in even rows: and their heads are covered by Hhtirt, thick, rough hair. . . .Their color is adirty yellowinh-brown.' J'/nffer'a Seciiml jinini., )). 307. ' This roce of Indians is probably inferior to oil others on the continent. Many of them are diminutive in stature, but they do not liK'k niUHculur strength*, and we saw some who were tall and well-formed. Their complexion is a dark mahogany, or often nearly black, their faces round or Hquare, with features approximating nearer to the African than the Indian. Wide, enormous mouth, noses nearly flat, and hair straight, black, and coarse .... Small, gleaming eyes.' Johnson's Cal. and (hrn., pp. 142- 3. Of good stature, strong and muscular. Bryant's Cat., p. 26(J. ' Kathcr below the m'ldle stiture, but strong, well-knit fellows Good-looking, luiil well limbed.' Kelly's Excursion to Cal. , vol. ii., pp. 81, 111. "I'licywere ill f{('neral tine stout men.' A great diversity of physiognomy was n (iceable. J'kkerinfs Itacfs, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., pp. lO.'j, l(i7. On tlie Hacra- iiH'nto ' were flno robust men, of low stature, and badly formed.' Wilkrs' Xar., in ('. >'. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 198. 'The mouth is very large, and the none broad and depressed.' ' t'hiettv distinguished by their dark color bniud faces, a low forehead." Jiale's EIIuumj., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 222. ' 'I'luir features are coarse, broad, and of a dark chocolate color.' Taylor, in «'((/. Fanner, Nov. 2, 1800. At Drake's Bay, just above San Francisco, the men are ' commonly so strong of body, that that which two or three of our men could hardly beare, one of them would take vnon his backe, and without grudging came it easily away, vn hill and downe hill an English mile tr>;,'i'ther.' Brake's World Encomp., p. 131, 'Los Naturales de este sitio y I'liiTto son algo trigueiios, por lo quemados del Sol, aunque los venidos do la otra banda del Puerto y del Estero . . . son mas blancos y corpulentos. ' PaloH ViJa de Juni'pero iSerra, \u 2iry, 'Ugly, stupid, and savage; otherwise they ttffl well formed, tolerably tall, and of a dark brown complexion. The women are short, and very ugly; they have much of the negro in their countenance. Very long, smooth, and coal-black hair. ' KoUebue's Fioy., vol. i., pp. '282-3. ' They all have a very savage look, and are of a very dark color.' Vitaviuiso, in Kottebue's Voy., vol. iii., p. 47. ' 111 made; their faces ugly, presenting a dull, heavy, and stupid countenance.' Vancouoer's Koy., vol. li., p. 13. The Tcholovoiii tribe ' diflfi're beaucoup de toutes les autres par les traits du visage par sa physionomie, par un exterieur assez agreable.' Choris, Voy. Pitt, part lii., p. (>., plate vi., vii., xii. 'The Alchones are of good height, and the Tiduraios were thought to be, generally, above the standard of Englishmen. Their complexion is much darker than that of the South-sea Islanders, and their features far inferior in beauty.' Beechey's Voy., vol. ii., p. 76. At Santa Clara they are 'of a blackish colour, they have flat faces, thick lips, and black, coarse, straight hair. ' Kotxtbm'a New Voy., vol. ii.,p. 98. 'Their features are handsome, and well-proportioned; their countenances are cheer- ful and interesting.' Morrell's Foy., p. 212. At Placerville they are 'most repulsive-looking wretches They are nearly black, and are exceedingly ugly.' Borthwick's Three Years in CfU., p. 129. In the Yosemite Valley 'they are very dark colored,' and 'the women are perfectly hideous.' Kneeland'a Womlers of Yosemite, p. 52. The Monos on the east side of the Sierra are 'a (ino looking race, straight, and of good height, and appear to be active.' 3GG CALIFORNIANS. others that they are beardless as women. Having care- fully compared the pros and cons, I think I am juctified in stating that the Central Californians have beards, Vm Schmidt, in Ind. Af. Kept., 1856, p. 2-3. At Monterev 'ils sont en general bien faits, mais faibleH d'esprit et de corps.' In the vicinity of 8an Miguel, they are * gi'neralement d'une couieur foncee, sales et nial fiiits k I'exception tent fois des Indiens qni habitent snr les bords . Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 198. On Uussi.i> River ' they have quite heavy moustaches and beards on the chin, btit not niuch on the cheeks, and they almost all suffer it to grow.' The ("Icar Lake Indians ' have also considerable beards, and hair on the per- son.' At the head of South Fork of Eel River, 'they pluck their beards.' iIMk. in SrhnolcrajVs Arch., vol. iii., pp. 108-119. At Monterey 'plusieurs (lilt (le la barbo; d'autres, suivani les peres missionaires, n'en ont jtiniais en, ct pcst un question qui n'est pas menie decidee dans le pays.' La Perovse, Vc)/., vol. ii., p. 282. ' Les Californiens ont la barbe plus fournie qne les Cliilicns, €>t les parties genitales micux garnies: cependiint j'ai remarqu*', piirmi les hommes, un grand nombro d'individus totalement depourvus de liarlie; les femmes ont aussi peu de poll an penil et aux aisselles.' liolliti, in /,(( /Vnw.sp, Voy., vol. iv., p. 53. 'They have the habit common to all American Indians of extracting the beard and the hair of other parts of their body.' Furnham's Life in Cal., p. ;(C4. Ueards 'short, thin, and stiff.' liarl- (<■(('.>( Kar., vol. ii., p! 34. 'In general very scanty, although occasionally n full flowing beard is observed.' Forbes' Cal., pp. 181-'2. ' Ueards thin; nmny shave them close with mussel-shells.' Lavfisdorff's To;/., vol. ii., p. J(M. ' Ihr Hurt ist Kchwaeh.' Wimmel, Califomiev, vol. v. At San Antonio, ' in the olden times, before becoming christians, they )iulled out their beards.' Taylor, iu <'lat. v. Elhno., J). 82. At Clear Lake 'tjie women generally wear a small roiiiul, bowl-shajied basket on tbeir beads; and this is freejuently interwoven with the red feathers of the woodpeckfr, and edged with the plunje tnfts of the blue quail.' Gihbs, in Schoolcmfl's Arch., vol. iii., p. 107. See also p. 08, plate xi v., for plate of ornaments. At Kelsey River, dress ' consists of a deer- Bkin robe thrown over the shoulders.' Id., p' 1'22. In the Sacramento Valley •they were perfectly naked.' Kelly's Excursion to Cal., \o\ ii., p. 111. ' 15oth oexes 1 .-e the ears piereed with large holes, through whieh they jiass a \npce of wooii as thick as a man's finger, decorated with paintitigs or glass beiuls.' I'^fetfTrr'n S.^rond .Journ., p. 307. ' The men go entirely naked; but the women, with intuitive modesty, wear a small, narrow, grass apron, which extends from the waist to the knees, leaving their bodies and limbs partially expcseil.' Delano's Life nn Pldins, pp. 305, 307. ' They wear fillets around their heads of leaves.' [Vilkri*' Xar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 192. 'The dress of the women is a cincture, composed of narrow slips of fibrous bark, or of strings of ' Californian flax,' or sometimes of rushes.' Men naked. Picker- iiyi's liaccs, in IL S. Ex Ex., vol. ix., p. 108. At Bodo^'a they ' most liberally presented us with plumes of feathers, rosaries of bone, garments of feathers, ns also garlands of the same materials, which they woie round their head.' Maarelk's ,Jour., p. 47. ' The women wore skins of anim ils about their shoul- ders and waists;' hair 'clubbed behind." Vancouver's Toy., vol. ii.. p- •!!'*>• Around San Francisco Bay : ' in summer many go entirely naked. The women, however, wear a deer-skin, or some other covering about (heir loins; but skin dresses are not common.' To their ears the women 'tttach Kmg wooden cylinders, variously curved, which servo the double purpose of ear-rings and needle-cases.' Bwchey's Voy., vol. ii., p. 77. 'All go naked.' (Jkamisao, ivi PERSONAL ADORNMENT. 869 Tattooing is universal with the women, though con- fined within narrow limits. They mark the chin in KoUehue's Voy., vol. iii. p. 48. 'The men either go naked or wear a simple brei'cL-cloth. The woraen wear a cloth or strips of leather around their loins.' Jiartlett'H I'ers. Xar., vol. ii., p. 33. Three hundred years ago we are told that the men in the vicinity of San Francisco Bay * for the most part goe naked; the women take a kindeof bulrushes, and kembing it after the man- ner of hemp, make thems(>lues thereof a loose garment, which being knitte about thi-ir middles, hauges downc about their hippes, and so affordes to them n couering of that which nature teaches should be hidden; about their shoul- ders they weare also the skin of a deere, with the haire vpon it.' The king had upon his shouldei-s ' a coate of the skins of couicH, reaching to his wast; his guard also had each coats of the same shape, but of other skin.'. . . .After tliese in their order, did follow the naked sort of common peoide, whose hairo being long, was gathered into a bunch behind, in which stucke plumes of feathers; but in the forepart onely single feathers like homes, every one pleasing himselfe in his owne device.' Drake's IVmld Enconip., pp. 121, l'!/. m Cal., p. 227. ' Sont trJ'S pen converts, et en etc, la ))lupart voiit tout mis. Les femmes font usage de peaux do daim pour se couvrir. .Ces femmcs portent encore commo vetement des espi'ces do couvertures sans envcrs, faites en plumes tissues ensemble . . .il a I'avantage d'etre tres-chaud . .Elles portent generalement, an lieu de lioucles d'oreilles, des niorceaiix d'os ou do bois en forme de cylindre et S(!ulptes do diiferentcs manieres. Ccs ornenienta s>nt creux et servent egalement d'etuis pour renfermer leurs aiguilles.' J'etit- Tliou'ira, Vny., tom. ii., p. 135. Speaking generally of the Californian In- dians, 'both sexes go nearly naked, excepting a sort of wrapper round the waist, only in the coldest part of the winter they throw over their bodies n covering of deer-skin, or the skin of the sea-otter. They also make tliem- Helves gar:nents of the feathers of many different kinds of water fowl, par- tiouliu'ly ducks and geese, bound together fast in a sort of ropes, which ropea arc then united quite close uu as to make something like a feather skin.' It Vol. I. 34 «70 CALIFORNIAN8. perpendicular lines drawn downward from the comers and centre of the mouth, in the same manner as the Northern Californians ; they also tattoo slightly on the neck and breast. It is said that by these marks women of different tribes can be easily distinguished. The men rarely tattoo, but paint the body in stripes and grotesque patterns to a considerable extent. Red was the favorite color, except for mourning, when black was used. The friars succeeded in abolishing this custom except on oc- casions of mourning, when alVoction for their dead would not permit them to relinquish it. The New Almaden cinnabar mine has been from time immemorial a source of contention between adjacent tribes. Thither, from a hundred miles away, resorted vermilion-loving savages, and often such visits were not free from blood-shed.'*' is very warm. ' In the same manner they cut the sea-otter skins into small MtripH, which they twist together, and then join them ns they do the feathers, BO that both sides have the fur alike.* Laivixdorff's Voy., vol. ii., iip. 163-4. See also Famhnm's Life in Val., p. 364, and Ftrrbes' Cal., p. 183. ' Im Wiutor Relbst traf^en sie wenig Bekleidung, vielleicht nur eine Hirschhaut, welcho sie liber die Schulter werfen ; Manner, Frauen und Kinder gehen selbst ira Winter im Schnee barfuss.* Wimmel, Californien, p. 177; Lord's Nat., vol, i., p. 249; Patrick, (filbert, Ilcald, and Von Schmidt, in Iml. Aff. liepL, 1856, pp. 240-4; Choris, Voy., Pitt, part iii., p. 4, and plate xii.; Miihlenpfordt, Mejico, vol. ii., part ii., p. 455; Dontcnech's Dfsertu, vol. i., p. 239; Shea's Catlwlic APissions, p. 98; Johnston, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv." p. 223; D'Or- bliny, Voy., p. 457; Aiujer, Voy. en Cal., p. iOO. After having collated the above notes I was rather taken aback by meeting the following: ' The gen- eral costume of nearly all the Cnlifornian Indians gives them riither an inter- esting appear.ince ; when fully dressed, their hair, which has been loose, is tied up, either with a coronet of silver, or the thongs of skin, ornamented with feathers of the brightest colours; bracelets made in a similnr nionner are wore; breeches and leggings of doe-skin, sewed, not unfrequently with human hair; a kind of kilt of varied coloured cloth or silk ( !), fastened by a scarf, round their waist; . . The women wear a cloth petticoat, dyed eitlier bine or red, doe-skin shirt, and leggings, with feathered bracelets round their waist.' Voulter's Adventures, vol. i., pp., 172-3. Surely Mr Coulter slioulil know an Indian dress from one composed of Mexican cloth and trinkets. *« At Bodega the women ' were as nnich tatooed or punctured as any of the females of the Sandwich islands.' Vancouver's Vtal.xmd Ethno.yp.M. The acorn bread 'lookt> and tastes like course black clay, strongly resembling the sonndings in Hampton roads, und being about as savory and digestible.' Hevere'n Tour., p. 121. Never having eaten 'coarse black cbiy,' I cannot say how it tastes, but. according to ull other authorities, this bread, were it not for the extreme fllthiness of those who prepare it, would be by no means disagreeable food. 8T4 CAUFORNUNS. for winter use, they are dried in the sun ; when for pres- ent consumption, they are either mashed into a paste, which is eaten with the fingers, ground into a fine }x>w- der and mixed with mush, or they are saturated with Halt water, placed in a hole in the ground previously heated, covered with hot stones, and eaten like shrimps when well roasted. Dried chrysalides are considered a bonne bouche, as are all varieties of insects and worms. The boiled dishes are cooked in water-tight baskets^, into which hot stones are dropped. Meat is roasted on sticks before the fire, or baked in a hole in the ground. The food is conveyed to the mouth with the fingers. Grasshoppers are taken in pits, into which they are driven by setting the grass on fire, or by beating the grass in a gradually lessening circle, of which the pit is the centre. For seed-gathering two baskets are used ; a large one, which is borne on the biujk, and another smaller and scoop-shaiied, which is carried in the hand ; with this latter the tops of the ripe grass are swept, and the seed thus taken is thrown over the left shoulder into the larger basket. The seeds are then parched and pul- verized, and usually stored as pinole,"* for winter use." ^ Pinole 18 an Aztec word, and is applied to any kind of grain or seedR, parched and ground, before being made into dough. ' Finolli, la hnrina de mayz y chia, ant«8 t|ue la deslian.' Molina, Vocabulario. The Aztecs made pinole chiefly of maize or Indian com. 9> ' Nos trageron su regalo de tanmles grandes de mas de 4 tercia con bu correspondiente grueso, amasados de semillas silvestres muy prietns que parecen brea; los probe y no tieuen mal gusto y son muy mantecosos.' Falou, Noticias, in Doc. Jlist. Mix., serie iv., torn, vii., p. 68. Among the pres- ents given to Drake by the Indians was 'a roote which they call Petiih, whereof they make a kind of meale, and either bake it into bread or cute it raw; broyled fishes, like a pilchard; the scede and downe aforenamed, with such like.' Drake's World hnco^up., p. 126. Catch salmon in baskets. ' They neither sow nor reap, but burn their meadows from time to time to increase their fertility.' CliainLsso, in Kotzebve's Voy., vol. iii., p. 48. 'Les rats, les insectes, les serpentes, tout sans exception lenr sert de nourritnre. ... lis sont trop maladroits et trop paresseux pour chasser.' Choris, Voy. Pill., part iii., p. 2. ' Entre ellas tienen una especie de semilla negra, y de sn harina hacen nnos tamales, a modo de bolas, ae tumaiio de una naranja, que sou muy su- broson, que parecen dealmendraf.ostada muy mantecosa.' Palo%t, Villa de Jvni- pero Serra, p. 216; iSm^i7 y Mexicava, Viagr, p. 164; KoUdtvt'a New Voy., vol. Ti., p. 116. 'Their fastidiousnetis does not prompt them to take the entrails out of fishes and birds. Delano's Life on the Plains, p. 305. ' Live upon va- rious plants in their several seasons, besides grapes, and even use the Artc- mesia.' WUkes' Nar., in U. 8. Ex. Ex., vol. v., pp. 202, 259. 'lis trouvcnt •ussi autour d'ei x une quantite d'aloes dont ils font un frequent usage Us utilisent encore la lacine d'une esp^ce de roseau ... lis mangent aussi une fleur ACORNS AND WILD FOWL. vn When acorns are scarce the Central Californian resorts to a curious e::pedient to obtain them. The woodpecker, or carpintero as the Spaniards call it, stores away acorns for its own use in the trunks of trees. Each acorn is placed in a separate hole, which it fits quite tightly. These the natives take; but it is never until hunger compels them to do so, as they have great respect for their little caterer, and would hold it sacrilege to rob liim except in time of extreme need.** Wild fowl are taken with a net stretched across a narrow stream be- tween two ix)les, one on either bank. Decoys are placed on the water just before the net, one end of which is iastened to the top of the pole on the farther bank. A line passing through a hole in the top of the pole on the bank where the fowler is concealed, is attached to the Bucree qui reBsemble a celle de I'eglantier d'Espagne, et qui croH dans les en- droits marecageus.' Marmier, Notice, in Bryant, I'uy. en Vol., pp. 232-3, 237. Were cannibals and their sorcerers still eat human Qaab. Mof'ras, Explor., torn. ii., pp. 362, 366-9. The Meewocs ' eat all creatures that swim in the waters, all that fly through the air, and all that creep, crawl, or walk upon the earth, with, perhaps a dozen exceptions.' Foxeers, in Overland Monthly, vol. x., p. 324. 'lis se nourrissent egalement d'une espece de gftteaux fabriques aveo du gland, et qn'ils roulent dans le sable avant de le livrer k la cuisson; de Ik vient qu'ils sent, jcunes encore, les dents usees iusqu'k la raciue, et ce n'estpas, comme le dit Malte-Brun, parce qu'ils ont I'habitude de les limer.* Awjer, Voy. en L'al., p. 163. ' While I was standing there a couple of pretty young girls came from the woods, with flat baskets full of flower-seed, emit- ting a peculiar fragrance, which they also prepared for eating. They put some live coals among the seed, and swin^ng it and throwing it together, to shake the coals and the seed well, and bring them in continual and close contact without burning the latter, they roasted it completely, and the mixture smelled so beautiful and refreshing thnt I tasted a good handful of it, and found it most excellent.' Oerstcucker's Jmim., p. 211. See farther: Humboldt, Essai Pol., torn, i., pp. 324-5; Ilolinski, La Cmifomie, p. 174; GUibs, in School- ern/<'si4rc/i., vol. iii., pp. 106-7, 113; IFn/ime/, <^a/i/om«i,pp. 179, 181; KeUy's Excursion to C'a/., vol. li., p. 113; Taylor's Et Dorado, vol. i., p. 241; King's Kept., in Taylor's El Dorado, vol. ii., p. 210; Langsdorff's Voy., vol. ii., p. 163; Lord's Nat., vol. i., p. 248; Vancouver's Voy., vol. ii.,p. 36; Pickerin ' Wheu a sturgeon is caught, the spinal marrow, which is considered a delicacy, is drawn out whole, through a cut made in the back, and devoured raw.' Bartldl's Pers. Nar., vol. ii., pp. 32-3. 9i Browne, in Harper's Motj., vol. xxiii., p. 315. x* ■ They cook the flesh of this animal in holes dug in the ground and cvirbed up with stone like wells. Over this they build large fires, heat them thoroughly, clean out the coals and ashes, fill them with whale flesh, cover the opening with sticks, leaves, grass and earth, and thus bake their ropnHt.' Farmam's Life in Cai., p. 3C6-7. ' lis font rutir cette chair dans des trous creuses en terre.' Marniitr, Nche de devier de la position qu'on lui donuu en la posant sur Tare. . . .lis ureteudent que cette precaution rend Icuis coups encore plus sQrs. Les fleches sont moins longues que Tare, elles out onli- uairetneut de 8U k 85 centimetres de long, elles sont fuites d'un bois tri's- leger et sont egules en grossenr k chaque extn'mite . . I'lmtre extremilc de la fleche est garnie, sur quatre faces, de barbes en plumes cj^ui ont 10 centi- metres de longueur sur 0,015 millimetres de hautoii: ' Peht-Thounrs, Vny., tom. ii., p. 138. They 'maintain armories to make tueir bows, and arrows, and lances.' Arrows ' are tipped with barbed obsidian heads. . . .the shaft is ornamented with rings of the distinguishing paint of the owner's ranchcrin. Their knives and spear-points are made of obsidian and flint.' Arrows nre of two kinds, ' one short and light for killing game, and the other a war-shnft measuring a cloth-yard in length.' Rn'ere's Tour., pp. 121-2. 'Ces flk'hcs offrent peu de danger k une certaine distance, k cause de la parabole qu' elles sont forcees de decrire, et qui donne k celui que les voit venir le temps de les eviter.' .<4i(.7er, Voy. en Cal., p. 163. 'La corde, faite avec uu chnnvre sylves- tre, est garnie d'un petit morceau de peau qui en t-touffe le siiHment.' Mo- fras, Explor., tom. ii., p. 378; see Alias, plate 25. 'Ihre Waffen besteheu nur in Bogen und Pfeil. ' MiihlenpfonU, Mejwo, tom. ii., part ii., p. 455. ' Tht y have no offensive arms at all, except bows and arrows, t.nd these are Hniall and powerless. . . .Arrows are about two feet long.' Gerstaeeker's Journ., p. 212. ' Sometimes the bow is merely of wood and rudely made. Chamimio, m Koizebue's Voy., vol. iii., p. 48. "Iheir weapons consist only of bows and arrows; neither the tomahawk nor the spear is ever seen in their hands.' Beechey'a Voy., vol, ii., p. 77. ' A portion of the string is covered with downy fur ' to deaden the sound. Arrows are invariably pointed with flint. They have ' sometimes wooden barbs. ' Javelins pointed with flint, or soui simply sharpened at the end. Pickerin;i's Races, in U. 8. Ex. Ex., v"' 109. Arrows were about three feet long, and pointed with fli spears also pointed with flint. Kli.fcps' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol ' Tr.kian nnas lanzns cortas con sn lengiieta de pedemnl tan biei oorao si fuesen de hierro 6 acero, con solo la diferencia de no esiui Paloit, Notirias, in Don. Ilial. Mex , serie iv., tom. vii., p. p. 63. 'Lo de ellos traian varas largas en las manos k modo de lanzas^' Id., p. 61 ; Lortl's Nai.,\o\. i., Bojrjs, by his i 'imi's II •I riulrtS ' -as.' . iJlllS 249; Langsdorfa Voy., vol. ii., p. 165; Life of Gov. L. iV. Ion, MS. •t :IS.' )rd'ii W. BATTLES AND WEAPONd. m to any grvat extent. M. du Potit-Thouars vfM told thnt they used for this purimse a 8peci«>H of climbing plant which grows in shady places. It is said that they also \yi)mm their weapons with the venom of serpents."" Pedro Pages mentions that the nativeh in the country round San Miguel use a kind of sabre, made of hard wood, shaped like a cimeter, and edged with sharp flints. This they employ for hunting as well as in war, and with such address that they rarely fail to break the leg of the animal at which they hurl it.*"* Battles, though frequent, were not attended with much loss of life. Etu;h side was anxious for the fight to be over, and the first blood would of\en terminate the con- test. Challenging by heralds obtained. Thus the Shu- mcias challenge the Pomos by placing three little sticks, notched in the middle and at both ends, on a mound which marked the boundary between the two tribes. If the Pomos accept, they tie a string round the middle notch. Heralds then meet and arrange time and place, aid the battle comes off as appointed."" Among some trlKis, children are sent by mutual arrangement into the enemy's ranks during the heat of battle to pick up the fallen arrows and carry them back to their ownefs to be used again.*"^ When fighting, they stretch out in a long single line and endeavor by shouts and gestures to in- timidate the foe.*°* iM Petit-Thmtara, Voy., torn, ii., p. 139. "» Fajes, in Nmtvelleii Amuiks dea Voy., 1844, torn, ci., p. 164; Marmier, Notice, in Bryant, Koy. en Cat., p. 228. It is impossible to locate with cer- tainty the San Miguel of Pages. There are now several places of the name in California, of which the Sun Miguel in Sau Luis Obispo County comes nuiirest the region in which, to agree with his own narrative. Pages must have been at the time. The cimeter mentioned by him, must have strongly TBHeinbled the maquahuiU of the ancient Mexicans, and it was possibly much farther south that he saw it. '"' Powers' Porno, MS.; SutU y ifexicarui, Viage. p. 169. 103 IMle Record, Axtri., 18G6. ^M ■ Suelen entrar en ella entonando o&nticos mili'ures me.':clados de ez- tranos alaridos; y acostumbran formarse los camper /ues en dos ^'neas mu^ pruximas para empezar dispar/tndose llechazos. Como uno de bus princi- i>iilos nrdides conmste en intimidar al enemigo, parr, conseguirlo procura cada imrtido que oiga el contrario log preparativos de la batalla.' Sulil y Mexico- m, Viaf/e, p. I'lO. 'On coming in sight of the enemy they form in an ex- tended line, something like light infantry. o.r.d shouting, like bacchanals dance from side to side to prevent the t^j from taking deliberate aim.' Bt- vert's rur, p. 122. 380 CALIFORNIANS. Notwithstanding the mildness of their disposition and the inferiority of their weapons, the Central Californians do not lack courage i.i battle, and when captured will meet their fate with all the stoicism of a true Indian. For many years after the occupation of the country by the Spaniards, by abandoning their villages and lying in ambush upon the approach of the enemy, they were enabled to resist the small squads of Mexicans sent against them from the presidios for the recovery of de- serters from the missions. During the settlement of the country by white people, there were the usual skirmishes growing out of wrong and oppression on the one side, and retaliation on the other; the usual uprising among miners and rancheros, and vindication of border law, which demanded the massacre of a village for the steal- ing of a cow. Trespass on lands and abduction of women are the usual causes of war among themselves. Opposing armies, on approaching each other in battle array, dance and leap from side to side in order to prevent their enemies from taking deliberate aim. Upon the invasion of their t(M'- ritory they rapidly convey the intelligence by means of signals. A great smoke is made upon the nearest hill- top, which is quickly repeated upon the surrounding hills, and thus a wide extent of country is aroused in a remarkably short time. The custom of scalping, though not universal in Cali- fornia, was practiced in some localities. The yet more barbarous habit of cutting off the hands, feet, or heiul of a fallen enemy, as trophies of victory, prevailed more widely. They also plucked out and carefully preserved the eyes of the slain. It has been asserted that these savages were cannibals, and there seems to be good reason to believe that they did devour pieces of the flesh of .v renowned enemy slain in battle. Human flesh was, however, not eaten as food, nor for the purpose of wreaking vengeance on or show- ing hate for a dead adversary, but because they thought that by eating part of a brave man they absorberi a por- IMPLEMENTS AND MANUFACTURES. 381 tion of his courage. They do not appear to have kept or sold prisoners as slaves, but to have either exchanged or killed them.«» They are not ingenious, and manufacture but few articles recjuiring any skill. The principal of these are the baskets in which, as I have already mentioned, they carry water and boil their foon pieces of th' bodies of their more distinguished adversaries killed in battle.' Svide'H AiinaLs of San fVanirisco, p. 52. At Monterey, ' lorslle8 sont en roaeaux. Lorsque Ton y entre elles s'empUsstnt a moitie d'euu; de sorte qn'assis, Ton en a jus-qu'au gras de la jambe; on les fait aller avec des avirons extremement longs, et pointus aux u;'ux extreniiti's.' Ciwri.i, Voy. I'itt., part iii., p. 6. Had no boats, but it was reported that they had previously used boats made of rushes. Pickerinf/'s liacts, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., p. 103. 'The most rude and sorry contrivances for enilmrca- tion I had ever beheld . . . They were constructed of rushes and dried grass of a long broad leaf, made up into rolls the length of the cuuoe, the thickeht in the middle and regularly tapering to n point at each end. . . .apijearcd to be very ill calculated to contend with wind and wu.es. . They conducted their ninoe or vessel by long double-bladed paddles, like those used by the Esquimaux.' r(im'oi(rc?-'.s Voy., vol. ii , p. 5. ' The balsiis are entirely foiiiied of the bulrush. . . .commonly the rowers sit on them soaked in water, iih they seldom rise above the surface.' Forties' Ual., p. 191. Build no canoes, I'ut occasionally make use of rafts composed of one or two logs, generally sjilit. Wilkes' Sar., in ('. S. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 192. 'The "Balsa" is the (nily thing of the boat kind known among them. It is constructed entirely of NO BOATS IN SAN FRANCISCO BAY. 383 l)een asserted that they even ventured far out to sea on them, but that this was common I much doubt."" They were useful to spear fish from, but for little else ; in proof of which I may mention, on the authority of Roque- fouil, that in 1809-11, the Koniagas employed by the Russians at Bodega, killed seals and otters in San Fran- cisco Bay under the very noses of the Spaniards, and in spite of 'U the latter, who appear to have had no boats of their own, could do to prevent them. In their light skin baidarkas, each with places for two persons only, these bold northern boatmen would drop down the coast I'rom liodega Bay, where the Russians were stationed, or cross over from the Farallones in fleets of from forty to llfty lx>ats, and entering the Oolden (jlate creep along the northern shore, beyond the range of the Presidio's jiuns, securely establish themselves upon the islands of the bay and pursue their avocation unmolested. For three years, namely from 1809 to 181 1, these northern fishermen held ix)ssession of the bay of San Francisco, during which time they captured over eight thousand otters. Finally, it occurred to the governor, Don Luis Argiiello, that it would be well for the Siwiniards to have l)oats of their own. Accordingly four were built, but they were so clumsily constructed, ill equipped, and lKK>rly manned, that had the Russians and Koniagas felt dis|K)sed, they could easily have continued their incur- sions. Once within the entrance, these northern bar- l)juians were masters of the bay, and such was their souse of security that they would sometimes venture for a time to stretch their limbs upon the shore. The cap- ture of several of their number, however, by the sol- (iiirs from the fort, made them more wary thereafter. Miuuvlle, who touched at Point Arenas in 1775, but did Imlrushrs . .sit flnt upon the cmft, soaked in wut<'r, pljiiiR their poiUllos . . iiKist of them in all kinds of wpiither, nre eithor liclow, or on a levil with tlio wiitcr.' h'lirnlMin'n Life in Cat., p. 368. ' My opinion iit that th« Indiitns of Ciiliforniti, previous to the occupation by the Jesuit Fathers had no other IxialH tliun those made from the tule, und even as late as 1840, I never knew or liciird of an Indian using any other.' /Vif.'y.i' iMlrr, MS. "» I'khering's Uaces, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., p. 103; Cronist's Nal. H'cuy//., p. 23. 334 GALIFOBNIANS. not enter the bay of San Francisco, says that "a vast number of Indians now presented themselves on both }X)ints, who passed from one to the other in small canoes made of fule, where they talked loudly for two hours or more, till at last two of them came alongside of the ship, and most liberally presented us with plumes of feathers, rosaries of bone, garments of feathers, as also garlands of the same materials, which they wore round their head, and a canister of seeds which tasted much like walnuts." The only account of this voyage in my jk)s- session is an English translation, in which '^ canoes made of fule" might easily have been mistaken for boats or floats of tuie."" Split logs were occasionally used to cross rivers, and frequently all means of transportation were dispensed with, and swimming resorted to. Captain Phelps, in a letter to the author, mentions having seen skin boats, or baidarkas, on the Sacramento River, but supposes that they were left there by those same Russian emplojjs.*" Vancouver, speaking of a canoe which he saw below^ Monterey, says: "Instead of being composed of straw, like those we had seen on our first visit to San Fmncisco, it was neatly formed of wood, much after the Nootka fashion, and was navigated with much adroitness by four natives of the country. Their paddles were about four feet long with a blade at each end; these were handleUracum M Codke, in Kimtsborough's Mex. Antiq., vol. v., p. 4U. That the Hpuniiirds themselves had not boats at this time is also asserted by Kotzebne: 'That no one has yet attempted to build even the simplest canoe in a country which produces a superabundance of the finest woo■< In Rutwian River Valley and the vicinity: ' Die Achtnng die man fur den Vater hegte, geht hfiufig auf den Sohn fiber; aber die Gewalt des Uber- hanptes ist im AUgemeinen sehr nichtig; denn es steht eineni jeden frei, seinen GeburtHort zu verlassen und einen anderen Anfenthalt zu wriihlcu.' Bht dies durch Bogen nnd I'feil.' H'IiiiimW, Valifomifn, pp. 177-8; Povoera, in Ovtrland Motithly, vol. xii., p. 24. BULERS OF NEW ALBIOX. 887 however, allowance must be made for the exaggerations invariably found in the reports of early voyagers. In proof of this, we have only to take up almost any book of travel in foreign lands printed at that time; wherein dragons and other imix)8sible animals are not only zoologically described, but carefully drawn and en- graved, as well as other marvels in abundance. Cap- tain Drake had several temptations to exaggerate. The riclier and more important the country he discovered, the more would it redound to his credit to have Ijeen the di.scoverer; the greater the power and authority of the chief who formally made over his dominions to the queen of England, the less likely to be disputed would be that sovereign's claims to the ceded territory. Fletcher never 8[)eaks of the chief of the tribe that received Drake, but ns 4he king,' and states that this dignitary was treated with great respect and ceremony by the courtiers who surrounded him. These latter were distinguished from the canaille by various badges of rank. They wore as orniiments chains "of a bony substance, euery linke or part thereof being very little, and thinne, most finely burnished, with a hole pierced through the mid- dest. The number of linkes going to make one chaine, is in a manner infinite; but of such estimation it is amongst them, that few be the persons that are admitted to weare the same; and euen they to whom its lawful! to use them, yet are stinted what number they shall vse, as some ten, some twelue, some twentie, and as they ex- ceed in number of chaines, so thereby are they knowne to be the more honorable personages." Another mark of distinction was a "certain downe, which groweth vp in the countrey vpon an herbe much like our lectuce, which exceeds jyiy other downe in the world for fine- nesse, and beeing layed vpon their cawles, by no winds can be remoued. Of such estimation is this herbe amongst them, that the downe thereof is not lawfuU to be worne, but of such persons as are about the king (to whom also it is permitted to weare a plume of feather on their heads, in signe of honour), and the seeds are CALIFOBNIANS. not vsed but onely in sacrifice to their gods." The king, who was gorgeously attired in skins, with a crown of feather-work u\)on liis head, was attended by a regular body-guard, uniformly dressed in coats of skins. His coming wjis ainiounced by two heralds or ambassadors, one of whom prompted the other, during the proclama- tion, in a low voice. His majesty was preceded in the procession by " a man of large Ixidy and goodly asjx.'ct, bearing the septer or royall mace;" all of which hap- pened, if we may Ijelieve the worthy chaplain of the expedition, on the coast just above San Francisco Bay, three hundred years ago."* Slavery in any form is rare, and hereditary bondage unknown."' Polygamy obtains in most of the trilxjs, although there are exceptions.*'" It is common for a man to marry a whole family of sisters, and some- times the mother also, if she happen to be free."' Uus- »8 Dralct's World Enconip., pp. 124-6. 119 Wimmel, Ckn, p. 178. lie Near Sun Francigco, ' teniendo mnchas niugeres, sin que entre elluH ■e expeiiniente ]a lueuur eniului-ion. ' I'dlou, VUla tie Junipero Seira, p. 217. At Monterey 'la polyt^iunie lenr t'tiiit pem»i«e.' /xi I'erome, Toy., torn, ii., p. 303. In Tuoluiiiuo County 'polygamy w practiced.' lliaky, in Ind. Aff. Ui'pt., 185ii, p. '214. At < If ar Lalce 'polygamy in practiced only by the clnei's.' li'-vere'n Tnur, p. 1'25. ' Bci manchen Stammen wird Vielweitlerei gestnttet.' Wimnvl, ('(lii/ontien, p. 178. ' A man often marries a whole fiiniily, the mother and her daughterH . . No jealousies ever appear among f hcse funi- ilies of wives.' Farnham's Life in Cat., p. 367. ' An Indian man may have as many wives as he can keep; but a woman cannot have a plurality of hus- bands, or men to whom she owes obedience.' Johiiiiton, in Sc/woliraf I'.i . Irrh., vol. iv., p. 224. In the Bacramento Valley 'the men in general have but one wife.' Piekeritxff's liaces, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., p. 108. 'Of tlitsu In- dians it is reported that no one has more than one wife.' Wilkfii' Sar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 201. 'Entre lo8 Rnnsienes y Eslenes no era per- mitido a cada hombre tener mas de una muger.' iS'it^V y Mexii-anu, Viwje, p. 170. At Clear Lake and down the coast to San Francisco Bay ' they have but one wife at a time.' Gibbs, in SrluuAirajYa Arvh., vol. iii., p. 112. In the vicinity of Fort Ross 'es ist nich erlaulit mehr als eine Fran zn habtn.' Kostromilonow, in Baer, Stat. u. Ethno., p. 88. In the country round han Miguel ' non-seulement ce capituine a le droit d'avoir deux femuies, tandis que les autres Indiens n'en out (ju'nno, mais il pent les renvoyer quand pela lui plait, pour en prendre d'autres dans le village.' Fagen, in Nouomtit Annaks de» Voy., 1844, torn, ci., p. 163. See also Marmier, Notice, in Bryant, Voy. tn Cal., p. 227. XI At Monterey, ' lis ^taient meme dans I'usage d'^poaser tontes les soeurs d'une famiile.' L. 217. ' Parenta(;e and other relations of consan^^uinity are no obstacleB to matrimony.' Farnhant's Life in Cal., p. 367. "Simvent une fonime presse son niari d'epouser Hes soeura, et meme na mi-re, et cette i>ropo.sition est fre- (jufiimu'ut acceptt'e.' Marmier, Xodce, in Bryant, Toy. en tW., p. 235. 'Este nii'toild de coninrar las mu^eres era comuu & eutrauibas naciones (Runsien- ea y Ksleues), bien que entre los Unnsienes hucia niucbo mas solemne el oiiiitruto la intervencion do los parientes de los novios, contribnyendo los del V iron con su quota, la qual se dividia entre los de la novia al tienipo de en- tre},'ar a estii.' Hutit y Mrxicana, Vlwie, p. 171. '*^ Johnston, in Svhtmtcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 223. '" I'lnerrn, in Oi^rland Monthly, vol. xii., p. 23. '*< Delnno's Life on the Plains, p. 3(i6. At Santa Cruz, ' the Gentile Indian, when ho wishes to marry, goes to the hut of her he desires for a wife, and Kitting himself close by her, sighs without speaking a word, and casting ut her fi'et some beads on a string, goes out, and without further cere- 111! my he is married.' ComeUas' Letter, in Cal. Farmer, April 6, 1860. At Clear I.ukt! ' ra]>(i exists among them in an authorized form, and it is the custom for a jiarty of young men to surprise and ravish a young girl, who becomes the wife of one of them.' Jtevere's Tour, pp. 125-6. S90 CALIFORNIANS. as easily as they are assumed. The husband has only to say to his spouse, I cast you off, and the thing is done/** The Gallinomeros acquire their wives by pur- chase, and are at liberty to sell them again when tirud of them.** As usual the women are treated with great contempt by the men, and forced to do all the hard and menial labor ; they are not even allowed to sit at the same fire or eat at the same repast with their lords. Both sexes treat children with comparative kindness;'" boys are, however, held in much higher estimation than girls, and from early childhood are taught their su})eri- ority over the weaker sex. It is even stated that many female children are killed as soon as born,*** but I am inclined to doubt the correctness of this statement as applied to a country where polygamy is practiced as extensively as in California. Old people are treated with contumely, both men and women, aged warriors being obliged to do menial work under the supervision of the women. The Gallinomeros kill their aged par- ents in a most cold-blooded manner. The doomed crea- ture is led into the woods, thrown on his back, and firmly fastened in that position to the ground. A stout pole is then placed across the throat, upon either end of which a person sits until life is extinct.'" A husband takes revenge for his wife's infidelities upon the iierson of her seducer, whom he is justified in killing. Some- times the male offender is compelled to buy the object of his unholy passions. In consequence of their strictness in this particular, adultery is not common among them- selves, although a husband is generally willing to prosti- •«s 3/armier, Notice, in Bryant, Voy. en Col., p. 234. At Clear Lake ' if the parties sepurute the children go with the wife. Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., Tol. iii., p. 112. ISO Powers' Porno, MS. itT • The Yukns are often brutal and cmel to their women and chililren, especially to the women.' Powers, in Overlmid Monthly, vol. is., p. 308. In the vicinity of Fort Bosh, * sie Ueben ihre Kinder mit grosser Zfirtlichkeit.' Baer, Stat. u. Etimo., p. 77. IS* Wlmmel, CaHfornien, p. 178. 'The practice of abortion, so common among the Chinooks and some other tribes in Oregon, is unknown here.' Oibt)n, in Srhonlcraft's Arch., vol. iii., pp. 112-13. ■i9 Mr Powers,' in his Porno, MS., makes this assertion upon what he states to be reliable authority. CHILD-BIBTH AND THE GOUYAOE. 891 tiite his dearest wife to a white man for a consideration. The Central Califomian women are inclined to rebel against the tyranny of their masters, mure than is usual in other tribes. A refractory Tahtoo wife is sometimes frightened into submission. The women have a great dread of evil spirits, and upon this weakness the hus- band plays. He jmints himself in black and white stri^ies to personate an ogre, and suddenly jumping in among his terrified wives, brings them speedily to peni- tence. Child-bearing falls lightly on the Califomian mother. When the time for delivery arrives she betakes herself to a quiet place by the side of a stream ; some- times accom^Minied by a female friend, but more fre- quently alone. As soon as the child is bom the mother washes herself and the infant in the stream. The child is then swaddled from head to foot in strips of soft skin, and strapped to a board, which is carried on the mother's back. When the infant is suckled, it is drawn round in front and allowed to hang there, the mother meanwhile pursuing her usual avocations. So little does child- bearing affect these women, that, on a journey, they will frequently stop by the way-side for half an hour to be delivered, and then overtake the party, who have trav- eled on at the usual pace. Painful parturition, though so rare, usually results fatally to lx)th mother and child when it does occur. This comparative exemption from the curse, "in sorrow shalt thou bring forth," is doubt- less owing partly to the fact that the sexes have their regular season for copulation, just as animals have theirs, the women bringing forth each year with great regu- larity. A curious custom prevails, which is, however, by no means peculiar to California. When child-birth overtakes the wife, the husband puts himself to bed, and there grunting and groaning he aftects to suffer all the agonies of a woman in labor. Lying there, he is nursed and tended for some days by the women as carefully as though he were the actual sufferer. Ridiculous as this custom is, it is asserted by Mr Tylor to have been prac- ticed in western China, in the country of the Basques, CALIFOBNUNS. by the Tibareni at the south of the Block Sea, and in modified forms by the Dyaks of Borneo, the Arawaks of Surinam, and the inhabitants of Kamchatka and Greenland.** The females arrive early at the age of puberty,"' and grow old rapidly.'** Most importtmt events, such as the seasons of hunt- ing, fishing, acorn-gathering, and the like, are celebrated with feasts and dunces which differ in no essential re- spect from those practiced by the Northern Califomians. They usually dance naked, having their heads adorned with feather ornaments, and their bodies and fjices painted with glaring colors in grotescjue patterns. Broad stripes, drawn up and down, across, or spirally r«)und the body, form the favorite device ; sometimes one half of the body is colored red and the other blue, or the whole person is painted jet black and serves as a ground for the representation of a skeleton, done in white, which gives the wearer a most ghjistly appearance.'^ The 130 For a full acconnt of this cnBtom of the convade, as it existed in vari- ous parts of the world, see Tylor's Researches, pp. 293-302, and Max Miilkr's Chips, vol. ii., pp. 271-9. For its observance in California, see Venegas, Xo- ticias de Cal., torn, i., p. 94, and Famham's Life in Cal., p. 367. ni ' It was not a thing at all nncommon, in the days of the Indians' an- cient prosperity, to see a woman become a mother at twelve or fourteen. An instance was related to me where a girl had borne her first-bom at ten, as nearly as her years could be ascertained, her husband, a VN'hite Man, being then sixty-odd.' Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. ix., p. 500. "'For further authorities on family and domestic aflfairs, see: Miihlen- pfordt, Mejtco, tom. ii., pt. ii., p. 456; Delano's Life on tlie Plains, pp. 30C; 223-4; Cornelias' Letter, in Cal. Farmer, April 5, 1860; Patou, Vida deJunipero Serra, p. 217; Poieers, in Oierland ilonthly, vol. ix., pp. 308, 500-6, vol. x., p. 325; Pickerinfi's Races, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. ix., pp. 106-8; Sutil y Mexicaua, Viage, pp. 170-1; Borthieick's Three Years in Cat., p. 129; La Perouse, \'»y., torn, ii., p. 303; RoUin, in Id., tom. iv., pp. 57-8; Laplace, Circvmnav., torn. vi., p. 145; Qibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., pp. 112-13; Wilkes' Nar., in i/.s." " ' "■ "" ~ Ethno., p. 77; Kostroniitonow, in Baer, Stat. u. Ethno., pp. 83-8. 133 Every traveler who has seen them dance enters into details of dress, etc. ; but no two of these accounts are alike, and the reason of this is that they have no regular figures or costumes peculiar to their dances, but that every man, when his dress is not paint only, wears all the finery he possesses with on utter disregard for uniformity. ' At some of their dances . we were told that they avoid particular articles of food, even fowls and eggs.' Gibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 113. Dancing is executed at Banta Cruz, CAUFORNIAN DIVERSIONS. dancing is acoompanicd by chantings, clapping of hands, blowing on pijws of two or three reeds and played with the nose or mouth, l)eating of skin drums, and rattling of tortoise-shells filled with small pebbles. This hor- rible discord is, however, more for the purpose of mark- ing time than for pleasing the ear.'" The women arc K>ldom allowed to join in the dance with the men, and when they are so far honored, take a very unimix)rtant part in the proceedings, merely swaying their bodies to und fro in silence. Plays, representing scenes of war, hunting, and private life, serve to while away the time, and are performed with considerable skill. Though naturally the very in- carnation of sloth, at lea.st as far as useful labor is con- cerned, they have one or two games which require some exertion. One of these, in vogue among the Meewocs, is played with bats and an oak-knot ball. The former are mode of a pliant stick, having the end bent round and la.shed to the main part so as to form a loop, which is filled with a network of strings. They do not strike but push the ball along with these bats. The players take sides, and each party endeavors to drive the ball past the boundaries of the other. Another usierun k ehupar y repan' en elloH 111 niisma ceremonia de espareir el huiuo hacin arriba dieieido en caila lK)eanada nnas palabras; milo entendf ima (pie fne tsmtn cjue ijuiire deeir sol; observe la niisiiia costumlire de ehupar prinieru el mas princi|>al. lue^c du la pipa a otro, y da vuelta a otros.' I'ulou, Xoticias, in Due. Hint. Hit., se -ie iv., tom vii., p. (lit; see also p. 77. '■«' On the Hubjeet of amusements, see Kottehue's V»y., vol. i., p. 2fi'2. .''#- linin's Li/i'oii thf I'liibiH, i).307; Helper' it Land of UoUl, pp. 271-2; lUier, >Utt. u. Jilliiio., pp.72, 7(!-7; h'ostrnviilonow, in W., pp.'85-'J2; //«/i(i,>:/,i, l.tt CaH/nntie, p. 17;); I'livieWis' LrUer, in Cnl. Farmer, Oct.b, I860; W'immel, Culiforuien, p. 178; Dra'.-i-'n World Kncomp., p. 128; Uerere'.i Tour, pp. m\-V.V.\;' San Fnin- visro Hi; K->tzehue'a Neie Vvy., vol. ii., p. 1*27; Hiity tijlipiii^ poison towarclH him from tluir tiiij,'('r-('n(ls.' Poief^-n, in Oivrldnil Mim(hl,/, vol. x., p. 1127. I'" ' I incantioiV'ily ■ i-.tcred one of these cavtrns ilurinK tlio operation iiliuvc (IcKiTibed, and was in a few momenta so nearly siiH'oeated with the heat. Kiiioke, and impure air. that I found it ditlioutt to make my way out.' Jiri/iint's i'ltl., p. '272. "'J • Zur Heilun^; bedienen sich die Schaniane der Krautcr und Wiirzeln, KrosstcntlieilH al)v.r xnu^en nin mit dem Mnude das Kbit iiiis tier kranken Stclle alls, wobti sie Bteinchen oder kleiuc Sehlann<'n in den M\ind nehmen Viiid (laniuf versicheru, sie hiitten dieselben aus der Wnnde herausK'ZoKen.' /r>«/r()»,ii(i))i()ic, in liner, SUit.u. Kthno., n. St5; see also pp. »;), !)1, lM-r>. • Until iKiw it has not been aseertained that the Indians had any remedy for curing tile sick or allayiii).', their sutleringH. If they meet with an aeeident they in- viiriahly die. f',„/iW/as' Letter, in Cal. Farmer, Afiril 5, 1H(>(). ' Uinx-worm is cured by plucinij the milk of the poison oak in a circle round the af- f'-ctcd part.' //l(^7li/l(/.<^' I'al. .^fni)., vol. iii., p. 410. 'Aiiiont; the Meewoes ittomachic affections and severe travail are treated with a plaster of hot 39G CALIFORNIANS. Incremation is almost universal in this part of Cali- forniii.^*** The Inxly is decorated with featliers. tlowers, and l)eads, and after lying in state for some time, is l)urned :!niid the howls and lamentations of friends and relations, fhe ashes are either preserved by the family of the deceased or are formally buried. The weaixjiis and eft'ects of the dead are burned or buried with them."' When a )K)dy is prepared for interment the liiiees are doubled up Jijrainst the chest and securely bound with cords. It is placed in a sitting jwsture in the grave, which is circular. This is the mof4 common niamier of sepulture, but some trilies bury the Ixxly i)eri)endi<'ulariy in a hole just large enough to admit it, sometimes with the head down, sometimes in a standing |x)sition. The Pomos formerly burned their dj^ad. and since they ha\e been influenced by tiie whites to burv»them, they niva- riably place the IxKly with its head toward the south. A scene of incremation is a weird si)ectju;le. The ashes nud moist eiirth spread on the stoinurh ' Powers, in Overland Mimlhly. vol. X., u. 327. See further: J'otit-Tlnnutrs, Voy.. toiii. ii., j). 140; y>trn- ham'ii Li/f iit Cal., ji. ;<"(!; HnHiisLi, La CaliJ'nrni*. \i 17;J; lliniilnMl, >,•- md I'd'.., torn, i., ji. .'t24; llcefhfi/s 1'";/.. vol. ii., pj.>. ;*"), 7S; Sau ./.kk/ki, liepHlilimn, Sifil., 1M5S; Iai rcroit.se, \'"i/., tolii. iv., j*. 64: ., u>l. v., J). I'.Cl; rirkeriini's l{ur«s, in /(/., vol. ix.. p. lO'.t; Fngfa, m \-,iirelk>i Ainmlfn (les I'o;/., 1H41, torn, oi., |(. '.i'M; also quoted in Mnrmifr, Solirr, in /{lyxnl, \'iiij. en Cat., p. 2:17; Knrelauil'.s W'linuirs nf i'uKeniKe. y. Wl\ A'<7///'.< K.i'i-ur- sinn III Cal., vol. ii., p. 2N4: I'oipirs' I'aino, .MS.; Sutit i/ .H'^if^ina. i'laije. p. Kid; Tliiirnttin'.s Oiin. and i.'al., vol. ii,, j). 'J4; iMluivt'ii l.if» on the I'luing, J), ".i'.tr): liajthve, ('irrntnnar., toiii. vi., p. I,'j2. nn ' From north t<> south, in the present f'nliforniii. nj) to the Coluiuliiii river they burnt the d<'ad in sonn- trilxM, and in othi-rs Ixir.i'il tiieni. Tin xe modes of se|MiUure dirt'ered fVrry f. w leu^fUes.' Taylur > liidiaiinl'.'ii/. in ('(//. Fanner, done H, IWJO, A d»Mid . IHtl. At Kanta Ouz 'the Gentiles Inirn the bo-liis of their warriors a id allieh who fall in war; those who die of natural denlli 'hey inter at sundo'.i).' t'nmi'lla.s' lAter, in Cal. Fanner, Aiiril 5, iKCid. J'ln In- dians of the Pay of Kan Frawiseo burned their dead with everything I" lon^- in^ to tht >■-., • l(ut those of the more southern regions buried theirs." /loim- uerh'H he.serh, vol. ii., p. M',i. In the vicinity of Clear Luke all the triliiH with the exeeption of the Ynbos bury their deiul. Ijevier, in Ind. Aff. liipl , 185H. i>. 2H!>. ><■ ' Los UunsieneHdividian ultimameutoentre Ids pnrientes las iK>eaH costs que ooinponiau la propiedad del difnnto. Los Eslenes, al eoiitrario, no solo tio repartian costi ali^una, sino (pie toihis huh ftmigoH y suliditos dubian contrihuir con nl|{unos abulorios ipie enterrabun eon el cncutver del falleeiih).' Sntil y Mnim'ta, Viaije, p. 172. ' If a woman dies in becoming a mother, the ehiiii, whether living or dead, is buried with its mother.' UuiMmjt' Cal, May., vol. iii., p. 437. MOURNING FOR THE DEAD. Sf friends and relatives of the deceased {lather round the funeral p3re in a circle, howlinjr dismally. As the Haines mount upward their enthusiasm increa'^es, until in a |)erfect frenzy of excitement, tlu'V leap, shriek, lacerate their bodies, and even snatch a handful of smoldering tiesli from the fire, and devour it. The ashes of the dead mixed with {j;rease, are smeared over the face as a htidfie of mourning, and the comjx)und is suft'ered to remain there until worn off by the airtion of the weather. The widow keeps her head covered with pitch for several months. In the Russian Hiver \'alley. wliere demonstrations of grief ai)pear to he \ et more violent than elsewhere, self-hiceration is uuich practiced. It is custonuvr\' to have an aniuud Dance of Mourning, when the inhabitants of a whole village col- lect together and lament their deceased friends with liowls and groans. Many tribes thiidt it necessary to • 'urisli a departed spirit for several months. This is •j'» . by sf^attering fcxMl about the place where the re- mains (/ tb<' (lejul are dejwsited. A devoted Xeeslienam wid'/w d nni^t N('lilav;i'ii, iiiif iliii Ito- Aeu it U l ff ^-n. jii biMWvilfn huh lM-Hr .\iihanK'li>'lik<'it zii t1<>ij>fiir. Ill liivr, Sliil n. Hlhnn.. J). HH • 'I'lic Iwiily i!< idiiKiniied ujioii H s<'iifr> ilc also: TeUnmaUiuiH', Min/, 11.V,»; SiiCi! y .Vfj'tcfi/i/i, ri'i'/r, pp. 171-i; P-ttrrm' /'"»«), .!/>'.; also in ' iii-rlinul M'liiilily, vol. ix., p. -^H, vol. X., 1). ;WS, vol sii.. p 4/^; Sun Fniwixrn /,'i'oii/i;/ li'ilMin, Aiiril -i, IK<11; .U'«;n'«'< I ''(«'•, /■ni. ii., p. ;j. 230, tX\ l[iit'liin. Hi*; F'lru- hitm's Ijit'f ill I'lil.. J), IkiV; K-lium his]uilrh. in '''(' hirmer, S'ur. 9, IHCiti; Jnliiisliin. in Srliiiitlrrnr't's Arrh., vol. iv., p. 'i25; /'''')•'. ii/iiy, Voy., p. 458; lleidty, ill I,ul. Aff. Ikpt., !»(>(>, p. i4d; Forbf' Cat., p. 1.1)5. GALIFOBNIANS. death of a relative ; in some instances they are affection- ate toward their families.*" 1*1 In the Ra>iHian River Valley the Indians ' sind weichherzifj, und von Natur nicht rachsiichtiK . . .sie erlemen mil Lcichti(;keit maneherlei Hitudnr- beiten und Oowerba.' Sir, SUU. u. Ethno., pp. 77-8. Neur Fort Rohh 'nind sie sanft und friedfertig, und sehr fiihig, besonders in der AufftiHtiunK Hinn- licher OeKenstiinde. Nur in Folge ihrer uuintiHi9ij.(eu Tra^heit und Horglosig' keit Hcbeinen Hie sehr dnmm zu seyn. ' KostroiHiluuote, in /<{., pp. 81-2. ' They appear by no means bo stupid' as those at the missions. Kittivbw'ii Nfio Vou., vol. ii., p. 2(i. At Bodega Bay * their disposition is most liberal.' Muurelle^s Jour., p. 47. At Clear Lake * they are docile, mild, easily man- aged. . . .roguish, ungrateful, and incorrigibly lazy cowardly and cringing towards the whites. . .thorough sensualists and most abandoned gamblers . . wretchedly imjirovident.' lieven's Tour. pp. 120-1. In the Saorumento Val- ley they are ' excessively jealous of their squaws . . . stingy and inhospitable.' Kelly's Excursion to Col., vol. ii., p. 114. 'A mirthful race, always disposed to jest and laugh.' Dana, in l[ale a Ethnoj., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 222. ' Possessed of mean, treachenius, and cowanlly traits of character, and the most thievish propensities.' Johnnon's C'(U. awl Oijn., p. 143. In the vicinity of San Francisco Bay ' they are ccrtunly a race of the most miserable be- ings I ever saw, possessing the faculty of human reason.' Vanrauver's \'oy., vol. ii., p. 13. ' For the most part an idle, intemperate race.' ThornUm'H O/n. and Cal., vol. ii., p. 78. 'They are a people of a tractable, free, and loiiing nature, without guile or treachery.' Drakes World Encamp., p. 131. ' lius- tantes rancherias de gentiles mny mansos y a;>acibles.' Crespt, in Doc IHM. Mex., serie iv., torn, vi., p. 497. ' Son muy mansos, afables, de buenits caras y los mas de ellos barbados.' Palou, yotirias, in LI., tom. vii., p. 5Ht ulwuvs will confess olTein'cs they have not committed;^ very lustful and inhospitable. Coinellas' Letter, in CENTBAL GALIFOBNIAN CHARACTER. Although nearly all travelers who have seen and de- scribed this people, place them in the lowest scale of humanity, yet there are some who assert that the char- acter of the Californian has been maligned. It does not follow, they .say, that he is indolent because lie does not work when the fertility of his native land enables him to live without labor; or that he is cowardly l>ecau8e he i.s not incessantly at war, or stupid and bnial because the mildness of his climate renders clothes and dwellings superfluous. But is this sound reasoning ? Su«'ely a jieo- ple assisted by nature should progress faster than another, struggling with depressing difficulties. From the frozen, wind-swept plains of Alaska to the malaria-haunted swamps of Darien, there is not a fairer land than California; it is the neutral ground, as it were, of the elements, where hyperboreal cold, stri Plied oft* its rugged aspect, and equatorial heat, tamed to a genial warmth, meet as friends, inviting, all blusterings laid aside. Yet if we travel northward Cfil. FarniT, April 5, 1800. At Kelsey River they are ' amiable and thievish.' Wi'i'.s, in Sr.h'MlcmjVs Arch., vol. iii., j). r24. ' In >»enerHl terins, the Califuruia Indians are more timid, peaceiible, and joyous than any of their neiglibors.' Strpliinn, in Fowra' Ponut, Mi. ' Their stupidity, insensibility, ignorance, inconstancy, slavery to appetite, excessive sloth and laziness, being absorbed for the time iu the stir and din of night-watching and battle, give them a new existence.' Funili'iiu'.i L>/e in CuL, p. 36G. ' Faul nnd jedcr Anstren- gun;j; abgeneigt.' OnxiU'iil, ('(I'liforrden, p. (i3. 'Stupidity seemed to Ih) their distinctive character.' Diinfuech'n Deserts, vol. i., j). "ilW. ' Loose, hizy, care- less, capricious, childish and fickle.' Tniflnr, in Cal. Funinr. Mnn-h 'i, ISOO. 'They are really the most harmless tribes on the American continent.' 'Ver- sl'tecker's Xnr., p. 212. lleveuj^eful. timid, treacherous and ungrateful. KiUy'a Exmrsioiilo Val., vol. ii., p. 284. ' Cowardly, treachcnins, filthy und indolent.' Jiilinstnn, in .Schi»>l •ra/Ts An'k., vol. iv., p. 22:*. ' Dull, indolent, phlegmatic, timid and of agentle, submissive temper.' llali's Ktlinoj., in f ."^. A> Et., vol. vi., p. ll)i). ' In stature no less than in mind are cci'tuinly of a very inferior race of human beings." Ijiiyisilorff'sVoy., pt. ii.,p. Wn. ' I'usillanimous.' Forbes' C'. I'oy., torn, iv., ]). oS. 'S<>emel.,\n Huiftvi Taylor's Et Uitnulit, Appemlix, vol. ii., p 210. " Die Indianer von falifornicn sind physisch nnd moralish den nndem Indianern untergeordnet.' IH»»i)/i»/, Cali- j'lirn'ten, p. 177. ' Su estupidez iu«s parece un cntorpccimiento de las poten- cias i)or falta de accitm y por pereza caracter.'stica, (pii! limitacion ubsoluta de sus facultndes inteUvtuales; y asf qnando se las pone en movimiento, y se les dm ideas, no dvxan de distternir y de iu)rend<'r lo ipje se les enseiia.' Sulil y .V-jrimm, I'iu/c, p. ly a few priests and soldiers. Men do not civilize tlu'inselves. Had not the (IreekH and the Egyptians Ikkmi drivoii on by an unseen hand, never would the city of the Violet Cix>wn have graced the plains of Hellas, nor Tlielxjs nor Memphis have risen in the fertile valley of the Nile. Why (ireece is civilized, while California breernardino and San Jacinto mountains, and the latter in the southern extremity of California. Around each mission were scores of small bands, whose ranche- ri'as were recorded in the mission books, the natives us a wliole lieing known only by the name of the mission. WIk'U first discovered by Cabrillo in 1542, the islands off the coast wen? inhabited by a su|)erior people, but these they were induced l)y the padres to abandon, I'ol- luwing winch event the jx'ople rapidly faded away. The natives called the island of Santa (Vuz JauuhiIi, Santa Hosa /fnrnKil, San Miguel 'Jkucan, and San Nicolas (rhu- bufuU. As we ajjproach the southern l)oundary of f^difornia a slight improvement is manifest in the alK)rigines. The men are here well mtule, of a stature quite up ti» the average, comparatively fair-complexioned and j)leus- ant-featured. The children of the islanders are descrihed by the early voyagers as Ixiing white, with light hair and ruddy cheeks, and the women as having fine forms, beautiful eyes, and a modest demeanor.'" The beard is luenibradoH, quo otros, que nnteH se ftvinn visto.' Tim/uewada, Mouanj. hul., torn, i., p. 714. Oil Uio coast from San Die^o to San Francinco they urn ' il'niu! couli'ur fonw'o, do ju'titc tuilk', ot uhhcz inal fuits.' I'lvjes, in Ximrrllfs .liiiuitm (ten I'"//., IHU, toni. ci., p. 153; see also MurmUr, \i)li'v, in lirynnl, Vmj. tn t '//., p. 1-(i. At San Luis Key, 'siuit bii'n fnitH et il'unu t«iiUo nioyt'nnc' W., p. 171; (piott'd in Mnrm'ur, p. 'll\). An Indian hci'U at Bantu Inez Mission • waH ationt twenty-Htvi'n yearH old, with n l)hu;k thick beard, iris of tiie i'j<'» light cliocolatc-lirown, noHP Hiiiall and round, lips not tliick, face ion},' and angular.' t'iij\, IMIIO. The NocIich ' uunqui; do buona disjiosi- cion itou delgadouy buutiuite delicaduH puru uudur a piu.' Uarcea, iu Doc. Hist. DSLEtm IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. 408 plucked out with a bivalve shell, which answers the purpose of pincers. A short clotik of deer-skin or rabbit-skins sewed to- gether, suffices the men for clothing; and sometimes even this is dispensed with, for they think it no slinme to l)e naked.'" The women and female children wear a |Xitticoat of skin, witli a heavy fringe reaching down to the knees; in some districts they also wear sliort capes covering the breasts.'** On the coast and, formerly, on the islands, seals furnished the material."' The more industrious and wealthy embroider their garments pro- fusely with small shells. Around Santa Harliara rings of bone or shell were worn in the nose; at Los Angeles niwal ornaments were not the fashion. The women had c\ Tmder-shajK'd pieces of ivory, sometimes as much as eight inches in length, attached to the ears by a shell ring. Bracelets and necklaces were mode of pieces of ivory ground round and perforated, small pebbles, and shells. Paint of various colors was used by warriors and dancers. Mr Hugo Reid,«who has contributed valu- able information concerning the natives of Los Angeles Couuty, states that girls in love at the cheeks spar- ingly with red ochre, and all u.c women, before they grow old, protect their complexion from the eflects of Mvx., Heric ii., torn, i., p. 295. 'Well proportionrd in ftgare, and of noble ap^M'iirance.' Dimvmrli's DmerLi, vol. ii., p. 45. 'The women (of the Die- Kt'iK's) lire beautifully dev(;loped, and superbly formed, their bodiew aa Htnii^'ht lis un arrow.' XTu-hler, in Kmori/'n U. S. ami Mfx., Bound. Sunn^, Vol. i , p. 107. The CiihuillaH 'are u filthy and miiierable-lookinK Hut, nnd grciit l)('jr|^arH, presenting an nnfavorable conlroHt to the Indian ui)on the Colonido.' Whipple, in l'ai\ H. Ii. Hept., vol. iii., p. i;J4. '** The ordinary cloak deHeends to the waist : ' le chef seul en a une qni Ini tomlie jnsqu'au jarret, et o'est la la Beule marque de diMtinetion.' Fa^B, in Siiuwllfn AnnaleH desl'oy., 1844, torn, ci., p. 172; see also Mnnhiir, Notice, in lirifant, Voy. m Col., p. -ii'J. '*'' I'hese i^apeH Father ('rospi desoribes as being ' nnos capotillos hecboa de pii'U'H de liebres y Conejos deque haeen tiras y tereidas eonio nii'cate; coscn lino con otro y las dettenden del frio cnbrienAolas por la lionestidad.' Crrspi, in lhn\ Hist. Mrx., serie iv., torn, vi., pp. '2!U -'2; see also A/., p. 'M'i. '" The lobo niarino of the Kpauish is the common seal and sea calf of the the Kii){lish; le veau uiarin and phoque comniuu of the French; vectdiio nia- rino of the Italians; Meerwolf and Meerhund of the (Germans; Zee-Hund of th<' Dutch; Sael-hundof the Danes; Sial of the Swedes; and uoclrhonof the Welsh. Knijld's Kiuj. Envyc. Nat. ilist,, vol. iv., p. 'idd. r 404 CALIFOBNIANS. the 8un by a plentiful application of the same cosmetic.^" Yisscaino now nativcH on the southern coast painted blue and 8ilvereM 'I'biH hair turbun or coil ' sirve de bolwi pam K»nrdar en la ciil)M • All their food was either cold or nearly so ... . Salt was used very spar- WEAPONS AND WAR. 407 In their cooking, as in other respects, they are excess- ively unclean. They bathe frequently, it is true, but when not in the water they are wallowing in filth. Their dwellings are full of offal and other impurities, and ver- min abound on their persons. Bows and arrows, and clubs, are as usual the weapons most in use. Sabres of hard wood, with edges that cut like steel, are mentioned by Father Junipero Serra."' War is a mere pretext for plunder ; the slightest wrong, real or imaginary, being sufiicient cause for a strong tribe to attack a weaker one. The smaller bands form tem- iwrary alliances; the women and children accompanying the men on a raid, carrying provisions for the march, and during an engagement they pick up the fallen arrows of the enemy and so keep their own warriors supplied. Boscana says that no male prisoners are taken, and no quarter given ; and Hugo Reid affirms of the natives of Los Angeles County that all prisoners of war, after be- ing tormented in the most cruel manner, are invariably put to death. The dead are decapitated and scalped. Female prisoners are either sold or retained as slaves. Scalps, highly prized as trophies, and publicly exhibited at feasts, may be ransomed, but no consideration would induce them to part with their living captives.^™ Among the few articles they manufacture are fish- hooks, needles, and awls, made of bone or shell ; mortars and pestles of granite, and soap-stone cooking vessels, and water-tight baskets."® The clay vessels which are ingly in their food, from an idea that it had a tendency to tnm their hair gray.' Reiil, in Los Amides Star. ' I havti seen many instances of their tak- iug a rabbit, and sucking its blood with eagerness, previous to consuming the flesh in a crude stjite.' Boscana, in Robinson's Life in Cat., p. 239. ' Viven inny regalados con varias semillas, y con la pesca que hacen en sus balsas do tule . .y queriendoles dar cosa de comida, solian decir, que de aquello no, que la que querian era ropa; y solo con cosa dc este geiiero, eran los camba- lauhes que hacian de sa pescado con los Soldados y Arrieros.' Patau, Vida d« Junipero Serra, p. 79. See also Torquemada, Monarq. Ind., torn, i., p. 712; Farnham's Life in Col., p. 139; Stanley, m Ind. Aff. Rept., 1866, p. 102; Id., 1869, pp. 194-5; Walker, in Id., 1«72, p. 67; BarUett's Pers. Nar., vol. ii., p. 125; llnffnmnn, in San Frandsco Medical Press, vol. v., p. 149; Mollhauaen, Rtisen ill die Ftlaengeb., vol. i., pp. 82-3. 1" Palmi, Vida de Junipero Serra, pp. 83-4. iM Bosram, in RMnson's Life in Cat., pp. 306-9. >M The baskets, though water-proof, ' were used only for dry purposes. 408 GALIFOBNIANS. frequently found among them now, were not made by them before the arrival of the Spaniards. The stone implements, however, are of aboriginal manufacture, and are well made. The former are said to have been pro- cured mostly by the tribes of the mainland from the Santa Rosa islanders.*®* The instruments which they used in their manufactures were flint knives and awls ; the latter Fages describes as being made from the small bone of a deer's fore-foot. The knife is double-edged, made of a flint, and has a wooden haft, inlaid with mother of pearl."* On this coast we again meet with wooden canoes, al- though the balsa, or tule raft, is also in use. These boats are made of planks neatly fastened together and paid with bitumen j*"^ prow and stern, both equally sharp, are elevated above the centre, which made them appear to Vizcaino "como barquillos" when seen beside his own junk-like craft. The paddles were long and double- bladed, and their boats, though generally manned by three or four men, were sometimes large enough to carry twenty. Canoes dug out of a single log, scraped smooth on the outs'de, with both ends shaped alike, were some- times, though more rarely, used.*"^ The circulating The vessels in nse for liquids were ronghly oiade of rushes and plastered outside and in with bitumen or pitch, called by them mnol.' Reid, in Los Anqdes Star; MuMenpfordt, Mejico, vol. ii., pt. ii., pp. 464-5; and MMlMusen, Reisen in die Felsengeh., vol. i., p. 82. ■60 ' Leurs mortiers de pierre et divers autres ustensiles sont incrustds aveo beaucoup d'art de morceaux de nacre de perle.' Fages, in Nouvelles Annates desVoy., 1844, torn, ci., p. 319. 'Mortars and pestles were made of pauite, about sixteen inches wide at the top, ten at the Dottom, ten inches high and two thick.' Soapstone pots were ' about an inch in thickness, and procured from the Indians of Santa Gatalina; the cover used was of the same material.' Reid, in Los Angeles Star. On the eastern slopes of the San Bernardino Mountains, blankets are made which will easily hold water. Taylor, in San Francisco BuUetin, 1862, also quoted in Shuck's Cat. Scrap Book, p. 4(.5. ' To- das SUB obras son primorosas y bien acabadas.' Crespi, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., tom. vi., p. 316. '61 hhi/ea, in Nouvelles Annates desVoy., 1844, tom. ci., pp. 319-20. ii>i 'The planks were br at and joined by the heat of fire, and then payed with asphaltum, called by them chapapote.' Taylor, in Cal. Farmer, June 1, 1860. 163 At Santa Catalina Vizcaino saw ' vnas Ganoguelas, que ellos vsan, de Tablas bien hechas, como Barquillos, con las Popas, y Proas levantadas, y mas altas, que el Cuerno de la Barca, 6 Canoa.' Tormtemada, Monarq. Ind., tom. i., p.712; see also Scunteron, Relaeiones, inDoo. hist. Mtx., serieiii., tom. iv., p. 18. GOVERNMENT AND PUNISHMENTS. 409 medium consisted of small round pieces of the white mussel-shell. These were perforated and arranged on titrings, the value of which depended upon their length.*** I have said before that this money is supposed to have been manufactured for the most part on Santa Rosa Island. Hence it was distributed among the coast tribes, who bought with it deer-skins, seeds, etc., from the peo- ple of the interior. Each tribe acknowledged one head, whose province it was to settle disputes,*"* levy war, make peace, appoint feasts, and give good advice. Beyond this he had little power.** He was ojssisted in his duties by a council of elders. The office of chief was hereditary, and in the absence of a male heir devolved upon the female nearest of kin. She could marry whom she pleased, but her husband obtained no authority through the alliance, all the power remaining in his wife's hands until their eldest boy attained his majority, when the latter at once as- sumed the command. A murderer's life was taken by the relatives of his victim, unless he should gain refuge in the temple, in which case his punishment was left to their god. Ven- On the coast of Los Angeles Father Crespi'saw 'canoas hechas de buenas tablas de pino, bien ligudaa y de una forma graciosa con dos proas . . Usap remos largos de dos palas y vogan con indecible lijeriza y velocidad.' Vrespi, in Doc. Hist. Mex., sene iv., torn, vi., p. 315. At San Diego Palou describes 'balsas de tule, en forma de Canoas, con lo que entran niuy adentro del mar.' Pabit, Vida de Junlpero Serru, p. 79; Boscana, in Robinson'8 Life in Cat., p. 240; ifarmier, Notice, in Bryant, Voy. en Cat., p. 228. Description of bal- sas, which differ in no respect from those used north. >M • xhe worth of a rial was put on a string which passed twice and a-balf round the hand, i. e., from end of middle finger to wrist. Eight of these Btrinf,'8 passed for the value of a silver dollar.' Cat. Farmer, June 1, 1860. ' Eight yards of these beads made about one dollar of our currency ' Id., Jan. 18, 1861. ''^ 'If a quarrel occurred between parties of distinct lodges (villages), each chief heard the witnesses produced by his own people; and then, asso- ciated with the chief of the opposite side, they passed sentence. In case they could not agree, an impartial chief was calKd in, who heard the state- ments made by both, and he alone decided. There was no appeal from his decision.' Reid, in Los Angele.t Star. '•* ' Pour tout ce qui conceme lea affaires inttrieures, I'influence des derins est bien superieure k la leur.' Mofras, Explor., tom. ii., p. 373. At San Diego ' Chaque village est soumis aux ordres absolus d'un chef.' Fages, in Now)eUta Annaka dea Voy., 1844, tom. ci., p. 153; or see JUarmier, Notice, in Bryant, Voy. en Cal., p. '226. ' I have found (hat the captains have very Uttle authority.' Stanley, in Jnd. Aff. Itept., 1869, p. 194. " 410 CALIFORNIANS. geance was, however, only deferred ; the children of the murdered man invariably avenged his death, sooner or later, upon the murderer or his descendants. When a chief grew too old to govern he abdicated in favor of his son, on which occasion a great feast was given. When all the people had been called together by criers, "the crown was placed upon the h*»Rd of the chief elect, and he was enrobed with the imperial vestments," as Father Boscana has it; that is to say, he was dressed in a head-ornament of feathers, and a feather petticoat reaching from the waist half-way down to the knees, and the rest of his body painted black. He then went into the temple and performed a pas seul before the god Chinigchinich. Here, in a short time, he was joined by the other chiefs, who, forming a circle, danced round him, accompanied by the rattling of turtle-shells filled with small stones. When this ceremony was over he was publicly acknowledged chief. As I said before, the chief had little actual authority over individuals ; neither was the real power vested in the heads of families; but a system of influencing the people was adopted by the chief and the elders, which is somewhat singular. Whenever an important step was to be taken, such as the killing of a malefactor, or the invasion of an enemy's territory, the sympathies of the people were enlisted by means of criers, who were sent round to proclaim aloud the crime and the criminal, or to dilate upon the wrongs suffered at the hands of the hostile tribe ; and their eloquence seldom failed to attain the desired object."^ The chief could have a plurality of wives, but the common people were only allowed one/"* The form of 'CT Boscana, in Robinson's Life in Cai., pp. 262-9. it^ Dr. Hoffman states that in the vicinity of San Diego ' their laws allow them to keep as many wives as they can support.' San Francisco Medical Press, vol. vi., p. 150. Pages, speaking of the Indians on the coast from San Diego to San Francisco, says: *Ces Indiens n'ont qn'une seule femme k la fois, mais ilsen changent aussi sonvent que cela leur convient.' Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1844, tom. ci., p. 153. Of those in the vicinity of San Luis Bey the same author says: 1 Les chefs de ce district ont le privilege de prendre deux on trois femmes, de les r^pudier on de lea changer aussi sonvent qn'ils MABBIAQE IN SOUTHEBN GALIFOBNU. 411 contracting a marriage varied. In Los Angeles County, according to Mr Reid, the matter was arranged by a preliminary interchange of presents between the male relatives of the bridegroom and the female relatives of the bride. The former proceeded in a body to the dwell- ing of the girl, and distributed small sums in shell money among her female kinsfolk, who were collected there for the occasion. These afterward returned the compliment by visiting the man and giving baskets of meal to his people. A time was then fixed for the final ceremony. On the appointed day the girl, decked in all her finery, and accompanied by her family and relations, was carried in the arms of one of her kinsfolk toward the house of her lover; edible seeds and berries were scattered before her on the wry, which were scrambled for by the spectators. The party was met half-way by a deputation from the bridegroom, one of whom now took the young woman in his arms and carried her to the house of her husband, who waited expectantly. She was then placed by his side, and the guests, after scattering more seeds, left the couple alone. A great feast followed, of which the most prominent feature was a character-dance. The young men took part in this dance in the roles of hunters and warriors, and were assisted by the old women, who feigned to carry off game, or dispatch wounded enemies, as the case might be. The spectators sat in a circle and chanted an accompani- ment. According to another form of marriage the man either asked the girl's parents for permission to marry their daughter, or commissioned one of his friends to do so. If the parents approved, their future son-in-law took up his abode with them, on condition that he should provide a certain quantity of food every day. This was done to afford him an opportunity to judge of the domestic qual- ities of his future wife. If satisfied, he appointed a day for the marriage, and the ceremony was conducted much le venlent; mais les autres habitants n'en ont qu'one seole et ne penvent lea repudier qu'en cas d'adultfere.' Id., p. 173. 412 CALIFOBNIANS. in the same manner as that last described, except that he received the girl in a temporary shelter erected in front of his hut, and that she was disrobed before being placed by his side. Children were often betrothed in infancy, kept con- tinually in each other's society until they grew up, and the contract was scarcely ever broken. Many obtained their wives by abduction, and this was the cause of many of the inter-tribal quarrels in which they were so constantly engaged. If a man ill-treated his wife, her relations took her away, after paying back the value of her wedding pres- ents, and then married her to another. Little difficulty was experienced in obtaining a divorce on any ground ; indeed, in many of the tribes the parties separated when- ever they grew tired of each other. Adultery was se- verely punished. If a husband caught Ms wife in the act, he was justified in killing her, or, he could give her up to her seducer and appropriate the spouse of the latter to himself. At the time of child-birth many singular observ- ances obtained ; for instance, the old women washed the child as soon as it was born, and drank of the water; the unhappy infant was forced to take a draught of urine medicinally, and although the husband did not affect the sufferings of labor, his conduct was supposed in some mannei- to affect the unborn child, and he was consequently laid under certain restrictions, such as not being allowed to leave the house, or to eat fish and meat. The women as usual suffer little from child-bearing. One writer thus describes the accouchement of a woman in the vicinity of San Diego: " A few hours before the time arrives she gets up and quietly walks off alone, as if nothing extraordinary was about to occur. In this manner she deceives all, even her husband, and hides herself away in some secluded nook, near a stream or hole of water. At the foot of a small tree, which she can easily grasp with both hands, she prepares her ' lying- in-couch/ on which she lies down as soon as the labor CHILD-BIBTH. 413 pains come on. When the pain is on, she grasps the tree with both hands, thrown up backward over her head, and pulls and strains with all her might, thus assisting each pain, until her accouchement is over. As soon as the child is born, the mother herself ties the navel-cord with a bit of buck-skin string, severing it with a pair of sharp scissors, prepared for the occasion, after which the end is burned with a coal of fire; the child is then thrown into the water; if it rises to the surface and cries, it is taken out and cared for; if it sinks, there it remains, and is not even awarded an Indian burial. The ailair being all over, she returns to her usual duties, just as if nothing had happened, so matter of fact are they in such matters." Purification at child-birth lasted for three days, during which time the mother was allowed no food, and no drink but warm water. The ceremony, in which mother and child participated, was as follows: In the centre of the hut a pit was filled with heated stones, upon which herbs were placed, and the whole covered with earth, except a small aperture through which water was introduced. The mother and child, wrapped in blankets, stood over the pit and were soon in a violent perspiration. When they became exhausted from the effect of the steam and the heated air, they lay upon the ground and were covered with earth, after which they again took to the heated stones and steam. The motlier was allowed to eat no meat for two moons, after which pills made of meat and wild tobacco were given her. In some tribes she could hold no intercourse with her husband until the child was weaned. Children, until they arrived at the age of puberty, remained under the control of their parents, afterward they were subject only to the chief Like the Spartan youth, they were taught that abstinence, and indiflerence to hardship and privations, constitute the only true manhood. To render them hardy much unnecessary '<^ ' Les venfs des deux sexes, qui venlent se remarier, ne penvent le fairs qn'avec d'autres Teufs.' Fages, in Nouvelles AnncUes dcs Voy., 1844, torn, ci., p. 173; see also Marmier, Notice, in Bryant, Voy. (n Cal., p. 230. 414 OALIFORNIANS. pain was inflicted. They were forbidden to approach the fire to warm themseives, or to eat certain seeds and berries which were considered luxuries. A youth, to become a warrior, must first undergo a severe ordeal; his naked body was beaten with stingiiiji; nettles until he was literally unable to move; then hu was placed upon the nest of a species of virulent ant, while his friends irritated the insects by stirring them up with sticks. The infuriated ants swarmed over every part of the sufferer's body, into his eyes, his ears, his mouth, his nose, causing indescribable pain. Boscana states that the young were instructed to love truth, to do good, and to venerate old age."" At an early age they were placed under the protection of a tutelar divinity, which was supposed to take the form of some animal. To discover the particular beast which was to guide his future destinies, the child was intoxi- cated,"* and for three or four days kept without food of any kind. During this period he was continually ha- rassed and questioned, until, weak from want of food, crazed with drink and importunity, and knowing that the persecution would not cease until he yielded, he confessed to seeing his divinity, and described what kind of brute it was. The outline of the figure was then molded in a paste made of crushed herbs, on the I reast and arms of the novitiate. This was ignited and allowed to burn until entirely consumed, and thus the figure of the divinity remained indelibly delineated in the flesh. Hunters, before starting on an expedition, would beat their faces with nettles to render them clear- sighted. A girl, on arriving at the age of puberty, was laid upon a bed of branches placed over a hole, which "" ' The perverse child, invariably, was destroyed, and the parents of such remained dishonored.' Boscana, in Robinson's Life in Cal., p. 270. 'Ilsne pensent pas k donner d'autre Education k lenrs enfants qu'a enseigner aux fils exactemeut ce que faisait leur pere; quant aux fiUes, elles ont le droit do choisir roccupation qui leur convient le mieux.' Fages, in Nouvelles Annaks des Voy., 1844, torn, ci., p. 153. 1" The intoxicating liquor was ' made from a plant called Pibat, which was reduced to a powder, and mixed with other intoxicating ingredients.' Boscana, in Hobinson'a Lify in Cal., p. 271. AMUSEMENTS. 415 hixd been previously heated, where she was kept with very Uttle food for two or three days. Old women chanted songs, and young women danced round lier at intervals during her purification. In the vicinity of San Diego the girl is buried all but her head, and the ground above her is beaten until she is in a profuse perspiration. This is continued for twenty-four hours, tlie patient being at intervals during this time taken out and washed, and then reimbedded. A feast and dance follow."'' When the missionaries first arrived in this region, they found men dressed as women and performing women's duties, who were kept for unnatural purposes. From their youth up they were treated, instructed, and used as females, and were even frequently publicly mar- ried to the chiefs or great men."" Gambling and dancing formed, as usual, their princi- pal means of recreation. Their games of chance differed little from those played farther north. That of guess- ing in which hand a piece of wood was held, before de- scribed, was played by eight, four on a side, instead of four. Another game was played by two. Fifty small pieces of wood, placed upright in a row in the ground, at distances of two inches apjirt, formed the score. The players were provided with a number of pieces of split reed, blackened on one side; these were thrown, points "' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 215. For other descriptioncLof ceremony observed at age of puberty, see: Hoffman, in San Francisco Medical Preaa, vol. vi., pp. 150-1; McKinstry, in San Francisco Herald, June, 1853. 173 ' I'f^fQ en la Misiou de 8. Antonio se pudo nlgo averiguar, pues avi- sando ii los Padres, que en una de las casns de los Neofltos se habian metido dos Gentiles, el uno con el traje natural de alios, y el otro con el trage de muger, expresandolo con el nombre de Joya (que dicen llamarlos asi en su lengua nativa) fue luego el P. Misiont-ro con el Cabo y nn Soldado 4 la casa a ver lo que buscabon. y los hallaron en el acto de pecado nefando. Casti- g4ronloa, aunque no con la pena merecida, y afearonles el hecho tan enorrae ; y respondio el Gentil, que aquella Joya era su muger. . . .Solo en el tramo de la Canal de Santa Barbara, se hallan muchos Joyas, pues raro es el Pueblo donde no se vean dos 6 tres.* Palou, Vida de Junlpero Serra, p. 222. ' \sl en esta rancheria como en otros de la canal, hemos visto algunos gentiles con traje de muger con sus naguitas de gamusa, y muy engruesadasy limpias; no hemos podido entender lo que significa, ni k que fin.' Crespi, in Doc. Hist. Mex., gerie iv., torn, vi., p, 325. See als' Boscana, in Holnnson's Life in Col., pp. 283-4; Mofras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 371; Torquemada, Monarq Ind., tom. ii., pp. 427; Fages, In Nouvellta Atmaies deaVoy., 1844, tom. ci., p. 173. 416 OALIFOBNIANS. down, on the ground, and the thrower counted one for every piece that remained white Hide uppermost; if he gained eight he was entitled to another throw. If the pieces all fell with the blackened side up they counted also. Small pieces of wood placed against the upright pegs, marked the game. They reckoned from opposite ends of the row, and if one of the players threw just so many as to make his score exactly meet that of his oppo- nent, the former had to commence again. Throwing lances of reed through a rolling hoop was another source of amusement. Professional singers were employed to furnish music to a party of gamblers. An umpire was engaged, whose duty it was to hold the stakes, count the game, prevent cheating, and act as referee ; he was also expected to supply wood for the fire. When they were not eating, sleeping, or gambling, they were generally dancing; indeed, says Father liosca- na, " such was the delight with which they took jMirt in their festivities, that they often continued dancing day and night, and sometimes entire weeks." They danced at a birth, at a marriage, at a burial ; they danced to propitiate the divinity, and they thanked the divinity for being propitiated by dancing. They decorated them- selves with shells and beads, and painted their bodies with divers colors. Sometimes head-dresses and petticoats of feathers were worn, at other times they danced naked. The women painted the upper part of their bodies brown. They frequently danced at the same time as *' le men, but seldom with them. Time was kept by singers, and the rattling of turtle-shells filled with pebbles. They were good actors, and some of their character-dances were well executed; the step, however, like their chanting, was monotonous and unvarying. Many of their dances were extremely licentious, and were accompanied with ob- scenities too disgusting to bear recital. Most of them were connected in some way with their superstitions and religious rites."* "* * In some tribes the men and the women nnite in the dance; in others the men alone trip to the music of the women, whose songs are by no means CUSTOMS AND SCPEBSTITIONS. 4lf These people never wandered far from their own terri- tory, and knew little or nothing of the nations lying be- yond their immediate neiglibors. Mr lleid relates that one who traveled some distance beyond the limits of his own domain, returned with the report that he had seen men whose ears descended to tlieir hips; then he had met with a race of Lilliputians ; and finally had reached a people so subtly constituted that they " would take a rabbit, or other animal, and merely with the breath, in- hale the essence ; throwing the rest away, which on ex- amination proved to be excrement." They had a great number of traditions, legends, and fables. Some of these give evidence of a powerful imagi- nation ; a few are pointed with a moral ; but the majority are puerile, meaningless, to us at least, and filled with obscenities. It is said th'',t, in some parts, the Southern Oalifomians are great aiiake-charmers, and that they allow the repti' 'to wind themselves about their bodies and bite them, with impunity. Feuds between families are nursed for generations; the war is seldom more than one of words, however, un- less a murder is to be avenged, and consists of mutual vituperations, and singing obscene songs about each other. Friends salute by inquiries after each other's health. On parting one says ' I am going,' the other answers ' go.' They are very superstitious, and believe in all sorts of omens and auguries. An eclipse frightens them beyond measure, and shooting stars cause them to fall down in the dust and cover their heads in abject terror. Many of them believe that, should a hunter eat meat or fish which he himself had procured, his luck would leave unpleasant to the ear.' McKinslry, in S. Francisco Herald, June 1853. 'In their religious ceremonial dances they differ much. While, in some tribes, all unite to celebrate them, in others, men alone are allowed to dance, while the women assist in singing.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 214-15. '^^ 'La danse est executee par deux couples au son d'une esp^ce de flAte, le» ftutres restent simples spectateurs et se coatentent d'augmenter le bruit en frappant des roseaux sees ' Foiiits, in Nouvelles Annales dea Voy., 1844, tom. ci., p. 176; Bonrana, in liobinsm's Life in Cul., pp. 289-95; Schoolcr(\t't's Arch., vol. v.. pp. 214-15; McKinstry', in 8. Francisco Herald, Ju^e 1853; Reid, in Loa Atu/eks Utar; C'respi, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., tom. vi., p. 322. Vol. I. 27 418 CAIl^'ORNIANS. him. For this reason they generally hunt or fish in pairs, and when the day's sport is over, each takes what the other has killed. Living as they do from hand to mouth, content to eat, sleep, and dance away their exis- tence, we cannot expect to find much glimmering of tlie simpler arts or sciences among them. Their year begins at the winter solstice, and they count by lunar months, so that to complete their year they luo obliged to add several supplementary days. All those months have symbolic names. Thus December and January are called the month of cold; February and March, the rain; March and April, the first gniss; April and May, the rise of waters; May and June, the month of roots; June and July, of salmon fishing; .luly and August, of heat; August and September, of wild fruits; September and October, of bulbous roots; Octol)er and November, of acorns and nuts; November and Decem- ber, of bear and other hunting. Sorcerers are numerous, and as unbounded confidence is placed in their power to work both good and evil, their influence is great. As astrologers and soothsayers, they can tell by the appearance of the moon the most propitious day and hour in which to celebrate a feast, or attack an enemy. Sorcerers also serve as almanacs for the people, as it is their duty to note by the aspct of the moon the time of the decease of a chief or prominent man, and to give notice of the anniversary when it comes round, in order that it may be duly celebrated. They extort black-mail from individuals by threatening tliem with evil. The charm which they use is a ball nmdo of mescal mixed with wild honey; this is carried under the left arm, in a small leather bag, — and the spell is effected by simply laying the right hand ujwn this bag, Neither does their power end here; they hold intercourse with supernatural beings, metamorphose themselves at will, see into the future, and even control the elements. They are potent to cure as well as to kill. For all complaints, as usual, they ' put forth the charm of woven paces and of waving hands,' and in some cases add other reme- MEDICAL TREATMENT. 419 (lies. For internal complaints they prescribe cold baths ; wounds and sores are treated with lotions and poultices of crushed herbs, such as sage and rosemary, and of a kind of black oily resin, extracted from certain seeds. Other maladies they affirm to be caused by small pieces of wood, stone, or other hard substance, which by some means have entered the flesh, and which they pretend to extnict by sucking the affected part. In a case of paraly- sis the stricken parts were whipped with nettles, lilisters are raised by means of dry paste made from nettle-stalks, placed on the bare flesh of the patient, set on fire, and allowed to burn out. Cold water or an emetic is used for fever and like diseases, or, sometimes, the sufterer is placed naked upon dry sjind or ashes, with a fire close to his feet, and a bowl of water or gruel at his head, and there left for nature to take its course, while his friends and relatives sit round and howl him into life or into eternity. Snake-bites are cured by an internal dose of ashes, or the dust found at the lK)ttom of ants' nests, and an external application of herbs."" The medicine-men fare better here than their northern brethren, as, in the event of the non-recovery of tlieir patient, the death of the latter is attributed to the just uniier of their god, and consequently the physician is not held responsible. To avert the displeasure of the divinity, and to counteract the evil influence of the sor- cerers, regular dances of propitiation or deprecation are held, in which the whole trilw join.'" The temescal, or sweat-h6use, is the same here as else- where, which renders a description urniecessary."" The '"' MitfroH, Kxplor., torn, ii., p. IWO. ' When the new year boRun, no th()U){ht w»H ^iven to the pnnt; ami on Uiis ncconnt, even ainon<;;st the numt iiitclli(,'cnt, they could not tell the number of yearn whieli hail transpired, wlii'U lieHirouH of giviug an idea of any teuioto evjuit.' Hoscana, in UobvisDn's lifi' in Cat., p. 303. 177 ' puf Gnnorrhnia they used a strong deeoction of an herb that rtowh Very plentifully here, nud Ik called by thi- Spanish "chancel aRua," and wild I>ii,'i'on manure, rolled ujt into pillH, The decoction iK a very bitter aHtriiiKcnt, ami may cure Home HoreK, but that it fadx in many, I have nnileniable proof. Ill Hyphilis they use the actual cautery, a living coal of tire applied to the chaucer, and a decoction of an her>). siiid to be Homcithin^' like HarHaparilla, culled roHia.' Unffmnn, in San Fmwvtfo Meiliral I'rrHs, vol. v. p. IW-K. "" I am indebted (or the only information of value relating to the medi- cal uHagen of the Houthurn Califuruiu trilniH, to lioscana's MS., literally trantt- II ! m 420 CALIFOENIANS. dead were either burned or buried. Father Boscana says that no particular ceremonies were observed during the burning of the corpse. The body was allowed to lie untouched some days after death, in order to be certain that no spark of life remained. It was then borne out and laid upon the funeral pyre, which was ignited by a person specially appointed for that purpose. Everything belonging to the deceased was burned with him. When all was over the mourners betook themselves to the out- skirts of the village, and there gave vent to their lamen- tation for the space of three days and nights. During this period songs were sung, in which the cause of the late death was related, and even the progress of the disease which brought him to his grave minutely de- scribed in all its stages. As an emblem of grief the hair was cut short in proportion to nearness of relation to or aftection for the deceased, but laceration was not resorted to.*** Mr Taylor relates that the Santa Inez Indians buried their dejul in regular cemeteries. The body was placed in a sitting posture in a box made of slabs of claystone, and interred with all the eft'ects of the dead jierson."' According to Reid, the natives of Los Angeles County waited until the body began to show signs of decay and then bound it together in the shajie of a ball, and buried it in a place set apart for that purjwse, with ofterings of seeds contributed by the family. At the first news of his death all the relatives of the deceased gath- ered together, and mourned his departure with groans, each having a groan peculiar to himself The dirge was presently changed to a song, in which all united, while an accompaniment was whistled through a deer's leg- bone. The dancing consisted merely in a monotonous lated by Robinson in his Life in Cal., pp. 310-14, nnd also given in substiiiu i' in Mofr as, Explor., torn, ii., pp. 378-9, nnd to lieid's puners on U»e Indians df Los Angeles County, in the Los An. 146,255, 410; Ilik'sElhnoih, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 219; Parker's Explor. Tour., pp. '228-9, 231; Irvinn's Astoria, p. 279; Stuart, in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1822, torn, xiii., p. 50; Biijler'a Early Duysin Utah and Nevada, MS.; Knight's Piitivcr Life, MS. m Ji^my and Brenchley's Jour., vol. ii., p. 407; Heap's Cent. Route, p. 09; Thornion's Oi/n. and Col., vol. i., p. 171. Vol. I. 38 4M CALIFORNIANS. is observed by the Shoshones.*'" The pipe, the bowl of which is usually of red stone, painted or carved with various figures and adorned with feathers, is solemnly passed from mouth to mouth, each smoker blowing the smoke in certain directions and muttering vows at the same time. The only tools used before iron and steel were intro- duced by the whites were of flint, bone, or horn. The flint knife had no regular form, and had a sharp edge about three or four inches long, which was renewed whoii it became dull. Elk-horn hatchets, or rather wedges, were used to fell trees. They made water-proof baskets of plaited grass, and others of wicker-work covered with hide. The Snakes and some of the Utahs were verseil in the art of pottery, and made very good vessels from baked clay. These were not merely open dishes, but often took the form of jars with narrow necks, having stoppers.^* ioo ' Taking an enemy's scalp is an honour quite independent of the act of vanquishing him. To kill your adversary is of no importance unless the scalp is brought from the field of battle, and were a warrior to slay any number of bis enemies in action, and others were to obtain the scalps or first touch the dead, they would have all the honours, since they have borne oflf the trophy.' Lewis and Clarke's Trav., p. 309; see also p. 2C5. The Utiihs ' will devour the heart of a brave man to increase their courage, or cho)) it up, boil it in soup, engorge u ladleful, and boast they have drunk the etip- my's blood.' Burton's City of the Saints, p. 581; see also p. 140. The lltnliH never carry arrows when they intend to fight on horseoack. Jlrnp's Cent. Route, p. 77; see also p. 100; liemy and Brenchley's Jouni., pp. 97, 99; iS7(Ih,s- hury's Rent., p. 81; Z)e Sinet, Voy , pp. 28-9; lioss' Fur Hunters, vol. i., p. 275, vol. 11., pp. 93-6; Bulfinch's dngon, p. 129; Farnlmn's Trav., p. 3C. *" The pipe of the chief ' was made of a dense transparent green stone, very highly polished, about two and a half inches long, and of an oval fiRure, the bowl being in the same situation with the stem. A small piece of burnt clay is placed in the bottom of the bowl to separate the tobacco from the I'nd of the stem.' Lewit and Clarke's Trav., p. 267. Pots made of 'a stone found in the hills. . . .which, though soft and white in its natural state, becomes very hard and black after exposure to the fire.' Id., p. 312. 'These vessels, although rude and without gloss, are nevertheless strong, and reflect much credit on Indian ingenuity.' Ross' Fur Hunters, vol. i, p. 274. Pipe-stenw ' resemble a walking-stick more than anything else, and they are genernlly of ash, and from two-and-a-half to three feet long.' Id., vol. ii., p. 109. ' Cooking vessels very much resembling reversed bee-hives, made of basket work covered with buffalo skins.' Domenech's Deserts, vol, ii., p. 244. Stiins- bury discovered pieces of broken Indian pottery and obsidian about Suit Lake. Stansbury's Rept., p. 182. The material of baskets ' was mostly willow twig, with a layer of gum, probably from the pine tree.' Burton's City <»/ '/"' Saints, p. 573, The Utahs 'manufacture very beautiful and servicciililf blankets,' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol, v , p. 200. 'Considering that they have nothing but stone hammers and flint knive i it is truly wonderful to see the LAWS AND GOVERNMENT, 435 Boats, as a rule, the Shoshones have none. They usually cross rivers by fording; otherwise they swim, or pass over on a clumsy and dangerous raft made of branches and rushes.*** By way of compensation they all, except the poorest, have horses, and these constitute their wealth. T^ey have no regular currency, but use for purposes of barter their stock of dried fish, their horses, or whatever skins and furs they may possess. They are very deliberate traders, and a solemn smoke must invariably precede a bargain.*" Although ejich tribe has an ostensible chief, his power is limited to giv- ing advice, and although his opinion may influence the triiae, yet he cannot compel obedience to his wishes. Every man does as he likes. Private revenge, of course, occasionally overtakes the murderer, or, if the sympa- thies of the tribe be with the murdered man, he may possibly be publicly executed, but there are no fixed laws for such cases. Chieftainship is hereditary in some tribes; in others it is derived from prestige.*** The Utahs do not hesitate to sell their wives and chil- exquisite finish and neatness of their implements of war and hunting, as well as their ear-rings and waist-bunds, made of an amalgam of silver and lead.' Prince, in Val. Farmer, Oct. 18, 1861. 'Les Indiens en font des jarres, des pots, des plats de diverses formes. Ces vaisseaux communiquent nne odenr et une saveur tres-agreables a tout ce qu'ils renferment; ce qui pro- vient sans donte de la dissolutiou de quelque substance bitumineuse contenue dans I'argile.' Stuart, in NouwUes Annalesaen Voy., 1821, tom. xii., p. 83. ' The pipes of these Indians are either made of wood or of red earth; sometimes these earthen pipes are exceedingly valuable, and Indians have been known to give a horse in exchange for one of them.' Remy and Brencfdey'a Joum., vol. i., p. i30; Parker's Explor. Tour, pp. 128-32, 228-&, 234. 2«* Ross' Fiir Hanterx, vol. i., p. 274. ""^ Among the Snakes in Idaho garments of four to five beaver-skins were sold for a knife or an awl, and other articles of fur in proportion. Horses were purchased for an axe each. A shin of seventy-four guns might have been loaded with provision, such as driea bufi'alo, bought with buttons and rings. Articles of real value they thus disposed of cheaply, while articles of comparatively no value, such as Indian head-dress and other curioHities, were held high. A beaver-skin could thus be had for a brass-ring, while n necklace of bears' claws could not be purchased for a dozen of the same rings. Axes, knives, ammunition, beads, buttons and rings, were most in demand. Clothing was of no value: a knife sold for as much ns a blanket; and an ounce of vermilion was of more value than a yard of fine cloth. Roiis' Fur HrinterH, vol. i., pp. 257-9. Sec further, I^wis ami Clarke'n Trav., p. 31(>; Town.iend'n Nar., pp. 133, 138; Prince, in Cal. Famter, Oct. 18, 1861; Fam- ham's Trav., p. fil. «M ' They inflict no penalties for minor ofTences, except loss of character and disfellowship.' Prince, in Cal. Fhrmer, Oct. 18, 1861; Ijcwis and Clarkt'a Trav., pp. 306-7; Renty and Brenchley'a Joum., vol. i., p. 128. i 436 CALIFORNIANS. dren into slavery for a few trinkets. Great numbers of these unfortunates are sold to the Navajos for blankets. An act which passed the legislature of Utah in 1852, legalizing slavery, sets forth that from time immemorial slavery has been a customary traffic among the Indians; that it was a common practice among them to gamble away their wives and children into slavery, to sell tliem into slavery to other nations, and that slaves thus ob- tained were most barbarously treated by their masters; that they were packed from place to place on mules; that these imfortunate humans were staked out to grass and roots like cattle, their limbs mutilated and swollen from being bound with thongs; that they were frozen, starved, and killed by their inhuman owners; that fam- ilies and tribes living at peace would steal each other's wives and children, and sell them as slaves. In view of these abuses it was made lawful for a probate judge, or selectmen, to bind out native captive women and chil- dren to suitable white persons for a term not to exceed twenty years.'*' Pol^^gamy, though common, is not universal ; a wife is generally bought of her parents ;*" girls are frequently betrothed in infancy; a husband will prostitute his wife to a stranger for a trifling present, but should she U) unfaithful without his consent, her life must pay the forfeit. The women, as usual, suffer very little from the pains of child-bearing. When the time of a Shoshone woman's confinement draws near, she retires to some secluded place, brings forth unassisted, and remains there III' ii *» ' It is virtuous to seize and ravish the women of tribes with whom they are at war, often among themselves, and to retain or sell them and their children as slaves.' Drews' Otoyhee Recon., p. 17. The Pi-Edos 'borter their children to the Utes proper, for a few trinkets or bits of clothing, by whom they are again sold to the Navajos for blankets.' Simpson's Route to Cat., p. 46. ' Some of the minor tribes in the southern part of the Territory (Utah). near New Mexico, can scarcely show a single squaw, having traded them otT for horses and arms.' Burton's City of the fl, p. 133. 'Our Pi-Uto has a peculiar way of getting a foretaste of connubial bliss, cohabiting experimentiuly with his in- tended for two or three days previous to the nuptial ceremony, at the end of which time, either party can stay further proceedings, to indulge other trials until a companion more congenial is found. ' Farley, in .San Francisco Medical Prm, vol. lii., p. 155; Leiois and Clarke's Trau., pp. 307-8, 315; De 8mel, y<>y-, p. 27. ""* The Snakes ' ont une sorte de tabao sauvage qui croit dans les plaines contigutis aux montagucs du Spanish-River, il a les feuilles plus etroitts que I:.- 488 GALIFOBMIANS. have many strange observances. Wb^n the pipe is passed round at the solemnization of a treaty, or the confirmation of a bargain, each smoker, on receiving it from his neighbor, makes different motions with it ; one turns the pipe round before placing the stem to his lips; another describes a semicircle with it; a third smokes with the bowl in the air; a fourth with the bowl on the ground, and so on through the whole company. All this is done with a most grave and serious countenance, which makes it the more ludicrous to the looker-on. The Snakes, before smoking with a stranger, always draw off their moccasins as a mark of Tesi)ect. Any great feat performed by a warrior, which adds to his reputa- tion and renown, such as scalping an enemy, or success- fully stealing his horses, is celebrated by a change of name. Killing a grizzly bear also entitles him to this honor, for it is considered a great feat to slay one of these formidable animals, and only he who has performed it is allowea to wear their highest insignia of glory, the feet or claws of the* victim. To bestow his name u[)on a friend is the highest compliment that one man can offer another. The Snakes, and some of the Utahs, are skillful riders, and possess good horses. Their horse-furniture is sim- ple. A horse-hair or raw-hide lariat is fastened round the animal's neck; the bight is passed with a single half- hitch round his lower jaw, and the other end is held in the rider's hand; this serves as a bridle. When the horse is turned loose, the lariat is loosened from his jaw and allowed to trail from his neck. The old men and le ndtre, il est plus agr^able k famer, ses effets etant bien moins violeuH.' Stuart, in .VouweWes Annates des Voy., 1821, torn. xii. . pp. 82-3. Tae Kinik-kiuik * they obtain from three different plimta. One is a Cornus, resembling our Gornitif aanguinea; after having detached the epidermic cuticle, they scriipe the bark and dry it, when it is ready for nse. Another is a Vacciniuiu with red berries; they gather the leaves to smoke them when dry; the third iH n ■mall shrub, the fruit and flower of which I have never seen, but resembloH certain species of Daphnads (particularly that of Kauai), the leaves of which are in like manner smoked.' tiemy and Brenchley's Joum , vol. i., p. 130; nee also p. 132; Ross' Fur Hunters, vol. i.. p. 260, Lewis and Clarke's Trav., p. 80ft; Fremont's Explor. Ex., p. 174; De Smet, Voy., pp. 25-C. Parker's Erj^lor. Tour, pp. 228-9, 237, 242-3. DISEASES AND BURIAL. the women have saddles similar to those used for pack- ing by the whites; they are a wooden frame made of two pieces of thin board fitting close to the sides of the horse, and held together by two cross-pieces, in shape like the legs of an isosceles triangle. A piece of hide is placed between this and the horse's back, and a robe is thrown over the seat when it is ridden on. The younger men use no saddle, except a small pad, girthed on with a leather thong. When traveling they greatly overload their horses. All the household goods and pro- visions are packed upon the poor animal's back, and then the women and children seat themselves upon the pile, Hometimes as many as four or five on one horse.** The poorer Utahs are very subject to various diseases, owing to exposure in winter. They have few, if any, efficient remedies. They dress wounds with pine-gum, after squeezing out the blood. The Snakes are much affected by rheumatism and consumption, caused chietly by their being almost constantly in the water fishing, and by exposure. Syphilis has, of course, been ex- tensively introduced among all the tribes. A few plant« aftd herbs are used for medicinal purposes, and the medi- cine-men practice their wonted mummeries, but what particular means of cure they adopt is not stated by the authorities. 1 find no mention of their having sweat- houses."" Concerning the disposal of the dead usage differs. In some parts the body is burned, in others it is buried. In either case the property of the deceased is destroyed at his burial. His favorite horse, and. in some instances, 809 < En fleux occasions diverses, je comptai cinq personnes ainsi mon- tees, dont deux, certes, paraissaient aussi capables, chacune a elle seule, de porter la panvre bete, que le cheval etait a meine de supporter leura poids.' De Sniet, Voy., p. 127; Letcis and Clarke's Trav., pp. 266, 309-11, 31G: Graves, iu Ind. Aff. Rept., 1851, p. 178. »'o ' With strong constitutions generally, they either die at once or readily recover.* Burton's City of the Saints, p. 581. 'There is no lack of pulmonary difficulties among them.' Farley, in San Francisco Mediml Press, vol. lii., p. 155. Syphilis usually kills them. Lewis and Clarke's Trat\, p. 316. 'The >:onvollaria stellata is the best remedial plant known among those Indians.' FremoiU's Explor. Ex., p. 273; Davies, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1861, p. 132; Princt, in C(d. Farmer, Oct. 18, 1861; Coke's Rocky Mts., p. 276: Parker's Explor. Tour., pp. 228-9, 240-2. MO OALIFOBNIANS. his favorite wife, are killed over his grave, that he may not be alone in the spirit land. Laceration in token of grief is universal, and the lamentations of the dead per- son's relatives are heard for weeks after his death, and are renewed at intervals for many months. Child-like in this, they rush into extremes, and when not actually engaged in shrieking and tearing their flesh, they appear perfectly indifferent to their loss.''" The character of the better Shoshone tribes is not much worse than that of the surrounding nations; they are thieving, treacherous, cunning, moderately brave after their fashion, fierce when fierceness will avail them anything, and exceedingly cruel. Of the miserable root and grass eating Shoshones, however, oven this much cannot be said. Those who have seen them unani- mously agree that they of all men are lowest. Lying in a state of semi-torpor in holes in the ground during the winter, and in spring crawling forth and eating grass on their hands and knees, until able to regain their feet; having no clothes, scarcely any cooked food, in many instances no weapons, with merely a few vague imagin- ings for religion, living in the utmost squalor and filth, putting no bridle on their passions, there is surely room for no missing link between them and brutes."'' Yet as lit * The Yntas make their graves high up the kanyons, usually in clefts of rock.' Burton's City of the Saintu, p, 150. At the obsequies of a chief of the Timpenaguchya tribe ' two squaws, two Pa Yuta children, and fifteen of his best horses composed the "customs."' /(/., p. 577. 'When a death takes place, they wrap the body in a skin or hide, and drag it by the leg to a (crave, which is heaped up with stones, as a protection against wild beasts.' Id., p. 582; Jiemi/ and Jirenchley'a Jottm., vol. i., pp. 131, 345; De Smet, Voy., p. 28; Domenecli}s Deserts, vol. ii., pp. 359, 363. »'* The Shoshones of Carson Valley ' are very rigid in their morals, 'lie- my and Bretichley's Joum., vol. i., p. 85. At Haw's Itanch, ' honest and trust- worthy, but lazy and dirty.' Id., p. 123. These Kusi-Utahs 'were very inof- fensive and seemed perfectly guileless.' Id., vol. ii., p. 412. The Piii-uehes are considered as mere dogs, the refuse of the lowest order of humanity. Famltam's Life attd Adven., p. 376. The Timpanigos Yutas ' are a noble rnco brave and hospitable.' Id., p. 371. The Pi-utes are 'the most degraded nnd least intellectual Indians known to the trappers.' Farnliam's Trav., p. 58. * The Snakes are a very intelligent nice.' Id., p. 62. The Bonnacks are ' a treacherous and dangerous race.^ Id., p. 76. 'i'he Pi-Edes are ' timid and dejected;' the Snakes are ' fierce and warlike;' the Tosawitches ' very treach- erous;' the Bannacks 'treacherous;' the Washoes 'peacable, but indolent.' Simpson's Route to Cat., p. 45-9. The Utahs 'are brave, impudent, ond war- like. . . .of a revengeful disposition.' ©roues, in Ind Aff. litpt., 1854, p. 178. SHOSHONE CHABACTEB. 441 in all men there stands out some prominent good, so in these, the lowest of humanity, there is one virtue: they are lovers of their country ; lovers, not of fair hills and fertile valleys, but of inhospitable mountains and barren plains; these reptile-like humans love their mis- erable burrowing-places better than all the comforts of ' Industrious.' Annstron'i, in Id., 1850, p. 233. ' A race of men whoDo cruelty is soiirccly ii Btride removed from that of canuibal'sm.' Hurt, in Id., p. '231. 'The Piih-utes are undoubtedly the uiuHt interesting and docile Indiana on the continent.' Dwhj", in /(/., 1859, p. 374. The I'tidis are 'fox-like, crafty, and cunning.' ArchuMa, in Id., 18C5, p. Ifi7. The Ti-Utes are 'teachable, kind, and industrious scrupulously chaste in all their intercourse.' I'urk- er, in /t()i)i'.s Orefion, )>. 325. ' The Snakes are a very intelligent race.' 117ii7e'.s 0(7n., p. 379. The Pi-utes * are as degraded a class of humanity as can be found upon the earth. The male is proud, sullen, intensely insolent. . . They will not steal. The women are chaste, at least toward their white brethren.' Farkij, in San Francinco Mfdiml Jour., vol. iii., p. 151. The Snakes have l>een considered ' as rather a dntl and degraded people . . weak in iutetleet, and wanting in courage. And this opinion is very probable to a casual observer at tir.st sight, or when seen in small numbers; for their apparent timidity, grave, and reserved habits, give them an air of stupidity. An intimate knowledge of the Snake charac- ter will, however, place them on an equal footing with that of other kindred nations, either east or west of the mountains, Iwth in respect to their men- tal faculties and moral attributes.' Rosa' Fur Hunters, vol. ii., p. 151. 'Leg Sum|)ectche8, les Pagouts et les Ampayouts sont .... un peuple plus misera- ble, plus degrade et plus pauvre. Les Fran<;ais les appellent communement les Dignes-de-pitie, et ce nom leur convient a mcrveille.' DeHniet, ^oy., p. 28. The Utahs ' paraissent doux et affables, tres-polis et hospitallers jxiur les etrangers, et charitables entre eux.' Id., p. 30. 'The Indians of Utah ore the most miserable, if not the most degraded, beings of all the vast Amer- ican wilderness.' Lomeruich's Descrti, vol. ii., \). 64. The Utahs 'possess a capacity for improvement whenever circumstances favor them.' Scenes in the Rooky Ms., p. 180. The Snakes are 'la plus mauvaise des races des Peaux-Bouges que j'ai frequentees. lis sont aussi ])aresseux que pen pre- yoyants.' Saint-Amant, Voy., p. 3.5. The Shoshones of Idaho are 'highly intelligent and lively the most virtuous and unsophisticated of all the Indians of the United States.' Taylor, in Cal. Farmer, April 27, 1860. The Waahoes have ' superior intelligence and aptitude for learning.' Id., June 14, 1801; see also Id., June 26, 1803. The Nevada Shoshones 'are the most pure and uncorrupted aborigines upon this continent. . . .they are scrupu- lously clean in their persons, and chaste in their habits though whole families live together, of all ages and both sexes, in the same tent, im- nioraiity and crime are of rare occurrence.' Prince, in Id., Oct. 18, 1861. The Bannacks 'are cowardly, treacherous, filthy and indolent.' SchmlcrajVs Arih., vol. iv., p. 223. The Utahs are predatory, voracious and perfidious. Plunderers ami murderers by habit when their ferocity is not excited. 449 CALIFORNIANB. I I civilization; indeed, in many instances, when detained by force among the whites, they have been known to pine away and die. their suspicionx are ro great as to render what they say unreliable, if tlioy do not remain altogether uncommunicative.' Id., vol. v., pp. 197-8. The Pn-Vants ' are as brave and improvable as their neighbours are mean and vile.' Burton'n Vitp of the Saints, p. 577. 'The Yuta is less servile, and con- sequently has a higher ethnic status than the African negro; he will not toil, and he turns at a kick or a blow.' Id., p. 581. The Shoshokoes ' are hunii- less and exceedingly timid and shy.' Broicnell'a Ind. liacea, p. 538. Si J? I TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. To the NoBTHEBN Californians, whose territory extends from Bogiio River on the north to Eel Biver south, and from the Pacific Ocenn to the Californian boundary east, including the Klamath, and other lakes, are an- sigued, according to the authorities, the following tribal bouiulaiies: There are ' the Hoopahs, and the Ukiahs of Mendocino;' ' the Unipquas, KowooseH or Gooses, Macanootoony's of the Umpqua river section, Nomee Cults, and Nomee Lacks of Tehama County; the Copahs, Hanags, Yatuckets, Tentnrs and Tolowas, of the lower Klamath river; the Wylaks and Noobimucks of Trinity county mountains west from Sacramento plains; the Modocs of Klamath Lake, the Ylackas of Pitt Biver, the Ukas and Shastas of Shasta county.' Taylor, in Cal. Fartner, Jwie 8, 1860. 'The Tototins are divided into twelve bands; eight of them are located on the coast, one on the forks of the Coquille, and three on Bogue river.' * The Tototins, from whom is derived the generic name of the whole people speaking the language, reside on the north bank of the Tototin river, about four miles from its mouth. Their country extends from the eastern bound- ary of the Yahshutes, a short distance below their village, up the strcnm about six miles, where the fishing-grounds of the Mackanotins commence.' 'The country of the Euquachees commences at the "Three Sisters," and extends along the coast to a point about three miles to the south of their village, which is on a stream which bears their name. The mining town of Elizabeth is about the southern boundary of the Euquachees, and is called thirty miles from Port Orford. Next southward of the Euquachees are the Yahshutes, whose villages occupy both banks of the Tototin or Bogue river, at its mouth. These people claim but about two and a half miles back from the coast, where the Tototin country commences. The Yahshutes claim the coast to some remarkable headlands, about six miles south of Bogue river. South of these headlands are the Chetlessentuns. Their village is north of, but near, the mouth of a stream bearing their name, but better known to the whites as Pistol river. The Chetlessentuns claim but about eight miles of the coast; but as the country east of them is uninhabited, 1.1«' others similarly situated, their lands are supposed to extend to the summit of the mountains. Next to the Chetlessentuns on the south are the AVi.sli- tenatins, whose village is at the mouth of a small creek bearing their name. NORTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 449) They claim the conntry to a sinall trading-post known afl the Whale'n Head, about twenty-seven miles south of the mouth of Rogue River. Next in order are the Cheattee or Chitco band, whose villages were situated on each Bide of the mouth, and about six miles up a small river bearing their name The lauds of these people extend from AVhale's Head to the California line, and back from the coast indefinitely. . .The Mai-kanotin village is about BPven miles above that of the Tototins, and is on the same side of the river. They claim about twelve miles of stream. The Shistakoostees succeed them (the Mackauotinti) . Their village is on the north bank of Rogue river, nearly uppoHite the confluence of the Illinois. These are the most easterly bund within my district in the South.' Farriah, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1854, pp. 288-9. ' Dr. Hubbard, in his notes (1856) on the Indians of Rogue River and South Oregon, on the ocean, before alluded to, gives the following list of names of Raneherias and clans of the Lototen or Tntatamys tribe. Masonah Band, location, Coquille river; Chockrelatan Band, location, Coquille forks; Qun- tomah Band, location, Flore's creek; Lagnaacha Band, location, Elk river; Cosulhcnten Band, location. Fort Orford; Ynquache Band, location, Yugua creek; Cbetlessenten Band, location. Pistol river; Yah Shutes Band, loca- tion, Rogue river; Wishtanatan Band, location. Whale's head; Cheahtoc Band, location, Chetko; Tototen Band, location, six miles above the mouth of Rogue river; Sisticoosta Band, location, above Big Bend, of Rogue river; Maqnelnoteer Baud, location, fourteen miles above the mouth of Rogue river.' Cat. Farmer, June 18, 1860. The Tutotens were a large tribe, num- bering thirteen clans, inhabiting the southern coast of Oregon. Goldtn Era, March, 1856. 'Toutounis on Coquina, sur la riviere de ce nom et dans Tin- terieur des terres.' Mofraa, Explor., tom. ii., p. 335. 'On the lower part of the Clamet River are the Totutune, known by the unfavorable soubriquet of the Rogue, or Rascal Indians.' IMe'a Ethnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 221. The bands of the Tootooton tribe * are scattered over a great extent of country — along the coast and on the streams from the California line to twenty miles north of the Coquille, and from the ocean to the summit of the coast range of mountains.' Palmer, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1854, p. 259. Taylor places the Tutunahs in the northwest comer of Del Norte County. JUS. Map. The Hunaa live in California a little south of Rogue River, on the way north from Crescent City. P/eiffer'a Secotid Joum., p. 314. Modoc, by some Moudoc, is a word which originated with the Shasteecas, who applied it indetlnitely to all wild Indians or enemies. ' Their proper habitat is on the southern shore of Lower Klamath Lake, on Hot Creek, around Clear Lake, and along Lost River in Oregon.' Powers, in Overland MimtUy, vol. x., p. 635. They own the Klamath River from the lake 'to where it breaks through the Siskiyou range to the westward.' Id., vol. xi., p. 21. In the northern part of Siskiyou County. MS. Map. 'The Modocs of the Klamath Lake were also called Moahtockna.' Cal. Farmer, June 2'2, 18G0. East of the Klamaths, whose eastern boundary is twenty-five or thirty miles east of the Cascade Range, along ^be southern boundary of Oregon, ' and extending some distance into California, is a tribe known as the Mo- docks. East of these again, but extending further south, are the Moetwas.' ' The country round Aucoose and Modoc lakes, is claimed and occupied by Ui TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. li the Modoo Indians.' Paimtr, in Ind. 4ff. Tttpt., 1864, pp. 2C3-3. 'The Mo. docH (or Moiidoo, aa the word is pronounced) known in their langnaga m the OlckowiHh, inhabit the Ooose lake conntry, and are moatly within the State of California The word Modoo iit a Hlmsta Indian word, and nitnng all distant, stranger, or hostile Indians, and became applied to these huliitng by white men in early days from hearing the Shastas speak of them.' Hee 8kde, in Ind. Af. R^pL, 1864, p. lai. The Oukskinala, in the north-western part of Siskiyou County. MS. Map. The Klamatlui or Zuttiawti— * Lutuami, or Tlamatl, or Clnmet Indiunn. The first of these names is the proper designation of the people in their own language. The second is that by which they are known to the C hi- nooks, and through them to .the whites. They live on the heitd waters of the river and about the lake, which have both received from forciguerg the name of ('lamet.' Hale's Elhnoij., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 'AH. That portion of the eastern base of the Cascade Range, south of the forty- fourth parallel, 'extending twenty-five or thirty miles east, and south to the California line, is the country of the Klamath Indians.' Palmer, in //i(/. Aff. Rtpl., 1854, p. 'i62. The Tlameths ' inhabit the country along the t iiKt- em base of the Cascade and Sierra Nevada Mountains, and south tu the Great Klameth Lake.' Thompson, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1854, p. '.;83. The Clamets inhabit 'Roquas River, near the south boundary' (of Orcgun). Warn an-l Vavwitur, in Martin's Hudson's Bay, p. 81. 'Lutuami, Clanitts; also Tlamatl — Indians of southwestern Oregon, near the Clamet Lake.' Ludeteig's Ah. Lanj., p. 100. 'Klamacs, sur la riviere de ce noui et dnns I'interieur des terres.' 2>e Mo/ras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 335. Clnmet: on the upper part of the river, and sixty miles below the lake so named. hVamhoise, in Land. Oeog. Soc. Jour., vol. xi., p. 255. 'Next east of the Shastus are the Klamath Lake Indians, known in their language as the Okshee, who inhabit the country about the Klamath lakes, and east about half way to the Goose Lake, to Wright Lake, and south to a line running about due east from Shosta Butte.' Steele, in Ind. Aff. Sept., 1864, pp. 120-1. -The name of Klamath or Tlamath, belonging to the tribes on the lake where the river rises, is not known among those farther down .... Thus, at the forks, the Weitspeks call the river below Pohlik, signifying down; and that above Fehtflik, or up; giving, moreover, the same name to the popuhition in speaking of them collectively. Three distinct tribes, speaking ditrereut languages, occupy its banks between the sea anil th«) mouth of the JSliaste, of which the lowest extends up to Bluff Cir Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 4i2; LuJticig's Ab. Lang., p. 200. The Oppegachs are a tribe at Red-Cap's Bar, on the Klamath River. Gibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 148. The lloopaha live 'am unteren Rio de la Trinidad, oder Trinity River.' Bmchmann, I)as Apache als eine Athhapask. S])r., p. 218. ' Indian tribe on tho lower part of the Trinity River.' Ludeicig's Ab. Lang., p. 82. The Hoopae live 'in Hoopa Valley, on the lower Trinity River.' Power's Powo, MS., p. 85. ' The lower Trinity tribe is, as well as tho river itself, known to the Klumnths by the name of Hoopah.' Gibbs, in S'-hoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii,, p. 139; see also p. 422. In the northern part of Klamath County. MS. Map. ' Upon the Trinity, or Hoopah, below the entrance of tho south fork or Otnhwciaket, there are said to be eleven ranches, the Okcnoko, Agiiraits, Uplegoh, Olleppauh'lkahtchtl and PepLtsoh; and the Haslintah, Ahel- tah, Hokeakeit, Tashhuanta, and Witspuk above it; A twelfth, the Meyem- ma, now burnt, was situated just above "New" or "Arkansas" River. Gibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 139. The Copahs, in the extreme north of Klamath county, north of tho Hooimhs. MS. Map. The Cops are mentioned as 'living near the Oregon ttud Ortlifomia coast frontiers,' in the Cresent City Herald, Awj., 18.,7. The Kaillas live on the south fork of Triuity River. Powers' J'onw, MS. The Pataways occupy the banks of the Trinity, from the vicinity of Big Bar to South Fork.' Poioera' P&nio, MS. i ua TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. The Chimalqauys lived on New River, a tributary of the Trinity. Poteers' Porno, MS. The Siahs ' occupied the tongue of land jutting down between Eel River, and Van Dusen's Fork.' Poveers' Porno, MS. The SianB or Sinhs lived on the headwaterH of Smith River. OVjbs, in Sclioolct-a/l's Arch., vol. iii., p. 139. The Ehneks, Eenahs, or Eenaghs, lived above the Tolewas on Smith River. Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 139.* Ebnck was the name of a band at the month of the Salmon or Quoratem River.' Id., p. 422; Lude- ici;/'s Ab. Lan;/., p. 67. Wishosk ' is the name given to the Bay (Humboldt) and Mad River Imli- ftUH by those of Eel River.' GWbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 422; LmIcwvi's Ab. Lang., p. 201. The Wevy(As are ' a band on the mouth of Eel River and near Humboldt Bay.' Ludewig's Ab. Lang., p. 200. The Humboldt Bay Indians call them- selves Wishosk; and those of the hills Teokawilk; 'but the tribes to the northward denominate both those of the Bay and Eel River, Weyot, or Walla- walloo.' Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 133. ' The Patawats live on the lower waters of Mad River, and around Hum- boldt Bay, as far south as Areata, perhaps originally as far down as Eureka.' Powers' Porno, MS. OsiKgon is the name given to the Indians of Gold Bluff, between Triuidad and the Klamath. Gibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 133. ' The Lassies formerly dwelt iu Mad River Valley, from the head waters down to Low Oap, or thereabout, where they borrowed on the Wheelcuttais.' Poicers' Porno, MS. Chori was the name given to the Indians of Trinidad by the Wceyots. Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 133. The Chillulalis 'occupied the banks of Redwood Creek, from the coast up about twenty miles.' Powers' Porno, MS. The Oruk, Tchololnh, or Bald Hill Indians, lived on Rer^'-'ood Creek. GWbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 139. The Wallies occupy the sandy country north of Humboldt Bay. Overland Monildy, vol. ii., p. 536. ' The WIveelcutlas had their place on the Upper Redwood Creek, from the land of the Chillulahs up to the mountains. They ranged across southward by the foot of the Bald Hills, which appear to have marked the bouudary between them and the Chillulahs in that direction; and penetrated to Van Dusen's Fork, anent the Siahs and Lassies, with whom they occasionally came in bloody collision.' Powers' Porno, MS. The I'eeards 'live around lower Humboldt Bay, and up Eel River to Eagle Prairie.' Powers' Porno, MS. The Shastas live to the south-west of the Lutuarais or Klamaths. Hiik'.f Eihnog., iu U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 218. ' Bastes, dans I'interieur au Nurd dela Califomie.' Mofras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 335. 'The Shasta Indians, known in their langmigo as Weohow— it meaning stone house, from thu larye cave in their country — occupy the land east of Shasta river, and south of the Siskiyou mountains, and west of the lower Klamath lake. ' ,Ste?/e, iu ]ud. Aff. JtepL, 1864, p. 120. The Shastas occupy the centre of the county of tliat THE CENTRAL CALIFORNIANS. M7 Overland el River to ths. 7/"'('.''- ur au Nord ,ta Iiulians, m the largt) iouth of tlie in 1ml. -I/. inty of tliat name. 3fS'. Map. ' Indiann of south-western Oregon, on the northern fron- tiers of Upper California. ' Ludewig'a Ab. Lanij., p. 168. Watsahewah is the name ' of one of the Scott River bands of the Shasta family.' Gibhs, in School- craft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 422. The name is spelled variously as Shasty, Sbaste, Soste, &c. The Palaiks live to the southeast of the Lutuamis or Klamaths. Ilak'a Ethnog,, in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 218. ' Indians of south-western Oregon, on the northern frontiers of Upper California.' Ltidewig's Ab. Lamj., p. 145. On the Klamath ore the Odeeilahs; in Shasta Valley the Ikarucks, Kose- tahs, and Idakariiikes; and in Scott's Valley the Watsahewas and Eehs. Oibbs, in Schooler. i/t'ti Arch., vol. iii., p. 171. ' The Hamburg Indians, known in their language as the Tko, inhabit im- mediately at the mouth of Scott's river, known in their language as the Otte- tiewa river.' Steele, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1864, p. 120. ' The Scott's Valley Indians, known in their language as the Iddoa, inhabit Scott's Valley above the caiion.' lb. The Yreka (u misnomer for Yeka — Shasta Butte) Indians, known in their language as the Hotcday, inhabit that part of the country lying south of Klamath river, and west of Shasta river.' lb. The Yuka or Uka tribe ' inhabited the Shasta Mountains in the vicinity of McCloud's fork of Pitt River.' C'al. Farmer, June 22, 18C0. The Ukas are directly south of the Modocs. MS. Map. 'The Yukeh, or as the name is variously spelt, Yuka, Yuques, and Uoa, are the original inhabitants of tha Nome-Cult, or Round Valley, in Tehama County and are not to be con- founded with the Ynkai Indians of Russian River.' Gibbs, in Hist. Mag., vol. vii., p. 123. 'The Noser or Noza Indians. .. .live in the vicinity of Lassen's Butte.' Siskiyoit Chronicle, May, 1859. The Ylakas are to the southeast of the Ukas. MS. Map. The Okntbal Cai.ifornian» occupy the whole of that portion of Cali- fornia extending north and south, from about 40- 30' to 35", and east and west, from the Pacific Ocean to the Calif ornian boundary. They are tri bally divided as follows: ' The Mattoles have their habitat on the creek which bears their name, and on the still smaller stream dignified with thr uppellatiou of Bear River. From the coast they range across to Ect Iliver, und by iniiaemorinl Indian usage and prescriptive right, they hold the westciu bunk of this river from about Eagle Prairie, where they border up a tli'^ Veeards, up southward to the mouth of South Fork.' Powers' Porno, MS. The Beiumkes live on the South Fork of Eel River. Gibhs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii,, p. 634. In the northern part of Mendocino County. MS. Map. The Choweshaks live on the head of Eel river. Gilibs, in Schoola-aft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 421. Tribes living on the Middle Fork of Eel River, in the valley called by the Indians Betumki were the Nabob Choweshak, Chawteuh Ba- kowa, and Samunda. H., p. 116. The Choweshaks lived on the head of Eel River. Ludeicig's j • .ng., p. 48. 'The Loloncooka live on Bull Creek and the lower South Fork of Eel ii 418 TBIBAL BOUKDARIES. Biver, owning the territory between those streams and the Pacific' Powna' Porno, MS. The Bakmdakaiees live in tl a valley of that name on the head of Eel ' Biver. Ludeteig'a Ab. Lang., p. 17. ' The Pomos consist of ' a great number of tribes or little bands, sometimes one in a valley, sometimes three or four, clustered in the region where the headwaters of Eel and Russian rivers interlace, along the estuaries uf the coast and around Clear Lake. Really, the Indians all along Russian river to its mouth are branches of this great fiimily, but below Calpello they no longer call themselves Pomos The broadest and most obvious division of this large family is, into Eel river Pomos and Russian river Pomos.' Powers, iu Overland MontMy, vol. ix., pp. 498-9. The Castel Pomos ' live between the forks of the river extending as fur south as Big Chamise and Blue Rock.' Id., p. 499. The Ki-Pomos ' dwell on the extreme headwaters of South Fork, ranging eastward to Eel River, westward to the ocean and northward to the Custel Pomos.' lb., MS. Map. ' The Cahto Pomos (Lake people) were so called from a little lake which formerly existed in the valley now called by their name.' Powers, in Overland Montldy, vol. ix., p. 500. The Choam Chadela Pomos (Pitch Pine People) live in Redwood Valley. Id., p. 504. The Matomey Ki Pomos (Wooded Vallsy People) live about Little Lake. lb. The Camalel Pomos (Coast People) or Usals live on Usal Creek. lb. The Shebalne Pomos (Neighbor People) live in Sherwood Valley, lb. The Pome Pomos (Earth People) live in Potter Valley. Besides the Pome Pomos there are two or three other little rancherias in Potter Vulley, each with a different name; and the whole body of them are called Ballu Ki Pomos (Oat Valley People). Id. The Camalel Pomos, Yonsal Pomos, and Bayma Pomos live on Ten Mile, and the country just north of it, in Mendocino County. Tobin, in Iml. Af. Repl., 1857, p. 405. ' The Salan Pomas are a tribe of Indians inhabiting a valley called Pot- ter's Valley.' Ford, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1856, ij. 257. The Nialibtlla Pomos live in the north-west of Mendocino County. MS. Map. The Uklahs live on Russian River in the vicinity of Parker's Piuuh. Gibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vo'. iii., p. 112, 421. ' The Yuka tribe an tliose mostly within and immediately adjoining the mountains.' Mendocino llmUl, March, 1871. The Ynkai live on Russian River. Ludewig's Ab. Ding , p. 2' 5. The Ukias are in the south-eastern part of Mendocino County. MS. Map. The Soteomellos or Sotomieyos ' lived in Russian River vulley . ' Cal. Fanner, March 30, 1860. The Shumeias ' lived on the extreme upper waters of Eel River, opiiosito Potter Valley.' Powers' Porno, MS. The Tahtoos 'Uve in the extreme upper end of Potter Valley.' lb. The Yeeaths live at Cape Mendocino. Tobin, in Ind. Aff. liepl., 1857, p. 40C. BVSSIAN BIYEB AND COAST TRIBES. «* The Kttahkish Indians live at Shelter Cove. Id., p. 405. The Comachos live in Russian River Valley, in Rancberia and Anderson Volleys. Potoera' Porno, MS. The Kajatschima, Makomas, and Japiama live in the Russian River Valley, north of Fort Ross. Boer, Slat, und Ethno., p. 80. The Odilinomtroa occupy Dry Creek Valley and Russian River Valley be- low Healdsburg. Poieera' Porno, MS. The Maaaila Magoona 'live along Russian river south of Cloverdale.' Id. The Rlncona live south of the Mnsalla Magoons. Id. The OitcUaUia live on Oualala or ^Vallalla Creek. Id. The Xahlohs, Carlotsnpos, Chowechaks, Chcdochogs, Choiteeu, Misalahs, Bacowas, Samindas, and Cachennhs, Tuwanahs, lived in the country between Fort Ross and San Francisco Bay. Oibba, in Schoolcraft' a Arch., vol. iii., p. C34. Chieacharttiiju (Russian Sevemovskia) or Northerners, is the name of one of the tribes in the vicinity of Fort Ross. Koatrornitonoip, in Baer, Stat, vnd Ethno.. 11. 80. ' Sevemovskia, Sevemozer, or "Northerners." Indians north of jiof!—^. jjiiy. They call themselves Chwachamaja.' Ludiwvj'a Ab. Lang., T/ie OUiiA'ntkea live at Bodega. Koatromitonow, in Baer, Stat, wnd Ethnog., p. 80; ^ML.ewii)'s Ab. Lang., p. 20. • The Kainamarea or Kainamenhs are at Fitch's Ranch, extending as far back ns Santa Rosa, down Russian River, about three leagues to Cooper's Kanch, and thence across the coast at Fort Boss, and for twenty-five miles above. Gibba, in Schooliraft'a Arch., vol. iii., p. 102. 'The Kanimares had rnneherias at Santa Rosa, Petaluma, or Pataloma, and up to Russian river.' Cat. Farmer, March 30, 1860. ' The proper name of Russian river in Sonoma valley is Canimairo after the celebrated Indians of those parts.' Id., June 8, 18t'>0. The Indians of the plains in vicinity of Fort Ross, call themselves Kninama. Kostroniitonow, in Baer, Slat, itnd Ethno., p. 80. The Kyanama- ras ' inhabit the section of country between the canon of Russian river and its mouth.' Ford, in Tnd. Aff. Rept., 1856, p. 257. The Tumalehniaa li-.i' on Bodega Bay. Oibbs, in Schoolcraft's Arch,, vol. iii., p. 102. The Socoas, Lamoi, wmi Sej,cos, live in Russian River Valley in the vicinity of the village of Siiaj 'i. Put: rs' Porno, MS. The Sonomcw, So.i-i.iiii or Sonomellos, lived at the embarcadero of So- noma. Cul. Farm*.-, Ji. ( * ; f.', ?.«60. The Sonomas lived in the south-eastern extremity of wliat is nov the county of Sonoma. MS Map. The Tc'.okoyent8 ii.i; ■ v bonoma valley. Oibbs, in Schoolcraft'a Arch., vol. iii., p. 421. The Chocuyens lived in the region now called Sonoma county, and from their chief the county takes its name. Croni.se's Nat. Wealth, p. 22. The word Sonoma means 'Valley of the Moon.' Tuthill'a Hist. Cal., p.301. The Tchokoyems live in Sonoma Valley. Ludewig's Ab. Lang., p. 184. 'The Timbalakeea lived on the west side of Sonoma valley." Cal. Farmer, ilarnh 30, 1860. The OuUlicaa lived 'northwest of Sonoma,' on the old Wilson ranch of 184G, lb.; MS. p. \or, i. j 460 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. The Kinklaa live in 39^ W north lat. and 122' 12' long. Wilkes' Kar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. v., p. 201. The Klinkas are a 'tribu fisee an nord dti Rio del Sacramento.' Mofras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 358. South of the Bogxie River Indians ' the population is very scanty until we arrive at the valley of the Sacramento, all the tribes of which are included by the tradery under the general name of Kinkla, which is probably, like Tliimatl, a term of Chi- nook origin.' Hale's Ethnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 221. The Talatui live 'on the Kassima Bive>, tributary to the Sacramento, on the eastern side, about eighty miles from its mouth.' Hale's Ethnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. C31. Ludevig's Ah. Lang., p. 180. The Oleepas live on Feather River, twenty miles above Marysville. Delano's Life on the Plains, p. 293. 'The Nemshous, as stattd by General Sutter, roamed (prior to 1846) be- tween the Bear and Amerii • ^ rivers; across the Sacramento were the Yolos and Colusas; north of the A., r '^ Tk were the Bashones. On the banks of the river north of Fort Hc^. 'amed the Yeshanncks, the Toascrlcin- nies and Youcoolumnies; bctwct i. e American (plain and hills) and the Mokalumne roamed the Wnlacumnies, Cosumnies, Solumnees, Mokelumneea, Snraminis, Yosumnis, Lacomnis, Kis Kies and Omochumuies.' Cal. Famter, June 8, 1860. The Golusas live in the north-eastern comer of Colusa County. The Yolos, in the northern part of the county of that name. AVcRt of thcin the Olashes. The Bushones in the south of Yolo County. The Nemskoos in the eastern part of Placer County. The Yukutneys north of them. The Vesnacks south-west of the Nemshoos. and north of the Fulpvnes. The Youcoulumnes and Cosumnes are in the eastern part of Amador county. The Mokelumnes south of them. The Yachachumnes west of the Mokolum- nes. MS. Map. ' Yolo is a corruption of the Indian Yoloy, which signified a region thick with rushes, and was the name of the tribe owning the tulc lands west of the Sacramento and bordering on Cache Creek.' Tuthill's Hist. Cal,, p. 301. The following are names of rancherias of taiae Indians or Neophytes in the Sacramento Valley; Sakisimme, Shonomnes, Tatvalemnes, Seywamenes, Mnkelemncs, Cosumne. Rancherias of wild Indians or Gen- tiles, are: Sagayacumne, Socklumnes, Olonutchamne, Newatchumnc, Yu- magatock, Shalachmushumne, Omatchamne, Yusumne, Yuleyumnc, Tiim- locklock, Sapototot, Y'ulesumne, Wapoomne, Kishey, Secumne, ruKhuiic, Gioksecumne, Nemshan, Paianshan, Ustu, Olash, Yukulme, Hock, Sishn, Mimal, Yulu, Bubu, Honcut. Indian Tribes of the Sacramento Valley, Mti. Tame Indians or Neophites: Lakisumne, Sbonomne, Fawalomnes, Mukecm- nes, Cosumne. Wild Indians or Gentiles: Sagayacumne, Locklomnec, Olo- nutchamne, Yumagatock, Shalachmushumne, Omutchamne, Yusumne, Yale- yumne, Yamlocklock, Lapototot, Yalesumne, Wajuomne, Kisky, Secnmne, Pushune, Oioksecumue, Nemshaw, Falanshawl Ustu, Olash, Yukulme, Hock, Lishu, Mimal, Ubu, Bubu, Honcut. Sutter's Estimate of Indian Populati ' The Suacols lived on the ranch of that name, and between Napa and Be- nicia.' C'. 'Cali- fornia Indians on the Bay of San Francisco, and formerly under the super- visions of the Mission Dolores. There were five tribes: Ashwashtes, OI- hones (called by the Spaniards Costanos, or Indians of the coast), Altahmos, Romonans, and Tulomos. A few other small tribes round the bay speak the same language.' Ludewig, Ab. Lang., p. 53. ' Um die Bai von San Francisco die MatalAnes, Salses nnd Qnir^les, deren Sprachen, eine gemeinsanie Quelle haben.' Miihlenpfordt, Mejico, vol. ii., pt. ii., p. 454. The Olchooes 'inhabit I \i I 4M TBIBAL BOUNDARIES. I :: the seacoast between San Francisco and Monterej-.' Beechey's Voy., toI. ii., p. 78. The Salsonas, ' viveu unas seis leguas distantes mmbo al Sueate (of San Francisco Bay) por las cercanias del brazo de mar.' Paiou, Vida dt Junipero Serra, p. 214. The Konkina formerly lived at the mouth of the San Joaquin. Kolxebue's New Voy., vol. ii., p. 141. ' The rancherias of Indians near this Mission, all within eight or ten miles of Santa Cruz, . . . were: Aulintac, the raucheria proper to the Mission ; CLa- lumti, one mile north-west of the Mission; Hottrochtac, two miles north- west; Wallanmai; Sio Gotchmin; Shoremee; Onbi; Choromi; Turnmi; Pajranmin; Shiuguermi; Hauzaumi. The Mission also had neophytes of the rancherias of Tomoy, Osacalis (Souqnel), Yennaba, Achilla, Yennata, Tejey, Nohioalli, Utalliam, Locobo, Yeunator, Chanech, Huocom, Chicutae, Aestaca, Saohaen, Hualquilme, Sagin, Ochoyos, Huachi, Apil, Mallin, Lu- ohasmi. Coot, and Agtism, as detailed in a letter from Friar Ramon Olbez to Governor de Sola, in November, 1819, in reply to a circular from him, ns to the native names, etc., of the Indians of Santa Cruz, and their rancherias.' Gal. Farmer, April 5, 1860. The Mulsunes are the natives of the Mission of San Juan Baptista. Cat. Farmer, Nov. 23, and Jutu 22, 1860; Hist. Mag., vol. i., p. 205. The Ansaynias lived in the vicinity of San Juan Bautista. Cal. Farmer, June 22, 1860. ' Four leagues (twelve miles) southeast of the Mission (Mon- terey), inside the hills eastward, was the rancheria of Echilat, called Snn Francisquita. Eslanngan was one on the east side of the river and Ecgeagnn was another; another was Ichenta or San Jose; another Xaseum in the Sierm, ten leagues from Carmelo; that of Pachhepes was in the vicinity of Xaseum, among the Escellens. That of the Sargentarukas was seven leagues south and east of the river in a Canaditta de Palo Colorado.' Cal. Farmer, April 20, 1860. The Bunsienea live near Monterey. Cal, Farmer, AprU 20, 1860. The Rumsen or Runsienes are ' Indians in the neighbourhood of Monterey, Cal- ifornia. The Achastliers speak a dialect of the same language.' Ludeicufs Ab. Lang., p. 163. ' Um den Hafen von Monterey leben die Rumsen oder Bunsien, die Escelen oder Eslen, die Ecclem&ches, und Achastlies.' Mulikn- pfordi, Mejico, vol. ii., pt. ii., p. 454. 'La partie septentrionale de la Nou- velle-Califomie est habitee par les deux nations des Rumsen et Escelen — Elles forment la population du preside et du village de Monterey. Duns la bale de S. Francisco, on distingue les tribus des Matalans, Salsen ct Quirotes.' Ifumboldt, Esaai Pol., p. 321. 'Eslen y Runsien que ocupad toda la Cali- fornia septentrional.' SutU y Memcawi, Viage, p. 167. 'Um Monterey woh- nen zwey Volker die Rumsen, und im Osten von diesen die Escelen,' VaUr, Mithridaiea, p. 202. ' The Eslenes clan roamed over the present rnu- chos San Francisquito, Tallarcittos, and up and down the Carmelo Valley.' ' The rancheria per se of the Escellens was named by the priests, Fanta Clara ; Boccorondo was across the river a few miles. Their other little clans or septa were called Coyyo, Yampas, Fyules, Nennequi, Jappayon, Gilimis, and Ya- nostas.' Cal. Farmer, April 20, 1860. The Eskelens are ' California Indians, «ast of Monterey. The Ekklemaches are said to be a tribe of the Eskelen, KINO'S RIVER AND TULARE LAKE TRIBES. 455 nnd to speak the richest idiom of all the California Indians.' Ludewig's Ab. Lang., p. 68. The country of the Ecclemachs extends more thiin twenty leagues east of Monterey. Cal. Farmer, Oct. 17, 1862. The Katlendarucaa seem * to have been situated near the Esteros or La- goons about the mouth of the Salinas river, or in the words of the old priest, " en los Esteros de la entrada al mar del Rio de Monterey, o reverse de esta grande Ensunada." Their rancherias were Capanay, Lucayasta, Puysim, Tiubta, Culul, Mustac, Fytogius, Animpayamo, Ymunacam, and all on the Pajaro river, or between it and the Salinas.' Cal. Fanner, April 20, 1880; m. Map. The Sakhones had rancherias near Monterey ' on the ranchos now known as Loucitta, Tarro, National Buenn Esperanza, Buena Vista, and lands of that vicinity.' lb.; MS. Map. 'The WaUcUshimmez live on Tuolumne River.' Lewis, in Ind. Aff. llept., 1857, p. 399. 'The Potoandes claim the Merced river as their homes.' lb. The Pota- aches occupy the same region on the MS. Map. 'The Nootchoos. . . live on the headwaters of Chowchilla.' Levoia, in Ind. Aff. RepL, 1857, p. 399. The Nootchoos live on the south fork of the Merced. Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. x., p. 325. 'The Pohoneeches live on the headwaters of Fresno. Lewis, in Ind. Aff. iiepL, 1857, p. 399. The Pohoneeches live on the north bank of the Fresno. Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. x., p. 325. The Pitcatches, the Tallenches, and the Coswas, live on the San Joaquin. Lewis, in Ind Aff. Rept., 1857, p. 399. ' The Wattokes, a nation of Indians, consisting of the Wattokes, Ituchas, Chokemnies, and Wechummies, live high up on King's river.' Lewis, in Ind. Aff. llept., 1857, p. 399. The Watches, the Notonotooa, and the Wemelehea, live in the neighborhood of King's River Farm. Ih. 'The Talches and Woowells live on Tulare Lake.' lb. The ChowchUlas, Chooccluincies, and llowachez, are mentioned as living at Fresno River Farm. Id., p. 399. The Chowchillas inhabit 'from the Kem River of the Tulare deltas to the Feather river.' Taylor, in Bancroft's Hand Book Almanac, 1864, p. 32. The Wallas live in Tuolumne county. Patrick, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1856, p. 240. There has been much discussion about the word Wallie, or Walla. Powers asserts that it is derived from the word ' wallim, ' whieh means ' down below,' and was applied by the Yosemite Indians to all tribes living below them. The Wallies live on the Stanislaus and Tuolumne. Powers, in Over- latul Monthly, vol. x., p. 325. The Mewahs live in Tuolumne county. Jewett, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1856, p. 244. The Meeiooc nation ' extended from the snow-line of the Sierra to the San Joaquin River, and from the Cosumnes to the Fresno .... North of the Stan- islaus they call themselves Meewoc (Indians); south of it, to the Merced, Meewa; south of that to the Fresno, Meewie. On the upper Merced river is Wak&lla; on the upper Tuolumne, Wakalumy; on the Stanislaus and 466 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. I : I Mokelnmne, Wakalnmytoh . . . Ab to tribal distribution, the Meewocn north of tbo StAnislaoB, like the Neeshenams, desiguate principally by the pointH of the compasH. These are tooninn, choomuch, buyzooit, nnd ulowit (north south, east, and west), from which are formed various tribal names as Toomuns, Toomedocs, and Tamolecaa, Choomuch, Choomwits, Choonie- docs, or Chimcdocs, and Choomteyas; Olowits, Oluwedoos, Olowci'ynH, etc. Oldwedocs is the name applied to all Indians livini; on the plains, as far west as Stockton. But there are several names which are employed nb- Bolutely, and ^nthout any reference to direction. On the souih bank of the CoBumncs are the Cawnees; on Sutter Creek, the Yulonees; on the Stanislaus and Tuolumne the extensive tribe of Wallies; in Yosemite, the Awunecs, on the south fork of Merced, the Nootchoos; on the middle Merced, the Choom- teyas, on the upper Chowchilla, the Hethtoyas; on the middle Chowchilla the tribe that named the stream; and on the north bank of the Fresno tbu Pohoneechocs.' Powers, in Overland Monthly, vol. x., pp. 322-6; MS. Map. The Coilch tribe live one hundred and fifty miles east of the Vegas of Santa Clara. Zo.s Antides Star, May 18, 1861. The Notonaton lived on King's river. Mallby's MS, Letter. The Kaliieeaha lived on Four Creeks. lb. The Yolanchas lived on Tulo river. lb. The Pokoninos lived on Deer creek. lb. The Poloyamas lived on Pasey creek. lb. The Polokatnynahs lived on Kern river. lb. The Ywitclies and Covoiahs live on Four Creeks. Henley, in fnd. Aff. Hrpt., 1854, p. 303. The Waches Notooxcthaa, Ptolmea, and Chunemnea live on King river. lb. The Costrowers, Piliaches, Talluches, Loomnears and Amoncta live on the San Joaquin. Id., p. 304. The Choaclaa, Chookchaneya, Phonechas, Nookchuea, and llovcttsera, live on the Fresno river. lb. The Coconoons live on the Merced river. Johnston, in Scluwlcrafl'a Arch., vol. iv., p. 413. The Monoa living west of the Sierra Nevada, live on Fine Gold Gulch and the San Joaquin river. lb. East of the Sierra Nevada they occupy the country south of Mono Lake. 3IS. Map. 'The Monos, Cosos, and some other tribes, occupy the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevadas.' Cal. Fannrr, May 8, 1863. ' The Olanches, Monus, Siquirionals, Wasaksbes, Cowhuillus, Chokiamauves, Tenisiehs, YocoUes, Paloushiss, Wikachumnis, Openoches, Taches, Nutonetoos and Choemimnees, roamed from the Tuolumne to Kings river and the Tejon, on the east of the San Joaquin, the Tulare lakes and in the Sierra Nevada, as stated by Lieut. Beale, in 1856.' Cal. Farmer, June 8, 1860. The Tularefwa live in the mountain wilderness of the Four Creeks, Por- siuncula (or Kerns or Current) river and the Tejon; and wander thence towards the headwaters of the Mohave and the neighborhood of the Cahuil- las. Their present common name belongs to the Spanish and Mexican times and is derived from the word Tulare (a swamp with flags). Hayes' MS. ' Tu- SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 457 Inreilos, Habitant la (prande vallee delos Tulares de la Californie.' Mofnu, £xplor., torn, ii., p. 335. ' The Yoeu.1 dominion inclnden the Kern and Tnlare baRing and the mid- dle of Ban Joaquin, stretching from Fresno to Kern River Falls.' Powtrs, in Overland hfnnthly, vol. xi., p. 105. Ciimbntwas on Pitt river. Jioacboroiirih's I Her to the author, MS, ShaKtas, in Bhasta and Hcott valleys. Jb. Tho oouTBEBN Cauforntans, whose territory lies south of the thirty-fifth puralli 1, are, as far as is known, tribally distributed as follows: Tho CahuUlos ' inhabit principally a tract of country about eighty niilps east from Ban Bernardino, and known us the Cubeson Valley, and their vil- lu^i'S are on or near the road leading to La Paz on the Colorado River. . . . Another branch of this tribe numbering about four hundred occu] y a tract of 'ountry lying in the mountains about forty miles Houtheust from Kan Ber- nrrdino, known as the Coahuila Valley.' Stanley, in Ind. Aff. Ihpt., 1809, pp. lU4-t>. 'The Coahuillas are scattered through the San Bernardino and Ban Jacinto Mountains and eastward in the Cabcsan Valley. ' Whitbui, in Ind, Aff. Rept., 1871, p. C91. The Coahuilas live in the San Jacinto Mountains. Park- tr, in Ind. Af. Rept., 1869, p. 17. The Cohuillas reside in the northern half of the country, commencing on the coast, and extending to within fifty miles of the Colorado river, following the eastern base of the mountains. San Fran- cisco Herald, June, 1853. The Cahuillos or Cawios reside 'near the Pacific, between the sources of the San Gabriel and Santa Anna.' Ludnoig't Ab. Lang., p. 26. ' The Cahuillas are a little to the north of the San Lniseiios, occupy- ing the mountain ridges and intervening valleys to the east and southeast of Mount Ban Bernadino, down towards the Mohava river and the desert that borders tho river Colorado, the nation of Mohavas lying between them and these rivers. I am unable just now to give the number and names of all their villages. Ban Gorgonio, San Jacinto, Coyote, are among those best known, though others even nearer the desert, are more populous.' Hayes' MS, The Cohuillas occupy the southwestern part of San Bernardino County, and the northwestern part of San Diego county. MS. Map, ' The Carvilla Indians occupy the Country from San Gorgoiiio Pass to the Arroyo Blanco.' Cram's Topog. Memoir, p. 119. 'The Cowilltrs and Tekmnies live on Four Creeks.' Id., p. 400. 'The limits of tho Kahweyah and Kahsowah tribes appear to have been from the Feather river in tho northern part of the State, to the Tulare lakes of the south.' Cal. Farmer, May 25, 18G0. The Diegenoa ' are said to occupy the coast fur some fifty miles above, and about the same distance below San Diego, and to extend about a hun- dred miles into the interior.' Whipple, Embank, and Turner's Rept., in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii. The Dieguinos are in the southern part of Ban Diego County, and extend from the coast to the desert. Henley, in Ind. Aff. Rept., ISoO, p. 240. The Dieguinus reside in the southern part of the country watered by the Colorado, and claim the land from a point on the Pacific to the eastern part of the mountains impinging on the desert. San Francisco Herald, June, 1853. The Comeyas or Diegenos ' occupy the coast for some fifty miles above, and about the same distance below San Diego, and extend 458 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. about a hundred milea into the interior.' BartttU'M Pers. Nar., toI. il., p. 7. ' The Indiana round San DieKo, Deguinos, DiegeAoR, were in a savage state, and their language almost unknown. Bartlett says that they are also called Oomcya; but Whipple asserts that the Comeya, a tribe of the Yumas, Kptuk a different language,' Ludeicig, Ab. Lanij., p. 62. On page 2'J(> Ludewig Huys that ag the name Diegeilos means the Indians round San Diego, there is no such name as Deguinos. * The villages of the Dicguinoa, wherever they live aeparately, are a little to the south of the Cahuillaa. Indeed, under this Appellation they extend a hundred miles into Lower California, in about nn equal stitte of civilization, and thence are scattered through the Tecutu viill< y over the entire desert on the west side of New River Their villngeH known to me are San Dieguito (about twenty souls), San Diego Mission, San Ta^- qual, Camajal (two villages), Santa Ysabel, San Jose, Matiihuay, Lorenzo, San Felipe, Cajon, Cnyamaca, Vallo de las Viejas.' Hayes' MS. The Misaouria ' are scattered over San Bernardino, San Diego and oth< r counties in the southern part of the S'ate.' Parkxr, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 18< 9, p. 17. The Kechi inhabit the country about Mission San Luis Rey. BartleU's Ptrs. Nar., vol. ii., p. 92. The Chumas, or Kachumas live three milea from the Miiision of Santa Inez. Cal. Farmer, Oct. 18, 1861. Los Coyotes was the name given by the Spaniards to the tribe which ori^;- iually inhabited San Diego county. Hoffman, in San Francxaco Medical Press, vol. v., p. 147. The New River Indians ' live along New River, sixty milea west from Fort Yuma, and neor San Diego.' Jones, in Ind. Aff. liepl., 1869, p. 216. The Sietras, or Caruanas, the Laijuncs, or Tatnguas, and the Swillos or Cartakas are mentioned as living on the Tejon reservation. Wenlworth, in Ind. 4ff. Bept , 1862, pp. 324-6. The Serranos lived in the vicinity of San Bernardino. Reid, in Los An- geles Star, Letter /., in Hayes Col. Mr Taylor claims to have discovered the exact positions of many of the places mentioned. His statement, for the accuracy of which I by no nieauH vouch, is as follows: 'Xucu, or Shucu, on the Ortega farm, near Rincou Point; Missisissepono on Rafel Gonzale's rancho on Saticoy river, near sea, sometimes called Pono; Coloc, near Carpentaria beach. Mugu, below Suti- coy some thirty miles, near the sea; Anacbuc or Anacarck, near the islet uf La Patera, near the sea shore. Partocac or Paltocac, the Indian cemetery on the Mesa of La Patera, near sea; Aguin at the beach of Los Llagos Can- ada; Casalic, at the Refugio Playa and Canada; Tncumu or playa of Arroyu Honda. Xocotoc, Cojo, or Cojotoc, near Pt. Concepcion; Pt. Concepciou, Cancac or Caacac, or Cacat.' Cal. Fanner, Aug. 21, 1863. The following names of rancherfaa v^ere taken from the archives of the various missions; in the vicinity of La Purissima: Lajuchu, Silimastns, Sisolop, JlaacB, or Slacus, Huaana, Estait, Esmischue, Ausion, Esnispele, Silisne, Sacspili, Estait, Huenejel, Husiataic, Silimi, Suntaho, Alacupusyucn, Espiiluima, Tutachro, Sisolop, Naila, Tutachro, Paxpili, or Axpitil, Silino, Liaahuato, Ouaslaique, Pacaiol, Sihimi, Huenepel Ninyuelgual, Lomp.oc, SOUTHERN MISSION INDIANS. 409 NAhnejr, or Nahajney, Sipnca, Stipn, Talamma, Huaiina, Sacsiol, Kachiaapal, Suluchi, Nocto, Fax, 8alachi, Sitolo, or Suutatho, Otnaxtax. Nenr Hauta Ttiez, were: Sotomoenu, Katahnac, Asiuhuil, Situchi, Kulahuasa, Hiauchi, Knyam, or Cnyama, lonata, Tekep, Kaail, Sanchu, Sikitipuc, TeiueBathi, LuJAniBuissilac, Tupaniaailac, lalamne, Chuinuchn, Buieaia, Chumuchu, Ta- hijuaa, Tinachi, Lompoe, lonata, Aguama, Sotono«mu, Ouaifilac, Tequepas, Ml .iliba, Stucu, Aketsnm, or Kachuma, Abuambone, Oeguep, Aobillimo, Alizway, Souscoc, Talaxano, Nutonto, ChoHcua. Near Santa Barbara were Uuainnonost, Sisabanonase, Huelcmen, Inoje, Luijta, Cajpilili, Misaopeno (Supono), Inajalaychua, Huixapa, Calabnassa, Snihuax, Huililoc, Yxaulo, Anijue, Siaucb, Cojats, Numgnelgar, Lngups, Oleuaxouyu, Chiacbin, Ipeo, Sinicon, Xalanaj, Xalon, Bisabinhut, Cbolosoc, Ituc, Ouima, Huixapapa, Elennaxciay, Taxlipu, Elmian, Anajue, Huililic, Inajalcihu, Eatuc, Eluaxcu. Sihuicom, Liam. Some of these were from rancherias of the valleys east of the ntnge on the coast. Some of these Taylor locates as follows: ' Janaya, above the Mission, Salpilil on the Patera; Aljiman, near the windmill of La Patera; Oeliec, near islet of La Patera; Teqnepes, in Santa Ynez Valley; Cascili, in the Refugio playa; Miguihui, on the Dos Pueblos; Sisichii, in Dos Pueblos; Maschal, on Santa Cruz Island; Gelo, the islet of La Patera; Cuyawu on Dos Pueblos aslo Cinihunj on same rancho; Coloc, at the Uincon; Alcax in La Goleta; AUvatalaina, near the La Ooleta Estero; Sayokenek, on the Arroyo Burro; Partocao Cemetery, near Sea Bluffs of La Ooleta; Hu- maliju, of San Fernando Mission; Calla Wassa and Anijue, of Santa Yupz Mission; Sujcay in Los Cruces; Sasaguel, in Santa Cruz Island; Lucuy- iniu, in the same Island, dated November, 1816; Nanahuani and Chalosaa °re ulso on same Island; Eljman was on San Murcos, Xexulpituc and Tax- lipu, were camps of the Tulares.' Cat. Farmer, Aug. 21, 1863. Near San Buenaventura Mission were: 'Miscanaka, name of the Mis- sion site. Ojai or Anjay, about ten miles up San Buenavent river. ^Iiii^h, on the const near sea on Ouadalasca rancho, not far from the point so called. Matillija up the S. B. river towards Santa Inez, which mission also had Ma- tilija Indians. The Matillija Sierra separates the valleys of S. Bueuaventa and S. Inez. Sespe was on the San Cayetano rancho of Saticoy river, twenty miles from the sea. Mupu and Piiru were on the arroyos of those names which came into the Saticoy near Sespe. Knmulas was higher up abovo Piiru. Cayeguas (not a Spanish name as spelt on some maps) on rancho of that name. Somes or Somo near hills of that name. Malico, range of hills south of Somo. Chichilop, Lisichi, Liam, Sisa, Sisjulcioy, Malahue, Chum- pache, Lacayamu, Ypuc, Lojos Aogni, Luupscb, Miguigui, and Cbihucchihui were names of other rancherias Isbgua or Ishguaget, was a rancberia near the mouth of the Saticoy river and not far from the beach Hueneme was a rancberia on the ocean coast a few miles south of Saticoy river. Tape and Simi were rancherias on the present Noriega rancho of Simi. Saticoy is the name of the existing rancberia ... on the lower part of the Santa Paula ur Saticoy rancho, about eight miles from the sea, near some fine springs of water, not far from the river, and near the high road going up the valleys.' Cat. Farmer, July 24, 1863. ' The site of San Fernando was a rancberia called Pasheckno. Other clans were Okowvinjha, Kowanga and Saway II! 460 TBIBAL BOUNDARIES. Yanga. The Ahapchingas were a clan or rancheria between Los An"<>leg and San Joan Capistrano, and enemies of the Oabrielenos or those of Sun Oabriel The following are the names of the rancherius, or cIunB, living in the vicinity of San Luis Rey Mission: Enekelkawa was the name t>i une near the mission-site, Mokaskel, Cenyowpreskel, Itukemuk, Hatawa, llnnie- ohnwa, Itaywiy, Milkwanen, Ehntewa, Mootaeyuhew, and Hepowwoo, were the names of others. At the Aquas Galientes was a very populous rancher u, called Hsikoopin.' Id., May 11, 18C0. In Los Angeles county, the following are the principal lodges or ranch- er fas, with their corresponding present local names: Yangna, Los Angeles, Sibag-na, San Gabriel; Isanthcagna, Mision Vieja; Hisitcanogna, Pear Orchard; Sonagna, Mr White's farm; Aouragua, The Presa; AsucBagim, Aznza; Cucomogna, Cucamongu Farm; Pasinogna, Bancho del Chino; Awig- na, La Pnente; Chokishgna, The Saboneria; Nacaugna, Carpenter's Funn; Pineugna, L'anta Catalina Island; Pimocagna, Baucho de los Ybarrns; Toybipet, Sau Jos^; Hutucgna, Santa Ana (Yorbes); Aleupkignn, Santa Anita; Maugna, Baucho de los Felis; Hahamogna, Bancho de los Yerdugas; Cabuegna, Caliuenga: Pasecgna, San Fernando; Houtgna, Banchito do Lugo, Suangna, Suanga; Pubngna, Alamitos; Tibahagna, Senitos: Cko- wig-na, PaloH Verdes; Kinkinar, San Clemente Island, Harasgna. Btid, in Los Angeles Star, Letter /., in Hayes CuUccfInn, The iS^an Luisieilos inhabit the northern part of San Diego, from the coast east, including the mountains. Henley, in Jnd. Aff. i>p(., 1856, p. 240. '' The villages of the San Luisenos are in a section of country adjacent to the Cahuillas, between 40 and 70 miles in the mountainous interior from San Diego; they are known as Las Flores, Santa Margaiita, Sau Luis Bey Mis- sion, Wahoma, Pala, Temecnla, Ahuanga (two villages). La Joya, 1 otrero, and Bruno's and Pedro's villages within five or six miles of Aqua Calieutc; they are all in Sau Diego County.' Hayes' MS. The Xoches are settled along the rivers which flow between the Colorado and the Pacific Ocean. Dotnenech's Deserts, vol. ii. p. 45. Oarces mentions the western Noches in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie ii., vol. i., p. 299. The Tejon Indians were those who inhabited the southern part of Tulare valley. Mollhausen, Reisen in die Felsengeb, vol. i., p. 83. The Playanas were Indians who came to settle in the valley of San Juan Capistrano. Boscana, in Robinson's Life in Cal., p. 249. The Shoshones, whose territory spreads over south-eastern Oregon, south- ern Idaho, and the whole of Utah and Nevada, extending into Arizona and New Mexico, and the eastern border of California, I divide into two great nations, the Snakes or Shoshones, proper, and the Utahs, with their subdi- visions. Wilson divides the Shoshones into the Shoshones and Baunucks, and the Utahs; the latter he subdivides into seven bands, which will be seen under Utahs. He adds: ' Among the Shoshonies there are only two bands properly speaking. The principal or better portion are called Shoshonies, or Snakes the others the Shoshocoes. . . .Their claim of boundary is to the east, from the red Buttes on the North fork of the Platte, to its head in the Park, Decayaque, or BofTalo BulUpen, in the Rocky MountaiuR; to th« THE SNAKES. 4C1 ■onth across the mountains, over to the Yanpapa, till it enters Green, or Cuiui'itdo river, and then across to the backbone or ridge of monntnins called the Bear river monntains running nearly due west towards the Salt liUke, so as to take in most of the Salt Lake, and thence on to the sinks of Ttlarry's or Humboldt's river; thence north to the fisheries, on the Snake river, in Oregon; and thence south (their northern boundary), to the Bed Buttes, including the source of Green River.' Schoolcrafl'a Arch., vol. vi., p. 697. ' Under va- rious names. .. .the great race of Shoshones, is found scattered over the boundless wilderness, from Texas to the Columbia. Their territory is bound- ed on the north ajid west by the Blackfeet and Crows.' BrovmtU's Jnd. nacrs, pp. 537-8. The Snakes, or Shoshones proper, although they form a part only of the great Shoshone family, are usually termed ' the Shoshones' by the authorities. They are divided by Dr Hurt into 'Snakes, Bannacks, Tosi witches, Go- sha Utes, and Cumumpahs, though he afterwards classes the last two divis- ions as hybrid races between the Shoshones and the Utahs . . The Sho- shones claim the northeastern poiiion of the territory for about four hun- dred miles west, and from one hundred to one hundred and twenty-five miles south from the Oregon line.' Simpson's Route to Cal., p. 4C. 'The great Snake nation may be divided into three divisions, namely, the Shirrydi- kas, or dog-eaters; the Wararereekas, or fish-eaters; and ^be Bnnattees, or robbers. But, as a nation, they all go by the (;;eneral appellation of Sho- shones, or Snakes The Shirrydikas are the real Shoshones, and live in the plains hunting the bufi^do.' The country claimed by the Snake tribes ' is bounded on the cast by the Kocky Mountains, on the south by the Span- ish waters; on the Pacific, or west side, by an imaginary line, beginning at the west end, or spur, of the Blue Mountains, behind Fort Nez Terci's, and nmning parallel with the ocean to the height of land beyond the Umpqua Eiver, in about lorth lat. 41" (this line never approaches within 150 miles of the Pacific) ; iti.d on the north by another line, running due east from the said spur of the Blue Mountains, and crossing the great south branch, or Lewis Biver, at the Dalles, till it strikes the Rocky Mountains 20!) miles north of the three pilot knobs, or the place thereafter named the 'Valley of Troubles.' Itoss' Fur Hunters, vol. i., pp. 249, 251. ' They embrace all the tcnitory of the Great South Pass, (between the Mississippi valley and the waters of the Columbia Under the name of Yampatickara or Boot-eaters and Bonacks they occupy with the Utahs the vast elevated basin of the Great Salt Lake, extending south and west to the borders of New Mexico and California.' Bmwnell's Tnd. Races, pp. 533-7, 540. 'The hunters report, that the jiroper country of the Snakes is to the east of the Yonta Lake, and north of the Snako or Lewis river; but they are found in many detached places. The largest band is located near Fort Boise, on the Snake river to the north of the Bo- nacks.' Wilkes' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., p. 501. The Shoshones 'occupy the centre and principal part of the great Basin.' Taylor, in Cal. Farnur, Oct. 18, 1881. 'Inhabit that part of the Eocky Mountains which lies on the Grand and Green River branches of the Colorado of the >Vc8t, the valley of Ireat Bear River, the habitable shores of the Great Salt Lake, a considerable portion of country on Suftke River above and belov/ Fort Hall, 462 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. and a tract extending two or three hundred miles to the west of that post.' Famham's Trav., p. 61. The Shoshones inhabit about one third of the teiw ritory of Utah, living north of Salt Lake ' and on the line of the Humboldt or Maiy Itiver, some 400 miles west and ICO to 125 south of the Oregon line. The Yuta cliiim the rest of the territory between Kansas, the Sierra Nevada, New Mexico and the Oregon frontier.' Burton's City of the Saints, p. 575. 'Les Soshonies, c'est-&-dire les deteii-eurs de rncines, sumommes les Ser- pents, habitent la partie m^ridionale du territoire de I'Oregon, duns le Toisinage de la haute Califomie.' De Smet, Voy., p. 24. 'Their country lies south-west of the south-east branch of the Columbia, and is said to be the most barren of any part of the country in these western regions.' Packer's Explor. Tour., p. 83. 'On the south part of the Oregon Trni- tory, adjoining upper California, are located the Shoshones or Snake In- dians.' lb., p. 308. 'Serpents ou Saaptins, Monquis, Bonacks et Yout&H, toutes les branches du Bio Colombia ou Sud-Est et les environs du Inc 8al^ au Timpanogos.' Mo/ras, Explor., torn, ii., p. 335. 'The country of the Shoshonees proper is south of Lewis or Suake River, and east of the Salt Lake. There is, however one detached band, known as the Wihinasht, or Western Snakes, near Fort Boirie, separated from the main body by the tribe of Bonnaks.' Hale's Ethnog., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. vi., p. 219. 'The Sho- shones are a small tribe of the nation called Snake Indians, a vague denom- ination, which embraces at once the inhaui-nnts of the southern part of the Rocky mountains, and of the plains on each side.' Lewis and Clarke's Trav., p. 305. The Snakes or Shothoucs 'formerly occupied the whole of that vast territory lying between the Rocky and the Blue Mountains, and exttud- ing northward to the lower fork of tho Columbia, and to the south an far as the basin of the Great Salt Lake.' Coke's Rocky Mts., p. '275. ' They occupy southern and weetem Nevada. Parker, in Ind. Aff. Ript., 1869, p. 18. ' They inhabit the southern part of the Rocky Mountains and the plains on each side. ' Bulfinch's 0(jn., p. 124. ' They occupy all the country between the southern branches of Lewis's river, extending from the Umatulium to the E. side of the Stony Mountains, on the southern parts of Wallaumut river from about 40"" to 47^ N. Lat, A branch of this tnbe reside in spring and summer on the W. fork of Lewis river, a branch of the Columbia, and in winter and fall on the Missouri.' Jldorse's Rtpt , p. 369. ' The Shoshones dwell between the Rocky and blue mountain ranges.' Nicolay's Oijn. Ter., p. lol. 'The aboriginces of the Reeh River country consist of the Shoshone nation, divided into uinny subordinate tribes, each having a distinctive name, and occupying a tract of country varying from '20 to 50 miles square. Their country is bordered on the west by the Pi-Utes, the Edwards Creek mountains some 20 miles west of Reese River, being the dividing line. On the east it extends to Ruby Vnl- ley, where it joins on the territory of the Goshoots, the Bannocks being their neighbors on the northeast.' Cal. Parmer, June 26, 186:*. ' The Snake tribe, inhabit the country bordering on Lewis and Bear Riveis, and their various tributaries.' Palmer's Jour., p. 43. * The Snake Indians, who embrace many tribes, inhabit a wide extent of country at the head of Snake River above and below Fort Hall, and the vicinity of Great Bear Rivor and Great Salt Lake. They ore a migratory race; and generally oocupr the south-east- BANNACK8 AND UTAHa 468 era portion of Oregon.' Dunn's Ogn., p. 325. Tbe Shoshones inhabit the great plains to the southward of the Lewis River. Cox's Adven., vol. ii., p. 143. The Shoshones occupy ' almost the whole eastern half of the State (Nevada). The line separating them from the Pai-Utes on the east and south i» not very clearly defined.' Parker, in Ind. Aff. RepL, 1866, p. 114. • The western bands of Shoshones range from the Idaho boundary north, southward to the thirty-eighth parallel; the'~ western limit is the line passing through the Sunatoya Mountains; their e.istem limit Steptoe and Great Salt Lake Valleys.' Ind. Aff- Rept., 1870, p. 95. The Snakes inhabit ' the plains of the Culumbiu between the 43d and 44th degrees of latitude.' Franchere's Nar., p. 150. The Washakeeks or Green River Snakes inhabit the country drained by Green River and its tributaries. The Tookarikkahs, or mountain sheep-caters, ' oc- cupy the Salmon river country and the upper part of Snake River Valley, and Coiners' Prairie, near the Boise mines.' These two bands are the gen- nine Snakes; other inferior bands are the Hokandikahs or Salt Lake Diggers who 'inhabit the region about the gi-eat lake.' The Aggitikkahs or Sal- mon-eaters who ' occupy the region round about Salmon falls, on Snake river.' Stuart's Montana, p. 80. ' The Bannacks, who are generally classed with the Snakes, inhabit the country south of here, (Powder River) in the vicinity of Harney lake. . . The Winnas band of Snakes inhabit the country north of Snake river, and aro found principally on the Bayette, Boise, and Sickley rivers.' Kirkpatrick, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1862, pp. 2G7-8. The Bonacks ' inhabit the country between Fort Boise and Fort Hall.' Wilkes' Xar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., p. .'02. They ' inhabit the southern borders of Oregon, along the old Humboldt River emigrant road. ' Simpson's Routeto Cat., p. i7. ' The Bonaks seem 'toembrace Indian tribes inhabiting a large extent of country west of the Rocky Moun- tains. As the name imports, it was undoubtedly given to that portion of In- dians who dig and live on the roots of the earth.' Johnston, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 221. The Bonaks inhabit ' tbe banks of that part of Saptin or Snake River which lies between the mouth of Boisais or Reeds River nnd the Blue Mountains.' Famham's Trav., p. 76. The Bonax inhabit the country west of the Lewis fork of the Columbia between the forty-second and forty-fourth parallels. Parker's Map. The Bannacks range through northern Nevada, and into Oregon and Idaho. Parker, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 18. They 'claim the southwestern portions of Montana os their land.' Snlly, in Id., p. 289. 'This tribe occupies most of that portion of Nevada north of the forty-first degree of north latitude, with the southeast- em cornerof Oregon and the southwestern comer of Idaho.' Parker, in Id., 1866, p. 114. The Bannocks drift ' from Boise City to the game country northeast of Bozeman, Montana, and south as far as Fort Bridger, Wyoming Territory traveling from Oregon to East of the Rocky Mountains.' Ilijh, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1872, pp. 272-3. The 17Vliite Biver; the Tebechya, or sun-hunters, about TMe de Biche, near SpauiNk lands; and the Tash Yuta, near the Navajos; there are scatters of the nation along the Californian road from Beaver Valley, along the Snuta Clara, Virgen, Las Vegas, and Muddy Biverit, to New Mexico.' Burton's City of the Saints, p. 878. ' The tribes of Utah Territory are : Utahs at large, Pi Utahs, roving, Uwinty Utahs, Utahs of Sampitch Valley, Utahs of Carson Valley, Utahs of Lake 8evier and Walker River, Navahoes and Utahs of Grand Biver, She- shonees, or Snakes proper. Diggers on Humboldt Biver, Eutahs of New Mexico.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 498. The Utahs are composed of several bands, the most important of which are the Timpanogs who ' range through Utah valley and the mountains adjoining the valley on the east, . . . The Uintahs, the principal band of the Utahs, . . range through Uintah val- ley and the Green River country The Pah Vants range through Pah Vant and Sevier valleys and west to the White mountains.' Irish, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1865, p. 145. 'The Yutah nation is very numerous, and is also made up of many bands, which are to be distinguished only by their names Four of these bands called Noaches, Puyuches, Tabiachis and Sogup, are accustomed to occupy lands within the province of New Mexico, or very near it, to the noi-tli and northeast.' Whipple, Ewbank, A Tunxtr's Rept,, in Pac. R. R Rept., vol.iii. 'The Utahs are divided into three bands — Mohuaches, Capotes, and Nomenuches or Poruches.' Delgado, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1865, p. 163; see also pp. 17, 18. ' The Ute tribe Dr. Hurt divides into the Pah Utahs, Tamp Pah-Utes, Cheveriches, Pah Vants, San Pitches, and Pyedes. The Utahs proper inhabit the waters of Green River, south of Green Biver Mountains, the Grand Biver and its tributaries and as far south as the Navajo country. They also claim the country bordering on Utah Lake and as far south as the Sevier Lake.' Simpson's Route to Cat., p, 44. ' The Utahs are a separate and distinct tribe of Indians, divided into six bands, each with a head chief, as follows: The Menaches the Capotes the Tabe-nnches the Cibariches the Tempanahgoes the Piuchas.' Oraves, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 178. ' The Yutahs are subdivided into four greot bands: the Noaches, the Payuches (whom we believe to be identical with the Pai Utahs), the Tabiachis, and the Sogups, who live in perfect harmony on the north eastern conflned of New Mexico, and at a distance of 500 miles to the south of the great tribe of the Zuguaganas.' Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 8. The Utes are 'those which inhabit the vicinity of the lakes and streams and live chiefly on fish, being distinguished by the name of Pah Utahs or Pah Utes, the word Pah, in their language signifying water.' Slans- bnry's Rept., p. 148. ' The country of the Utaws is situated to the east and southeast of the Soshonees, at the sources of the Bio Colorado.' De Snid's Letters, p. 39. ' The Youtas live between the Hnake and Green Bivers.' Piich- ard's Researches, vol. v., p. 430. 'The Utahs of New Mexico are a portion of the tribe of the same name inhabiting the Territory of Utah . . . They inhabit and claim all that region of country, embracing the sonroes of the north- western tributaries of the Arkansas river, above Bent's fort, up to the sonth- em boundary of Utah Territory, and all the northern tributaries of the Riu UTAHS. 465 Grande, which lie within New Mexico and north of the 37th parallel of lati- tude.' JUerrUeether, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1854, p. 169. The Utes 'occupy and claim that section of country ranging from Abiquiu, northward to Navajo Kiver and westward somewhat of this line.' Davis, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 255. The Eutaws ' reside on both sides of the Eutaw or Anahuac mount- ains, they are continually migrating from one side to the other.' Famham's Trav., p. 48. ' The Youtas inhabit the country between the Snake and Green rivers.' WUkea' Nar., in U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. iv., p. 502. 'The Utahs' claim of boundaries are all south of that of the Shoshonies, embracing the waters of the Colorado, going most probably to the Gulf of California.' Wilson, in Schoola'ajVs Arch., vol. vi., p. C98. The country of the Utaws ' ia Hituntcd to the cast and southeast of the Shoshones, about the Salt Lake, and on the head waters of the Colorado river, which empties into the gulf of California Their country being in latitude about 41\' The Utaws are decent in appearance and their country, which is towards Santa Fe, is said to be tolerably good.' Parker's Explor. Tour., pp. 79, 309. The Yutas, Utaws, or Youtas, 'range between lat. 35' and AV North and the Meridians 29-' and 37' W l(0ng. of Washington, 'i'he great Yutas tribe is divided into two fa- milies which are contradistinguished by the names of their respective head- quarters; the Tao Yutas, so called because their principal camp is pitched in Tao mountains, seventy miles north of Santa F^ ; and the Timpanigos Yutas, wliohold their great camp near the Timpanigos lake.' Famham's Lifein Cat., p. 371. ' Um den Flnss Dolores habcn die Yutas Tabegnachis I'ayt'ches und 'i'ulait'nos ihre Wohnsitze.' Miihlenpfordt, Mcjiro, torn. ii., pt. ii., p. 538. The UtiiLs live ' on the border of New Mexico.' Liideieig's Ab. Taukj., p. 196. ' Le pays des Utaws est situe a Test et au snd-est de celui des Soshonies, aux sources du Rio-Colorado.' De Sviet, Voi/., p. 30. 'The Yutas or Eutaws are one of the most extensive nations of the West, being scattered from the north of New Mexico to the borders of Snake river and Rio Colorado.' Greijij's Com. Prairies, vol. i., p. 300. The Pah Utes occupy the greater part of Nevada, and extend southwaid into Arizona and south-eastern California. There is reason to believe that the Pi Utes are a distinct tribe from the Pah Utes, but as the same localities arc frequently assigned to both tribes by diflferent writers, and as many have evidently thought them one and the same, thereby causing great confusion, I have thought it best to merely give the names as spelled by the authorities without attempting to decide which tribe is being spoken of in either case. The Pah-Utes ' range princijially in the southwestern portion of Utah and the southeastern portion of Nevada.' Head, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1866, p. 124. The Pah Utes ' are spread over the vast tract of territory, between th& Sierra Nevada and the Colorado River, going as far south as the thirty-fifth parallel, and ext(aiding to the northward through Calif(n-nia and Nevada into South- ern Oregon and Idaho.' Colyer, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 92. The Pah-Utes inhabit tlie western part of Neifp.aa. Walker, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1872, p. 59. The Pah Utes and Pah Edes range over all that part of Utah south of the city of Filraore in Millard County. Head, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1868, p. 150. 'The term Pah Utes is applied to a very large number of Indians who roam through that vast section of country lying between the Sierra Nevada and the Colo- VoL. I. 3fc 466 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. rado, going as far south* as the thirty-fifth parallel, and extending to the northward through California, Nevada, into Southern Oregon and Idaho. The Indians of this tribe in Arizona are located in the Big Bend of the Col- orado, on both sides of the river, and range as far eant as Diamond River, west to the Sierra Nevada, and northward into the State of Nevada.* Jones, in Ind. Aff. Kept, 1869, p. MG. The Pah Utes ' properly belong in Nevada and Arizona, but range over in southwestern Utah.' Irish, in Tnd. Aff. Rfpt., 18G5, p. 146. The Pah-Utes ' range principally from the borders of Oregon, on the north, to the southeast boundary of Nevada, and from the Sierra Nevada eastward to the Humboldt River and Sink of Carson ; there are one or two small bands of them still further east, near Austin, Nevada. They are much scattered within these limits.' Dowjlas, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, pp, 94-5. ' The Pah-utes roam along the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada, from the mouth of the Virgin with the Colorado (in about lat 36' long. 115 ) to the territories of the Washoes north, and as far east as the Sevier Luke country of Fremont's explorations.' Cal. Fanner, June 22, 1860. 'The Pa- utiihs, and Lake Utahs occupy the territory lying south of the Snakes, and upon the waters of the Colorado of the west and south of the Great Salt Lake.' Scenes in tlie Rocky Mts., p. 179. 'The Pa Yuta (Pey Utes) 'extend from forty miles west of Stony Point to the ( '.uifornian line, and N.W. to the Oregon line, and inhabit the valley of the Fenelon River, which rising from Lake Bigler empties itself into Pyramid Lake.' Burton's City of the Saints, p. 576. ' The Womeniinche (also known as the Pa Uches) occupy the country on the San Juan river.' Cdlivs, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1862, p. 238. ' The custom of designating the different bands of Pah Utus is derived from the nuine uf some article of food not common in other localities; "Ocki," signifies " trout," "toy," "tule,"&c. The Ocki Pah Utes. .. are located on Walker River and Lake, and the mountains adjacent thereto. The Cozaby Pah Utes .... range from Mono Lake east to Smoky Valley.' Campbell, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p|). 112-13. The Ptth Utes extend, ' over portions of Utah and Arizona Ter- ritories, also the States of Nevada and Celifomia. Fenton, in Id., p. 113. TheChemehuevisareabandof Pah-Utahs. Whipple, Eicbank, and Turner's Rept., in Pac. R. Itept.,vo\. iii., p. 76. The Chimehuevais live about forty miles below the Colorado River agency, on the California side of the river, and are scattered over an area of fifty square miles. Twiner, in ImJ. Aff. Rept., 1872, p. 323. The Cheraehuewas are ' located mainly on the west bank of the Colora- do, above La Paz, and ranges along the river from about thirty miles south of Fort Mohave, to a point fifty miles north of Fort Yuma, to the eastward, but a short distance.' Sherman, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 216. The Chemihuevis live on the Colorado river, above the Bill Williams fork, a small tribe and quite unknown. Poston, in Jnd. Aff. Rept., 1863, p. 387. The Chemehnevis are 'a band of Pahutahs, belonging to the great Shoshonee family.' Ludewig's Ab. Lawj., p. 35. ' The Chinichinvcs are undoubtedly a branch of the Pah Ute tribe.' Stanley, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1866, p. 102. The Pi Utes, or Pyutes, ' inhabit Western Utah, from Oregon to New Mex- ico; their locations being generally in the vicinity of the principal rivers and lakes of the Great Basin, viz., Humboldt, Carson, Walker, Trnckee, Ownis's. Pyramid, and Mono.' Simpson's Route to Ca',. p. 48. ' i hu tribe of Iiuliniis PI UTES AND GOSH UTES. 467 who inhabit this section (near Fort Chnrchill) of vhich the post forms the centre comes under the one generic name of Tinte, and acknowledge as their great chief Winnemucca. They are split up into small Captaincies and scat- tered throughout a vast extent of territory.' Farley, in Son Frarunsco Mfdical Prens, vol. iii., p. 154. The Piutes or Paiuches inhabit 'the northern banks of the Colorado, the region of Severe river, and those portions of the Timpa- nigos desert where man can find a snail to cat.' Farnham's Life in Cat., p. 371. The Piutes live 'along the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada, from the mouth of the Virgen with the Colorado (in about Lat. 36^ Long. 115") to tho territories of the Washoes north, and as far east as the Sevier Lake.' Taylor, in Cal. Farmer, June 22, 1860. 'Von 34-' nordwarts die Pai Utes.' Mollhaxtsen, Reisen in die Felsengeb., vol. i., p. 430. The territory occupied by the Piutes ' is about one hundred miles broad, and is bounded on the north by the country of the Bannocks, on the east by that of the Shoshones, on the south by the State line between Nevada and California and on the west by the territory of the Washoes.' Parker, in Tnd. Aff. Rept., 1866, p. 115. Tho I'iutes inhabit ' a country two hundred miles long by one hundred and twenty broad, lying parallel and east of that of the Washoes South of Walker lake are the Mono Pi Utes They are closely allied to the Walker Kivor or Oeki Pi Utes located in the vicinity of Walker river and lake and Cnrson river and Upper lake At the lower Carson lake are the Toy Pi Utes.' Campbell, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1866, p. 119, 'Upon the Colorado river, ill the northern part of the Territory lives a band, or some bands, of Pi Utes, occupying both sides of the river, roaming to the limit of Arizona on the west, but on the east, for some miles, how far cannot be determined.' Whit-' tier, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1868, p. 140. The Pi Ute ' range extends north to the Heaver, south to Fort Mojave, east to the Little Colorado and San Francisco Mountains, and on the west through the southern part of Nevada as far as the California line. . . .the larger portion living in Nevada.' Fenton, in Ind, Aff. liipt., 1869, p. 203. The Pi Utes inhabit the south-west portion of Utah. Tourtellotte, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 142. 'The Pi Ute Indians are scat- tered over a large extent of country in Southeastern Nevada and Southwest- ern Utjih.' Rowell, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1871, p. 502. The Pi Utes inhabit the Kouth-eastern part of Nevada. Walker, in lud. Aff. Rept., 1872, p. 59. The Oosh Utes inhabit the country west of Great Halt Lake, and extend to tho Pah Utes. They are said by most writers to be of mixed breed, be- tween the Snakes, or Shoshones proper, and the Utahs: 'The Goshautes live about forty miles west' of Salt Lake City. Forney, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1H58, p. 212. The Goships, or Gosha Utes, range west of Salt Lake. Cooley, in Iml. Aff. Rept., 1805, p. 17. The Goships ' range between the Great Sa" Lake and the land of the western Shoshones.' Head, in hid. Aff. Rept., 1806, p. 123. The Goship Shoshones ' live in the western part of Utah, between Great Salt Lake and the western boundary of the Territory,' (Utah). Tour- Mlotle, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 230. The Goshutes are located 'in the country in the vicinity of Egan Canon In the Shoshone range.' Dowjlan, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 96. ' The Goship Shoshones inhabit that part of Utah which lies between Great Salt Lake and the western boundary of the Territory (Utah).' Tourtellotte, in Id., p. 141. The Goshoots 'Dr. Hurt 468 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. claHses among the Shoshonen; but according to Mr. G. W. Bean, dipt. Simpson's Guide in the fall of 1858 . . they are the offspring of a disuffpctcd portion of the Ute tribe, that left their nation, about two generations ago, under their leader or Chief Goship, whence their name Goship Utes since contracted into Goshutes .... Reside principally in the grassy valleys west of Great Salt Lake, along ond in the viV;>(., in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1859, p. 304, which reads as follows: 'About half of tlirm (the Pahvants) have their home on the Corn Creek Indian farm. The othtT wing of the tribe lives along Sevier lake and siirrounding country, in the northeast extremity of Fillmore valley, and about fifty miles from Fillmore city.' The Pah Vants range 'through Pah-Vant and Sevier valleys, and west to the White Mountains.' Cooky, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1865, p. 17. 'The Pah vents occupy the territory in the vicinity of Com Creek reservation, and south of the Goship Shoshonea.' Toiirti'lnlle, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1809, p. 230. ' The Pah Vant Indians in1i:i)>it thi' country south of the Goship Slio- shones.' Tourlellotte, in Ind. Aff. liept., 1870, p. 142. The Pi Edes ' are a band ranging through Beaver and Little Salt Lake Volley, ond on the Virgin and Santa Clara rivers, down to the Muddy, em- bracing the whole southern portion of Utah Territory.' Irish, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1805, p. 145. ' The Py Edes live adjoining the Pahvants, down to the Santa Clara.' Simpson's Route to Cal., p. 45. 'The Pi Ede Indians inh:il)it the country south of the Pah Vants.' Tourtehtte, in Ind Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 142. ' The Piede Indians inhabit the extreme southern portion of tlin terri- tory (Utah) on the Santa Clara ond lluddy rivers.' Armstrong, in fnil. Aff. Rept., 1856, p. 234. The Piede Indians live on Rio Virgin and Santa Clara river. Carvalho's Incid. of Trav., p. 2'23. The Washoes ' inhabit the country along the base of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, from Honey lake on the north to the west fork of Walker's river the south.' Dodge, in Ind. Aff. Rept,, 185J, p. 374. Simpson's Route to Cat., on p. 45, and Barton's City of the Saints, p. '!i78, repeot this. The Washoes ' are stated to have boundaries as high up os the Oregon line, along the eastern flanks of the Sierra Nevada, as far to the cast as two hundred miles and to the south to Walker's river.' Cal. Farmer, June 22, 1800. The Washoes live WASHOES AND SAMPITCHES. 469 in the extreme western part of Nevada. Parker, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1866, p. 115. ' Commencing at the western boundary of the State, we have first the Wiishoe tribe occnpyjng a tract of country one hundred miles long, north and south, by twenty-flve in width.' Campbell, in /(/., p. 119. The Washoes ' live along Lake Bigler and the headwaters of Carson, Walker, and Truckee rivers, and in Long and Sierra Valleys.' Wasson, in Ind. Aff. Jiepl., 18G1, p. 114. The Waslwes ' are scattered over a large extent of country along the western border of the State ' of Nevada. Parker, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 18(i9, p. 13, Th3 Wa.siiaes ' freque'.it tha settled portions of the State, principally the towns of Virginia City, Carson City, Reno, Washoe City, and Genoa. In summer they betake themselves to the mountains in the vicinity of Lake Tahoe and Hope Valley.' Douglas, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 90. The Sanipitches 'range through the Sunpitch valley and creek on the Sevier river.' Irish, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 18C5, p. 145. 'The Sumpiebcs are a tribe wandering on the desert to the south of Youta Lake.' Prichard's Re- searches, vol. v., p. 430. Burton mentions ' Sampicbyas ' settled at San Pete. City of tlie Saints, p. 578. The San Pitches ' live in the San Pitch valley and along the Sevier river.' Cooky, in Ind. Aff, Rept., 1865, p. 18. 'The San Pitches occupy a territory south and east of the Timpanagos.' Tourtellotte, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869. p. 230. ' The San Pitch Indians inhabit the country about the San Pete reservation.' Tourtellotte, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 142, ' Les Sampectches, les Pagouts et les Ampayouts sont les plus proches voi- sins des Serpents.' De Smet, Voy., p. 28. The Uinta Utes 'claim Uinta valley and the country along Green river.* Forney, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1859, p. 364. The Uinta Yutas live 'in the mount- ains south of Fort Bridger, and in the country along Green River.' Burton's City of the Saints, p. 577. The Yan> Pah Utes ' inhabit the country south of the Uinta Valley reserva- tion.' Tourtellotte, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 142; /(/., 18G9, p. 231. The Elk Mountain Utes live in the south-eastern portion of Utah. Tour- tellotte, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 142; Burton's City of the Sai)Us, p. 578. repeats. The Tosaioees or White Knives, or as they are sometimes called Shoshotcos or Foot-men, on the Humboldt and Goose Creek. Stuart's Montana, p. 80. ' The Tos.iwitches, or White Knives, inhabit the region along the Humboldt River.' Simpson's Slu>rtest Route, p. 47. The Indians about Stony Point are called Tosawwitches (white knives). Hurl, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1850. The Weber Utes 'live in the valley of Salt Lake.' Tourtellotte, in Ind. Af. Rept., 1809, p. 230, also in id., 1870, p. 141. The Weber Utes live in the vicinity of Salt Lake City. Walker, iu Ind. Aff. Rept., 1872, p. 56. The Weber River Yutas are iirineipally seen in Great Salt Lake City. Their chief settlement is forty miles to the north. Burton's City of the SahiU, p. 578. The Cum Umbalis 'are mixed-bloods of tl»e Utes and Shoshonees, and range in the region of Salt lake, Weber and Ogden valleys in northern Utah.' Irish, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 18C5, p. 144. The Wlmmenuches are ' a tribe of the Ute Indians, whose country is prin- cipally from Tierra Amarilla northward to Ellos de los Animas and thence ilso to the Rio Grande. They mix with the Pi Utes in Utah.' Davis, in Ind. 470 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. Ajf. Rept., 1869, p. 255. The Wemenache Utes ' roam and hunt west of the San Juan River, and their lodges are to be found along the banks of the Rio de las Animas, Rio de la Plata and Rio Mancos.' Hanson, in h\d. Aff. Btpt., 1870, p. 155. The Werainuche Utes live near the San Juan river. Armatrmig, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1872, p. 307. The Capote Utes ' roam from within five to fifty miles of the agency, but the greater part of the time live in the vicinity of Tierra Amarilla, from five to ten miles distant, north and south along the Rio Charmer.' Hanson, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 154; Aiiniitnnwj, in Id., 1870, p. 307. ' The Sheberetches inhabit the country south of the Yam Pah Utes. Tour- ttttoUe, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1870, p. 142. The Fish Utes ' inhabit the country about Red Lake, south of the She- beretches.' Tourtellotte, in Ind. Af. Rept., 1870, p. 142. The Tash Utes live nenr the Navajos. Burton's City of tlit Saints, p. 578. The Tabechya, or Sun-hunters, ' live about T£te de Biche, near Spanish lands.' ' Timpenagnchya, or Timpana Yuta, corrupted into Tenpenny Utes, dwell about the kanyon of that name, and on the east of the Sweetwater Lake.' Burton's City of Uie Saints, pp. 577-8. 'The Timpanoge Indians formerly resided at and about Spanish Fort reservation, but they ure now scattered among other bands and do not now exist as a separate tribe.' Tour- ieUotte, in Ind. Aff. Rept.. 1870, p. 142; see also Id., 1869, p. 230. The Tini- panogs inhabit 'Utah valley, and *he neighboring mountains.' Cooky, in ind. Aff. Rept., 1865, p. 17. the Rio »»?. but ive in rur- he- 78. ish :e8, iter IDS lOW ur- ini- iu CHAPTER V. NEW MEXICANS. OgooraphicaIj Position of this Grocp, and Physical Featitreb or thr Territory — Family Divisions: Apachkh, Pueblos, Lower Californians, AND NoRTREltN MEXICANS— TuE ApACHE FaMILY; CoMANCHES, ApACRKS PROPER, HnALAPAIB, YCMAS, CoSNINOB, YaMPAIR, YaLCHEDCNES, YaMAJABB, COCUFGB, CruZADOB, NiJORAS, NaVAJOS, MoJAVES, and THEIR CUSTOMS — The Pueblo Family: Pukblos, Moquib, Pimas, Maricopas, Papaoob, ANi' their Neighbors—The Cochimis, Waicurib, Periccib, and otheb LowMt Californians — The Serih, 8inaloas, Tarahcmabxb, Conchos, TePKHJNEB, ToBOSOS, AcXEB, and OTHEBB in NoBTHEBN M'cXICO. The i>rEVV Mexicans, under which name I group the nations of New Mexico, Arizona, Lower California, So- nera, Sinaloa, Chihuahua, Durango, Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, northern Zacatecas, and western Texas, present some jxjculiarities not hitherto encountered in this work. As a groupal designation, this name is neither more nor less appropriate than some others ; all I claim for it is that it appears as fit as any. The term Mexican might with propriety be applied to this group, as the majority of its people live within the Mexican boimdary, but that word is employed in the next division, which is yet more ■strictly of Mexico. The territory of the New Mexicans, which U&s for the nost part between the parallels 36° and 23° a.id the mcr- dians 96° and 117°, presents a great diversity of climate and aspect. On *^aching the northern ex'.;remity of the Gulf of California, the Sierra Nevada and coast ranges of mountains oin and break up into detached upheavals, or an, "» 111 ,,., m. "»" \ \ "■* , \t. \ \i """»"'• ' , / Ji»V^<; ^•vLliii »■■! it !. , ^^, «\ \t j ^ f' Miiniirr-i'iiiB TitpfM-miliio A|>iii-B TS ) i Vb a^ ') I'lipfu-niiliii' .\|>iii-» \% [ >> \/ l'.>ll«*l!tiuiii\ j .// ! I i I i III I 1 1 I Ml 1C« r^ Jt NAVAJO* ZUN «i .!• (■i I ^ ^' MilntirriniM I'.>iln«nc«..\ (A/ '* A " - - i \ / Ji V c.iliirKtli.. ,''/\ Ta.'"F«....i ff """jf , ^ iAt-ToV" */' \ \ ^I^. /|«»«MUlMlltil t,-. ■ , ''■,1 » I \t / S . i 1 »k_? .'■ iii.iritil"" I y \in-..-,. %. / "*r\/f --. / \ h / T..... .^v ' It w ^Vi '^# ( / .-^^ -' ^^ '■ ""^^^c-— fr"::!!.. X -') \V«r / r' y ;•■ > »),lil l.^\- i ^- '■•>""""W«hmU ;.;i\-S^>N^ ^ r-..nlnTk\ L_ ■ >_* 1- , . AV L itMt 1(14 inv t«MI ,VHinliVirjli,'.>.. 472 NEW MEXICANS. as they nre called ' lost mountains ;' one part, with no great elevation, continuing through the peninsula, am)ther, under the name of Sierra Madre, extending along the western side of Mexico. The Rocky Mountains, which separate into two ranges at about the forty-fifth paral- lel, continue southward, one branch, known in Utah as the Wahsatch, merging into the Sierra Madre, while the other, the great Cordillera, stretches along the eastern side of Mexico, miiting again with the Sierra Madre in the Mexican table-land. Besides these are many detached and intersecting ranges, between which lie arid deserts, lava beds, and a few fertile valleys. From the sterile sandy deserts which cover vast areas of this territory, rise many isolated groups of almost inac- cessible peaks, some of which are wooded, thus aflbrding protection and food for man and beast. Two great rivers, the Colorado and the Rio Grande del Norte flow through this region, one on either side, but, except in certain spots, they contribute little to the fertilization of the country. In the more elevated parts the climate is temperate, sometimes in winter severely cold; but on the deserts and plains, with the scorching sun above and the burning sand beneath, the heat is almost insupport- able. The scanty herbage, by which the greater part of this region is covered, offers to man but a transient foofi- supply; hence he must move from place to place or starve. Thus nature, more than elsewhere on our cojist, invites to a roving life; and, as on the Arabian deserts, bands of American Bedouins roam over immense tracts seeking what they may devour. Here it is that many a luckless miner and ill-protected traveler pays the jien- alty of his temerity with his life; hero it is, more than elsewhere within the temi>erate zones of the two Amer- icas, that the natives bid defiance to the encroachments of civilisation. Sweeping down upon small settlements and isolated parties, these American Arabs I'ob, murder, and destroy, then fleeing to their strongholds bid defiance to pursuers. In the midst of all this we find another phenomenon in the semi-civilized towns-people of Kew THE APACHES. 473 Mexico and Arizona; a spontaneous awakening from the ruder phases of savagism. The famihes of this division may he enumerated as follows: The Apaches, under which general name I in- clude all the savage tribes roaming through New Mexico, the north-western portion of Texas, a small part of north- ern Mexico and Arizona; the PvMos, or partially culti- vated towi.^^ people of New Mexico and Arizona, with whom I unite, though not town-builders, the non-no- madic Pimas, Maricopaa and Papagos of the lower Gila River ; the Loicer Californians, who occupy the peninsula ; and the Northern Mexicans, which term includes the vari- ous nations sciattered over the States of Sonora, Sinaloa, Chihuahua, Durango, Coahuila, Nuevo Leon and north- ern Z.'ujatecas. I I To the Apaches, using the term in the <='ignification of a family of this division, no accurate boundaries can be assigned. Owing. to their roving proclivities and in- cessant raids they are led first in one direction and then in another. In general terms they may be said to range about as follows: The Comanches, Jetans, or Nauni, consisting of three tribes, the Comanches proper, the Yamparacks, and Tenawas, inhabiting northern Texas, eastern Chihuahua, Nuevo Leon, Coahuila, Durango, and iwrtions of south-western New Mexico,* by language allied to the Shoshone family;' the Apaches, who call 1 The Comancheg 'are divided into three principal bands, to wit: the Co- manche, the Yamparack and the Tenawa.' liurnet, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. i., p. 230; ' letuns, termed by the SpuninrdH Comanches, and in their own luni^unge Na-nni, signifying "life people." ' I'richard's Nat. Hint., vol. ii.. p. 519. ' The Comanches and the numerous tribes of Chichimecas ... are (uHuprehended by the Spaniards under the vague name of Mocos.' I'richard's Itesearches, vol. v., p. 422. The tribe called themselves Niyuna.' Srhoolcfaft's Arrh., vol. ii., pp. 575-6; Parker'.i Xotfs on Tex., p. 231; Xiuihliors, in Inil. Aff. liept., 1856, p. 175; mtlluinsen, Twichwh, p. 115; Frenrh\i Hi.it. Im., p. Iji5. 'Se divide en cuatro ramas considerables hajo los nombrcs de Cuchan- tit'us, Jupes, Yamparicas y Orientales. ' Oarcia Conde, in Soc. .Iff*, deoii., Hole- t'li, torn, v., p. 318; see also Coiiez, in Pac. Ii. Ii. liept., vol. iii., p. 121. Tin* Jetans or Camanches, as the Hpauiitrds term them, or Padoucas, as they iiH! called by the Pawnees. Pikt'n lixplor. Trar , p. 214. ' Tiirntr, in Pac. R. R. Rtpt., vol. iii., p. H'. ' Los Indios yutas, . . . son 1' IS inismos que los eumanches o cunianches, pues yuta <>so ipiiere decir en 1 1 Icngua de lo8 lipaues. Por consiguento no se pueden distinguir esos uom- 474 NEW MEXICANS. themselves Shis Inday, or 'men of the woods/' and whose tribal divisions are the Chiricaguis, Coyoteros, Faraones, Gilefios, Lipanes, Llaneros, Mescaleros, Mimbrefios, Na- tages, Pelones, Pinalefios, Tejuas, Tontos and Vaqueros, roaming over New Mexico, Arizona, north-western Texas, Chihuahua and Sonora,* and who are allied by language to the great Tinneh family;" the Navajoa, or Tenuai, as they designate themselves, having linguistic ar th^ Si^ of th^ m men breR, qne aunqne de dos lenguas difereutes espresan una niisma nacion.' Ber- landier y Thovel, Diario, p. 251. 'The Comanchea are a branch of the Sho- shones or Snaken.' Kuxton's Advm., p. 244. 'The Pawnees are descended from a cousin-germanship of the same stock.' Edward's Hist. 7Vx., pp. 108-9. ' Si le sang des Azteques existe encore sans melange en Amerique, il doit coulor dans les veines des Comanches.' Domenech'a Jour., p. 16; see also Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 24; Buschmann, Spuren der Azt. Spr., p. 391. 3 ' Probably because their winter quarters are always located amid the forests which grow upon the Sierras.' Vremony's Apaches, p. '243. * Cordero gives the following tribal names, which he says are ured among themselves; Vinni ettinenne, Tontos; Segatujenne, Chiricaguis; Tjuiccn- jenne, Gilenos; Iccujenne, Mimbrenos; Yutajenne, Faraones; Sejenne, Mes- caleros; Cuelcajenue, Llaneros; Lipajenne and Yutajenne, Lipans and Nit- vaios. Orotco y Berra, Oeografia, pp. 369, 379-385. ' Los pimns gilenos llanian H los yavipais taros 6 nifores; Iua jamajabs les llamau yavipais y nosotros apaches.' Garces, Diario, in Doc. U\st. Mex., serie it., torn, i., pp. 265, 352-:!. ' Yavipais Tejua que son los inditmitos Apaches.' Arridvita, Cn'mira Senifiia, p. 471. ' Yavapais, or Apache Mohaves, as they are more generally called ' Porfcer, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1869, p. 217. 'Pueden dividirse en nneve tribuH princiiiales . . . Tontos, Chirocahues, Gilenos, Mimbreiios, Faraones, Mezcal- eros, Llaneros, Lipanes y Navajoca. Todos hablan un mismo idioma ... No componen una nacion uniforme en sus usos y costumbres, pero coinciden en la major parte de sus inclinaciones, variando en otras con proporcion u los terrenos de su residencia, 4 las necesidades que padecen.' Garcia Conde, in Son. Mex. Geog., Boletin, torn, v., p. 314. Apaches, ' their name is said to si^- nify ' men.' ' Mescaleros, ' the meaning of the name, probablv, is drink- ers of mescal.' Cortei, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., pp. 118-9. Froebel's Cen- tral Amer., pp. 309, 353, 491; Froebel, Aus Amerika, torn, ii., PP- 161, 223, 4'25; Oreifi's Com. Prairies, vol. i., p. 285; Wlstizemis' Tour. p. 26; Thummel, ^fexiko, p. 351; Riuton's Adven., p. 194; Eaton, in SchtxAcra/t's Arch., vol. iv., p. 21(1; MUhletxpfordt, Mejico, tom. i., pp. 212-13; Xowry, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1857, v. 298; Steck, in Ind. Aff. Rept, 1863, p. 108, and Id.. 18i!4, p. 182, 1858. p. 197; BaUey, in Id., 1858, p. 206; Clum, in Id., 1871, p. 42; BartktVa Pers. Nar., vol. i., p. 325. Called Cfoyoteros, because it is believed that ' they feed upon the isli of " flesh of the coyote.' Hardy's Trav., p. 430, 'Les OileiSos avec les Axuas et les Apaches qui viennent de la Sierra Madre sont confondus sons le nom de P&pagos.' Mofras, Explor., tom. i., p. 213; Bustamante, in Caro, Trea Sigloa, tom. iii., pp. 79-80. ' Tonto, in Spanish means stupid.' ' Tonfo is a Spanish corruption of the originul Indian name.' Palmer, in Harper' h Mag., vol. xvii., p. 460; Domenech'a Deserts, vol. ii., pp. 5-8; Ayera, in Iml. Aff. Rept., 1858, p. 175; CoUins, in Id., 1860, p. 161; Id., 1861, p. 122; Max- well, in Id., 1863, p. 116; Parker, in Id., 1869, p. 23; Walker, in Id., 1872. p. 53; Clum, in Id., 1871, p. 368; Wappriua, Geog. u. Stat., p. 214; Uassel, Met. Ouat.,p. '275; Turner, in Nouvellea Annalea dea Voy., 1852, tom. cxxxv., p. 308. ^ "The Apaches and their coueeners belong to the Athapascan family.' Turner, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. Hi., p. 84, and in AouMfWes Annates dea V(^., 1832, tom., cxxxv., p. 311; Domenecha Deserts, vol. ii , p. 10. APACHE NATIONS. 475 affinities with the Apache nation, with which indeed they are sometimes classed, hving in and around the Sierra de los Mimbres ;' the Mojaves, occupying Ijoth banks of the Colorado in Mojave Valley ; the IJualajmis, near the headwaters of Bill Williams Fork; the Yumas, on the east bank of the Colorado, near its junction with the Rio Gila;' the Cosninos, who like the Hualapais are sometimes included in the Apache nation., ranging through the MogoUon Mountains f and the Yampais, between Bill Williams Fork and the Rio Hassayampa.' Of the mul- titude of names mentioned by the early Spanish author- ities, I only give in addition to the above the Yalche- dunes, located on the west bank of the Colorado in about latitude 33° 20', the Ynmajabs^ on the east bank of the same river, in about latitude 34°-35° ; the Coehees, in the Chiricagui Mountains of Arizona, the Cnizados^^ in New Mexico, and finally the Nijoras,^^ somewhere about the lower Colorado." o ' Llaman & estos indios los cruzados, pot unas cruces que todos, chicos y grandes se atan del copete, que les viene & caer en la frente; y esto hacen cnando ven L los espanoles.' Salmeron, Relaciones, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., torn, iii., p. 31. " ' Unos dicen que & un lado de estas naciones (Yutas) para h&cia al Fo- 476 NEW MEXICANS. The Apache country is probably the most desert of all, alternating between sterile plains and wooded mount- ains, interspersed with comparatively few rich valleys. The rivers do little to fertilize the soil except in sjxjts; the little moisture that appears is quickly absorbed by the cloudless air and arid plains which stretch out, some- times a hundred miles in length and breadth, like lakes of sand. In both mountain and desert the fierce, rapa- cious Apache, inured from childhood to hunger and thirst, and heat and cold, finds safe retreat. It is here, among our western nations, that we first encounter thiev- ing as a profession. No savage is fond of work; in- deed, labor and savagism are directly antagonistic, for if the savage continues to labor he can but become civ- ilized. Now the Apache is not as lazy as some of his northern brothers, yet he will not work, or if he does, like the Pueblos who are nothing but partially reclaimed Apaches or Comanches, he forthwith elevates himself, and is no longer an Apache; but being somewhat free from the vice of laziness, though subject in an eminent degree to all other vices of which mankind have any knowledge, he presents the anomaly of uniting activity with barbarism, and for this he must thank his thievish propensities. Leaving others to do the work, he cares not whom, the agriculturists of the river- bottoms or the towns-people of the north, he turns Ishmaelite, pounces upon those near and more remote, and if pursued retreats across the jornadas del muerte, or 'journeys of death ' as the Mexican calls them, and finds refuge in the gorges, canons, and other almost impregnable natural fortresses of the mountains. niente entk la nacion de log nijoras, y otros aflrman qne no hay tal nacion Nijora, sine que esta palabra nijor quiere decir cautivo, y que los cocoinnri- copas leH dan de noche & las naciones mas inmediatas y les quitan sus liijoH, los que cautivan y venden & Ids pimas y istoa k los espaiioles; si es asi que hay tiil nacion, est4 en esta inmediacion del no Colorado para el rio Saludo 6 rio Verde.' Notlciaa de la Pimeria, in Doc. Jliat. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 838. ' Todos estos cautivos llamnn per ac& fuera Nijores, aunque hay otra nacion Hijeras & parte.' Stddmair, IMadon, in Doc. Hist, Mcx., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 852. " For further particulars as to location of tribes, see notes on Tbibal BotTNOABiis, at the end of this chapter. PHYSIQUE OF APACHES. 477 The disparity in physical appearance between some of these nations, which may be attributed for the most part to diet, is curious. While those who subsist on mixed vegetable and animal food, present a tall, healthy, and nuiscular development, hardly excelled by the Caucasian race, those that live on animal food, excepting jjcrhaps the Comani;heSj are small in stature, wrinkled, shriveled, and hideously ugly." All the natives of this family, with the exception of the Apaches proper, are tall, well- built, with muscles strongly developed, pleasing features, although at times rather broad faces, high foreheads, large, clear, dark-colored eyes, possessing generally ex- traordinary powers of vision, black coarse hair and, for a wonder, beards. Taken as a whole, they are the most perfect specimens of physical manhood that we have yet encountered. While some, and particularly females, are of a light copper color, others again approach near to the dark Californian. Women are generally plumjier, inclin- ing more to oljesity than the men. Some comely girls are spoken of amongst them, but they grow old earl^ ." " ' Besonders flel nns der Unterschied zwischen dfn im Gebirge, ahnlich den Wolfen lebenden Yanipays iiiid Toiitos . . nnd den von vt't^utnbiliKclit'n Stoffen sich niihrenden Bewohneru des Ci)l(>rndo- 1 hales nnf, indeni crstcre nur kleine Imssliche Oestalten uiit widrigem tiickischeut AiiKdruck d<'r Physi- ognouiie wareu, die auderen dagpgen wie lauter Meisterwerke der sfhopfer- iscben Natur erschienen.' JUollhminen, Tai/ebuch, p. 384. '* The Navajos are ' of good size, nearly six feet in height, and well pro- portioned; cheek-bones high and prominent, nose straight and well shaped; hnir long and black: eyes black; . . feet small; lips of moderate size; head of medium size and well shaped; forehead not small but retreating.' Lelhei- mann, in Smilfisonian liepf., 1855, p. 288. ' Fine looking, physically.' ' Most symmetrical figure, combining ease, grace and power, and activity.* And the Comanches 'about five feet ten inches in height, with well proportioned Bhoulders, very deep chest, and long, thin, but muscular arms.' Cremony's Apachrs, pp. 49, 305, 15. The Mojave ' men are tall, erect, and finely pro- portioned. Their features are inclined to European regularity; their eyes large, shaded bv long lashes.' The Cuchans are ' a noble race, well foiroed, active and intelligent.' Whipple, in Pac. li. 1i. liept., vol. iii., pp. 110, 114. The Navajos are distinguished 'by the fullness and roundness of their eyes.' W7iipp/e, Ewbank, and Turner's liept., p. 31, in 7Vic. li. R. liept., vol. iii , 'The Camanches are small of stature. . . wear moustaches and heads of long hnir.' /'o;)e, in I'ac, R. li. Rept., vol. ii., p. 15. The Comanches 'quo da un nspecto bien particular a estas naciones, es la falta conipleta de cejas, puts ellos se las arrancan; algunos tienen una poca barba.' lierlanilier ami Tliovrl, }>xarii>, p. 253. The Yumas ' if left to their natural state, would be fine look- ing,' but the Hualpais 'were squalid, wretched-looking creatures, with splay feet, large joints and diminutive figures. . . .features like a toad's. . . .They {)resont a remarkable contrast to our tall and athletic Mnjaves.' The Nava- og are ' a fine looking race with bold features.' ' The Mojaves are perhaps 478 NEW MEXICANS. In contradistinction to all this the Apaches proper, or Apache nation, as we may call them, are slim, ill de- veloped, but very agile. Their height is about five feet an fine a race of men physically, as there is in existence. Ives' Colorado Jiiver, pp. 44, 54, 97-8, 108, 73, 128, 19, 39, 59, 66, plote p. 66. The Co- manches ore 'de bneua estatnra.' Beaumont, Crmica de Mechoacan, MiS., ]>. 527. The people between the Colorado and Gila rivers. 'Es gente l>icii agestada y eorpulenta, triguefios de color.' Hedtlmair, IMadon, in l)oc. His. Mex., sene iii., torn, iv., p. 851, The Cmzados are described as ' bien n^'ex- tados y nobles y ellas hermosas de liudos ojos y aniorosas.' Salmeron, lielari. ones, in Doc. IliM. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 31; see also Cordmte, in Tei'Ufiv.r- Comjians, Voy., serie i., torn, x., p. 446. In Mew Mexico Allegre denrribt's them as ' corpulentos y briosos, pero mal agcstados. Ins orejas largas . . . tii'iini poco barba. ' Allegre, Jlist, Comp. de Jesus, torn . i . , p. 332 ; and of the same peo| ile Alcedo writes ' son de mejor aspecto, color y proporcion que los demiis. ' />i<'- cionan'o, torn, iii., p. 184. And Lient. Miillhaiisen, who frequently goes into ecstasies over the splendid figures of the lower Colorado people, whom he calls the personification of the ancient gods of the Romans and Greeks, kuvh further that they are 'grostse, schi'in gewachsene Leiite,' and describes their color as ' dnnkelkupferifarbig.' Of the women he adds ' Gnnz im Uegensiitzo zu den M&nnem sind die Weiber der Indiuner am Colorado durchgHii(;ig klein, untersetzt und so dick, das ihr Aussehen mituuter an's koiniKihe grSnzt.' Comparing the Hnalapais with the Mojaves he writes ' anf der tine Seite die unbekleideten, riesenhaften und wohlgebildeten Gestalten der Mo- haves. . . .auf der andem Seite dngegen die im Vergleich mit erstern, zwtr^- jihnlichen, hagem . . . . Figuren der Wallpays, mit ihren verwirrten, strniipi- gen Haaren, den kleinen, geschlitzten Angen und den fulschen, gehtiKMigen Ausdruck in ihren Ziigen. The Cosninos he calls 'hjisslich und verkiim- mert.' Mdllhausen, Ttuiehuch, pp. 331, 382-8; Mollhausen, lieistn, torn, i., pp. 123-4, 199, 215, 274, 293, 318, tom. ii., pp. 43, 37, and plate frontispiece. Mollhausen, Mormonenviiidchen, tom. ii., p. 140. The Comanche 'men are about the medium stature, with bright copper-coloured complexions the women are short with crooked legs. . . . far from being as good looking as the men.' In the Colorado Valley 'are the largest and best-formed men I ever saw, their average height being an inch over six feet.' Marry's AiTiiy Life, pp. 25, 279. ' Les Comanches ont la taille haute et fiancee, et sont presque aussi blancs que les Europeens.' Soc. Geog., BuMin, serie v.. No. 96, p. 192. And of the Comanches see further. Dragoon Camp, p. 153. ' Kobust, almost Herculean race.' Foote's Texas, vol. i, jp. 298. 'Exceedingly handsome.' Calderon de la Barca's Life in Mex., vol. ii., p. 308; Ilarimaun and Millard's Texas, p. 109. 'Women are ugly, crooklegged, stoop-shouldered.' raiker's Notes on Tex., pp. 189, 232, 194; MexikanLsrhe ZvMlinde, tom. i., p. 373; Vrot- beVs Cent. Am., p. 267; see also FrotM, Aus America, tom. ii., p. 101 ; Grttjifs Com. Prairies, vol. ii., pp. 37-8; Domeriech, Joum., p. 132. The Yuma ' wom- en are generally fat.' 'The men are large, muscular, and well formed.' Bmi- Mt's Pers. Nar., vol. ii.,pp. ISO, 178. Navajo women are 'nnuh handsomer and have lighter complexions than the men. Pattie's Pers. Nar., pp. 218-1'.!; Simpson's Jour. Mil. Becon., p. 52; Domenech's De.serts, vol. ii., pp. 7, 10, 24. 65, plate 8. The Navajos have ' light flaxen hair, light blue eyes .... their skin is of the most delicate whiteness.' Broumell's Ind. Bares, p. 545; Hughes' l>ou- iphan's Ex., p. 203. On the Mojaves see further, Stratton's Ca])t. Oatman Girls, p. 138; Sitgreaves' Zuiii Ex., n. 18; Cal. Mercantile Jour., vol. i., p. 227, plate; Clum, in Ind. Aff. Bept., 18'71, p. 363. And on the Yumas. Poston, in M. Kept. Aff., 1863, p 387; Browne's Apache Country, p. 61; Taylor, in Cal. Farmer, Feb. 22, 1860. Women's 'feet are naturally small.' Emory's Be])!., in U. 8. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. 109. The Yampais are broiul- faced, and have 'aquiline noses and small eyes.' Palmer, in Harper's Moij., vol. xvii., p. 460. Indian Traits, in Hayes Col. PHTSIGAL PECnLIARITIES. 479 four to five inches; features described as ugly, repulsive, emotionless, flat, and approaching the Mongol cast, while the head is covered with an unkempt mass of coarse, shocky, rusty black hair, not unlike bristles. The women are not at all behind the men in ugliness, and a pleasing face is a rarity. A feature common to the family is re- markably small feet; in connection with which may be mentioned the peculiarity which obtains on the lower Colorado, of having the large toe widely separated from the others, which arises probably from wading in marshy bottoms. All the tribes whose principal subsistence is meat, and more particularly those that eat horse and mule liesh, are said to exhale a peculiar scent, something like the animals themselves when heated.^'' •5 ' Their average height is about five feet four or five inches. They are but slinily built, and possess but little muscular development light brown- ish red color.' Some have ' a Chinese cast of countenance rusty black hair.' Smart, in Smithsonian Rept., 1867, p. 418. Their ' features were flat, negro-like small legged, big-bellied and brond-shouldered.' Emory's ReconnoiHsance, p. 52. 'More miserable looking objects I never beheld;' legs, 'large and muscular.' Fremont and Emory's Xotes of Trav., p. 139. 'Wiederliche Physiognomien und Gestalten ..unier mittlerer Grosse.... grosse Kopfe, vorstehende Stirn und Backenknochen, dicke Xasen, aufge- worfene Lippeu und kleine geschlitzte Augen Ihr Gesicht war dunkler nls ich es jemals bei Indianem gefunden.' Mullhavsen, Tagebuvh, p. 3C0. ' Von zottigen weit abstehenden Haupthaaren bedeckt. ' Mdllhausen, Viavhtl'mij, torn. iii., p. 40. ' Ill-formed, emaciated, and miserable looking race had all a treacherous-fiendish look.' Bartlett's Pers. Nar., vol. i., p. 327. 'Phjsically of a slighter build than any Indians I have seen.' C'lum, in Ind. Aff. liept., 1871, p. 47. ' Most wretched looking Indians I have ever seen.' Sitiireaves' Zui'ii Ex., p. 14. ' Small in stature. . . .Coal-black eye.' Petei's' Life of Carson, p. 320. 'Hair is very black and straight, much resembling horse Lair. . . . appears to belong to the Asiatic type.' Henry, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 211. ' Gipsy looking with an eye singularly wild_and piercing.' Ilonstoun's Tem.le, in Pac. R. Ii. Kept., vol. iii., pp. 98, 110. " Mojave girls, after they marry, tiittoo the ehin ' with verticol blue lines.' Palmer, in Harper's Maj , vol. xvii , p. 463, Yumas: ' Doch ist ihuen das Tatowiren uicht fremd; dieses wird mdessen niehr von den Fruuen unRc- wendet welche sieh die Mundwiukel und das Kinn niit blauen Piinkton und Linieu schmiicken,' M6tllian.Hvn, ReUen indie FelHenr/eh., torn. i.,p. 1'24; M611- linu.sen, Tai/elyuah, p. 385; Stratlon's Capt. Oatman Girls, pp. 151-2; U'liipple, Ewbatik, and Turner's Repl., p. 33, in Par. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., and plato; MMer, in Emory's Rept., U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. 110; t>oc. Oeog., Bulletin, serie v., No. 96, p. 186; Treasurj/ of Trav., j). 32. i» 'Das Gesicht hatten sieh olle Vier (Mojaves) nuf gleiclie Weiso be- malt, namlich kohlschwarz mit einem rothen Stricho, der sieh von dor Stiriio fiber Nase, Mund und Kinn zog.' Mollhausen, Tagehuch, pp. 383, 38.), ;)88; Elate, 394. ' Painted perfectly black, excepting a red stripe from the top of is forehead, down the bridge of his nose to his chin.' lve.s' Colorado lav., 51. 67. The Apaches ' Se tiiien el cuerpo y la cara con bastantcs colorcs.' Ihc. list. N. Vizcaya, MS., p. 5. ' Pintura de greda y almagre con que se union la caro, brazes y piernas.' Cordero, in Orozco y Beira, . Ill; MoUltausen, Tof/ebuch, p. 383; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 62; Hardy's Trar., >. 336, 342; Stratlon's Capt. Oatman Oirls, p. 138; Pattie's Pers. Nar., p. ll'J; 'alker, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1872, p. 162; Cortex, in Pac. R. R. Repl., vol. iii., p. 124; Whipple, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 33; Cremonij's Apaches, \y. 29, 132; Soc. Qeooc. it nil Doc. •21 '.(■>; ■(, in DM, vol. r. 'Las mas se cubren de la ciiitura hasta lux piernas con la cascara interior del sauce.' Sedelniair, in J>oi\ llii't. Mex., Bcriu iii., toni. iv., p. 851. ' Las mugeres se cubren de la ciutura a la rodilla con la cascara interior del sauce. ' Alt'ire, II'inl. Comp. de Je-ms, torn, iii., p. 1 11 ; MStlluiiincn, Tatie.tnwh, p. 384; Mollhaunen, Reinen in die Filsen'ieb., vol. i., p. ll'i; SIratton's Capt. Oatman Girl.t, p. 138; Soc. Geoij., liullitin, serie v., No. 06, p. l.sC; Whipple, in Par.. li. R. Repl., vol. iii., p. 114; Whipple, Ewbank, and rurner'a Rvpt., p. 33, in Pac. R. li. Repl., vol. iii., plate and cuts; To'tner, in Ind. Aff. Repl., 1871, p. 361; Parker, in hid. Aff. Repl., 1870, p. 131); 3/ic/i- kv. in Emory's Repl. U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., pp. 109, 110, with plate. *' ' Partly clothed like the Spaniards, with wide drawers, moccasins and l«KgingH to the knee . . .their moccasins have turned-np square toes, mostly thi-y have no head-dress, some have hats, some fantastic helmets.' CuUh' Coiiq. of Cal., p. 184. ' They prefer the logging and blanket to any other dress.' liitrlUil's Pent. Nar., vol. i., j)p. 320, 328. 'Mexican dress and sad- dles predominated, showing where they had chiefly made up their wardrobe.' Emory's Reconnomtnrt, p. 01. 'Los hombres, sp las acomodan alrededor del cuerpo, dejando desambarazados los bra/.os. Es eu lo general la ganiuza d piel del venado la que emplean en este servieio. Cubren la cabeza de nn boiietc u gorra de lo mismo, tal vez adornado dc pluinas de aves, 6 cuernos de uniinales. . . .El vestuario de las mujeres es igualraente de pieles.' Cordero, in Onizco ;/ Berra, Geografia, p. 371. ' Cervinis tergoribus aniiciuntur tam fccniiiuc qiiam mares.' Jienavules, in De Diet, Sovus Orb'is, p. 31(!; Alarchon, in Ilaklui/t's Voy., vol. iii., pp. 431, 437; Snnnra, Desnrip. Genq., in Doc. Hist, itex., serie iii., tom. iv.. p. 564; Doc Hist. N. V^izcaya, MS., p. 5; Paltic's Peru. JVar., p. 117; Ifughes' Doniphan's Ex.,p.2\i; Peters' Life of Carson, p. 451; Henry, in Schooliraft's Arch., vol. v., pp. 210, 211; Walker, in hid. Aff. Repl., 1872, p. 174; Parker, in hid. Aff. Repl., 1869, n. 248; Roedel, in hid. Aff. Ufpt., 1871, p. 397; Nita, in Ternaux-Compans, Voy., serie i., tom. ix., pp. 'JO'i, 208; Froebel, Aus Amerika, tom. ii., pp. 101, 424; see also Froehel's Cent. Am., pp. 309, 490; Garcia Conde, in Album Mex., tom. i., pp. 40, IfiO, 167; fAmiti, Costumes, plate xxii; VeUvico, Noticias de Sonora, p. 200; Moll- hnimm, Ftiichtlin!o-ro))e, which forms the sole covering for the upper part of the l)ody; in addition, tlie breech-cloth, leggins, and moccasins are worn. Tlie women crop the hair short, and a long shirt made of deer-skin, which extends from the neck to Inflow tlie knees, with leggins and moccasins, are their usual at- tire.^^ polo colf^amlo.' lieniimonl, Cron, de. Mechoacan, MS., p. 527; Ilevltla f'knlifim, toin. i.. I). Iii^; I'ark'fr's Noiis on Ti-x., p. r.>l; Ihd'innH (.'amp., p. 1.');); Moll- haiisen, Taifharh, |>. lir>; Whipple, Kw'tank,». The <'o. luaiiehes ' de tout soxe jxirtent nn niiroir attache an poi^net, et sn tii^iiiiit 1« visat,'e en rouge.' ,S»r,. Otio'j., Bnllitin, serie v.. No. 'Mi, p. I'JJ; Whipiih', l:'ii^- bank, and Turner's Hi pi., p. 27, in I'w. li. H. Jtipl., vol. iii.; I'lilimy. in Harper's Ma'/., vol. xvii., p. 450; I'ultie's I'lvs. Nar., pj). 115, .'Mi; SrlnfulriniVs Arch., vol.ii., p. 133; I'urher's Xoles on Vm., pp. IHl, I'Jl, 11)7. '202; ll';.s/i;p- nus' Tour., p. 71; Simpson's Jour. Mil. Jlei-im., p. 119; Alffire, Hist. I'mup. lie t/e-siis, toiij, i., p. U;i2; Comhier, Voy., p. 224; llartinann and Millmil, I'l. \ l.filH, p. 110; lAirewtwlihrn, Mijr.it (fual., p. 147, plate; Timjisky's J/i7/«, p. MO; '/i//- iam'n 7'/((i'., p. ;{05; Horn's Vapliiily, p. :^5. '■''■' 'The Cainanehes jin fer dark clothes.' Pnrh'r's Notes on 7V.c., |ip. ISO, 181, 202. ' Les «uerriers portiMit pour tmit veti'nient tine jieaii dc liulHe ( ii manteau.' Sor. lico'/., liutlitin, seriev.. No. '.Hi, p. 102, ' l.as nni^eres aluliili vestidas de la eintura paia abajo eon unos eiieros de veiiado aduliado en forma . 5'27. ' Vistense galanos . umi hoiiili'es como nmgeres con inantas pintadas y bordadas.' TonpienKuln, MiDutri). I tit., tc.i!. i., p. (i8l, ' Siis vestidos se uoni))onen de tinas botim, nn niediuin d<^- luntal (pie oubro sus verniieiizas, y un coton, todo de pieiew Ins ijiiiLiere" usan una manta ciiadrada de laiia negra nmy estret-ha.' .Ali'ure, I list. I'nmp. de. J'SHS, toni. i., p. '.V.il. 'Tain niari's qtiain fieiiiin:e f^ossypiliis tiiniei^ et ferariiin exiiviis vestiebantur aerei>t ipiie o (oraruin tevgoribus et taurino corio consuta (M'ant. l''(iiiiiiiiis eiipilhis beiio poxus etelei^aiitur erat dispositns. nee iiilo jireterea velaniine(;a|iiit tijj< liuiit.' De iMe.t, /fotms Orh'is, p. ;(U ; Froelte.l, .\ns Aiiieriht, pp. 'JO, 101; l/ruiioon Gamp., p. l.'>3; Warden, lierhmhrs, pp. 7',), 80; i/nrria ( oniir, in .l/')W»i M'.f , torn, i., p. '200; Satmeron, Itrlo.'.ones. in l)oi\ Hist. Mex., serie iii., toni, iv , jip, 25, 31, '.)l; liivista ("mdifira. toni. i., ii, 102; llmn's CnplivUij, p. '22; Muni/s Army Life, pj). 2.'i, 20, 45; I'alnier, in llarjier's Mao., vol. .vvii., p. -j.^O; f 'r<'i»i")i//',< AparJies', p, 15; Larenand'ii're, M'X.elilwit, \i. 117, plad ; >iattatiii, in y^'iinltes Annaksdes Koy., 1851, torn, cxxxi., pp. 252, '272, '273; Monlanus, S'iiumi di f- DWELLINGS OP THE APACHES. 485 Nomadic and roving in their habits, they pay little attention to the conHtriiction of their dwellings. Sel- dom do thoy remain more than a week in one locality ;* hence their lodges are comfortlesH, and diversified in Htyle Jiccording to caprice and circumstances. The iVame-work everywhere is nsually of jKiles, the Coman- ches pliUMng them erect, the Jiipans l>ringing the tops together in cone-HhajKJ, while the Apjiches liend them over into a low oval;" one or other of the aho' •• f»)rms is usually adopted by all this family,"" witii unii.i|H)rtant dift'erences de|x>nding on locality and variations of cli- mate. The framework is covered with brushwcMxl or rill, p. '210, and D'lppir, Ni'w Wi'll, p. 'H'A\ Cnstariedu, in T'rnaiix-i'Diiijvins, Va;/., Ki'ric i., toni. iv., p. I'27; M'islneiius' Tour., ii. 71; J'drk-fr, in Iml. Aff. Iii'[it., 18 i!>, )>. 10!); Kurit'lero, Xiilirins ile t'hthaniiud, ]). 'I'.W; Hreiii/'s I'aiii. I'lviries vol. ii., pp, 38, 'MO, JU'J; Fiidi-r'n I'lr-llint. Huns, p. 228; lliiiiiiiunn itiul MiUanl, Trxnn, p. 110; JJotiiriinli, Juitr., pp. i;H, ll.c MitUUlvil, Jlisl. Tix,, p. 210, Jmuiiiilio, in Ttrnau,t-<'(iiii])iniK, \'<>i/., m'rw i , ttiui. ix., pp. ;172, ;{77; 'V(.s7'i/io iic. /i.c*/., torn, iv., )>. li.TI; llnuslDim's Tex., p. 227, Alredo, DiinioHiirin, toni. iii., p. IHl; Fumhnm'a Trn»., p. 32; .S'c/ii/n/cm/'/'.s Arrh., vol. ii., p. l.'iU; Jlnmiiifrli's Jkmrlx. vol. ii., p. 21. ■'" The Apaclics ' riirely rciuiilp more thiin ii week in any ono locality.' ('miiiiHi/'.f ApiirlKs, p. 24(». ' Cftto nation ('tant noniaili'ct toujoui's :i la pnur- Kiiiti- (111 nil)icr.' < (intatifdn, in Trni'inx-Coiiiiiiiiis, li.!/., K<'rii' i , toni j). llllt; \'iliisrii, .\; h'liola'.i Tfxn's, ).. UDS; CiirkUm. in Ind. .\ff. Uepl., 18(;7, y. .\1^>; llnlliys Ttxiis, p. ir>S; DroijiHiii <'anip., p. I">:i; lienuedi/'s VVxd.s, vol. i., ji. 4:t7; lhUi)ti>rle. AViwii, i)t x., j). 45(1. ■J' ' riio prin('i|>al cliarat'lfnKtii; I bclicvt!, is Uio form of tlirir wi^wamH; (iiic Hi'ts lip crt'i't poles, anotlKT bends tlicin ovi'V in a circulur form, and flio third (,'i\(S tlii'iii a low oval shape.' ,'!irtk!t's I'ers. .\i- tnlies make tiieir lodt,'es ill •. 'liiFe .lit way, by a knowledne of which I'ircnmstaiice, travelers are aide to d.iseovi r on arriving; at a deserted camp wliethei it belongs lo a hostile '.>r fiiendiy tribe.' /'(o/.o- n \niy, Tot/., setie i., toni. ix., p 37I». ■ Their hdj'eH are rcclaiij^'ular.' Sitfircarrs' Xni'ii Ex., p. 18; ''aMai'ifdn, in Ti riiiinx-Ci'iiipnn.'i, I'"//., si'rie i., toin. ix., p. 194; f-.'tn' Citlorndo Uioir, p. IW; Fi'juu'r's Ihnn li'irr, p, 482. 486 NEW MEXICANS. ckins, sometimes with grass or fljit stones. They are from twelve to eighteen feet in diameter at the widest part, and vary from four to eight feet in height,*' wliich is sometimes increased hy excavation." A triangular opening serves as a door, which is closed with a piece of cloth or skin attached to the top.^' ^V^hen on or near rocky ground they live in caves, whence some travelers have inferred that they build stone houses.^' A few of 33 ' They muke them of npright poles a few feet in height. . . .upon \vhi<'h rest brush and dirt.' Emory'it Kept. U. S. and Mex. boimiktry Survey, vol. j., pp. 111-12. 'The very rudcHt huts hastily conBtructcd of brauches of ci'dar trees, and sometimes of lint stones for small roofs.' EnUm, in .Sf/ioo/.ni/C.i Arch., vol. iv., ji. 217. These huts are abnnt eight feet high, eighteen ieet in diiimeter at base, the whole being covered with bark or brush and ininl. Simpson's Jour. MU. lier.im,, p. (iO. 'Exceedingly rude structures of Kti('l',); VU- ta-Sei'ior y tianchez, Thentro. tom. ii. p. 413; iHi/fj/. JiiLiiaur . 11)9-115; llnmboldl, Essai, Vol., tom. i., p. 230; Cordow, in 7'>riiuvx-<'ij}ii))aii.i, Voy., serie i., torn. x.,jp. 443; De [Mel, Novus CJrbis, p. 3<>1; liromiell's Jnd. Races, p. 544; Hardy's Trai\, \). 336. ^* Sit(ireares' Zutn Ex., i>. IS. 'This compels the Navau/fs to ereo* substantial liut.s of an oval form, the lower portion of the hut being «x- oavated.' Cminmy's Aparhes, p. 3<)6. ' I'hey live in bruHh houses, in the winter time, digging u holi> in the ground and covering thm with a lrtico. The timber used is cottonwixxi, and the interstices are filled up witli mud or straw." None of their liouses have windows, the dooi* and smoke- hole in the roof serving for this puriKXse; l»nt. as many of them have their lires outside, the door is often the only opening.*' iSmall huts alx>ut three feet in height con.stitute their medicine-lodges, or bath-houses, and are generally in ll)rin and material like their other structures.™ The Mojn.es also build granaries in a cylindrical form with conical, skillfully made osier nK)fs.*" i. Rxxl of all is similar;*' most of them make more (m ':■ pretentiims to agriculture, and are habituated to a vegetable 4iH;. but seldom do any of them raise a sulfic- iifnt >"»f4)ly Sw the year's consumption, and tliey are Hiierdlore fore**] to rely on the mesquit-bean, the pifion- o\. xvii.. p. MA. ^1* See !4«»S<» in Marn/'s Army JJ/e. p.*''. • I'ho lire is mado in the front of th»' lo40 Ikirkm, in ticlnwlcraft'ii Arrli., vol. iii., p. 7(t. ■'' ' In trrtfy village may lie K«K'n Hnmll HirnetureH, eoiiHistinf^ of a frame- work of iiliglK poleH, lM>nt into u wmi-spherienl foiiii and covered with Imf- ful". hideH. TfifW arf eulled liiedieine lt., W>t\. p. ■m. <» Palmer, in Hnrper'n Maq., toI. iviii.. i>. 4t>4; Whipple, Ewhank, and f linker's liepl.. p. 23, in Pe wheat, com. nn Ions, *c.' liartlfWs I'erg. Aar., vol. ii., pp. '.iCS, m\ l«l, Luvhuprlh, Hnonas't- i88 NEW MEXICANS. nut and the maguey-plant, agave mexicana, and other wild fruits, which they collect in considerable quanti- ties." They are but indifierent hunters, and secure only a precarious supply of small game, such as rabbits and squirrels, with ultimate recourse to rats, grasshop- pers, lizards and other reptiles.*' A few fish are taken by those living in the neighborhood of rivers." The BnuU}on, p. 81; Arricivila, Cronica Serdfica, p. 419; Aleijre, Hist. Comp. de Jesu.1, toin. i., p. 332; Ives' Colorado liiter, pp. 60, ()7, 70, 73; Enmry'n Rfpl. U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., pp. 117, 128, 12i); 67r««<«i'.s Capt. Oatmnn Girls, p. 123; Donienech's Deserts, vol. ii., pp. 40, 05, (JC; fiit- Zuiii Ex., p. 18; lirouine's Apache Country, pp. 51, 52, 107; Movcry's gi'eaves p. 18; lirowne's Apache Country, pp. 5] Arizona, p. 33; Pattie's Pers. Nar., p. 91; Mexicanische Xusiiinde, torn, i., p. (14; MiMhauseti, Reisen m die Felstmieb, toin. 1., p. Ill; Champatrnac, I 'oi/i. ;/<«)•. p. 84; Bent, in SchookrufV s Arch., vol. i., p. 243; Eaton, in Schootnaj't's Arch., vol. iv., p. 217; Whipple, Ewtnink, and Turner's liept., pp. 13, 120. in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii.; Thummel, Mexiko, p. 349; UalUit'm, in Nom-flks Annales des Voy., 1851, torn, cxxxi., pp. 288-9; Prichard's Aat. Hist. Man, vol. ii., p. 567; Farniium's Life in Cal.; Davis' El Griniio, p. 411; <:iark, iu H'lst. Ma(j., vol. viii., p. 280; ISalmeron, Rektcioms, in Doc. Hist. Mix., Ht'rio iii., torn, iv., pj). 25-6. 42 < A sniull but ngreable nut called the Fiiion, grows abundnutly in this country; and during a period of Bciitcity, it sometinifis constitutfs tlio solo food of the poorer claHs of natives for many suceesHive wei'kn.' Baiiis. in Dnc. Hist. Mix., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 31; Hmry, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 212; Hardy's Trav., pp. 338; MOUhausen, Taiiebuch, pp. 147, 331, 3.'i0, IliiO, 397; Cordoue, itiTeriutux-Conipan.r- dero, in Orotno y lirrn, (hihirafia, p. .'175. ' Kl Apache no come el peKcado, aunque los hay abundan(es en sus rios.' Velasco, S'lidcias de Sonoro, ]>. 'l>^->; Emory's Rept. U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i,, p. 123; Stratton's Capl. FOOD AND AGKICULTURE. 489 Navajos, Mojaves, and Yumas, have long been ac- quainted with the art of agriculture and gnjw corn, beans, pumpkins, melons, and other vegetables, and alst some wheat; some attempt a system of irrigation, and others select for their crops that ix)rtion of land which has been overflowed by the river. The Xavajos j)os.sess numerous flocks of sheep, which though used for food, they kill only when requiring the wool for blankets. Although in later years they have cows, they do not make butter or cheese, but only a curd from sour milk, from which they express the whey and of which they are very fond." Their method of planting is simple ; w ith a short sharp- pointed stick small holes are dug in the ground into which they drop the seeds, and no further care is given to the crop except to keep it partially free from weeds.** Maize soaked in water is ground to a paste between two stones. From this paste tortillas, or thin cakes, are made which are baked on a hot stone. To ctxik the maguey, a hole is made in the ground, in wliich a fire is kindled ; after it has burned some time the maguey-bulb is buried in the hot ashes and roasted. Some couc, \i. 'I'M. ' They luvcr to my kimwli'dge make butter or chceKe, nor do I belicvo they know what such tliiiiLjs arc.' Eaton, in SvfuMtU'rafl'a Arcli., vol. jv., p. 217. The Navajocs 'make butter and cheese' Sceiwn in tlf I'luhy Mis., p. ISd, Some of the ' iiu n >>rou),'ht into camp a quantity of cheese.' Irts' <'i>l<>md>> liinr, \)\). 128, \'Mi. *•< Kmiiry's l{i'])l. C S. ttnd Mix. /<"iiii(/oi-v .^iinci/, vol. i., p. 112. They Slant com very deep with a stake and raise \ery ^nud crops." luil. .[ft'. Hipt., pec. Com., 1807, p. 337; Munmthir.Ui hid. Afi'. Hi'iit., 1M.")1, p. 172. *' ' The nictate is a sli|,'iitly hoHoAed hard stone, upon which soaked niaize is laid and then reduced to piisfe.. The paste so formed is then patted between the hands until it assumes a tlat, thin and roinid afipcaranco when it is laiil on a hot pan an and this nieat-niiish or soup was the staple of fo(Ml anion^ theiu ' .Stiiilli»i's ( a/il. (htUiinii liirls, pji 111, ll.'t. 'A lar^o Echino Cactus . >iv>Uowed so us to make a trough. Into this were thrown 490 NEW MEXICANS. As before mentioned, the roving Apaches obtain most of their food by hunting and plunder; they eat more meat and less vegetable diet than the other Arizona tribes. They have a great partiality for horse-flesh, sel- dom eat fish, but kill deer and antelope.*" When hunt- ing they frequently disguise themselves in a skin, and imitating closely the habits and movements of the animal, they contrive to approach within shooting-distance.*'' Whether it be horse or deer, every portion of the carcass with the exception of the bones, is consumed, the entrails being a special delicacy. Their meat tbey roast par- tially in the fire, and eat it generally half raw. Wlien fcxxl is plenty they eat ravenously and consume an onor- the soft portions pf the pulpy Rubstiince which surrounds tho heart oi tlic cactus; and to them had l>een added game and plants gathered from tlio bunks of tho croi-k. Min^ijled with water, the whole had been cooked In- stirring it up with heated stones.' W'hii}pk, in I'ac. It. It. liept., vol. iii., j), ".)(>. * lis nian(;ent des pains do inai's cuits sous la cendre, aussi ({ros (jne les ^rus pains do Castille.' Cantaueda, in Trrnaux-i 'inn pans, \'oy., st'-rie i., toni. ix., \k 49; Ilfinly's Trav., p. 2;i8; Patlie'n Pers. Nar., p. C;i; liarlleUx I'ura. Siir., vol. i., p. 291; L'aslauo dc Sota, in Pavheco, Col. l)ov. Ined., toni. iv., pp. ;j;i()-l. « ' The Apaches rely chiefly upon the flesh of the cattle and sheep tin v can steal. . . .they nro said, however, to be more fond of the meat of the mule than that of any other animal.' Grerjifs Com. J'rairifs, vol. i., j)p. '2'.>()-l. ' A nonproductive race, subsisting wholly on plinider and game.' ('rimiiiiy'n ApddlitK, p. 141. The Jicarillu Apaches: 'the chuso is their only means of support.' C irstw, m Ind. Aff. lifpt., IHilO, p. 1(54. 'They live entirely liv hunting.' DiUjato, in Ind. Aff. Hcpt., 1806, p. l.W. 'Die Nalining de'i- Aapches besteht hauptsachlicli in deni Fleische der Binder und Sehafe. . .doch soil, wio man sagt, Maulthiertleisch ihre Lieblingspeise sein.' Tliitin- mel, -Vf.fiAv), p. ',)'>•>. ' Ihre besten Leekerbissen sind Pferde und Maulcsel- fleisch, welches sie braten und dem Itindfleische vorziehen.' Vrlix, in .l/i'iV, Ifachrichten, p. 289. Their daintiest food is nude and horseflesh. Apoali tiion Afdne.H, p. 432. ' Anteriorniente antes (juo en la froutera abunilase el ann- ado, uno do sus aliinentos era la came del caballo, y la caza de difer«'nt<'-i animales.' Vdanco, .Vo/tciVwffe Nonorrt, pp. 2i!(!-7; Kdward's llisl. Ti.iiin, \^.'.ti); Emory's Uept. U. S, and Mi:r. liowulnry Sunry, vol. i., p. 112; liailktl's Pers.'Xar., vol. i., p. 327; Sor. iJe'ofj., Jitdletin, serie v.. No. 9C, p. 187; .^tmllon's Capt. Oalmaii Girls, p. 110; Ward's Mixico. vol. i., p. 680; Annin, iMts Ueiiliiie Mexiko, p. 282; SUtidey's I'urlni'Us, p. 57; I'almer, in llar]>€r's Mwi., vol.xvii., p. 4GU; Kdwards' Campaiiin, p. 95; Ifthisel, MiW. Uuat., p. 27(i; Srhoohnijt's Arch., vol. v., p. 202; seo further Ind. Aff. liipls., fi-om 1854-73; (Jfdlatiii. in Xouvelks Annaies des Voy., 1851, torn cxxxi., p. 308; Peters' Life of CurKim, p. 452; Torijiinnada, Monarq. Ind., torn i , p. (179. « ' What I would havi' sworn was an antelope, proved to be a young In- dian, . . . .who having enveloped himself in an antelope's skin with liead. horns and all complete b..id ifrudually crept up to the herd under hi.s dis- guise.' Cremony's AjMches, pp. 28, 194. ' 8e viste de una picl do los niisnin.-i iinimales, pono sobre su cabeza otra de la clase de los que va a buseur, ; iir- mado de su arco y flechas andando on cuatro pi»n(, proeura mezelarse en una banda de ellos.' ('ordtro, iu Orozco y lierm, Geograj'ia, p. 375; (inrrin Cinulf, in Album .l/i.r., torn, i., p. 372; ScluxiUrraft's Arch., vol. v., p. '212. Ferry, Scenegdelu Vie Sauvaye, p. 'i02. BUFFALO HUNTIKO. 491 mous quantity ; when scarce, they fast long and stoically. Most of them hate bear-meat and pork. So Jtw-like is the Navajo in this particular that he will not touch pork tiiougli starving."" The Comanches do not cultivate the soil, but subsist entirely by the chase. Buftalo, which range in immense herds throughout their country, arc tbe chief food, the only addition to it being a few wild plants and roots; lience they may be said to Ije almost wholly Hesh-eaters.''' In pursuit of the buffalo they exhibit great activity, skill, and daring. When approaching a herd, they ad- vance in close column, gradually increasing their sjx;ed, and as the distance is lessened, they separate into two or more groups, and dashing into the herd at full gallop, discharge their arrows right and left with great rapidity ; others hunt buffalo with spears, but the common and more fatal weapon is the bow and arrow. The skinning and cutting up of the slain animals is usually the task of the women.'* The meat and also the entrails are 60 ' They alwuyg aHked if we h:»d bear on the table, for they wished to avoid it . . I found they had Homo snperstitious prejudice against it.' liart- Idt'n I'ers. \ar., vol. i., p. 324. 'The Apaches are rather fond of lion and p.uitber meat, bw wldoni toni'h that of the bear.' Creimmi^'s ApurJies, p. 22(1. 'Tainliicn nmt:in para comer osi is.' fialmcron, liilnciimes, m Dor. Hisl. Mrx., « rif iii., torn. iv. p., 25. The Navajoes ' never kill bears or rattlesnakes nn- li'>-* attacked.' Letinrman, in Smitlinoiiim 7iV/>/., isr>."), p. 'JKl. ' Sie verehren (li'ii Bitreu, der nn^ vnu ihnen getiidtel wird, nnd dessten Fleiseh zn esscn sio Hich s<'heuen. Hehwi'iU(!flt'isL'h verschniiiln'U sie desf»leiehen; beni iiirj^sten Him;»er kiinnen sio e.s uielit iiber sich ncwinnen, davon zu kosten . ' Armin, iMis llvniiije Mexiko, p. 2TS: Corilirn, in Orozco y lietra, ireoijni/id, j). 370. '' 'The Northern ami Middle t'omancli<'s, subsist almost exclusively up- on the flesh of the buSalo. and are known unions; tlie Indians asbnft'iilo-eaters.' il/(()vi/'.s Aniii/ Life, ])p. IK, 2(). -It!. ' They plant no com, and tlicir oidy food is meat, and a few wild ]>laut8 that (j[i*ow upon the jirairies.' .Vdcci/'.s Tiejit., p. IW. The Comanches are a ' nation subsisting solely by the I'liasc' i'ikif'a Exphr. Trav., p. 214. 'Subsist mainly upon th»' buffalo.' Hr'res, in Ind. Af. liipt., 1854, p. 180. ' .\cknowleilj,'e their entire isnoranun of even the ruilest methods of a^friculture.' liiiytitr. in fnd. Aff. R'pl., Hod, p. 177; Btiil, in Si-hoolcraft' s Arcli.. vol. i., p. 244; ^rkonlrmft's Arch., \i)\. v., p. 575; Frtwhrl, Axis Amerikn, torn. li., p. i03, and FrofUiV^ Cent. Anier., j). '2'>; .Wtllhausen, 'I'wp-ltuvh, p. 1I.">; (fitqii's Cmi. I'rnirien, pp. 214-16. :!(i ; h'iirnier's Hum. liace, p. 480; I'Hilf.'iis, Iteine, p. Ui4; Ih-amxm ('amp., p. l^J; Footf's Texan, p. 2'M; .><<>c. iSeiMj., linlHin, serie v.. No. IMi, tk 102; Dnmenech -■ Ihsfrtn. vol. ii., p. 21; Pnmenech, •^•>ur., p. 1(19; Kennedy's Texas, vol. i., p. .■J45; HnHr^/'s Texns. p. l.")3; Dn/iy, lUi>nuf-, torn. i.. p. 4; Deioees' Tfseas, n. 233; Frosl'x Ind. liiiiUex, p. 385. '■-' ' Lnego qup loH ri)k>1o8 ecban k huir, los f>azadores sin apresnrurlns dc- luiihiiulo Irnt pena^en 4 un (j;alo|* eorto, (pie van a<'tivando mas y mas hasta que rumpeu eu currera . . . ul indto sin cesur de currer, dispant bu orco en 492 NEW MEXICANS. eaten both raw and roasted. A fire being made in a hole, sticks are ranged round it, meeting at the top, on which tlie meat is phicod. The Uver is a favorite morsel, and is eaten raw ; the> also drink the warm blood of the animal." No provision is made for a time of scarcity, but when many buft'ulo are killed, they cut i)ortions of them into long strips, which, after being dried in the sun, are |)ounded fine. This jK'mican they carry with them in their hunting expeditions, and when unsuccessful in the chase, a small quantity boiled in water or cooked with grease, serves for a meal. When unable to procure game, they sometimes kill their horses and mules for fotKl, but this oidy when compelled by necessity.** in common with all primitive humanity they are filthy — never bathing except in summer'"' — with little or no sense of decency."^ I' II to(la») dircccionsH, y vn senibrando el campo do rcses ... Las indiiiH al mismo ticinpo vim (IcssoIIiiikIo caila una df? aqutllaH rt-^es, recof^itiulo la jiicl y la came.' Itnisla ("i nHfiid, toin. i., i)p. HI5-G. At a siiilalile distimce ficiu their jn-ey tin y clivide info two .squadrons, one half taking to tlii' \\\!]\\, iiul the other to the left, nnd thuH surround it.* Kiltrimis' Ili.it. T(X., p. 1(18; Vrcnch's Hid. Coll. Jxt., pt. ii., j). 165; (Ireijfi's I'tnii. I'vulrifH, vol. ii., jip. lill- 216. Women when they perceive ii deer or antelope ' give it chase, and n turn only after capturing it with the Insso.' Jlomenerli's Ihserls, vol. ii., p. 241*. '■•i ' When any game was killed, the Indians would tear out the heart, liv( r, nnd entrails, and cat them raw.' Frost's Ind. lkitUen, p. 385. ' Ces Indiens 86 nonrissent de viande crue et boivent du sung. . . .lis couj)! nt la viande en tranches tri's-niiiices et hi font secher au soleil; ils la reduisent enstiite en poudre pour la conserver.' Casturieda, in Ternuux-ComimuH, I'o.i/., serie i., tora.ix., pp. li»0-l. 'They "jerked" or dried the meat nnd made the peninii- can.' Maii'if's Armi/ Life, p. 18. ' Comen las eriadilhis crudas, recogieiido la saugre que corre del cnerpo con unas tutundas d jicaras, se la hebeu caliente.' Beautiioiil, (Wm. de Mivhuwun, MS., p. 528; Furnhaiii's Trav., p. 32; Hunt's Captii'ity, pp. 16, '23; Keniiidy'H Texus, vol. i., p. 315. •>* ' At one time their larder is overstocked nnd they gorge themselves to re- pletion. • Marcy'.H Army Life, jip. 32, U, 46. 'Catch nnd tame these wild horses, and when unsuccessful in chase, subsist upon them.' IloUey's Temn, p. Ui'3. ' When pressed by hunger from scarcity of gnme, they subsist on their young horses and mules.' SclioolcrafV k Arch., vol. ii., pp. 132-3. 'Have a rare ca- pacity for enduring hunger, and manifest great patience under its intliction. After long abstinence they eat voraciously.' Ihtrnet, in SchoDlcrafl's Arrh., vol. i., p. '231; Parker's Notes on Tex., p. '235; Edmmli' Hist. Tt., IHijii, ]>. "293. 'Armed with bows and arrows, and the lance.' JinrlcuH, in ScIiodIciii/Vh Arch., vol. iv., j>. 'J14. I'or colored lithograph of weapons sue Whipiile, Kicbanlc, and l'iirni:r'.H JiP/)/., p. .'iO, in Piic. 1{. 11. Uept., vol. iii. 'El arniamento de los apaches so coiuponen de lanza, arco y tlechas.' (.'ordiro, in Omzco y liirvii, llioiiritj'iii, p. 'M'l. ' Las annas de los apaches son fusil, iiechas y lanza.' Ilnrr'm t'omle, ill Snr. ,1/cx. (leoij., lioM'in, torn, v., p. 315. 'Los Yumas son Indios. . . do iiialas armas, niuchos no llevan arco, y si lo llevnn cs mal dispuesto, y con dci.s ('i tres flechas.' Ifurciis, in Arr'wiiitu, Cronict Seriijirti, p. 41'.>; Sedihiniir, IMicion, in Doc. Ilust, Met., serie iii., tom. iv., p. 851; .l/pf/ie, llixt. Comp. de Je.ius, tom. iii., p. Ill; Multe-linin, I'rdv.vtde In iieo;/., tom. vi., p. 399; Pitrkrr'.H Niitcson Tex., p. 190; Drew, in Ind. Aff. Hcpt., 18i;9, p. 105; Odin, in Dommevh, Jour., p. 450; Wlslizenus' Tour, p. 71; Dewees' Texas, p. '233; Jlolley's 7V.ra.s, p. 153; lirowneWs Ind. Unces, p. 543; Drurioon Citnip., p. 153; Moore's Tixas, p. 33; Ward's Afexico, vol. ii., p. 01)2; Muhlenpfordl, aWj'wo, vol. ii., pt. ii., p. 421; Lachapelle, liaounset- lioulhon, p. 82; Combier, Voy., p. 224; Brantz- Mnijir's Mex. Aztec, etc., vol.ii., p. 123; Tliiimmel, .U'.riA'o, p. 444; I'lters' Life, of ('(trson, p. 452; Cutts' I'onfi. of Cat., p. 185; Bartkli's Pers. \ar.. vol. i., jip. 32H-9, 451; Paut)lf a I'cx- tr^iuite de laqiielle ils inserent une boule en pierre on en nii^tal.' >Soc. decxj., BulMiii, Kerie v., No. "Jt!, p. 193; Moirry, in Iml. Aff. liept., 1857, p. 302. M 'Mit vierstreifigeu Htrickschlendern bowaffnet.' Alexikanisehe Ztistdnde, torn, i., p. fi4. ' Sie feehten niit ' Lanzen, BucliHen, Pfeilen und Taniahaks.' LudecuH, Heine, p. ll)4. ' Une petite hac^he en silex.' Noc. (/eV«/., Jiulklin, st'ric v.. No. 90, p. 103; Miildenpfordt, i\fejico, torn, ii., p. 539; Treasury of Trar., p. 31; Escudero, N'otiuius de Chihuuhtia, p. 230; Domenecli'a Deserts, vol. ii., p. '272. •■' The Querecho ' bowR nro made of the toiigh and elastic wood of the "bois d'arc." or Ouage orange (Madura Anrantiaca), Htrengthened and rc- enforced with the Rinew8 of the deer wrapped flriuly around tlKUi, and Htriing with a cord made of the hame material.' Marry' s Army Life, p. 24. Tlio Tonto ' bow is a stout piece of totigh wood . .about five feet long, strength- ened at points by a wrapping of sinew. . .which are joined by a sinew string.' iSmart, in Smitltsonian Kept., 1807, p. 418. The Navajo ' bow is about finir feet in length. . . and is covered on the back with a kind of fibrous tissue.' Letherman, in StnitLsonvtn liept., 1855. p. 293. The Yuma 'bow is made of willow.' Emory's liept. U. S. and Mex. Ilmtndary Survey, vol, i., p. 108. 'Langen Bogenvon Weidenholz.' Miillhausen, lieisen in die Felsewjeh., tom.i., p. 1'24. Apaches: 'the bow forms two semicircles, with a shoulder in the middle; the back of it is entirely covered with sinews, which are laid on — by the use of some glutinous substance.' Pike's Explor. Trov., p. 338, 'Los tumuiios de estas armas son dift'erentes, segun las parcialidades cpte las usan.' Cordero, in Orotco y lierra, (Jeoijrafia, p. 372; MOllliausen, Twjehuch, p. ;i(i(l; Malte-lhun, Precis ite la (ieog., tom. vi., p. 453; \Vhipi>k, in Pae. Ii. It. li<]it., vol. iii., p. 98; Patiie's Pers. Nar., pp. 117, 143; Pulmvr, in Harper's Mmj., vol. xvii.. p. 450. ** The Apaches: * Tons portaient an poignet gauche le bracelet ile cuir . Ce bracelet de cuir est une cspece de paumcllc qui entoure la nuiin gauflic. Le premier sert a amortir le coup de fouet de la corde de I'arc quand il so di'tend, la seconde empeche les pennes de la fleche de dechirer la jitau dtf la main. ' F( n-y. Scenes de la vie Sauvcu/e, j). 256. ' With a leather bracelet on one wrist and a bow and quiver of arrows form the general outfit.' Smart, in Stnilhsonian liept., 18G7, p. 418. BOW AND LANCE. 405 made of ocaciu, or some other hard wood, and tipjied with obHidian, agate, or iron. It in intended that when an object is struck, and an attempt in made to draw out the arrow, the jiointed end mIuiU remain in tiie wound. There is some difference in the feathering; most nations employing three feathers, tied round the shall at equal distances with fine tendons. The Tontos have their arrows winged with four feathers, while some of the ('omanches use only two. All have some distinguish* ing mark in their manner of winging, painting, or carv- ing on their ari'ows.'" The quiver is usually made of the skin of some animal, deer or sheep, sometimes of a fox or wild-cat skin entire with the tail appended, or of reeds, and carried slung at the back or fjistened to a waist- l)elt." The lance is from twelve to fifteen feet long, the l)oint being a long piece of iron, a knife or sword blade socketed into the [wle.'" Previous to the introduction «3 The Coyoteros ' use very long nrrowR of roed, finislictl out with «omo hard wood, and an iron or flint head, but iuvnrinbly witli three feathcrn at the oppoHito end.' Vrenioni/'H Apaches, n. 1011. NavajooH: 'the arrow isaliout two feet long and ))ointed with iron.' jAtlurmnn, iit Smithsoiiinn liciit., 1855, ]). 'i'J3. The Querechos' ' arrows are twenty incihes long, of tlcxililc wood, with a triangular point of iron at one end, nnti two feathers .... at the oppoHito (ixtreinity.' Mnrvy's Army Life, p. 24. The Apaehe 'arrows are quitti long, very rarely pointed with ttint, usually witli iron. The feather upon the ar- row is placed or bound down with ftne sinew in threes, instead of twos . . The arrow-shaft is usually made of some pithy wood, generally a speeies of yueca.' llenri/, in Schoolnrntt'H Arch., vol. v., p. 'iV'J. ' Sagittie acutis silieibuti rtsj)eratic.' l>e Laet, Sovns Orim, p. 311. ' Arrows were . pointed with a head of stone. Some were of white quartz or agkte, and others of obsii-i)en- dicular to the surface.' Marcy's Army JAj'e, pp. 24-5; .yfollhausen, Fluclitlinij, torn, iv., p. 31; Tempsky's Mitla, p. 80. A ' Navajo shield with an in)iigo of a demon painted on one side ...border of red cloth, . trimmed with feathers.' Palmer, in Harper's Muj., vol. xvii., p. 454; TAmiti, Cosluiiics, plate xxii.; iShepard's Land of the Aztecs, p. 182; Edwards' llii-t. Tn: p. 104. '^ ' Wherever their observations can be made from neighboring heights with a chance of successful ambush, the Apache never shows himself.' Crc- many' s Apaches, pp. 79, 189. 'Attacking only when their numbers, and a well-laid ambush, promise a certainty of success.' Smart, in Smitli.^nn an lUpt., 1867,419. 'Colocan de antemano una emboscada.' Cordero, in Orozro y Berra, Geografla. p. 375; Parker, in Ind. Aff. llpt., 1869,^pp. 221-3, 'jnO; Domenech's Deserts, yol.ii., p. 4; Emory's Ikcdnnoissance, p. 47; Enwrj/'sliepl. U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey, p. 107; 'kissel, Mex. Gunt., p. 2/6; Soc. Gdog., Bulletin, aerie v., No. 96, p. 180; Davis, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1868, p, 161. Di APACHE WAKKIORS. 497 the assimilation of colors as the most experienced Paris modiste. By means of his acumen in this respect, he can conceal his swart body amidst the green grass, behind brown shrubs, or gray rocks, with so much ad- dress and judgment that any but the experienced would pass liim by without detection at the distance of three or four yards. Sometimes they will enveloiie themselves in a gray blanket, and by an artistic sprinkling of earth, will so resemble a granite boulder as to be passed with- in near range without suspicion. At others, they will cover their i^rsons with freshly gathered grass, and lying prostrate, appear as a natural portion of the field. Again they will plant themselves among the Yuccas, and so closely imitate the appearance of that tree as to pass for one of its sjjecies." Before undertaking a raid they secrete their families in the mountain fastnesses, or elsewhere, then two by two, or in greater numbers, they proceed by different routes, to a place of rendezvous, not far from where the assault is to be made or where the ambuscade is to be prepared. When, after careful observation, coupled with the re^iort of their scouts, they are led to presume that little, if any, resistance will be offered them, a sudden assault is made, men, women and children are taken captives, and animals and goods secured, after which their retreat is conducted in an orderly and skillful manner, choosing pathways over barren and rugged mountains which are only known to themselves."^ Held asunder from congregating in large bodies by a meager- ness of provisions, they have recourse to a system of signals which facilitates intercourse with each other. During the day one or more colunms of smoke are the '^ ' Snlen . . . . generalmente divididos en peqiiefins pnrtidns pnrn oonltnr mejor sus rustroB . . . Es imponderable lii veloeidiid con que hu yen despues q^ue hivn ejccutftdo un crecido robo . . las montuiinH cpie encuuibriin, los de- BiertDSsin agua que atraviesan.' Garcia Conde, in Snc. Mex. Utotj., JMitin, torn, v., J). :tl6, 'They steal upon their enemies under the cover of night.' Emnn/'s Hept. U. S. and Mex. Boundary Savvey, vol. i., p. 107; Murr, Nuch- richl'ii, J). 3J3; Lnchapelle, Ranusset-lionlbnn, p. 83; Apnstnlirnn Afamn, p. 431; Cordern, in Oroic.o y liernt, Geojrafia, pp. '675-6; liroicw's yipacla Coun'.ry, p. 279; Fiiuier's llum. Race, p'. 481); JIasse!, Mex. Guat., p. '27C. Vol. I. 32 498 NEW MEXICANS. signals made for the scattered and roaming bands to rendezvoui;!, or they serve as a warning against approach- ing danger. To the same end at night they used a fire beacon ; besides these, they have various other means of telegraphing which are only understood by them, for example, the displacement and arrangement of a few stones on the trail, or a bended twig, is to them a note of warning as efficient, as is the bugle-call to disciplined troops.** They treat their prisoners cruelly ; scalping them, or burning them at the stake; yet, ruled as they are by greediness, they are always ready to exchange them for horses, blankets, beads, or other property. When hotly pursued, they murder their male prisoners, preserving only the females and children, and the captured cattle, though under desperate circumstances they do not hesi- tate to slaughter the latter.™ The Apaches returning to their families from a successful expedition, are received by the women with songs and fea.sts, but if unsuccessful they are met with jeers and insults. On such occasions says Colonel Cremony, " the women turn away from them with assured indifference and contempt. They are up- braided as cowards, or for want of skill and tact, and are <* ' La practica, qne observan para nvisarse los nnoB k los otros . . . es Ievan< tarhumaredas.' ViUa-Seilor y Sanchez, Thealro, torn, ii., p. 391. 'Smokesnre o{ various kinds, each one Higniticiint of a particular object.' Vremony'$ Apaches, pp. 183-4. ' In token of rctreate sounded on a certaine small trum> pet made fires, and were answered agnine afaiTe off to giue their fel* fowes vnderstanding, how wee marched and where we arriued. ' Coronado, in Ilaklxiyl's Voy., torn. iii.,p. 376; MoUliausen, Fliichtling, tom.ii., p. 157; Smarl, in SmWuionian Repl., 1867, p. 419. TO * La Buma orueldad con qne tratan & los vencidos atenaccandolos vivo* y comiendose lospedazos de la came que la arrancan.' Doc. Hist. N. VUcO' ya, MS., p. 4. 'Their savage and blood-thirsty natures experience a real pleasure in tormenting their victim.' Cremony s Apaches, p. '266. 'Hang their victims by the heels to a tree and put a slow fire under their bend. Browne's Apache Cmmtry, pp. 201, 93, 96. Among the Navajos, ' Coptiye* taken in their forays are usually treated kindly.' Lelhemtan, in .S'nn7/i- tonian Repl., 1855, p. 295. ' lis scalpent avec la corde de leur are, en la toumant rapidement autour de la tfete de leur victime.' Lachapelle, ItamisseU Boulbon, p. 82; Mxtrr, Nachrtchten, p. 3(»3; Stratton's Capi. Oatwan OMs, n\ 114-118, 133, 149, 218; fhmham's Trav., p. 32; Graves, in Tnd. Aff. Bept, 1854, p. 180; LafMdl, in Ind. Aff. Repl., 1862, p. 247; Malte-Brun, PrecU d$ la Oeog., torn, vi., p. 453; Scenes in ffie Rocky Mis., p. 180; Slow, in Ibi*. Mag., vol. v., p. 167; Henry, in SchnolerafVsArch., vol. v., p. 212; Doc. U\d, Mm., s«rie iv., torn, iii., p. 10; PaUk't Pf yerachaffen sie Rich solche, nm sie in Fiden anfztil6«teii, nnd diene dnnn zu ihrer eigenen Weberei zu verwenden.' Mollhaxisen, heistfi in die FilseiUjeb., torn, ii., p. 235; Kuxton'a Adven. Mex.. p. 195. ^ ' lis (the Apnches) travaillent bleu les cuira, font de belles brides.' Lachapelle, liaoxtnaet-Boulbon, p. 82. 'They manufacture rough leather.' Pikx'a Explor. Trav., p. 335. 'Man macht Leder.' Ilassel, Mex. GvaL, p. 195. * It has been represented that these tribes (the Navajos) wear leather shoes Inquiry from persons who have visited or been stationed in New Mexico, disaffirms this observation, showing that in all cases the Navajo shoes are Hkins, dressed and smoiced after the Indian method.' SclioolvrajVa Arch,, vol. v., p. 204; Cremony'a Apaches, p. 305; Gregn's Votn. Prairies, vol, i., p. 286. They 'knit woolen stockings.' Davis' EtGrinfjO, p. 411. 'They also manufacture.... a coarse woolen doth with which they clothe them- selves.' Clark, in Hist. Man., yo\. viii., p. 280; Donunich's Leterls, \o\. i , p, 403, vol. ii., pp. 244-5. 'The Navajoes raise no cotton.' Baikus, in Sdwol- craji's Arch., vol. iv., p. 212. Bie sind 'noch inner in einigeu Baumwollen- geweben ausgezeichnet.' ThUmmel, Mtxiko, p. 349. ' Ihese people (the in- abitants of Arizona in 1540) had cotton, but they were not very careful! to vse the same: because there was none among them thnt knew the arte of weauing, and to make apparel thereof.' Alarchom, in Uakhyt's Voy., vol. iii., p. 433; Bent, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. i., p. 243; Ten Jirveck, in School- craft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 89; Torqutmada, Monarq. Ind., tom. i., p. 680; Al- ctdo, Diccionario, tom. iii., p. 184. ><> The Xicarillas, ' manufacture a sort of pottery which resists the action of fire.' Domenech's Destrts, vol. ii., p. 8; Graves, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 177. The Yuma ' women make baskets of willow, and also of tule, which are impervious to water; also earthen ollas or pots, which are used for cook- ing ami for cooling water.' Emory's Rept. U. S. and M(X. Boundary Svirty, vol. i., p. Ill; litviltagigedo, Carta, MS., p. 21. 'Figure 4. A scoop or dipper, from the Mohave tribe, and as neat and original an article in earthen- ware as could well be designed by a civilized iiotter.' Whipple, Ewlank, and Turner's liept., p. 46, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii. « Professor Cox was in- formed that the New Mexican Indians colored their pottery bla( k by using the gum of the mezquite, which has much the appearance and properties of gum arable, and then baking it. Much of the ancient potter;- from the Colo- rado Chiquito is colored, the prevailing tints being white, black, nnd red.' Foster's Pre-Illd. Races, p. 250; Ruxton's Adven. Mex., p. 195. The Yampois had ' some admirably made baskets of so close a texture as to hold water; a wicker jar coated with pine tree gum.' Sitgreaves' Zuni. Ex., p. 10; Bent, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. i., p. 243. «i Gregg's Com. Prairies, p. 286. ' In regard to the manufacture of plum- age, or feather-work, they certainly display a greater fondness for decora- tions of this sort than any Indians we have seen. . . . I saw no exhibilion of it in the way of embroidery.' Simpson's Jour. Mil. Recon., p. 79; ThUwrnel, Mexiko, p. 349. PROPERTY. 605 from which they manufactured ornaments for themselves and their saddles and bridles.'^ They have no boats, but use rafts of wood, or bundles of rushes fastened tightly together with osier or willow twigs, and propelled sometimes with poles; but more frequently they place ujion the craft their property and wives, and, swimming alongside of it, with the greatest ease push it before them."* For their maintenance, especially in latter days, they are indebted in a great meiisure to their horses, and accordingly they consider them as their most valuable property. The Navajos are larger stock owners than any of the other nations, possessing numerous flocks of sheep, and herds of cattle as well as horses and mules. These, with their blankets, their dressed skins, and jjcaches which they cultivate, constitute their chief wealth."* Certain bands of the Apache nation exchange with the agriculturists pottery and skins for grain."'' Among the Navajos, husband and wife hold their property separate, and at their death it ^ ' Mines d 'argent exploit('es par leg Comnnches, qui en tirent des ome- ments pour eux et pour leurs chevaux, ainsi que des balles pour leura fusils. ' Domenech, Jour., p. 132. ^ The MescaleroB bad ' a raft of bulrush or cane, floated and supported by some twenty or thirty hollow pumpkins fastened together.' linUhiufiH' Val. M ro ten thousand."" In this respect the Comanches are very deficient; what little knowledge of arithmetic tho\ have is decini.il, and when counting, the aid of their imgers or i^resence of some actual object is necessary, being, n they are, in total ig- norance of the simplest arithuieiical calculation. The rising sun proclaii-is to thom a new day ; beyond this they have no computation or division of time. They know nothing of the motions of the earth or hca , only bodies, though they recognise the fixedness of the polar 8tar.'<« Their social organization, like all their manners and customs, is governed by their wild and migratory life. Government they have none. Bom and bred with the 101 Mr Bartlett, describing an exonrsion he made to the Sierra Waco near the Copper Mines in New Mexico, suys, he saw ' an overhanging rock ex- tending for some distance, the whole surface of which is covered with rude pnintings and sculptures, representing men, animals, birds, snakes, and fan- tastic figures .... some of tliem, evidently of great age, had been partly defaced to make room for more recent devices.' BarUeU'a Pera. Nor., vol. i., pp. 170-4, with cuts. In Arizona, Emory found 'a mound of granite boul- ders. . . covered with unknown characters . . .On the ground near by were also traces of some of the figures, showing some of the hieroglyphics, at least, to have been the work of modern Indians.' Emory's R'.connoissant^, pp. 89, 90, with cut. The Comanches ' aimaient beaucoup les images, qu'ils ne se lassaient pas d'admirer.' Domenech, Jour., p. 136. io> < The Apaches count ten thousand with as much regularity as we do. Tiiey even make use of the decimal sequences.' Crcmony's Apachea, p. 237. 103 'They have no computation of time beyond the seasons. . . the cold and hot season frequently count by the Caddo mode — from one to ten, and by tens to one hundred, &c They are i^orant of the elements of figures.' Neighbors, in Sc'ux^aft's Arch., vol. li., pp. 129-30. 'Ge qu'ils savent d'astronomie ne K'oe k la connaissance de I'^toile polaira L'ar- ithinetique des sanvages est snr lenrs doigts; II lenr fant absolnment on objet pour nombrer.' narlmatm and Mifhrd, Tex., pp. 112-13. 606 NEW MEXICANS. idea of perfect personal freedom, all restraint is unen- durable.^"* The nominal authority vested in the war chief, is obtained by election, and is subordinate to the council of warriors.'"* Every father holds undisputed sway over his children until the age of puberty. Ilis power, iraportance, and influence at the council-fire is determined by the amount of his slaves and other prop- erty.'"' Those specially distinguished by their cunning and prowess in war, or success in the chase, are chosen as chiefs. A chief may at any time be deposed.'*" Sometimes it happens that one family retains the chieftaincy in a tribe during several generations, because of the bravery or wealth of the sons.'"* In time of peace but little au- thority is vested in the chief; but on the war path, to ensure success, his commands are implicitly obeyed. It 104 The Nnvajos have no tribal government, and in reality no chiefs. Mher- man, in Smilltsonian liepL, 1855, p. 288. ' Their form of government in so exceedingly primitive as to be hardly worthy the name of a political organi- zation.' JJavis' El Gringo, pp. 412, 4i3; Ives' Colorado Eiv., p. 71. * lis n'ont jamais connu de domination.' Soc. Geor/., Bulletin, serie. v., No. 96, p. 187. ' Each is sovereign in his own right as a warrior.' Cnmony's Apaches, p. 177. los ' It is my opinion that the Navajo chiefs have but verj' little influence with their people.' henwtt, in Ind. Aff. llpt., 1860, p. 238, and 1870, p. 152; Bruitol, in Ind. Aff. Kept. Spec. Com., Ifc67, p. 357. 106 ' Los pailres de familia ejercen esta autoridad en tanto que los hijos no salen de la infancia, porque poco antes de salir de la pnbertad son conio libres y no reconocen mas superioridad que sns ])ropias fnerzas, o la del indio que los manda en la caniimna. ' Vdasco, Noticias de Sonora, pp. £8'2-3. ' Every rich man has many dependants, and these dependants are obedient to his will, in peace and in war.' liackiu*, in Schoola'ujTs Arch., vol. iv., p. 211; Ten liroeck, in SchoolcrajVs Arch., vol. iv., p. 89. ' Every one who has a few horses and sheep is a "head man." ' Lethemian, in Smilhuouian litpt., 1855, p. 288; Mollliausen, Reiten in die Felsentieb., tom. ii., p. 233. The rule of the Querechos is 'essentially patriarchal.* Marcy's Arniy Life, p. 20. lor < When one or more (of the Navajos) are successful in battle or fortu- nate in their raids to the settlements on the Rio Grande, he is endowed with the title of captain or chief.' Briitol, in Ind. Aff. Kept., 1867, p. 357. 'En cualquiera de estas incurporaciones toma el mando del todo por comun con- sentimiento el mas acreditado de valiente.' Cordero, in Orozco y Btrra, Geo- grafi'a, p. 373. The Comanches have ' a right to displace a chief, and elect his successor, at pleasure.' Kennedy's Texas, vol. i., p. 346. A chief of the Comanches is never degraded ' for any private act unconnected with the wel- fare of the whole tribe.' Schoolcraft's Arch., yo\. ii., p. 130. 108 The office of ohief is not hei^ditary with the Navajos. Crcmony's Apach- es, p. 307. The wise old men of the Querechos ' curb the impetuosity of am- bitious younger warriors.' Mercy's Army Life, p. 20. ' I infer that rank is (among the Mojaves), to some extent, hereditary.' Ives' Colorado liiv., pp. 67, 71. 'This captain is often the oldest son of the chief, and assumes the command of the tribe on the death of his father,' among the Apaches. Henry, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 210. COMANCHE GOVERNMENT. 609 also frequently happens that chiefs are chosen to lead some particular war or marauding expedition, their au- thority expiring immediately upon their return home."* Among the Comanches public councils are held at regular intervals during the year, when matters i^ertain- ing to the common weal are discussed, laws made, thefts, seditions, murders, and other crimes punished, and the quarrels of warrior-chiefs settled. Smaller councils are also held, in which, as well as in the larger ones, all are free to express their opinion."" Questions laid before them are taken under consideration, a long time fre- quently elapsing before a decision is made. Great care is taken that the decrees of the meeting shall be in fiC- cordance with the opinion and wishes of the majority. Laws are promulgated by a public crier, who ranks next to the chief in dignity."* Ancestral customs and traditions govern the decisions of the councils; brute force, or right of the strongest, with the law of talion in its widest acceptance, direct the mutual relations of tribes and individuals."* Murder, iw The Mespaleros nnd Apaches ' choose a hend-mnn to direct nfFAirs for the time being.' VarMon, in Smitlmonian liept., 1^54, p. 315. 'Es gibt nuch Stiimine, an deren Spitze ein Kriegs- sowie ein Friedens-Hanptling Rteht. ' Armin, Das Heutige Mexiko, p. 279; Garcia Conde, in Soc. Mex. (Jeog., Jioletin, toil), v., p. 315. ■. 345. 'La autoridad central de su gobierno reside en un gefe supremo.' lievista ^''ientifica, torn, i., p. 57; Es- cudero, Noticias de Chikunhua, p. 229. The southern'Comanuhes 'do not of Inte years acknowledge the sovereignty of a common ruler and leader in their United councils nor m war.' Marcy's Army Life, p. 43. The Gila Apaches acknowledge 'no common head or superior.' Merrtioether, in Ind. Aff. liept., 1854, pp. 170, 172. "* The Comanches ' hold regular councils quarterly, and a grand council ot the whole tribe once a year.' Edwards' Jlist. Trx., y. 108. ' At these councils prisoners of war are tried, as well as all cases of adultery, theft, sedi- tion and murder, which are punished by death. The grand council also takes cognizance of all disputes oetween the chiefs, and other matters of import- ance.' Maillard's Wist. Tex., p. 244. 'Their decisions are of bnt little mo- ment, unless they meet the approbation of the mass of the people; and for this reason these councils are exceedingly careful not to run counter to the wishes of the poorer bnt more numerous class, being aware of the difficulty, if not impossibility, of enforcing any act that would not command their 510 NEW MEXICANS. adultery, theft, and sedition are punished with death or public exjwsure, or settled by private agreement or the interposition of elderly warriors. The doctor failing to cure his patient must be punished by death. The court of justice is the council of the tribe, presided over by the chiefs, the latter with the assistance of sub-chiefs, rigidly executing judgment upon the culprits."^ All crimes may be pardoned but murder, which must pay lis blood for blood if the avenger overtake his victim."* All the natives of this family hold captives as slaves ; some treat them kindly, employing the men as herders approval.' Collins, in Tnd. Af. Rept., 1857, p. 274. ' Singulis pafiis sui Reguli erant, qui per praeconen suos edicta populo denuntiabaut.' JJe Laet, Novus Orbis, p. 311. ' Tienen otva Persona, que llaman Fregouero, y es la seguuda Persona de la Repdblica; el oficio de este, es manifestar al Pueblo todas las cosas que se hau de hacer.' Torquemada, Monarg. Ind , torn, ii., p. 337; Id., torn, i., p. 680. They recognize 'no law but that of individual caprice.' Hieck, in Ind. Aff. Rtpt., 1863, p. 109. The Comauches 'acknowledge no rifeht but the right of the strongest.' Schoolei'aft's ..'rch., vol. v., p. 575. ' La loi du talion est la base fondamentale du code politique, civil et criminel de ces diverses peuplades, et cette loi revolt une rigoureuse application de na- tion k nation, de famille a famille, d'iudividu a individu. Harlmann and MUlard, Tex., p. 114. '•s The Comanches punish ' Adultery, theft, murder, and other crimes. . by established usage.' Kennedy's Tiixas', vol. i., p. 347. Among the Navajos, ' Lewdness is punished by a public exposure of the culprit.' Scenes in the Rocky Arts, p. 180. Marcy's Army Life, pp. 26, 59. Navajoes ' regard each other's right of property, and punish with great severity any one who in- fringes upon it. In one case a Navajo was found stealing a horse; they held a council and put him to death.' Brustol, in Ind. Aff. Rept. Spec. Cow., 18(17, S. 344. A Cuchano young boy who frightened a child by foretelling its eath, which accidentally took place the next day, ' was secretly accused and tried before the council for "being under the influence of evil spirits," ' and put to death. Emory's Rept. U. S, and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. iii.; Feudije, in Ind. Af. Rept., 1868, p. 137. Among the Yumas, 'Each chief punishes delinquents by beating them across the back with a stick. Crimi- nals brought before the general council for examination, if convicted, are placed in the hands of a regularly appointed executioner of the tribe, who inflicts such punishment as the council may direct.' Emory's Rept, U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. iii. 11* The Apache chief Ponce, speaking of the grief of a poor woman at the loss of her son, says: 'The mother of the dead brave demands the life of his murderer. Nothing else will satisfy her Would money satisfy me for the death of my son? No! I would demand the blood of the murderer. Then I would be satisfied.' Cremony's Apaches, p. C9. ' If one man (A])ache) kills another, the next of kin to the defunct individual may kill the murderer — if he can. He has the right to challenge him to single combat. . . There is no trial, no set council, no regular examination into the crime or its causes; but the ordeal of battle settles the whole matter.' Id., p. 293. H' Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 7; Letherman, in Smitlisonian Rept., 1855, p. 294. 'lis (Comanches) tneut tons les prisonuiera adultes, et ne laisKeiit vivre que les enfans.' Dillon, Hist. Mex., p. 98. The Navajos ' have in their possession many prisoners, men, women, and children, . . . whom they hold and treat as slaves.' Bent, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. i., p. 244. TBEATMENT OP WOMEN. 611 and marrying the women ; others half-starve and scourge them, and inflict on them the most painful labors."" Nothing short of crucifixion, roasting by a slow fire, or some other most excruciating form of death, can atone the crime of attempted escape from bondage. They not only steal children from other tribes and sell them, but carry on a most unnatural traffic in their own oft'spring.'" Womankind as usual is at a discount. The female child receives little care from its mother, being only of collateral advantage to the tribe. Later she becomes the beast of burden and slave of her husband. Some celebrate the entry into womanhood with feasting and dancing."^ Courtship is simple and brief; the wooer 11 "6 One boy from Mexico taken by the ComancheR, said, 'dass sein Ge- Bchiift in der Gefangenschaft darin bestehe die Pferde Eeines Herrn zu wei- deu.' Froebel, Aus Amerika, torn, ii., p. 102; Gregg's Com. Prairies, vol. ii., p. 313. The natives of New Mexico take the women prisoners 'for ivives.' Marcy'8 Rcpl., p. 187. Some prisoners liberated from the Comanches, were completely covered with stripes and bruises. Dewees' Texcui, p. 232. Miss Olive Oatman detained among the Mohaves says: * They invented modes and seemed to create necessities of labor that they might gratify themselves by taxing us to the utmost, and even took unwarranted delight in whipping us on beyond our strength. And all their requests and exactions were couched in the most insulting and taunting language and manner, as it then seemed, and as they had the frankness soon to confess, to fume their hate against the race to whom we belonged. Often under the frown and lash were we compelled to labor for whole days upon an allowance amply sufficient to starve a common dandy civilized idler.' Stratton's Capt. Oatman Girls, pp. 114-18. 130. i>^ ' It appeared that the poor girl bad been stolen, as the Indian (Axna) said, from the Yuma tribe the day before, and he now offered her for sale.' Hardy's Trav., p. 379. 'The practice of parents selling their children is another proof of poverty ' of the Axuans. Id., p. 371. "^'According to their (Tontos') physiology the female, especially the young female, should bo allowed meat only when necessary to prevent star- vation.' Stratlon's Capt. Oatman Girls, p. 115. The Comanches 'enter the marriage state at a very early age frequently beforu the age of puberty.' Neighbors, in Schoolcraft s Arch., vol. ii., p. 132. Whenever a Jicarilla female arrives at a marriageable age, in honor of the ' event the parents will sac- rifice all the property they possess, the ceremony being protracted from five to ten days with every demonstration of hilarity.' Steck, in Ind. Aff. Jiept., 1863, p. 109; Marcy's Army Life, p. 2H-9. Among ths Yumas, the applicant for womanhood is placed in aii oven or closely covered hut, in which she is steamed for three days, alternating the treatment with plunges into the near river, and maintaining a fast all the time.' Emory's liept. U. H. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., pp. 110-11. The Apaches celebrate a feast with singin-;. dancing, and mimio display when a girl arrives at the marringeable state, during which time the girl remains ' isolated in a huge lodge ' and ' listens patiently to the responsibilities of her marriageable condition, ' re- counted to her by the old men and chiefs. ' After it is finished she is di- vested of her eyebrows . A month afterward the eye lashes are pulled out.' Cremony's Apaches, pp. 143, 243-t>. 512 NEW MEXICANS. 1 pays for his bride and takes her home."" Every man may have all the wives he can buy. There is generally a favorite, or chief wife, who exercises authority over the others. As polygamy causes a greater division of labor, the women do not object to it.** Some- times a feast of horse-flesh celebrates a marriage.*^* All the labor of preparing food, tanning skins, cultivating fields, making clothes, and building houses, falls to the women, the men considering it beneath their dignity to do anything but hunt and fight. The women feed and saddle the horses of their lords; oftentimes they are cruelly beaten, mutilated, and even put to death.^*' The '19 There is no marriage ..eremony among the Nftvnjoes ' ft young man wishing a, woman for his wife ascertains who her father is; he goes and states the cause of his visit and offers from one to fifteen horses for the daughter. The consent of the father is absohite, and the one bo purchased assents or is taken away by force. All the man-iageable women or squaws in a family can be taken in a similar manner by the same individual; i. e., he can purchase wives as long as his property holds out.' Bristol, in Iml, Aff. Kept. Spec. Corn., 1867, p. 357; Marcy'n Amiy JJ/e, p. 49; Badcus, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 214; Parker's Notes on Tex., p. 233. •*. 290. 'Previous to' a birth, the (Ynnia) mother leav' « her village for some short distance and lives by herself until a month after the child is born ; the baud to which she belongs then assemble mill select a name for the little one, which is given with some trivial cere- mony.' Emory's liept., vol. i., ]). 110; Xfarry'.n Anuy IJ/v, p. 31. ' Si el j^arlo es en marcha, se Imcen a un lado del 'jamino debiijo de nn arbol, en doude salen del lance con la mayor facilid.id y sin apuro ninguno, coniinuando l.i march a con hi criatura y nigra otro de bus chiquillos, deutro de una cs;)i!cie de red, que & la manera f'le una canasta cargan en los hombios, j en- dieiitc de la frento con una tira de cuero o de vaqueta que la contiene, en donile Uevan ademas alunos trastos o cosaa que comer." Velasco, Nolicios dt iSoiiom, p. 281; Fos.sey, Mixiqne, p. 46'2. ' Luego que sale a hiz esta. Fnle la vieja de aquel lugar con la nmno puesta en los ojos. y no se descubrc hasta qni! no haya dado una vuelta fuera de la cnsa, y el objeto que primero se le presenta a la vista, es el nomlire que se le pone a la criuturu. ' Alefjre, Hist. Comp. de Jmut, torn, i., p. 335. Vol.. I. 33 514 N£\V MEXICANS. months on the back of the mother. Later the child rides on the mother's hip, or is carried on her back in a basket or blanket, which in travelling on horseback is fastened to the pommel of the saddle. Boys are early taught the use of weapons, and early learn their sujieri- ority over girls, being seldom or never punished. *** It is a singular fact th^t of all these people the thiev- ish meat-eating Aptiche is almost the only one who makes any pretentions to female chastity. All authori- ties agree that the Apache women both before and after marriage are remarkably pure.'^ Yuma husbands for gain surrender not only their slaves, but their wives. Hospitality carries with it the obligation of providing for the guest a temporary wife. The usual punishment for infidelity is the mutilation of the nose or ears, which disfigurement prevents the of- fender from marrying, and commonly sends her forth as a public harlot in the tribe.^" The seducer can appease •** Pattie's Pers. Nar,, p. 92; Hollluiusen, Peisen in die Fflsduieb., torn. i., p. 320; Ives' Colorado River, pp. 66, 71; Henry, iu Schoolcraft's Anh., vol. v., p. 211. ' Quaud les ludieunes (CoiUHUcheR) voyngent nvec leun eiifnuta en bas fige, elles les suspendent a In selle nvec des courroies qu'ellcs leur passent entre les janibes et sous lee bras. Les soubresauts du cheval, le8 oranehes, les broussailles heui-teut ces pnuvies petits, les dtcbirent, les meurtrissent: peu importe, c'est uue fa<;ou de les aguerrir. ' Donitntch, Jown p. 135; Emory's lieconnoissance, ■p. 52. 'A In edud de siete nuos de los apaches, d antes, lo priiueix) que lincen los pndres, es pouer a kus liijos el carcax en la luuno euseiiaudoles a tirnr bieu, t-uya tactica euipieziiu a n]Ji'(u- der en la caza.' Velasco, Nolicias de tiouora, p. 283. The Apaches, 'juveiitu- tem sedulo institunut castigaut quod uliis baibnris iusolituui.' De Laet, Nomis Orbis, p. 316. Male children of the Coniniiches ' are even privileged to rebel against their parents, who are not entitled to chastise them but by ron- Bent of the tribe.' Kennedy's Texas, vol. i., p. 346-7. In fact, a Nnviijo Indi- an has said, * that he was afraid to con'ect his own boy, lest the child should wait for a convenient oppoi-tunity, and shoot him with an arrow.' Lethenmn, in Stnitlisonian Kept., 1855, p. 294. 'M Ind. Aft. Kept. Spec. Coin., 1867, p. 354; Creivony's Apaches, p. 307; MoUhausen, Tagehuch, p. 399; Paltie's Pers. Xar., p. 119. in ' The Navajo women are very loose, and do not look upon fornicntion as a crime.' Guytluer, in Ind. Aff. liept. Swc. C'o»?i., 1867, p. 339; Crewiwy's Apaches, p. 244. ' Prostitution is the rule among the (Yuma) women, cot the exception.' Mowry, in Ind. Aff. RpL, 1857, p. 301; Frotbel, Ms Amerika, tom. ii., p. 476; Browne's' Apache Country, p. 96. 'Prostitution prevails to a great extent among the Navajoes, the MaricopnH, nod the Yuma Indians; and its attendant diseases, as before stated, Imve more or less tainted the blood of the adults; and by inheritance of the children.' Carleton, in Ind. Aff. Pept. Spec. Com., 1867, p. 133. Among the Navajoes, ' the most unfortunate thing which CHn befall a captive woman is to be claimed by two persons. In this case, she is either ■hot or delivered up for iodiscrimiaate violence.' Emory's PeconnoiS' ,317; ond liiive ce of 133. all a iitler mois- AMUSEMENTS. 616 the anger of an injured husband by present^;, although before the law he forfeits his life. Even sodomy and incestuous intercourse occur among them. Old age is dishonorable.^** They are immoderately fond of smoking, drinking, feasting, and amusements which fill up the many hours of idleness. Dancing and masquerading is the most favorite pastime. They have feasts with dances to cele- brate victories, feasts given at marriage, and when girls attain the age of puberty; a ceremonial is observed at the burial of noted warriors, and on other various occa- sions of private family life, in which both men and women take part. The dance is performed by a single actor or by a number of persons of both sexes to the accompaniment of instruments or their own voices.^* sance, p. 60. The Colorado Biver Indians ' barter and nell their women into prostitution, with hardly an exception.' Safford, in 1ml. Aff. liepL, 1870, p. 139. ' The Comanche women are, as in maiiy other wild tribeB, the Hlaves of their lords, and it is a common practice for their husbands to lend or Bell them to a visitor for one, two, or three days at a time.' Marcy'a Rept., p. 187; Atricivila, Cronica Serdfica, p. 419. ' Las faltas conyugales no se casti- gan pur la primera vez ; pero a la segunda el marido corta la pnnta de la uaris & 8U iiifiel esposa, y la despide de su lado.' Jievisia Vientrfica, vol. i., p. 67; tSoe. Geoij., Bulletin, sene v.. No. 96, p. 192. 'The squaw who'lias been mutilated for such a cause, is ipso facto divorced, and, it is said, for ever precluded from marrying again. The consequence is, that she becomes a confirmed harlot in the tribe.' Oregq's Com. Frairies, vol. ii., pp. 43, 308-1(1, 313. 'El culpa- ble, segun dicen, jamas es castigado por el marido con la mnerte; solamente Re abroga el derecho de darle alguuos golpes y cogerse sns mulas d caballos.' Berlamlur y Tliovel, Diario, p. 253; Marcy's Army Life, p. 49. ' These yung men may not haue carnall copulation with any woman: but all the yung men of the countrey which are to marrie, may company with them. . . I saw like- wise certaine women which lined disL aestly among men.' Alarchon, in Hak- luyt'a Voy., vol. iii., p, 436. iM 'They tolde mey that such as remayned widowes, stayed halfe a yeere, or a whole vt-ere before they manied.' Alarchon, in HakluyVs Voy,, vol. iii., p. 431; Emory's Kept. U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. 110; Murcy'a Army Life, p. 54; Mdllhausen, Rciiien in die Felstmjeb., torn, ii., p. 234; Garcia 6'onde, in Hoc. Mex. Qeog., Boletin, torn, v., p. 315. "3 ' En Ills referidas reuniones los bailes son sua diversiones favoritas. Los hacen do noche al son de una oUa cubierta la boca con una piel tiraiite, ({uc snenan con nu palo, en cuya estremidad Han nn boton de traiios. Se iutcrpolan ambos secsos, saltan todos a un misnio tiempo, dando alaridos y hnci(>udo miles de ademanes, en que mueven todos los miembros del cnerpo con una destreza estraordinaria, arremedando al coyote y al venado. Desta manera forraan diferentes gmpoa simetricamente.' VeUtsco, Noticiaa de So- nera, p. 269; Marcy'a Army Life, p. 177; Cremony's Apaches, p. 285. 'Esto lo forma ana junta de tnihanes vestidoa de ridicnlo y autonzados por loa viejcs del pueblo para cometer Ion mayores desurdenes, y gustan tanto da estos hechos, que ni los maridos reparan las infamias que cometen con sna mugeres, ni lew que resultan en perjuicio de las hijaa.' Alegre, Hiat, Comp. d» 616 NEW MEXICANS. All festivities are incomplete without impromptu songs, the music being anything but agreeable, and the accom- paniment corn-stalk or cane tlutes, wooden drums, or calabashes filled with stone and shaken to a constantly varying time.*"" They also spend much time in gamb- ling, often staking their whole property on a throw, in- cluding everything upon their backs. One of these games is played with a bullet, which is passed rapidly from one hand to the other, during which they sing, as- sisting the music with the motion of their arms. The game consists in guessing in which hand the bullet is held. Another Comanche game is played with twelve sticks, each about six inches in length. These are dropped on the ground and those falling across each other are counted for game, one hundred being the lim- it."* Horse-racing is likewise a passion with them;*'" OS are also all other athletic sports.*''^ When smoking. 1 Jesus, torn, i., p. 335. 'The females (of the Apaches) do the principnl part of the dancing.' Henry, in Schooicraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 212. ' AnioiiR tho Abenakis, Chactas, Couianches, and other Indian tribes, the women danco the same dances, but after the men, and far out of their sight they are sel- dom admitted to share any amusement, their lot being to work." Dommech'n Deserts, vol. ii., pp. 191), 214. ' De estos vinieron cinco danzas, cada una compuesta de treinta iudias; de estas, veintiseis como de 15 & 20 anos, y las ouatro restantes de mas edad, que eran las que cuidabau y dirigian a lus jij- yenes.' Museo Mex., torn, i., p. 28i. 'The dance (of the Tontos) is similar to that of the California Indians; a stamp around, with clapping of hands and slapping of thighs in time to a drawl of monotones.' bmarl, in ismith- sonian fiepL, 1867, p. 419. '"• Stratton's Capt. Oatman Oirls, p. 180. The Yumas 'sing some few mo- notonous sungs, and the beaux captivate the hearts of their lady-lovt's by playing on a flute made of cane.' Emory's liept, U. S. and M(X. Bouwlary^ Survey, vol. i., p. iii. ' No tienen mas orquesta que sns voces y una olla o casco de culabazo a que se amarra una jnel tirante y se toca con un palo.' Cordero, in Orozco y Berra, Geoi/rafia, pp. 373-4; Art-icivila, Crmim Stnifica, p. 419; Ives' Colorado Riv., pp. il-2; Garcia t'onde, in Album Mex., torn, i., pp. 166, 168. "' Stanley's Portrails, p. 55; Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. ii., p. 133. 'Yel vicio que tienen estos Indios, es jngar en las Estnfas las Mantas, y otras Preseas con vnas Caiiuelas, que hechan en alto (el qual Juego vsaban estos Indios Mesicanos) y al que no tiene mas que vna Manta, y 1st pierdc, se la buelven; con condieion, que ha de andar dpsnudo por todo el Pueblo, pinta- do, y embijado todo el cnerpo, y los Muchachos daudole grita. ' Torquemada, Monarq. Jnd., torn, i., p. 680. "2 Kennedy's Texas, vol. i., p. 347. "3 ' The players generally take each about ten arrows, which they hold with their bows in the left bond; he whose turn it is advances in front of the judges, and lances his first arrow upwards as high as possible, for he most send off all the others before it comes down. The victory belongs to him who has most arrows in the air together; and he who can make them SMOKING AND DRINKING. 617 the Comanches direct the first two puffs, with much cer- emony and muttering, to the sun, and the third pufif with a like demonstration is blown toword the earth. When short of tobacco, they make use of the dried leaves of the sumach, of willow-bark, or other plants.'''* The Comanches are remarkable for their temperance, or rather abhorence for intoxicating drink; all the other nations of this family abandon themselves to this subtle demoralization, and are rapidly sinking, under it. They make their own spirits out of corn and out of agave americana, the pulque and mescal, both very strong and intoxicating liquors.'^ Of all North American Indians the Comanches and Clieyennes are said to be the most skillful riders, and it would be difficult to find their superiors in any part all fly nt once is a hero.' Domenenh'a Deneris, vol. ii., p. 198. ' The Indians amuso themselves shooting at the fruit (pitaya), and when one misHCH hin aim and leaves his arrow sticking in the top of the cactus, it is n source of much laughter to his comrades.' Browne's Apache Country, p. 78; Armin, Daa Hndiqe Mexilco, p. 309. The hoop and pole game of the Mojaves is thus played. ' The hoop is six inches in diameter, and made of elastic coril ; the poles are straight, and about fifteen feet in length. Rolling the hoop from one end of the course toward the other, two of the jjlayers chase it hnlf-way, and nt the same time throw their poles. He who succeeds in jiiercing the hoop wins the game.' Palmer, in Harper's Mag., vol. xvii., p. 463; Einori/'s Kept. U. S. and Mx. Bntwdary Survey, vol. i., p. iii.; W7(ip;>/e, in Pac. Ii. U. liipt., vol. iii., p. 114; Mdllhausen. Risen in die P'elsen;ieb., tom. i.. pp. 210, '223; Atolt' hausen, Taijebxw.h, p. 395; Backus, in Schoohra/l's Arch., vol. iv., p. 'i 14. ' Tie- nen unas pelotas de mateiia negra como pez, erabutidas en ella varius cou- chuelas pequeiias del mar, con que juegan yapuestan arroj.tndola con el pie,' Ak'ire, II'isl. Comp. de Jesus, tom. iii., p. Ill; Sedelmair, Reladon, in Doc. llist, ilex., serio iii., vol. iv., p. 851. 134 < Loj, salvages recogen sus hojas generalmente en el Otorio, las que en- tonces estan rojas y muy oxidadas : para hacer su jirovision, lu secan al f uego 6 al sol, y para fumarlas, las mezulan con tabaco.' Berlandier y Thnvel. Diario, p. 257. The Comanches smoke tobacco, ' mixed with the dried leaves of the sumach, inhaling the smoke into their Inngs, and giving it out through their nostrils.' Marcy's Army Life, pp. 29, 32; Alarchon, in Ilakluyl's Voy., vol. iii., p. 432; Leilierman,\n Smitlisonian liepl., 1855, p. 285. _i3i Thilmmel, Mexxko, p. 352. The Comanches 'avoid the use of ardent spirits, which they call "fool's water." ' Kennedy's Texas, vol. i , p. 347; Gregri's Com.' Prairies, vol. ii., p. 307. Dubnis. in Domenech, Jour., p. 469. ' In order to make an intoxicating beverage ct the mescal, the roasted root is macerated in a proportionable quantity of 'vater, which is allowed to stand several days, when it ferments rapidly. The liquor is boiled down and pro- duces a strongly intoxicating fluid.' Cremony's Apaches, p. 217. ' Wht n its stem (of the maguey) is tapped there flows from it a juice which, on being fermented, produces the pulque.' Bartlett's Pers. Nar., vol. i., j). •.!;0. The Apaches out of corn make an intoxicating drink which they called " tee- swin," made by boiling the corn and fermenting it. Murphy, in Ind. Aff, liept. tipeti. Com., 1867, p. 317; Hardy's Trav., pp. 334, 337. 518 NEW MEXICANS. of the world. Young children, almost infants, are tied by their mothers to half-wild, bare-backed mustangs, which place thenceforth becomes their home. They supply themselves with fresh horses from wild droves wandering over the prairies, or from Mexican ranchcrias. A favorite horse is loved and cherished above all things on earth, not excepting wives or children. The women are scarcely behind the men in this accomplishment. They sit astride, guide tlie horses with the knee like the men, and catch and break wild colts. In fighting, the Comanches throw the body on one side of the horse, hang on ' ._y the heel and shoot with great precision and rapidity. It is beneath the dignity of these horsemen to travel on foot, and in their sometimes long and rapid marches, they defy pursuit.^" Before horses were known they used to transport their household effects on the backs of dogs, which custom even now prevails among some na- tions.*" "« Jonta, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 223; Emory's Bept. U. S. and 3f«r. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. 108; Donunech, Jour, p. 137; Turner, in Novvelles Antiales des Voy., 1852, torn. 135, p. 307; Baclcug, in Schoolcraft's Arch., \ol. iv., p. 212; Oarcia Conde, in Album Mex., 1849, torn, i., p. 165; Hassel, Alex. Gnat., p. 277; Shepard's Land of the Aztecs, p. 182; Mollhavsen, Tagtbuch, p. 114-G; Emory's Ktconnoissance, p. 61; Malte-lirun, Precis de la Oeog., torn, vi., p. 399. The Apache wumeii, ' Son tan bueuns ginetas, que brincan en un potro, y sin mas riendaa que un cabrestillo, sabeu arrendarlo.' Sonera, Vesvrip. Gioq., in Doc. Hist. Mex., Bene iii., torn, iv., p. 564; Puttie's Pirs, Nar., p. 298; Marcy's Army Life, p. 28; Fiffuier's Hum. liace, p. 480; 'A short hnir halter was passed around under the neck of the horse, and both ends tightly braided into the mane, on the withers, leaving a loop to hang under the neck, and against the breast, which, being caught up in the hand, wakes a sling into which the elbow falls, taking the weight of the body on the middle of the upper arm. Into this loop the rider drops suddenly and fearlessly, leaving hiB heel to bang over the back of the horse, to steady him, and also to restore him when he wishes to regain his upright position on the horse's back.' Brownell's Ind, Races, p. 540; Davis' El Grimio, p. 412. Les Comanches 'regardent corame nn deshonneur d'aller a pied.' Soc. Oeog., Bulletin, serie T., no. 96, p. 192; Cremony's Apaches, p. 282. The Comanches, for hardening the hoofs of horses and mules, have a custom of making a fire of the yild rosemary -artemisia— and ex|posiug their hoofs to the vapor and smoke by leading them slowly through it. Parker's Notes on Ttx., p. 203. 1" Manx's Army Life, p. 18; Humboldt, Essai Pol., torn, i., p. 290; Cor- doue, in Ternaux-Comjxins, Voy., serie i., tom. x.. p. 443; Malte-Brun, Preds dt la Oeog., tom. vi., J). 454; Hiontanun, Nieutee Wiereld, p. 209. 'Les Teyns et Querechos ont de grands troupeaiix de chiens qui portent leur bagnge; ils I'attachent snr le dos de ces animnux au moyen d'uue snngle et d'un petit b&t. Quand la charge se derange les chiens se mettent k hurler, pour ayertir leur maitre de 1 'arranger.' Casta neda, in Tei-navx-Co7npans, Voy,, serie i., tom. ix., pp. 117, 126, 190. ' On the top of the bank we struck u Camnuclie trail, very broad, and made by the lodge poles, which they transport from COMANCHE CUSTOMS. il» The Comanche observes laws of hospitality as strictly as the Arab, and he exacts the observance of his rules of etiquette from strangers. When a visitor enters his dwelling, the master of the house points to him a seat, and how to reach it, and the host is greatly offended if his directions are not strictly followed. Meeting on the prairie, friends as well as enemies, if we may believe Colonel Marcy, put their horses at full speed. " When a party is discovered approaching thus, and are near enough to distinguish signals, all that is necessary to ascertain their disposition is to raise the right hand with the palm in front, and gradually push it forward and back several times. They all understand this to be a command to halt, and if they are not hostile, it will at once be obeyed. After they have stopped, the right hand is raised again as before, and slowly moved to the right and left, which signifies, I do not know you. Who are you ? They will then answer the inquiry by giving their signal." Then they inflict on strangers the hug- ging and face-rubbing remarked among the Eskimos,^ demonstrating thereby the magnitude of their joy at meeting.** Tlie various tribes of the Yuma and Mo- jave nations hold communication with one another by means of couriers or runners, who quickly disseminate important news, and call together the various bands for consultation, hunting, and war. Besides this, there is used everywhere on the prairies, a system of telegraphy, which perhaps is only excelled by the wires themselves. Smoke during the day, and fires at night, perched on mountain-tops, flash intelligence quickly and surely across the plains, giving the call for assistance or the order to place to place by fastening them on each side of their pack horses, leav- ing the long ends trailing upon the ground.' Parker's Notes on T carainun por los mananas, y calentando ya el sol coino a las ocho tiran los tizones, que por muehos que hayan tirado por los cnmi- noB, pueden ser guias de los caminantcs.' Sedelmair, lielucion, lu Doc. Hist. MfX., serie iii., vol. iv., p. 851. ui The Comanches ' have yearly gatherings to light the sacred fires; tbe^ >uild numerous huts, and si', huddled about them, taking medicine for pun- -tation, and fasting for seven days. Those who can endure to keep the fust broken become sacred in the eyes of the others.' Palmer, in Harper's Mmu, y xvii., p. 451. If a Yuma kills one of his own tribe he keeps ' a fast for a\ moon; on such occasions he eats no meat only vegetables— drinks only ■wi ;T, knows no woman, and bathes frequently during the day to purify tho fle ,.' Enutry'H Rept. U. S. and Mex. Boundary Surviy, vml. i., p. 110. 'It wti^ their (Mojavcs, ) custom never to eat salted meat for the next moon after the coming of a captive among them.' Stratton's Capt. Oatwan Girls, p. 180; Di>meneoh's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 402; Domenech, Jour, p. 13; MoUhausen, Tage- buch, pp. 125-6. DISEASES AND MEDICINE. 621 writers speak of cannibalinm among these people, there is no evidence that they do or ever did eat human flesh."' In their intercourse they are dignified and re- served, and never interrupt a jMirson speaking. Unless compelled by necessity, they never speak any language but their own, it being barbarous in their eyes to make use of foreign tongues.'** Although endowed generally with robust and healthy constitutions, >iliou8 and malarial fever, pneumonia, rheumatism, dysentery, ophthalmia, measles, small-pox, and various syphilitic diseases are sometimes met among them; the latter occurring most frequently among the Navajos, Mojaves, Yumas, and Comanches. Whole bands are sometimes affected with the last-mentioned disease, and its effects are often visible in their young. A cutaneous ailment, called pirUos, also makes its ap- pearance at times.'" For these ailments they have dif- ferent remedies, consisting of leaves, herbs, and roots, of which decoctions or poultices are made; scarification and the hunger cure are resorted to as well. Among the Mo- javes the universal remedy is the sweat-house, employed by them and the other nations not only as a remedy for diseases, but for pleasure. There is no essential difter- ence between their sweat-houses and those of northern nations — an air-tight hut near a stream, heated stones, upon which water is thrown to generate steam, and a plunge into the water afterward. As a cure for the bite of a rattlesnake they employ an herb called euphorbia. Broken or wounded limbs are encased in wooden splints X! ' Entre cuyas tribus hay nignnas qne se conien k sun enemigos. ' AUqrt, ITist. Comp. de Jeitus, torn, i., p. 332. * Los chiruinns, que me parecen Ker los yuinus, no se que coman came humana como dijo el indio cosniua.' Oarces, lu Dott. Hint. Mex., serie ii., toin. i., p. 363. 'Among the npoil which wo took from these Camanchen, we founa large portions of human flesh evi- dently prepared for cooking.' Deween' Texas, p. !i!3'2-3. Certain Europeana have represented the Comanches 'as a race of cannibals; but according to the Spaniards they are merely a cruel, dastardly race of savages.' Pages' Truveln, vol. i., p. 107. '«^ Palmer, in Harper's Mag., vol. xvii., p. 451; Jterlnndiery Thovel, Diario, p. 253; Cremony's Apaches, p. 34; Davis' El Gringo, p. 4(j7. '** Smart, in SmUhsonian Ptpt., 1867, p. 418. ' Gonorrhoea and syphilis are not at all rare ' among the Navajos. Letlurman, in Sndtlisonian Kept., 1855, p. 290; Marey's Army Life, p. 31. NEW MEXICANS. until healed. Bnt frequently they abandon their sick and maimed, or treat them with great harshness."" Priests or medicine-men possess almost exclusively the secrets of the art of healing. When herbs fail they resort to incantations, songs, and wailings. They are firm be- lievers in witchcraft, and wear as amulets and charms, feathers, stones, antelope-toes, crane's bills, bits of charred wood and the like. Their prophets claim the jwwer of foretelling future events, and are frequently consulted therefor.^*" Most of the nations in the vicinity of the Colorado, burn their Wheu a Comanche dies he is nsnally wrapped in his best blankets or I'obes, and interred with most of his "jewelry," and other articles of esteem.' Gregg's Com. Prairies, vol. ii., pp. 317, 243. 'Ctiando muere algnn indio, . . . . juntando sus deudos todas las alhnjns de sn pccnlio, se las ponen y de esta manera lo envuelven en una piel de ci'bolo y lo llevan 6 enterrar.' Akgre, Iliti. Comp. de Jesus, tom. i., p. 336; Kennedy's Texas, vol. i., p. 347; Wislizemts' Tour, p. 69. The Comanehes cover their tombs 'with grass and plants to keep them concealed.' Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 363; Id., Jour., J). 14. The Apaches: 'probably they bury their dead in caves; no graves are ever found that I ever heard of.' Henry, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 212. See also James' Exped., vol. ii., p. 305. 'On the highest point of the hill, was a Comanche grave, marked by a pile of stones and some remnants of scanty clothing.' Parker's Notes on Tex., pp. 137, 151. The custom of the Mescalero Apaches 'heretofore has t)een to leave their dead unburied in Home secluded spot.' Curtis, in Ind. Aff. liept., 1871, p. 402; Cremony's Apuches, p. 50; itoluiausen, Reisen in die l-elsenijeb., tom. ii., p. '233; Paste's Per.choolirajVs Arch., vol. v., p. 2li2. 'Inclined to intemperance in strong drinks.' Henry, in Schoolcrrift's Arch., vol. v., p. 211. 'Ferocfsimos de condicion, de nutur- nleza sangrientos. ' Almama, in Doc. Hist. Mex , serie iii., torn, iv., p. 824. * Sumamente vengativo.' Veiasco, Noticias de Sonora, p. 283. 'Alovoso y vengativo caracte. . .rastutos ladrones, y sanguiuarios.' liu.'itanwnte, in Cnvo, Tres Slulos, torn, iii., p. 78. ' I have not seen a more intelligent, cheerful, and gr.iteful tribe of Indians than the roving Apaches.' Colyer, in Ind. Aff. HepL, 1871, pp. 15, 47, 51; Garcia Conde, in Soc. Mex. Geog., Boletin, torn. v., pp. 314-15, 317; Doc. Ili.it. N. Viscaya, MS., p. 4; Cordero, in Orozco y Berra, Geografia, p. 371; Jiartletl's Pers. Nar., vol. i., pp. 3'i2, 326-7; timart, in SmiUisonian Kept., 1867, p. 419; ApostoUcos Afanes, p. 430; Lacha- pelle, liaous.set- Boulhon, p. 83; Turner, in Aouveltes Annales des Voy., 1852, torn, cxxxv., pp. 307, 314; Domenech's Dc.ierts, vol. ii., pp. 5,0, 8; M6llhau.itn, Reisen in dis Felsengeb., torn, i., p. 294; MoUhattsen, Tagebuch, pp. 330, 361; Bent, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. i., p. 243; Ward's Mexico, vol. i., p. 580; Mowry's Arizona, pp. 31-2; Pope, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. ii., p. 13; Whip- ple, Liebank, and Turmr's Rept., p. 14, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii.; Gal- latin, in Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1851, torn, cxxxi., p. '^73; Gregg's Covi. Prairies, vol. i., pp. 291, 295; Hist. Chretienne de la Cal., p. 99; Edward's Hist. Tex., p. 95; Peters' Life of Carson, p. 323; Soc. Geog., Bulletin, serie v., No. 96, p. 187; Pike's Explor. Trav., p. 341; Hassel, Mex. Gnat., p. 276; Palmer, in Harper's Mag., vol. xvii., pp. 462-3; Figuier's Hum. Race, pp. 482, 484; Arricivita, Cronica Serdfica, p. 419; Alegre, Hist. Comp. de Jexus, torn, ii., p. 4 )4; Joes' Colorado Riv., p. 44; Emory's Rept. U. S. and M(X. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. Ill; Frowel, Auji Amerika, torn, ii., pp. 475-6, and Cent. Amer., p. 527; Pattie's Pers. Nar., p. 117; Whipple, in Pgc. R. Ii. Rept., vol. iii., p. 99; Sedelmair, Relacion, in Doc, IPtst. MfX., serie iii., torn. iv., p. 850; see further. Ind. Aff. Repts., from 1854 to 1872; Stratton's Capt. Oalman Oirla, pp. 116, 122. NEW MEXICAN CHAEACTEE. 625 more peaceful, substantial character, such as stock-rais- ing, agriculture, and manufactures. Professional thiev- ing is not countenanced. Though treacherous, they are not naturally cruel; and though deaf to the call of grati- tude, they are hospitable and socially inclined. They are ever ready to redeem their pledged word, and never shrink from the faithful perlbrmance of a contract. They are brave and intelligent, and possess much nat- ural common sense."' The Tamajabs have no inclina- tion to share in marauding excursions. Though not wanting in courage, they possess a mild disposition, and are kind to strangers.*^ The Comanches are dij/nified in their deportment, vain in respect to their personal appearance, ambitious of martial fame, unrelenting in their feuds, always exacting blood for blood, yet not sanguinary. They are true to their allies, prizing highly their freedom, hospitable to strangers, sober yet gay, maintaining a grave stoicism in presence of strangers, and a Spartan indifference under severe suffering or mis- fortune. Formal, discreet, and Arab-liimilhsonian liept., 1855, pp. '192, £95. 'Brave, hardy, industrious.' Colyer, in Ind. Aff. liept., 18G9, p. 80; Domeneth's LestrLs, vol. ii., p. 40. ' Tricky ond unreliable.' Simpson's Jour. Mil. liecon., p. 56. The Mojaves: 'Thoy are lazy, cruel, selfish; there is one good quality in them, the exactitude with which they fulfil an agreement.' Ivfs' Colorado liiv., pp. 20, 71-2; Jiavlnis, in SclwolcrafVs Arch., vol. iv., p. 211; BartktVa Pcrs. Nar., vol. i., p. 329; MoUhaitsen, Reisen in die Felscnueb., torn, ii., p. 234; Eaton, in Schookrafl'a Arch., vol. iv., pp. 217-18; IJuiihes' Doniphan's Ex., p. £03; Mollhavsen, Taut- huch, p. 384. iH Corlez, in Pac. R, R. Repl., vol. iii., p. 124. 'Estos indios se aveiito- jan en niuchas circuustancins a los ynmas y dcmas nacioncs del IJio Colora- do; son menos molestos y nada ladronea. Garccs, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie ii., torn, i., p. £73; also in Arricivita, Cn'mica Serdfica, p. 472; Donientch'a DescrLi, vol. ii., p. C.». '^*'0:avo and dignified implacable and unrelenting hospitable, and kind affectionate to each other jealous of their own freedom.' Marcy's Arm;/ Life, pp. 2.'), 3J-1, 34, 30-9, 41, CO. ' Alta cstinia h:icen del valor estas razas nomadas.' Museo Mm., torn, ii., p. 31. ' Loin ciTstro cruels, NEW MEXICANS. The non-nomadic semi-civilized town and agricultural peoples of New Mexico and Arizona, the second division of this group, I call the Pueblos, or Towns-people, from puebh, town, population, people, a name given by the Spaniards to such inhabitants of this region as were found, when first discovered, permanently located in comparatively well-built towns. Strictly speaking, the term Pueblos applies only to the villagers settled along the banks of the Rio Grande del Norte and its tributa- ries, between latitudes 34° 45' and 36° 30', and although the name is employed as a general appellation lor this division, it will be used, for the most part, only in its narrower and popular sense. In this division, be- sides the before-mentioned Pud>los proper, are embraced the Moguis, or villagers of eastern Arizona, and the non-nomadic agricultural nations of the lower Gila River, — the Pimas, Maricopas, Pdpagos, and cognate tribes. The country of the Towns-people, if we may credit Lieutenant Simpson, is one of "almost universal barrenness," yet interspersed with fertile spots ; that of the agricultural nations, though dry, is more generally productive. The fame of this so-called civilization reached Mexico at an early day; first through Alvar Nunez Cabeza de Vaca and his companions, who be- longed to the expedition under the unfortunate Pamphilo de Narvaez, traversing the continent from Florida to the shore of the gulf of California; they brought in exagger- ated rumors of great cities to the north, which prompted the expeditions of Marco de Niza in 1539, of Coronado in 1540, and of Espejo in 1586. These adventurers visited the north in quest of the fabulous kingdoms of Quivira, Tontonteac, Marata and others, in which great riches were said to exist. The name of Quivira was ils-Bont tr&s-doux et ti-^8-fidelea dans leurs amities.' Castaneda, in Temaxix- Comnans, Voy., serie i., torn, ix., p. 191; Paww, in Revista Cimt'fica, torn, i., ?. 57; Escudero, NotUsiaa de Chihuahua, pp. 229-30; Domcnech, Jour., pp. 13, 37, 469; Soc. 04og., Bulletin, torn, v., No. 96, p. 193; Neighbors, in Svhonl- craft's Arch., vol. li., pp. 132-3; Oregrj's Com. Prairies, vol. i., pp. 293, 295; vol. ii., pp. 307, 313; Gallalin, in Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1851, torn, cxxxi., p. 273; Shepird's Land of the Attecs, p. 182; Paijda' Travels, vol. i., p. 107; CaUleivn de la Barca'a Ltfe in Me»., vol. ii., p. 308. THE PUEBLOS. 527 afterwards applied by them to one or more of the pueblo cities. The name Cibola, from cUbolo, Mexican bull, hos bison, or wild ox of New Mexico, where the Spaniards first encountered buffalo, was given to seven of the towns which were afterwards known as the seven cities of Ci- bola. But most of the villages known at the present day were mentioned in the reports of the early expedi- tions by their present names. The statements in regard to the number of their villages differed from the first. Castafieda speaks of seventy cities.'" The following list, according to Lieutenant Whipple's statement, appears to be the most complete. Commencing north, and follow- ing the southward course of the Rio Grande del Norte ; Shipap, Acoti, Taos,' PicurisJ~ San Juan; Pojuaque, Santa Clara,' San Ildefonso, Nam be, Tesuque, Cochite, Pecos, Santo Domingo, Cuyamanque, Silla, Jemez,' San Felipe, Galisteo, Santa Ana, Zandia, Laguna," Acoma, Zufii, Isleta,' and Chilili.^" The Moquis who speak a distinct language, and who have many customs peculiar to them- i^ ' Tigttex est situe vera le nord, k environ quarante lieues,' from Cibola. Castafieda, in Ternnux-Votnpans, Voy., serie i., torn, ix., p. 1G5. ' La pro- vince Ae Cibola contieut sept \'illageB; le plus grand ne nomme Muzaque.' Id., p. 163. Uf two provinces north of Tigiiex, ' I'une se nomniait Hemes, et renfermait sept villages: I'autre Yuque-Yunque.' Id., p. 138. ' Plus au nord (of Tiguex) est In province de Quirix. . . et celle de Tutabaco.' Id., p. 168. From Cicuye to Quivira, ' On compte sept aiitres villages.* Id., p. 179. ' II existe aussi, d' apr&s le rapport un autre royaume trfes-vaste, nomm^ Acus; car il y a Abacus et Acus; Abacus avec I'aspiration est une des sept villes, et la capitale. Acus sans aspiration est un royaume.' Nha, in Ter- naux-Compans, Voy., surie i., torn, ix., p. 271. 'Tbe kingdome of Toton- teac so much extolled by tbe Father prouinciall, tbe Indians say is a botte lake, about which are iiue or sixe houses; and that there were certaine other, but that they are ruinated by warre. The kingdome of Marata is not to be found, neither haue the Indians any knowledge thereof. The kingdome of Acus is one onely small citie, where they gather cotton which is called Acucu, and I say that this is a towne. For Acus with an aspiration nor without, is uo word of they countrey. And because I gesse tnat they would deriuo Acucu of Acus, I say that it is this towne whereiuto the kingdom of Acus is conuerted.' Coronado, in llaklttyl's Voy., vol. iii., p. 378; Esjyeio, in Id., pp. 386-394; Mendota, Letlre, in Ternaux-Conipans, Voy., si'rie i., torn, ix., p. 290; De Laet, Noviis Orbis,n. 315; Salmeron, lielaciones, in Doi\ Hint. Mex., serie iii., tom. iv., p. 100; Escalante, in Id., pp. 124-5; j'ifce'.s Explor. Trat\, pp. 341-2; Miililenpfordl, Mejico, tom. ii., pt li., pp 628-9; Euton, in School- crajVs Arch., vol. iv., p. 220; Ilassel, Mex. Guat., p. 197. JM Whipple, Eusbank, and Turner's Kept., pp. 10-12, in Pac. R. R. Uept., vol. iii.; Simpson's Jour. Mil. Recon., pp. 128-130; Ilezio, NoUcia fie las M.si- ones, in MeliiK'a Two Thousand Miles, pp. 208-9; Chacon, in Id., pp. 210-11; Alencaster, in Id., p. 212; Davis' El Orinyo, p. 115; Calhoun, in Hchoolcrafl't Arch., vol. iii., p. 633. / MEW MEXICANS. selves, .nhabit seven villages, named Oraibe, Shumiith- pa, Mushaiina, Ahlela, Gualpi, Siwinna, and Tegua.*" By the Spanish conquest of New Mexico the natives were probably disturbed less than was usually the case with the vanquished race; the Pueblos being well-domi- ciled and well-behaved, and having little to be stolen, the invaders adopted the wise jwlicy of permitting them to work in peace, and to retain the customs and tradi- tions of their forefathers as they do, many of them, to this day. Attempts have been made to prove a relation- ship with the civilized Aztecs of Mexico, but thus fur without success. No affinities in language appear to exist; that of the Moquis, indeed, contains a few faint traces of and assimilations to Aztec words, as I shall show in the third volume of this work, but they are not strong enough to support any theory of common origin or relationship.*'* The Pimas inhabit the banks of the Gila River about two hundred miles above its confluence with the Colo- rado. Their territory extends from about the bend of the Gila up the river to a place called Maricopa Copper- mine; northward their boundary is the Salt River, and south the Picacho. They are generally divided, and liT Wiipple, Eichnnk, and Ttimcr'a Brpt., p. 13, in Pac. li. li. Kept., vol. iii. 'Los uombreH (le los pueblos del Moqui son, segun lengun de los Ya- vipais, Sesepaiiliiba, Mnsagneve, Janoguiilpa, Muqni, Concabe y Much a qnien los zunis Human Oraive, que es en el que estuve.' Garces, in ])oc. JIht. ifex., serie ii., torn, i., p. 332; Buxton's Adven. Mcx., p. 195; Ives' Col- orado liiv., p. r27. •*s Affirmations are abundant enough, but they have no foundation what- ever in fuct, and many are absurd on their face. ' Nous nflBrmons quo Ics Indiens Pueblos et les anciens Mexicains sont issus d' une seule ct memo Boufhe.' Ruxton, in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1850, torn, cxxvi., p. 44. 'These Indians claim, and are generally supposed, to have descended from the ancient Aztec race.' Meiriwether, in Ind. Aff. liept., 1854, p. 174. 'They are the descendants of the ancient rulers of the country." Davis' El (iriir;o, p. 114. 'Thev are the remains of a once powerful people.' Walker, in ]i>d. Aff. Rept., 18/2, p. 55; Cotyer, in Id., 18G9, p. 00. ' They (Moquis) are sup- posed by some to be descended from the band of Welsh, which Prince Mndoe took with him on a vojage of discovery, in the twelfth century ; and it is said that they weave peculiarly and in the same manner as the people of Wales.' Ten Broeck, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 81. ' II est nssez singulier quo les Moquis soient desigiies par les trajipers et les chasseurs umericains, qtii peuetrent dans leur pays sous le uom d'Indiens Welches.' Bvxion, in Jfoavelles Aimales des Voy., 1850, tom. cxxvi., p. .':5. ' Moques, supposed lo be vestiges of Aztecs.' Amer. Quart. Begister, vol. i., p. 173; Prichard's Besearchcs, vol. v., p. 431. by lar PIMAS AND PAPAGOS. 629 known as the upper and lower Pimas, which branches show but slight dialectic differences. When first seen their territory extended further southward into Sonora. The Papagos, their neighbors, are closely allied to them by language. In nowise related to them, but very simi- lar in their manners and customs, are the Maricopas, who reside in their immediate vicinity, and who claim to have migrated to that place some centuries ago, from a more westerly territory. All these people, although not dwelling in houses built, like those of the Pueblos, of solid materials, have settled villages in which they reside at all times, and are en- tirely distinct from the roving and nomadic tribes de- scribed in the Apache family. When first found by the Spaniards, they cultivated the soil, and knew how to weave cotton and other fabrics; in fact it was easily ob- servable that they had made a step toward civilization. I therefore describe them together with the Pueblos. The region occupied by them, although containing some good soil, is scantily provided with water, and to enable them to raise crops, they are obliged to irrigate, conducting the water of the Gila to their fields in small canals. The water obtained by digging wells is frequently brackish, and in many places they are forced to carry all the water needed for household purposes quite a long distance! The climate is claimed to be one of the hottest on the Amer- ican continent. The Pueblos, and Moqui villagers, are a race of small people, the men averaging about five feet in height, with small hands and feet, well-cut features, bright eyes, and a generally pleasing expression of countenance.*^ Their hair is dark, soft, and of fine texture, and their skin a "9 'Les hommes sont petite.' Mendoza, Lettre, in Temaux-Compans, Voy., Bt'rie i., toin. ix., p. 294. The Moqnis are ' of medium size and indifferently p;oportioned, their features strongly marked and homely, M'ith an expression fnerally bright and good-natured.' Ives' Colorado liiv., pp. 120-^, l'26-7. he Kerea'sind hohen Wnchses.' Muhlenpfordl, Mejiro, tom. ii., pt ii., p. I'^y, Malte-Brvn, Precis de la Qiog., tom. >!., p. 453; Jlafstl, Mex. Ovat., p. 19V; MoUhausen, Reisin in die Feiaengeb., tom. ii., p. 240; Dt iMtt, Not^ua Orbia, p. 301; /Simpson's Jour, Mil. Recon., p. 93; Castafieda, in Ternaux-Ccm- pans, Voy., serie i., tom. ix., pp. 67-8; Buxton, in Nouvellea Annates desVoy., 1850, tom. cxxvi., pp. 52-3; Pike'a Explor. Trav., p. 342. Vol. I. 34 kX- 680 NEW MEXICANS. dear shade of brown.** The women seldom exceed four feet in height, with figure rotund, but a graceful carriage, and face full, with pretty, intelligent features niiJ good teeth.*"' Albinos are at times seen amongst them, who are described as having very fair complexions, light hair, and blue or pink eyes.**"* The Pimas and their neighbors are men of fine phy- sique, tall and bony, many of them exceeding six feet in height, broad-chested, erect, and muscular, but fre- quently light-limbed with small hands, though the feet of both sexes are large. They have large features, ex- pressive of frankness and good nature, with prominent cheek-bones and aquiline nose, tho.se of the women being somewhat retrousses.**'^ The females are symmetrically formed, with beautifully tapered limbs, full busts, pleas- ing features, embellished with white and evenly set teeth,*"* Their coarse hair grows to a great length and thickness, and their dark complexion becomes yet darker toward the south.*"* The ordinary dress of the Pueb- '6* 'The people are Romewhat white.' Niza, in Ilalcluyt's Voy., vol. iii., p. 372. ' Much fuirei' in complexion than other tribes.' Raxton'a Aduen. Met., p. 195; Kendall's Nar., vol. i., p. 37'J; Mollhausen, Taijebuch, p. 230; iVicA- ard'a Researches, vol. v., pp. 423, 431; Walker, in S. F. Herald, Oct. 15, 1853; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 4i. 161 ' Prettiest squaws I liave yet seen.' Marcy's Army Life, p. 111. Good- looking and symmetrical. Davis' El Oringo, pp. 421-2. 162 ren Broecic, in Hchoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 81. 'Many of the in- habitants have white skin, fair hair, and blue eyes. Domenech's Deserts, vol. i., p. 210, vol. ii., p. 66; Eaton, in Hchookraft s Arch., vol. iv., pp. 220-1; Mollhausen, Tagebuch, p. 285; Palmer, in Harper's Mag., vol. xvii., p. 456. '63 ' A robust and well-formed race. ' Cremony's Apaches, pp. 90, 103. ' Well built, generally tall and bony.' Walker's Pimas, MS. The Maricopas 'sunt de stature plus haute nt plus athletique que les Fiimos.' Oallatin, in Nouvdks Annates des Voy., 1851, tom. cxsxi., p. 290; see also Emory, in Fremont atul Emory's Notes of Trav., pp. 49, 50; Id., in Pac. R. R. Rent., vol. ii., p. 12; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 19; Alegre, Hist. Comp. de Jesus, tom. iii., p 103; 3/urr, Xachrichten, p. 196; Emory's Reconnoisaance, p. 132; BigUr's Early Days in Utah and Nevada, MS.; Johnson's Hist. Arizona, p. 11; lirackdt, in Western Monthly, p. 1C9; Froebel, Aus Amerika, tom. ii., p. 448; San Francisco Bulletin, July, 18G0. '6* • Las mujeres hennosas.' Mange, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., tom. i., pp. 298, 364. 'Kather too much inclined to embonpoint.' Ives' Colorado Rio., pp. 31, 33, 39; Bartlett's Pers. Nar., vol. ii., p. 229. IS* ' Ambos secsos no mol parecidos y muy melenudos.' Velasco, Xo- tieias de Sonora, pp. 116, 161. "Trigueiios de color.' Sedelmair, Relacinn, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., tom. iv., p. 851. 'Die Masse, Dicke und Lfinge Ihres Haupthaares grenzt an das Unglaubliche.' Froebel, Aus Amerika, torn. Ii., p. 455; Id., Cent. Amer., p. 513; Prichard's Nat. Hist. Man, vol. ii., p. 657; Pattie's Ptra. Nar,, j,?. 143-5, 149; Stratton'a Capt. Oatman Girls, p. 180. DBESS OF THE PUEBLOS. 631 Ids is the breech-cloth and blanket; some add a blouse of cotton or deer-skin, a waist-belt, and buckskin leg- gins and moccasins. The women wear a long, cot- ton, sleeveless tunic, confined round the waist by a col- ored girdle, a species of cape bordered in difterent colors, fastened round the neck at the two corners, and reaching down to the waist, while over the head a shawl is thrown. The feet are protected by neat moccasins of deer-skin or woolen stuff, surmounted by leggins of the same material. They have a habit of padding the leg- gins, which makes them appear short-legged with small feet.*"* The men bind a handkerchief or colored band round the head. Young women dress the hair in a pe- culiarly neat and becoming style. Parting it at the back, they roll it round hoops, when it is fastened in two high bunches, one on each side of the head, placing sometimes a single feather in the center ; married women gather it into two tight knots at the side or one at the back of the head ; the men cut it in front of the ears, and in a line with the eye-brows, while at the back it is plaited or gathered into a single bunch, and tied \v 'th a band.*"® On gala occasions they paint and adorn them- selves in many grotesque styles ; arms, legs, and exposed portions of the body are covered with stripes or rings, « "'<' 'Heads are uncovered.' Ruxton's Adven. Mex., p. 196. 'Los hombres visten, y caiman de cuero, y las uiugeres, que se precian de largos cabellos, cubren sus cabe. 30; Mange, in Doc. Hist. Mix., serie iv., tom. i., pp. 364-5; Velasco, Noticias de Sonora, p. 116; Briefe am den Verein. Staat., torn, ii, p 322. '69 ' Men never cut "their hair. ' Cremony's Apaches, p. 90. They plait and wind it round their heads in many ways; one of the most general forms a turban which they smear with wet earth. Froebel, Aus Amerika, tom. ii.. pp. 454-6; Fremont and Emory's Notes of Trav., p. 47; Emory, in Pac. Ii. Ii. Hei'l-, vol. ii., p. 9; Pattie's Pei:i. Nar., pp. 143, 145, 149; Browne's Apache Cowitn/, p. 107; Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 296. 170 Sonera, Descrip. Geog., iu Doc, Hist. Mex., serie iii., tom. iv., p. 542. PIMA AND MARICOPA DWELLINGS. 688 and bead necklaces are used; aliso ear-rings of a blue stone found in the mountains."* The dwellings of the agricultural Pimas, Maricopas, and Piipagos consist of dome-shaped huts, either round or oval at the base. There are usually thirty or more to a village, and they are grouped with some regard to regularity. Strong forked stakes are firmly fixed in the ground at regular distances from each other, the number vuryiiig accord- ing to the size of the hut, cros8-ix)les are laid IVom one to the other, around these are placed cotton-wood jwlcs, which are bent over and fastened to the transverse sticks, the structure is then wattled with willows, reeds, or coarse straw, and the whole covered with a coat of mud. The only openings are an entrance door about three feet high, and a small aperture in the center of the roof that serves for ventilation. Their height is from five to seven feet, and the diameter from twenty to fifty. Outside stands a shed, open at all sides with a roof of branches or corn-stalks, under which they prepare their food. Their houses are occupied mainly during the rainy sea- son; in summer they build light sheds of twigs in their corn-fields, which not only are more airy, but are also more convenient in w.atching their growing crops. Be- sides the dwelling-place, each family has a granary, similar in shape and of like materials but of stronger construction; by frequent plastering with mud they are made impervious to rain."* The towns of the Pueblos * All of them paint, nsing no particnlnr design ; the men mostly with dark colors, the women, red and yellow.' lVoc. Hist. Mtx., serio iii., torn, iv., pp. 850-1. "* Vremony's Apaches, p. 91; OaUatin, in Nouvelles Annates dea Voy., 1851, torn. 131, p. 292; Browne's Apache Country, p. 108. The Maricopas 'occu- py thatched cottages, thirty or forty feet in diameter, made of the twigs of cotton-wood trees, interwoven with the straw of wheat, corn-stalks, and cane.' Emory's Reconnoissance, p. 132; Emory's Bept, U. S. and Mix. Bound- 684 NEW MEXICANS. I I are essentially unique, and are the dominant feature of these aboriginals. Home of them are situated in valleys, others on mesas; sometimes they are planted on eleva- tions almost inaccessible, reached only by artificial gnvdos or by steps cut in the solid rock. Some of the towns are of an elliptical shape, while others are square, a town being frequently but a block of buildings. Thus a Pueblo consists of one or more squares, ejich enclosed by three or four buildings of from three to four hundred feet in length, and about one hundred and fifty feet in width at the base, and from two to seven stories of from eight to nine feet each in height. The buildings form- ing the square do not meet, but in some cases are con- nected by bridges or covered gangways, and in some instances the houses project over the streets below, which being narrow, are thus given an underground appearance. The stories are built in a series of gnxda- tions or retreating surfaces, decreasing in size as they rise, thus forming a succession of terraces. In some of the towns these ternices are on both sides of the building; in others they face only toward the outside; while again in others they are on the in- side. In front of the terraces is a parajiet, which serves as a shelter for the inhabitants when forced to defend themselves against an attack from the outside. Those terraces are about six feet wide, and extend round the three or four sides of the square, forming a walk for ary Survey, vol. i., p. 117; Mange, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn, i., pp. 277, ^GS-G. 'Leure (PaiJngos) maisoiis sont de formes couiques et (:on- strviitfsvnjonc etenbois.' Soc. Oeog., BuUelin, st'rie v., No. 96, p. 188; W'utL- er.s I'in IS, MS.; Villa-Senor y Sanchft, Theatro, torn, ii, p. 395; ^'p'/i/- ma'u; Helacion, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 851; Velasco, NolitMtn tk brnora, pp. 115, 161. ' Andere, besondera die dummen Papagos, innchteu L'iclier und scbliefen des Nachts hierinnen; ia im Winter machten sio iu ihren Dachslochern zuvor Feuer, und hitzten dieselben.' Mitrr, NachrichU-n, p. 245. ' Their summer shelters are of a ninch more temporary nature, being constructed after the manner of a common arbor, covered with willow rods, to obstruct the rays of the vertical sun.' Ifwjhea' Doniphan's Ex., p. 222. In front of the Pimo house is usually 'a large arbor, on top of which is piled the cotton in the pod, for drying.' Emory, in Fremont and Emory's .V(.' < of Trav., p. 48. The Papagos' huts were ' fermees par des peanx de l)iiffl< s' Peiry, Scenes de la Vie Sauvaqe, p. 107. Granary built like the Mexican jakah. They are better Ktruetnres tjian their dwellings, more open, in order to ^'ivo a free circulation of air through the grain deposited in them. BarlleU's I'lrs. Nar., vol. i., p. 382, vol. ii., pp. 233-5. one or more oi PUEBLO HOUSES. 6S6 the occupants of the story resting upon it, and a roof for the story beneath ; so with the stories above. As there is no inner communication with one another, the only means of mounting to them is by bidders which stand at convenient distances along the several rows of ter- races, and they may be drawn up at pleasure, thus cut- ting off all unwelcome intrusion. The outside walls of one or more of the lower stories are entirely solid, hav- ing no openings of any kind, with the exception of, in some towns, a few loopholes. All the doors and win- dows are on the inside opening on the court. Tlie sev- eral stories of these huge structures are divided into multitudinous compartments of greater or lesser size, which are apportioned to the several families of the tribe. Access is had to the different stories by means of the ladders, which at night and in times of danger are drawn up after the person entering. To enter the rooms on the ground floor from the outside, one must mount the ladder to the first balcony or terrace, then descend through a trap door in the floor by another ladder on the inside. The roofs or ceilings, which are nearly flat, are formed of transverse beams which slojje slightly outward, the ends resting on the side wsills; on these, to make the floor and terrace of the story above, is laid brush wood, then a layer of bark or thin slabs, and over all a thick covering of mud suflicient to render them water-tight. The windows in the upper stories are made of flakes of selenite instead of glass. The rooms are large, the substantial partitions are made of wood, and neatly whitewashed. The apartments on the ground floor are gloomy, and generally used as store-rooms; those above are sometimes furnished with a small fire- place, the chimney leading out some feet above the ter- race. Houses are common property, and both men and women assist in building them ; the men erect the wooden frjimes, and the women make the mortar and build the walls. In place of lime for mortar, they mix ashes with earth and charcoal." They make adobes or sun-dried bricks by mixing ashes and earth with water, v/hich is 536 NEW MEXICANS. then moulded into large blocks and dried in the sun. Some of the towns are built with stones laid in nmd. Captain Simpson describes several ruined cities, which he visited, which show that the inhabitants formerly had a knowledge of architecture and design superior to any that the Pueblos of the present day possess. Yet their buildings are even now well constructed, for although several stories in height, the walls are seldom more than three or four feet in thickness. The apartments are well arranged and neatly kept; one room is used for cooking, another for grinding corn and preserving winter supplies of food, others for sleeping-rooms. On the bal- conies, round the doors oi)ening uj^x)!! them, the vil- lagers congregate to gossip and smoke, while the streets below, when the ladders are drawn up, present a gloomy and forsaken appearance. Sometimes villages are built in the form of an open square with buildings on three sides, and again two or more large terraced structures capable of accommodating one or two thousand people are built contiguous to each other, or on opposite banks of a stream. In some instances the outer wall presents one unbroken line, without entrance or anything to indicate the busy life within; another form is to join the straight walls, which encompass three sides of a square, by a fourth circular wall ; in all of which the chief object is defense. The Pueblos take great pride in their picturesque and, to them, magnificent structures, affirming that as fort- resses they have ever proved impregnable. To wall out black barbarism was what the Pueblos wanted, and to be let alone; under these conditions time was giving them civilization."" '" illla-So'or y Sanchez, Theatro, torn, ii., p. 412; miipple. Eiehank, oik/ Turner's liept., pp. 21, 23, 122, in I'ac. R, Ji. liepL, vol. ii. ; Sceins in the liorki) Mts., p. 177; Salmeron, lielacionrs, in Doc. Hist. Mtx., sfrie iii., toni. iv., pp. 26, 30-1. 'Ellas son las que hacen, y edifican Ins Cosiih, nssi tie riidin, como de Adove, y Tierra nniasada; y cou no tener la Pared mas de vii \nv do nncho, siiben las Casus dos, y tres, y quatro, y cinco Kobrados, 6 Alfos; y & cada Alto, cnrrespoude vn Corredor per de fnera; si sobre esta altnra lieclinii mas altos, d Sobrados (porque ay Casas que llegnn k siete) son los denias. no de Barro, sine de Madera.' Torquentada, Monarq, Ind., torn, i., p. ('HI. For further particulars, see CaSUintm, in Ternaux-Vmttpavs. roy., seiie i., torn, ix., pp. 2. 42, 58, 69, 71, ?«, 80, 138, 103, 1G7, 109; .Vun/in Id., pp. 261, 269, 2*0, 279; Diaz, in Id., pp. 293, 296; Jnrami.Uo, in Id., pp. 3«'J, assi PUEBLO ESTUFAS. 687 The sweat-house, or as the Spaniards call it, the estufa, assumes with the Pueblos the grandest pro^wrtions. Ev- ery village has from one to six of these singular struc- tures. A large, semi-subterranean room, it is at once bath-house, town-house, council-chamber, club-room, and church. It consists of a large excavation, the roof being about on a level with the ground, sometimes a little above it, and is supported by heavy timbers or pillars of masonry. Around the sides are benches, and in the centre of the floor a square stone box for fire, wherein aromatic plants are kept constantly burning. Entrance is made by means of a ladder, through a hole in the top placed directly over the fire-place so that it also serves as a ventilator and affords a free passage to the smoke. Usually they are circular in form, and of both large and small dimensions; they are phiced either within the great building or underground in the court without. In some of the ruins they are found built in the center of what w!is O'lce a pyramidal pile, and four stories in height. At Jemez the estufa is of one story, twenty-five feet wide by thirty feet high. The ruins of Chettro Kettle contain six estufas, each two or three stories in height. At Bonito are estufas one liundred and seventy-five feet in circumference, built in alternate layers of thick and 370; Coriloue, in /(/., torn, x., pp. 438-9; Sinipsnn'.i Jour. Mil. liicon., j)p. 13, 90, 114; ]ienf, in Nchookrafi's Arch., vol. i., p. '2-J4; Ten lirocrk, in Id., vol. iv , pp. 76, 80, and plute's, pp. 24, 72; Warden, liechcrchea, p. 79; l{u.rtim's Adirn. Mex., p. 191; Palmer, in Harper's 3/«(/., vol. xviii, p. 455; .)(alte-linin. Prec'ts de la Geo(}., torn, vi., p. 453; Ilassel, Mrx. Gnat., p. 278; Mnyer's Mfx., Aztec, ifc, vol. ii., p. 351); Oreiitfn Com. 7V«in>.f, vol. i., pp. 2ii«, 276; I.ujhes' Doniphan's Ex., p. 195; Garvcs, l>iario,i\\ Dor. lliai. Mex., serie ii., toiu, i., p. 322; lue.i' Colorado liiv., pp. 119, 121, 126; .l/arrjy'.'* Army Life, pjj. 'j7, 99, 104, 105; Hu.vti>n, in Noufelles Annates dca \'oy., 1850, toin. oxsvi., pp. 42, 45, 52, 57; Gallatin, in /(/., 1851, totu. cxxxi., pp. 248, 257, 207, 270, 277. 278, 2S8; Espejo, in llahluyi's Voy., vol. iii., \iy. 385, a92, 394-6; Cor- onaito, in /(/., vol. iii., pp. 377, 379; Xiza, in /(/., vol. iii., pp. 367, 372; J/tiA- tmpfordl, Meji-o, torn, ii., pt ii., p. 538; Mdltltausen, lieisen in die Fftsemjet)., torn, ii., r. 238; Id., Taietnwti. pp. 217-18, 285; Montaniis, Xieuwe Witreld, )p. 209, 215, 217. The town of Ciboln 'donios e Inpidibns et cnenu'nto nflfn- Ji'o construetiis et conjiinctini dispoHitas esse, superliniinaria poitarnni cya- neis peminis, (Tnrcoides vocant) ornata.' De lAiet, Novm Orliis, jiji. 297, 31 1-14; ArricivUd, Cron'ua Serdjica, p. 480. ' The houses are well distiihuti d and very npiit. One room is designed for the kitchen, and another to prinil tlie grain. This lust is apart, and contains a furnace and three stones made fast in ma- sonry.' DavL? ElGrinao, pp. 118-20, 141, 31?, 313, 318, 420. 422; Casta Ho dt Nwi, in Pacheco, Col. Doc. Ined , ton\, iv., pp. 3JI9-30; liartlett's Pcrs. Nar., vol. ii., p. 178; Foster's Prt-Iliiit. Jiaces, p. 391. i: NEW MEXICANS. thin stone slaLj. In these subterranean temples the old men met in secret council, or assembled in worship of their gods. Here are held dances and festivities, social intercourse, and mourning ceremonies. Certain of the Pueblos have a custom similar to that practiced by some of the northern tribes, the men sleepwig in the sweat- house with their feet to the fire, and jiermitting women to enter only to bring them food. The estufas of Tiguex were situated in the heart of the village, built under- ground, both round and square, and paved with large polished stones."* From the earliest information we havo of t^ese na- tions they are known to have been till rs « . '')c soil; and though the implements used and tlicir i;it aods of cultivation were both simple and primitive, rotton, corn, wheat, beans, with many varieties of fruits, which con- stituted their principal food, were rjiised in abundance. The Pueblos breed poultry to a considerable extent ; lish are eaten whenever obtainable, as also a few wild ani- mals, such as deer, hares, and rabbits, though they ure indifferent hunters."" The Papagos, whose country does 17* In the province of Tucayan, 'domiciliiB inter se junctis et nffabre cou- Btnictis, in qiiibus et tepidaria quae vulgo Stuvns appellanins, Kub terrti ccm- Rtructa adversus hyemis vehementiani.' De lAttl, Novus Orbis, p. odl. 'Ju the centre was a small square box of stone, in which was n tiro of guuva bushes, and around this a few old men were smoking.' Marci/'n Anti;/ J.iji:, E. 110. ' Estufas, que mas propiamente deberinn llamar sinngogiis. En rsl;'.;i acen sus juntas, forraan bus conciliabulos, y ensayan sus bailcs a inc'i'. cerrada.' Alegre, Ilist. Comp. de Jcsun, torn, i., j). 933; liemmwui, Cri'n. ih .''V- ctioacan, MS', p. 418; Gomam, Hist. Ind., fol. 273; S'nipson'sJour. Mil. lav?... pp. 13, 21; Castah.da, in Ttrtiavx-Cotxpans, Voy., serie i., iom. ix., p^ ]•';''. 165, 109-70, 176; Espejo, in Hakluyt's Voy., vol. iii., p. 392-3; Nkl, in Doc. Hist. }fex., serie iii., toni. iv., p. 9U-1. 1" 'Magna ipsis Mayzii copia et leguminum.' De Laet, Nov.-t Orhis, p]). 298, 302, 310-13, 315. ' Hallaron en los pueblos y casas nnulios nmnti iii- mientos, y gran inflnidad de gallinas de la tierra.' Espejn, in lldKlni/t'K I"//., vol. iii., pp. 386, 31)3. ' Cviaban las Indias muchas Gal.inas dj l,i 'rinni.' Torquemada, Monarq. Ind., torn, i., p. 678. 'Zv leven by niair, vitte ir- weten, haesen, konynen en vorder wild-braed.' Montanus, yi'Uice Wierrlil, p. 215, ond Dapper, New Welt, p. 242. Compare Scenes in the liocky Mh., p. 177; Mitrcy's Army Life, pp. 97-8, 104, 108; Cnrtez, in Pac. R. 11. li'l'''< ■" "•' ' rd E -~ ' - • - '• )p. 3 281; Ten Broeck, in Schooleraft'a Ai W- ' . . . vol. iii., p. 122; Ritijreaves' Zurd Ex., np. 5-6; Jaramillo, in Ternmi.x-('<»ii- pans, Voy., serie i., torn, ix., pp. 369-71; /)iaz, in Id., pp. 294-5; ih-ei;ifi Com. Prairie.'i, vol. i., pp. '268. "' "" vol. iv., p. 86; Simpion'H Jour. Mil. liecon., pp. 16, 82, 91, 113; WiHliten 'ir, p. 20; Bent, in Schoolcraft's Arch.., vol. i., p. 244; Buxton, in Nouvetl- .' ';' ' ■'' desVoi/., 1850, torn, cxxvi.. p. 52; Gallatin, in Id., 1851, tom.cxsxi., pp -'■'' '- 279, 288-9, '292, 297; Froebet, Aus Amerika, torn, ii., pp. 439, 445, iuS; - HOW FOOD IS OBTAINED. 539 not present such favorable conditions for agriculture are forced to rely for a subsistence more upon wild fruits and animals than the nations north of them. They collect large quantities of the fruit of the pitahaya (ce- reus gigiDitemJ, and in seasons of scarcity resort to whatever is life-sustaining, not disdaining even snakes, lizards, and toads."" Most of these people irrigate their lands by means of conduits or ditches, leading either from the river or from tanks in which rain-water is col- lected and stored for the purpose. These ditches are kept in repair by the community, but farming operations are carried on by each family for its own separate ben- efit, which is a noticeable advance from the usual savage communism."^ Fishing nets are made of twisted thread or of small sticks joined togetljer at the ends. When the rivers are low, fish are caught in baskets or shot with arrows to which a string is attached."* The corn which is stored for winter use, is first par-boiled in the shuck, and then suspended from strings to dry; peaches are dried in large quantities, and melons are preserved by peeling and removing the seeds, when they are placed hansen, Uehen in ihe FtUeruteh,', torn, ii., pp. 239, 284; BartkWs Pers. Nar., vol. «., pp. 178, 214-18, 233-7; Browne's Apache Country, pp. 78, 94, 107-10, 141-2, 270 7; SeMmair, in Doc. Hist. Mr,t., serio iii., torn, iv., pp. 848, 850; /(/., serie iv., torn, i., p. 19; Emory's lieconnoissance, p. 131; Jlowry's Ari- zona, p. 30; Htssel, ^fex. Gnat., p. 278; Huihes' Doniphan'. h Ex., pp. 196, 221; Eaton, in Sihoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 221; Gomara, Hist. Jnd., fol. 273; lad. Aff. Nepts., from 1857 to 1872. 176 ' Pftrrt sn Busteuto no reu»« nninial, per inmundo que sea.' Vilkt-Serior y Sanchez, Thealro, torn, ii., p. 395. ' Los pApngos ho inantiencn do los frn- tos Bilvi'stres.' I'elasco, Xotician de Sonora, pp. 160-1. ' Hntten ({rosHen A()p:^tit zii Pferd- uud Mauleselfleiseli.' Muir, Xachrichten, pp. 247-9, 2C7, 282-92; Sonora, Descrip., Geoi/., in Doc. Hist. MfX., serie iii., torn, iv., pp. 837-8; t'oc. Geoij., Bulletin, serie v.. No. 96, p. 188; Sione, iu Hist. May., vol. v., p. 163. "' The I'imns ' Hncen grandes siembras. . .para cnyo riego tieuen foruiu- diis bnenas aoeqnias.' Garce.s, Diario, in Doe. llist. Mex., serie ii., torn, i., pp. 235, 237. ' We were at once impressed with the benuty, order, and disposi- tion of the arrangements for irrigating.' Emory, in Frwiont and Emory's S'oles of Trav., pp. 47-8. With the Pueblos: ' Regen-bakken vergaederden 't wa- ter; of zy leiden 't uit oen rievier door graften,' Montanus, Aiiwirc Weereld, p. '. 18; De Laet, Xovus Orhis, p. 312; Espejo, iu Hakhiyt's Voy., torn, iii., pp. 385-7, 392-4; Cults' Cona. of Cat., p. 196. "" Widker's Fimas, MS.; Mange, Itinerario, in Doc, HLst. Mex., serie iv., torn, i., p. 299. ' Usan de hilo torcido unas redes y otras de varios palitos, . 30, in rac. li. B. Hept., vol. iii.; Gregg's Com. Prairies, vol. i., p. 280; De Laet, Nmvs Orbis, p. 300; Larenaudiere, Mex. et Guat., p. 147; Pike's Explor. Trav., p. 342; Niza, in Halcluyt's Voy., torn, iii., p. 372; MiilUenpfordt, Mejico, tom. li., pt ii., p. sao; Mange, mnerano, in Voc. Just, jlex., serie iv., tomi., n.'inv; seacimair, in id., serie iii., tom. iv., p. 851; Salmeron, lielacimies, in Id., p. 106; Bart- lett's Pers. Nar., vol. ii., pp. 217, 237. 1" Bows 'of strong willow-boughs.' Walker's Pimas, MS. 'Bows are six feet in length, and made of a very tough and elastic kind of wood, which the Spaniards call Tarnio.' Puttie's Pers. Nar., pp. 91, 149. 183 • The Pima ' arrows differ from those of all the Apache tribes in having only two feathers.' Cremony's Apaches, p. 103. 'War arrows have stone ]ioiuts nnd three feathers; huuting arrows, two feathers and a wooden point.' Walker's Pimas, MS.; Goronado, in Hakluyt's Voy., tom. iii. p. 380. !*♦ The Pimas: 'Flechas, ennervadas con el elicaz mortifero veneno que componen de varias ponzoiias, y el zumo de la yerba Uamada en pima Usap.' Mwyie, Itinerario, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., tom. i., p. 307. 'Die Spitzen ihrer I'feile welcher mit einer dunklen Substauz iiberzogen waren. Sie behanpteten das diese aus Schlaugengift bestehe, was mir indess unwahr- Bcheinlich ist.' FroeM, Aus Amerika, tom. ii., p. 438; Casianeda, in Temaux- Vompans, Voy., serie i., tom. ix., pp. 59, 107, 126. iBi 'Una muoana, como clava o porra Estaa son de uu palo muy duio /" (M2 NEW MEXICANS. The Pimas wage unceasing war against the Apaches, and the Pueblos are ever at enmity with their neigh- bors, the Nav.ojos. The Pueblos are securely protected by the position and construction of their dwellings, from the top of which they are able to watch the appearance and movements of enemies, and should any be daring enough to approach their walls, they are greeted by a shower of stones and darts. As an additional protec- tion to their towns, they dig pitfalls on the" trails lead- ing to them, at the bottom of which sharp-pointed stakes are driven, the top of the hole being carefully covered.^*" Expeditions are sometimes organized against the Navajos for the recovery of stolen property. On such occcosions the Towns-people equip themselves with the heads, horns, and tails of wild animals, paint the body and plume the head.**^ Lieutenant Simpson mentions a curious custom observed by them, just previous to going into action. "They halted on the way to receive from their ohiefs some medicine from the medicine bags which each of them carried about his person. This they rubbed upon their heart, as they said, to make it big and brave." The Pueblos fight on horseback in skirmishing order, and keep up a running fight, throwing the body into va- rious attitudes, the better to avoid the enemies' missiles, at the same time discharging their arrows with rapidity.^*^ The Pimas, who fight usually on foot, when they decide on going to war, select their best warriors, who are sent to ing y pcsado.' Sonora, Descrip. Oeog., in Doc. IHst. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 656. ' Macanaa, que son vnas palos de media vara de largo, y llanos todo» de pedernales agudos, que bastan a partir por medio vn hombre.' Espijo, iu UakluyVs Voy., torn, iii., pp. 380, 393. 186 ' De groaHes pierres avaient ete raasemblees an aommet, pour lea rouler snr qniconque attaqnerait la place.' Gallatin, in Nouvelles Annales dea Voi/., 1851, torn, csxxi., p. 270. 'They have placed around all the traila leading to the town, pita, ten feet deep.' Ten Broeck, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 81. See further, Coronado, in Hakluyt's Voy., vol. iii., p. 376; Browne's Apache Country, p. 279; Sonora, Datcrip. Geog.,'in Doc. IIi.si. Mex., aerie iii., torn iv., p. 840; Caataiieda, in Temaux-Compans, Voy., aerie i., tom. is., p. 179. '" ' Painted to the ej'es, their own heada and their horsea covered with all the atrange equipmenta that the brute creation could afford.' Emory's Reconnobisance, p. 37. '88 ' Sometimea a fellow would atoop almost to the earth, to shoot under his horae'a belly, at full speed.' Emory's Reconnoissance, p. 37. WAB CEBE&IONIES. 548 to notify the surrounding villages, and a place of meet- ing is named where a grand council is held. A fire be- ing lighted and a circle of warriors formed, the proceed- ings are opened by war songs and speeches, their prophet is consulted, and in accordance with his profesnional ad- vice, their plan of operations is arranged.'*' The attack is usually made about day-break, and conducted with much pluck and vigor. Tiiey content themselves with proximate success, and seldom pursue a flying foe.'"" During the heat of battle they spare neither sex nor age, but if prisoners are taken, the males are crucified or otherwise cruelly put to death, and the women and children sold as soon as possible."' The successful war party on its return is met by tbe inhabitants of the vil- lages, scalps are fixed on a pole, trophies displayed, and fejisting and dancing indulged in lor several days and nights; if unsuccessful, mourning takes the place of feast- ing, and the death-cries of the women resound through the villages.'"^ For farming implements they use plows, shovels, har- rows, hatchets, and sticks, all of wood.'"^ liaskets of willow-twigs, so closely woven as to be water-tight, and ornamented with figures; and round, baked, and glazed earthen vessels, narrow at the top, and decorated with paintings or enamel, are their household utensils.'"* For 185 WiUcer'.o Pimas, MS. •M Cremony's Apaches, p. 106. 191 Ore(ii'.< Com. Prairies, vol. i., pp. 274-5; Browne's Apache Country, p. 104; PaUie's Pe>-s. yar., pp. 93, 148; Cults' Conq. of Cut. , p. 223; Soc. u'eog.. BiMiii, si'rie v., No. f'J, p. 188. "2 TeK Broeck, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., pp. 78-9; Murr, Nach- richten, p. 200; Cremony's Apaches, pp. 108-9. 1" Walker's Pimas, MS.; GcUlatin, in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1851, torn, cxxxi., pp. 292-4. '9' Baskets and pottery 'are ornamented with_geometrical figures.' Barl- tetl's Pecs. N'ar., vol. i., p. 382, vol. ii., pp. '.^27-8, 236. ' Schusselforniitje runde Korbe (Coritas), diese flechten sie aus eiuem hornformifjen, gleich einer Able spitzigen Unkraute.' Murr, NachricMen, p. 193. The Pneblos hud ' de la vaiselle de teire tr^s-belle, bien vernie et avec beancoup d'oruenients. On y vit anssi de grands jarres remplies d'un metal brillant qui servait k fuire le veruis de cette faVence.' Custaiieda, in Temaux-Cotiipans, Voy., strie i., tom. ix., pp. 138, 173, 185: see also Niza, in /(/., p. 259. 'They (Pueblos) vsa vessels of gold and siluer.' Niza, in Hakluyl's Voy., vol. iii., p. 372; MiiWwmstn, Tagebunh, pp. 216, 271, 273, 279; Schoolcrajt's Arcli., vol. iv., p. 4;{5; Marcy's Army L{fe, pp. 97, 111; Carleton, in Smilksonian liepl., 1854, p. 308; Palmer, in Harper's Mag., vol. xvii., pp. 457, 459; Greyy's Cmn. Prai- 644 NEW MEXICANS. mashing hulled corn they used the metate, a Mexican implement, made of two stones, one concave and the other convex, hereafter more fully described. Among their household utensils there must also be mentioned hair sieves, hide ropes, water-gourds, painted fans, stone pipes, and frame panniers connected with a netting to carry loiids on their backs.^"* In their manufacture of blankets, of cotton and woolen cloths, and stock- ings, the Pueblos excel their neighbors, the Navajos, although employing essentially the same method, antl using similar looms and spinning instruments, as have been described in the preceding pages. Although tbo women perform most of this work, as well as taiming leather, it is said that the men also are expert in knit- ting woolen stockings. According to Mlihlenpfordt the Pimas and Maricopas make a basket-boat which they call cora, woven so tight as to be water-proof without the aid of pitch or other application."* All these nations, particularly the Pueblos, have great droves of horses, mules, donkeys, cattle, sheep, and goats grazing on the extensive plains, and about their houses poultry, turkoys, and dogs. The flocks they either leave entirely unpro- tected, or else the owner herds them himself, or from riea, vol. i., p. 278; Foster's Pre-Hitt. Races, p. 393; Slmpsoit's Jour. Mil. Recon., p. 97; MulUenpfordt, Mejim, torn, ii., pf ii., p. 425; Coronado, iu IldkluyVsVoy., vol. ih., p. ^SQ; Bromxe's Apache Country, pp.68, 109, 112, 276. "i 'All the inhabitants of the Citie (Cibola) lie vpon beddes raysed a good height from the ground, with quilts and canopies ouer them, which couer the sayde Beds.' Niia, in Hakluyt's Voy., vol. iii., p. 370; Id., in Teriiaux-Coiiipiiits, Tow., serie i., torn, is., p. 271. The Quires had 'umbrncnln (vnlgoTirazoles) quibus Sinenses utuntur Solis, Lunae, et t^tellarum inmgi- nibus eleganter picta.' De Laet, Novus Orbis, p. 312; Espejo, in Haktuyt'x V'otf., vol iii., p. 393. The Moquis' chief men have pipes made of smooth polished stone. Ten Broeck, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 87; Ives' Col- orado Riv., p. 121. i9« Ten Broeck, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., pp. 72, 76, 87. ' Sie flech- ten von zartgeschlitzten Palmen anf Damastart die achonsten ganz leiehteii Hiithe, aus einem Stiicke.* Murr, Nachrichten, p. 192. The Maricopa bliiii- kets will turn rain. Cremony's Apaches, pp. 106, 90. The Moquis wovo blankets from the wool of their sheep, and made cot' on cloth from the in(lir;(<- nous staple. Poslon, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1863, p. 3S8. The Maricopas umko a heavy cloth of wool and cotton, ' us^d by the women to put around their loins; and an article from 3 to 4 inches wide, used as a band for the head, or a girdle for the waist.' BarUetVa Pers. Nar., vol. ii., p- 224. 'Kupicaprn- rum tergora ominebant (among the Yumanes) tarn Industrie prteparata ut cum Belgicis certareut.' De Met, Novua Orbia, p. 310. th PUEBLO TBADE. 545 each village one is appointed by the war captain to do so. The Tapagos carry on an extensive trade in salt, taken from the great inland salt lakes. Besides corn, they manufacture and sell a syrup extracted from the pitahaya."^ The laws regulating inheritance of property are not well defined. Among some there is nothing to inherit, as all is destroyed when the person dies; among others, the females claim the right of inheritance; at other times the remaining property is divided among all the members of the tribe, lu general they care but Uttle for gold, and all their trade, which at times is con- siderable, is carried on by barter; a kind of blue stone, often called turquoise, beads, skins, and blankets, serv- ing the purpose of currency."^ The Pueblos display much taste in painting the walls of their estufas, where are represented different plants, birds, and animals symmetrically done, but without any scenic effect. Hieroglyphic groupings, both sculptured '" Da Laet, I^ovus Orhu, p. 301 ; Emory's Repl. U. S. and Mex. lionndary Survey, vol. i., pp. 117, 123; Gallatin, in N(>uu^Ues Aimalfs det \'»y., 1851, torn, exxxi., p. 2!).); Slmpson'H Jour. Mil, Recon., pp. 91, 113, 115. ; Ten liioeck, in Xclioolcrdfl's Arch., vol. iv., pp. 81, 8C; Eaton, in /(/., vol. iv., p. 221; Eiu.ry, in Fremont an'l Emory's Xote.1 of 'J'rav., p. 48; See further Ind. Aff. Reportu, from 1854 to 1872; Browne's Apache Country, p. 'i'JO. 'These Papagos regularly visit a salt lake, which lies near the coast ami just across the line of Sonorn, from which they pack large quantities of salt, and find a ready market at T abac aud Tucson.' Walker, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 185!), p. 352, and 18GU, p. 108.' Many Pimas had jars of the molasses expressed from the fruit of the Cereus Giganteus.' Emory, in Fremont and Emory's Xotes of Trao., p. 48. '"i ' Die Vernichtnng des Eigenthums eines Verstorbenen, — einen ungliick- liohen Gebrauch der jeden materiellen Fortschritt unmoglich macht.' Froe- M, Aus Amerira, torn, i., p. 437. 'The right of inhcritiiuce is lield by the females generally, but it is often claimed by the men also.' Gorman, in Ind. Aff. Ilpt., 18")8, p. 2;)0. 'All the effects of the deceased (Pima) become common property: his grain is distributed; his fields shared ont to those who need lancf ; his chickens and dogs divided up among the tribe.' Jiroxcne's Aprtrlie Country, pp. 69, 112; Ires' Colorado Riv., p. Vil;G(dlatin, in Xmivelles Annalesdes Voy., J851, tom. cxxxi, p. "62; Niza.in lei-naux-Cotnpans, Voy., serie i., torn, ix., pp. 204. 265, 267, 208; Id., in Ilakluyl'sVoy., vol. iii.. p. 372. Tlio Zuiiis ' will sell nothing for monuy, but dispose of their commodities entirely in barter.' SImpsim's Jour. Ml. Recon., p. 91. The Pimos 'wanted white beads for what they had to sell, and knew the value of money.' Cidts' I' >nq. of Col., p. 188; Castdueda, y Ternaux-Compans, Vou., st'rie i., tom, "1. 72. -• ■■ - ■ XI., pp. 161. ' lis apporturent Jes coquillages, des turquoises et des plimies.' Ca'ieta deVacayRelation, in Id., torn, vii., p. 274;" Dia*, in Id., turn, xi., p. 294; Coronado, in Ilakluyt's Voy., vol. iii., p. 377; Many of the Pueblo Indians are rich, ' one mmily teing worth over one hundred thousand dollars. They have large flocks.'^ Colyer, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 8»; milhmwen, Taijebuch, p. 144. Vol. I. 35 B46 KEW MEXICANS. and painted, are frequently seen in the ancient Pueblo towns, depicting, jjerhaps, their historical events und deeds. With colored earths their pottery is painted in bright colors.*"* Many Simnish authors mention a grout many gold and silver vessels in use amongst them, and speak of the knowledge they had in reducing and work- ing these metals ; but no traces of such art are found at present.**" Among the Pueblos an organized system of govern- ment existed at the time of Coronado's exiiedition through their country; Castafieda, speaking of the prov- ince of Tiguex, says that the villages v.ere governed by a council of old men ; and a somewhat similar sy.stem obtains with these people at the present time. Each village selects its own governor, frames its own laws, and in all respects they act indeixjndently of esich other. The Governor and his council are elected annually by the people ; all affairs of importance and matters relat- ing to the welfare of the community are discu.ssed at the e.stufa; questions in dispute are usually decided by a vote of the majority. All messages and laws emanating from the council-chamber are announced to the inhabi- tants by town criers. The morals of young peo|)le arc carefully watched and guarded by a kind of secret police, whose duty it is to report to the governor all irregularities which may occur; and esjiecial attention is given that no improper intercourse shall be allowed between the 3'oung men and women, in the event of which the offending parties are brought before the gov- ernor and council and, if guilty, ordered to marry, or if they refuse they are restricted from holding in- tercourse with each other, and if they persist they are 'M Ortqq'H Com. Prairieit, vol. i., p. 278; Davis' El Orimin, p. 147; .*?ceiiM in the Roclcy Mts., p. 177; Palmer, in Harper's Mag., vol. xvii.. p. 458; Con- tuulo, in Hakluyt's Toj/., torn, iii., p. 380; MoUhausen, Ta;;ebuch. p. 284. M« • EstoH nhijadoH tienen mucho oro y lo beneflrian.' Saliveron, litla- ciones. in Doc. Iliit Mex., serie iii., torn, i., p. 28. 'They vse vessels of c;olil and siluer, for they hftve no other raettal.' NUa, in Hakluyt's Voy., vol. iii . p. 372; Castanedt, in Temaux-Compatis, Fby., s^rie i., torn, ix., PP- 2. '•'■'! Kffjo, in Hakluyt's Voy.. vol. iii., pp. 386-8, 393- j; Monta^'Us, .V>»ire WeerM, p. 217; Diai, in Temattx-Compans, Voy., serie i., torn, ix., p. 2'J4. LAWS OF THE PUEBLOS. 547 whipped. Among their laws deserves to be particularly mentioned one, according to which no one can sell or marry out of the town until he obtains jiennission from the authorities.'*' In the seven confederate pueblos of the Moquis, the office of chief governor is hereditary ; it is not, however, necessarily given to the nearest heir, as the people have the power to elect any member of the dominant family. The governor is a.ssistcd by a council of elders, and in other respects the Moqui government is similar to that of the other towns.^^ The Pimas and Alaricopas have no organized system of government, and are not controlled by any code of laws; each tribe or village has a chief to whom a certain degree of respect is conceded, but his power to restrain the jjeople is very limited; his influence over them is maintained chiefly by his oratorical powers or military skill. In war the tribe is guided by the chief's advice, and his authority is fully recognized, but in time of peace his rule is nominal ; nor does he attempt to control their freedom or punish them for offences. The chief's office is hered- itary, yet an unpopular ruler may be deposed and another chosen to fill his place.'"' Among the Pueblos the usual order of courtship is reversed ; when a girl is disposed to marry she does not wait lor a young man to propose to her, but selects one to her own liking and consults her father, who visits the pfi- rents of the youth and acquaints them with his daughter's *<" Pueblo government purely tlemocratie; elfction held once n yenr. ' Be- sides the officers elected by uiiiverKtil sutfrii}»e, the principal chiefs compose a "council of yrise men." ' Davin' El Urhuio, pp. li'2-4. 'One of their reg- uliitions is to appoint a secret watch for the purpose of keeping down dis- orders and vices of every description.' (/(•«(/;/'» Com. I'vmrien, vol. i., p. 27i. See further: Catitaneda, in Ternaiue-Compans, lot/., serie i., torn, ix , pp. fll, 168; NUa, in Id., p. 269; I'aliiier, in .V . ,!r'.s Man., vol. xvii., p. 455; D: TjOhI, Ifoviis Orhlf, p. 298; Wislitenus' T ■■i\ ". 26; Mayer's .Vex., Attei-, etc.. vol. ii., p. 359; Gallatm in NouwUes AiuMkti desVotj.. 1851, torn exxxi., p. 277; Stanley's PorlraUa, p. 55. "•2 Tm Broeck, iu Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iv., pp. 85, 76; Marcy's Army Life, p. 108. *"^ Gobiemo no tienen algnno, ni leyes, tradiciones 6 costnmbres con que goberuitrse.' Mature, Ilinerario, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn, i., p. 3G(i. ' Cada cual gobernado por un anciano, y todas por el general de la nncion." Escudero, Notu:ia.i de Sonora y Sinaloa, p. 142; Mvrr, Nnchrichteti, y. 2C7. Compare: Grossman, in Ind. Aft. Rept., 1870, p. 124; Mowry, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1859, p. 356; Widktr's Pimas, MS. 648 MEW MEXICAN. wishes. It seldom happons that any objections to the match are made, but it is imparative on the father of the bridegroom to reimburse the parents of the maiden for the loss of their daughter. This is done by an offer of presents in accordance with his raiik and wealth. The inhabitants of one village seldom marry with tho.se of another, and, as a consequence, intermarriage is frequent among these families — a fertile cause of their deteriora- tion. The marriage is always celebrated by a feast, the provisions for which are furnished by the bride, and the assembled friends unite in dancing and music. Polyg- amy is never allowed, but married couples can separate if they are dissatisfied with each other; in such a con- tingency, if there are children, they are taken care of by the grandparents, and both parties are free to marry again ; fortunately, divorces are not of frequent occur- rence, as the wives are always treated with respect by their husbands.*" To the female falls all indoor work, and also a large share of that }ye done out of doors. In the treatment of their chil these people are care- ful to guide them in the ways of honesty and industry, and to impress their minds with chaste and virtuous ideas. Mothers bathe their infants with cold water, and boys are not permitted to enter the estufas for the pur- pose of warming themselves; if they are cold they are ordered to chop wood, or warm them.selves by running and exercise.'^ A girl's arrival at the age of puberty among the Gila nations is a period of much rejoicing; when the first symptoms appear, all her friends are duly informed of the important ftxct, and preparations are made to celebrate the joyful event. The girl is taken by her parents to the prophet, who performs certain ceremonies, which are supposed to drive the evil out of her, and then a singing and dancing festival is held. «M 'Un homme n' epouse jnmnis pins d' nne senle femme.' Caslancdi, in TTnaux-Conipam, Voy., .»erie i., toin. ix., p. 1(54; Ten lirneck, in School- cruVs Arch., vol. iv.. pp.' 88-7; IVard, in InU. Aff. Kept., 1864, p. UO. 2 'IlHtraitentbieuleuritfenimes.' VoHlaneda, ia Tcrnaux-Compaiis.Vo!/., BBrie i., torn, ix., j). 126. 'Deude que maman los Niiios, los laban bus Ma- dres.con Nieve todo el cnerpo.' Torqutmuda, Monarq. Ind., torn i., p. H"'''> Ives' Colorado Riv., p. 123; Scenes in the liocky Mts., p. 178. WOMEN AMONG THE PUEBLOS. M When n young man sees a girl whom he deHires for » wife, he first endeavors to gain the goon this liquor that the Maricopas and Pimas get drunk once a 3 ear, the revelry continuing for a week or two at a time; hut it is also an universal custom Avith them to take regular turns, so that only one third of the party is supposed to indulge at one time, the remainder being required to take care of their stimulated comrades, and prot(?ct them from injuring each other or being injured by other tribes.'*^ All are fond of dancing and singing; in their relijrious rites, as well as in other public and i'aniily cele- brations, these form the chief diversion. Ditt'erent dances are used on different occasions; for example, they have the arrow, scalp, turtle, fortune, buffalo, greon- corn, and Montezuma dances. Their costumes al?o vary on each of these occasio'is, and not only are grotesque masks, but also e'k, bear, fox, and other skins used as disguises. The dance is sometimes performed bv only one i^erson, but more frequently whole tribes jo.n in, forming figures, shuffling, or hopping about to the time given by the music. Lieutenant Simpson, who wit- nessed a green-corn dance at the Jemez pueblo, descrihcs it as follows: 'When the performers first appeared, all of whom were men, they came in aline, slowly walking and bend- ing and stooping as they approached. They were dressed in a kirt of blanket, the upjier portion of their bodies being naked and painted red. Their legs and arms, which were also bare, were variously striped with rod. white and blue colors; and around their arms, above «w 'The Pimns aluo cnltivnte n kind of tobncco. this, which is very liflitt they make up into cigaritos, never using u pipe.' IValker's Viimin. ■'■^■ The "ueblos ' soinetiines pet intoxicated.' W'alktr, in Ind. Ajf. h'qil-. 1 •'' • 1 '• 109. The r ueblos 'lire generally free from diunkenneKS.' Daris' Klilrwo, p. I4'i. Crtmnny'H Apaches, p. H2; Frotbtl, Axis Americu, torn. ii.. P- i'*''' Murr, Nachrkhlen, p. '249, PUEBLO DANCES. 651. the elbow, they wore a green band, decked with sprigs of piuon. A necklace of the same description was worn around the neck. Their heads were decorated with feathers. In one hand they carried a dry gourd, con- taining some grain.> of corn; in the other, a string from which were hung several tortillas. At the knee were fastened small shells of the ground turtle and antelope's feet; and dangling from the back, at the waist, depended a fox-skin. The party was accompanied by three eid- ers of the town, whose business it was to make a short speech in front of the different houses, and, at particu- lar times, join in the singing of the rest of the party. Thus they went from house to house, singing and dancing, the occupants of each awaiting their arrival in front of their resijective dwellings,' A somewhat similar Moqui dance is described by Mr Ten Kroeck. Some of the Pueblo dances end with bacchanalia, in which not only general intoxication, but promiscuous intercourse between the sexes is })er- mitted.'^^ 'Once a year,' says Kendall, 'the Keres sw Simpson's Jonr. Ml. Rtcon., p. 17. 'Their hnir hung loose upon their shuulders, auil both ineu iiiid women had their hands painted with wliito clii}', in surh a way as to resemble open-work gloveK. The wo- men .... were bare-footed, with the exception of a little pieie tied about tlic heel They all wore their hair conioed over their faces, in a manner that rendered it utterly impossible to recognize any of them. . . They keep tlieir elbow.-* close to their sides, and their heels pressed firndy together, and ()(i not raise the feet, but shuffle along with a kind of rolling motion, moving their arms, from the elbows down, with time to the step. At times, each iiiiiu dances around Ids squaw; while she turns herself about, as if her heels formed a pivot on wliich she moved.' Ten Jiroech\ in Schookraft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 74. The dresses of tlie men were similar to those worn on other festivities, 'except thit they wear on their heads large pasteboard towers piinte.l typically, and curiously decorated with feathers; and each man has his face entirelj' covered by a vizor made of small willows with the bark l)eeled off, and dyed a deep brown.' IJ., p. 83. 'Such horrible masks I never saw before — noses six inches long, mouths from ear to ear, and great goggle eyes, as big as half a hen's egg, hanging by a string partly out of the socket.' /(/., p. S'l. 'Ett^h Pueblo generally had its particular uniform dress and its particular dance. The men of one village would sometimes disguise themselves as elks, with horns on their heads, moving on all-fours, and mimicldng the animal they were attempting to personate. Others would appear in the garb of a turkey, with large heavy wings.' 6'r«;/(/'s Com. rrairirs, vol. i., pp. 271, 275. 'Festejo todo (Pimas) el dia nnestra llegada con un esquisito uaile en foima circular, en euyo eentro tigaraba una prolongada asta dondo pendian trece cabelleras, nreos, flechasy demas des- pojos de otroR tantos enemigos apaches que habian muerto. ' ^fllnf)e, Ilinera- I'io, in Doc. Ifisl. .Vex., serie iv., tom. i., p. 277. ' Este lo forma una junta do trnhaues vcstidos de ridiculo y autorizados por los viejos del pueblo para oome • 652 NEW MEXICANS. have a great feast, prepared for three successive days, which time is spent in eating, drinking and dancing. Near this scene of amusement is ti dismal gloomy cave, into which not a glimpse of light can penetrate, and where places of repose are provided for the revellers. To this cave, after dark, repair grown persons of every age and sex, who pjiss the night in indulgences of the most gross and sensual description.' 'Reed Hates and drums are their chief instruments of music; the former they im'iierse in a shallow basin of water, and thereby imitate the warbling of birds. The drum is made of a hollow log, about two and a half feet long and fifteen inches in diameter. A dried hide, from which previously the hair has been scraped, is stretched over either end, and on this the player beats v.Uh a couple of drumsticks, similar to those used on our kettle-drums. Gourds filled with pebbles and other rat- tles, are ako used as a musical accompaniment to their dances.'^^" The Cocomaricopas and Pimas are rather fond of athletic sports, such as football, horse and foot racing swimming. target -shooting, and gambling.'*" Many ter los mayores deadrdenes, y gustan tanto de estos hechos, qne ni los maridos reparan las iufainias que cunieten con unn mngereR, ui Ins que resultnn en perjuicio de Ins hijas.' Alet/re, Jlist. Camp, de Jesnn, torn, i., pp. 333-5. For further particulars see Kendall'a Nar., vol. i., j>. 378; Moray's Army Life, pp. 104-8; Sfiilllumsm, Tagebuch, p. 244; Davis' El Griiif/o. pp. 154-5; 'kfjnjo, iu Halduyt's Voy., vol. iii , p. 394; Sityreaies' Zvni Ex., plntes 1, 2, 3; Whipple, in /'««. R. It. Lept., vol. iii., p. C7; I'ikt's Explor. Trav., p. 343. sio Ten Broeck, in Sdwolcntft'a Arch., vol iv., pp. 7;!-4; Johimm's Hist. Arizona, p. II. 'Their instruments consisted, each of half a gourd, pliutd before them, with the convex side np; upon this they plnced, with the left hnnd, a smooth stick, nnd with their nght drew forward and backwards upon it, in a sawing manner, a notched one.' Simpsons Jour. Mil. Uerau., p. 17. ' I noticed, among other things, a reed musical instrument with a bell- shaped end like a clarionet, and a pair of painted drumsticks tipped with gaudy feathers.' Ives' Co'orado liiv., p. 121. 'Les Indiens (Pueblos) nc- compagneAt leurs dnnses et lenrs chants avec des Afites. oil sont mnrques les endroitsoii il I'jiut plnctr les doigts. . . .lis disent que res gens se reunissent cinq ou six pour jouer de la flitte; que ces inntmmeiits sont d'inegnles grnu- deurs.' Diaz, iu TernavxCompans, Voy., serie i.. torn, ix., p. 295; Casktimla, in Id., pp. 72, 17.5; Froebel, Aiis Amerikn, torn, ii., p. 455; Garcfs, Diaiin, in Doc. Hist. Mex., nerie ii., torn, i., p. 331. 'While they are at work, a man, seated at the door, plays on a bagpipe, bo that they work keeping time: they sing in three voice i.' Davis' El Qrinqo, p. 119. •" The Cocomaricopas, 'componen unas bolns redondas del (aroniio t., 1857, p. 301. ' Amusements of all kinds are universnlly resorted to [among the Pueblos]; such as foot-racing, horse-racing, cock-fighting, gambling, dancing, eating, and drinking.' Wnnl, in Ind. Aff. Rvpl., 1864, p. )!>2; Manyt, Itinerario, m Dnc. Hist. Mtx., serie iv,, torn, i., pp. 299, 365. 664 NEW MEXICANS. mythical personage called Montezuma. Among these may be mentioned the perpetual watching of the eternal estufa-Hre, and also the daily waiting for the rising sun, with which, as some writers affirm, they expectantly look for the promised return of the much-loved Mon- tezuma. The Moqui, before commencing to smoke, rev- erently bows toward the four cardinal points.*'* Their diseases are few; and among these the most frequent are chills and fevers, and later, syphilis. The Tueblos and Moquis resort to the sweat-house remedy, but the Pimas only bathe daily in cold running water. Here, as elsewhere, the doctor is medicine-man, conjuror, and prophet, and ot times old women are consulted. If incantations fail, emetics, purgatives, or blood-letting are prescribed."' The Pimas bury their dead immediately after death. At the bottom of a shaft, about six feet deep, they ex- cavate a vault, into which the corpse is placed, after *•« Walker's Pmas, MS. ' The Pnpngo of to-daj' will on no acconnt kill a coyote.' Davidson, in Ind. Aff'. llejit., 1865, p. 132. ' £ben so nber- gliinbischen Gebrauch batten aie bey drohenden Kieselwetter, da sie deii Hagel abzuwenden ein Stiick von eir.era Palmteppiche an einem Steckeu aii- hefteten und gegen die Wolken riehteten.' Murr, Nachrichlen, pp. ^03, 207; Arny, in Ltd. AfF. Rept., 1871, pp. 385, 389. 'A sentinel ascends every laorning nt sunrise to the roof of the highest house, and, with eyes directed towards the east, looks out for the arrival of the divine chieftain, who i:. to give the sign of deliverance.' Domeneeh's Deserts, vol i., p. 165, 197, 390, 210, and vol. ii., p. 54. 'On n dit que la coutume singnlitre de conserver perpetnellement un feu sacre pres duquel les nnciens Mexicains ntten- daient le retonr du dieu QuetzacontI, existe aussi cbez les Pueblos.' livxlou. iu Novvelles Annates desVoy., 1850, torn, cxxvi, p. 58; Sedehiair, Jielacion. in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 851; O'altatin, in KnuveUes Avnak.i d(s Voy., 1851, torn, cxxxi., p. 278; ('rtm(n\y's Apaches, p. 92; Simpson's Jr.tir. Mil. liecou., p. 93. ' 1, however, one niglit, at San Felipe, clandestinely wit- nessed a portion of their secret worship. One of their secret night dances is called Tocina, which is too horrible to write about.' Amy, in Ind. Aff. RtpL, 1871, 1). 385; Ward, in /(/.. 1864, p. 192; Ives' Colorado liiv., n. 121 ; f,n Broeck, in SihookraJ't's Arch., vol. iv., pp. 73, 77; Mollhaitsen, 'huiihvch, \\ 278. 'lis ont des prStres ils montent sur la tcrrasse la plus I'leveo du village et font un sermon an moment oil le soleil se levc.' Castafieda, in Ternaux-Conipans, Voy., serie i., torn, ix., pp. 133, 164, 239. «» Walktr's Pinia.i, MS.; Moxcry, in Ind. Aff. Jiept., 1857, p. 3(il; Ruanlts, in Id., 1869. p. 209; Andrttfs. lu Id., 1870, p. 117; IVard, in Id.. ISCA, p. 188; Davis' El Gringo, pp. 119, 311. The cause of the decreose of the Pe- cos Indians is ' owing to the fact that they se'dom if ever marry outside of their res])ective pueblos.' Parker, iu Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 251; Murr, Xachrichteu, p. 273. ' Au milieu [of the estnfa] est un foyer allnme, siir lequel on jette de temps en temps une poignee de thym, co* qui siiffit pour entretenir la chaleur, de sorte qn'on y est comma dans un bain. Castcueda, iu TeriMvx-Con\pai\8, Voy., serie i., torn, ix., p. 170. CHABAGTER OP THE PUEBLOS. 655 having first been tied up in a blanket. House, horses, and most personal eftects are destroyed ; but if children are left, a little property is reserved for them. A widow or a daughter mourn for three months, cutting the hair and abstaining from the bath during that time. The Maricopas burn their dead. Pueblo and Moqui burials take place with many ceremonies, the women being the chief mourners.'*" industrious, honest, and peace-loving, the people of this division are at the same time brave and determined, when necessity compels them to repel the thieving Apache. Sobriety may be ranked among their virtues, as drunkenness only forms a part of certain religious festivals, and in their gambling they are the moat mod- erate of barbarians.'"' *" Walker's Pimas, MS. Tlie Fimas, ' usan enterrar sun vnrones con BU arcn y flecbns, v nlgun bnstiiuento y calabazo de agua, Kcnal que ak'im- zan vishimbre de fa iniiuortalidad, aunque no con In distincion de f rt'mio ri castigo.' Mange, Iliwrario, in Doc. flM. M6, p. 188; Escudero, Noticiits de Sonara y Sinnlna, p. 142; Vtlasco, Noticias de Sonora, pp, 116, 16(i; FrotI.el's Cnu, An>er., pp. 500. 506, 512; fd., Atts Amerika, torn, ii., pp. 437, 447, 4r)4; Oar- ces, Diario, in 2>oc. Hist. Mex., serie ii., tom. i.. p. 238; Sedelniair, Itelacion, in Id., serie iii., tom. iv., p. 850; (Jallardo, in Id., p. 802. 'The peaceful &56 NEW MEXIOANS. The Lower Californians present a sad picture. Occu- pying the peninsula from the head of the gulf to Cape San Lucas, it is thought by some that they were driven thither from Upper California by their enemies. When first visited by the Missionary Fathers, they presented humanity in one of its lowest phases, though evidences of a more enlightened people having at some previous time occupied the peninsula were not lacking. Clavi- gero describes large caves or vaults, which had been dug out of the solid rock, the sides decorated with paintings of animals and figures of men, showing dress and features different from any of the inhabitants. Whom they represented or by whom they were depicted there is no knowledge, as the present race have been unable to afford any information on the subject. The peninsula extends from near 32° to 23° north latitude; in length it is about seven hundred, vary- ing in width from thirty-five to eighty miles. Its disposition of the Maricopas is not the result of incapacity for war, for they are at all times enabled to meet and vanquish the Apaches in battle.' Emory, in Fremont and Emory's Notes of Trav., p. 49; Alenre, Hist. Comp. de Jesus, torn, iii., pp. 6J, 103; Murr, Nachrirlden, p. 282; Hardy's Trav., pp. 440, 443; J/fiii/e, Itinerario, in Voc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn. 1., pp. 365-G; Mowry's ArUona, p. 30; Arrinvita, Cronina SerdficM, pp. 397, 412; Sonnra, Dcsr.rip. Geoi/., in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii , torn, iv., pp. 553-5, 838. 'The Pueblos were industrious and nnwarlike in their habits.' Marcy's Army Life, pp. 98, 110. The Moquis 'are a mild and peaceful race of people, almost unacquainted yrith the use of arms, and not given to war. They are strictly honest ...They ore kind and hospitable to strangers.' Davis' El Grim/o, pp. 421, 145. 'C'est une race (Pueblos) reraarquablement sobre et industrieuse, qui se distingue par sa moralite.' Gallatin, in Nouci'lles An- nates des Voy., 1851, torn, cxxxi., pp. 277, '288, 290; Buxton, in Id., 185i», torn. cxxvi., pp. "45, 47, CO; Kuxton's Aihvn. Mex., p. 191; Ives' Colorado liiv., pp. 31, 30, 45. 122, 124-7; Greuu'-i 'V»»- rratries, vol. i., p. 120, 268, 274; Pike's Explor. Trav., p. 31*2; RVkm, Hint, de los Triumplios, p. 241; uVallc- Bnm, Precis de la Geog., tom., iv., p. 453; Champaffnac, Voyagevr, y. 84; Huiihe.t' Doniphan's Ex., pp. 19C, '.;21; Espejo, in Hakluyl's Voy., vol. iii., p. 392; Wislitenm' Tour., p. 26; Pattie's I'ers. Nar., p. 91; ten Broeck, in Sclwolcra/t's Arch., vol. iv., pp. 72, 87; Eaton, in la., p. 2'20; Bent, in Id., vol. i., p. 241; Kendall's Nar., vol. i , p. 378; ('astafieda, in Ternaux-Coiu- fHan.i, Voy., st?iie i., tom. ix., pp. 126, 163; Miildenpfordt, Mejico, tom. ii., pt li., p. 528; Mollliausen, Tagebtich, p. 144; Mollliause'n, Beisen in die FelsenijeU., tom. ii., p. '240. The Pueblos 'are passionately fond of dancing, and fdvo themselves up to this diversion with a kind of frenzy.' Domenech's Desirls, vol. i., pp. 19S, 185, 203, 206. and vol. ii., pp. 19, 51-2; Vtdts' Conq. of VuL, pp. 188-9, 222; Simpson's Jour. Mil. Becm., pp. 81, 91, 113, 115; Scenes in Vie Bocky Ms., p. 177; Torquemada, Monarq. Ind., tom. i., pp. 679-80; Mayer's Mex. as it loas, p. 239; Id., Mex. Aztec, etc., vol. ii., p. 358. See farther: Ind. Aff. Bept., from 1854 to 1872. LOWEB CiLIFOBNIA. 66T general features are ruj^ed; irregular mountains of granite formation and volcanic upheavals traversing the whole length of the country, with barren rocks and sandy plains, intersected by ravines and hills. Some fertile spots and valleys with clear mountain streams are there, and in such places the soil produces abun- dantly ; then there are plains of greater or less extent, with rich soil, but without water; so that, under the circumstances, they are little more than deserts. These plains rise in places into mesas, which are cut here and there by canons, where streams of water are found, which are again lost on reaching the sandy plains. Altogether, Lower California is considered as one of the most barren and unattractive regions in the temperate zone, although its climate is delightful, and the mount- ain districts especially are among the healthiest in the world, owing to their southern situation between two seas. A curious meteorological phenomenon is some- times observed both in the gulf and on the land ; it is that of rain falling during a i)erfectly clear sky. Savants, who have investigated the subject, do not appear to have discovered the cause of this unusual occurrence. The greater part of the peninsula, at the time of its discovery, was occupied by the Cochimis, whose territory extended from the head of the gulf to the neighborhood of Loreto, or a little south of the twenty-sixth parallel ; adjoining them were the Guaicurls, living between lati- tude 26^ and 23° 30'; while the Pericuis were settled in the southern part, from about 23° 30' or 24° to Cape San Lucas, and on the adjacent islands.'^*" «'« Baegerl, iu SmHIisoniar ^ < 18G3, p. 359; Forbes' Cal, pp. 20-2; Mo- fras, Explor., torn, i., p. 231); Malte-Brun, Precis de la Geog., torn, vi., p. 451; (Jteeson's Hist. Cuth. Church, vol. i., pp. 05-6; Prichard's lieseurches, vol. v., p. 440. 'Esse sono tre nella Cnliforuia Cristiantt, cioe quelle de'Periciii, de'Guaicwri, e de'Cochinil.' Clavi/ero, Storia delta Cat., torn, i., p. 10"J. Venegas, in giving the opiuionof Father Taravkl, says: 'Tres son (dice este h'lbil Missionero) Ins Lenguas: la Cochimi, la Pencil, y la de Loreto. De csta ultima saleu dos tamos, y son: la Guayciira, y la Uchiti; verdad cs, que cs la variaciou tanta, que el que no tnviere conuociiniento de las tres Lenguas, jazgara, no solo ({Ue hay quatro Lenguas, sine que hay cinoo. . . . Estk pobla- d:t lik prituera kzia el Metlioda, desde el Cabo de San Lucas, hastA mas acX del Puarto ds la Paz de la Nacinu Pericu, 6 siguiendo la tenninacion Castellana do los Fericues: la seguuda desde la Paz, basta mas arriba del Presidio Beal 668 NSW MEXICANS. The Lower Oalifomians are well formed, robust and of good stature, with limbs supple and muscular; they are not inclined to corpulence ; their features are some- what heavy, the forehead low and narrow, the nose well set on, but thick and fleshy; the inner corners of the eyes round instead of pointed; teeth very white and regular; hair very black, coarse, straight, and glossy, with but little on the face, and none upon the body or limbs. The color of the skin varies from light to dark brown, the former color being characteristic of the dwellers in the interior, and the latter of those on the sea-coast.'^" Adam without the fig-leaves was not more naked than were the Cochimis before the missionaries first taught them the rudiments of shame. They ignored even the usual breech-cloth, the only semblance of clothing being a head-dress of rushes or strips of skin interwoven with mother-of-pearl shells, berries, and pieces of reed. The Guaicuris and Pericuis indulge in a still more fantastic head-dress, white feathers entering largely into its com- position. The women display more modesty, for, although scantily clad, they at least essay to cover their nakedness. The Pericui women are the best dressed of all, having a petticoat reaching from the waist to the ankles, made from the fibre of certain palm -leaves, and rendered soft and flexible by beating between two stones. de Loreto, es de loa Monquis: la tercera desde el territorio de Lorcto, por todo lo deHcubierto al Norte de la nacion Cochimi, 6 de los Cocliiin'es.' Ven^iias, Notkia ik la Cat., torn, i., pp. 63-6. ' Au( der Halbinsel Alt-Culifor- nieu wohnen: au der Siidspitzo die Pericnes, dann die Monquis oder Mengiiis, zu welcheu die Familien der Gunycuras und Coras gehoren, die Ccch mas oder Colimi^s, die LaiiniSncs, die Utschftas oder Vehftis, nnd die lens. Miih- Unpfordl, Mijico, torn, i., p. 212 'All the Indian tribes of the Peninsula Beein to be affiliated with the Yumas of the Colorado nnd with the Corns be- low La Paz in no case do they differ in intellect, habits, customs, dress, implements of war, or hunting, traditions, or appearances from the well- known Digger Indians of Alta-California, and undoubtedly belong to the same race or family.' Browne's Lower Vol., pp. 53-4. «" 'Di buona statura, ben fatti, sani, e robusti.' Clavigero, Storia delta Cat., torn, i., pp. 112-13. 'El color en todos es muy moreno no ticneii barba ni nada ae vello en el cuerpo.' Califomins, Notkias, carta i., pp. 47, 61, carta ii., p. 12. Compare: Kino, in Doc. Ilud. Mex., serieiv., torn. i., p. 407; drespl, in Id., serie iv., torn, vii., p. 135; Ulloa, in Ramwno, yavviatiom, torn- iii.. fol. 345, 351; Venegax. Nofkia de la Cat., torn, f.., p. 68; Baeqert, in Smith- aonian liept. 18(53, p. 357; MUhlmpfordt, Mejico, torn, ii., pt ii., pp. 443-4; aiee.ion'8 IHst. Cath. Church., p. 99. COCHIMt AND PEBICtri DRESS. 556 Over the shoulders they throw a mantle of similar ma- terial, or of plaited rushes, or of skins. The Cochimi women make aprons of short reeds, strung upon cords of aloe-plant fibres fastened to a girdle. The apron is open at the sides, one part hanging in front, the other behind. As they are not more than six or eight inches wide, but little of the body is in truth covered. When traveling they wear sandals of hide, which they fasten with strings passed between the toes."" Both sexes are fond of ornaments; to gratify this passion ,they string together pearls, shells, fruit-stones and seeds in the forms of necklaces and bracelets. In addition to the head-dress the Pericuis are distinguished by a girdle highly ornamented with pearls and mother-of-pearl shells. They perforata ears, lips, and nose, inserting in the openings, shells, bones, or hard sticks. Paint in many colors and devices is freely used on war and gala occasions; tattooing obtains, but does not appear to be universal among them. Mothers, to protect them against the weather, cover the entire bodies of their children with a varnish of coal and urine. Cochimi women cut the hair short, but the men allow a long tuft to grow on the crown of the head. Both sexes among the Guai- curis and Pericuis wear the hair long and flowing loosely over the shoulders."" Equally Adamitic are their habitations. They ap^iear to hold a superstitious dread of suffocation if they live *'9 'Siendo de gmn deshonra en los varones el vestido.' Salvatierra, in Doc. Ilist. Mex., serie iv., torn, v., p. 42. 'Aprons ore about n span wide, and ()( different length.' Jitienirt, in Smilhsonian liept., 1863, pp. 3CJ-2. Consult further: Vtnuqas, Nolicia de la Cat., torn, i., pp. 81-8, 113; Gleenon's IM. Cath. <;/i«rtft,. pp. S)6-9, Ut7-10; Fnrbes' Vol., pp. 9, 18; t'lavUiero, Sioria delta Cnl., torn, i., pp. 120-3, 133, 144; Gemelli Caren, in Churchill's Col. Voy- uyes, vol. iv., p. 46'J, and in Bereni/er, Col. de Voy., torn, ii., p. 371. "9 ' Uuos 88 cortan un pedazo de oreja, otros las dos; otros agngerean cl labio inferior, otros las narizes, y es cosa de risa, pues alii lie van colgando ratoncillos, lagartijitas, conchitas. &c.' Cnlifornias, Noticias, carta i., pp. 48, ii. • It has been asserted that they also pierce the nose. I can only Rny that I saw no one disfigured in that paiticnlnr manner.' Bargert, in Stiiitltsonian liept., 1863, p. 362. 'Nudi agiint, gcnas quadnitis qnibnsdam notis signati.' De Txiet, Novus Orbix. p. :06. Further reference: Villa-Se' ftor, y SancJtez, Theatro, torn, ii., pp. 279, 282; Ulloa, in liamwio, Navigationi, torn, iii., fol. 347-8, and in Ualduyt'sVoy , vol. iii., p. 412; Dtlaporte, Reiatn, torn. X., p. 428. 600 NEW MEXICANS. or sleep in covered huts; hence in their rare and meagre attempts to protect themselves from the inclemencies of the weather, they never put any roof over their head.s. Roving beast-like in the vicinity of springs during tlie heat of the day, seeking shade in tiie ravines and over- hanging rocks; at night, should they desire shelter, they resort to caverns and holes in the ground. During win- ter they raise a semi-circular pile of stones or brush- wood, about two feet in height, l)ehind which, with the sky for a roof and the l)are ground for a bed, they camp at night. Over the sick they sometimes throw a wretched hut, by sticking a few jwles in the ground, tying them at the top and covering the whole with grass and reeds, and into this nest visitors crawl on hands and knees.^^ Reed-roots, wild fruit, pine-nuts, cabbage-palms, small seeds roasted, and also roasted aloe and mescal roots constitute their food. During eight weeks of the year they live wholly on the redundant fat- producing intaliaya, after which they wander about in search of other native vegetable products, and when these fail they resort to hunting and fishing. Of animal food they will eat any- thing — beasts, birds, and fishes, or reptiles, worms, and insects; and all parts: flesh, hide, and entrails. Men and monkeys, however, as articles of food are an abomi- nation; the latter because they so much resemble the former. The gluttony and improvidence of these jieo- ple exceed, if possible, those of any other nation; alter- nate feasting and fasting is their custom. When so for- tunate as to have plenty they consume large quantities, preserving none. An abominable habit is related of them, that they pick up the undigested seeds of the pita- haya discharged from their bowels, and after parching and grinding them, eat the meal with much relish. «2o Vtnt(f- iicia, carta i., p. 45; Locknwin's Trav, Jtmiils, vol. i., p. 403. ' Le nbitazioiicelle piii comuni Hono certe chiuse circolari di saRsi sciolti, ed animucchiati. le quiili hanno cinque piedi di diametro, e meno di due d'altezza.' Vlavificro, iShri'i delUi Cal., torn, i., p. 119. 'I am certainly not much mistaken in sny- ing that many of them chanore their night-quartern more than a hundred times in a year.' Baegert, in SinUlisonianliept., 1863, p. 3Jl. LOWER CALIFORNIAN FOOD. 561 Clavigero, Baegert, and other authors, mention another rather iincominon feature in the domestic economy of the Cochimi's; it is that of swallowing their meat several times, thereby multiplying their gluttonous pleasures. Tying to a string a piece of well-dried meat, one of their number masticates it a little, and swallows it, leaving tiie end of the string hanging out of the mouth ; after retaining it for about two or three minutes in his stom- ach, it is pulled out, and thQ,iiijiiuration repeated several times, either by the same individual or by others, until the meat becomes consumed. Here is Father Baegert's summary of their edibles: "They live now-a-days on dogs and cats; horses, asses and mules; item: on owls, mice and rats; lizards and snakes; bats, grasshoppers and crickets; a kind of green caterpillar without hair, about a finger long, and an abominable white worm of the length and thickness of the thumb."*" Their weapon is the bow and arrow, but they use stratagem to procure the game. The deer-hunter de- ceives his prey by placing a deer's head upon his own; hares are trapped ; the Cochimi's throw a kind of boom- erang or flat curved stick, which skims the ground and breaks the animal's legs. Fish are taken from pools left; by the tide and from the sea, sometimes several miles out, in nets and with the aid of long lances. It is said that at San Roche Island they catch fish with birds. They also gather oysters, which they eat roasted, but use no salt. They have no cooking utensils, but roast their meat by throwing it into the fire and after a time raking it out. Insects and caterpillars are parched over the hot coals in shells. Fish is commonly eaten raw ; they "' ' Twenty -four pounds of meat in twenty-four hours is not deemed an extraordinary ration for a sini^'le person.' Baeiieri, in Smithsonian Uept., 18C3, pp. 364-7. 'No tienen horas senaladas para saciar su apetito: conicn cuanto Lallan por delante; hasta las cosas mas sucias sirven a su gula.' Calif omias, Xoticias, carta i., pp. 40-7, 21; see also: Salmeron, Relaciones, in Doc. Hint. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 13; Saivatierra, in Id., serie iv., torn v., p. 116; Crenpi, in Id., serie iv., torn, vii., pp. 106. 135, 143; Delaporte, Reisen, torn. X., pp. 423-4; CastaHeda, in Temaux-Contpana, Voy., serie i., torn, ix., p. 153; Aler/re, //M. Comp. de Jcsiw, tom. iii., p. 106; Vlloa, in Ramusio, Nnvigationi, torn, iii, fol. 35u; Malte-Bi-un, Precis de la Oeog., tom. vi., p. 451; Alcedo, Diccionario, tom. i., p. 318. Vol. I. 33 662 NEW MEXICANS. drink only water.*" It is said that they ne'/or wash, and it is useless to add that in their filthiness they sur- pass the brutes.*" Besides bows and arrows they use javelins, clubs, and slings of cords, from which they throw stones. Their bows are six feet long, very broad and thick in the mid- dle and tajiering toward the ends, with strings made from the intestines of animals. 'I'ho arrows are reeds about thirty inches in length, into the lower end of which a piece of hard wood is cemented with resin obtained from trees, and iwinttni with tlint sharpened to a trian- gular shape and serrated at the odges. Javelins arc sharpened by first hardening in the lire and then grind- ing to a point; they are sometimes indented like a saw. Clubs are of dillerent forms, either mallet-head or axe shape; they also crook and sharjien at the edge a piece of wood in the form of a scimeter."* Their wars, which spring from di.sputed boundaries, are frequent and deadly, and generally occur about fruit and seed time. The battle is commimf od amidst yells and yrandishing of weapons, though v' itliout any pre- concerted plan, and a tumultuous onshuight is made with- out regularity or discipline, excepting that a certain num- ber are held in reserve to relieve those who have expend- ed their arrows or become exhausted. While yet at u distance they discharge their arrows, but soon rush for- ward and fight at close quarters with their clubs and spears; nor do they cease till many on both sides have fallen.**' ««* ' Li jiesca si h\ da loro iu due maniere, o con reti nella spiaggii*, o ne' gorghi rimasi dullu iiinrea, o cou forconi in alto inuro.' Clavuivro, Hlorin delta CuL, torn, i., ]>p. 11 1, 125-6; * Use neither uetn nor hookfi, but n kind of lance.' Bdeijert, iu SmUhsonian Rept., 1863, redes para pescar, y para otroa U808.' Vetvetjaa, iJ, p. 364. ' Foriiian los ludios 8, JVo/ifitt ' l'ofch& le stesse donne si lavn-''\nn, e si lavauo nncke oggidl cou cssa (orinn) la faccia.' CUnw/ero, S' ria d' ' l., toui i., p. 133. «M OameUi Careri. i t'lw ill's tol. ioywiea, vol. iv., p. 469; Hanntsio, . 351; lkwifert,in SmUhfioiiMn Uept., 18U3, p. . serie iv., t'lii i., p. 407; Crespi, in Id., serio i trovarono alti jiezie d'aruii per ferir da vicino, |)rima e un muz^ .picchin, simile nella fonna a una itta d'y pezzo. La seconda o a foggia dun ascin ossa ^ un Bol pezzo. La terza ha la fcrma d'tma Ndviifationi, toin. 362;'A7)io, in Doc iv., torn, vii., p. : iha tutte di legno. girella col suo maui di leguajnolo tutta an piooola s>-iiuitara.' Clari lero, oria dtUa Cat., torn, i., pp. 124, 127. *« 'El niodo de puklicar laguerra era, hacer con inucho estniendo gran provituon de caooa, y pedenmleii poin sua flechas, y proc ur, que por vurios IMPLESIENTS IN LOWER CALIFORNIA. 668 Their implements and houschuld utensils are lx)th rude and few. Sharp Hints serve them instead of knives; a bone ground to a |)oint answers the pur|)ose of a needle or an awl; and with a sharp-ix)inted stick roots are dug. Fire ia obtained in the usual way from two pieces of woo I. When traveling, water is carried in a large blad- der. The shell of the turtle is applied to various uses, such as a receptacle for food and a cradle for infants. The Lower Califurnians have little ingenuity, and their display of mechanical skill is confined to the nian- ufiujture of the aforesaid implements, weapons of war, and of the chase; they make some flat baskets of wicker work, which are used in the collection of seeds and fruits; also nets from the fibre of the aloe, one in which to carry provisions, and another fastened to a forked stick and hung upon the back, in which to carry chil- dren."" For boats the inhabitants of the peninsula construct rafts of reeds made into bundles and bound tightly together; they are propelled with short paddles, and sel- dom are capable of carrying more than one person. In those parts where trees grow a more serviceable canoe is made from bark, and sometimes of three or more logs, not hollowed out, but laid together side by side and made fast with withes or pita-fibre cords. These floats are buoyant, the water washing over them as over a catamaran. On them two or more men will proceed fearlessly to sea, to a distance of several miles from the coast. To transport their chattels across rivers, cnminoH llegnssen las assonadaR a o'dos de hub contraries. ' Frneijas, Nolicia dv lu I'ul., torn, i., pp. 97-8. Referring to Venegas' work, Baegert, Smitfuto- nian liept., 1864, p. 385, says: * All that is said in reference to the warfare of the Californians is wrong. In their former wars they merely attacked the enemy unexpectedly during the night, or from an ambuwh, and killed as many as they could, without order, previous declaration of V4r, or any cere* monies whatovor.' Sec also: Apostolicos J/anes, pp. 424-5, aad Claviyero, Storia 'lella i'al, tom. i., p. 127. '•< ' In lieu of knives and scissors they tise sharp flints for cutting almost ever- thing— cane, wood, alofi, and even their hair.' liaei/ert, in Smithiionian Bejc, 186J, p. 363. ' Le loro reti, tanto quelle da pescare, quanto quelle, uh ". servono a portare checchessia, le fanno col fllo, che tirano dalle foglie del Mezcal.' ClavUiero, Storia deUa Cal., tom. i., p. 124. Further notice in UUoa, ^n Ramvaio, Nav'iqationi, tom. iii., fol. 350; Veixegas, Noiicia de la Cal., tom. i., p. 90; MvMenpforM, Mtjico, tom. ii., pt ii., p. 447. 6M MEW MEXICANS. they use wicket-work baskets, which are so closely woven as to be quite impermeable to water; these, when loaded, are pushed acros.? by the owner, who swims behind.=^ Besides their household utensils and boats, and the feathers or ornaments on their persons, I find no other property. They who dwell on the sea-coast occasionally travel inland, carrying with them sea-shells and feathers to barter with their neighbors for the productions of the interior.*"* They are unable to count more than five, and this number is expressed by one hand; some few among them are able to understand that two hands signify ten, but beyond this they know nothing of enumeration, and can only say much or many, or show that the number is beyond computation, by throwing sand into the air and such like antics. The year is divided into six sea- sons; the first is called Mejibo, which is midsummer, and the time of ripe pitahayas; the second season Amaddappi, a time of further ripening of fruits and seeds; the third Amadaappigalla, the end of autumn and b^inning of winter; the fourth, which is the cold- est season, is called Majibel; the fifth, when spring com- mences, is Majiben; the sixth, before any fruits or seeds have ripened, consequently the time of greatest scarcity, is called Majiibenmaaji.'"" Neither government nor law is found in this region ; every man is his own master, and administers justice in the form of vengeance as best he is able. As Father »w Vnnconver, Voy., vol. ii., p. 482, speaking of Lower California 8fty«: ' We were visited by one of the nutivcsin a straw canoe.' ' Veileinmo che vnoi ▼na canona in mare con tre Indian! dalle lor capanne.' Ulloa, in Ramtmio, Ifavrialioni, torn, iii., fol. 350-1, 343, 347, and in Ilakhtyt'a Voy., vol. iii., p. 418. See further: Claviijero, Storia della Cul., torn, i., p. 126; Genielli Careri, in Churohili's Col. Voyaijes, vol. i',., p. 469, and in Jiertngtr, Col. de /iofe., toiB. ii., p. 371. *** ' Tienen trato de pescado ecu Ioh indios de tierra adentro.' Salmeron, Retacionnit, in Doc. Wat. Mtx., F C.lnm;ero, Storia delta CaL, torn, i., pp. 130-4; Ulloa, in liamusio, Nai-liii(ioi}i, torn, iii., fol. 348; Villa Senor y Sanchez, Theatro, torn, ii., |i. 281; lltPiei-l. in iSmitltsotnan Rapt., 1W63, pp. 3G7-9. ' 8u8 ciiBaniit'ntos son inuy I ill ciiIom: uuoa parn casuriie ensehan suseuerpoH k \\w uiiigereH, y cstus k ello.s; y ailopt.uiiloHe A 8ii gusto, hu casiiu: otros en fin, que ch Iu iuhh oomun, 80 casan sin ceremonia.' V'lU/ornias, \i>tk-iaH, cartii i., pp. 5(), 40 1. *El adulteriu era mirndo como delito, que {>or lo meuos diiba justo niotivo & la veua!an:,a, a excepcion do do« ocasionoH: nua la de hub ileHtaH, y buy It's: Lotra la de las luchas.' rene;/**, Xoticin de la Vol., torn, i., p. 93. 'Lis >nune8 H'approeh:iient dcH feniiiios conime deg aniniaux. et les fpmmcs so mett.iient publiqnement k qnatre pattes pour les recevoir.' Castarieilu. in Tfrii'iax-i'omfmm, Voy., sent' i., toni. ix., p. l.'iS, This method of copnla- tion i« by no means peculiar to the Lower Cnliforninns, but is priK liciil aluioBt universnlly by the wihl tribes of the I'acitio Slates. Writtrs iiatumlly do not mention this custom, but travellers are uuunimous in their verbal accounts respecting it. LOWER CALIFOBNIAN FEAST. 567 ments; nt such times feats of strength and trials of speed take place. The most noted I'estival among the Cochimis occurs upon the occasion of their annual dis- tribution of skins. To the women especially it was an important and enjoyable event. Upon an appointed day all the people collected at a designated place. In an arbor constructed with branches, the road to v/hich was carpeted with the skins of wild animals that had been killed during tlie year, their most skillful hunters assembled; they alone were privileged to enter the arbor, and in their honor was already prepared a ban- quet and pipes of wild tobacco. The viands went round as also the pipe, and, in good time, the partakers became partially intoxicated by the smoke; then one of the priests or sorcerers, arrayed in his robe of ceremony, ap- peared at the entrance to the arbor, and made a speech to the people, in which he recounted the deeds of the hunters. Then the occupants of the arbor came out and made a repartition of the skins among the women ; this finished, dancing and singing commenced and con- tinued throughout the night. It sometimes happened that their festivals ended in fighting and bloodshed, as they were seldom conducted without debauchery, espe- ciidly among the Guaicuris and Pericuis.'"'' When they have eaten their fill they pass their time in silly or obscene conversation, or in wrestling, in which sports the women often take a part. They are very adroit in tracking wild beasts to their lairs and taming them. At certain festivals their sorcerers, who were culled by some quaimis, by others cnsiyaes, wore long robes of skins, ornamented with human hair; these sages filled the offices of priests and medicine-men, and tlireatened their credulous brothers with innumerable ills and death, unless they supplied them with provis- 532 < Fiesta eutre los Indios Gentiles no es inns que niia conciirrencin (In hombres y inngeres ile tudiis partes piira desahoRnr los npetitos dn hixiiria y Rulii,' Calii'oriiitts, Nolicius, cartu i., pp. (iti-75. ' llim de Ins fiestas iiiuM cMebres de'los Cochiniies era In del dia, en qno repartinn]uH])iples a las mu- K' res tma vez nl afio.' Vetitfinx, Noticm tie la Vol., torn, i., pp, 85-0, 9(>; liae- !/' W, ill SmilhsonUin Itepl., 1864, p. 389; Salvatietru, in Don. IJisl. Mtx., serie iv., turn, v., pp. 103, lie. 668 NEW HEXIGAKS. ions. These favored of heaven professed to hold com- munication with oracles, and would enter caverns and wooded ravines, sending thence doleful sounds, to frighten the people, who were by such tricks easily im- posed upon and led to believe in their deceits and jug- gleries.**^ As to ailments, Lower Californians are subject to consumption, burning fevers, indigestion, and cutaneous diseases. Small pox, measles, and syphilis, the last imported by troops, have destroyed numberless lives. Wounds inflicted by the bites of venomous reptiles may be added to the list of troubles. Loss of appetite is with them, generally, a symptom of approaching death. They submit resignedly to the treatment prescribed by their medicine-men, however severe or cruel it may be. They neglect their aged invalids, refusing them attend- ance if their last sickness proves too long, and recovery appears improbable. In several instances they have put an end to the patient by suftixiation or otherwise.'^ Diseases are treated externally by the application of ointments, plasters, and fomentations of medicinal herbs, particularly the wild tobacco. Smoke is also a great panacea, and is administered through a stone tube placed on the suffering part. The usual juggleries attend the practice of medicine. In extreme cases they attempt to draw with their fingers the disease from the patient's mouth. If the sick person has a child or sister, they cut its or her little finger of the right hand, and let the blood drop on the diseased part. Bleeding with a sharp stone and whipping the affected part with nettles, or applying ants to it, are among the remedies used. For the cure of tumors, the medicine-men burst and suck them with their lips until blood is drawn. Internal MS Californias, N^odciiiii, carta i., pp. 59-05; Claviijero, Storin delln Cnl- torn. i. pp li!6, U(>. 'There existed alwovH among the CaliforuiaiiH iinlivi- duals of Dolh sexes who played the part of sorcerers or conjurers, pretending' toi)088e8s the power of exorcising the devil.' liaiijert, h\ Smithsonian liept., mi, p. 389. M4 Bae(]«H, in Smithimnian Itept., 1864, jip. 385-7. ' Las carreras, luchns, peleas y otras trabajos voluntarios les ocasionan inuchos dulores do pecUo y otroB Bccideutes.' Californias, Notlcias, carta i., pp. 85-99. DEATH AND BUBIAL IN LOWER CALIFOBNIA. 569 diseases are treated with cold-water baths. The means employed by the medicine-man are repeated by the members of the patient's family and by his friends. In danger even the imitation of death startles them. If an invalid is pronounced beyond recovery, and he hap- pens to slumber, they immediately arouse him with blows on the head and body, for the purpose of preserving life.*" Doath is followed by a plaintive, mournful chant, attended with howling by friends and relatives, who ))cat their heads with sharp stones until blood flows freely. Without further ceremony they either inter or burn the body immediately, according to the custom of the locality: in the latter case they leave the head intact Oftentimes they bury or burn the body before life has actually left it, never taking pains to ascertain the fact.^ Weapons and other personal effects are buried or burned with the owner; and in some localities, where burying is customary, shoes are put to the feet, so that the spiritualized body may be prepared for its journey. In Colecha and Guajamina mourning ceremonies are practiced certain days after death — juggleries — in which the priest pretends to hold converse with the departed spirit through the scalp of the deceased, commending the qualities of the departed, and concluding by asking on the spirit's behalf that all shall cut off their hair as a sign of sorrow. After a short dance, more howling, hair-pulling, and other ridiculous acts, the priest de- mands provisions for the spirit's journey, wliich hiKS "i C'uvigero, Storia Mia Cat., torn, i., pp. 112-13, 142-5; ApostuUcos Afanes, pp. 42G-7; Salvatutra, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn, v., p. i:3; Mnporte, lieisen, torn, x., jip. 433-4. 'llogiilmel tuferuio, quo le chiipasscn, y Hopl.issen de el mudu uiisuio, que lo haciaii los CurnuderoK. Exei-utuban todus nor sn orden este oticio de piedad, chupaudo, v soplando priuiero hx parte leitn, y despues todos los otros orgauos de Ion seutidos. ' Vtne<,as, Noticia de IdCal., torn, i., pp. 117-18. !ier8on that was loug ago a burden to them and looked upon with indifference. A person of my acquaintance restored a girl to life that was ulrpady bonnd np in a deer-skin, according to their custom, and ready for burial.' Jiatijeti, in Smithaonian Htpt., 1864, p. 387. m NEW MEXICANS. hearers readily contribute, and Mrhich the priest appro- priates to his own use, telling them it has already started. Occasionally they honor the memory of their dead by placing a rough image of the departed on a high pole, and a quama or priest sings his praises.'^ The early missionaries found the people of the penin- sulii, kind-hearted and tractable, although dull uf comprehension and brutal in their instincts, rude, nar- row-minded, and inconstant. A marked difference of character is observable between the Cochimis and tlie Pericuis. The foraier are more courteous in their man- ners and better behaved ; although cunning and thievish, they exhibit attachment and gratitude to their superiors; naturally indolent and addicted to childish pursuits and amusements, they lived among themselves in amity, directing their savage and revengeful nature ngainst neighboring tril)es with whom they were at variance. The Pericuis, before they became extinct, were a fierce and barbarous nation, unruly and brutal in their pas- sions, cowardly, treacherous, false, petulant, and boast- ful, with an intensely cruel and heartless disposition, often shown in relentless persecutions and murders. In their character and disposition the Guaicuris did not differ essentially from the Pericuis. In the midst of so much darkness there was still one bright spot visible, inasmuch as they were of a cheerful and happy nature, lovers of kind and lovers of country. Isolated, occupy- ing an ill-favored country, it was circumstances, rather than any inherent incapacity for improvement, that held these poor people in their low state; for, as we shall see at some future time, in their intercourse with civilized foreigners, they were not lacking in cunning, diplomacy, selfishness, and other aids to intellectual progress. "HM BT ' Solevnno esHi onorar la memoria d'nlcuni defnnti poneiido bo) ra un| nltn perticu la loro flgnra gossamente formata di rami, presHo uUi\ (iiiiiU' si mett^va un Guama a jiredicar le loro lodi.' Clamjero, Storia ddla I ul., torn. i., p. 144; Soc. Oeoij., "38 'La estiipidez e inRensibilidad : la falta de conocimiento, y reflexion: la iuconstancia, y volubilidnd de una voluntad, y apetitos sin I'reuo, sin liiz, yawn sin objeto: ln])erezn. y horror k todo trabnjo, y fatiga k la adhesion jier- petua a todo liunge de placer, y entretenimiento puerll, y brutal: la ]iUBilaui- NOBTHEEN MEXICANS 671 The Northern Mexicans, tbo fourth and last divi- sion of this group, spread over the territory lying between parallels 3P and 23° of north latitude. Their lands have an average breadth of about five hundred miles, with an area of some 250,000 square miles, comprising the states of Sonora, Sinaloa, Chihuahua, Durango, Nuevo Leon, and the northern portions of Zacatecas, San Luis Potosi and Tamaulipas. Nearly parallel with the Pacific seaboard, and divid- ing the states of Sonora and Sinaloa from Chihuahua and Durango, runs the great central Cordillera; further to the eastward, passing through Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, .and San Luis Potosi, and following the shore line of the Mexican Gulf, the Sierra Madre continues in a souther- ly direction, until it unites with the first-named range at the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. All of these mountains abound in mineral w^ealth. The table-land between them is intersected by three ridges; one, the Sierra Mim- bres, issuing from the inner flank of the Western Cordil- lera north of Arisije, extending in a northerly direc- tion and following the line of the Rio Grande. The middle mountainous divide crosses from Durango to Coa- huila, while the third rises in the state of Jalisco and taking an easterly and afterward northerly direction, traverses the table-land and mei^es into the Sierra Madre in the state of San Luis Potosi. On these broad table-lands are numerous lakes fed by the streams which have their rise in the mountains adjacent; in but few midad, y flaqueza de animo; y flnalmente, la fnltn miserable de todo lo que forma k los hombres esto es. rncionales, politicoH, y utilen para si, y pnriilasociedud.' Veneijas, Noiicia de la Vol., torn, i., j p. 7J-9, 87-8. 'Lbb naciones del Norte enin mas despiertas, di'ciles y flelcB, mt'nos vicioeas y libres, y por tanto mejor dispuestas pnrn recibir el cristianismo que las que habitabaii al Sur.' ^«/i7 y ^fexil^ana, V'iV(;/f, p. Ixxxix. ' trnn los corns y peri- cues, y gencralmente las runolierias del Knr de California, mas Indinos y capaces; pero tambien mas viciosos e inquietos que las df mns naciones de la pen'nsulu.' Alfi/re, Jlist. Comp. de Jemia, torn, iii., p. 252. ' Cc s peuples sont d'une tres-grande dociiite, ils se laissent instruire.' Califorvie, Nmiiflh Jiesccnte, in Vov. de I'Eviperevr de lu Chine, p. 1(.'4. Other alluKioi s lo their c'lmracter may be found in Cahleron dela Barca's Life in Mex,. vol. i., p. 330; VUla-Senor y Sanchez, Theatro, torn, ii., p. £92;' Baer,erl, in t'm'dhsonian It'i'pt., J864, pp. 378 85; Crefpi, in Doc. Jlist. Mex., serie iv., torn, vii., pp. 135, 143-(>; KUkis, Hist, de loa Trxwiiphoa, p. 442; Clavii.ero, Utoi-ia delta t'al,, torn, i., pp. 113-14; Matte-Brun, Previa de la Oeoij., torn vi., p. 451. 67a NEW MEXICANS. spots is the land available for tillage, but it is admirably adapted to pastoral purposes. The climate can hardly be surpassed in its tonic and exhilarating properties; the atmosphere is ever clear, with sunshine by day, and a galaxy of brilliant stars by night ; the absence of rain, fogs, and dews, with a delicious and even temperature, renders habitations almost unnecessary. All this vast region is occupied by numerous tribes speaking different languages and claiming distinct origins. Upon the northern seaboard of Sonora and Tiburon Island arc the Ceris, Tihtirones, and Tepocas; south of them the Cahitas, or Sinahas, which are general names lor the Yaquis and Mayos, tribes so called from the rivers on whose banks they live. In the state of Sinaloa there are abo the Cochitas, Tuvares, Sabaibos, Zuaques, and Ahomes, besides many other small tribes. Scattered through the states of the interior are the Opatas, IJude- ves, Jovas, Tarahumares, Tubares, and Ihpehuanes, who inhabit the mountainous distric;ts of Chihuahua and Durango. East of the Tarahumares, in the northern part of the first-named state, dwell the Conchos. In Durango, living in the hills round Topia, are the Aaixees; south of whom dwell the Xiximes. On the table-lands of Mapimi and on the shores of its numer- ous lakes, the IrritUds and many other tribes are settled ; while south of these again, in Zacatecas and San Luis Potosi, are the GuachichUes^ Huamares, and Cazcanes, and further to the east, and bordering on the gulf shores we find the country occupied by scattered tribes, distin- guished by a great variety of names, prominent among which are the Carrizas or Garzas, Xanambres, and Pintos.'"'^ Most of these nations are composed of men of large »" Father Ribas, the first priest who visited the Yaquis, was surprised tit the lou-l rough tone in which they spoke. When he remonstrated with them for doin^ so, their reply was, ' No ves que soy Hiaqui : y deziunlo, porquo esstt palabro, y no nbre, significa, el que habla a gritos.' Rlbas, H'ud. de los TriumpUo.i, p. 'Wj. Mayos: 'Their name comes from th'eir position, and means in their own language boundary, they having been bounded on both sides by hostile tribes.' Stone, in Hist. Mag., vol. v., p. 165. 'Segnn pnreco, 1 1 pal ibr.i talahumali o tarahrtmari significa, " corredor ae a old; " de tain 6 htm, pij, y/mma, corre;. Pime/ife/, C'wat/ro, torn, i., p, 364. ,'La p«labra^ep«'i««'j creen algunos que es Mexicana, y cjirupcinn ue tepehwml, conquistador; u PHYSICAL FECUUABITIES IN NOHTH MEXICO. 578 stature; robust, and well formed, with an erect carriage ; the finest specimens are to be found on the sea-const, exceptions being the Opatns and Chicoratas, the former inclining to corpulency, the latter being short, although active and swift runners. The women are well limbed and have good figures, but soon become corpulent. The features of these jieople are quite regular, the head round and well shaped, with black and straight hair; they have high cheek-bones and handsome mouths, with a gen- erally mild and pleasing expression of countenance. They have piercing black eyes, and can distinguish ob- jects at great distances. The Ceris see best toward the close of the day, owing to the strong reflection from the white sands of the coast during the earlier part of the day. The Carrizas are remarkable for their long upper lip. The men of this region have little beard ; their com- plexion varies from a light brown to a copper shade. Many of them attain to a great age."** For raiment the Cahitas and Ceris wear only a small rag in front of their persons, secured to a cord tied bien nn compnesto de tepetl, monte, y hua, deflinencin qne en Mexicano indica posesion, conto si dijeraiuoa ^efiur u dueno del monte. Otroa, acaso con iniifi exactitud, dicen que tepfhuan es voz tarnhumur, derivada do pehua 6 pegnn, que Kigniflca duro, lo cual convieue eon el carficterde la nation.' Id., torn, ii., n. 45. 'La paliibra acaxee pnrece ser la misma que la de acaxete, nombre ae un pueblo perteneciente al e»tado de PueUa, aiuuos comipcion de la pnlabra Mexicana aoaxitl, compuesta de ail (agua,) y de caxill (caznela iccionario Uni- versal de Ilist. Geo*/., torn, i., p. 31. siu ' Las mugeres son notables por los pechoa y pies |)eqneiio8.' Velaaco, Xoticlis de Sotwra, p. 169. ' Tienen la vistj* muy agnda El oido es tam- bien vivissimo.' Arlegui, Crdn, de Zicatecan, pp. 174-5. See also, Uibas, Hist, de Ins Triumphos, pp. 7, 145, 285, 677; Zuiiina, in Eacudero, Notklas de So- nora y SiiuUoa, p. 142; Aleiire, Hist. Comp. de Jeswt, torn, i., p. 41C; 8oc. Oenfi., JiaUtlin, surie v.. No. 1)6, pp. 184, 189; Castafieda, in TtrrMux-Coni' pnnn, Voy., sei'ie i., tom. ix., pp. 44, 49; Beaumont, Cron. de Mechoacan, MS., p. 242; LachapeUe, Raousstt-IiuuUHm, pp. 79-8(t; Padilla, Conq. N. Ualicia, MS., p. 8J; lierlandhr y Thovel, Diario, p. 69; Hardy's Trav., pp. 289, 2])9',Jiartlett'a Pcrs. Nar., vol. >•> PP. 44*1 446; Miihlenpfin-dt, Mrjiro, tom, i., pp. 214-15, tom. ii., pt ii., p. 419; UUoa, in Itaniunio,' Navijationi, tom. iii., fol. 345; Gut- man, net. Anon., in Icazbaketa, Col. de Doc, tom. ii., fol. 296; .Set-in, in Land. Oeoff. Sac, Jour,, vol. xxx., p. 12; De Laet, Novus Orins, pp. 284-5; Iliiit. Man, vol.ii., p. Ward's Mexino, vol. i., pp. 571, 583; Prichard'a Xat. 562; Coronado, in Jlakluyta Vojf., vol. iii., p. 362. 574 NEW MEXICANS. round the waist; the Tarahiimares, Acax^es, and other nations of the interior use for the same purpose a square piece of tanned deer-skin painted, except in cold weather, when they wrap a large blue cotton mantle round the shoulders. The women have petticoats re(U3hing to their ankles, made of soil chamois or of cotton or agavo-flbrc, and a tilma or mantle during the winter. Some wear a long sleeveless chemise, which reaches from the shoulders to the feet. The Ceri women have petticoats made from the skins of the albatross or pelican, the feathers inside. The Opata men, soon after the conquest, were found well clad in blouse and drawers of cotton, with wooden shoes, while their neighbors wore sandals of raw hide, cut to the shape of the foot.'*' The Cahitas, Acaxces and most other tribes, pierce the ears and nose, from which they hang small green stones, attached to a piece of blue cord ; on the head, neck, and wrists, a great variety of ornaments are worn, made from mother-of-pearl and white snails' shells, siLso fruit-stones, pearls, and copper and silver hoops ; round the ankles some wear circlets of deer's hool's, others decorate their heads and necks with necklaces of red beans and strings of paroquets and small birds; j^earls and feathers are much used to ornament the hair. The practice of painting the fjice and body is common to all, the colors most in use being red and black. A favorite style with tlie Ceris is to paint the face in alternate \^r- pendicular strijies of blue, red, and white. The Pintos paint the face, breast, and arms ; the Tarahumares tattoo the forehead, lips, and cheeks in various patterns; the Yaquis the chin and arms; while other tribes tattoo the face or body in styles peculiar to themselves. Both sexes are proud of their hair, which they wear long and 1*1 ' No alcanzan ropa de algodon, si no es nlgnnas pampanillaR y nlgtma ipauta muy grueHa; poraue el vestido de ellos es de cuero do venndos adubii- dos, y el vestido que dellos liaccn es coser un cuero con otro y pouerselos por debajo del brazo ntndos al hombro, y las mujeres traen bus uagnas keclins con BUB jirones que les Uegan hostn los tobilloB como faja.' Ouzman, liil. Aiwn., in IcmbalctUt, Col. de Doc, torn, ii., pp. 296, 290, 481. The Ceri woineu wear ' pieles de alcatras por lo general, u una tosca fraziida de laua envuelta en la cintora.' Ke/asco, Noliciaa de Sonora, pp. 131, 74, 153. NORTHERN MEXICAN DWELLINGS. 675 take much care of; the women permit it to flow in loose tressuM, while the men gather it into one or more tufts on the crown of the head, and when hunting protect it by a chamois cap, to prevent its being diMirrunged by trees or bushes.''" Their houses are of light construction, usually built of sticks and reeds, and are covered with coarse reed matting. The Chinipas, Yaquis, Opatas and Conchos build somewhat more substantial dwellings of timber and adobes, or of plaited twigs well plastered with mud ; all are only one story high and have Hat roofs. Although none of these people are without their houses or huts, they spend most of their time, especially during sum- mer, under the trees. The Tarahumares find shelter in the deep caverns of rocky mountains, tbe Tepehuanes and Acaxees place their habitations on the top of almo.st inaccessible crags, while the Humes and Batucas build their villages in squares, with few and very small en- trances, the better to defend them.selves against their enemies — detached buildings for kitchen and store-room purposes being placed contiguous.'"' *■} The Temoris had 'Ins orejns cercndas de los zarci'los qne ellos vsan, ndoruadus de cuuchus de uacar Inbradus, y eusartadas en hilou azules, y cer* can tod I lit orejrt." Ri'xts, llUl, de los TnamphoK, pp. 2.G, l8l>, 472. Near Culiiican, Niiiio de Guzman met about 5.),0();) n itrrioi'H who ' traian ul euello sartas de codornices, pericoa pequeiios y otrus difereutes pujaritOH.' TtUo, in Icaibalcela, Col. de Doc., torn, ii , p. 354. The Humes, ' corouadiis 8ua caliez:iB do diiidmnas de varias plnmas de papagayos, guacamayas con algunos pena- cUos dehoja de plata batida.' .i4/iumac/a, in Doc. irmt. Mex., serie iv., torn, iii., p. 98. ' LoM Indies de este nuevo Reyno sou de diversas naciones qne Be distinguen por la diveraidad de rayas en el rostro.' PadUla, Conq. N. Gali- c'ui, 3/ 1' , j)p. 472, 531. ' No hemes viste a ningun carnzr) pintado con vermel- lou, tal co;no lo h icen otioi.' Jicrlaiilier y Tkowl, Piario, p, 69. For further description see Hardy's Trav., pp. 289-90, 298; DartUH's J'ers. Nar., vol. i., p. 4t5; Coin'der, Voy., pp. 1J9-2 )0; Coronndo, in IlakhiyVs Voy., vol. iii., pp. 3G2-i; Euppjo, in Id., pp. 334, 390-1; Vabeza de Vacu, RehiUon, in Tiniaxix- CompanH, Voy., serie i., tom. vii., p. 250; Casta'itda, in Id., torn, ix., p. 1.57; Jaraiiiillo. in Id., p. 30G; }Vard's .Mexico, vol. i., p. 571; Soc. Giioj., IMUtin, serie v., No. 98, pp. 184-5, 19); Sonorn, Desnip. Geoi/., in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 552; Arnaya, in Id., serie iv., tom. iii., p. GJ; Descrip, Top., in Id., serie iv. tem. iv., pp. 113-14; La:;hapeUe, Haousset-Iioulbon, pp. 79-8J: Ouiedi, Wst. Oen., tom. li., pp. 574-8, 609; Se.vht, in Land. Oeog, Soc., Jour., vol. XXX., pp. 12, 25-6; Ale/re, IlLit. Comp. dj Jesits, tom. i., pp. 401, 4)6, and ii., pp. 124, 184; MoiUanus, Nieuux ir.ereW, up. iiO't, 226. 228; and Djip'ier, Ni-ue \Vd(, pn. 235, 254-5; Ca')eza de Vaca, U'elntion, pp. 167-8; Q.ur.ia Conie, in Album Afex., tom. i., p. 93; Beaumont, Cron. de jfechoacan, JUS., pp. a4 -2; Ifazarl, Kirdien-GeschlcM; tom. ii., p. 539. tu • Xodod los pueblos de los indioa oobiertas laa casas de esteras, & lai 876 NEW MEXICANS. The Northern Mexicans live on wild fruits such as pitahayn, or native fig, honey, grain, roots, fish, and larvic; they capture game both large and small, and some of them eat rats, mice, frogs, snakes, worms, and vermin. The Ahomamas along the shores of Lake Parrjw, the Yaquis, Batucas, Ceris, Tarahumares, and the Opiitas since the conquest have lxH3ome agricul- turists and cattle-breeders, besides availing themselvea of fishing and hunting as means of subsit^tence. On the coast of t^^onora, there being no maize, the natives live on pulverized rush and straw, with fish caugiit at sea or in artificial enclosures. The dwellers on the coast of Sinaloa consume a large quantity of salt, which they gather on the land during the dry season, and in the rainy reason from the bottom of marshes and pools. It is said that the Salineros sometimes eat their own excre- ment. According to the reports of the older historians, the Tobosos, Bauztu'igames, Cabezas, Contotores, and Acaxoes, as well as other tribes of Durango and Sina- loa, formerly fed on human flesh, — hunted human beings for food as they hunted deer or other game. The flesh of their brave foes they ate, thinking thereby to aug- ment their own bravery .'^^ The Ceris of Tiburon Island depend for food entirely on fish and game. They catch turtle by approaching the animal and suddenly driving the point of their spear into its back, a cord Ijeing attached to the weapon by which they drag the prize on to the raft as soju as its cnales Hainan en lengiia dc Mexico petatea, y por esta causa le IlamamoH Pctntlan.' (Juiman, liel. Anon., in Icathalcrta, Col. dt Doc, torn, ii., p.2!)G. Coinparo Caalaiieda, in Ternaux-Coiujxina, I'oy., serie i., toni. ix., pp. 49, 15G; i!ombi?r, Voy., pp. 157, 161), 104. 2)0; Coromdo, in Uakluyl'a Voy., vol. iii., p. ;i(53; N'lta, in Id., p. 306; Esfyrjo, in /(/., p. 384; Moutanus, Nintme Wterthl, pp. 206, 216, 227-8; anil Dapper, Neue IFeH, pp. 232, 255; lUhas, IRal. de loa Triumphoa, pp. 3, 6, 7, 155, 222, 594; Cabeta de Vara. Uelatinn, jip. 167, 175; Id., in Ititmusio, Xauiijidioni, torn, iii., fol. 327; OcUdo, IHhI. Ifen., torn, iii., |)p. 574, 576, dJd; Ale;ire, Hiat. Vomp. de Jesus, torn, i., p. 390; Aipileueta, in Id., torn, ii., p. 186; Iktiandier y Thovel, Diario, p. 08. <*< 'Comian inmuudtts carues sin reservar la huraana.' Padilla, Conq. N. Oaticla, MS., pp. 530, 80, 84, 533. • lis manRent tons de la clinir humaine, et vont k la chasse dea hommes.' Caalaueda, in Ternaux-Compaux, Voy., Bt-rie i., torn, ix., p'>. 152, 15ii-9. See also, Arl'tjul, ChrAn. da Zaralecnn, pp. 150, 180-2; Ribas, Ul'd. de loa Triwnphos, pp. 3, 6, 7, 11, 14, 175, 217, 386, 671. METHODS OF HUNTINO. 977 strength has become exhausted. According to Oomara, the natives of Sonora in 1537 were caught poisoning the deer-pools, probably for the skins, or it may have been only a stupefying drink that the jxwls were made to supply. The Sinaloans arc great hunters; at times they pursue the game singly, then again the whole town turns out and, surrounding the thickest part of the for- est, the people set fire to the underbrush and bring down the game as it attempts to e^^ape the flames. A feast of reptiles is likewise thus secured. Iguanas are caught with the hands, their legs broken, and thus they are kept until required for food. For procuring wild honey, a bee is followed until it reaches its tree, the sweet- cuntaining part of which is cut off and carried away. The Tarahumares hunt deer by driving them through narrow passes, where men are stationed to shoot them. Others make use of a deer's head as a decoy. For fish- ing they have various contrivances; some fish between the rocks with a pointed stick; others, when fishing in a pool, throw into the water a species of cabbage or leaves of certain trees, that stupefy the fish, when they are easily taken with the hands ; they also use wicker baskets, an/.l near the Pacific Ocean they inclose the rivers, and catcii enormous 'quantities of smelt and other fish, which have come up from the sea to spawn. The Laguneros of Coahuila catch ducks by placing a calabash on their heads, with holes through which to breathe and see; thus equipped, they swim softly among the ducks, and draw them under water without flutter or noise. Tatema is the name of a dish cooked in the ground by the Tarahumares. The Lagunerf)s make tortillas of flour obtained from an aquatic pl«nt. The Zacatecs make the same kind of breiwi from tho pulp of the ma- guey, which is first boiled with lime, then washed and boiled again in pure water, after which it is squeezed dry and made into cakes. Most of the people use pozok, or pimhtl, both being a kind of gruel made of pinole, of parched corn or seeds ground, the one of greater thick- ness than the other; also tamales, boiled beans, and Vol. I. 37 678 NEW MEXICANS. pumpkins. The Ceris of Tiburqii eat fish and meat un- cooked, or but slightly boiled. The Walineros frequently devour uncooked hares and rabbits, having only removed their furs.**® The weapons universally used by these nations were bows and arrows and short clubs, in nddition to which the chiefs and most important warriors carried a short lance and a buckler. The arrows were carried in a quiver made of lion or other skins. The Tarahumares and some others wore a leathern guard round the left wrist, to protect it from the blow of the bow-string. Flint knives were employed for cutting up their slain enemies. The Ceris, Jovas, and other tribes smeared the points of their arrows with a very deadly poison, but how it was applied to the point, or whence obtained, it is diflicult to determine; some travelers say that this poison wjis taken from rattlesnakes and other venomous reptiles, which, by teasing, were incited to strike their fangs into the liver of a cow or deer which was presented to them, after which it was left to putrefy, and the arrows being dipjKid into the [x>isonous mass, were placed in the sun to dry; but other writers, again, assert that tiie poison was produced from a vegetjible preparation. Tiie wound inflicted by the [wint; however slight, is said to «'* Poijolutl, ' bfluida de miiyz cozido. ' Pinolntl, ' beuida do mayz y chin toHtndo.' Mi)lhui, Vocabnlnrin. The BatucnH ' ounnto siumbrnn (>s do ivgiulio . . . .BUS inilpaH parccen todaH hiiertas.' Aiinlcueln, in Akijre. //W, Cowp. ih Jesus, torn. »i., p. IH(!, uco also p. 184; Acaxdcs, inodo of ftHhiiif;, etc;., in /'/., torn, i., pp. 4:tl-r>, uIho 2H3-4, ;W), 402-3; Tarnlmniares, mode of tishiiiy, hunting, and cooHni,'. Murr, Naclirklilin, pp. 310, 317, 322 3, 337, 342. The Yaipiis' ' tlolds and t.Mrd('ns in U»o hightrnt Htat" of cultivation.' Wurd'n Mexko, vol. ii., p. (1,1(1. jfor further acciount of th;'ir food and manner of cooking, ptc, SCO /I'-ci.s/e .]f.,vi5, 4(>I); Sontmi, Dfsrfip. h'eo/., in Doc. Hist. Mix., Hurio iii., toni. iv., pj). iH\i-^>''; Jaramillo, in Tinmit.r-<'iniii>(iiiH. I'oi/., st'rio i., toni. ix., j). 3(ifi; i^itha'ult Var.it, in /(/.. foni vii., pp. 242-3, "24'.»-5(). 205; Kspijo, in Ilaldui/fs Voi/., torn, iii., p. 3H4; i'itroiui. 289; Tillo, in /(/., p. 3."»3; Lk Lvt, Koviis Oralis, pp. '2H(\, 31(1; .iniririla. Crnnicti Smtjiva, p. 442; Soc. !.■'■";,'.. BMelin, Hi'-nv v.. No. IK!, p. 1H5; lUloa,\n lUmiLsio, .Vni'uiutiimi, toin. iii., fol. 3U-2; O'tllutiit. ill Xonivlis .Innal's d s \'oy., 1851, toin. cxxxi., pp. 25(1, 200; %iuVuntas do sus tlcclKiH, eH la mas activa que se ha conucido pur uca. . . no si; hu podidu nvpvimiur ouAIck scan k punto tijo los inorti'feros niaterialos do esUk pcstilen- ciiil inaniobra? Y aiinqiie ae dioen nmchas cosas, coiiio que lo haccn de cnl)c/as do viboras irritadas oortadas al tiempo que rlavau bus dit-ntcs en un peduzo de Ixifes y de carno hnmana ya medio podrida... piles noes inoa (|iie udivinar lo quo no sabeinos. Sin (Jll-l, 55'2. ' El nianot es un lubol ptuiueno niuy losano y niny henuoso ji 111 vista; pero a eorta incision de la curteza brf)ta una leehe mortal »pie les servia en su f^entilidad para einponzonar sus tleehas.' Alem]iiin.><. Vny., serie i., torn, vii., pp. 250-1; I'listai'n'ila, in III., si'rii' i., torn, ix., i)p. 20!), 222-3; .Soc. Oeoi)., Jiullctin, serie v., No. 06, ]i|>. IS.'i (i, l'Ji(; Arlfiiui, Citron, de Ziiciler'tH, y>. 153; Tello, in lclii. I'nl. (/' /><(!•., torn, ii., p. 354; Quzmnn, litl. Anon., in /(/., p. 289, 2!Mi; l)<-srrip. '/'"/""/., in Doc. liint. ^fe.r., serie iv., tom. iv., p. 114; lUhan, lli.it. d>- /os Tri- umjihos, pp. 10, 110,473, 077; Ik iMtl, Xovus Orfiui, pp. 2H5, 2H7, 305, ;tl0; '*>Vi'(», in f.ond. Gtoii. Sue., Jour., vol. xxx., j'p. 12, 25; IkrUvulier y Tho net, OH; liitniiirz, in Alf'ire, lli.vl. Comi'. de. Jtatia, tom. i., p. 2n4; I'om- " " vol. iii.. pj). ;tM4, 390; torn, iii , fol. 342-3: iliiiiUiutin, \iniire \\'(arld, |)p- 2t ^, 228; and Papjirr. N'Ut Writ, pp. 2?*, a.")."); I'adilh, Conq. N. Qalida, MS., p. 520; Uoinara, lliai. Irui., fol. 55. Diiirio, p ^ 7> •'"//■. PP- 1!*8, ;Wfi; F.sfM'jo, in llnldnyVx Toy., v i."'(, in /(/., p. 507; Vllon, in ItiDnvsio, S'm'iiiulumi, 680 NEW MEXICANS. to admission as a warrior, a young man had to pa.ss through certain ordeals; having first qualified hiriinelf by Mjcne dangerous exploit, or having faithfully jxt- forined the duty of a scout in an enemy's country. The preliminaries being settled, a day was appointed for his initiation, when one of the braves, acting as his god- father, introduced him to the chief, who, for the occasion, hjui first placed himself in the midst of a large circle of warriors. The chief then addressed him, instructing him in the several duties required of him, and drawing from a pouch an eagle's talon, with it proceeded to score his body on the shoulders, arms, breast, and thighs, till the blood ran freely ; the candidate was expected to .suf- fer without showing the slightest signs of paiu. The chief theTi handed to him a lx)w and a quiver of arrows; each of the braves also presented him witn two arrows. In the campaigns that followed, the novitiate nuist take the liarck'st duty, be ever at the pon? \>\ langer, and •-ndiire without a murmur or ccimpla'.iit ti.^ .severest ])ri- vations. until a new '■atidi/late apjxiared to iak*f his place/*' Wli«fi '^K' tril>e dewrex ti** jwsistar**'.!' of another in war. t\t*'Y .s<'nd reeds filled with tobsww*. which, if 0' accepted, is a token that the alliance is i<>rmed: a rail for help iH made by means of the smoke signal. \^ hen war is decin. a leader is chosen, at wbosi* lions*- all the elders, medicine-men, and prin<^i[)jil waii-i(n> assemble; a fire is then lighted, and tobiuico hand'il round and smok«'. har»*»'/nes his hearers, recoiniting to them heroic d('«'ds hithacco is again pjissed roujid. w • El joveu (jue desea valer por liin rtriniiH, iintes do Her admitido rn todii formit a t'Rta prufesioii, debt' liuotT nii'ritoH en iilgiiims ciiinpHniiK. drsimcs do probado nli^uii tit'iiipo en chJus esperiMniaH y tfiiidii la fti)robni'iiin dr Ion iiiUu III |jrt!t(!iidi()iitt> pom hIkuu din I'U (|Uo dvm diir In nllimn ancinnoH, y pruebit do hii vulor/ Aiei/rf, Hint. Voiiip. df ,/ihuh, timi. ii,, pp. 21^ '•'• ••!'*'' '^, and tdin. i., pp. 3!>6-9. Exaiiiiiic S morn, ltfmr!j>. 'lioij-, lu Beriu iii., torn, iv,, pp, 54-i 7; JAtdsinn. in Id., pp. (W4-5. >p. 21 Hint. M<('s by the women, who, seizing tlu? scalps, vent their spleen in frantic gestures; tossing them fnMn one to another, these female fiends dance and sing roinul tii«' bloody trophies, while the men look on in approving silence. Should the exjx'dition, however, pr«»vt> unsuccessful, the vilhige is entered in silence and •luring the dead of night. All the booty taken is divided amongst the aged men and women, as it is 582 MEW MEXICANS. deemed unlucky by the warriors to use their enemy's property."** Their household utensils consist of pots of earthen ware and gourds, the latter used both for cooking and drinking purposes; later, out of the horns of oxen cups are made. The Tarahumares use in place of saddles two rolls of straw fastened by a girdle to the animal's back, loose enough, however, to allow the rider to put his feet under them. Emei^ing from their barbarism, they employ, in their agricultural pursuits, plows with shares of wood or stone, and wooden hoes. The Ceris have a kind of double-pointed javelin, with which they catch fish, which, once between the prongs, are prevented from slipping out by the jagged sides.*** The Ahomoas, Eudebes, Jovas, Yaquis, and Opatas weave fabrics out of cotton or agave-fibre, such as blan- kets or serapes, and cloth with colored threads in neat designs and figures; these nations also manufacture mat- ting from reeds and palm-leaves. Their loom consists of four short sticks driven into the ground, to which a frame is attached to hold the thread. The shuttle is an oblong piece of wood, on which the cross-thread is wound. After passing through the web, the shuttle is seized and pressed close by a ruler three inches in breadth, which is placed between the web and supplies the place of a comb. When any patterns are to be worked, several women assist to mark off with wooden pegs the amount of thread required. The Yaquis and Ceris manufacture common earthen ware, and the Tarahumares twist horse- i*" As to the Mnyofl, ' eran estos indios en sns costnmbres y mcnlo cle gnerrear como los de Sinaloa, hacian la centiueln cada cuarto do hora, poni- eudone en fila cinouenta indios, uuo delantu d« otru, con bus arcos y tleohns y con una rodilla en tierra.' Beaumoiit, Cron. de Mechoacan, MS., p. 241. See also Rilxvi, Hist, de tos Triumphoa, pp. 9, 18, 70, 473-4; Paiiitla, Com]. N. Galicia, MS., p. 522; Ommtin, Rel. Anon., in Imxhakeia, Col. de />'«:., torn, ii., pp. 301-2; Haiart, Kirrhen-Oenchichte, torn, ii., p. 539; Ferry, Srhm de le Die Sauixuje, p. 76; Arleiiui, Chrm. de Zacatecas, p. 150; Coronmlo, hi HalduyVs Voy., vol. iii., p. 363; QaVatin, iu NovivtUts AnnaUs des I'o//., 1851, torn, cxxxi., p. 256. "9 See Combier, Voy., p. 157; Murr, Nachrichten, pp. 307, 335. *I7; D'^srrip. Topot/., in Doc. llist. Mtx., serieiv., torn, iv., p. 114; Hardy's Trar., p. 2'J(). PROPERTY OP CERI8. dPATAS, AND YAQUIS. 583 hair into strbng cords; they also use undressed hides cut in strips, and coarse aloe-fibres.*" No boats or canoes are employed by any of the na- tives of this region ; but the Ceris, the Tiburones, and the Tepocas make rafts of reeds or bamboos, fastened tc^ether into bundles. These rafts are about eighteen feet long and tapering towaixi both ends ; some are large enough to carry four or five men ; they are propelled with a double-bladed paddle, held in the middle and worked alternately on both sides.*"* Subsequent to the conquest, the Opatas and Yaquis accumulated large fiocks of sheep, cattle, and bands of horses ; the latter are good miners, and expert divers for pearls. Their old communistic ideas follow them \n their new life; thus, the landed property of the Tkra- humares is from time to time repartitioned ; they have also a public asylum for the sick, helpless, and for or- ])hans, who are taken care of by male and female officials called tenanches. Pearls, turquoises, emeralds, coral, feathers, and gold were in former times part of their proi)erty, and held the place of money; trade, for the most part, was carried on ^y simple barter.^'' The Northern Mexicans make no pretensions to art; nevertheless, Guzman states that in the province of CuUacan the walls of the houses were decorated with *M ' Vsanan el arte de hilar, y tpxor nlgodon, d otras yeruas Rilnestres, comoel CanHino de Castilla, o Pita.' liiluis, liislde to.s Triumphos, pp. 12,200. for the Ynquis, see Vetanco, NoticidH ih Sonora, p. 73; for the 6pata8 and Jovas, Sonord, Dexcfij). 0-'2: and for tho Tarahiunares, Murr, Xnchrivliten, i>. 'Mi; Caliezaile Vaca, Rflatioii, i)p. Ititi, 174; liL, in /famiwio, Naviiialiom, toin. iii., fol. 327; La- ehapelte, li'toitssel- lioulhim, \t[>. 79-HO. *^' ' El indio toniando ol asta jtor medio, Ijoga onn grau tlestreza jior nno y otrolado.' Ale'ire, llisi lomp. i/.,vol. iii., pp. 36fi; '""a^f-ert de Vacn, Rplaliov. in Tirnniix-ComjHins, Vau., Ki'rie i.. toni. vii., p. 250; I'lloti, in lianiusui, yiniqnlioni, toin. iii , fol. 342. '^* The Carrizos ' no tienen calndlos, pero en eamhio, mis ptieblos estfin llf'Uos de perros.' Herlandier y Tlwrel, Diar'i'), p. 70. The Tahns ' sacri- tiaient une partie de leiirs richcsses, qui eonsistaient en I'toft'es et en tur- quoises.' Paslni'ieda, in Ternaux-CotnpanH, I'"!/., serie i., torn, is., p. 150. C'oiapare further, (^omhier, Voy., pp. 20 »-i; /m/Ivi'i, in Escudero, Nohciaa de t^imora y Sinidoa, p. 135; Mtx. in 1H12, p. OH; rroebd, Aia> Amrrik-n, torn. ii , p. 260; Id., Ctnt. Amer., p. 380; ('((lei;« de Vaca, lielalion, p. 167. BM NEW MEXICANS. obscene paintings. They are all great observers of the heavenly bodies and the changes in the atmosphere; the Yaquis count their time by the moon. They are good musicians, imitating to perfection on their own in- struments almost any strain they happen to hear. Their native melodies are low, sweet, and harmonious. In Petatlan they embroidered dresses with i)earls, and as they had no instrument for piercing the jewel, they cut a small groove round it, and so strung them. With pearls they formed on cloth figures of animals and birds.^ I find nowhere in this region any system of laws or government. There are the usual tribal chieftains, selected on account of superior skill or bravery, but with little or no power except in war matters. Councils of war, and all meetings of importance, are held at the chief's house.^ The Ceris and Tepocas celebrate the advent of woman- hood with a feast, which lasts for several days. The Ahome maiden wears on her neck a small carved shell, as a sign of her virginity, to lose which before marriage is a lasting disgrace. On the day of marriage the bride- groom removes this ornament from his bride's neck. It is customary among most of the tribes to give presents to the girl's parents. The Tabus, says Castaiieda. are obliged to purchase a maiden from her parents, and deliver her to the cacique^, ciiief, or jxiseibly high priest, *M ' Son frrandefl observadorea de Iob AstroH, {wrqne como siemprp dner- men a Ciclo desciibierto, y uHtHU heehoH j^ luirai'los, se luarabillaii de (|iiul(|aier nueva iuipreHHiou, que legistran en Ion Cielos.' Arletfui, ChriDi. de '/Aimterait, p. 175. Amuii<; the Yaquis, ' Lay aHimisuiu miiBicoa de violin y iirpa, tudo por puro iii^'euio, sin que hb ])ueda decir que He Us hayau ensenado lus pri- meraH reglas.' Velanco, Xoticias tie Somtra, p. 74. Seealau Rihas, llisl. ih Im Triumphos, p. 12; De Laet, Novua Orbis, p. 285; Castat'ieda, iu Termiux-i km- paiis, V'lX)., 8i'rio i., torn, ix., p. 152; Vombiei; Voy., p. 201; Murr, Xuchrich- tm, p. 370; fudilla, <'<>nq. X. GcUicia, MS., j). 80. *i* ' Lt'Vf s, ni Reyes qne eastigaHsen tales vicios y iiecados, no los tiniie- ron, ni se hallaua entre eiloH ^enero de autoridad y gouiemo i)olitii'u ipx' los oastiKasHe.' Hibaa, Hint, tie Ion TriuinpiiOH, p. 11; Vombirr, \'"y.. p. -00; Ahwiutilu, Carta, in Ihic. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn, iii., p. 96; liHiirfx. in Hakluyt's Voy., vol. iii., p. ;t84. «*^ The word c«cii/iif. which was na-d by the Spaniards to iW»signate the chiefs and rulers of jirovinpfs and townn throu^^hoiit the \V.(«t Iiidii's. (Vntr.'il America. Mexico, ftuil I'cru, is originally taken fr<»«i lln' Ciilpiin lani,'u»ge. < >viedo, ll'utt. (Jen., torn, iv., p. 5U5,' explains it U8 folluws: MABRIAQE AND POLYOAMY. 685 to whom was accorded the dmlt de seigneur. If the hride proves to be no virgin, all the presents are returned by her parents, and it is optional with the bridegroom to keep her or condemn her to the life of a public pros- titute. The Bauzarigames, Cal)czas, Contotores, and Tehuecos practice polygamy and inter-family marriages, but these are forbidden by the Ceris, Chiniiias, Tibur- ones, and Tepocas. Difterent ceremonies take place upon th? birth of the firet child. Among some, the father is intoxicated, and in that state surrounded by a dancing multitude, who score his body till the blood flows freely. Among others, several days after the birth of a male child, the men visit the house, feel each limb of the newly born, exhort him to be brave, and finally give him a name; women perform similar ceremonies with female children. The couvade obtains in certain parts; as for instance, the Logunero and Ahomama husbands, after the birth of a child, remain in bed for six or seven days, during which time they eat neither fish nor meat. The Sisibotaris, Ahomes, and Tepehua- nes hold chastity in high esteem, and both their maid- ens and matrons are remarkably chaste. The standard of morality elsewhere in this vicinity is in general low, es^iecially with the Acaxees and Tabus, whose incestuous connt'ctions and system of public brothels are notorious. According to Arlegui, Ribas, and other authors, among some of those nations male concubint4;e prevails to a great extent; these loathsome semblances of humanity, whom to call beastly were a slander upon lieasts, dreas themst^lvo.s in the clothes and jx^rform the functions of women, tlie use of weajwns even being denied them.'"* ' riiciqnte: Hcnor, jefp abHolnto (5 rey de unn pomarcn 6 Estado. Fji nnostroa (liiis suel*" fiuiilfai-Kt' «'strt voz «>u nlKuniiH |)()blitci(>noH de In i>urff cnciital de ''ulm. p«ra dt^si^nar id n-Kidor di-cnno de »ui uymitami«'nt<>. Asi so dice: Iteyidor caciquf. Sletafuncamcntc tieiie aplicacion eii unestru jHiiiiiisnla, para dt-si^nar a Ioh qae eu lus puebloH pequenoH Ilevan la voz y gubiernuii & »\l autojii y capriclui." '■"' ° JnntoH urandes y ])eqnefloH poneti a los mocetones v mujeres casa- ileras t-n Jos hiltTUH, y i^ada una Hf na I'lnprendeii A corrcr estas; dada otra •>i'„'Ut'ii 111 carrcru .iqiU'lIoH, y Hlranzttii«Ki|»H, ha de oojer cada iino la snya de U tt'tilla i/ciuiurda: y ({uedau hcchos y coiirtrmados los dt'Hponorios. ' Sonnra, I'lmrip. Choi/., in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 542-3. ' Unoti Be 586 NEW MEXICANS. Drunkenness prevails to a great extent among most of the tribes; their liquors are prepared from the fruit of the pitahaja, mezquite-beans, agave, honey, and wheat. In common with all savages, they are immoderately fond of dancing, and have numerous feasts, where, with ob- scene carousals and unseemly masks, the revels continue, until the dancers, from sheer exhaustion or intoxication, are forced to rest. The Opatas hold a festival called torom raqiii, to insure rain and good crops. Clearing a square piece of ground, they strew it with seeds, bones, boughs, horns, and shells; the actors then issue forth from huts built on the four corners of the square, and there dance from sunrise to sunset. On the first day of the year they plant in the ground a long jwle, to which are tied long ribbons of many colors. A number of young maidens, fancifully attired, dance round the \)o\e, holding the ends of the ribbons, twisting themselves nearer or away from the center in beautiful figures. Upon other occasions they commemorate, in modern times, what is claimed to be the journey of the Aztecs, and tlie appearance of Montezuma among them. Hinit- ing and war expeditions are inaugurated by dances. Their musical instruments are flutes and hollow trunks beaten with sticks or bones, and accompanied with sonjj; and impromptu words, relating the exploits of their g\ ds. warriors, and hunters. They are passionately fond f athletic sports, such as archery, wrestling, andracinfr; but the most favorite pastime is a kind of foot-ball. The game is played Ijetween two parties, with a large elastic ball, on a square piece of ground prepared ex- pressly for the purpose. The players must strike the ball with the shoulders, knees, or hips, but never with casan con una mngor sola, y tienen muchas inancebas .... Otras se cnsnn eon quautas inugereH quieren . . . Otrns uaciones tienen h\» mugeres por couuines. ' Arleirui, Chron. deZacatecas, pp. 154-7. For further account of their fiunily vehttionR and marriage customs, see Ribas, Hist, de lo» Triumphos, Y>i>. H, 145, 171, 201, 242, 475; Soc. Giing., Bulletin, serie v.. No. 96, p. 18(1; (Vo- tanedi. in Teriutux-Compans, Voy., serie i., torn, is., pp. 150, 152, 155, liH; Ilatnrl, Kirchen-GeschicMe, tom. ii., p. 541; PadUla, Conq. N. Gnlicia, .1/'^, p. 53;); Aleqre, Hist. Comp. de Jesus, tom. i., p. 452; Arista, in Id., j). 417; BerUmdier'y Tliovel, Diario, p. 70; Combier, Voy., p. 201; Loweiistern, .Ven- due, p. 409. CUSTOMS IN NORTHERN MEXICO. B87 the hand. Frequently one village challenges another as upon the occasion of a national festival, which lasts several days, and is accompanied with dancing and feasting. They have also games with wooden balls, in which sticks are used when playing. The players are always naked, and the game often lasts from sunrise to sunset, and sometimes, when the victory is undecided, the play will be continued for several successive days. Bets are freely made, and horses and other property staked with the greatest recklessness."^ Loads are carried on the head, or in baskets at the back, hanging from a strap that passes across the fore- head. Another mode of carrying burdens is to dis- tribute equally the weight at both ends of a pole which is slung across the shoulder, d la Chinoise. Their concep- tions of the supernatural are extremely crude ; thus, the 6patas, by yells and gesticulations, endeavor to dispel eclipses of the heavenly bodies; before the howling of the wind they cower as before the voice of the Great Spirit. The Ceris superstitiously celebrate the new moon, and bow reverentially to the rising and setting sun. Nuno de Guzman states that in the province of Culiacan tamed serpents were found in the dwellings of the natives, which they feared and venerated. Others have a great veneration for the hidden virtues of poison- ous plants, and believe that if they crush or destroy one, sotne harm will happen to them. It is a common ^7 Les Yaquis ' aimeut snrtoat une danse appel^e txdxdi (janmchi dans laqiielle ils changent de femmes en se cedaut reciproquement tous leurs droits conjugaux.' Zuniija, in Nouvellea Annates des Koy., 1842, torn, xciii., pp. 2:i8-U. The Sisibotaris; 'En lus danzas.. fuu niuy de notar que nnnque dimzubau juntos hotnbres y mugeres, ui se hablaban ui Be tocabau inmbro- pnis acreHsisHet, cisterum iuuocui; quos barbari vel maxime venerabimtur, quod diaboluM ipsiH hac forma apparere conguesset: eoRcleui tanieu et iimni- buH coutrectabant et nonnunquam iia vescebantur.' De Laet, Noviis Orhli, p. iHi. Further reference in fiiban. Hist, de lo8 TriumphoH, p. 472; Oriido, Hist. Oen., torn, iii., pp. 574-5; iMchapelle, Raousset-lioulbon, p. 79; Cahemde Vaca, Iklation, p. 16!); ArU-iiul, Chvnn. de Zacatecas, pp. 160-7; Sevin, in Lond. Oeog. Soc., Juur., vol. xxx., p. 26, MEDICAL TREATMENT. M leaves of the willow in decoction, as a remedy for the same complaint. In Sinaloa, the leaf and roots of the guaco are used by the natives as the most efficacious medicine for the bites of ix)lsonous reptiles. The (jpatiis employ excellent remedies for the diseases to which they are subject. They have a singular method of curing rattlesnake bites, a sort of retaliative cure; seizing the reptile's head between two sticks, they stretch out the tail and bite it along the body, and if we may believe Alegre, the bitten man does not swell up, but the reptile does, until it bursts. In some parts, if a venomous snake bites a person, he seizes it at both ends, and breaks all its bones with his teeth until it is dead, imagining tliis to be an efficacious means of saving him.self from the effect of the wounds. Arrow wounds are first sucked, and then peyote powder is put into thom ; after two days the wound is cleaned, and more of the same powder applied ; this operation is continued ujwn every second day, and finally powdered lechugilla-root is used; by this process the wound, after thoroughly suppurat- ing, becomes healed. Out of the leaves of the maguey, lechugilla, and date-palm, as well as from the rosemary, they make excellent balsiims for curing wounds. They have various vegetable substances for appeasing the thirst of wounded persons, as water is considered injurious. The Acaxees employ the sucking processes, and i3lowing through a hollow tiilje, for the cure of diseases. The Yfiquis put a stick into the patient's mouth, and with it draw from the stouiach the disease; the Ceris of Tiburon Island also employ charms in their medical pnictice.** I find nothing of cremation in these irnrts. The dead body is brought head and knees together, and !M ' Qnando entre loa Inclios ay algun contagio, que es el de virueliis d mnn continue, de que niuereu innumerables, niuditn cada dia Ingures, y se van A loa utaH retirados monteH, buHcando Iom sitioH nins eHpiuosos y (?n- iiianinadns, uara que de miedo de las espinaH, no entron ( Heguu jnzgan, y como cierto lo afirman) las viruelas.' Arkgui, Chn'm. Uf Ziicnteeas, jip. 152-3, ISi. See also, Muldenp/ordl. Mfjxco,tom.u., ptii., p. 431; liftlandkry Tkovel, DUirio, pp. 70-1; Alei/re, Ifist. Conip. de Jestis, torn, i., p. 399, toin. ii., pp. 2i;J-4, 219-20; Rihas, Hisl. de loa Triumphos, pp. 17, 32-2-3; LoiceiisUrn, Mejtique, p. 411; Jlurdy's Trav., p. 282; Sonora, Descrip, Qeog., in Doc. JUst. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., pp. 547-8. m / 7 IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I If 1^ III 2.0 1.8 1.25 14 Photographic Sciences Corporation V' ^ A f/. f/. 23 WIST MAIN STRUT WnSTS»t.N.Y. 14580 ; M6) 872-4503 ^ i/.l 530 NEW MEXICANS, placed in a cave or under a rock. Several kinds of edibles, with the utensils and implements w:*h which the de- ceased earned a support while living, are deposited in the grave, also a small idol, to serve as a guide and fel- low traveler to the departed on the long journey. On the lips of dead infants is dropped milk from the mother's breast, that these innocents may have suste- nance to reach their place of rest. Among the Acaxees, if a woman dies in childbirth, the infant surviving is slain, as the cause of its mother's death. Cutting the hair is the only sign of mourning among them.^ The character of the Northern Mexicans, as portrayed by Arlegui, is gross and low ; but some of these tribes do not deserve such sweeping condemnation. The Mayos, Yaquis, Acaxees, and Opatas are generally in- telligent, honest, social, amiable, and intrepid in war; their young women modest, with a combination of sweet- ness and pride noticed by some writers. The Opatas especially are a hard-working people, good-humored, free from intemperance and thievishness; they are also very tenacious of purpose, when their minds are made up — danger often strengthening their stubbornness the more. The Sisibotaris, Ahomamas, Onavas, and Tara- humares are quiet and docile, but brave when occa- sion requires; the last-mentioned are remarkably hon- est. The Tepocas and Tiburones are fierce, cruel, and treacherous, more warlike and courageous than the Ceris of the main land, who are singularly devoid of good qualities, being sullenly stupid, lazy, inconstant, revengeful, depredating, and much given to intemper- ance. Their country even has become a refuge for evil- doers. In former times they were warlike and brave: but even this quality they have lost, and have become as cowardly as they are cruel. The Tepehuanes and other mountaineers are savage and warlike, and their animosity to the whites perpetual. The Laguneros and other tribes of Coahuila are intelligent, domestic, and hospitable; the former especially are very brave. In Chihuahua M» See Scfioolcrafl's Arch., vol. iii., p. 516; ViUa, in Prielo, Vu^jta, p. 443. CHAKACTER. TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. 591 they are generally fierce and uncommunicative. At El Paso, the women are more jovial and pleasant than the men; the latter speak but little, never laugh, and seldom smile ; their whole aspect seemo to be wrapped in mel- ancholy — everytliing about it has a semblance of sad- ness and suflfering.^^ ^ ' Las mas do las naciones referidas son totalmente barbaras, y de ato- seros eutendimieutos; geute baxa.' Arlegui, Chron. de Zacalecas, p. 149. The Yaquis: ' by far the most industrious and useful of all the other tribes in Souora. .. .celebrated for the exuberance of their wit.' Hardy's Trav., pp. 439, 442. ' Los 6:)atits sou tan honrados como valientes la nacion onntu es paciftca, dtfcil, y hasta cierto punto diferente de todas los demas iiidi'^enas del coutiueute . . .son amaptes deltrabajo.' Zuiliga, in Escudero, XolUiaii de Somra y Sinrdoa, pp. 139-41. ' La tribu opata fu^ la que manifesto un car&c- ter franco, docil, y con simpati'as 4 los blancos . . .siempre fn^ iuclinada al ('irden y la paz.' Velasco, NoiUsias de Soiwra, pp. 151, 117. The 6patas 'son de geuio malicioso, disimulados yen sumo grado vengativos; y en esto sobre- salenlas mujeres.' Sotwrn, Descrip. Oeog., in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii.. tom. iv., pp. 629-30. See also: RWas, Hist, de los Triunwhos, pp. 237, 285, 358, 3(59, 385; Bartlett's Pers. Nar., vol. i., pp. 442-3; Ward's Mexico, vol. i. p. 583, vol. ii., p. 606; Combier, Voy., pp. 198-201; Malte-Brun, Sonora, pp. 13-14; Broione's Apache Country, p. 248; Lachapelle, Raousset-Boulbon,p.l9; Vdbeza de Vam, Relation, pp. 169, 176; Arrivivita, Cronica Serdfica, pp. 405, 442; Alegre, IPist. Comp. de Jesus, tom. i., pp. 284, 402-3, 405, 452, and tom. ii., p. 184; PadUla, Conq. N. Oalicia, MS., pp. 80, 84; Berlandier y Thovel, Diario, pp. 69-70; Garcia Conde, in Album Mex., tom. i., p. 93. ") TRIBAI. BOCNDABIES. To the New Mexican gL-oup belong the nations inhabiting the territory lying between the parallels 36^ and 23" of north latitude, and the meridiani* 96' and 117' of west longitude; that is to say, the occupants of the states of New Mexico, Arizona, Lower California, Sonora, Sinaloa, Chihuahua, Dn- rango, Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, Northern Zacatecas, and Western Texas. In tbe Apache fahilt, I include all the savage tribes roaming through New Mexico, the north-western portion of Texas, a small part of Northern Mexico, and Arizona; being the Comanches, Apaches proper, Navajos, Mo- jiives, Hurlapais, Ynmas, Cosninoi, Yam pais, Yalchedunes, Yamajabs, Cochecs, Cruzados, Nijoras, Cocopas, and others. The Comanches inhabit Western Texas, Eastern New Mexico, and Eastern Mexico, and from the .\rkansas River north to near the Gulf of Mexico south. Range ' ever the plains of the .Arkansas from the vicinity of Bent's fort, at the parallel of 38^, to the Gulf of Mexico . . .from the eastern base of tho Llano Estacado to about the meridian of longitude 98th.' Pope, in Par,. R. R. Rept., vol. ii., p. 16. From tho western border of the Choctaw conn- try ' uninterruptedly along the Canadian to Tucumcari creek and thence, occasionally, to Rio Pecos. From this line they pursue the buffalo north- ward us far as the Sioux country, r.nd on the south are scarcely limited by tbe frontier settlements of Mexico.' Whipple, Ewbank, and Turner's Hepl., p. ■**•—— ."'■■. 592 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. 8, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii. 'During summer. . as far north as the Arkansas river, their winters they usoally pass about the bead branches of the Brazos and Colorado rivers of Texas.' Gregg's Com. PraiHes, vol. ii., p. 307. ' Between i02" and IW longitude and 33' and 37' north latitude.' Xorton, in Lid. Aff. Rept., 1866, p. 146. 'About thirteen thousand square miles of the southern portion of Colorado, and probably a much larger extent of the neighboring States of Kansas and Texas, and Territory of New Mexico and the " Indian country," are occupied by the Kioways and Comauchcs.' Dole, in Iiid. Aff. Rept., 18C2, p. 34; Evans and Collins, in Id., pp. 230, 242; Afartitux, in Ind. Aff. Repl. Spec. Com., 1867, p. 487. ' En Inviemo se aeercau A Tejas, y en Estfo k la sierra de Santa Fe.' Berlandier y Thovel, Diario, p. 231. 'Comancbes ou Hietans fEnbaous, Yetas), dans le nord-ouest dii Texas.' OalUttin, in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1852, torn, cxxxiii., p. 225. ' Originaire dn Nouvean-Mexique; mais. . . .ils desceudent soiivent dans les plaines de la Basse-Cnlifornie et de la Sonora.' 8oc. Oeog., Bulletin, serie v., No. 96, p. 192. ' Bange east of the mountains of New Mexico. ' Bent, in School- craft's Arch., vol. i., p. 244. 'In dem unoultivirten Theile des Bolsou de Mapimi' (Chihuahua). WappSiis, Oeog. u. Stat., p. 214; Froebel, Avs Amerika, torn, ii., pp. 221-2. 'Entre la riviere Bouge et le Missouri, et traverttent el Bio-Bra vo-del-Norte.' Dufey, Resume de I'Uist., torn, i., p. 4. 'Upon the south and west side' of the Bio Brazos. Marcy's Rept., p. 217; Marcy's Army Life, pp. 43-6. ' Im Westen des Missisippi und des Arcausas und bis an das linke Uferdes Bio Grande.' Ludecus, Reise, p. 104. 'Bange from the sources of the Brazos and Colorado, rivers of Texas, over the great Prairies, to the waters of the Arkansas and the mountains of Bio Grande. ' LudeicUfs Ab. Lang., p. 51. Concurrent statements in Wilson's Amer. Hist., p. G25; Prichard's Nat. Hist. Man, vol. ii., p. 549; Ward's Mexico, vol. ii., p. 557; Moore's Texas, p. 30; Dewees' Texas, p. 233; Holley's Texas, p. 152; Dragoon Camp, p. 153. ' La nacion comancho, que est& situada entre el Estado de Texas y el de Nuevo Mexico. . . .se compone de las siguientes tribus 6 pueb- los, k sabe'-: Yaparehca, Cuhtzuteoa, Penand^, Pacarabtt, CaiguarAs, Nocoui d Yiuhta, Napuat |d Qnetahtore, Yapaine, Muvin&bore, Sian&boue, Caigna, Sarritehca y Quitzaene.' Garcia Rejon, in Pimentel, Cuadro, tom. ii., p. 347. ' Extends from the Witchita Mountains as far as New Mexico, and is divided into four bands, called respectively the Cuchanticas, the Tupes, the Yai»- paxicas, and the Eastern Comanches.' Dometiech's Deseiis, vol. ii., p. 21. See also: Kennedy's I'exas, vol. i., p. 344, 348-9; Foote's Texas, vol. i., \i. 298; Frost's Ind, Wars, p. 293. The Apaches may be said to ' extend from the country of the Utahs, in latitude 38^ north to about the 30th parallel.' Barileit's Pers. Nar., vol. 1., p. 325. ' Along both sides of the Bio Grande, from the southern limits of the Navajo country at the parallel of 34-, to the extreme southeru line of tho Territory, and from thence over the States of Chihuahua, Sonora, and Dn- rango, of Mexico. Their range eastward is as far as the valley of the Pecus, and they are found as far tc the west as the Pimoa villages ou the Gila.' Pope, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol, ii., p. 13. Scattered ' throughout the whole of Arizona, a large part of New Mexico, and all the northern portion of Chi- hoahoa and Sonora, and in some parts of Duraugo ' Cremony's Apaches, p. /kPAGHE TRIBES. 141. Range ' over some portions of California, most of Sonora, the frontiers of Durango, and Chihuahua.' Greug'aCom. Prairies, vol. i., p. 291. Apats- chee, a nation ' welche um ganz Neu-Biscaya, uud auch an Tarahumara granzet.' Stfffel, in Murr, Nachrichten, p. 302. 'Reicht daa Gebiet der Apache-Indianer voni 103. bis zum 114. Orad. westlicher Liinge vou Qreen- wich, nnd von den Grenzen des Utah-Gebietes, dem 38. Grad, bis liinunter znm 30. Grad ndrdlicher Breite.' Mollhavsen, Tagebuch, p. 229. Inhabit 'all the country north and south of the Gila, and both sides of the Del Norte, ubout the parallel of the Jornada and Dead Man's lakes.' Emory's Eecon- iioissance, p. 132. ' Tota btec regio, quam Novaui Mexicanam vocant, ab omnibus pene lateribus ambitur ab Apachibus.' De Laet, Nomis OrMs, p. 316. ' Kecorren las provincias del Norte de Mexico, llegaudo algunas veces hasta cerca de Zacatecas.' Pimentel, Cwtdro, torn, ii., p. 251. ' Derraniadns desde la Inteudencia de San Luis Potosf hasta la extremidad settntrional del golfo de California.' Ealhl, in Oroxcoy lierra, Geografia, p. 385. '8e extieudonen el vasto espacio que comprenden los grados 33 k 38 de latitud )iorte, y 261 a 277 de longitude de Tenerife.' Corrfero, in Id., p. 369; see also Id., p. 40. * From the entrance of the Rio Grande to the Gulf of California.' Pike's E»plor. Trau., p. 337. 'The southern and south-western portions of New Mexico, and mainly the valley of the Gila.' Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 203; Bent, in Id., vol. i., p. 243. ' Scarcely extends farther north than Albuquerque nor more than two hundred miles south of El Paso del Norte; east, the vicinity of the White Mountains; west, generally no further than the borders of Sonora.' Henry, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v.. p. 207. ' lis ont principalement habite le triangle fonne par le Rio del Norte, le Gila et le Colorado de I'ouest.' Turner, in Noiivelles Amwles des Voy., 1852, torn, cxxxv., pp. 307, 313. Concurrent authorities: Gallatin, in Id., 1851, torn, cxxxi., pp. 298, 301; Malte-Bnin, Precis de la Oeog., torn, vi., p. 453; Ludt- wift's Ab. Lunj., pp. 8, 186; Kennedy's Texas, voi. i., p. 345; Stanley's Por- tntUs, p. 57; Patlie's Pers. Nar., p. 297; Priclutrd's Nat. Hist. Man, vol. ii., p. 549; \V<:slern Scenes, p. 233; Mill's Hist. Mex., p. 170; Delaporte, Reisen, torn. X., p. 456; Conder's Mex. Guat., vol. ii., p. 74-5; Domenech's Deserls, vol. ii., pp. 4-6; Graves, in Ltd. Aff. Kept., 1854, p. 180; Poston, in Id., 1864, p. 155; Clark, in Ind. Aff. Rept. Spec. Com., 1867, p. 336. The Apache nation is divided into the following tribes; ChiricagQis, CoyoteroH, Furnones, Gileiios, Cop[>er Mine Apaches, Lipaucs, Llaneros, Mescaleros, Mimbreiios, Natages, Pelones, PinaleiloB, Tontos, Vuqueros, and Xicarillas. The Lipanes roam through western Texas, Coahuila, and the eastern portion of Chihuahua. Their territory is bounded on the west by the 'lands of the Llaneros; on the north, the Comanche country; on the east, the province of CohaguTla; and on the south, the left bank of the Rio Grande del Norte.' Cortex, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 119; Whipple, Eio'mnk, and Timier's Rept., p. 8, in Id.; Pope, in Td., vol. ii., p. 14. The Lee Panis ' rove from the Rio Grande to some distance into the province of Texas. Their former residence was on the Rio Grande, near the sea shore.' Pike's Explor. Trav., p. 333. Su ' principal asiento es en Coahuila, Nuevo Lecny Tamaulipas.' Pimentel, Cuadro, torn, ii., p. 251. 'Divideso eu dos Vol I. 38 6M TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. clases ... la primera ha cstado enlazada con los uiescaleros y llaueros, y oonpa los terrenos contiguos & aqnellas tribua: la seguuda vive peueral- uiente en la frontera de la provincia de Tejas y orillas del mar For el Pouiente son sub limiteslua Uaneros; por el Norte los coiuaucheB; por el Oriente los carancagnaces y borrados, proviucia de Tejas, y por el Sur uuestra frontera (Mexico).' Cordero, in Orozco y Berra, Oeografia. p, 382. 'From time immemorial has roved and is yet roving over the Bolsou de Mapimi,' Wislixenus' Toxir, p. 70. ' Frequented the bays of Aransas and Corpus Christ!, and the conntry lying between them and tliu Itio Grande.' Kennedy's Texas, vol. i., p. 349; Foote's Texas, p. 298. See also: Afalte-linm, Precis de la Oeog., torn, vi., p. 289; Hassel, Mex. Ouat., p. 210; Moore's Texas, p. ^1; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 6. The Mescaleros inhabit ' the mountains on both banks of the river Pecos, as far as the mountains that form the head of the Bolson de Mapimi, and there terminate on the right bank of the Rio Grande. Its limit on the west is the tribe of the Taracones; on the north, the extensive territories of the Comanche people; on the east, the coast of the Llanero Indians; and on the south, the desert Bolson de Mapimi.' Cortez, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 119. ' Im Bolsdn de Mapimi und in den Sstlichen Grauzgebirgeu del Cha- u&te, del Diablo puerco und de los Pi'lares.' Muhlenpfordl, Mejico, torn, ii., pt ii., p. 521. ' Occnpent le Bolson de Mapimi, les montagnes de Chauate, et oelles de los Organos, sur la rive gauche du Rio Grande del Norte.' Hum- boldt, EssaiPoL, torn, i., p. 289. Live 'east of the Rio del Norte.' Gregg's Com. Prairies, vol. i., p. 290; Carleton, in Smitlisonian Rept., 1854, p. 315; Western Scenes, p. 233; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 6; Kennedy's Texas, vol. i., p. 313. ' On the east side of the Bio Grande, and on both sides of the Pecos, extending up the latter river ... to about the thirty-fourth parallel.' Merrivoether, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 170-1. See also: Steck, in Id., 1858, pp. 195-8, 1863, p. 108; CoUins, in Id., 1862, p. 240; Cooky, in Id., 1865, p. 20; Norton, in Id., 1866, |). 145 'The Copper Mine Apaches occ.i.)y thp country on both sides of the Bio Grande, and extend west to the country of the Coyoteros and Pinalinos, near the eastern San Francisco River.' Barllell's Pers. Nar., vol. !., p. 323. The Faraones, Fharaones or Taracones, ' inhabit the mountains between the river Grande del Norte and the Pecos.' Cortex, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 119. The following concur; Muldenpfordt, Mejico, torn, i., p. 213, torn. ii. pt ii., p. 521; Villa-Sefior y Sanchez, Theatro, toai. ii., p. 416; Humboldt, Essai PU., torn, i., p. 289. The ' Xicarillas anciently inhabited the forests of that name in the far ter- ritories to the nortu of New Mexico, until they were driven out by the Comanches, and now live on the limits of the province, some of them having gone into the chasms (canadas) and mountains between Pecuries and Taos, which are the last towns of the province.' Cortex, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 119. 'Inhabiting the mountains north of Taos.' Gregg's Com. Prai- ries, vol. i., p. 285. * Les Jicorillas, 2i I'extremite nord du Nouvcau-Mexique.' Turner, in Nouvelles Anmks des Voy., 1852, tom. cxxxv., p. 310. 'From the Rio Grande eastward beyond the Red river, between the thirty-fourth and thirty-seventh parallels.' Merriuxthtr, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 170. ' In APACHE TRIBES. 595 the monntains which lie between Santa Fe, Taos, and Abiqnin.' CoUins, in Id., 1860, pp. 159-60. 'At the Cimarron.' Oraves, in Id., 1866, p. 133. • Upon Rio Ose, west of the Rio Grande.' Davis, in Id., 18C8, p. 160; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 8. The Llaneros occupy ' the great plains and sands that lie between the Pecos and the left bank of the river Grande del Norte.' Cortet, in Pac. R. R. Hept., vol. iii., p. 119. Inhabit the ' cajones de la Cabellera y Pitaycachi, Sierra de Mimbres, Lagnna de Guzman.' Barrangan, in El Orden, Mex., De- cemb. 27, 1853. 'Ocupau los llanos y arenales situados eutre el rio de Pecos, nombrado por ellos Tjunchi, y el Colorado que Uaman Tjulchide.' Cordero, in Orozcoy Berra, Oeografia, p. 381; Domenech's Deseiis, vol. ii., p. 6. The Mimbrenos have their hunting grounds upon the Mimbres Mount- ains and River, and range between the sierras San Mateo and J'lorida on the north and south, and between the Burros and Mogoyen on the west and east. Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. v., p. 207. ' SQdlich von den Apaches Gileiios, an den Griiuzen von Chihuahua und Neu-Mejico jagen in den Gebirgen im Osten (lie Apaches Mimbreiios.' MuMenp/ordt, Mejico, torn, i., p. 211. 'La pro- vinc) I de Nuevo Mexico es su confin por el Norte; por el Poniente la par- cialdad niimbrena; por el Oriente la faraona, y por el Sur nuestra frontera.' Cordero, in Orozco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 380. See also: Cortex, in Pac. R. 7i. Rept; vol. iii., p. 119; Dor)\enech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 6. ' In the wild laviues of the SieiTa de Acha.' MUl's Hist. Mex., p. 185. The Chiricaguis adjoin on the north 'the Toutos and Moqninos; on the east the Gileiios; and on the south and west the province of Sonora.' Cortet, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 119. 'Live in the mountains of that name, the Sierro Largua and Dos Cabaces.' Steck, in Ind. Aff. Bept., 1859, pp. 345-0. The TontoB ' inhabit the northern side of the Gila from Antelope Peak to the Pinio villages.' Cremony's Apaches, p. 130. ' Between Rio Verde and the Aztec range of mountains,' and ' from Pueblo creek to the junction of Rio Verde with the Salinas.' Whipple, Ewbank, a.td Turner's Rept., p. 14- 15; in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii; Cortex, in Id., p. 118. 'SQdlich von den Wohnsitzen der Cocomaricdpas und dem Rio Gila.' MUhlenjyfordl, Mejico, torn, i., p. 211. On the ' rio Puerco.' Ban-angan, in El Orden, Mex., Deceniib, 27, 1853. ' In the caiions to the north and east of the Mazatnal peaks.' Smart, in SmiUisonian Rept., 1867, p. 417. See Palmer, in Harper's Mag., vol. xvii., p. 460; Domenech's Deserts, vol. i., p. 185, vol. ii., p. 7. 'Inhabit the Tonto basin from the MogoUon Mountains on the north to Salt River on the south, and between the Sierra Ancha on the east to the Mazatsal Mountains.' Colyer, in 7(uf. Af, Rept., 1809, p. 94. ' On both sides of the Verde from its source to the East Fork, and around the headwaters of the Cbiqnito Colorado, on the northern slope of the Black Mesa or Mogollon Mountains — on the north, to Salt River on the south, and between the Sierra Aucha on the east and the Mazatsal Mountains on the west.' Jones, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 221. The Pinaleiios, Pitiols or PiBals range ' over an extensive Hrcuit between the Sierra Piiial and the Sierra Blanca.' BartleU's Pers. Nar., vol. i., p. 308. 'Batweeu the Colorado Chiquito and Rio Gila.' Whipple, Ewbank, and Twr- 696 TRIBAL BOUNDABIES. tier's Rept., p. 14, in Pac. R. R. RepL, vol. iii. See also: JtfoUhausen, Tagt- buck, p. 147; Ludevsig's Ah. Laiuj., p. 150. In 'the country watered by the Salinas and other tributaries of the Oila.' Steek, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1859, p. 346; also Whittier, in Id., 18C8, p. 141; Colyer, in Id., 1869, p. 94; Jones, in Id., p. 222. The Coyoteros ' live in the country nort!> of the Oila and east of the San Carlos.' Colyer, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 223. 'Upon the Kio San Fran- cisco, and head waters of the Salinas.' Steck, in Id., 1859, p. 346; Domentch'a Deserts, vol. i., p. 185; Hardy's Trav., p. 430. ' The Oileiios inhabit the mountains immediately on the river Oila bounded on the west by the ChiricagUis; on the north by the province of New Megcico; on the east by the Mimbreiio tribe.' Cortex, in Pac. R, R. Rept., yol. iii., p. 119. ' Oestlich von diesem Flusse (Oila), zwischeu ihm nnd dem ■Udlichen Fasse der Sierra de los Mimbres, eines Theiles der Sierra Madre.' MulUenpfordt, Mejico, torn, ii., pt ii., p. 421; Cordero, in Orozco y Berra, Geografia, p. 380; Maxteell, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1873, p. 116. The Apache Mojaves are ' a mongrel' race of Indians living between the Verde or San Francisco and the Colorado.' Poston, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1864, p. 156. The Navajos occupy ' a district in the Territory of New Mexico, lying between the San Juan river on the north and northeast, the Pueblo ot Znni on the south, the Moqni villages on the west, and the ridge of land dividing the waters which flow into the Atlantic ocean from those which flow into the Pacific on the east.' Lethtrman, in Smiihsonian Rept., 1855, p. 283. 'Ex- tending from near the 107th to 111th meridian, and from the 34th to the 37th parallel of latitude.' Clark, in Hist. Mag., vol. viii., p. 280. Northward from the 35th parallel ' to Bio San Juan, valley of Tuiie Cha, and Canon de Chelle.' Whipple, Ewbank, and Turner's Rept., p. 13, in Pac. R. R. Rept, vol. iii. ' Between the Del Norte and Colorado of the West, ' in the northwest- ern portion of New Mexico. Eaton, in Schoolcraft's Arch., vol iv., p. 216. ' In the main range of Cordilleras, 150 to 200 miles west of Santa Fe, on the waters of Bio Colorado of California.' Gregg's Com. Prairies, vol. i., p. .285-6. 'Between the del Norte and the Sierra Anahnac, situated upon the Rio Chama and Puerco, — from thence extending along the Sierra de los Mimbros, into the province of Sonora.' Scenesxn the Rocky Mts, p. 180. ' La Proviucia de Navajoos, que est& sitnada k la parte de el Norte del Moqui, y & la del Noruest de la Villa de Santa Fee.' ViUa-Senor y Sanchez, Theatro, torn, ii., p. 426. 'Esta nacion dista de las fronteras de Nuevo-Mexico como veinticinco leguas, entre los pueblos do Moqui, Zuni y la capital (Santa Fe)-' Barreiro, Ojeada sobre N. Mex., app., p. 10. ' Habita la sierra y mesas de Navaj6.' Cordero, in Orozco y Berra, Oeografla, p. 382. See also: Alcedo, Dic- donario, torn, iii., p. 295. ' Along the 34th parallel, north latitude.' Mowry's Arizona, p. 16. ' On the tributaries of the river San Juan, west of the Bio Orande, and east of the Colorado, and between the thirty-fifth and thirty- seventh parallels of north latitude.' Merriwether, in Ir^d. Aff. Rept., 1854, p. 172. ' From Caiion de Chelly to Bio San Juan.' Palmer, in Harper's Mag., vol. xvii., p. 460. ' From the Bio San Juan to the Oila.' Graves, in Ind. Aff. Reipt., 1854, p. 179. 'Directly west from Santa Fe, extending from near the MOJA.VES AND YUUAS. 597 Bio Orande on the east, to the Colorado on the west; and from the land of the Utahs on the north, to the Apaches on the south.' Backus, in School- craft's Arch., vol. iv., p. 209. ' Fifty miles from the Bio del Norte.' PaUit'a Fers. Nar., p. 102. 'From the 33" to the 3V of north latitude.' and 'from Soccorro to the valley of Taos.' Hughes' Doniphan's Ex., p. 2o2. Concur- rent authorities: Simpson's Jour. Mil. Recon., p. 78; Domenech'a Deserts, vol. i., p. 184; Ludewig's Ah. Lang., p. 132. The Mojaves dwell on the Mojave and Colorado rivers, as far up as Black Caiion. The word Mojave ' appears to be formed of two Yuma words — hamook (three,) and hSbi (mountains) —and designates the tribe cf Indians which ocupies a valley of the Colorado lying between three mountains. The ranges supposed to be referred to are: Ist, " The Needles," which terminates the valley upon the south, and is called Asientic-hSbt, or first range; 2d, the heights that bound the right bank of the Colorado north of the Mojave villages, termed Havic-h&bt, or second range; and, 3d, the Blue Bidge, extend- ing along the left bank of the river, to which has been given the name of Hamook-h&bi, or third range.' WIdpple, in Pae. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 30. 'Von 34" 36' nordw&rts bis zum Black Caiion.' Mollhausen, Reisen indie Felsengeb., tom. i., pp. 430-4. 'Inhabit the Cottonwood valley.' Ives' Colo- rado Riv., p. 79. ' Occupy the country watered by a river of the same name, which empties into the Colorado.' Bartlelt'a Pers. Nar., vol. ii., p. 178. 'The Mohaves, or Hamockhaves, occupy the river above the Yumas.* Movory, in Ind. Aff^ Rept., 1857, p. 302. See further: Ludetcig's Ab. Lang., p. 122; Cat. Mercanlile Jour., vol. i., p. 227; Jones, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 217; Wmis, in Id., Spec. Com., 1867, pp. 329-30; Stratton'a Capt. Oatman Oirls, p. 123. The Hxudapais are ' located chiefly in the Cerbat and Aquarius Mount- ains, and along the eastern slope of the Black Mountains. They range through Hualapai, Yampai, and Sacramento valleys, from Bill Williams Fork on the south to Diamond Biver on the northi' Jones, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 217. ' In the almost inaccessible mountains on the Upper Colo- rado.' Poston, in Id., 1863, p. 337. ' On the north and south of the road from Camp Mohave to Frescott.' Whitder, in Id., 1868, p. 140. ' In the northwest part of Arizona.' Willis, in Ind. Aff. Rept. Spec. Com., 1867, p. 329. The Yumas or Cuchans range ' from the New Biver to the Colorado, and through the country between the latter river and the Gila, but may be said to inhabit the bottom lands of the Colorado, near the junction of the Gila and the Colorado.' Ind. Traits, vol. !., in Hayes Collection. ' Both sides of the Colorado both above and below the junction with the Gila.' Bartlett'a Pera. A'ar., vol. ii., pp. 177-9. 'From about sixty miles above Fort Yuma to within a few miles of the most southern point of that part of the Colorado forming the boundary.' Emory's Rept. U. S. and ifex. Boundary Sur- vey, vol. i., p. 107. ' Das eigentliche Gebiet dieses Stammes ist das Thai dea untern Colorado; es beginnt dasselbe ungeffihr achtzig Meileu oberhalb der Mdndung des Gila, nnd erstreckt sich von da bis nahe an den Golf von Gali- fornien.' MoUhausen, Reisen in die Felsengeb., vol. i., pp. 122, 430-1, 434. 'La junta del Gila con el Colorado, tierra poblada de la naciou yuma.' B98 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. 8tdelma{r, Btlackm, in Doe. Hid. Mtx., aerie iii., torn, iv., p. 840. * Le nord de la Basse-Californie, snr la rive droite du Bio-Colorado.' Soc. 04og., Bvlk- Mn, B^rie v., No. 96, p. 186. ' For ten or fifteen miles north and sonth ' in the Talley near the mouth of the Gila. Ivea' Colorado Riv., p. 42. Bee Whip- ple, Evobank, and Turner's Rept., p. 101, in Pac. B, R. Rept., vol. iii.; La- tham's Gomparalive Philology, vol. viii., p. 420; LachapeUt, Raousaet-Boulhon, p. 78; Mowry'a Arizona, p. 33; McKinatry, in San Francisco Herald, Jane, 1853; Ludewig'a Ah. Lang., p. 205; Mowry, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1857, pp. 301-2; Bai- ley, in Id., 1858, p. 202; Jones, in Id., 1869, p. 216; Homrd, in Id., 1872, pp. 161-2; Prichard's Nat. Hist. Man, vol. ii., p. 661. The Cosninos 'roam northward to the big bend of the Colorado.' Whip- ple, Eubank, and Turner's Rept,, p. 14, in Pae. R. R. Rept., vol. iii. 'In the vicinity of Bill Williams and San Francisco Mountains.' Jones, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1869, p. 221. See also: Figuier's Hum. Race, p. 484; Domenech's Deserts, vol. i., p. 185. The Yampais inhabit the country west and north-west of the Aztec range of mountains to the mouth of the Bio Virgen. Whipple, Evebank, and Tur- ner's Rept., p. 14, in Pac. R, R. Rept., vol. iii. 'Am obem Colorado.' 'NSrdlioh von den Mohaves.' MoUhausen, Reisen in die Felsengeb., torn, i., pp. 431, 277. ' On the west bank of the Colorado, about the mouth of Bill Wil- liams's fork.' Mowry, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1857, p. 302; Poslon in Id., 1863, p. 387. The FoIoAedunes or Talchedunes ' live on the right bank of the Colorado, and their tribes first appear in lat. 33° 20'.' Cortes, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 124. The Yamajabs or Tamajabs ' are settled on the left bank of the Colorado from 34"" of latitude to 35^' Coriez, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 124; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 62. The Cochees are in the ' Chiricahua mountains, southern Arizona and northern Sonora.' Whittie^ in ind. Aff. Rept., 1868, p. 141. The Nijoras dwell in the basin of the Bio Azul. 'Petite tribu des bords du Gila.' Ruxtcn, in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1860, torn, cxxvi., p. 47; Gallatin, in Id., 1851, tom. cxxxi., p. 291. The Soones live ' near the head waters of the Salinas.' Emory's Reconnais- sance, p. 133; Gallatin, in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1851, tom. cxxxi., p. 296. The Coeopas 'live along the Colorado for fifty miles from the month.' Ives' Colorado Riv., p. 31. ' On the Colorado bottoms were the Cocopahs, the southern gulf tribes of which Consag oaUs the Bagiopas, Hebonomas, Quigyamas, Cuculetes, and the Alchedumas.' Browne's Explor. of Lower Cal., p. 54. ' On the right bank of the river Colorado, from lat. 32=' 18' up- ward.' Cortez, in Pae. R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 123. 'Bange all the way from Port Isabel, upon the east bank of the river (Colorado), to the boundary line between the Bepublic of Mexico and the United States.' Johnson's Hist. ArUona, p. 10. 'Between the Gila and the Gulf, and near the latter.' Bartlett's Pers. Nar., vol. ii., p. 179. See also: Emory's Rept. U. 8. and Mex. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. 107; Mowry, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1857, p. 301; Poston, in Id., 1863, p. 386; Baiky, in Id., 1838, p. 202; Howard, in Id., 1872, p. 149. f PUEBLO FAMILY. 099 Withoat definitely lookting them, Balmeron ennmeratea the following nations, seen by OAate daring his trip through New Mexico: The Cruzados, somewhere between the Moquis and the Bio Oila, near a river which he calls the Bio Sacramento. ' Dos Jomadas de alK (Cruzados) estaba an rio de poco agua, por donde ellos iban & otro may g/ande que antra en la mar, en cuyas orillas habia una nacion que se llama Amacava.' 'Fasada esta nacion de amacabos llegaron & la nacion de los Baha- oeohas.' 'Pasadaeata nacion de Bahacecha, llegaron & la nacion de los indioH ozaras.' 'La primera nacion pasado el rio del nombre de Jeans, es Halchedoma.' ' Luego estA la nacion Cohoana.' 'Luigo est& la nacion Haglli.' 'Luego los TlalliquamaUas.' Salnwron, Relaciones, in Doc. Ilist. Mex., serie iii., tom. ir., pp. 31-6. 'La nacion Excanjaque que habits oienleguaa del Nuevo-M^xico, nunboNordeste.' 7(1., p. 92. ' Habitan indios excanjaques aquel tramo de tierra que en cuarenta y seis grados de altura al polo y ciento sesenta y dos de longitud, se tien de obKcuamente al abrigo que anas 8erran(as hacen & nn rio que corre Nomeste, Sur deste & inoorporarse con otro que se va & juntar con el Misissipi, son oont^rmino de los pana- nas.' Id., p. 107. ' Cerca de este llano de Matanza, est&otro llano de esa otra parte del rio en que hay siete cerros, habitados de la nacion Aixas.' Id., p. 92. ' La nacion de los Aijados, que hace frente por la parte del Oriente y casi confina con la nacion Quivira por la parte del noiie, estando vecina de los Tejas por Levante.' Paredes, in Id., p. 217. In the PuKBLo Famut, besides the inhabitants of the villages situated in the valley of the Bio Grande del Norte, I include the seven Moqui villages lying west of the former, and also the Pimas, the Maricopas, the Papagos, and the Sobaipuris with their congeners of the lower Oila river. ' The num- ber of inhabited pueblos in the Territory [New Mexico] is twenty-six .. Their names are Taos, Picoris, Namb^, Tezuque, Pojnaque, San Juan, San Yldefonso, Santo Domingo, Sdn Felipe, Santa Ana, Coohiti, Isleta, Silla, Laguna, Acoma, Jemez, Zufii, Sandia, and Santa Clara .... In Texas, a short distance below the southern boundary of New Mexico, and in the valley of the Del Norte, is a pueblo called Isleta of the South,' and another called Los Lentes. Davis' El Oringo, pp. 116-16. San Oerdnimo de Taos, San Lorenzo de Picuries, San Juan de los Caballeros, Santo Tomos de Abiquio, Santa Clara, San Ddefonso, San Francisco de Nambe, Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe de Pojuaque, San Diego de Tesuque, N. S. de los Angeles de Tecos, San Buena Ventnra de Coohiti, Santo Domingo, San Felipe, N. S. da los Dolores de Sandia, San Diego de Jemes, N. S. de la Asumpcion de Zia, Santa Ana, San Angustin del Isleta, N. S. de Belem, San Estevan de Acoma, San Josef de La Laguna, N. S. de Guadalupe de Znni. Alencaster, in Meline's Two Thousand Miles, p. 212. Taos, eighty-three miles north north-east of Santa F6; Picuris, on Bio Picnris, sixty miles north by east of Santa F^; San Juan, on the Bio Grande, thirty-four miles north of Santa Fe, on road to Taos; Santa Clara, twenty-six miles north north-west of Santa ¥6; San Ildefouso, on Bio Grande, eighteen miles north of Santa F^; Nambe, on Nambe Creek, three miles east of Pojuaqne; Pojuaque, sixteen miles north of Santa F^; Tesuque, eight miles north of Santa ¥4; Cochiti, on west bank 800 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. of Rio Orande, twenty-four miles Bonth-weat of Santa F^; Santo Domingo, on Rio Orande, six miles south of Gochiti; San Felipe, on Rio Orande, six miles south of Santo Domingo; Sandia, on Rio Orande, fifteen milts south of San Felipe; Isleta, on Rio Orande, thirty miles south of Sandia; Jenies, on Jemes River, fifty miles west of Santa Fe; Zia, near Jemes, fifty-five miles west of Santa Fe; Santa Ana, near Zia, sixty-five miles west of Santa F^; Ijaguna, west of Albuquerque .orty-flve miles, on San Jos^ River; Acoma, one hundred and fifteen miles west of Santa F^, on a rock five hundred feet high, fifteen miles south-west of Laguna; Zufii, one hundred and ninety miles west south-west of Santa F^, in the Navajo country, on Zuni Itiver. Meline'a Too Thouaand Miles, p. 222. See Abert,Hi Emory's Reconnois^anct, pp. 488-94; Whipple, Ewbank, and Turner's Bept., pp. 10-12, in Pac. R. R. Repl., vol. iii.; Ward, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1864, pp. 191, 193-4; Bamiro, OJeada sohre JV. Mex., p. 15. ' La primera, entrando sur & norte, eg la nacion Tigua .... Est4n poblados junto a la sierra de Furuai, que touM el uom- bre del principal pueblo que se llama asi, y orillas del gran rio fueran de ^ste, pueblan otros dos pueblos, el uno San Pedro, rio abajo de Puruai y el otro Santiago, rio arriba .... La segunda nacion es la de Tahanos, qne al rumbo oriental y mano derecha del camiuo, puebla un rio que de la parte del Oriente viene a unirse con el rio Orande; su pueblo principal es Zandia oon otros dos pueblos La tercera nacion es la de los Oemex, que k la parte Oocidua puebia las orillas del Rio-Puerco cuyo principal pueblo Qicinzigua .... La cuarta nacion es de los teguas, que estan poblados al Norte de los tahanas, de esa otra parte del rio, su principal es Oalisteo . . con otros dos pueblos, y hay al rumbo oriental, encaramada en una sierra alta, la quinta de Navon de los Pecos, su principal pueblo se llama asC, otro se llama el Tuerto, oon otras rancherias en aquellos picachos La sesta nacion es la de log queres El pueblo principal de esta nacion es Santo Domingo la B^tima nacion al nuubo boreal es la de los tahos La octava nacion es la de los picuries, al rumbo Norueste de Santa Cruz, cuyo pueblo principal es San Felipe, orillus del rio Zama, y su visita Cochite, orilla del mismo rio. . . . La iiltima nacion es la de los tompiras, que habita de esa otra parte de la Canada de Santa Clara y rio Zama, en un arroyo que junta al dicho rio, y es las frouteras de los llan< de Cibola 6 Zuni.' Salmeron, Relaciones, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iii., torn, iv., pp. 98-100. ' Some sixty miles to the south southeast of Fort Defiance is situated the pueblo of Zufii, on a small tributary of the Colorado Cbiquito.' Davis' El Chringo, p. 422. 'On the Rio de Zuni.' Simpson's Jour. Mil. Recon., p. 90. * To the N. E. of the Little Colorado, about lat. 35"^, are the Zunis.' Prichard's Nat. Hist. Man, vol. ii., p. 563. The Moguls, are settled ' West from the Navajos, and in the fork between the Little and the Big Colorados.' The names of their villages are, according to Mr Leroux, ' 6r&ibi, Shiimuthpa, Mushkilnk, Ahleli, Ouilpf, Shfwiunk, T^qnk.' Whipple, Ewbank, and Turner's Rept., p. 13, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii. 'Westward of the capital of New Mexico Oraibe, Taucos, Mos- sasnavi, Ouipaulavi, Xougopavi, Oualpi.' Cortex, in Pac, R. R. Rept., vol. iii., p. 121. 'Desde estos parages (Zuiii) corriendo para el Vest Noruest, empiezan los Pueblos, y Rancherias de las Provinoias de Moqui Oraybe: los THE PIMAS OF ARIZONA. 601 PaebloB Moqninos son: Hualpi, TanoH, Moxonavi, Xongopavi, Quianna, Aguatnbi, y Rio grande de espeleta.' ViUa-Seilor y Sanchtt, Theatro, torn, ii., pp. 425-6; Verugas, Noticia dt la Cal., torn, ii., p. 527. ' The five puebloH in the Moqui are Orayxa, Magauais, Jongoapi, Onalpa, and another, the name of which is not known.' Ruxton'a Advtn. Mtx,, p. 195. 'TLe three eastern villages are located on one blnfT, and are named as follows: Taywah, Sechomawe, Jualpi Five miles went of the above-named villnges. ... is ... the village of Meshonganawe . . .One mile west of the last-nnmed village. . . . is ... . Shepowlawe. Five miles, in a northwestern direction, from the last- named village is. . . .8hungopawe. Five miles wpst of the latter. . . .is the Oreybe village.' Croihtn, in Ind. Af. Rtpt., 1872, p. 324. Further authori- ties: Palmer, in Id., 1870, p. 133; Browne's Apache Country, p. 290; Dome- nech's Deserts, vol. i., p. 185, vol. ii., p. 40; /A »:•'' idt, Essai Pol., torn, i., p. 305; Haiisel, Mex. Guai., p. 278; Iota' Colorado iv. , p. 127; Marcy'a Lift on the Border, p. 111. ' The Pinias inhabit the country on both banl.s of the Gila River, two hundred miles above its mouth. They claiir le territrry lyinp* tciweenthe following boundaries: Commencing at a mc .:.tain abnnt t\v Ive miles from the bend of the Gila River, the line runs up said river t(> the Maricopa Cop- permine. The north line extends to 8alt River ami the southern one *o the Picacho.' Walker's Pimas, MS. *La partie la plus septentrionale de I'intendance de la Sonora porte 'e nom de la Hmeria... On distingue la Pimeria alta de la Pimeria baxa.' Hun des Landes.' 'Nordlichvom I I 802 TBIBAL BOUNDARIES. Flnss AacenBidb, yon der Kiiste weit ins Land hinein, treffen wir die Pimas altos.' MUMenpfordt, Mtjico, torn, ii., pt ii., pp. 419-20. 'Pim^rie haute et basHe. La premiere s'etend depuis les Bios Colorado et Oila jnsqn'k la yille de Hermosillo et au Bio de loB Ures, et la seconde depuis cette limite jusqu'an Bio del Fuerte qui la s^pare de Sinaloa.' Mofras, Explor., torn, i., p. 208. ' Los pimas altos ooupan lospartidos de la Magdaleua y del Altar; lindau al Norte con el Gila; al Este con los apaches y con los dpatas, sirviendo de liiuite el rio San Pedro 6 de Sobaipnris; al Oeste el mar de Cortes, y al Snr el terreno que ocuparon los s^ris.' Orozco y Berra, Geografia, p. 347. See also: Jdalte-Brun, Sonora, pp. 14-15; Mill's Hist. Mex., p. 191; Lachupelh, R,ou89et-Bou.lbon, p. 81; Hardy's Trav., p. 437; Cutis' Conq. Cal., p. 195; Stanley's Portraits, p. 58; Schoolcraft's Arch., vol. iii., p. 296; Crtmony's Apaches, pp. 89-90; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 50. The Maricopas inhabit both sides of the Gila River, for about 36 leagues in the vicinity of its junction with the Asuncion Biver. Apostolicos Afanes, p. 354. ' On the northern bank of the Gila, a few miles west of that of the Pimas, in about west longitude 112°.' Whipple, Evahank, and Ttimer's Hept., p. 102, in Pac. R. R. Rept., vol. iii. 'Desde Stue Cabitic, se estienden a lo largo del rio (Gila) como treinta y seis leguas.' Sedelniair, Relacion, in Doc. Hi^. Mex., serio, iii., torn, iv., p. 849; Villa-Senory Sanchei, T/iea(ro, torn, ii., pp. 404-5. ' Vom sUdlichen Ufer desGila bis zum dstlichen des Colorado.' MVihknpfordt, Mejico, torn, ii., pt ii., p. 420; Emory's Reconnoissance, pp. 131-2; Mollhausen, Reisen tn die Felsengeb, tom. i., p. 123. ' Au sud dn rio Gila, sur nne etendue de pres de 150 milles, en remontant depuis I'embou- chure.' Oallatin, in Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1851, tom. cxxxi., p. 291; Domenech's Deserts, vol. ii., p. 18; Escude}v, Noticias de Chihuahua, p. 228. The Pimas and Maricopas live ' on the Gila, one hundred and eighty miles from its junction with the Colorado.'- Jlfoicry's Arizona, p. 14. 'Wo der 112te Grad westlicher LSnge den Gila-Strom Krenzt, also ungefiihr aiif der Mitte der Strecke, die der Gila, fnst vom Rio Grande del Norte bis an die Spitze des Golfs von Kalifomien, zu durchlaufen hat, liegen die Ddrfer der Pimos und Coco-Maricopas.' Mollhausen, Fliichtling, tom. iv., p. 137. 'Non loin du confluent dn rio Salinas, par 112° environ de longitude.' QalMin, ia Nouvelles Annates des Voy., 1851, torn, cxxxi., pp. 289-90. ' On the Gila river, about one hundred miles above the confluence of that Ktream with the Colorado.' Dole, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1864, p. 20. 'Claimed as their own property the entire Gila valley on both sides, from the Piiial mountains to theTesotal.' Mousry, in Ind. 4ff. Rept.. 1859, p. 358. 'From Maricopa AVells to a short distance beyond Sacaton.' Whittier, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1868, p. 142. Limits also given in Bartlett's Pers. Nar., vol. ii., p. 232; Ives' Colorado Riv., p. 45; BaUey, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1858, pp. 203; Poston, in Id., 1864, p. 152. The Pdpagos ' inhabit that triangular space of arid land bonnded by the Santa Cruz, Gila, and Colorado rivers, and the Mexican boundary line.' Pos- ton, in Ind. Aff. Rept., 1863, p. 384. ' Mdi-dlich von diesen (Pimas alias) hauseu im Osten der Sierra de Santa Clara, welche sich unter 31%° nurd- licher Breite dioht am fistlichen Ufer des Meerbusens von Calif omien erlii lit, die Pap/igos oder Papabi-Ootam.' MiUilenpfordt, Mejico, tom. i., p. '2'^C- 'Junto al rio de San Marcos: 50 leguas mas arriba habita la nacion de hs LOWER CALIFOBNIAKS. 603 FapagoB.' Alcedo, Dicdonarto, torn, iv., p. 217. 'In the country about Ban Xavier del Baca, a few miles from Tucson.' Parktr, in Ind, Aff. Sept., 1869, p. 19; Jones, in Id., p. 220; Dole, in Id., 1864, p. 21. • Wander over the country from San Javier as far west as the Tinajas Altas.' Emory's Bept. Mex. and U. 8. Boundary Survey, vol. i., p. 123. See also: Davidson, in Ind. 4ff. Bept., 1865, p. 133; LachapeUe, Baousset-Boulbon, p. 81. The Sobaipuris, a nation related to the Pimas, live among the lower Pimas. ' For una sierrezuela que hay al Oriente de este rio y rub ranche- rfns, se dividen ^stas del valle de los pimas sobaipuris, que & poca distancia tienen las suyas mnchas y muy nnmerosas, las mas al Poniente y pocas al Oriente del rio, que naciendo de las vertientes del cerro de Terrenate, que esti como treinta legnas al Norte de esta mision, corre de Sur k Norte hasta juutarse con el tantas veces nombrado de Gila y juntos corren al Poniente.' Mange, Ilinerario, in Doc. Hist. Mex., serie iv., torn, i., p. 349. Beference also in Alcedo, Diccionario, torn, iv., p. 218; IfiiMenpfordl, Mtjico, tom. i., p. 210. The LowKB Cauforman FAmxT includes all the nations inhabiting the Peninsula of Lower California, northward to the mouth of the Colorado River. The Cochimis inhabit the peninsula north of the twenty-sixth degree of north latitude. ' I Cochimf ne presero la parte settentrionale da gr. 25 sino a 33, e aloune isole vicine delMarPacifico.' Clavigero, Storia detta C(^., tom. i., p. 109. ' Desde el territorio de Loreto, por todo lo descubierto al Norte de la Nacion Cochimf, 6 de los Cochimies.' 'La Nacion, y Lengna de los Gockimies Azia el Norte, despues de la ultima Mission de San Ignacio.' ' Los Laymones son los mismos, que los Cochimies del Norte.' Venegas, Noticia de ki Col., tom. i., pp. 63-7. ' Los Cochimfes ocupaban la penfnsula desde Loreto hasta poco mas alia de nuestra frontera. Los de las misiones do San FronciBco Javier y San Jose Comond En vna peninsola retirada, y en loa Medanos, 6 montea de arena del mar, viaian las rancherias de la gente flera destos Comoporia.' Rtbaa, Hist, de lot TriumphoB, p. 163. The Ouataves ' diatante dies, y doze legnaa de laiilla ' (Cinaloa). Id., p. 46. ' Habitadores de San Pedro Onazave y de Tamaznla, orillas del rio Sinaloa.' Oroxcoy Berra, Oeografia, p. 332. The Zots ' eran Indies serranos, que tenian sns poblaciones en lo alto del mismo rio de los Cinaloaa, y a las haldas de bus serranias.' Rtb€u, HM. dt los Triumphos, p. 208. ' Se establecieron & las faldas de la Sierra, en las fuentes del rio del Puerto cercanos k los sinaloas.' Orozco y Berra, Qeografta, p. 333. 'Gonftnan con los tnbares.' Zapaia, in Doe. Hi^. Mex., serie It., tom. iii., p. 395. The Huitea ' Vivian en la Sierra, k siete leguas de los sinaloaa.' OroMco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 333. The Ohuenu and Cahuimeioa dwell at ' San Lorenzo de Oguera. . . .sitoado i geis leguas al E. de la villa de Sinaloa y sobre el rio.' Id., p. 334. The ChUsoratoa and Basopas, ' en la sierra, y i siete leguas al E. de Oguera, se encuentra la Concepcion de Chicorato . . Cinco leguas al Norte tiene k San Ignaoio de Ghionris, en que los habitantes son tambien basopas.' lb. The Chicuras 'eran veoinosde los chiooratos.' Ih. The Titbiires or Tovares live in the ' pueblos de Concepcion, San Ignaoio y San Miguel.' 'habitan uno de los aflnertes del rio del Fuerte.' Id., pp. 323-4. * Poblada en varias rancherias sobre los altos del rio grande de Cina- loa.' Ribas, Hist, de los Triumphos, p. 117. ' En el distrito de Mina.' Pimenr- kl, Cuadro, tom. ii., p. 254. The Chinipas, Ovailopos, and Maguiaquis live ' en San Andres Chinipas.' Orotco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 324; Ribca, Hist, de loa Triumphos, p. 95. The Hitos are in ' Nnestra SeSora de Guadalupe de Voragios d Taraichi.' Orotco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 324. The Varogios, Husorones, Cutecoa and Tec&rgonia are in ' Nnestra Se&ora de Loreto de Voragios tf Sinoyeca y en Santa Ana.' lb. The Tarahumarea inhabit the district of Tarahnmara in the state of Chi- huahua. ' Provincia oonfina por el con la de Sonora, per el E con el Nuevo Mexico, sirviendole de Hmites el rio Grande del Norte, por este rumbo no est&n conocidos aun sue t^rminos, por ol S con la de Cinaloa . . .toma el nombre de la Nacion de ludios asi Uamada, que conflnaba con la de los Te- peguanes.' Alcedo, Diccionario, tom. v., p. 46; Pimentel, Cuadro, tom. i., p. 363. ' In den tiefen und wilden Schluchten von Tarar^cua und Santa Sinfo- rusa, jagen verschiedene Farailien der Tarahum&ras.' Muhknpfordt, Mtyico, torn, ii., pt ii., ]> 521; Mexikuniwhe ZaM/inde, tom. i., p. 74. 'Bevohnen einen Theil des Berglandes im W. der Hauptstadt, wo sie namentlich in dem Bchonen Hochthale des Rio Papigdchic in alien Ortschaften einen Theil der Bevolkerung bilden.' Wdppaus, Oeog. u. Stat., p. 213. < Inhabit the towns in Mulatos.' Hardy's Trav., p. 438. 'En la raya que divide los Beynos de la Vizcaya y de la Galicia no en los terminos limitados que hoy tiene que es Acaponeta, sino en los que antes tubo hasta ceroa de Sinaloa.' PadiUa, Conq. N. OMcia, US., p. 491. ' Al Oriente tienen el rio de los Gonohos y al Vol. I. 3» 610 TBIBAL BOUKDABIES. Poniente la Sinaloa, Sonora y las regionei del NaeTO Mexico, al Korte y al Anstro la Naoion de los Tepehnanea. ' Se eadendan por el Norte ha8ta man ab^jo de San Bnenaventara.' 'ViTian en S. Jos^ de Bocaa, cabecera de una de las misiones de los jesnitas,' in Dnrango. Otomco y Berra, Otografia, pp. 319-25. ' A tres leguas de San Jos^ Temaichio esti otro pueblo y mncha gente en ^1 llamada taranmar Paohera.' Zapata, in Doe. Hut, Mu., serie iv., torn, iii., p. 333; Richthofen, Mexico, p. 448. ' Les Tahnes ^taient probablement les mdmes que oeux que Ton d^signe plus tard sous le nom de Tarahumaras.' 'Lenr capitate ^tait T^-Golhnaoan.' Bras- aeur de Bourbourg, Popol Vuh, preface, p. 191. The Conchas inhabit the banks of the Bio Oonchos, near its confluence with the Bio del Norte. ' Endereqo su camino hazia el Norte, y a dos jorna- das tope mucha cantidad de Indios de los que Ilaman Gonohos.' Espejo, in Halduyt's Voy., vol. iii., pp. 384, 390. 'En en Beal del Parral.' Arlegul, ChrSn. de Zacatecaa, p. 97. ' Se estiende hasta las oriUns del rio grande del Norte. For la parte del septentrion confina con los laguneros, y al Medio- dia tiene algunos pueblos de los tepehuanes y yalle de Santa B&rbara.' Alegre, Hist. Camp, de Jesus, torn, ii., p, 58. The Paaaaguaies live twenty-four leagues north of the Conchos. ' Anda- das las yeinte y quatro leguas dichas (from the Conchos;, toparon otra nacion de Indios, llamadosPassaguates.' Espejo, in HakluyVs Voy., vol. iii., pp. 384, 391. The Mamites, Golorados, Arigames, Otaquitamones, Pajalames, Poaramas were in the neighborhood of the Gonchos. Orotco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 325. The Ovatapares are * a veinte leguas de distanoia del pueblo y partido de Loreto al Sur, reconociendo al Orionte, y solas diez del pueblo y partido de Santa In^s, oaminando derecho al Oriente, est& el pueblo y partido de Santa Teresa de Ouazapares, Uamado en su lengua Ouazayepo.' Zapata, in Doc. J?is(. Mex., serie iv., torn, iii., p. 389. The Temoris dwell in the ' pueblo de Santa Marfa Magdalena de Temoris .... A cinco leguas de distancia h&cia el Norte del pueblo y cabecera de Santa Teresa est& el pueblo Uamado Nuest*a Sefiora del Yalle Humbroso. Id., p. The Tobosos are north of the Tarahumares and in the Mission of San Francisco de Goahuila, in the state of Goahuila. ' Se extendianpor el Bolson de Mapimi, y se les encuentra cometiendo depredaciones asf en Chihuahua y en Durango, como vn las misiones de Parras, en las demas de Goahuila y en el Norte de Nueyo Leon.' Oroxco y Berra, Oeografia, pp. 308-9, 302, 325. In Coahuila, 'Uu paraje.. ..que Ilaman la Cuesta de los muertos, donde tienenhabitacion los Indios Tobosos.' Villa-Seflor y Sanchet, Thealro, iota, ii., pp. 296-7, 348-9. 'A nn paraje que hoy es la mision del Santo nombre de Jesus.' PadiUa, Conq, N. Oalxcia, p. 619. The Sisimbres, Ghizos, Goooyomes, Goolamas, Tochos, Babos, and Nnres live near the Tobosos. Orotco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 325. Yalle de San Bar- tholome, Presidio de la Provincia de Tepeguana. . . .antigua residencia de los Indios Infleles Gocoyomes. Aloedo, Diecionario, tom. i., pp. 222-3. The Tepaguts are ' Ginco leguas arriba del rio de Mayo, en vn arroyo.' Bibau, HM. de los Triumphoa, p. 263. NORTH-EASTEBK MEXICAN TBIBES. 611 The OoniearU live ' disUnte de Ohinipa diez y Beis legnaa.' Id., pp., 965, 864. A mnltitnde of names of nations or tribes are mentioned by different anthoritieB, none of which coincide one with the other. Bat few nations are definitely located. I therefore first give the different lists of names, and afterwards locate them as far as possible. ' Babeles, Xioocoges, Oaeiqnisa- les, Gtoxicas, Manos Prietas, Boooras, Escabas, Gooobiptas, Pinanacas, Co- dames, Cacastes, Colorados, Gocomates, Jafmamares, Contores, Filifaes, Babiamares, Catqjanes, Apes, Pachagues, Bagnames, Isipopolames, Fiez de benado. Ghancafes, Payaguas, Paohales, James, Johamares, Bapancora- pinamaoas, Babosarigames, Paozanes, Paseos, Ghahaanes, Mescales, Xara- mes, Chachaguares, Hijames, ledocodamos, Xijames, Genizos, Pampapas, Gavilanes. Sean estos nombres verdaderoa, 6 desflgorados scgnn la inteli- gencia, caprichos, 6 volontariedad de los que se emplearon en lapacificacion del Pais, 6 de los fandadores de las Doctrinas, parece mas oreible qne los mencionados Yndios, fuesen peqnefias pardalidades, 6 ramoa de algana na- cion, ouyo nombre gen^rico no ha podido Saberse.' BeviUagigedo, Carta, MS, ' Pacpolea, Goaquites, Zibolos, Ganos, Pachoches, Siozacames, Siyan- guayas, Sandajoanes, Ligaaces, Pacnazin, Pajalatames y Garrizos.' Pa- diila, cap. Ixix., quoted in Orozco y Berra, Oeogntfia, p. 306. 'Negritos, Bocalos, Xanambres, Borradoa, Guanipas, Pelones, Guisoles, Hualahuises, Alasapas, Guazamoros, Yurguimes, Mazames, Metazures, Quepanos, Goyo- tes, Bgaanas, Zopilotes, Blancos, Amitaguas, Quimis, Ayas, Gomocabras, Mezquites.' ArchivoGeneral, MSS., torn. Txxi.,tol.208,(inotedmlb. Paogaa, Caviseras, Vasapalles, Ahomamas, Yanabopos, Daparabopos, Mamazorras, Neguales, Salineros y Baxauerog, conocidos generalmente bajo la apelaoion de Lagnneros. Id., p. 305. ' Bayados y Gholomos.' Id,, p. 306. ' Las tribus que habitaban el Valle (del rio Nazas) se nombraban Irritilas, HibpacoaB, Meviras, Hoeras y Maiconeras, y los de la laguna ' [Laguna grande de San Pedro or Tlahuelila]. Id., p. 305. ' Pajalates, Orejones, Pacoas, Tilijayas, Alasapas, Pausanes, y otras mu- chaa diferentes, que se hallan en las misiones del rio de San Antonio y rio grande . . . .como son; los Pacuaohes, Mescales, Pampopas, TAcames, Ghayo- piues, Venados, Pamaques, y toda la juventnddePihuiqaes, Borrados, Ssmi- paos y Manos de Perro.' Id., p. 306; Pimentel, Cuadro, torn, ii., p. 409. ' A media legaa corta . . .[de San Joan Bautista] se fundd la misionde San Ber* Dardo....con las naciones de Ocanes, Gannas, Gatuxanes, Paxchales, Pomulumas, Pacuaohes, Pastancoyas, Pastalocos y Pamasus, & que se agrega- ron despues los Pacuas, Papanacas, Tuanoas y otras.' Orozco y Berra, Oeo- grafla, p. 303. The Gijames are in the mountains near the mission of El Santo Nombre de Jesus de Peyotes. Morfi, in Doc. Hist. Mtx., serie iii., torn, iv., p. 434. The Pitas and Pasalves at the Mission of ' Nuestra Senora de los Do- lores de ht Punta.' Orouco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 303. The Pampopas ' habitaban en el rio de las Nueces, k 22 legnas al Sur de la mision de San Juan Bautista; los Tilijaes mas abajo de los anteriores; al Sur de estos los Patacales, y losH3achopostales ceroa de los Pampopas. Loe Paja> laques vivian en el rio de San Antonio como k 40 leguas de la mision de San 613 TBIBAL BOITNDABIES. B«niardo; los Paoos y los PsBtanooyaa k 16 legnsa en el panje nombrado el Ganizo; los PanagueH k 18 legoas de la mision aobre el rio de las Nueces; Los Pansanes aobre el rio de San Antonio, j los Pagnaohis k 16 legnns del mismo San Bernardo.' 'Con Indios de la naoiones Mahnames, Pachnles, Mesoales, Jarames, Ohaguames y Ghahnames. . . .con ellos y con las tribus de Pampopas, Tilofayas, Pachalocos y Tusanes sitnd de nuevo la mision de Ban Jnan Bantista, junto fd presidio del mismo nombre, cerca del rio BraTo.' ' A tiro de escopeta [from Santo Nombre de Jeans Peyotes] se enonentra San Francisco Vizarron de los Pansanes ...con familias de Tinapihuayas, Pihuiques y JulimeKos, aunque la mayor parte fneron Panzanes.' Oroxeo y Berra, Oeografia, pp. 303-4. ' En el valle de Santo Domingo, d orilla del rio de Sabinas. ...San Joan Bautista ...lo pobliS con indios Chahuaneg, Pachales, Mesoales y Jarames, k que se agregaron despnes algnnos Pampo- pas, Tilofayas, Pachalocos y Tnsanes.' Morfl, in Doc. HM. Mex., serie iii., tom. iv.,pp. 4^. ;-l. The Cabesas, Gontotores, Bazanrigames and others were at the mission San Bnenaventura. PadiUa, Cmq. N. Oalicia, MS., p. 630. The Qabilanes and Tripas Blanoas roamed over a stretch of country sit- uated north of the Presidio of Mapimi, between the rivers San Pedro and Gonchos to their conflnence with the Bio Grande. ViUa-Seflor y Sanclux, Thtalro, tom. ii., pp. 348-9. The Laguneros ' poblados k las margenes de la lagnna que Uaman Orande de san Pedro, y algunos dellos en las isletas qne haze la misma laguna.' BUku, Ilist. de ha Triumphos, p. 669. Los misioneros franoiscanos atrajeron de paz las tribus siguientes, con los ouales fundaron cinco misiones. San Francisco de Coahuila, nn cuarto de legua al Norte de Mondova, con indios Boboles y Obayas, k los cnales se agregaron algunos Tobosos y Tlazcaltecas conducidas de San Esteban del Saltillo. Santa Rosa de Nadadores, puesta en 1677 k ouarenta leguas al Noroeste de Coahuila, de indios Cotzales y Manosprietas, trasladada junto al rio de Nadadores para huir de la gnerra de los Tobosos, y colocada al fin, en 1693, k siete leguas al Noroeste de Coahuila: so le agregaron ocho familias Tlaxcaltecas. San Bernardo de la Candela, con indios Catnjanes, Tilijais y Milijaes, y cuatro familias Tlaxcaltecas. San Buenaventura de las cuatro Cienegas, veinte leguas al Oeste de Coahuila, con indios Gabezas, (!onto- tores y Bauzarigames: la mision repuesta en 1692 con los Tocas y los Colo- rados. Orozco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 302. The IrriiUas occupy ' la parte del partido de Mapimi al Este.' Id., p. 319. The Pisones and Xanambres roam ' Al Sur del valle de la Purfsima y ul Norte hasta Rio Blanco, oonftuaado al Oeste con los Cuachichiles.' Orozco y ■Berra, Oeografia, p. 298. Other names which cannot be located are: Cadimas, Pelones, Nazas, Pamoranos, Quedexenos, Falmitos, Pintos, Quinicuanes, Maqniiipemes, Seguyones, Ayagua, Zima, Canaina, Comepescados, Aguaceros, Vocurros, PoBuamas, Zalaias, Mulahuecos, Pitisfiafuiles, Guohinochis, Talaquicbis, Alazapas, Pafaltoes. Id., pp. 299-300. The nations or tribes of Tamaalipas, although very numerous, are mostly looated. TBIBE8 OF TAMAULEPA8. 618 The OUvi$ U/e in Honuitas. Orotoo y Btrra, Otognffla, p. 203. The Paiagwquiu are at the Miaaion of San Franoisoo Xavier. lb. The Anaeantu, ' a una legna de Altamira.' Tb. The Aretinea, Panguala, and Caramiguaii in the * eierra del Ohapopote, que reiiiata en la barra del Tordo.' lb. The Mapulaanaa, CataUxmaa, Caramlguait, PanguaU, and ZapoUron live near the Salinaa, which are between the Cent) del Maiz and the sea. lb. The Caribaya, Comteamotet, Aneariguaia, TagwdUoa, and PaaUaa are near De Soto la Marina and Santander. lb. The MoraUfioa and Panguaja live on the coast between Marina and Alta* mirano. lb. The MartintM, 'en la Sierra de Tamanlipa vieja.' lb. The Mariguanea, Caranutriguanta, Aretinea, ' habitada desde el cerro de 8. Jo8^ & la mar.' lb. The Tumapaoarua, 'en el camino para San^der.' lb. The ItMpanamea, ' i. una y media legnas de la primera villa (Santillana).' J6, lb. The Pinioa and QuinieuanM dwell near San Fernando de Austria. The Tedexerioa, ' en las lagunas de la barra.' lb. The Comecrudoa, ' donde el rio se vacia en sua creoientes.' lb. The Tamaulipecoa and MaliMheAoa live at the mission of S. Pedro Aldin- tara. P). The Oukcdotea, Cadimas, Canaynea, and Borradoa are ' al pi^ de la sierra de Tamaulipas, teniendo al Sur el terreno que se llama la Tamanlipa Moza.' Id., pp. 293-4. The Nazr i, Naricea, Comecrudoa, and Texonea are at the mission of Bey- nosa. Id., p. 294. The Tanaquiapemea, Saulapctguitnea, Auyapemea, Uacapemta, Comeaaca- pemes, Oummeaacapetnea, Catanamepaquea are ' mmbo al Este y sobre el rio, k seis leguas de la mision se inteman k las tierras llegando en bub corre- rias unicamente hasta el mar.' lb. The Ctur'uoa, Cotomanes, and Cacatotea are at ' Camargo, sitnado sobre el rio de S. Juan....al otro lado del Bravo.... los cuales por fnera del rio Orande llegan hasta Bevilla.' 16. The Qartaa and Malaguecoa live near rio Alamo. Id., p. 294. > No location for the following can be found: Politos, Mulutos, Pajaritos, VenadoB, Payzanos, Cuemos quemados. Id., pp. 295-6. The Tepehvanea inhabit the mountains of southern Chihuahua and the northern portions of Durango, a district commonly called the purtido de Tepehuanes. ' Estieude desde la Sierra del Mezquital hasta el Purral . . hasta adelante de Topia, muy cerca de Caponeta.' Arkgui, Chr6n. de ZHcate' cos, pp. 187-8. ' Se extiende esta region desde la altura misma de Ouadiana, k poco munos de 25 grados hasta los 27 de Ictitud septentrional. Bus pueblos comienzan & las veinticinco legnas de la capital de Nueva-Vizcnya, 4cia el Noroeste en Santiago de Papdsquiaro. Al Norte tiene & la proviucia de Taraumara, al Sur la de Chiametlan y costa del seno Galifomio, al Oriente los grandes arenales y naciones vecinas k la laguna de S. Pedro, y al P'^ni- eute la Sierra Madre de Topia, que la divide de esta provincia y la de Siualoa.' 614 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. Attgrt, Hi$t. Comp. d» Jt»v$, torn, i., p. 819. ' 8m pacblM. puto an Uancw, 7 parte en siem, a Iw Tertientee de la de Topia, j lan Andrea — Y por eua parte veiinoa a laa Nadonea Xiiime, j Acaxae, y ann a laa de la tiorra man adentro da Cinaloa.' RUta$, IRd. d$ km Trhunf^oi, p. 578. For oonourrent teatimony tee: Zapata, in Doe. Hid. Me*., aerie It., torn, iii., p. 310; VWn- BetUtr y StmoKiM, Thtairo, torn. U., pp. 84i-6; Pimenttl, Cuadro, torn, ii., p. 48; Murr, Naehrtahim, p. 898; OroMOO y Btrra, OtognfUt, pp. 818-19. The Aoamtm inhabit the Tallejra of the moantain regiona of Topia and B. Andrea in Durango and Sinaloa. * La principal Maoion, en eayaa iierru eit4 el Beal de Topia, ea la Acaiee.' JObaa, IBd. de loe Triumphoe, p. 471. ' Lo limitan al Norte j al Este el Tepehnan, al Bur el Xixime y al Oeete el Ba- baibo y el Tebaoa.' Orozco y Btrra, Qeogm^ia, pp. 819, 310, 315; ZapaUi, in Am. HM. Mm., eerie iv., torn, iii., pp. 416-17. ' San Pedro Talle de Topia, el mineral de Topia, Aannoion Sianori, Ban Antonio Tahnahneto y loB Dolores de Agua CaUente, laa cnales poblaoionea maroan los terrenos habitadoa por loa Aoaxees.' Tamarom, in Oronco y Berra, Otografia, p. 314. The Tebooaa lived among the Aoaxees in the mountain dietriots of Topia and 8. Andrea. Id., p. 384. The SabaUtoa ' habitaban en el partido de Ban Ignacio Otatitlan y pneblos de Piaba, Alaya y Qaejopa.' lb. The Cdearia dwell in Oaoaria. Id., p. 819. The Papudoa and TVoayoa were settled in the district of Ban Andres. JUegre, Hid. Comp. de Jemu, torn, i., pp. 879-80. The Zlximes inhabited 'en el cora^n desta sierra' de Ban Andres. Sibaa, Kd. de loa Triumphoa, p. 531. * Ocnpan el partido de San Dimss.' Onueo y Berra, Geografia, pp. 315-17. The Hitiaa ' Habitan lu mayor parte en profandfsimas qnebradas del cen- tro de la sierra, y machos 4 laa mArgenes del rio de Homace, qae en bu em- booadara llaman de Piaxtia, mny oeroa de an nacimiento, como & dnco leguas de Yamoriba.' Akgre, Hid. Comp. de Jemu, tom. ii., p. 195. * Habitantes de las mirgenes del rio de Piaztla.' OroMco y Berra, Otografia, p. 316. The Hvmea are in the Sierra de San Andres. ' Como nneae leguas del pneblo de Quilitlan, y en lo mas alto de toda esta sierra, oaminando al Ori- ente.' Ribaa, Hid. deloa Triumphoa, p. 562. 'Mneve leguas mas adelante del Ingar de Qaeibos 6 de Santiago.' Altgre, Hid. Comp. de Jeaua, tom. ii., p. 199; Orozco y Berra, Oeogr fta, pp. 316, ;>25. The Tacatteoa inhabit the like-named State, and particularly near the rio Nazas. Baxi> la Sierra, que oy Uamon del calabaxal, y par& 4 las orillas de un rio, q 1 oy llaman de Suchil.' ArUgvA, Ckr&n. de Zaeateeaa, p. 26. ' Los que habitan el rio de las Nasas son indios sacatecos.' Doc. Hid. Mex., serio iv., u. iii., p. 33. ' Se extendian hasta el rio Nazas. Guencame, Oerro Ooru 8. Juan del Bio, Nombre de Dioa, quedaban comprendidos en esta demarc ion.' Oroaoo y Berra, Oeografia, p. 319. The Oiu tUMea, Cuaohichiles, or Huaohichiles ' corrian por Zaeateeaa hasta San F: isf y Ooahuila.' Orono y Berra, Oeografta, p. 285. 'La villa del Saltillo iist4 fundada sobre el teneno que en lo antiguo ocuparon los indios eoaohiohiles.' Id., pp. 801, 287; De Lad, Novua Orbia, p. 281. IS. J.' n- n- as ie lei ri- ite i., rio de ue at.. le, en Ua los NATTVE RACKS of the PACIFIC STATES MEXICAN GROUP Scale 7 aoo ooo US Statute miits to vhich is about nine inches in width ; or thev bind round the head a colored handkerchief. Most of the men and women go barefooted, and those who have coverings for their feet, use the caclea, or huaraches, (sandals) made of tanned leather and tied with thongs to the ankles. The dress of the women has undergone even less change than that of the men, since the time of the Spanish conquest. Many of them wear over the ichapilli a cotton or woolen cloth, bound by a belt just above the hips ; this answers the purpose of a petticoat; it is woven in stripes of dark colors or embellished with figures. The ichapilli is white, with figures worked on the breast, and is longer than that worn by the men. In Puebla the women wear very narrow petticoats and elegant guichemek cover- ing the breast and back and embroidered all over with silk and worsted. In the state of Vera Cruz and other parts of the tierra caliente the men's apparel consists of a short white cotton jacket or a dark-colored woolen tunic, with broad open sleeves fastened round the waist with a sash, and short blue or white breeches open at the sides near the knee ; these are a Spanish innovation, but they continue to wear the square short cloak, tilma or tilmatli, with the end tied on one of the shoulders or across the breast. Sometimes a pair of shorter breeches made of goat or deer skin are w^orn over the cotton ones, and also a jacket of the same material. The women wear a jifex., Tol. i., p. 200; Almarat, Manoria, p. 79; Humboldt, Esaai Pol., torn, i., pp. 82, 86; Rossi, Souvenirs, p. 280; ViolkULe-Dw;., in Vhamay, Ruints Ameri- caiues, p. 102; Poinsett's Notes on Mex., pp. 107-8; Ottavio, in Notwrlles Annates dea Voy., 1833. torn, lix., pp. 73-4; Fosscy, Mexique, p. 391; Vigneaux, Souv. Mex., p. 320; D'Orbigtm, Voff., p. 352; BonnycasUe's Spun. Am., vol. i., pp. 49-50; Fif/uier'a Hum. Race, p, 455, Wappaus, Geog. u Stat., pp. 38-40; But- lock's Mexico, vol, i., pp. 184, 192; Mayer's Mex. hb U Was., pp. 142, 167, 291. wm MEXICAN COSTUMES. 421 coarse cotton shift with large open sleeves, often worked about the neck in bright colored worsted, to suit the wearer's fancy ; a blue woolen petticoat is gathered round the waist, very full below, and a blue or brown rebozo is used as a wrapper for the shoulders. Sometimes a mui&er is used for the head and face.* They bestow great care on their luxuriant hair, which they arrange in two long braids that fall from the back of the head, neatly painted and interwoven with worsted of lively colors, and the ends tied at the waist-band or joined be- hind; others bind the braids tightly round the head, and occasionally add some wild flowers.' In the tierra fria, a thick dark woolen blanket with a hole in the centre through which passes the head protects the wearer during the day from the cold and rain, and serves at night for a covering and often for the bed itself. This garment has in some places taken the place of the til- matli. Children are kept in a nude state until they are eight or ten years old, and infants are enveloped in a coarse cotton cloth, leaving the head and limbs exposed. Th' Huicholas of Jalisco have a peculiar dress ; the men wear a short tunic made of coarse brown or blue woolen fabric, tightened at the waist with a girdle hanging down in front and behind, and very short breeches of poorly dressed goat or ^eer skin without hair, at the lower edges of which are strung a number of leathern thongs. Mar- ried men and women wear straw hats with high pointed crowns and broad turned-up rims ; near the top is a nar- row and handsomely woven band of many colors, with long tassels. Their long bushy hair is secured tightly * In Mexico in 1698 the costume was a ' short doublet and vide breeches. On their shoulders they wear a cloak of several colours, which they call Tilma. The women all wear the Ouaipil, (which is like a sack) under the Cobixa, which is a fine white cotton cloth; to which they add another upon their back .... Their coats are narrow with figures of lions, birds, and other crea- tures, adorning them with cnrious ducks' feathers, which they call Xilotepec' Oemtili Careri, in Churchill's Col. V^oyftgea, vol. iv., p. 491. Dress of a native girl of Mexico, ' enaguas blanqufsimas, el quiaquetnel que gniciosamente cubre su pecho y espalda dos largas trenzas color de ebano caen 4 los lados del cnello.' Prieto, Viajes, pp. 454, 190-1, 430-1. ' Lenr costume varie selon le terrain et le climat.' LoieenaUm, JUexique, pp. 176, 339. i See Calderon de la Barca'a Life in Mtx., vol. ii., pp. 346-8. WILD TBIBES OF MEXICO. round the crown of the head with a bright woolen rib- bon. Many of the men do up the hair in queues with worsted ribbons, with heavy tassels that hang below the waist." De Laet, describing the natives of Jalisco early in the seventeenth century, speaks of square cloths made of cotton and maguey tied on the right or left shoulder, and small pebbles or shells strung together as necklaces. Mota Padilla, in his history of New Galicia, says that the Chichimecs at Xalostitlan, in 1630, went naked. The inhabitants of Alzatlan about that time adorned themselves with feathers. In Zacualco, the common dress of the women about the same period, particularly widows, was the huipil, made of fine cotton cloth, gen- erally black. The natives of the province of Pdnuco, for many years after the Spanish Conquest, continued to go naked ; they pulled out the beard, perforated the nose and ears, and, filing their teeth to a sharp point, bored holes in them and dyed them black. The slayer of a human being used to hang a piece of the skin and hair of the slain at the waist, considering such things as very valuable ornaments. Their hair they dyed in various colors, and wore it in different forms. Their women adorned themselves profusely, and braided their hair with feathers. Sahagun, speaking of the Matlalt- zincas, says that their apparel was of cloth made from the maguey; referring to the Tlahuicas, he mentions among their faults that they used to go overdressed; and of the Macoaques, he writes: that the oldest women as well as the young ones paint themselves with a varnish called tecocavUl, or with some colored stuff, and wear feathers about their arms and legs. The Tlascaltecs in 1568 wore cotton-cloth mantles painted in various fine colors. The inhabitants of Cholula, according to Cortes, dressed better than the Tlascaltecs; the better class wearing over their other clothes a garment re- sembling the Moorish cloak, yet somewhat different, as that of Cholula had pockets, but in the cloth, the * ' Usan de una especie de gran paiio cnadrado, qae tiene en el centro una abertnra por donde pasa la cabeza. Jierlandkr y Tnovtl, Diario, p. 229. DBE88 IN MICHOACAN. 023 cut, and the fringe, there was much resemblance to the cloak worn in Africa. Old Spanish writers tell us that the natives of Michoacan made much use of feathers for wearing-apparel and for adorning their bodies and heads. At their later religious festivals, both sexes appear in white, the men with shirt and trowsers, having a band placed slantingly acrosft the breast and back, tied to a belt round the waist, and on the head a small red cloth arranged like a turban, from which are pendant scarlet feathers, similar to those used by the ancient Aztec warriors. The man is also adorned with a quantity of show}' beads, and three small mirrors, one of which is placed on his breast, another on his back, and the third invariably on his forehead. At his back he carries a quiver, and in his hand a bow, adorned with bright col- ored artificial flowers, or it may be the Aztec axe, so painted and varnished as to resemble flint. At the present time, a native woman, however poor, still wears a necklace of coral or rows of red beads. The unmar- ried women of Chilpanzinco used to daub their faces with a pounded yellow flower. In Durango, the na- tives were accustomed to rub their swarthy bodies with clay of various colors, and paint reptiles and other ani- mals thereon.' ^ ' Yuan mny galanes, y empenachados.' Herrtra, H{at, Otn., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. i. ' Senores 6 principales, traian en el labio un bezote de cbaJlcbi- vite 6 esmeralda, 6 de caracol, 6 de oro, 6 de cobre Lus tnugeres cuando ninas, tambien se rapaban la cabeza, y cnando ya mosas dejaban criar los oabellos cnando alguna era ya muger hecha y babia parido, tocabase el cabello. Tambien traian sarcillos 6 orejeras, y se pintaban los pecboB ^ los brazos, con una labor que quedaba de azul muy flno, piutada en la misma carne, cort4ndola con una nuvajuela.' Sahaf^un, Hist. Oen., torn, iii., lib. x., pp. 123-5, 133-4. ' En el Pueblo de Juito salieron muehos Yndioa de paz cou escupularioB blancos'al pecho, cortado el cabello en modo de cerquillo como Beligiosos, todos con unas cmces en las manos que eran de carrizos, y nn Yndio que parecia el principal 6 cacique cou un vestuario de Tunica talan.' PadUla, Conq. N. Galicia, MS., p. 73, also, pp. 21, 44, 46, 63, 107, 150. For further description of dress and ornaments see NeM, Viaje, plates, nos. xxvi., xxxi., xxxvi., xli., xlvi.; Thompgoix's liecollecliona Mtxico, p. 29; Laet, Novua Orbis, pp. 250, 252, 281; Lafonil, Voyages, torn, i., p. 211; Akf/re, Hi.ll. Comp. de Jesus, torn, i., pp. 90, 279; Lyon's Journal, vol. ii., pp. 64, 198; Arlegui, Ghron. de Zacatecas, p. 162; Beaumont, Crun de Mtehoacan,M8., p. 210; Apo^dolicos Afanes, pp. 10, G7; Alcedo, Dkcionario, torn, iii., p. 299; Vigneaux, Souv. Mex., pp. 276, 296; Gomara, Hist. Ltd., fol. 55-6; liiart, in Revue Fran^iae, Deo. 1864, pp. 478-9; Ottavio, in NouvtUes Annates des Voy., 1833, torn, lix., p. 61; Tyior's Anahuac, p. 302; Burkart, Mexico, torn, i., pp. 50-1. 624 WILD TBIBES OF HZXICO. The dwellings of the Wild Tribes of Central Mexico vary with climate and locality. In the lowlands, sheds consisting of a few poles stuck in the ground, the spaces between filled with rusheif, and the roof covered with f Aim-leaves, afforded sufficient shelter. In the colder ighlands they built somewhat more substantial houses of trunks of trees, tied tt>gether with creeping plants, the walls plastered with mud or clay, the roof of split boards kept in place with stones. In treeless parts, houses were constructed of adobe or sun-dried bricks and stones, and the interior walls covered with mats; the best houses were only one story high, and the humbler habitations too low to allow a man to stand erect. The entire house constituted but one room, where all the family lived, sleeping on the bare ground. A few stones placed in the middle of the floor, served as a fireplace where food was cooked. In Vera Cruz there is a sep- arate small hut for cooking purposes. The wild nomadic Chichimecs lived in caverns or fissures of rocks situated in secluded valleys, and the Fames contented themselves with the shade afforded by the forest-trees." Corn, beans, tomatoes, chile, and a variety of fruits and vegetables constitute the chief subsistence of the people, and in those districts where the banana flour- ishes, it ranks as an important article of food. The natives of Vera Cruz and Tamaulipas gather large quan- tities of the pitahaya, by means of an osier basket attached to n long pole ; round the brim are arranged several forks, 'or the purpose of detaching the fruit, which then drops into the basket. From the blossoms and buds they make a ragout, and also grind the seeds for bread. From the sea and rivers they obtain a plen- tiful supply of fish, and they have acquired from child- hood a peculiar habit of eating earth, which is said to be injurious to their physical development. It has been s 'Les oabanes sont de v^ritablea cages en bambons.' Vigneatix, Souv, Mtx., p. 274; Mayer's Mtx. cu U Was, p. 170; Ward's Mexico, vol. ii., pp. 179, 522; BusUtnumte, in Prieto, Viajes, pp. 192, 195, 373, 437, 447; Muhlen- pfordt, Mejico, torn, i., pp. 22:i-4; Beaufoy's Mix. lUustr., p. 258; Pajeii' TraveU, vol. i., p. 159; LUlon, Bisl. Mtx., p. 47. FOOD AND AOBICULTUBB. ^ stated that in former days they used human flesh as food. The Otomfs and tribes of Jalisco cultivated but little grain, and consumed that little before it ripened, trust- ing for a further supply of food to the natural produc- tions of the soil and to game, such as rabbits, deer, moles, and birds, and also foxes, rats, snakes and other reptiles. Corn-cobs they ground, mixed cocao with the powder, and baked the mixture on the Are. From the lakes in the valley of Mexico they gathered flies' eggs, deposited there in large quantities by a species of flies called by the Mexicans axayacatl, that is to say, ' water- face,' and by MM. Meneville and Virlet d'Aoust corixa femorata and notomcta unifaaciata. The eggs being pounded, were moulded into lumps and sold in the 'Jiarket-place ; they wore esteemed a special delicacy, and were eaten fried. These people are also accused by some authors of having eaten human flesh." Other tribes, inhabiting the valley of Mexico, Puebla, Michoacan, and Quer^taro, show a greater inclination tO cultivate the soil, and live almost wholly on the products of their own industry. They plant corn by making a hole in the ground with a sharp-pointed stick, into which the seed is dropped and covered up. Honey is plentiful, and when a tree is found where bees are at work, they stop the entrance with clay, cut oft' the branch and hang it outside their huts; after a short time they remove the clay, and the bees continue their operations in their new locality, as if they had not been disturbed.^" Gemelli Careri thus describes a novel method of catching ducks f " Others contrive to deceive ducks, as 9 MonUtntu, Nitmee Wetrtld, p. 250; and Dauper, Neiie Welt, p. 582. * Eatos Otoiuies comian los zorrillos que hieden, culeoras y lirnoeB, y todo geiiero de ratones, comadrejas, y otraH Habandijas del canipo y del luoute, lagnrtijaa de todaa auertes, y nbejonea y langostas de todas maiieniH.' Saluuiun, Jl'mt. Oen., torn, iii., lib. x., pp. 126-7, 12^5. In Jalisco 'Los indios de nquellns pro- viucias 80U caribes, que comen came humana todas las veqes que la puraen aver.' Oviedo, Hist. Oen., torn, iii., p. 568. >o In Pnebla * Los Indiog se ban aplicado maa al cultivo de la tierra y plantio de frutas y legnmbrcs.' In Michoacan 'CulUvan mucho maiz, frixoles y ulgodou.' Almdo, Diccioiuirio, tuni. i., Y>p. 4^i, 714. In Queretaro ' viven del cultivo de las semeuteraB.' Id., torn, iii., p. 320. Vol. I. M 626 WILD TRIBES OF MEXICO. shy as they are; for when they have us'd 'em to be fre- quently among calabashes left floating on the lake for that purpose, they make holes in those calabashes, so that putting their heads in them, they can see out of them, and then going up to the neck in the water, they go among the ducks and draw 'em down by the feet." For making tortillas, the corn is prepared by placing it in water, to which a little lime is added, and allowing it to soak all night, or it is put to simmer over a slow fire; the husk is then easily separated and the corn mashed or ground on the metate. From this paste the tor- tilla is formed by patting it between the hands into a very thin cake, which is cooked on an earthern pan placed over the fire; the tortilla is eaten with boiled beans, and a mixture of chile and lard. The ground corn is also mixed with water and strained through a sieve; of this liquor they make a gruel, to which is added a little cacao or sugar. The sediment which re- mains in the sieve is used to make tamales, which are a combination of chopped meat, chile, and onions, which ingredients are covered with the corn paste, and the whole enveloped in corn or plantain leaves and boiled or baked. The Mexicans are very moderate eaters, but have an insatiable passion for strong liquors." Laziness and filth follow us as we proceed southward in our observations; among the Mexicans, the [X)orer classes especially are filthy in their persons, and have a disgusting ap|)earance, which increases with the infirmi- ties of age. Many of them indulge freely in the use of a steam-bath called teniazcaUij similar to the Russian II 'They boil the Indian wheat with lime, and when it has stood a-wbile grind it, as they do the cacao.' Gemelli Careri, in Vlmtrliill's Cal. Vnyiiijts, vol. v., np. 4911, 492, 513; Walton's Span. Col., p. 305. For fuither account of food see Tylor'a Anahuac, pp. 88-9, 156; Siwrs, MlUelamerika. p. 295; Klfium, CuHur-Gem'-Mchte, p. 102; Ddnporie, lieisen, torn, x., p. 32;<; Pudilta, Cuiiq, X. Oalkia, ^fS., pp. 31, 44, 53, 73, 127; Ilttniboldl. Essai Pol., toni. i., pp. 79, 87; Lareiiaudiere, in Nouvelles Annalen de.i Toy., 1824, torn, xxiii., p. 67; J'riito Viaj''s, pp. 191-2, 373; Mrx. in 1842, pp. 4(i, G4, C8; Mnyn's Mex.. Aztec, itc. vol. ii., p. 32; Allmrnoz, in lcatl>alceta, Col. de D<>e., tom. i., p 488; Miililen- pfordt, Mejico, torn, i., pp. 185, 218-19; Armin, Das lleutigf Meaiko. p. 245, with plate; Mmdota, Hist, de las Coaas, p. 310; Matte-lirun, i'rccib de la Giiixj., tom. vi., p. 443. WEAPONS AND SHIELDS. 627 vapor-bath, but it does not appear to have the effect of cleansing their persons." All these tribes use bows and arrows ; the latter car- ried in a quiver slung at the back, a few spare ones being stuck in the belt for immediate use. A heavy club is secured to the arm by a thong, and wielded with terrible effect at close quarters. In battle, the principal warriors are armed with spears and shields. Another weapon much in use is the sling, from which they cast Btones to a great distance and with considerable accu- racy. The natives of the valley of Mexico kill birds with small pellets blown through a hollow tube." The clubs, which are from three to four feet in length, are made of a species of heavy wood, some having a round knob at the end similar to a mace, others broad and flat, and armed with shar^ pieces of obsidiau, ftis- tened on either side. Acosta states that with tliese weapons they could cut off the head of a horse at one stroke. Spears and arrows are pointed with tlint or obsidian, the latter having a reed shaft with a piece of hard wood inserted into it to hold the point. Their quivers are made of deer-skin, and sometimes of seal or shark skin. Shields are ingeniously constructed of small canes so woven together with thread that they can be folded up and carried tied under the arm. When wanted for use they are loosed, and when opened out they cover the greater part of the body." i« IVard's Mexico, vol. ii., pp. 268-9. 'Ono would think the bath would nirtke tlip lutlians cleanly in their porsons, but it hardlj' Hcenis so, for they look rathi r dirtier after they have been in the tcmatcalli than b"fore.' Tylor's Aiiahuac, p. 3()'2. " PadiUa. (''t'.tdo ])orra, lleua de puutasde • 628 WILD TKIBES OF MEXICO. Aboriginally, as with most northern nations, warfare was the normal state of these people. The so-called Chichimecs attacked all who entered their domain, whether for hunting, collecting fruit, or fighting. War once declared between two tribes, each side endeavors to secure by alliance as many of their neighbors as [jossible; to which end ambassadors are despatched to the chiefs of adjacent provinces, each bearing in his hand an arrow of the make peculiar to the tril^e of the stranger chief. Arriving at the village, the mes- senger seeks out the chief and lays the arrow at his feet; if the proposal of his master be accepted l:y i^e stranger chief, the rendezvous is named and tSie < - senger departs. The ambassadors having retiini d u iu their report, preparations are at once made i'or t!io re- ception of the allies, a feast is prejxired, large quanti- ties of game and intoxicating drink are made ready, and as scon as the guests arrive the viands are placed before them. Then follow eating and drinking, con- cluding with drunken orgies; this finished, a council is held, and the assault planned, care being taken to secure places suitable for an ambuscade and stones for the slingers. A regular organization of forces is ob- served and every effort made to outflank or surround the enemy. Archers and slingers march to an attack in single file, always occupying the van, while v/arriors armed witli clubs and lances are drawn up in the rear; the assault is commenced by the former, accompanied with furious shouts and yells. During the |)eriod of their wars against the Spaniards, they often exj^ndcd much time and labor in the fortification of heights by means of tree-trunks, and large rocks, which were so arranged, one on top of another, that at a given sig- nal they might be loosened, and let fall on their assail- ants. Tlie chiefs of the Tepecanos and contiguous tribes carried no wenjwns during the action, but had rods piedrnH pedemales.' Oviedo, Jlist. Gen., toni. iii., p 568. 'En Bcbilden nit Htijve stokjenH gevlocliteii, vnu welke sink verwomlereiis-wncrdig dienen r- denoorlog.' Montanua, Nieuioe Wetrdd, pp. 225-0, aud Dapper, Neue Well, p. 254. % WAR AND TKEATMENT OF CAPTIVES. (HB- with which they chastised those who exhibited symp- toms of cowardice, or became disorderly in the ranks." The slain were scalped or their heads cut off, and prisoners were treated with the utmost barbarity, end- ing invariably in the death of the unfortunates; often were they scalped while yet alive, and the bloody tro- phy placed upon the heads of their tormentors. The heads of the slain were placed on jwles and paraded through their villages in token of victory, the inhabi- tants meanwhile dancing round them. Young children were sometimes spared, and reared to fight in the ranks of their conquerors; and in order to brutalize their youthful minds and eradicate all feelings of affection toward their own kindred, the youthful captives were given to drink the brains and blood of their murdered parents. The Chichi mecs carried with them a bone, on which, when they killed an enemy, they marked a notch, as a record of the number each had slain. Mota Padilla states that when Nufio de Guzman arrived in the valley of Coynan, in Jalisco, the chiefs came out to meet him, and, as a sign of iieace and obedience, dropped on one knee; upon being raised up by the Spaniards, they placed round their necks strings of rabbits and quails, in token of respect." As tiie wants of the jieople are few and simple, so is the inventory of their inrplements and household furni- ture. Every family is supplied with the indispensable metate, an oblong stone, about twelve by eighteen inches, smooth on the surface and resting ui3on three legs in a slanting position; with this is used a long stone roller, >n maloB pnsoR, en tierraa dobladns y c. vii., lit. ii., cup. xii. 'Tres mil " ' Siemnre procuran de ncoraeter en pedregosus.' llimra, Hlit. (fen., dec. Yudios fonnabaii en solo una iila haciendo f rente A nuentro ennipo.' I'ltdilla, Conq. iV. Ual'wia, MS., p. 'M; hog further, Otkdo, Jlist. (Jen., torn, iii., p. C72; lieaumimt, Cron. de Meclioacan, MS., p. 235. »« Tlie Chichiniecs * Flea their heads, and fit that skin upon their own heads* with all the huir, and bo wear it as a toke'i of valour, till it roth jff in bits.' QemelU Careri, in CliurchiU's Col. Voyages, vol. iv., p. 513, and Ikrtwjtr, Col. de Voy., torn, ii., p. 400. ' Quitandoles los (asi'os con el pelo. He los llovan & HU Pueblo, para baylar el raitote en oompaiiia de bus i>arienteH con laa cabtiZita de bus enemi^os en serial del triunfo.' Arhiui, Chron. de Zacalecas, pp. 179, 159-C(>. Further reference in Snhayun, Hist. Oen., torn, iii., lib. x., pp. 133-4; Aleijre, Hist. Conip. de Jesus, torn, i., p. 281. 680 WILD TRIBES OF MEXICO. called the metlapiUi, for rubbing down the maiz, and a large earthen pan, called the comalli, on which to bake the tortillas. Their bottles, bowls, and cups are made from gourds, often prettily painted, and kept hanging round the walL; some unglazed eartlienware vessels, orna- mented with black figures on a dull red ground, are used for cooking, a block of wood serves for a stool and table, and lastly a few petates { Xztec, petlcUl, 'palm-leaf mat'), are laid upon the ground for beds. These com- prise the whole eftects of a native's house. For agricul- d purposes, they have wooden spades, hoes, and sharp ;es for planting corn. Their products are carried home or to market in large wicker-work frames, often five feet high by two and a half feet broad, made from split palm-leaves." In the State of Jalisco, the natives are celebrated for the manufacture of blankets and woolen mantas; in other parts of the country they continue to weave cot- ton stuft's in the same manner as before the conquest, all on very primitive hand-looms. The common designs are in blue or red and white stripes, but they are some- times neatly worked with figures, the juice from the murex or purple shell supplying the vermilion color for the patterns. The inhabitants of Tonala exhibit much taste and excellence in the production of pottery, mak- ing a great variety of toys, -masks, figures, and orna- ments, besides the vessels for household use. In the vicinity of Santa Cruz, the fibres of the aloe, crushed upon the metate, are employed for the manufacture of ropes, nets, bags, and flat round pelotas, used in rubbing down tlie body after a bath. Palm-leaf mats and dressed skins also figure largely among the articles of native industry.** " Cassd, in yotivelks Annates des Voy., 1830, torn, xlv., p. 338; Viflnemx, Smiv. Mex., p. 274; I'rklo, Viajen, p. 193; Tylor'a Anahuac, pp. 201-2; Miiliknpfonit, Mvjicn, toiii. i., pp. 224-C, 241; Jiiontanua, Nieuuie Xf'eereld, p. 224; aiHl Dapper, Neue WM., p. 252. '* ' The Indians of this Countrie doe niako grent store of Woollen Cloth ftinl Silkes.' Purchas, His Piltjrimes, vol. iv., lib. vii., p. 1433. 'Ihe OtoniiH ' sabiiin hftcer lindns labores en las nmntas, eua^uas, y vipiles que tejiau niuy curiosauieute ; pero todas elliis labrabau lu dicho de kilo de maguey quo TBADE AND ABTS. 681 In Vera Cruz, they have canoes dug out of the trunk of a mahogany or cedar tree, which are capable of hold- ing several persons, and are worked with single paddles.^' A considerable trade is carried on in pottery, mats, dressed skins, and manufactures of the aloe-libre; also fruit, feathers, vegetables, and fish. All such wares are packed in light osier baskets, which, thrown upon their backs, are carried long distances to the several markets. In the province of Vera Cruz, vanilla, jalap, and other herbs are important articles of native commerce, and all the interior tribes place a high value on salt, for which they readily exchange their products.* The natives display much patience and skill in orna- mental work, especially carvings in stone, and in paint- ing; although the figures, their gods bearing witness, are all of grotesque shapes and appearance. With noth- ing more than a rude knife, they make very ingenious figures, of wax, of the pith of trees, of wood, charcoal, clay, and bone. They are fond of music, and readily imitate any strain they hear. From time immemorial they have retained a passion for flowers, in all seasons of the year tastefully decorating therewith their dwell- ings and shops. The art of working in gold and silver is well known to the natives of Jalisco, who execute well-shaped specimens of cups and vases, beautifully engraved and ornamented .'^^ eacab.tn y beneficiaban de las pencaa.' Sahagun, Hitt. Gen., torn, iii., lib. z., p. 127; see also, Tylor's Atwliuac, p. 201; Jimtamante, in Prieto, Viajes,p. 193; Carpenter's Trav. Mex., p. 243; Mex. in 1842, p. GC; Miihlenpfordl, Meji- CO, torn, ii., pt ii., p. 341; Lyon's Journal, vol. ii., p. 43; Thiimmel, Mexiko, p. 63. 19 Dak's Kot.es, p. 24. *" ' In those \ onntreys they take neither Rolde nor silver for exchange of anything, but ouley Salt.' Chilton, in JIaktuyt's Voy., vol. iii., p. 459; rom- pare Lyon's Journal, vol. i., p. 293, and vol. ii., p. 198; and Tylor's Anahuuc, p. 85. " Humboldt, Essoi Fol., torn, i., p. 98; Tylor's Andhuac, p. 316; Ward's Mexico, vol. ii., p. 237; Lafond, Voya Mat/er's ifex., Aztec, etc., vol. M., p. 29C; Villa, in Prieto, Viajea, pp. 428-30. ' Teninn tiso y costuinbre los atomfes, de que los varones siendo miiy miichachos y tiernos se cnwisen, y \o inismo las mugercs. ' Sahagrm, HiM. Gen., torn. iii.. lib. x., p. 127. Chicliiinecs * oannnse ron las pnrientas nins cercan'is, pero no con las hermauas.' Ikrrera, Hist. Gm.. dec. viii., lib. vi., cap. XV. 684 WILD TRIBES OF MEXICO. seven or eight years of age demanding suck and receiv- ing it from his mother. A woman near her time of confinement, retires to a dark corner of the house, attended by some aged woman, who sings to her, and pretends to call the baby from afari This midwife, how- ever, does not in any way assist at the birth, but us soon as the child is born she goes out, meanwhile cover- ing her face with her hands, so that she may not see. Having walked once round the house, she opens her eyes, and the name of the first object she sees is chosen as the name of the child. Among the Otomi's, a young woman about to become a mother is the victim of much unnecessary suffering arising from their suiierstitious practices; loaded with certain amulets and charms, she must carefully avoid meeting certain individuals and animals whose look might produce evil effects — a black dog especially must be avoided. The song of a mock- ing-bird near the house is held to be a happy omen. At certain hours the mother was to drink water which had been collected in the mountains, and pre- viously presented to the gods; the phases of the moon were carefully watched. She was obliged to undergo an examination from the old crone who attended her, and who performed certain ceremonies, such as burning aromatic herbs mingled with stiltpetre. Sometimes, amidst her pains, the ancient attendant obliged her charge to jump about, and take powerful medicines, which frequently caused abortion or premature delivery. If the child was a boy, one of the old men took it in his arms and painted on its breast an axe or some im- plement of husbandry, on its forehead a feather, and on the shoulders a bow and quiver; he then invoked for it the protection of the gods. If the child proved to be a female, the same ceremony was observed, with the exception that an old woman officiated, and the figure of a flower was traced over the region of the heart, while on the palm of the right hand a spinning-wheel was pictured, and on the lefl a piece of wool, thus indicating the several duties of after life. According to the AjKts- CHILDBEN AND AMUSEMENTS. 685 t; Miihlenpfordt, Mejiro, toin. i., p. 250. iv ■ Notant barbari, folia parti affeotie aut dolenti applicata, de eventii uiorbi ]ir(ciud !are: ni.ni si finniter ad liiereant, certnm signum esse egrum convalitnnim, sin decidant, contra.' Latt, Xovua Orbia, p. 271, Villa, in iViito, Vifvea, pp. 438-9. BURIAL AND CHABACTEB. 641 former house, so that he might come and take them without crossing the threshold, as they believed the dead returned to see about property. If the deceased had cattle, his friends and relatives every now and then placed some meat upon sticks about the fields, for fear he might come for the cattle he formerly owned. Five days after death a hired wizard essayed to conjure away the shade of the departed property - holder. These spirit-scarers went smoking their pipes all over the dead man's house, and shook zapote-branches in the corners, till they pretended to have found the fancied shadow, which they hurled headlong to its final resting-place. Uix)n the second of November most of the natives of the Mexican valley bring ofterings to their dead rela- tives and friends, consisting of edibles, live animals, and Howers, which are laid on Oi' about the graves. The anniversary or commemortation of the dead among the ancient Aztecs occurred almost upon the same day." The thick-skinned, thoughtful and reserved aborig- inals of central Mexico are most enigmatical in their charjicter. Their peculiar cast of features, their natural reserve and the thickness of their skin, make it ex- tremely difficult to ascertain by the expression of the face what their real thoughts are. The general char- acteristics of this people may be summed upas follows: peaceable, gentle and submissive to their superiors, grave even to melancholy, and yet fond of striking exhibitions and noisy revelry ; improvident but charita- ble, sincerely pious, but wallowing in ignorance and sujxjrstitions ; quick of perception, and possessed of great facility for acquiring knowledge, especially of the arts, very imitative, but with little originality, unambitious, 31 The remains of one of their nncient kings found in n cnve is thus de< scribed; 'estabn cubierto de pedreria tesidn Begun su coBtumbre en In nianta con que se cubria desde log honibros basta los pies, sentado en la uiiHina silla ()ue le flngieron el solio, con tahnW, braznletes, collares, y apretadores de plntu; y en la f rente una corona de hermosas pluinas, de varios colores mez- cladaH. la inuiio izqnierda puesta en el bmzo de la silla, y en la derecha un alfauge con guarnicion de plata.' Alcedo, Diccirmario, torn, iii., p. '299. Bee also: .Uuk'eiipfimU, Mejico, torn, i., pp. 259-60; Apostdlicoa Ajanes, p. 22; Armin, Das JleuiUje Mtxiko, p. 249. Vol. I. 41 642 WILD TRIBES OF MEXICO. unwilling to learn, and indifferent to the comforts of life. Irascibility is by no means foreign to their nature, but it seems to lie dormant until awakened by intox- ication or some powerful impulse, when the innate cruelty flames forth, and they pass suddenly from a state of i)erfect calmness to one of unrestrained fierce- ness. Courage and cowardice are so blended in their character that it is no easy matter to determine which is the predominant trait. A fact worthy of notice is that upon many occasions they have proved themselves capable of facing danger with the greatest resolution, and yet they will tremble at the angry frown of a white man. Laziness, and a marked inclination to cheating and stealing are among the other bad qualities attributed to them; but there is abundant evidence to show, ttiut although naturally averse to industry, they work hard from morning till night, in mining, .agri- culture, and other occupations, and in their inefficient way iiccomplish no little labor. Murder and highway robbery are crimes not generally committed by the pure aboriginal, who steals rarely anything but food to appease his hunger or that of his family. A Mex- ican author fy., 1824, twill, xxiii.. p. 6V; Otlavio, in Id., 1833, torn. lix.. p. 71; liUlhtr, Owi- timofin, pp. 81-2; VVh, in Prieto, Viajes, pp. 446-7; ArizcorreUt, liefpuf^ld a, pp. 24, 2C; iSahagun, Ifiat. Gen., torn, iii., lib. x., pp. 131, 135; Eositi, Snu- venir.1, p. 285; iM/ond, VoyageH, tom. i., p. 213; Wappiixts, Oemj. u. Stut., pp. 40-1; J'aiUWi, Cong. N. (Mima. MS., p. 10; Poimell's Notes Mex., pp. 108, IGl; Malte-llrim, Pticisdeht Oeog., tom. vi., p. 445; Oetnilli Canri, in Churchill's Col. Voyaqes, vol. iv., p. 492; Berenijrr, Col. de Voy., torn, ii , pp. 383-4; BimnyiasUk's Span, Am., vol. i., pp. 49-50. ' li'iniliRhio mexi- caiu est grave, melttncol.que, sileucieux, auui lon(;-teuips i^uo lus liqueurs CHARACTER IN NORTHERN MEXICO. 648 The Fames, Otomi's, Pintos, and other nations north of the Mexican valley were, at the time of the conquest, a barbarous people, fierce and warlike, covetous even of trirtes and fond of display. The Michoacaciues or Taras- cos are warlike and brave, and for many y !urs after the conquest showed themselves exceedingly hostile tj the whites, whom they attacked, plundered, and frequently murdered, when traveling through their country. In 1751 they were already quiet, and gave evidences of being intelligent and devoted to work. The men in the vicinity of the city of Vera Cruz are careless, lazy, and fickle; much given to gambling and drunkenness; but the women are virtuous, frugal, cleanly, and extremely industrious. The natives of Jalapa, judging by their countenance, are less intelligent, and lack the sweetness of character that distinguishes the inhabitants of the higher plateau ; they are, however, peaceable and inoffen- sive. The wild tribes of the north are rude, revengeful, dull, irreligious, lazy, and given to robbery, plunder, and murder. Such are the characteristics attributed to them under the name of Chichimecs by old Spanish au- thors and others. Indeed, the only creditable traits they were allowed to possess, were, in certain parts, courage and an independent spirit. Of the nations of Jalisco, both ancient and modern writers bear testimony to their bravery. They are also sagacious and somewhat indus- trious, but opposed to hard labor (as what savage is not), and not easily kept under restraint. Those who dwell on Lake Chapala are quiet and mild, devoted to agricul- tural pursuits. They indeed proved themselves high- spirited and efficient in defending their rights, when long oppression iiad exhausted their forbearance. The Coras were hardy and warlike, averse to any inter- course with the whites and to the Christian religion, but by the eftbrts of the missionaries, and the heavy enivrantca n'ont pas ngi snr Ini.' IIumhohH, Essai Pol., torn, i., pp. 04, 06. ' The most violent passions are never painted in their features.' Mill's Hist. Mtx., pp. 5-6, 10. ' Of a sharpe wit, and good vnderstanding, for what so- euer it be, Sciences or other Arts, these people are very apt to leame it with small instructing.' Pxirchas' Jlia PUyrinua, vol. iv., p. 1433. 644 \7ILD TBIBES OF MEXICO. blows of the Spanish soldiers, they were brought under subjection, and became tractable.^ The Southern Mexicans, under which name I group the people inhabiting the present states of Oajaca, Guer- rero, Chiapas, the southern portion of Vera Cruz, Tabasco, and Yucatan, constitute the second and last division of this chapter. Much of this territory is sit- uated within the tierras ccUieiites, or hot lands, wherein every variety of tropical vegetation abounds in luxuriant profusion. The heat, especially along the coast, to the unacclimated is most oppressive. The great chain of the Cordillera in its transit across the Tehuantepec isth- mus, approjvches nearer to the Pacific seaboard than to the Atlantic, and dropping from the elevated table-land of central Mexico, seeks a lower altitude, and breaks into cross-ridges that traverse the country in an east and west direction. Upon the northern side of the istiimus are plains of considerable extent, of rich alluvial soil, through which several rivers, after draining the mount- ain districts, discharge into the Mexican gulf These streams, in their course through the table-lands, are bor- dered by rich lands of greater or lesser extent. On the southern side, nature puts on a bolder aspect and a nar- rower belt of lowlands is traversed by several rivers, which discharge the drainage of the southern slope into the Pacific Ocean, and into the lagoons that border the ocean. One of the most important features of Yucatan is the absence of any important river. The coast, which is of great extent, has in general a bleak and arid ap- pearance, and is little broken except on the north-west, S3 The Pintos of Guerrero are 'most ferocious savages.' Tylor's Anahuac, p. 309. The Chicbiinecs are ' los peores de todos y los mayores hoiuiculas Y salteadores de toda la. tierra.' Zarfaie, in Alet/re, Hist. Com p. de Jesiu, torn. 1., p. 281. See further, Almarat, Memoria, p. 18; Keratry, in Ihmie des deux Mondes, Sept., 1866, p. 453; Dtlaporle, TJeisen, torn, x., p. 323; Orotcoy lierra, Oeojrafia, p. 284; Laet, Nomia Orbis, pp. 269, 280; Combier, Voy., p. 394; Biart, in Rtvue Franraim, Dec, 1864, pp. 479, 485; Jlerrera, //is/. Gen., dec. viii., lib. vi., cap. xvi.; Ribas, Iliat. de los Triumphoa, p. 721; Ovudo. IM. Oen., tom. iii., p. 560; Oomara, Hist. Ind., fol. 27l; Beaumont, Cron. deMe- ohoacan, MS., pp.'l97, 235; Pages' Travels, vol. i., p. 160. THE NATIONS OF SOUTHESN MEXICO. 045 where it is indented by the laguna de Terminos, and on the eastern side by the bays of Ascension, Espiritu Santo, and Chetumel. The central part of tiie Yucatan peninsula is occupied by a low ridge of mountains, of barren aspect. A short distance from the coast the general appearance of the country improves, being well- wooded, and containing many fertile tracts. Many of the nations occupying this region at the time of the conquest may be called cultivated, or at least, progressive, and consequently belong to the civil- ized nations described in the second volume of this work; others falling back into a state of wildness after the cen- tral civilization was extinguished, makes it extremely difficult to draw any line separating civilization from savagism. Nevertheless we will exjimine them as best we may ; and if it be found that what we learn of them refers more to the present time than has been the case with nations hitherto treated, the cause will be obvious. The Zapotecs, who were in former times a very pow- erful nation, still occupy a great portion of Oajaca, sur- rounded by the ruins of their ancient palaces and cities. The whole western part of the state is taken up by the Miztecs. Tributary to the above before the conquest, were the Mljes and other smaller tribes now residing in the mountain districts in the centre of the isthmus. The Huavei, who are said to have come by sea from the south, and to have landed near the present city of Te- huantepec, spread out over the lowlands and around the lagoons on the south-western coast of Oajaca. In the province of Goazacoalco, and in Tabasco, are the Alma- lukos, and Cftontaks, who occupy a large portion of the latter state. South of them in Chiapas are the Choks, lke)idales, Zotziks, AlameSj and Qttdenes, and in the ex- treme south-eastern end of the same state, and extend- ing into Central America, some tribes of the Dicandonea are located. The extensive peninsula of Yucatan, the ancient name of which was Mayapan, formed the inde- pendent and ix)werful kingdom of the Mayas, who held undisputed possession of the country until, after a heroic 646 WILD TRIBES OP MEXICO. resistance, they were finally compelled to yield to the superior discipline and weapons of the Spanish in- vaders.** The Zapotecs proper are well-formed and strong; the features of the men are of a peculiar cast and not pleas- ing; the women, however, are delicately formed, and graceful with handsome features. Another tribe of the same nation, the Zapotecs of Tehuantepec, are rather un- der the medium height, with a pleasing oval face and pre- sent a fine personal appearance. Not a few of them have light-colored hair, and a somewhat fair complexion. Their senses, especially that of sight, are acute, and the constitution sound and robust, notwithstanding their habits ol intoxication. The females have regular and handsome features, and though of small stature and bizarre in their carriage, are truly graceful and seduc- tive. Dark lustrous eyes, long eye-lashfes, well defined eye-brows, luxuriant and glossy jet-black hair, play havoc with the men. Those of Acayucan village are particularly noted for their beauty. But not all are thus; instance the Chatinos who are remarkably ugly. The natives of Oajaca are generally large and well-formed ; those of Sierra are of a light-yellow complexion, and their women are tolerably white with mild features. Some branches of the Miztecs and Mazatecs carry upon their shoulders very large loads. Farther liurjioa writ- ing of the Miztecs, of Yangiiistlan, in the year 1541, speaks of their beautiful complexion and fine forms. The Mijes are of good height, strongly built, hard\', and active; they wear a beard, and altogether their asix'ct is repulsive. The Zoques are very much like the Mijes, their features are as prominent and unprepossessing ; but they are probably more athletic. The Chontales are s* The Mayas, ' Sie Belbet nennen sicli hente noch Macegtutl, A. h. Eingc- borene vom Maya-Lande, nie Yucatanos oder Yucntecos, was spiuiisilier Ausdruck fur die Bewohner des Stniites ist.' yVappihix, Gemj. u. Stut., jip. 142-3. See also Orozco y Berra, Geoqmfln, pp. 163, 173, 170, 11)6; liram^enr de Bourboimi, Popol Fu/t, i)reface, p. clvii ; 3/«/(/eHj)/or'nc , Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 543; Vhamay, liuhies An\e'ricmnes, pp. 287. 50(-i; llutclmuis' Cat. Mat)., vol. ii., p. 394. Zftjiotecs 'bien tuUndos,' Jlijes ' ArrogiiuttH, nltitaos de condi- cion, y cuerpo, Miztecs ' linda lez en el rostro, y biieiin dis] osicion en el talle.' Burqoa, Oroij. Descrip., torn, ii., p» ii., fol. 202, 271. 35i, 401, toin. i., pt ii., p. 134. ' Teiiuantepec women : Jet-black hair, silky nud luxuriant, en- frames their light-brown faces, on which, in youth, a warm blush on the cheek heightens the lustre of their dark eyes, with long horizontal lashes and sharply-niurked eyebrows.' Tevipskys MUta, p. i.69. The Soques, 'short, with large chests and powerful muscles Both men and wnmrn have very repulsive countenances.' Shttfeldt'a Explor. Tehuantepec, p. 126. eift WILD TRIBES OF MEXICO. writer mentions that they were generally bow-legged, and many of them squint-eyed. The same author says they had good faces, were not very dark, did not wear a beard, and were long-lived. The women are plump, and generally speaking not ugly." Very scanty was the dress of the dwellers on Tehuan- tepec isthmus. In Oajaca and Chiapas, the men wore a piece of deer or other skin fastened round the waist, and hanging down in front, and the women wore aprons of maguey-fibre. Montanus in describing the Mijes says they were quite naked, but that some wore roimd the waist a white deer-skin dressed with human hearts. The Lacandones, when going to war, wore on their shoulders the skin of a tiger, lion, or deer. The Quelenes wrapped round their head a colored cloth, in the manner of a turban, or garland of flowers. At present, the usual dress of the Zapotecs is a pair of wide Mexican drawers, and short jacket of cotton, with a broad-brimmed hat, made of felt or straw — ^yet the Huaves and many of the poorer class, still wear nothing but a breech-cloth. The costume of the women is simple, and not without ele- gance. That of the Miztecs, Zapotecs, and others dwell- ing in the city of Tehuantepec is a skirt made of cotton, — sometimes of wool — that reaches nearly to the ankles, prettily and often elaborately worked in various designs and colors. The upper part of the body is covered with a kind of chemisette, with short sleeves called the huipil, of fine texture, and adorned with lace and gold or silk threat! 8. On the head is a white cotton cover- ing, made like a narrow sack or sleeve, which is drawn on and hangs down over the back. In Tabasco, the dress of the men difiers little from that of the people of Tehuantepec; the Tabascan women wear a cotton petticoat or a few yards of calico wrapped round the w^ist, and reaching below the knees. Over the petti- ^ 'Es gente la de Yiicatan de buenos cuerpos, bien hechoB, y rezioe'. . . The women 'bien hechas, y no feas. . . .no bou blancas. Bine de color ba^^c' Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. iv., lib. iii., cnp. iv. See further: Danipier's Voy- ages, vol. ii., pt ii., p. 115; Morclet, Voyage, torn, i., p. 148; Montanus, Nkuwe Wetretd, p. 258; Dapper, Neve Well, p. 291; Tylor'a Anahuac, p. 16. DRESS IN OAJAGA ANC YUCATAN. M9 coat they wear a frock with sleeves to the wrist, leaving the bosom and neck exposed. Children and boys go naked ; indeed, whenever clothing to any extent is found in this region, we may be sure that the foreign trader is at the bottom of it." Both sexes usually wear the hair long, parting it in the middle, and either permit it to hang in loose tresses over the shoulders, or, binding it with gay colored rib- bons, loop it up on the back of the head, where it is fastened with a large comb. On festive occasions they interweave flowers with the hair, and also mingle with it a species of shining beetle, called cuculh, which emits a phosphorescent light, and produces a very pretty eftect. Among the Zoques who reside at San Miguel and Santa Maria Chimalapa, the males shave the crown of the head, a custom of possible monkish origin peculiar to themselves. Feather tufts and skins of green birds were formerly much used for ornaments ; they had also necklaces made of pieces of gold joined together, and amber beads. Nose and ears were pierced, and pieces of stone or amber or gold rings or a bit of carved wood inserted. Montanus describes a kind of snake called ibobaca, which he says the inhabitants of Chiapas wore round the neck.^ 1'hey also painted and stained the face. When Fernandez de Cordova explored the north- ern coast of Yucatan, he found the people clad in cotton garments, and at tbe present day this forms the princi- pal material from which their clothing is made. Men now wear a cotton shirt or blouse, usually without sleeves, and wide drawers; round the waist is tied a " Burgoa, Ocog. Descrip., torn, ii., pt ii., fol. 285; ^fontanus, Xieuiee Wet' reld, p. 255; Dapper, Neue. Welt, p. 288; Hmsneur de Jioitrbottrii, \''»j. de Te- laumtepec, p. l'J4; Palaiios, in Oroico y liirra, Geografki, p. KJCi; Imih, in Id., p. 162; Museo Mex. torn, ii., p. 555. 'Muchackos ya niayciriuUos. Todos (lesuudoH en carnes, como nacierou de bus roudren Tras ellcis veniau muchoB Indios mnyoreit, cnsi tan desnudos como bus Lijos, con uiuchos sar- tales de floras . . en la cabeza, rebuxada una toca de colores, cumo tocado de Armenio.' Remesal, Hist. Cliyapa, p. 292. 38 ' With their hair ty'd up in a Knot behind, they think themselves ex- tream fine.' DampUr's Voywies, vol. ii., ptii., p. 114. 'Muy empenachados y pintados.' Herrera, Hist. Gen., deo.ii., lib. iv., cap. xi.; Laniard a Tehuante^ pec, pp. 221-2, 226. 650 WILD TRIBES OF MEXICO. white or colored sash ; for protection from the sun, a straw hat is worn, or perhaps a pie!l que cubre la parte superior del cuerpo, y al fustan 6 enagua, de mauta du algodou.' Orozco y Berni, Oeoiirafia, p. 158. Of the men 'un calzoncillo ancho y largo hastn media pierna, y tal vez hasta cerca del tobillo, de la niisma manta, un ceiiidor bianco o de colores, un paiiuelo, y un sombrero de paja, y & veces una alpargata de snela, con sub cordones de nierato.' Rc'iuAro Ytwnteco, tom. i., pp. 177-8. See further: Hassel, 3Iex. Gual., p. 267; Gilind'\ in JjotuLOeoij. Soc., Jour., vol. iii., p. 59; Wilson's Amer. Hist., pp. 88, 114; Morekt, Voyage, tom. i., pp. 147, 179. peine , signe caras d parecei above ■ p. 50; form Geo;). que los csta tic Museo . Jlassel, ZAPOTEC BUILDINGS. 651 of their beards, and the men allowed the hair to grow down over the eyebrows, making their heads and lore- heads tlat on purpose. They pierced nose and ears, ornamenting them with rings set with pearls and bits of amber, and wore collars and bracelets of gold. Some among tliem filed their teeth. They painted the face and all exposed parts of the body in many colors, using white or yellow with black and red, covering themselves from the waist upward with a variety of designs and figures. When going to battle paint was much used, in order to render their appearance more formidable; men tattooed on the chest, and the women mixed liquid amber with their pigments, which, when rubbed over the body, emitted a perfume.** The better class of Zapotecs of the present day build their houses in a substantial manner of adol)es ; the com- mon jjeople construct a more simple dwelling with branches arranged in a double row, and the space be- tween filled in with earth; they also make them of wattled cane-work plastered with clay. Such dwellings are cool and proof against the frequent earthquakes that occur in their territory. Roofs are tliatched with pal- metto-leaves without opening, nor are there any windows in the walls. The interior is divided into several com- partments, according to size and necessity.*' The Mijes thatch their houses with bundles of coarse straw. The Chinantecs, Chochos, and Chontales oinginally built no houses, but sought out the most shady forests, where they dwelt, or they located themselves in ravines and *" ' Tons portaient les cheyeux longs, et les Espagnols ont eu beanconp de peine a les lenr fnive conper; la chevelnre longne est encore nnjourd'hni ]o signe distiuctif des Indicns insouniis.' Waldeck, Voy. I'iU., p. 40. ' Las caras de bianco, negro, y Colorado pintadas, qne llamiin enibijarse, y cierto parecen demonios pintadiis.' ('o;iolluilo. Hist, de Yucathan, p. (>. Compare above with 'JWiutux-Compdns, in youvelks Annules desVoy., 1843, torn, xcvii., p. 50; Helps' Spnn. Conq., vol. ii., p. 262. *' 'The bnildings of the lower class are tliatched with palm-leaves, and form but one piece, without window or chimney.' Ifermesdorf, in Lond. Geof). Soc., Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 544. • Cnbrense las casas do vna cucbilla que los Indios hazen de pajas muyespessasybien assentadas, qnellaniau en esta tierra jacales.' Ddv'da Padilla, Ilisl. Fund. Mex., p. 545). Kee also: Muneo Mex., torn, ii., p. 554; Barnard's Telntantepec, pp. l nail quan- tity of corn that they need. ntt ochote, many very fine oranges, and tobacco, 'i iv fond of i-^uanas and their eggs, and of parrots, k u the latter \ th stones. The CMiontales of Tabasco aiit Teln ntepec use maize <* Tho Cl-.oclios And C'hontales ' no tenian Pmnlo fnndado, si no cobnchii- eliis 08trech;is en lo inns escondido de Ids montos.' .'(unjoa, Oeoij. Deittrip. torn, ii., )u ii., fol. 3;!6. The Cliinnntecs lived 'en ruucherios entre bar nincns, y cspessurns denrlmles.' liurimento, tomatoes, coarse pepper, salt, red coloring mat- tor, and some lard added to it, is placed on the fire in a pan and as soon as it lias acquired the consistency of a thick gruel, it is removt^d, mixed with the meat, some *3 Zapotecs; 'Sedan con gran vicio bus sementerns. ' Miztecn, 'Inbrn- tlores de mayz, y frizo..' linnjoit, Geofi. Descrip., torn, i., pt ii., fol. 36, 143 and 47, 165-6, 184, to-ii. ii., pi ii., fol.' 199-200, 202, 228, 282, 396, 398, 400. Zaputees, 'grunde inr.linaciou, y exercicio d la cnza, y uioiiteria de aiiimales uaiupeHiuoB en e»tn:cial de veuados.' liunjoa. Palestra Hist., pt i., fol. 110. See further: /'urmird's Tehuantepec, pp. 2'i0-2, 225-6; Moro, lu Garay, Re- Konocimientc, pp. 90, 93-4; Brasseur dt Bourbourg, Voy. Tehuaittepec, p. 196; Xammte, Col. de Viages, torn, iii., pp. 56, 61; Oalindo, iu Lond. Otog. 8oe., Jour., vol iii., p. 69. 654 WILD TBIBES OF MEXICO. more lard and salt added, and the mass kneaded for a few moments. It is then divided into small portions, which are enveloped in a thin paste of maize. The tamales thus prepared are covered with a banana-leaf or corn- husk and placed in a pot or pan over which large leaves are laid. They are allowed to boil from one hour and a half to two hours. The posok is a nourishing drink made of sour maize paste mixed w ith water ; sometimes they add a little honey to it. They also prepare a drink by parching corn and grinding it to powder on the me- tate, and mixing it with water and a little achate. This last drink they prefer to the ix)sole, for long journeys." The natives of Tehuantepec and especially those who reside in the Goazacoalco district are neat and clean in regard to their personal habits. They observe the custom of bathing daily. In their ablutions they make use of a plant called chintule the root of which they mix with water, thereby imparting to their bodies a strong aroma- tic odor. The same plant is used when they wash their clothes, the scent from which remains on them for some time. A pleasing feature in the appearance of these people is the spotless whiteness of their cotton dresses and the care they bestow on their luxuriant hair. The other tribes who inhabit this isthmus as well as those of Chiapas are not so clean in their jxjrsons, and as a consequence are much infested with vermin which the women have a disgusting habit of eating when picked from the hetuls of their children. The Mayas make I're- quent use of cold water, but this practice ap^xjars to be more for pleasure than ibr cleansing purposes, as neither in their ix?rsons nor in their dwellings do they present an appearance of cleanliness." <*Ti»baB(o: ' Ccnicn n huh horAB concertndaB, oames de vacn, pnerco, y nTies, y beuii vnn iK'niila imiy Biin^i. Iiechii de cacao, mayz, y eBpecin do In Merra, la aval llamnu Zncolate.' Iltrrtra, Hist. Gm., dec. iii., lib. vii.. cji)'. iii. Turtillitg, ' When they are bnkcd brov/n, they are railed " totoposti, ' ' imd taste like pnrched com.' Slntfeldl'a Exflor. Tehuantepec, p. I'i5. Tbo<'li(in- taloH, ' 8U aliinento frecnerite en el prcM>le . . . riira vez eoinon la came de reb.' Orotco y liemt, Geo^nf'u, p. lCl-2, Dampler'n Voyugen, vol. ii., ]* >»t on cliemiKe, ri'piiudaK-iitdaus I'atinos- phere uue odeiir sui iimerii qui Houlevait lo cwur.' t'huriiay, liuines Anieri- caiiies, )). 457. The women are 'not very Aenn in Iheir habits eating the iuHocta from the bimhy heads of tlieir children.' Ifrrnimdor/, in Lnnil. Gumj. Soc., Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 543. ' No son niny limpias en sus pcrsonas, ni en BUS casas, conquanto 80 laban.' Herrtra, Hist. (Jen., dec. iv., lib. x., cap. iv.; Morekt, Voyage, torn, i., p. 148. 46 • Pcleanau con lan<,-aH, armadaH laa puntns con cnpinaH y huegsoH niny ngndoB de pescrxdos. ' llcrrtra, IHhI. Gin., dec. ii., lib. iv., cap. xi. ' Umibau do I mzas «fe deRmcHurado tamaiio para conibatir.' Orotco y terra, Gtoi.rafia, p. 187. Sec also: Ovirtio, Hist. Gtn., toni. iii., p. 4C1; liiirroti, Grofi. Dfsdip., torn, ii., pt ii., fol. 330; CoqoHudo, Hist, tie Yumthan, pp. ji-fl, 11, '77; A'«i"«r- nte, Col. (/< Viaget, tou. iii., pp. 58-50; ilortltt, Voyuyt, toni. i., p. 17U. 666 WILD TRIBES OF MEXICO. To their forts they retired when invaded by a superior force, and from the walls they hurled large rocks with damaging effect against their foes. Cortes found erected on the bank of the Tabasco River, in front of one of their towns, a strong w ( 'oden stocksule, with loopholes through which to discharge arrows; and subsequently, during his march through their country, they frequently set fire to their villages, with the object of harassing his troops. When advancing to battle they maintained a regular formation, and they are described as having met Francisco Montejo in good order, drawn up in three col- umns, the centre under the command of their chief, accompanied by their chief priest. The combatants rushed forward to the attack with loud shouts, cheered on by the blowing of horns and beating of small drums called tmikulm. Prisoners taken in battle were sacrificed to their gods.*^ The furniture of their houses is of the plainest de- scription, and limited to their absolute wants. Their tables or benches are made of a few rough l)oards, and a mat called petate, spread on the floor, serves for a bed, while a coarse woolen blanket is used for covering; some few have small cane bedsteads. The natives of Tabasco and Yucatan more commonly have a network haniaca or hammock, suspended from two jxjsts or trees. Their cooking-utensils consist of the metate, pots made of earthenware, and gourds. The universal machete carried by man and boy serves many purposes, such iis chopping firewood, killing animals, eating, and building houses. IJurgoa describes nets of a peculiar make used by the Zapotecs for catching game ; in the knots of the net were fixed the claws of lions, tigers, bears, and other *i ' Tienen enfrente degte Pueblo vn cerro altisatmo, cou vna puntn que descuella soberviamente, casi entre la Region de lag nubcH, y coronaKe con v!?a niuy dilutnda niuralla de Iosbob de mas de vn estado de alto, y qncntuii de lag piiituras de sua churactereg hiatorialeg, que so retiraban alii, pnra di'- fenderae de bus enetnigoH.' liurqoa, Oeo'j. Descrip., toni. i., pt ii.. fol. 1. The Huavea ' no poneyendo embarcaciones propias para arrieagiirse en aguiu de algnn fondo, y deftconociendo hasta el uso de los remos, no freciientiin maa que los pnnt'm que jxir hu poca prof undidad noofrecen mayor peligro.' Moro, in (Jaray, JitconocimUnto, p. 90. 't*nnejtdot ^ourbourt/ ^fnertregw *niento, p. ZAPOTEC GOVERNMENT. 660 products of the soil are shared equally by all, and the food for the whole settlement is prepared at one hut. Each family contributes its quota of provisions, which, when cooked, are carried ofif smoking hot to their several dwellings. Many of the natives of Tabasco earn a livelihood by keeping bee-hives; the bees are captured wild in the woods, and domesticated. The Huaves breed cattle and t&n hides; cheese and tasajo, or jerked meat, are prepared and exported by them and other tribes on the isthmus of Tehuantepec. At the present day cochi- neal is cultivated to a considerable extent, and forms an important article of commerce timong the inhabi- tants. A rather remarkable propensity to the possession of large numbers of mules is peculiar to the Mijes ; such property in no way benefits them, as they make no use of them as beasts of burden ; indeed, their owners seem to prefer carrying the loads on their own backs." Formerly the Zapotecs were governed by a king, under whom were caciques or govei-nors who ruled over certain districts. Their rank and power descended by inheritance, but they were obliged to pay tribute to the king, from whom they held their authority in fief. At the time of the conquest the most powerful among them was the Lord of Cuicatlan ; for the service of his house- hold, ten servants were furnished daily, and he was treated with the greatest respect and homage. In later years a cacique was elected annually by the peopie, and under him officers were appointed for the different vil- lages. Once a week these sub-officers assembled to con- sult with and receive instructions from the cacique on matters relating to the laws and regulations of their dis- tricts. In the towns of the Miztecs a municipal form of government was established. Certain officials, elected annually, appointed the work which was to be done by the people, and every morning at sunrise the town-criers 5> MiU't Hist. Mex., p. 158; Paladoa, in Orotco y Berra, Gtografia, p. 166; Uermadorf, in Lond. Otog. Soe., Jour., yol. xxxii., p. &47; Brasaeur dt BourhoHru, ^oy- Tthuantepei; p. 108; Hutchimja' Cal. Mag., vol. ii., p. 394; ifacoregor'a ProgrtM of A.^i'rica, vol. i., p. 849; Moro, in Oaroy, Beconod- miento, p. 93; Stephens' Ywxitan, vol. ii., p. 14. «60 WILD TRIBES OF MEXICO. from the tops of the highest houses called the inhabi- tants to their allotted tasks. It was also the duty of the town-criers to inflict the punishment imposed on all who from laziness or other neglect failed to perform their share of work. A somewhat similar system ap- pears to have prevailed in Chiapas, where the people lived under a species of republican government.'^ The Mayas were at one time governed by a king who reigned supreme over the whole of Yucatan. Internal dissen- sions and wars, however, caused their country to be divided up into several provinces, which were ruled over by lords or petty kings, who held complete sway, each in his own territory, owing allegiance to none, and recognizing no authority outside of their own juris- diction. These lords appointed captains of towns, who had to perform their duties subject to their lord's ap- proval. Disputes arising, the captains named umpires to determine differences, whose decisions were final. These people had also a code of criminal laws, and when capital punishment was ordered, public execution- ers carried the sentence into effect. The crime of adul- tery in the man was punishable by death, but the injured party could claim the right to have the adulterer de- livered to him, and he could kill or pardon him at pleasure; disgrace was the punishment of the woman. The rape of a virgin was punished by stoning the man to death." >* * Lc8 seignenrs de Cnicatlan ^taient, an teraps de la conqnftte tr^s-riches et tr&8-pui88ant8, et leurs desceudautB en ligne directe, decores encore du titre de ctkciqviea.' Fossey, Mexique, pp. 338-9. At Etla ' Herreu des Ortes wareii Caziken, welche ihn als eine Art von Mannlehen besassen, und dcm Kouige einen gewissen Tribut bezahlen mussten. ' Mahlenpfonll, ilejico, torn, ii., })t i., p. 188. The Miztees ' teuian senalados conio pregoneros, ofBciidea que elegian por aiio, pura que todas lab maiianaa al deapnntar el Sol, subidos en \o mas alto de la casa de aa Bepublica, con grandes vozes, llamasen, y exitaseu i todos, diziendo nilid, aalid A trabajar, a trabajar, y con rigor execntivo castigaban al que fnltaba de an tarea.' Burgoa, Geog. Descrip., torn, i., pt ii., fol. 151, also lierrera. Hist. Gen,, dec. It., lib. z., cap. zi. >* ' Estava aujeta 4 diuersoa Senorca, que como Reyeznelos dominnbnn dinersoB territories pero antt'B aula sido toda snjeta & vn Seiior, y Key Supremo, y asi gouernada con gouierno Monarquico. ' CoqoUudo, Hint, de Yxt- eautan, p. (iO. ' En ciida pueblo teninn seftaladoB Capitanes a quienes obede- oian.' Iferrera, Hint. Om., dec. iv., lib. x., cap. ii-iv. For old customs and new, compare above with Mordtt, Voyage, torn, i., p. 168, and Uasatl, Mex. Qvai., p. 267. SLAVEBY AND MABBIAOE. 661 Slavery existed among the tribes of Goazacoalco and Tabasco. Dofia Marina was one of twenty female slaves who were presented to Cortes by the cacique of the lat- ter place; and when her mother, who lived in the province of Goazacoalco, gave her away to some travel- ing merchants, she, to conceal the act, pretended that the corpse of one of her slaves who died at that time was that of her own daughter." Among the Zapotecs and other nations who inhabit the isthmus of Tehuantepec, marriages are contracted at a very early age ; it happens not unfrequently that a youth of fourteen marries a girl of eleven or twelve. Polygamy is not permissible, and gentleness, affection, and frugality characterize the marital relations. Cer- tain superstitious ceremonies formerly attended the birth of children which, to a modified extent, exists at the present day. When a woman was about to be con- fined, the relatives assembled in the hut, and com- menced to draw on the floor figures of different animals, rubbing each one out as soon as it was completed. This operation continued till the moment of birth, and the figure that then remained sketched upon the ground was called the child's Unia or second self When the child grew old enough, he procured the animal that represented him and took care of it, as it was believed that health and existence were bound up with that of the animals, in fact, that the death of both would occur simultaneously. Soon after the child was born, tlie parents, accompanied by friends and relatives, carried it to the nearest water, where it was immersed, while at the same time they invoked the inhabitants of the water to extend their protection to the child ; in like manner they afterwards prayed for the favor of the animals of the land. It is a noticeable trait, much to the credit of the parents, that their children render to them as well as to all aged people the greatest respect and obedience. That the women are strictly moral can- M ' With other presents which they brought to the conqueror were twenty female ■lavei.' Uapt' Span. Conq., vol. ii., p. 264. WILD TBIBES OF MEXICO. not be asserted. Voluptuous, with minds untrained, and their number being greatly in excess of the men, it is not surprising that travelers have noted an absence of chastity among these women ; yet few cases of conjugal infidelity occur, and chastity is highly esteemed. Ille- gitimate children are not common, partly the result, per- haps, of early marriages." Among the Quelenes, when a contract of marriage was made, the friends and rela- tives collected at the assembly-house common to every village. The bride and bridegroom were then introduced by the parents, and in the presence of the cacique and priest confessed all the sins of which they were guilty. The bridegroom was obliged to state whether he had had connection with the bride or with other women, and she, on her part, made a full confession of all her short- comings; this ended, the parents produced the presents, which consisted of wearing-apparel and jewelry, in which they proceeded to array them ; they were then lifted up and placed upon the shoulders of two old men and women, who carried them to their future home, where they laid them on a bed, locked them in, and there left them securely married." Among the Mayas early mar- riage was a duty imposed by the Spanish Fathers, and if a boy or girl at the age of twelve or fourteen had not chosen a mate, the priest selected one of equal rank or i> ' Vbo en esta jnridioion grandes errores, y ritofl oon las pandas, y niftoB recien naddoB, Ueuaudolos & los rioa, y sumergiendolos en el agua, hn- zian deprecacion & todos los animales aqua'tiles, y Taego & los de tierra le fneran lauorables, y no le ofendieran.' Burgoa, Otog. Dtscrip., torn, ii., pt ii., fol. 329. 'Guns^rvase entre ellos la creencia de que su vida esta unida & la de nn animal, y que es forzoso que mneran ellos cuando este ma- ere.' Museo Mex., torn, ii., pp. 554-5. 'Between husband and wife cases of infidelity are rare ... .To the credit of the Indians be it also said, that their progeny is legitimate, and that the tows of marriage are as faithfully cher- ished as in the most enlightened and favored lands. Youthful marringes ure nevertheless of frequent occurrence.' Barnard's Tehuantepec, p. 222. Women of the Japateco race: 'their manners in regard to morals are most blame- able.' Hermesdorf, in Land. Otoij, Soc., Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 543. Moro, referring to the women of JaltiJMin, says: 'Son de costumbres sumiimente libres: snele decirse ademaa que los jaltipanos no soln no las celan, sino que Uevan las ideas de hospitalidad a un rare exceso.' Oaray, Beconodmitnlo, p. 116; Ferry, Costal L'Indien, pp. 6-7; Hegislro Yucakco, torn, i., p. 166 M ' Inntauanse en el Capnl, qne es v'na casa del comun, en coda bnrrio, para hazer casamientos, el Caziqne, el Papa, los desposados, los parientes: estando sentados el seSor, y el Papa, llegauan los contrayentes, y el Papa lea amonestaua qne dixesaen las oosas qne auian hecho hasta aquella hora. Htrrera, Hid. G«n., dec. iv., lib. x., cap. XI. WEDDINGS AND FATHEBS-IN-LAW. MS fortune and obliged them to marry. The usual presents were dresses; and a banquet was prepared, of which all present partook. During the feast the parents of the parties addressed them in speeches applicable to the occasion, and afterwards the house was perfumed by the priest, who then blessed the company and the ceremony ended. Previous to the wedding-day the parents fasted during three days. The young man built a house in front of that of his father-in-law, in which he lived with his wife during the first years of his servitude, for he was obliged to work for his father-in-law four or five years. If he failed to perform faithful service, his father-in-law dismissed him, and gave his daughter to another. Widowers were exempt from this servitude, and could choose whom they pleased for a wife without the interference of relatives. It was forbidden a man to marry a woman of the same name as his father. They married but one wife, though the lords were per- mitted to make concubines of their slaves. Mr Stephens, in his description of the inhabitants of the village of Schawill, says: "Every member must marry within the rancho, and no such thing as a marriage out of it had ever occurred. They said it was impossible; it could not happen. They were in the habit of going to the villages to attend the festivals; and when we suggested a supposable case of a young man or woman falling in love with some village Indian, they said it might hap- pen ; there was no law against it ; but none could marry out of the rancho. This was a thing so little appre- hended, that the punishment for it was not defined in their penal code; but being questioned, after some con- sultations, they said that the offender, whether man or woman would be expelled. We remarked that in their small community constant intermarriages must make them all relatives, which they said was the case since the reduction of their numbers by the cholera. They were in fact all kinsfolk, but it was allowable for kins- folk to marry, except in the relationship of brothers and sisters." 6M WILD TBIBE8 OF MEXICO. In divisions of property women could not inherit ; in default of direct male heirs the estate went to the brothers or nearest male relatives. When the heir was a minor, one of his male relatives was appointed guardian, until the days of his minority should have passed, when the property was delivered up to him. The Southern Mexicans were particular to keep a strict chronology of their lineage. Young children underwent a kind of baptismal ceremony. The Mayas believed that ablution washed away all evil ; and previous to the ceremony the parents fasted three days, and they were particular to select for it what they considered a lucky day. The age at which the rite was performed was be- tween three and twelve years, and no one could marry until he had been baptized. Habits of industry as well OS respect for parents and aged people was strongly im- pressed upon the minds of the children." The Southern Mexicans are fond of singing and dancing, though there is not much variety either in their melancholy music or monotonous dances. Their favorite instrument is the marimba, composed of pieces of hard wood of different lengths stretched across a hol- lowed-out canoe-shaped case. The pieces of wood or keys are played upon with two short sticks, one held in each hand. The sound produced is soft and pleasing, and not unlike that of a piano. Another instrument is the tunkul or drum, made of a hollow \og with sheep- skin stretched over the end ; it is struck with the fingers of the right hand, the performer holding it under his left arm. Their movements during their dances are slow and graceful. The men are addicted to intoxica- tion at their feasts, the liquor in common use among them being mescal and aguardiente, a colorless spirit made from the sugar-cane. Many of the natives have a small still in their houses.'' " Dampier's Voyages, vol. ii., pt ii., p. 114; Htmra, Bid. Cfm., dec. iv., lib. X., cap. iv. ; TerTutxuc-Cotnpana, in NouveUtn Annale» dea Voy., 1843, torn, xovii., p. 50; Stephens' Yucatan, vol., ii., pp. 15-16; Latt, Novua Orbia, p. 272; Dice. Univ., torn. iv.. p. 266; Baesa, in Begistro Yucateco, torn, i., p. 166. * ' Their amoMmenta are scarcely vorthy of note. . . .their liveliest Bongs CUSTOMS IN OAJACA. 666 The Zapotecs are exceedingly polite to one another in their common salutations, calling each other brother, and to the descendants of their ancient caciques or lords the utmost reverence is paid. It is related by a Mexican writer that in a village not distant from the city of Oajaca, whenever an aged man, the son of one of their ancient lords was seen by the nat i ves out walking, with a majesty that well became his fine form, position, and age. they uncovered their heads, kissed his hands, which he held out to them, with much tenderness, calling him djoujudA (father), and remained uncovered until he was lost to sight. They are a theocratic people, much ad- dicted to their ancient religious belief and customs. Those who live in the vicinity of Mitla entertain a peculiar superstition ; they will run to the farthest vil- lages and pick up even the smallest stones that formed a part of the mosaic work of that famous ruin, believing that such stones will in their hands turn into gold. Some of them hold the belief that anyone who discovers a buried or hidden treasure has no right to appropriate to his own use any portion of it, and that if h(^ does, death will strike him down within the year, in punish- ment of the sacrilege committed against the spirit of the person who hid or buried the treasure. One of the first priests that lived among the Zapotecs says that after they had entered the pale of the church, they still clung to their old religious practices, and made offerings of aromatic gums, and living animals ; and that when the occasion demanded a greater solemnity, the officiating priest drew blood from the under part of his tongue, and from the back part of his ears, with which he sprinkled some thick coarse straw, held as sacred and used at the sacrifices. To warm themselves, the Cho- chos, or Chuchones, of Oajaca used, in cold weather, are «ad, and their merriest muaio melancholy.' Barnard' a Tehxuxnitptc, p. 222. * Afectos 4 las bebidan embriagantes, conocen dos particulares, el cA«- roii, y el balche 6 guarapo, compnesto de agua, cana de azucar, palo-guarapo y maiz quemado.' Oroxco y Jkrra, Oeografla, p. 162. Hee also: Foaaey, Mexiqtu, pp. 343, 364; Dampier'8 Voyages, vol. li., pt ii., p. 115; Stephens' ruoaton, vol. i., pp.-l4i-6; Chamny, Riiints Atnirkatnes, pp. 496-7. C06 WILD TBIBEB OF MEXICO. towards the evening, to bum logs and dry leaves close to the entrance of their caves, and blow the smoke into their dwellings, which being quite fnll, all the family, old and young, males and females, rusiied in naked and closed the entrance. The natives of Goazacoalco and other places practiced some of the Jewish rites, includ- ing a kind of circumcision, which custom they claimed to have derived from their forefathers; hence have arisen innumerable analogies to prove the Jewish origin of these peoples. The Huaves still preserve ancient customs at tiieir feasts. It is a remarkable fact that although nearly all these people are fishermen, very few of them can swim. The Mijes have a habit of speaking in very loud tones; this is attributed by some to their haughty spirit, and by others to their manner of life in the most rugged portion of the mountains. When bound upon a journey, if they have no other load to carry, they fill their tonatesj or nets, with stones. This is gen- erally done by them on the return home from the mar- ket-place of Tehuantepec. These loads rest upon their backs, and hang by a band from their foreheads. In ancient times, when they were in search of a new coun- try to settle in, they subjected the places they hod devastated to the fire proof. This was done by putting a firebrand over night into a hole, and if it was found extinguished in the morning, they considered that the Sun desired his children (that is themselves) to continue their journey. They are much given, even at the pres- ent time, to idolatrous practices, and will make sacrifices, on the Roman Catholic altar, of birds as offerings to the false gods they worshiped before their partial conver- sion to Christianity. The natives attribute eclipses of the moon to an attempt by the sun to destroy their sat- ellite, and to prevent the catastrophe make a frightful uproar, employing therefor everything they can get hold of.» u ' FrovinouB Onozaoualoo atque Ylntn neo non et Goestxatlsa indiginn, multas ceremonias ludsBoram nsarpabant, nam et oiroomoidebantur, more k majoribuB (ut ferebant) aooepto, quod alibi in hisoe regionibus ab Hispanis DISEASES AND MEDICAL TBBATMENT. 667 The diseases most prevalent among the Southern Mexicans are fevers, measles, and severe colds. All theae people possess an excellent knowledge of medicinal herbs, and make use of them in cow^s of pains and sick- ness. They still practice some of their mysterious cere- monies, and are inclined to attribute all complaints to the evil influence of bewitchments. Father Baeza, in the Hegistro Yucateco, says they consulted a crystal or transparent stone called zakun, by which they pretended to divine the origin and cause of any sickness. When suffering with fever or other disorders, the disease is often much aggravated and death caused by injudicious bathing in the rivers. In ancient times tobacco was much used as a specific f^nst pains arising from colds, rheumatism, and asthma; the natives found that it soothed the nerves and acted as a narcotic. They also practiced bleeding with a sharp flint or fish-bone. The Zapotecs attempted cures by means of a blow-pipe, at the same time invoking the assistance of the gods."" When a death occurs the body is wrapped in a cotton cloth, leaving the head and face uncovered, and in this condition is placed in a grave. Very few of the ancient funeral usages remain at the present day, though some traces of superstitious ceremonies may still be observed among them ; such as placing' food in the >p:ave, or at diflerent spots in its immediate vicinity. Sometimes a funeral is conducted with a certain degree of pomp, and the corpse carried to its last resting-place followed by haotenuB non fait obseryatam.' Laet, Nomw OrUs, p. SMI. 'They appear to regard with horror and avoid with superstitiouB fear all those plu-^es reputed to contain remains or evidences of their former religion.' Shufi'ldtb Explnr. Tehuanteptc, p. 125. See further: Mumo Mtx., torn, ii., pp. 661-6; Cmrnay, Ruines America'mea, pp. 265, 286; Burgoa, Oeog. Descrip., torn, ii., pt ii., fol. 281-2. 290, 313. 332, 335-6, 397; Id., Palestra llist., fol. 110; Moro, in Garay, ii(eonoctmi«n(r>, pp. 90, 93; Dice. Univ., torn, ir., p. 237. «i Burgoa, Gtog. Descrip., torn, li., pt ii., fol. 329; Baeta, in Reijiatro Yuca- ttco, turn, i., p. 168; Moraet, Vnyage, tom. i., p. 313; Uermesdorf, in Lmd. Geog. Soc,, Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 543. ' Ay en esta tierra mucha diuersidad de yemas medicinales, con que se onran loa naturales.' Htrrera, Hist. Om., dec. iii., lib. vii., cap. iii. The Maya ' sabe las virtudea de todas las plantas como ai hubieae eatudiado bot4nio», oonooe loa venenos, loa antfdo- tos, y no ae lo oonltan loa oalmantes.' Orotco y Bnra, Oeogntfia, pp. 168, 162, 178. WILD TBIBES OF MEXICO. hom-blowera, and tunkul-drummera. As in the case of the central Mexicans, a memorial day is observed, when much respect is shown for the memory of the dead, nt which times fruits, bread, and cakes are placed upon the graves.** The character of the inhabitants of the Tehuantepec isthmus and Yucatan is at the present day one of docility and mildness. With a few exceptions they are kind-hearted, confiding, and generous, and some few of them evince a high degree of intelligence, although the majority are ignorant, superstitious, of loose morality as we esteem it, yet apparently unconscious of wrong. Cayetano Moro says they are far superior to the average American Indian. The Zapotecs are a bold and inde- pendent people, exhibit many intellectual qualities, and are of an impatient disposition, though cheerful, gentle, and inoffensive; they make good soldiers; they arc fanatical and superstitious like their neighbors. The women are full of vivacity, of temperate and industri- ous habits, their manners are characterized by shyness rather than modesty, and they are full of intrigue. To this nation the Mijes present a complete contrast ; of all the tribes who inhabit the isthmus, they arc the most brutal, degraded, and idolatrous; they are grossly stu- pid, yet stubborn and ferocious. The Chon tales and Choles are barbarous, fierce, and quarrelsome, and greatly addicted to witchcraft. The Cajonos and Xexitzas, of Oajaca, are of a covet )us and malicious nature, dishon- est in their dealings, and much inclined to thie\ ing. The Zoques are more rational in their behavior; although they are ignorant and inlemperate in their hai)its, they arc naturally kind f nd obliging, as well m patient und enduring. The Huavcs are deiicient in intelli- gence, arrogant and inhospitable to strangers, and of a reticent and perverse disposition. The Miztecs are «' TrrnauiT'CompanB, in Kow>eUes Annalea de» Toy.. 1843, torn, xcvii., p. 61; 3/iMfrt J/fa;., torn, ii., p. C.')4. 'Eu Tumiltepcc, log indioH luinn do cen- moniiiH Huper8tici(>8i(8 en hhs gepulturus. He leave hiicor en Iob cenunilcrioM Sequcuos muntoncH de tierra, en lo8 qua mozclan vfvereH cuda vez quo on- orraa alKUuo de elloM.' Jkrlandier y TImwI, Liario, p. 231. CHABACTEB OF SOUTHERN MEXICANS. 669 grave and steady; they exhibit many traits of inge- nuity, are industrious, hospitable, and affable in their manners, and retain an ardent love for liberty.®" The Mayas exhibit many distinguished characteristics. Al- though of limited intelligence, and more governed by their senses than their reason, their good qualities predominate. Formerly they were fierce and warlike, but these characteristic)* have given place to timidity, and they now appear iji'jent, generous, and humane; they are frugal and stitisfied with little, being remark- ably free from avarice. Herrera describes them as fierce and warlike, much given to drunkenness and other sins, but generous and hospitabi'e. Doctor Young, in his History of Mexico, says: "They are not so intel- ligent or energetic, though far more virtuous and hu- mane than their brethren of the north." The women are industrious, have pleasing manners, and are inclined to shyness. To sum it all up, I may say that the besetting vice of these nations is intemperance, but the habit of drinking to excess is found to be much more common among the mountain trilxjs than among the inhabitants of the lowlands. Quarrels among them- selves seldom occur, and there is abundant evidence to show that many of them possess excellent natural qualifications both for common labor, and artistic indus- try ; nnd that there is no cause to prevent their Ixjcoming, under i'worable circumstances, useful citizens.*" M The Miztecs ' simnpro de mayor repntncion, y mns polfticos.' Zapo- tecs ' natunilni<.'iite apa/.ibltis, liinpioa, liicidux, y libcrak's.' Xt'xitz:iH 'astiitoa, mulicioHOt), iuclinados a rubuH, y cieHacutus, con otroH CerruuoH HUpcrstieioHOH, ncohtutnbradoa a aleuosias, y hechizeroH.' Hnnjoa, Geoi/. Deairip., toin. i., pt ii., fol. 151, torn, ii., pt ii.. fol. 202, 312, also fol. 204, 211, 228, 271. 282, 2!)4, 335, 400. Cboles, 'nacion . feroz, giierrera t; iiulependiente.' Bitlbi, in Orotco y lierra, Geoijrafin, p. 1C7. ' Siendo loa Indios Mixeti do natural feroz, barbaro, y duro, que (luieren st-r tratailos con a*] 'on'za, y rigor. ' Ihivila, Tmlro Er.les., toin. i., i). 224. See furthfr: Burijoa, I'^ilealra Hint., pt i., fol. 101; Oroitoy Berra. Gtoiirnfta, pp. Kil -2, 1«('> 7; Torrts, in /. 179; Mu- seo Mfx., toni. ii,, pp. .'■)54 -Ii; Tewip.'A-y'.s' Mitla, p. 269; /M-iifWor/, in Land. (ffOfi. Sor., Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 543; Jinrnard's Tehnn>lfittc, pp. 220-7; Chunuty, Ruines Ameriraineit, pp. 258 9, 287; Oi-k'h, Hint, lim., torn, iii., p. 439; Muhitnpfordt, Mfjico, toni. ii., pt, i., i), 200; Ikimpier's I'oyai/M, vol. li , pt ii,, pp. 115-16; Ddiila J'adilla, Hist. Fvnd. Mix., j). 294; Laet, A'ums «r(/w, p. :{25, *^ ' Ea cl indio yucateco un nionstruoso nonjuuto d«> religion «• impiedad, (le virtudcB y vicioa, du aagacidad y eatupidcz, , , ,tieDe ideas vxactaii precisaa 670 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. de lo bneno y de lo malo — Es inoapaz de robar nn peso, y roba ciiatrn veces dos reales . . . Siendo honrado en casi todas bub acoioneB . . Be puede decir que el unico vicio que le domina es el de la emhriaguez.' liegistro YwmUco, torn, i., pp. 291-3; Baua, in Id., torn, i., pp. 166-8, 174; Monlet, Voycuie, torn, i., p. 148; Hemrc, Hint., Gen., deo. iv., lib. x., cap.iv.; Mill's Ilist. Mex., p. 158; Moro, in Oaray, Beoonocimimto, pp. 89-94; MuUtr, Reintn, torn, ii., p. 371. TRIBAL BOUNDABIBS. Under the name Wild Tbibes of Mexico, I include all the people inhabiting the Mexican Territory trom ocean to ocean, between latitude '2',i' north and the Central American boundary line south, including Yuuntan and Tehnantepec. The southernmost point of this diyision touches tho fifteenth degree of north latitude. A subdivision of this group is made and tbo parts are called the Central Mexicans, and the SotUKem Mexicawi, respectively. In the former I include the nations north of an imaginary line, drown from the port of Acapulco, on the Pacific coast, to Vera Cruz, on the Oulf of Mexico, and in thf latter all those south of this line. Going to the fountain-head of Mexican history, I find mentioned certain names, of which it im now impossible to determine whether they arc differ- ent names applied to the same people or different peoples, or whether they are mythical and apply to no reully existing nations. Ktill less is i 'il« to give thHS** strange nfunes any definite location; inBta*«e the T« .J the Cbichimecs, and indeed almost all early d^^signations, v«ry coaiuion uamcH used to denote very uncommon pe<»)*l^ 8ah(a<{ttii is the only one '<( the oldest writers who mentions tho name >f Tolt««» •'biflh )» Uter yf*** was used by Ixtlilx(>M Atandieri «kiout f»>>r« freely by modem wnt«n After the conquest, the iMtase Chicbmtic* •» applied to all anciviliz*^ Mid unsettled (>eople north of the valley of Mexico, extending to the farthest discovered region. Of strH other nations nothing further can be said than that they occupied the cities to wbirb their iiiirae was applied: such were the Mexicans, or Aztecs, theTlascnltetm, the Cholal- tecB, and many others. Some general remarks respeeur de Bourbourg, Hid. Nat. Civ., tom. i., p. 196. ' Ba domination s't'tendait ■ur les provinces interienres du Mexique et du Ouati'iuala, trt, k I'epoque du OLUECS AND XICilLANCAS. Ofl (I 'barqoement des Olmeqnes et des Xioalanoas, lea histoires noas la mon- trent encore en posaesHion du plateau azteque et des contrt'eft voisines du fleuve Tabasco.' Id., in Nouvellea Annaka des Voy., 1858, torn, civiii., p. 258. ' Vivian h&cia las riberas del rio Atoyac, eutre la ciudad de Tlaxcala y la de la Puebla de loa Angeles.' Veytia, Hist. Ant. Mfj., torn, i., pp. 28, 143-4. The Olmecs and XicaUmcas were ' loa que poaeian este Nuevo Mundo, en eata tercera edad.' IxUiLeochiU, Hist. Chichimeca, in Kingsbofough's Mex. Aniiq., vol. ix., p. 205. ' Olraeeaa, Vixtoti, y Mixtecaa. Eatoa talea aaf llama- doa, est&n acia el nacimieuto del aol, y llamanlea tainbien tenime, porqua hablan lengua b4rbara, y dicen quo son Tultecas.' Sahagun, Hist. Gen., torn, iii., lib. X., p. 136. ' Eatoa jmblaron, doude aora eatk Edificada, y Poblada la Ciudad de los Angeles, y en Totomibuacun .... Loa Xicalancaa, fueron tam- bien Poblando, acia Cuathazunlco (que cs dcia la Coattt del Norte) y ad#'lant« en la miama Costa, estA oi dia vn I'ueblo, que ae dice Xicalanco . Otro Pueblo ai del mismo Nombre, en la Provincia de Maxcaltzinco, ceroa del Puerto de la Vera-Cruz, que parece averlo tambien Poblado loa Xicalancaa. ' Torquemada, Monarq. Ind., torn, i., p. 32. ' Atraveanndo loa Puertoa del Bol- can, y Sierra-Nevada, y otroa rodcandoloa por la parte de el Mediodia, baata que veaierou k aalir k vn Lugar, que de preaente ae llama Tochmilco. De alii, puaaron & Atlixco, Calpan, y Hnexotzinco, kaatn Uegar al parage, y Tier- raa de la Provincia de Tlaxcallan ; y baciendo aaieuto on el principio, y en- trada de la dicha Tierrn, bicieron au Fundacion en el Pueblo, blo tambien mncli'M lugarca en aquella parte, a do agora eata la ciudad de los AnK«'le8. V iiombro los Totoraiuacan. Vicilupan, Cuetlaxcoapaii, y otros HHsi Xiciilaiu'iitlli andniio niuH ticrra, llogo u la mar del norte, y en la costa hi/o mucbos pueblos. J'cro a loa doH iiuiH principalca llamo de au mesmo nombre. El vn Xiciilanco csta en la pDuinciii do Maxculciiico, quo ok corca de la Vera Cruz, y ol otro Xicalunoo ostii cen^ii dv Tiiniiaco.' Hnmnra, Coiiq. Mex., fol 29(1. ' Hacia Atlisco _v Itznoan loa xicalancaa: y en cl ter- ritorio de la rucbla, Ciiollolan y TIaxcalluii loa ulmecas, ctiya primitiva y priuciiNil poblai'um dicoii Imbcr hido la ciudad do Cbollolan.' Wytia, Hist. Ant. Mtj., torn i., p. i >•'): lirassew df liintrhowij, in.it. S'lil. Cir., tom, i , pp. 110 11. 196; /(/ , r>ipol\'uh. mtro zinchi, ed i Tlascallcsi, ed in nitre Provincie del Regno.' Id., p. 148. 'Los indies de este pais (Queretaro) ernn jior lu mayor parte otomitcs.' Aleijre, ITist. Comp. de Jesus, toin. ii., p. 163; Ilunibitldi, Kssus les plus nnciennes du Mexiqiio nous muntreut les Othomis en possession des montagnes et de la viilh'o d'Anahuac, ainsi •llie des vastes eoiitn'es qui s'l'teiulent n« delii, dans le Miclioacau, jus- (luaux frontieres de Xalizcu etde Tunalau; ils t'taiunt ('g.ilenient les maltres ilu pUteau de Tlaxeallau.' Id., tom. i., p. IC'). 'lis occupaient lu i)lns »,Ti\nnH <\f (^liolnllan, ainsi (juo les provinces que s'eteiidunt an nnrd cntre lo Mi- hoaoanet TuUantzinco.' /(/ , p. VJf\ ' Otompau, oujourd'hui Otumba. lut lour e<«pt« probubleuiente muy adentro do Tamaulipas, por lugares eii doiiil ' ahoru uo Be eiicuentra iii vestigio suyo.' Orotco y Berra, Gto[;raf:u;o.' Pimenlel, Cwtilrn. to:n. i., p. 5. Further mention in '-Vi'ii7e.s, li'.ipporl, in Ternaux-iUtmpann, y<»J-, s'rij ii., torn, v., p. i'ii; MjJtJtn^i'ordl, Jfywrr), torn, ii., jit i., p. 40; llissti, Xcx. Gaol., p. 22(>; Wappiitu, 0an.' Id., torn. IT., p. 51. ' En Puebla y en Veracruz. Los totonacos ocnpnn la parte Norte del Departamento, formando nn solo grupo con huh vecinos do Vera- cruz; termiiiitn sobre la costa del golfo, en toda la zona que ro cxtiendo rntre los rios de Chachalncas y de Cnzones d S. Mnrcos.' Oroxco y Ikrra. Oroiirafia, ]>p. 214, 'ilG. ' Estan estendidos, y derraniadoH por las Bicrras, que lu enen, al Norte, a csta Ciudad de Mexico.' Torqtuiuada, Monurq. Ind., torn, i., p. 278; PimenM, Cwulro, torn, i., p. '223. 'In the districtH of Zacatlan, State of Puebla, and in the State of Vera Cruz.' Ludevsig's Ah. Lung., p. 19!); Villa- Sen»r, Thealro, torn, i., p. 312; Milhlenpfordt, Mejico, torn, i., p. 208; Galla- tin, in Amer. Elhno. Sov... Transact., vol. i., p. 4. The Mettitlanecs inhabited the region north of Tezcuco, between the Sierra Madre and the territory occupied by the Huastecs. ' Al Norte de Tetzcoco existia d Hcuor.'o indepeiidiente de Meztitluii, que hoy correHponde al Kstado do Mexico . . .Obcdecian a Meztitlan, ealiecera principal, las provinciits de Molango, ^lalila, Tlanchiuulticpac, Ilamatlan, Atlihuetziun, Siichicoatlan, Tiaugiiiztengo, Guazaliugo, Yagualica. El seiior'o, pucs, so cxteiidia por toda la Kierra, liasta el l^mite con los huaxtecos: en Yahualica CHtaba la guartiicion contni qllos, por ser la frontera, (toiiienzando desde alii Ian lluuurns de Hna\tecapan. Xelitla era el punto mas avanzjido al Oeste y coiitiitaha eon loH b.'trbarcis cbichimecas: el tt'Tmiuo al Sur era Zaciialtipan y al Norte tenia a los chichimecaH.' Cliacez, lielucion de Meztitlan, qnoted in Oroic.o y Uerra, Geofirafia, p. 24G. ^^■». The Naliualliics ' nc diuiden cii siote linajes ...Los primeros fiieron lo« Huchimilcos, que q\iiere dezir, mnite de seiiieiiteras do tlores. Estos pobla- I'lui a la orilla de la gran laguint de Mexieo h.izia el Mediodia, y fnndaron vna ciud.id de hu noinbre. y otros inuchns iugares. Madio deHp\it la laguna ccHMdi ile estas qu.itro naeiones, poblniido t'Kiiis al Orienle. y los Tepaui'cas al Norto . . .Despues llegaroii los Tlatlu\- c:kt. que siguiliat geirfie de la sierra . .Y cnino liallaron ocu|>ad(m todos los Uauus en cuntumo de la lagunu busta lau sierras, passaron de la otra parte de 876 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. U •iem .... T a la cabe^ de m proninoia llamaron QnahnnahnlM .... que cor- rompidameutenneBtro vnlgo llama Qnemanaca, y aquella prouincia m, la que oy HO dize cl Marqucsado. Los de la aexta generacion, qne son los Tlnx- oaltteas, qne quiere dezir gente de pan, passaron lu serrania hazia el Oriente atntiieHgnndu Lt sierra nenada, donde estk el famoso bolcan entre Mexico y la ciiidad de los Angeles la cabe^a de su prouincia llamaron de su nombre Tlnsckln .... La septima cuena, o linage, qne es la nacion Mexicana, la quid coniu luH otros, sidio de las prouincias de Aztlan, y Teucnlhu&oan.' Acogta, H'lst. de las Ynd., pp. 454-8. Repeated in Htrrtra, Hist, (hn., dec. iii., lib. ii., cnp. x. AUo in Cltivigero, Storia Anl. M Messico, tom. i., pp. 151-3, and in Ihrtdia y Snrmiento, Semton de Ouadalupe, p. 85; Orotco y Betra, Otoijrafia, pp. S)l-2. The Acolhiuu inhabited the kingdom of Aoolhaacan. 'Su capital em Tetzcoco, & la orilla del lago de sn nombre La extension del reino era: desde el mar del N. A la del Hnr, con todo lo que se comprende k la bandit del Poniento hasta el pnerto de la Veracruz, salvo la cuidud de TIachcala y Hue- xotzinco.' Pomar, litlacion de Texcoco, quoted in Oroxco y Berra, Geogruj'i'a, pp. 240-2. ' Juan D. Pomar fija los Kmites del reino con todulaexngeracioii que puede infniidir cl orgullo do raza. Por nuestra parte, hemos leido cou uuidado Ins relncioues que 4 la raonarqufa correHpondeu, y hemos estudiado en el pliuio lus lugarcs ft que se refiereu, y ni de Iuh nuns n( de los otrox llegamos ii Hiicur jamns que los reyes de Aculhuitcan miindaran sobre Ins tri- bua avecindiidas on la casta del Facfflco, no ya a la iniHma altura de Mexico, sino nun k niouores latitudes.' Ovotoo y Berra, Omijr'ifla, pp. 242-4. See further: MoMbiia, Hist. Indios, in Icailjalceta, Col. de Doc., tom. i., p. 11; fxilUxochUl, Uelachnen, in Kingshorouijh' s Mex. Antiq., vol. ix., p. 341. The Ocuilteat ' viven en el distrito doToluca, en tierras y terminos suyos.' Sahagnn, JliiiL Gen., tom. iii., lib. x., p. 130. The Mdcaoaqnet ' viven en una comarca de Toluca, y estiiu poblados en el pueblo de Xocotitlan. lb. The TurascoH dwell chiefly in the state of Michoacan. ' La provincia clu estos, es la madre de los pescados, que es Michoacan: llamase tunibieii Qiiauchpanme.' Saha^im, Ilisl. Oen., tom. iii., lib. x., p. 137. Bepeated in Clamrjero, Storia Anl. del Messico, torn, i., p. 148. Their territory is bounded: 'Au uord-est, le royaume de Tonalan ct le tcrritoire maritime iln Colima en sunt separes par le rio Pantla et le fleuve Coahunyona, auquel s'unit cette riviere, dix lieues avaut d'aller tomber dans la mer Paciflque, duut le riviige continue ensnite k borner le Miclioacan, au sud-oucst, jusqu'k Za- catollau. La los conrbes cnpriciouses du Mexcala lui constituent d'nutrcH limites, a Test et au siid, puis, a Test encore, Ics riches provinces de Culiu- ixco et de Matlatzinco . . . . Plus au nord, c'etaicnt les Muzahuas, dont les fertiles valines, ainsi que celles des Matlatziucas, B'utendcut dans les ngioti* les )ilus froides de la Cordillere; enfin le cour maj<'stiieux du Tololotlun it les rivte, donde m aeostninbra el othomf 6 el mazahoa, y otra parte donde m nsa el matlatzioca. Tambien se habla en el Eatado de Onanajuato, en la parte que linda con Michoacan y Ooadalajara, limitada al Oriente por vna Hnea qae pnede comenzar en AcAmbaro, seguir k Irapnnto y terminar en Sau Felipe, es decir, en los I'mitea con Sau Luis Potosf.' Pimevlel, Cttadro, torn, i., p. 871. ' En Michoticnn, Ouprrero, Gua- najuato y Jelisoo.' Orozeo y Jkrra, Owgrafia, pp. 58, 238, 2C4, 271-2, 281. Concurrent authorities: OaUatln, in Amer. Ethno. Soc., Traniutct., vol. i., p. 4; Lwkteig's Ab. Lang., p. 182; Figuier'a Hum. Race, p. 460; Ward's Mttc- ico, vol. ii., p. 676. The Matlaltxincait, Firindaa, or Tolucas inhabited the valley of Toluca, situated between the valley of Mexico and Michoacan. ' La Provincia dei Matlatzinchi comprendeva, oltre la valle di Tolocan, tutto quello spazio, che v'd inflno a Tlazimnloyaa (oggi Taximaroa) frontiera del regno di Michuacan Nelle montngne circouviciue v' erantf gli stati di Xalatlauhco, di Tzompahuacan, e di Malinalco; in nonmolta lontananza verso Levante dalla valle qnello d'Ocuillan, e verso Ponente qnelli di Tozontla. e di Zol- tepee' Clavlgtro, Storia Ant. del Meaidco, torn, i., pp. 31-2, 150. 'Autigua- mente en el valle de Toluca; pero hoy solo se usa en Charo, lugar pertene- ciente al Estado de Michoacan.' Pimenttl, Cuadro, torn, i., p. 499. 'In the district of that name, sixty miles south-west of Mexico.' Gallatin, in Amer. Ethno. Soc, Transact., torn, i., p. 4. Also in Bra.ec, d'une mer 2k ruiitre.' Braaaeur de Itourbourg, Voy. 7V/»u«ii<*p«c, pp. 138-9. * Toute cette re- gion, comprenant, k Test, les cimes do la Sierra de Macuilapa quo domine lo village actuel de Zanatepec et les montiignes qui s't tendent, du cote oppose, vera Lachixila, baigni'cs pat la riviere de Tehuantepec, au Rud, ct, au nord, par celle de la Villa-Alta, jusqu'nux savaues, on roulent 1< s aflinents de I'Alvarado et du Guazacoalco, appartenait a la mume nation des Mixi ou Mijes. . . les Mijes vaincus demeurereut soumis des lors aux rois de la Mixti-quo et du Zax)oteca|)an, k I'exception d'un petit nombro qui, jusqu'a I'l'poquu espagnole, contiuuerent dans leur n'sistauco dans les cantons austeres qui cnvirouucnt le Ccmpoaltepec. Co qui reste de cette nation sur I'isthme du Tehuantepec est dissemiue actuellement en divers villages de la munhigne. Entre les plus importants est celni de Guichicovi que j'avais laisse a ma droite en veuant de la plaine de Xochiapa au Barrio.' Id., pp. 105-7. ' Les Mixi avaient ]K>8sede ancienuemeut la plus grande partie des roynumes de Tehuantepec, de Soronuitco et du Zapotecapan ; pcnt-^tre meme les rivages do Tututepeo leur devaient-ils leur premiere civilisation.' Id., Hiat. Nai. Civ., tom. iii., pp. 34-5. *£n algunos lugares del Departamento de Oajaca. c^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) Z ^ 1.0 I.I III 2.8 1^ .6 Hi 2.5 iiiiii -- IIM 1.8 L25 nil 1.4 III 1.6 vl n 7 7 Photographic Sdences Corporation d^ [V <^ .!^."« 0^ 23 WEST MAIN ST>'>i£ET WnSTER.N.Y. M&80 (716) 872-4503 rucisco Istaltepec is the last village, inhabited by the descendants of » tribe called Huaves.' Hermesdorf, in Lond. Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 546. ' Habitent les villages du bord de la mer au sud de Guichicovi.' Fos- sey, Mexique, p. 4G7. Shufeldt's Explor. Tehuantepec, p. 126; Milhlenpfordi, Mejico, tom. ii., pt i., p. 141. 'Se extienden en Tehuantepec, desdo las playns del Pacfflco hasta la Cordillera interior.' Orozco y Berra, Geografia, pp." 173-6. The Beni-Xonos 'composaient une province nombrense, occuponten par- tie les routes qui conduisaient au Mexique et anx montagnes des Mixi Leur ville principale, depuis la conquete, e'appelnit San-Francisco, a 15 1. N. 0. de la cite d'Oaxaen.' ' Habitant sur les confine des Mixi et des Znpo- teques.' Brasseur de Bourbourg, Hist, Kat. Ciu., tom. iii., pp. 42-3 'Los Beni-Xono sont appcles aussi Kexicha et Cajones.' lb. The Mazatecs live in the state of Oajaca, neor the Pueblo boundary. 'A Tramontana dei Mixtochi v'era la Provincia di Mazatlau, e a Tromontaiin, o n Levante dei Zapotechi qud'a di ( hinantia colle loro capitali dello stesso nome, onde furono i loro ubitanti Mazatechi e Chinantechi appellati.' Clavi- gero, Storia Ant. del Messico, tom. i., p. 33. ' In den Partidos Teutitliln uiid Tentfla, Depavtement TeutitlAn del Camino.' Miihlenpfordt, Mejico, torn, ii., pti., pp. 141, 206, 210. 'En el Departamento de Teotitlan, formando una pequeiia fraccion en el Kmite con el Estado de Veraciniz.' Orozco y Bena, Oeografia, p. 188. TRIBES OP OAJACA AND CHIAPAS. 681 The Cvicateea dwell 'en una peqne&a fraccion del Departamento de Oajaca.' Pimeniel, Cuadro, torn, ii., p. 259. 'In den PartidoB Tentitlan nnd Teutria, Departeinent Teutitl&n del Camtno.' Muldenpfordt, Mejico, torn, ii., pt i., p. 141; repeated in Orozco y Berra, Oeografia, pp. 188-9; WappSus, Oeog. w. Slat., p. 163. The Pabucos live in the 'pueblo de Elotepec, Departamento del Centre.' Orotco y Btrra, Geografia, p. 197; Miihtenpfordt, Mejico, torn, ii., pt i., p. 187. The So'Aecs are in the pueblo de Sola. Orozco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 197. The rinton are a people inhiibiting Bmall portions of Guerrero and Te- huantepec. ' A I'ouest, sur Ic versant des Cordillires, une grande partie de la c6te baignee par le Pacifique, habitt'e par les Indiens Pintos. ' Keratry, in Revue des Deux Mondes, Sept. 15, 186C, p. 453. ' On trouve deja dans la plaiue de Tehuantepec quelqnes echantillons de cette race toute particuliere au Mexique, appelee pinto, qui appartient principalement k I'etat de Guerrero. ' Chamay, TJuines Amerkaines, p. 502. The Chiapanecs inhabit the interior of the state of Chiapas. ' Dans I'in- terieur des provinces bordant les rives du Chiapan, k sa sortie des gouffres d'oii il s'blance, en descendant du plateau de Zacatlan.' (Guatemalan name for Cliiapns,) and they extended over the whole province, later on. Brasseur de Bourbourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., torn, ii., p. 87. ' A I'ouest de ce plateau, entre les Zotziles ou Quelenes du sud et les Zoqui du nord, habitaient les Chiapa- neques.' Id., Popol Vuh, introd., pp. 157, 199. Also in Laet, Novus Orbis, p. 325; Ludewlfs Ab. Lang., p. 39. 'En Acala, distrito del Centro, y en la villa de Chiapa y en Suchiapa, distrito del Oeste,' Orozco y Berra, Oeogra- fia, p. 172. 'Le principali Citta dei Chiapanechi erano Teochiapan, (chia- mata dagli Spagnuoli Chiapa de Indios), Tochtla, Chamolla, e.Tzinacantla.' Clavigcro, Sloria Ant. del Mensico, torn, i., p. 33. The Tzendales arc in Chiapas. 'De I'Etat de Chiapas.' Brasseur de Bour- hourg, Popol Vuh, p. 3G4. ' The province called Zeldales lyeth behind this of the Zoques, from the North Sea within the continent, running up towards Chiapa and reaches in some parts nenr to the borders of Comitlan, north- westward.' Oage's New Survey, p. 23C. Also in Liideicig's Ab. Lang., p. 193; Pimeiitel, Cuadro, torn, ii., p. 235; Orozco y Bena, Geografia, p. 109; Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. iv., lib. x., cap. xi.; Laet, Novtis Orbis, p. 325. The Zotziles inhabit a small district in Chiapas. ' La ciudad de Tzina- cantltm, que en mcxicnuo wgnificu "Ingar de murcii'lagos, " fue la capital de los quelenes, y despties de los tzotziles quiencs la llaniaban Zotzilha, que significa lo mismo; de zotzil, murcic'lago.' Pimentil, Cnadro, torn, ii., p. 245. Tzinacantan (Quiche Zotzilhii) 'doit avoir t'to Ic berceau de la nation zotzil, I'une des nombreuses populations du Chiapas.' Brasseur de Bourbourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., torn, ii., p. 88. The C/m/inos live in the ' Departamcntos del Contro y do Jnmiltepec.' Orozco y Berra, Geografia, p. 189; Muhletipfordt, Mejico, torn, ii., pt i., pp. 19G-9. The Chinantecs, or Tenez, are in the ' Departamento de Teotitlan.' Orozco y Berra, Geografia, p. 187; MilhUnpfordt, Mejico, tcni. ii., pt i., p. 214. 'In the partidos of Quiechapa, Jalalog, and Chuapan.' Ludeuig'sAb. Lang., p. 40. 682 TRIBAL BOUKDABIES. The AhtuUiUcos inhabit San Francisco de Oonapa irhich ' eB la Gabeza d« Partido de los Indios Ahnalolcos.' Alcedo, Diccumario, torn, iii., p. 36G. The Quelenes occupied a district in Chiapas near the Guatemala boundary line. ' La nation des Quelfenes, dont la capitale ^tait Gomitan, occupait la frontiire guatemalienne.' Brasseur dt Bourhourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., torn, iii., p. 4. * Au temps de la conquete, la ville principale des Quelenes etait Co- panahuaztlon.' Brasseur de Bourbourg, Popol Vuh, introd., p. 157. 'Sta- biles entre le hnnt plateau de Ghovel on de Ciudad-Beal et les moutagues de Soconusco au midi.' lb.; and MorUanus, Nieuiee Weereld, p. 271. The Zoqucs are scattered over portions of Tabasco, Cbiapns, Oajaca, and Tehuantepec. 'Se encuentran derramados en Chiapas, Tabasco y Onxaca; tienen al Norte el mexicano y el chontal, al Este el tzendal, el tzotzil y el ohiapaneco, al Rur el mexicano, y al Oeste el huave, el zapoteco y el mixe.' Orozco y Berra, Otografia, p. 170. ' Occupy the mountain towns of Santa Maria and San Miguel, and number altogether about two thousand souls.' ShufeldVs Explor. Tthuaniepec, p. 126. ' Les Zotziles et les Zoqui, confinant, au sud-est, avec les Mixi montagnards, au nord aveo les Nonohualcas, et les Xicalancas, qui habitaient les territoires f ertiles de Tabasco. ' Brasseur de Bourbourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., tom. iii., p. 5. ' Quorum pnecipuum Tecpat- lan.' Laet, Novus Orbis, p. 325. ' The Soques, who came originally from Chiapas, inhabit in the Isthmus only the villages of San Miguel and Santa Maria Chimalapa,' Garay's Tehuantepec, p. 60. 'La mayor de ellas esta situada k tres leguas de Tacotalpa, aguas arriba del rio de la Sierra. Ocupa un pequeuo valle causado por el descenso de varies cerroa y colinas que lacircuyen.' Pimentel, Cuadro, tom. ii., pp. 236-8; Miihlenpfordt, ilejico, tom. ii., pt i., pp. 181-2; Macgregor's Progress of America, pp. 849- 50. ' The Zoques inhabit the mountainous region to the east, from the valley of the Chiapa on ^he south, to the Bio del Corte on the north. Originally occupying a small province lying on the confines of Tabasco, they were sub- jugated by the expedition to Chiapas under Luis Marin. At present tbey are confined to the villagbs of San Miguel and Santa Maria Chimalapa.' Barnard's Tehuantepec, p. 225. ' Near the Arroyo de Otates, on the road from Tarifa to Santii Maria, stands a new settlement, composed of a few shanties, inhabited by Zoques, which is called Tierra Blanca.' Hermesdorf, in Lond. Oeog. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 546. The Choles, Manches, and Mopanes are scattered through small portions of Chiapas and Vera Paz in Guatemala. ' 23 leagues from Cahbuu, in the midst of inaccessible mountains and morasses, dwell the Chuls and Manchts.' Escobar, in Lond. Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. xi,, pp. 94-5. Besiden en la ' Pro- vincia del Manche.' Alcedo, Dice, torn, iii., p. 452. Also in Boyle's Hide, vol. i., preface, p. 14; Dunlop's Cent. Amtr., p. 196; Gavarrete, in Pa- nama Star and Herald, Dec. 19, 1867. ' Los Choles forman una tribu esta- blecidr desde tiempos remotos en Guatemala; divides en dos fracciones la una se encuentra al Este de Chiapas, y la otra mny retirada en la Verapaz.' Orozco y Berra, Geogra/ia, p. 167. ' Tenia por el Sur la Provincia del ChM: Por la Parte del Oriente, y de el Norte, de igunl modo, las Nacioncs de los Itzaex Petenes: Y por el Ponieute, las de los Lacandones, y Xoquinoes.' Villagutierre, Hist. Conq. Itza, pp. 278-9. 'The nution of MAYAS AND ITZAS. 683 the Cbol Indinns is settled in a country abont 25 or 30 leagues distant from Ciihabon, the last village in Yerapaz, and far removed from the Man- ches.' Jiumos' JKst. Oiiat., p. 275. The Mayas inhabit tho peninsula of Yucatan. ' Aviint la conquete des Espagnols, les Mayas occupaicnt toute la presqne'ile d'Yucatan, y compris les districts de Feten, le Honduras anglais, ft la partie orientale de Tabasco La seule portion de pure race restant de cette grande nation, se rtdnit k quelqnes tribus eparses, habitant pi-incipalement les bords des rivieres Usu- masiuta, San Pedro et Pacaitun; la totality de leur territoire fait, politique- ment parlant, partie dn Peten.' Galindo, in Nouvelles Annaks desVoy., 1834, torn. Ixiii., pp. 148-9, and in Lond. Oeog. Soc, Jtur., torn, iii., p. 59. 'En todo el Estado de Yucatan, Isla del Carmen, pueblo de Montecristo en Ta- basco, y del Palenque en Chiapas.' PimeiM, Cuadro, tom. ii., p. 3; Croiee's Cent. America, pp. 46-7; MiUler, Amerikanische Urreligionen, p. 453; Jfu/iten- pfordt, Mejico, tom. i., p. 208; Wappiius, Oeog. «. Stat., pp. 142-3. The Itzaa occupy a like-named district in the centre of Yucatan. ' Los que poblaron a Chicheniza, se llaman los Yzaes.' Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. iv., lib. X., cap. ii. < in Central America. Northern Nicaragua is a continuation of Sid- vadc. 1m its features and inhabitants; but the lontral and southern parts are low and have more tlie cliaracter of the Guatemalan coast, the climate being hot, yet not unhealthful. Its Atlantic coast region, however, par- takes of the generally unfavorable condition described above. The Spanish rulers naturally exercised a great influ- ence upon the natives, and their ancient civilization was lost in the stream of Caucasian progress, a stream which, in this region, itself flowed but slowly in later times. Oppressed and despised, a sullen indiflference has set- tled ujion the race, and caused it to neglect even its traditions. The greater portion still endeavor to keep up tribal distinctions and certain customs; certain tribes of lesser culture, as the cognate Manches and La- candones, retired before the Spaniards to the north and north-east, where they still live in a certain isolation and independence. The name Lacandones has been applied to a number of tribes, of which the eastern are described to be quite harmless as compared with the western. The Quiches, a people living in the altos, have also surrounded themselves ;«'ith a certain reserve, and are truer to their ancient customs than the Zutu- gik, Cakchiquds, and many others related by language WILD TBIBES OF CENTBAL AMEBIGA. to the Quiches surrounding them. The PipHes, mean- ing children, according to Molina, are the chief people in Salvador, where their villages are scattered over a large extent of territory. In Nicaragua we find several distinct peoples. The aboriginal inhabitants seem to have been the different peoples known as Chorotegans, who occupy the country lying between the bay of Fon- seca and lake Nicaragua. The Chontales (strangers, or barbarians) live to the north-east of the lakes, and assimilate more to the barbarous tribes of the Mosquito country adjoining them. The Cholutecs inhabit the north from the gulf of Fonseca towards Honduras. The Orotimm occupy the country south of the lake of Nica- ragua and around the gulf of Nicoya. Further informa- tion about the location of the different nations and tribes of this family will be found at the end of this chapter.^ The Guatemalans, that is to say the aborigines of Guatemala, Salvador, and Nicaragua, are rather below the^iddle size, square and tough, with a finely devel- oped physique. Their hue is yellow-brown, in some parts copiiery, varying in shade according to locality, but lighter than that of the standard American type. The full round face has a mild expression; the forehead is low and retiring, the cheek-bones protruding, chin and nose short, the latter thick and flat, lips full, eyes black and small, turned upwards at the temples, with a stoical, I The Lftcandones nre of one stock 'with the Manches, and very numer- ous. They were highly civilized only one hundred and fifty years ago. Boyle'H Hide, vol. i., preface, pp. 14-17. 'The old Chontiils were certainly in a condition more civilised.' Id., pp. 286-95, 265-70. 'Die Chontales werden auch Caruiben geuannt.' Wappiius, Geog, u. Stat., pp. 243-8, '265, 283-90, 311, 321, 32G, 33U, 335. It seems there existed in Nicaragua: Chorotegans, comprising Dirians, Nagrandaus, and Orotirians; Cholntecans and Ni<]uirnns, Mexican colonies; and Chondals. Squier's Nicarwuia, vol. ii., pp. 309-12. Examine further: MiiUer, Amerikanisctte Urrelifiionen, p. 454; Froebel, Aiis ^mwifca, torn, i., pp. 285-92; Puydt, Rapport, in Ameriqtie Oentrak, p. 69; Bemoni. Hist, del Mondo Nuovo, fol. 104; Maltc-linm, in NouveUes Annates dw Voy., 1858, torn, clviii., p. 200; Berendt, in Smithsonian Kept., 1867, p. 425; Crowd's Cent. Amer., p. 40; Ifassel, Mex. Quat., pp. 357-8, 370: DoUfus and Mont-Serrat, Voy. Odoloiiiqite, pp. 18-19; Moreltt, Voyatie, torn i., pp. 202, 208, 272, torn, ii., pp. 49, 125, 313; Brasseur de Bourbrntrg, Hist. Nat. Civ., torn, ii., pp. 79, 110-11; Valois, Mexique, pp. 288, 299-300; Escoba', inLond. Otog. hoc., Jour., vol. xi., pp. 89-97. PHYSIQUE AND DRESS. distrustful look. The cranium is slightly conical ; hair long, smooth, and black, fine but strong, retaining its color well as old age approaches, though sometimes turn- ing white. Although Uie beard is scanty, natives mjiy be seen who have quite a respectable moustache. The limbs are muscular, the calf of the leg being especially large; hands and feet small; a high instep, which, no doubt, partly accounts for their great endurance in walking. The women are not devoid of good looks, especially in Nicaragua, where, in some districts, they are said to be stronger and better formed than the men. The custom of carrying pitchers of water upon the head, gives to the women an erect carriage and a firm step. The constitution of the males is good, and, as a rule, they reach a ripe old age; the females are less long-lived. Deformed persons are extremely rare. Guatemala, with its varied geographical aspects, presents striking differ- ences in physique ; the highlanders being lighter in com- plexion, and finer in form and features than the inhabitants of the lowlands.* Intercourse with Spaniards seems to have produced little change in the dress of the Guatemalans, which is pretty much the same as that of the Mexicans. The poorer class wear a waist-cloth of white cotton, or of pita, which is a kind of white hemp, or a long shirt of the same material, with short sleeves, partly open at the sides, the ends of which are passed between the legs, and fastened at the waist ; a strip of cotton round the « Crowe's Cent. Amer., pp. 40-1; Squler's "Nlcaratrua, pp. 268, 278-9; Froe- bel'a Cent. Amer., pp. 33-4; Dumi'a Guatemala, pp. 277-8; Uekhardt, Nicara- gua, pp. 106-7; Montanus, Nieuwe Weereld, p. 272; Lafond, V'oyayes, toin. i., p. 338; Moretet, Voyage, torn, i., p. 260, torn, ii., pp. 126, 197; Andagoya, in Navarrete, Col. de Viages, torn, iii., p. 414; Belly, Nicaragua, torn, i., pp. 200-1; Scherzer, Wanderungen, pp. 52-3; Footn's Cent. Awer., p. 104. Round Leon ' hay mus indioB tuertoH . . y es la causa el continuo polvo.' Oviedo, Hist. Oen., torn, iv., p. 64. In Guatemala, ' los hombres muy gruessos.' Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. iii., lib. v., caps, xi., jcii., dec. iv., lib. x., cap. xiv. ' Ceux de la tierra fria sont petitB, trnpn«, bicn menibres, susceptibleH de |i;randeB fatigues . . . ceux de la tierra calicnte sont grandH, maigres, pares- HBUx." Dollfusand Mont-Serrat, Voy. Geologique, pp. 47, 21. 'Kurze Schen- kel, langen Oberleib, knrze Stirne und langes struppiges Haar.' BUlou), Nicaragua, p. 78. ' The disproportionate size of the head, the coarse harsh Imir, and the dwarfish stature,' of the Mnsayas. Boyle'a Bide, vol. ii., pp. 8-9. Vol. I. 44 e90 WILD TBIBES OF CENTBAL AMEBICA. head, surmounted by a dark-colored hat of straw or palm-leaves, with a very wide brim, completes the attire. This cotton cap or turban is an indispensable article of dress to the highh.^'der, who passes suddenly from the cold air of the hilly country, to the burning plains below. Sumptuary regulations here obtain, as aboriginally the lower classes were not allowed to wear anything better than pita clothing, cotton being reserved for the nobles. The primitive dress of the nobility is a colored waist- cloth, and a mantle ornamented and embroidered with figures of birds, tigers, and other designs, and, although they have adopted much of the Spanish dress, the rich and fanciful stitchings on the shirt, still distinguish thetn from their inferiors. On feast-days, and when travel- ing, a kind of blanket, commonly known as serape, manga, or poncho, is added to the ordinary dress. The serape, which differs in style according to locality, is closer in texture than the ordinary blanket and colored, checked, figured, or fringed, to suit the taste. It has an opening in the centre, through which the head is passed, and hanging in loose folds over the body it forms a very picturesque attire. Some fasten it with a knot on one shoulder, leaving it to fall over the side from the other. The serajie also serves for rain-coat and wrapper, and, at night, it is wound round the head and body, serving for bed as well as covering, the other portion of the dress being made into a pillow. The carriers of Guatemala use a rain-proof palm-leaf called suyacal. Shepherds are distinguished by a black and white checked apron, somewhat resembling the Scotch kilt. The hair, which, before the conquest of Guatemala, was worn long, and hung in braids down the back, is now cut short, except in the remote mountain districts, where long loose hair is still the fashion. In Salvador and Nicaragua, on the other hand, the front part of the hair used to be shaved off, the brave often apjiearing perfectly bald. Most natives go bare-footed, except when traveling; they then put on sandals, which consist of a piece of hide fastened by thongs. The women, when at home, content them- GUATEMALAN DRESS AND ORNAMENTS. 691 selves with a waist-cloth, generally blue-checked, secured by a twisted knot; but, on going abroad, they put on the huipil, which is a piece of white cotton, having an opening in the middle for the head, and covering the breast and back, as far as the waist. Some huipils are sewed together at the sides and have short sleeves. On this part of their dress the women — who, for that matter, attend to the manufacture and dyeing of all the clothing — expend their best efforts. They embroider, or dye, the neck and shoulders with various designs, whose out- lines and coloring often do great credit to their taste. In Guatemala, the colors and designs are distinct for different villages, so that it may at once be G^en to which tribe the wearer belongs. The hair is plaited into one or two braids, interlaced with bright-colored ribbons, and usually wreathed turban-fashion round the head. The Quiches, whose red turban-dress is more pronounced than others, sometimes vary it by adding yellow bands and tassels to the braids, which are permitted to hang down to the heels. Thomas Gage, who lived in Guatemala from about 1627 to 1638, relates that on gala-days the fair natives were arrayed in cotton veils reaching to the ground. The ancient custom of painting, and of pierc- ing the ears and lip, to hold pendants, is now restricted to the remote hill country, and ornaments are limited to to a few strings of beads, shells, and metal for the arms and neck, with an occasional pair of ear-rings; the women add flowers and garlands to their headdress, especially on feast-days. Some mountain tribes of Guatemala wear red feathers in their cotton turbans — the nobles and chiefs using green ones — and paint the body black: the paint being, no doubt, intended for a protection against mosquitos. The apron worn by the women is made of bark, which, after being soaked and beaten, assumes the appearance of chamois leather. The Lacandones also wore cotton sacks adorned with tassels, and the women had bracelets of cords with tassels. In Nicaragua, tattooing seems to have been practiced, for Oviedo says that the natives cut their faces and amiS WILD TBIBES OF CENTBAL AMEBICA. with flint knives, and rubbed a black powder obtained from pine gum into the scars. Children wear no other dress than that provided by nature: here and there, how- ever, the girls are furnished with a strip of cotton for the waist.* The conquerors have left numerous records of large cities with splendid palaces and temples of stone, but these exist now only in their ruins. The masses had, doubtless, no better houses than those we see at present. Their huts are made of wooden posts and rafters sup- porting a thatched roof of straw or palm-leaves, the side being stockaded with cane, bamboo, or rush, so as to allow a free passage to the air. Generally they have but one room ; two or three stones in the centre of the hut compose the fireplace, and the only egress xjr the smoke is through the door. The room is scantily fur- nished with a few mats, a hammock, and some earthen- ware. Their villages are generally situated upon rising ground, and, owing to the houses being so scattered, they often extend over a league, which gives some foundation to the statements of the conquerors reporting the existence of towns of enormous size. The better . kind of villages have regular streets, a thing not to be seen in the ordinary hamlets; and the houses, which are often of adobes (sun-burnt bricks), or of cane plastered over, containing two or three rooms and a loft, are sur- rounded by neatly kept gardens, enclosed within hedges. ' Andaqoya, in Navarrete, Col. de Viages, torn, iii., pp. 407, 414. In Salvador, the women's ' only giirment being a long straight piece of cotton cloth without a seum.' Foote's Cent. Anter., pp. 103-4. The Niearnguans ' se rasent la barbe, les cheueux, et tout le poil du corps, et ne laissent que quelques cheueiix sur le Bommet de la teste . . IIh portent des gabans, et ues chemises nans munches.' D'AuUy, L'AniMque, torn, ii., p. 93. 'The custom of tattooing, it seems, was practiced to a certain extent, at least so fur as to designate, by pecnliarities in the murks, the several tribes or cnzi- ques ...they ttatteueil their heads.' Squier's Nicaragua, vol. ii.. pp. 341, 315; Id., Nicaruiua. pp. 273-4; Vakmuela, in Id., Vtnt. Amer, p. 566; Teiiipshy's .1/iWa, pp. 3J3-5, 368; DoUi^is and itonl-Serrat, Voy. Geologique, pp. 19-'iii, 4B-», 59-GO; Juarros' lILit.Gml., pp. 193-,5; Haase), Mex. Gmt., pp. 3()2-5; VuloLs, Mexique, \)p. 278-9; Ga;iea Neus Survey, pp. 31C-8; Momjomtry':; Gwilamalu, pp. 98-9; llerrem. Hist. Gen., dec. iii., lib. iv., cap. vii.; Morelet, Voyage, torn, ii., pp. 102, 126, 145, 171, 227, 245, 253; Galindo, in Nouveltes Annaies den Voy., 1834, torn. Ixiii., p. 149; Oroxco y Berra, Oeografia, p. 166; Chmara, Hist. Ind., fol. 263. OHATEMALAN DWELLINGS. m When a Guatemalan wishes to build a hut, or repair one, he notifies the chief, who summons the tribe to bring straw and other needful materials, and the work is finished in a few hours; after which the owner sup- plies the company with chocolate. Some of the Vera I z tribes are of a roaming disposition. They will take great trouble in clearing and preparing a piece of ground for sowing, and, after one or two harvests, will leave for another locality. Their dwellings, which are often grouped in hamlets, are therefore of a more temporary character, the walls being of maize-stalks and sugar-cane, surmounted by a slight palm-leaf roof. During an ex- pedition into the country of the Lacandones, the Spaniards found a town of over one hundred houses, better con- . structed than the villcOges on the Guatemalan plateau. In the centre of the place stood three large buildings, one a temple, and the other two assembly houses, for men and women respectively. All were enclosed with fences excellently varnished. The Nicaraguan villages seem to be the neatest; the houses are chiefly of plaited cane or bamboo frame-work, raised a few feet from the ground, and standing in the midst of well-arranged flow- ers and shrubbery. Dollfus describes a simple but in- genious method used by the Guatemalans to cross deep rivers. A stout cable of aloe-fibres is passed over the stream, and fixed to the banks at a sufficient height from the surface of the water. To this rope bridge, called garucha, is attached a running strap, which the traveler passes round his body, and is pulled across by men stationed on the opposite side.* * The Lacandoneft • floating gardens which can navigate the lagoons like bolsas,' and are oicji iniiiibited. Thej' hiive Btone sepulchres highly sculptured. PontelU, in Cat. Farmer, Nov. 7, 1862. 'In these ancient Chon- tiilos villages the houses were in the centre, and the tombs, placed in a ci'tile around The Indians who before the Spanish conquest inhabited Nica.agua did not construct any large temples or other stone buijdinns.' Pirn anl See- nmnn's DoUincjs, pp. Viti-T. They live like their forefathers ' in buildings precisely similar some huts of a single room will monopolise an acre of land.' Boyle's Ride, vol. ii., pp. C-8; Oniie's Neie Survey, pp. 318-19; Srher- zur, Wanclerunqen, pp. 75, 43J, 496; Puydt, Rnpporl, in Amerique Ctnlralt, pp. 69-70; ValoUi, Mexique, p. 'i78; Bcntoni, Hist. Mondo Nttovo. fol. 86, lua; Froebel's Cent. Amev., ,ip. 89, 90; Dollfus and Monl-Serrat, Voy. Oio- 694 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. These natives are essentially agricultural, but, like all who inhabit the warm zone, desire to live with the least possible labor. Most of them are content witli a small patch of ground round their huts, on which they culti- vate, in the same manner as did their forefathers, the lit- tle maize, beans, and the banana and plantain trees neces- sary for their subsistence. There are, however, a number of small farmers, who raise cochineal, cacao, indigo, and cotton, thereby adding to their own and their country's prosperity. In the more thinly settled districts, hunting enables them to increase the variety of their food with the flesh of wild hogs, deer, and other game, which are generally brought down with stone -headed arrows. When hunting the wild hog, they stretch a strong net, with large meshes, in some part of the woods, and drive the animals towards it. These rush he.adiong into the meshes, and are entangled, enabling their pursuers to dispatch them with ease. Beans, and tortillas of maize, with the inevitable chile for seasoning, and plantains or bananas are their chief food. To these may be added meat in small quantities, fish, eggs, honey, turtle, fowl, and a variety of fruit and roots. Salt is obtained by boiling the soil gathered on the sea-shore. Maize is prepared in several ways. When young and tender, the ears are boiled, and eaten with salt and pepper; or a portion of them are pressed, and the remainder boiled with the juice thus extracted. When ripe, the fruit is soaked and then dried between the hands, previous to being crushed to flour between two stones. It is usually made into tortillas, which are eaten hot, with a strong sprinkling of peppier and occa- sionally a slight addition of fat. Tamales is the name for biills of ct)oked maize mixed with beef and chile, and rolled in leaves. A favorite dish is a dumpling made of maize and frijoles. The frijoles, or beans, of which a stock is always kept, are boiled a short time with chile; they lofjique, pp. 19, 55; Jlerrera, Hist. Ocn., dec. iii., lib. iv., cap. vii.; Beremlt, in Sm'illisonian liept., 18G7, p. 425; West «»fe. They ob- serve no regularity in their meuls, but eat and drink at pleasure. When traveling, some roasted maize paste called fotoposte, crumbled in boiling a\ ater with an addi- tion of salt and pepper, and a cup of warm water, suflice for a repast. P^ire is obtjiined in the usual primitive manner, by rubbing two sticks together.' * They ' vivent le plus souvent de fruits et de racines.' Dollfusnnd ManU Serrat, Voy. (Moloijique, pp. 47, 20-2, 69. 'Tout en faisiint ninigre chore, ils mangent eit boivent coutmuelleraent, comme les auiuiuux.' Morekt, Voyage,, It 4B6 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. Most authorities agree that they are clean in their hahita, and that frequent bathing is the rule, yet it is hinted that leprosy is caused partially by uncleanliness.'^ Since the Spaniards assumed control of the country, weapons, as applied to war, have fallen into disuse, and it is only in the mountain districts that we meet the hunter armed with bow and spear, and slung over his shoulder a quiver full of reed arrows, pointed with stone. In Salvador and Nicaragua, the natives are still very ex- pert in the use of the sling, game often being brought down by it.'' I find no record of any wars among the aborigines since the conquest, and the only information relating to their war customs, gathered from the account of skir- mishes which the SpaniaiJs have had with some of the tribes in eastern Guatemala, is, that the natives kept in the back-ground, hidden by rocks or trees, waiting for the enemy to approach. As soon as the soldiers came close enough, a cloud of arrows came whizzing among them, and the warriors appeared, shouting with all their might. The Lacandones occasionally retaliate upon the planters on their borders for ill-treatment received at their hands. A number of warriors set out at night with faggots of dry sticks and grass, which are lighted as they approach the plantation, and thrown into the enemy's camp; during the confusion that ensues, the proj^wsed torn, ii., pp. 104, 92, 102, 132, 134, 145, 240, torn, i., pp. 205-G. Nicnrnguans 'eHsen aucb MeiischeutleiBch alle Tag machet uur cin Nuchbnr ein Fewer an, dabei sic alle kochen, Tiid dann ein auderer.' West wid Oat In- discher Lustijart, pt i., p. 390. ' Perritos peqnenos que tambieu los coniiiin, y muchoB venados y pesquerfas.' Andagoya, in Kavarrete, Col. de Vkiaen, torn, iii., pp. 4i3-14, 407. Hunting aHigators: a man dives under, nnd fastens a noose round the leg of the sleeping monster; his companions then haul it on shore and kill it. Sivers, Mitlelamerika, pp. 139, 130. Compiire further: Findkiy's Dmclory, vol. i., p. 253; Oage's New Survey, pp. 319-23; Ncherzer, Wauderunaen, pp. 412-13, 494; JBenzoni, Hist. Mondo Niiovo, fol. 103-4; Jmn-os' Hist. Guut., pp. 196-7; lleirera, Ilisi. Gen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. vii-ix., lib. x., cap. xiv.; Escobar, in Land. Oeoq. Soc, Joiir., vol. xi., p. 91; Laet, Novus OrMs, p. 320; Waldeck, Voy. Pitt., pp. 42-3. 8 Dunlop'a Cent. Aiwr., p. 337; Scherzer, Wanderunfien, p. 173. 7 The Liicandones ' eraploient des fleches de canno ayant des tfites de cnil- loux.' Oalindo, in Antiq. Mex., torn, i., div. ii., p. 67. See also, Jiillow, Mica- rniua, pp. 79-8;): Ilnssel, Mex. Guat., p. 305; Juarroa' libit. Guid., pp. 195, 278; Scherter, Wanderungen, pp. 413, 430; FrotM, Aua Amerika, torn, i., p. 358. WAR, WEAPONS, AND IMPLEMENTS. 697 reprisal is made. One writer gives a brief description of the ceremonies preceding and following their expedi- tions. In front of the temple are burning braziers tilled with odoriferous resin ; round this the warriors assemble in full dress, their arms being placed behind them. A smaller brazier of incense blazes in front of each warrior, before which he prostrates himself, imploring the aid of the Great Spirit in his enterprise. On their return, they again assemble, disguised in the heads of various animals, and go through a war dance before the chief and his council. Sentinels are always pacing the sum- mit of the hills, and give notice to one another, by trum- pet blast, of the approach of any stranger. If it is an enemy, they speedily form ambuscades to entrap him.* I have already referred to the bare interior of their dwellings: a few mats, a hammock, and some earthen- ware being the only apology for furniture. The mats are plaited of bark or other fibres, and serve, among other purix>sea, as a bed for the children, the grown persons generally sleeping in hammocks attached to the rafters. Scattered over the floor may be seen the earthen jar which the women so gracefully balance on their head when bringing it full of water from the well; the earthen pot for boiling plantains, with its folded banana-leaf cover; cups made from clay, cala- bash, cocoa-nut, or wacal shells, with their stands, often polished and bearing the marks of native sculpture ; the metate for grinding the family flour; the conial, a clay plate upon which the tortilla is baked. A banana-leaf serves for a plate, and a fir-stick does the duty of a candle. Their hunting or bag nets are made of pita or bark-fibres. The steel machete and the knife have en- tirely displaced their ancient silex tools, of which some relics may still be found among the Lacandones. Va- lenzuela mentions that in the meeting-house of this tribe, the conquerors found two hundred hanging seats.* « Mordet, V'^yige, torn, ii., p. 31; PotiUUi, in Cal. Farmer, Nov. 7, 14, 1862. » ValoUi, Mexiqiie, pp. 278, 287; Siuem. Ardlelamerika, p. 130; Sclierzer, Wdnierwijen, p. -iJO; Afonlanus, Nieuwe Weereld, p. 279; Squier's Nicaragua, 698 WILD TRIBES OF CENTBAL AMERICA. These natives still excel in the manufacture of pottery, and produce, without the aid of tools, specimens that are as remarkable for their fanciful forms, as for their elegance and coloring. Water-jars are mode sufficiently porous to allow the Avater to percolate and keep the con- tents cool ; other earthenware is glazed by rubbing the heated vessel with a resinous gum. Nor are they behind- hand in the art of weaving, for most of the fabrics used in the country are of native make. The aboriginal spinning machine is not yet wholly displaced, and con- sists, according to Squier, of a thin spindle of wood, fifteen or sixteen inches in length, which is passed through a wheel of hard, hea\y wood, six inches in di- ameter, and resembles a gigantic top. When used, it is placed in a hollowed piece of wood, to prevent it from toppling over. A thread is attached to the spindle just above the wheel, and it is then twirled rapidly between the thumb and forefinger. The momentum of the wheel keeps it in motion for half a minute, and meantime the thread is drawn out by the operator from the pile of prepared cotton in her lap. Their mode of weaving is the same as that of the Mexicans, and the fabrics are not only durablo, but tastefully designed and colored to suit the quality and price. The dyes used are, indigo for blue, cochineal for red, and indigo mixed with lemon juice for black. The Nicaraguans obtain a highly prized purple by pressing the valve of a shell-fish found on the sea-shore. Baily says that they take the material to the seaside, and, after procuring a quantity of fresh coloring matter, dip each thread singly into it, and lay it aside to dry. From the aloe, and pita, or silk-grass, which are very strong and can easily be bleached, they pp. 272-3; Valemuela, in Id., Cent. Awer., p. 567. The Lncnndon hut con- tiiiuecl '(tea mt-tiers a tisaer, des sarbucanea, des haches et d'nuties outils en silex.' Morelet, roy«i Among the Nahuntls ' mechanical arts nre little understood, and, of course, the fine nrts still less practiced.' Squier's Cent. Avier., p. 320; Id., Nicaragxta, pp. 270-3. The Masayaus have 'une caisse en eidie, qr.elque- fois orn«o d'incrustiitions de cuivre.' lielly, Nicurajiua, pp. 197-8. See 281; PoiUelli, ia Cat. Farmer, Nov. 7, 1862. "fm^U 702 WILD TBICES OF CENTRAL AMEBICA. victories; a crown of feathers or a lion-skin is liis usual distinctive head-dress. The wife of the chief is required to possess some rare qualities. These people are very strict in executing the law ; the offender is brought be- fore the old men, and if the crime is serious his relatives have often to share in his punishment. The ^leople of Salvador, lujcording to Dollfus, have frequent reunions in their council-house at night. The hall is then lighted up by a large fire, and the people sit with uncovered heads, listening respectfully to the observations and deci- sions of the ahuaks — men over forty years of age, who have occupied public positions, or distinguished them- selves in some way. Gage makes a curious statement concerning the rio Lempa that may be bstsed ujwn some ancient law. Any man who committed a heinous crime on the one side of the river, and succeeded in esciipiiig to the other, was allowed to go unmolested, provided he did not return." Marriages take place at an early age, often before pu- berty, and usually within the tribe. When the boy, in Guatemala and Salvador, has attained the age of nine, his parents begin to look around for a bride lor him, the mother having a good deal to say in this matter. Pres- ents are made to the parents of the girl chosen, and she is transferred to the house of her future father-in-law, where she is treated as a daughter, and assists in the household duties, until she is old enough to marrv. It sometimes hapi^ens that she has by this time become dis- tasteful to the affianced husband, and is returned to her parents. The presents given for her are then denumdod back, a refusal naturally follows, and feuds result, lust- ing for generations. Gage states that when the parties to the betrothal are of different tribes, the chiefs arc notified, and meet in solemn conclave to consult about the expediency of the alliance. The consultations often » Doll/us aud Afont-Setrat, Voi/. Geohfjique, pp. 20, 49-51; rnj/ill, Hop- port, ill Am^riquf Veiitrale, p. 134; Jlassil, Mex. Uwit., p. 3.8; O'c/i.c',') AVto Survey, pp. 31K-0, 417; I'onMli, in Cat. Farmir, Nov. 7, 1802. ' Chiicun d'eux viiit cnmiito biiser li miiiii dii chof, liomiiiiiKe nu'il n<<;ut c.vec uiio dig- nitu iiupertui'bublc' jl/onW, Voyage, loin, ii., i)p. 245-C, 134. MARRIAGE AND CHILDBIRTH. 703 extend over a period of several months, during which the parents of the boy supply the coinicil with refresh- ments, and make presente to the girl's family for her purciiase. If the council disagree, ihe presents are re- turned, and the matter drops. Wiien the youth has reached his sixteenth or eighteenth year, and the maid her fourteenth, they are considered able to take care of themselves; a house is accordingly built, and the father gives his son a start in life. The cacique and relations are summoned to witness the marriage ceremony, now performed by the priest, after which the pair are carried u|X)n the shoulders oi' their friends to the new house, placed in a room, and shut in. The bride brings no dowry, but presents are made by the friends of the families. Several tribes in Guatemala are strictly op- posed to marriages outside of the tribe, and destroy the progeny left by a stranger. The Lacandones still prac- tice iK)lygamy, each wife having a separate house and field lor her support. In Nicaragua, where women are more independent, and fewer of the ancient marriage cus- toms have l)een retained than elsewhere, the ceremony is often (piickly disposed of, the husband and wife return- ing to their avocations immediately after. The life of the woman is one of drudgery; household duties, weav- ing, and the care of children keeping her constantly busy, while the husband is occupied in dolce far niente; yet their married life is not unhappy. Although the female dresses scantily and is not over shy when bathing, she is by no means immodest or unchaste, but bears rather a better character than women of the superior race. Childbirth is not attende«l with any difficulties, for it sometimes hapiKjns that the woman, after being delivered on the road, will wash the child and herself in the nearest stream, and proceetl on her journey', as if noth- ing had occurred. The Quiches, among others, still call in the sorcerer to take the horoscope of the new-l)orn, and to apical to the gods in its behalf. lie also gives the infant the name of some animal, which biHiomes its guardian spirit for life. Belly .states that more boys 704 WILD TBIBES OF CENTBAL AMERICA. are bom to the natiT'js, while the whites have more girls. The mother invariably nurses the child herself until its third year, and, when at work, carries it on her back in a cloth passed round her body ; tlie move- ments of the mother in washing or kneaduig tending to rock the infant to sleep. Otherwise the child is little cared for, and has to lie on the bare ground, or, at most, with a mat under it. As the boy grows older the father will take him into the field and forest, suiting the work to his strength, and instructing him in the use of tools, while the mother takes charge of the girl, teaching her to cook, spin, and weave. Respect for parents and older people is inculcated, and children never presume to speak before a grown person unless first addressed. They remain under the parents' roof until married, and frequently after, several generations often living together in one house under the rule of the eldest. The native is fond of home, for here he escapes from the contempt of the other races, and reigns supreme over a family which is taught to respect him: patriotism has been replaced by love of home among this oppressed people." Their amusements are less common and varied than among the whites, and are generally reserved for special occasions, when they are indulged in to excess. Still, they have orderly gatherings round the hearth, at which wondrous and amusing stories form the chief part of the entertainment. Songs follow in natural order, and arc loudly applauded by the listeners, who join in repeating the last words of the verse. The subject, as given by some local poet, or transmitted from an ancient bard, is pleasing enough, but the rendering is in a plaintive, dis- " 'Leur demier-ne snspendn k lenrs flancs.' MortM, Voyage, torn, ii., pp. 198, 126, torn, i., pp. 201-5, 318. lu Salvador, the 'bridegroom niakea his wife's troxisseau himself, the women, strange to say, being eutirel;^ ignorant of needlework.' Foote's Cent. Amer., p. 103. Further reference in IVWoki, Mexique, pp. 280, 288; Belly, Nknragua, pp. £00-1, 253; Hatiml, Mix. Guat., pp. 303-4; Revue liril,, 1825, in Amerique Cenlrale, p. 23; BUhrn, Nicaraijun, p. 80; Montanus, Nieutee Weereld, p. 272; Gage's New Survey, p. 319; Jmr- ros' IlLit. Gnat, pp. 195-6; Tempsky'aMUh,i>.365; Dollfuaand Monl-Serrat, Voy. Oeologique, pp. 20, 47; Scnerzer, Wanderungen, p. 6(6; LI., Die Indianer von latkivaoan, p. 11. GUATEMALAN MUSIC. 705 o> agreeable monotone. Their instrumental music is an improvement on the vocal, in some respects, and prac- tice has enabled the player to execute pieces from memory with precision and accord. The marimba, a favorite instrument, consists of a series of vertical tubes of different length but equal diameter, fastened together in a line by bark fibre, and held firm between two pieces of wood. The tubes have a lateral opening at the base covered with a membrane, and the upper end is closed by a small, moveable elastic plate, upon which the per- former strikes with light drumsticks. The play of the plates causes a compression of air in the tube, and a consequent vibration of the membrane, which produces a sound differing in character according to the length of the tube. All the parts are of wood, the tube being however, occasionally of terra-cotta, or replaced by cala bash-shells. The marimba of usual size is over a yard in length, and consists of twenty-two tubes ranging from four to sixteen inches in length, forming three complete octaves. The pitch is regulated by a coating of wax on the key-plates. Some drumsticks are forked to strike two plates at once. Occasionally, several persons join in executing an air upon the instrument, or two marim- bas are played in perfect accord with some song. Their usual drum is called tepanabaz, described by Gage as a smooth hollow trunk with two or three clefts on the upper side and holes at the ends. It is beaten with two sticks, and produces a dull heavy sound. Other drums covered with wild goat skin, tortoise-shells, pipes, small hells, and rattles, are chiefly used at dances. The Lacan- dones possess a kind of mandolin, a double-necked, trun- cated cone, with one string, made to pass four times over the bridge ; also a clarionet-like instrument named chirimiya; their drum is called tepanahuaste. A dance is generally a grand affair with the native, combining as it does dress with dramatic and saltatory exhibitions. At the tocontin dance, in Guatemala, from twenty to forty persons dressed in white clothes richly embroidered, and bedecked with gaudy bands, colored feathers in Vol. I. 49 706 WILD TRIBES OF CENTBAL AMERICA. gilt frames fastened on the back, fanciful helmets topped with feathers, and feathers, again, on their legs, in form of wings. The conductor stands in the centre beating time on the tepanabaz, while the dancers circle round him, one following the other, sometimes straight, some- times turning half-way, at other times fully round, and bending the body to the ground, all the time shouting the fame of some hero. This continues for several hours, and is often repeated in one house after another. In another dance they disguise themselves with skins of different animals, acting up to the character assumed, and running in and out of the circle formed round the musicians, striking, shrieking, and hotly pursuing some particular performer. There are also several dances like those of the Mexicans, in which men dress in women's clothes and other disguises. The Nicaraguan dances vary but little from the above. Several hundred people will gather in some well-cleared spot, their arms and legs ornamented with strings of shells, their heads with feathers, and with fans in their hands. The leader, walking backwards, commences some movements to be imitated by the dancers, who follow in threes and fours, turning round, intermingling, and again uniting. The musicians beat drums and sing songs to which the leader responds, the dancers taking up the refrain in their turn, and shaking their calabash rattles. After a while they pass round each other and perform the most curious antics and grimaces, crying, laughing, posturing, acting lame, blind, and so on. Drinking is inseparable from these reun?nns, and they do not usually break up until all have attained the climax of their wishes — becom- ing helplessly drunk. The principal drinks are, atole made from maize, but which assumes different prefixes, according to the additional ingredients used, as istatok, jocoatok, etc. ; pulque, chiefly used in the highlands; and, not least, chicha, made from maize and various fruits and roots, fermented with honey or sugar-cane juice. Gage states that tobacco-leaves and toads were added to increase the flavor. The Nicaraguans make their favorite drir to I frier h natu port Nicai CUSTOMS IN GUATEMALA AND NIGABAGUA. 707 drink from a wild red cherry. It takes several weeks to prepare these liquors, but by the generous aid of friends the stock is often consumed at one carousal." Ignorant and oppressed as they are, superstition is naturally strong among them, the evil eye, ominous im- port of animals and the like being firmly believed in. Nicaraguans gave as a reason for speaking in whis- pers at night, that loud talking attracts mosquitos. The Quiches, of Istlavacan, among others, believe in certain evil and certain good days, and arrange their undertakings accordingly. When meeting a stranger, they present the forehead to be touched, thinking that a beneficial power is imparted to them by this means. They still adhere to their sorcerers, who are called in upon all important occasions, to predict the future, exor- cise evil spirits and the like, with the aid of various decoctions and incantations. The Chontales have diviners who, with the aid of drugs, taken after a fast, fall into a trance, during which they prophesy. They form a sort of guild, and live alone in the mountains with a few pupils, who support them in return for the instruc- tion received. Although idolatry proper is abolished, some ancient practices still live, blended with their Christian worship, and it is said that tribes inhabiting the remote mountain regions still keep up their old rites in secret. Dollfus is apparently inclined to believe that the songs he heard the natives chant every morning and evening may be the relic of some ancient religious cere- mony. The Itzas hold deer sacred, and these animals were consequently quite familiar with man, before the conquerors subdued the country. The Lacandones are said to have been the last who publicly worshiped in their i« Oofte's New Survey, pp. 323, 347-50; Andaqot/a, in yavarrete, Col. de Viages, torn, iii., p. 415; Valoui, Mexique, pp. 27'J-80, 4'20-6; Dotlfun and Monl'Serrat, Voy. Geologique, p. 48; Proebtl'sVent. Amer., pp. 78-81; Dapper, Neue Welt, pp. 306, 312; VcUenxuela, in Squier's Cent, Amer., p. 5117; Juar- ros' Wst. Ount., pp. 447-9; Goreal, Voyages, torn, i., pp. 88-9; Arricivila, ('ronica Serdfica, ja. 34; Lad, Novus Orbis, p. 320-2; Ponlelli, in Cal. Farmer, Nov. 14, 1862. 'Lies Indiens ne (nment pas.' BeUy, J\rican»/ua, p. 164. 'Ihr gew6hnlicheB Getr&nke ist Wasser.' Hassel, Met. Ouat., p. 3(H. 'Je n'ai eutendu qu'k Flores, pendant le coiirs de mon voyage, des choeurs exucut^S aveo justesae.' MoreM, Voyage, torn, ii., pp. 42-4, 32&, torn, i., p. 196. 706 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. temple, and whose priests sacrificed animals to idols. By the side of the temple stood '>wo other large build- ings used as meeting-houses, one for men, the other for women. Dogs and tame parrots formed part of their domestic establishment. The native is very taciturn before strangers, but on paying a visit to friends he will deliver long harangues full of repetition. It is almost impossible to obtain a direct answer from him to any question. Another peculiarity with many is to hoard money at the expense of bodily comfort. It is buried in some secret place, and the owner dies without even caring to inform his kin of the whereabouts of his treasures. The favorite occupation of the people is to act as porters, and Guatemala certainly possesses the most excellent carriers, who are trained for the business from an early age. They usually go in files, headed by a chief, all armed with long stafts and '. ..ter- proof palm-leaf mats, and travel from twenty to thirty miles a day, for days in succession, without suffering any inconvenience. The weight varies from one hundred to two hundred and fifty pounds, according to road and distance, and is carried on the back, supported by straps passed over the forehead and shoulders. They are very moderate in eating, and never drink cold water if they can avoid it; when tired, they stretch themselves at full length on the ground, and are speedily refreshed. Women are also accustomed to carry burdens, and may frequently be seen taking several filled pitchers to mar- ket in nets suspended from their forehead and shoulders. Water they usually bring in jars balanced on the head." The ruling diseases are small-pox, which makes yearly havoc; dysentery, which is also not uncommon in the high by w habit lattei in ap and c Super from 1 bathir blood- ing a] Cauter commo princip tion fr Some t] and sue of antic substam cause ol this mat strations Their 17 The Lacandon chief received me with ' the emblem of friendHhip (which is a leaf of the fan-palm).' PonUUi, in Cat. Farmer, Nov. 14, 1862. See Tempsky's MiUa, pp. 364-5; VeUois, Mexique, pp. 407-8; Escobar, in Lmd. Oeoq. Soc., Jour., vol. xi., p. 91; Thummel, Mexiko, p. 394; Juarros' Hint. Oudt., p. 197; FooU's Cera. Amer., p. 122; DoUfus and Moni-Serral, Voy. OMoglqM, pp. 48-9; Scherter, Die Inaiamrwm iMdrMcan, pp. 7-15; Reich- ardt,' Nicaragua, pp. 106, 234; Valentuela, in Squier'a Ctnt. Amer., pp. ""«, torn. U., pp. 58, 101-2,104, 197; pp, 11-12, 48. 6'i6-7; Moretet, Voyage, tom. i., p. 206, torn, ii., Boyk'a Bide, vol. i'., pp, 293-4, Tol ii.. MEDICAL PRACTICE. 709 highlands during the summer; and leprosy, manifested by wounds and eruptions, and caused by filth, immoral habits, and bad food. In some parts of Nicaragua, the latter disease breaks out .a horny excrescences, similar in appearance to the tips of cow-horns. Rheumatism and ch6st diseases are rare, in spite of their rough life. Superstitious practices and empirical recipes transmitted from their ancestors are the remedies resorted to. Hot bathing is the favorite treatment. They are skillful at blood-letting, making very small punctures, and apply- ing a pinch of salt to them after the operation is ended. Cauterizing wounds to prevent inflammation is not un- common, and does not affect the patient much. The principal remedy of the Chorotegans consists of a decoc- tion from various herbs injected by means of a tube. Some tribes of the highlands call in sorcerers to knead and suck the suffering part. After performing a variety of antics and grimaces, the wise man produces a black substance from the mouth, which he announces as the cause of the sickness; the friends of the patient take this matter and trample it to pieces amidst noisy demon- strations." Their dead are washed, and dressed in a fresh suit ; friends then assemble to express their regard and sorrow by burning copal and performing a wild dance round the corpse, which is buried with all its belongings, as well as food for sustenance on the long journey. The Itzas, inhabiting the islands in the lake Peten, are said to have thrown their dead into the lake, for want of room.'' The character of the Guatemalans exhibits a number of excellent traits. They have always been a gentle ■BAtMoaaya, 'The death-rate among children ia said to be excesBiTO.' Boyle's Rule, vol. ii., p. 10. ' Alle Olieder der Familio hatttn ein fiuRserst ungesundes Aussehen und namentlich die Kinder, iin Gesicht bleich und mager, batten dicke, aufgeschwollene B&uche,' caused b^ yuccii-roots. Sclierzer, Wanderungen, pp. 494, 173-4; Morekt, Voyage, torn, li., pp. 109-10, 152; Oarje'8 New Survey, p. 318; Puydt, Rapport, in Aniirique Ventnile, p. 49; Froebel, Aus AmeHkxi, torn, i , pp. 346-6; Haasel, Mex. Owtt, pp. 302, 398; Escobar, in Land. Otog. Soc, Jour., vol. xi., p. 91; Sckerzer, Die mdianervon laUdvnean, pp. 10-11. » Schtrter, Die Indian'r von IsUduacan, pp. 11-12; MortUt, Voyage, torn, ii., p. 63; Valoia, Uexiyue, p. 408. 710 WILD TBIBES OF CENTRAL AMEBICA. race, and easily led by kindness, but centuries of oppres- sion have thrown over them a timid, brooding spirit. Far from warlike, they have nevertheless proved them- selves efficient soldiers during the late civil wars. Their honesty and faithfulness to a trust or engagement is uni- versally admitted, and every traveler bears witness to their hospitality and obliging disposition. Although taciturn before strangers, whom they naturally distrust, they are quite voluble and merry among themselves, especially the women ; their mirth, however, wants the ring of true happiness. Looking at the darker side, it is found that drunkenness stands preeminent, and if the native is not oftener drunk, it is because the means for carousing are wanting. Surrounded by a bountiful nature, he is naturally lazy and improvident, whole days being passed in dreamy inaction, without a symptom of ennui. He is obstinate, and clings to ancient customs, yet he will not dispute with you, but tacitly forms his own opinion. Taught to be humble, he does not possess much manliness, has a certain cunning, will weep at trifles, and is apt to be vindictive, especially if his jealousy is aroused. The highlanders form an ex- ception to these general characteristics in many respects. The purer air of the mountain has infused in them a certain independent energy, and industry. Nor are the women to be classed as lazy, for their position is rather that of slaves than of wives, yet they are vivacious and not devoid of coquetry, but of undisputed modesty. Many of the remoter tribes are brave, and the Manches, for instance, behaved lately in so spirited a manner as to compel the government to treat with them. The Itzas are said to have been warlike and cruel, but their neighbors the Lacandones are not so ferocious as sup: posed. The Quiches bear a high character for indus- try, and intelligence, while those of Rabinal excel in truthfulness, honesty, and morality. The Vera Paz tribes are less active and industrious than those of the plateau; this applies especially to the eastern nations who are also more stupid than the western. THE MOSQUnOS. 711 The Salvador people are noted for their phlegmatic temperament, and the provoked stranger who seeks to hurry them, is merely laughed at; otherwise they, as well as the Nicaraguans, are more docile and indus- trious than the Guatemalans, but also more superstitious. Scherzer thinks that they have all the inclination for becoming robbers, but want the energy. The Aztec rem- nants in Nicaragua are particularly patient and thrifty, but extremely shy and brooding. The Chontales, on the other hand, are said to have been a savage and de- based race, while the Cholutecs were brave and cruel but subject to petticoat rule. Opinions concerning the intelligence of the natives and their prospect of ad- vancement are varied, some affirming that they are dull and spiritless, incapable of making any progress, while others assign them a high character and intelligence, which, properly directed, would give them a prominent position.* The MosQUiTOS, the second division of the Central American group, are at the present day composed in part of an incongruous mixture of Carib colonists and negro importations, and in part of a pure native element. Owing to the independent spirit of the tribes along the central chain of mountains, which successfully resisted <* ' La Bomme des peines est dono limit^e comme celle des jonissances; ils ne ressentent ni les unes ni les autres aveo beaucoup de vivacite.' Morelet, Voyage, torn, i., pp. 205-7, 196, torn, ii., pp. 104, 132, 198, 200, 253. '\Vhen aroused, however, tbey are fierce, cruel, and implacable shrewd cringing servility and low cunning extreme teachableness.' Crowe's CerU. Amer., pp. 42-3. ' Melancholy . . . .silent pusillanimous timid.' Dunn's Guatemala, p. 278. ' Imperturbability of the North American Indian, but are a gentler and less warlike race.' Foote's CerU. Amer., pp. 104-5. Nicaraguans ' are singulnrly docile and industrious . . . not warlike but brave. ' Squier's Nicaragua, p. 268. For further reference concerning these people see Squier's Cent. Amer., p. 555; Biilow, NUxtrcufua, pp. 79-81; Juarros' JM. Guat., pp. 197-8; Bellj^, mcaragua, pp. 109', 160; Puydt, Bapport, in Ameriqae Centrak, pp. 70, 135-6; TKint, in Id., pp. 157-8; Fossey, Mexique, p. 471; Boyle's Ride, vol. i., pref., p. xiv., and p. 75; Gage's JVew Survey, pp. 311-12, 333; Valois, Mexique, pp. 238-9, 277, 288, 299, 430; Dollfus and Jaont-Serral, Voy. Geologi^iie, pp. 47-9, 69; Ouiedo, Hitl. Gen., tom. iv., p. 35; Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. lii., lib. iv., cap. vii.; Schertei', Wanderungen, pp. 53, 61, 455, 464-5; DurUop's Cent. Amer., pp. 211, 337-8. The Lacandones are very laconic, sober, temperate and strict. PotUdli, in Col. Flarmer, Not. 7, 1862. 719 WILD TBIBES OF CENTBAL AMEBIOA. the attempts of Spaniards to penetrate the territory, and to the unhealthy climate of the coast, this country, with the exception of the northern part of Honduras, has as yet escaped subjection to the white race. The country, aside from the sea-shore, possesses many attractive features. The transverse ranges, radiating from the principal chain, form a series of terraces which gradually lessen in elevation, until they disappear in a low coast region. Between them innumerable rivers, fed by the moisture-laden sea- winds, now rushing boisterously from heavily wooded heights, now sluggishly wending their way through luxuriant prairie-land, flow through a region of most pleasing variety, and at last empty into vast lagoons bordering the ocean. The aborigines still form the greater part of the population, and are composed of a large number of tribes which, while practicing agri- culture to a limited extent, subsist chiefly on natural fruits and on the products of the chase. Excepting the small tribes of the eastern Mosquito country, Mr Squier, who has given much patient research to their lan- guages, includes the natives of this sub-division among the Lenca family, at the head of which stand the Gvxi- jiqueros in western Honduras, essentially an agricultural people. East of these are the JRcaqim, and Poyas, names given to a collection of closely related tribes, some of which have been brought under the subjugat- ing influences of the missionary Fathers, while others still keep their ancient customs intact. The Secos on Black River are included by some writers with the Poyas. South and west of these are the Moacos, and in the western part of the Mosquito coast, the Wbolwas, who still cherish a tradition of their emigration from the north-west. East of the latter live the Ibiokm and Cookra8, who extend to Blewfields, and speak dialects varying little from the Woolwa tongue, but stand lower in the scale of humanity. Bell states that the Towkos are merely a branch of the Smooa^ who have many points in common with the Poyas, though differing from them in language. Among other aborigines may be men- MOSQUITO NATIONS. 718 tioned the AJbaituiruis, Ihhuas, Panamekas, Jams, Ihos, Gaulas, ItzileSj Motucaa, and the Ramm on the Blewfields Ingoon; of several others the names are either lost or unknown. Following the coast southward we meet the Cariba, a strong, hardy, but crude race at present, of varied negro admixture, chiefly descended from the turbulent natives of San Vicente island, whom the Eng- lish transported in 1796 to the island of Roatan, whence they were brought over to Honduras. The Caribs, who have within a few decades spread from a small colony over the whole northern coast, driving other nations into the interior and southward, appear to be superseding the aborigines, now fast disappearing under the anni- hilating effect of drink and disease. South of the Caribs round cape Gracias a Dios are the Sambos, or Mosquitos proper, said to have sprung from the union of native women with negro slaves wrecked on the coast during the seventeenth century. Owing to their geo- graphical position they were brought in contact with the buccaneers, and placed in a position to gain ascendancy over other tribes from the Poyas southward, but were at the same time inoculated with the degrading vices and disorders which are now so rapidly bringing about their extinction. Elated by their position as masters of the coast, they assumed the proud title of Waiknas, or men, in which conceit they have been imitated by the subjected tribes, which are gradually adopting the Sambo tongue. Adjacent to them are the Jhonglas, a not very numerous offshoot of Smoos and Sambos.''^ 21 The name Mosquito is generally supposed to have arisen from the nnmeroiis luosqiiito insects to be found in the country; others think that the 8m:kll islands off the coasts, "which lie as thick as mosquitoes," may have cnused the appellation; while a third opinion is that the name is a corruption of an aboriginal term, and to substantiate this opinion it is said that the nUiveic.ill themselves distinctly Misskitos. Mosquitoland, Bericht, pp. 134, lJ-23. The Garib name is pronounced "Khanbees" on the const. Mac- (fnjor'a Pro^resa of America, vol. i., pp. 770, 775. ' II existe chez eux dea laugaes tras diff irentes. et nous avons remarque qn'k cent lieues de distance ih na se comprenuent plus le* ans les autres. Varnhagen, Prem. Voy. de Anirigy Vespuc.ai, p. 40. See further: Stout's Nicaragua, p. 113; Squier'a ytcar'ajua, vol. ii.. p. 308; Id., Gent. Amer., pp. 24'.. '244-7, 252-3; Biilow. Nicaragua, p. 77; Juirros' Hbit. Goal., p. 346; Gaiindo, in Lond. Gtoa. Soc., Jour., vol. ill., p. 290; BeU, in Id., vol. xxxii., pp. 258-9; Bard'a Waikna, 7U WILD TBIBEB OF CENTBAL AMEBICA. Race-mixtures in certain localites have almost oblit- erated aboriginal types, which are portrayed as of medium stature, regular form, and varying in color from light brown to dark coppery. The people about cape Grocias d Dios are represented by the first voyagers to have been nearly as dark as negroes. The face is rather flat and oval, the head smaller than among Europeans; forehead high and cheek-bones not very prominent; hair long, straight, coarse, and black; beard scanty; nose very small, thin, and usually aquiline among the coast peo- ple, but larger and broader toward the interior. The iris of the eye is generally black, but often verges toward brown ; mouth broad, with thin lips and regular teeth. The women present a full bust and abdomen; they are called pretty, but early marriages soon make them old. It is suspected that infant murder has something to do with the rarity of deformed people. The Towkas and Ramas present the finest pure-blooded type, the former being very fair, while the latter are large, athletic, and stern-looking. The Poyas are cop- per-colored, short, but muscular, brood-faced, with large forehead, bent nose, and small, mild eyes. The Toon- glas are duskier; the Smoos approach the fair Towkas in hue, though they have a flatter head, accompanied by a stolid look. The darkest of all are the Woolwas, whose color seems a mixture of yellow ochre and India ink. Proceeding to Honduras, we meet the Caribs, whose varied admixture of negro blood sep- arates them into yellow and black Caribs. The former are distinguished by a 8o:T)ew}iat ruddy hue, with a hooked nose; while hie duskif).' brother is taller, hardier, and longer-lived; with a nose inclining to aquiline. Children are prettier as they approach the negro type. The hair varies in curl and gloss according to purity of blood. The Mosquitos proper are more uniform in appearance, and buccaneers have no doubt assisted pp. 123, 201-2, 2t1; Pint a>id Seemam's Dotlinqa, pp. 335-6; Youmfs Ifirratiue, pp. 33, 88; VFUppiu,*, Oeog. u. SUU., pp. ^43-7, 303, 347-50; Hen- deratn'a Honduras, p. 216; Boyk'a Ride, vol. i., pp. xii-xiii., 269, 287; Sivers, Mitklatmriica, pp. 179-»0, 287-8. MOSQUITO PHYSIQUE AND DRESS. 716 in bringing out many of the characteristics that have obtained for the Sambo race the leading position on the coast. They are all well-built, raw-boned, nimble, and of a dull, dark, copper color. The face is oval, with a coarse, lustful expression, the hair rough, wavy, and black, eyes bright and remarkably strong; women pretty, with large eyes, and small feet and ankles." A piece of cloth fastened at the waist in a twist or by a cord, and reaching to the knee, constitutes the native male costume in these parts, that of the women being somewhat shorter. This cloth is either of cotton, some- times woven with down, or of fibres from the inner bark of the caoutchouc tree, beaten on stones till they become soft, and is often large enough to serve for a covering at night. Some are quite fanciful in color and design, and formerly they were ptiinted. Those of the Woolwas are usually six feet long by three broad, striped blue and yellow ; they are passed between the legs and fastened at the waist by a thong. The Xicaques, on the contrary, wear the cloth serape- fashion, by passing the head througli a slit in the centre, and tying the folds round the waist. Even this scanty covering is often reduced to the smallest apron, and is dispensed with altogether in some parts, for modern travelers speak of natives in a naked state. Women occasionally wear a small square cloth, having an opening for the head, one part of which covers the breast, the other the back. In some parts chiefs are diutinguished by a cotton cap, ** 'Die Backenknochen treten nicht, wie bei andem amerikanischen Stammen, auffallend hervor starke Oberlippe.' Moaquitoland, Bericht.pp. 134-6, 59, 70, 151. Consult also: Syuier's Cent. Amer., pp. 230, 251, 597-8; Hassel, Mex. GwU., pp. 388-9; Froebel, Aus Amerikia, torn, i., pp. 397-8; Varnhagen, Pnm. Voy. de Amerigo Vespucci, pp. 40-1. The pure type has 'schliolite, grdbere, BcnwarzeHaarundfeinereliippen.' Sivera, MUtelameriko, pp. 74. 177, ISO. 287-8; Yonnrj'a Narrative, pp. 26, 28-9, 72, 75, 79, 82, 87, 123; Uring's IRst. Voy., p. 22iS; BeU, in Lond. Oeog. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxii., pp. 256-9; Pirn anl Seemann'a Dottinga, pp. 248, 305, 403; Colon, Hist. Almi- rante, in Banna, Hiftoriadorea, torn, i., p. 101; Bard's Waikna, pp. 127, 298, 317; Strangeioays' Mosquito Shore, p. 329. The natives of Corn island are ' of a dark copper-colour, black Hair, full round Faces, small black E^es, their Eye-brows hanging over their Eves, low Foreheads, short thick Noses, not high, but flattish; full Lips, and short Chins.' Dampier'a Voyages, vol. i., pp. 31-2, 7-8. 1 Pv ft 7ie WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. and a long sleeveless robe, open in front and often nicely ornamented ; in other places men of rank wear turbans decorated with plumes and feathers, and dress in skins of eagles, tigers, and other animals ; these are also used by the common people on festive occasions. The Smoos' head-dress is especially pretty, with its embroidery and feather-work. -Ordinarily the long loose hair is deemed sufficient to protect the head, and is kept sleek and shin- ing by palm-oil, which they say furthers its growth. The women have longer hair than the men, and often dress it in ringlets, seldom in a knot or wreath. The people of northern Honduras wear a lock hanging over the forehead ; some highland chieftains, on the contrary, shave the front of the head, but allow the back hair to grow long, while the Poyas part theirs in the middle, keeping it in position with a band. That of the religious men reaches to the waist, and generally falls in braids behind. In mourning, both sides of the head are shaved, a bushy comb being left along the middle. For- merly all hair except that on the head, even eyebrows and lashes, was pulled out, because it was thought fit for animals only to have hair on the body. All go bare- footed, and it is only where the native has to travel over a rough road that he puts on alparagats, or sandals of bark, wood, or skin, which are fastened by thongs round the foot. Whatever is wanting in actual dress, however, is made up by paint and ornaments, of which both sexes are equally fond. The face and upper part of the body are either uniformly daubed over or tattooed with rays, fanciful lines, and designs representing animals and the like, chiefly in red and black. Taste is not wanting in this adornment, for the tint is often delicate, and the black circles round the eyes indicate that they understand effect, increasing as they do the lustre of the orbs. Esquemelin states that when visitors were ex- pected, the men combed the hair, and smeared the face with an ointment of oil and black powder, the women using a red admixture. Tattooing figures on the body by cauterization, as seen by Columbus on the Mosquito MOSQUITO HEAD-FLATTENING. 717 Coast, i^ still practiced in certain parts of the interior. Aboriginal Mosquitos also perforated ears, lips, and cheeks, to hold pendants offish-bones and green stones; the holes in the ears being as large as eggs. The natives of Corn island not only carried large pieces of wood in the ears, but gradually enlarged the hole in the lower lip; at fifteen years of age the wood was removed and a tor- toise-sholl inserted. Women wore a tight bandage round the ankle to increase the size of their calves. Strings of tastefully arranged beads, bones, shells, and stones, and gaily colored bandages, were worn round the neck and wrist; the women adorning the legs and ankles in a similar manner, and also using feathers and flowers. Certain interior tribes, as the Smoos, esteem a round forehead as a reproach, and hence the head is flattened, the effect of which would be more noticeable, were it not for the thick bushy hair. This head-flattening fashion here appears for the first time since we left the Columbian group; we shall see it once again further south, .and that is all. The pioc^ss here is essentially similar to that of the Columbians. When the infant is a month old, it is tied to a board, and a flat piece of wood, kept firm by bands, is pl.aced upon the forehead. Thf» child remains in this painful position for several months, the pressure increasing as the head grows.'" Towns there are none, except in certain parts ; seldom do more than four or five houses stand in a group ; the locality being changed at intervals for sanitary or super- stitious purposes. A few upright {x>sts [planted in par- allel lines, or in a circle, and occasionally interwoven with cane or leaves, support what may be called the hut " Ifetrera, Hist, Oen., dec. iv., li'o. i., can, vi., lib. viii., cap. iii., t.; Es- quemelln, Zee-Roovers, pp. 150-1; Squier, in llarper'a Maij., vol. xix., p. 614; /'/., in Nouvellea Annates des Voy., 1858, torn, dx., p. 134; Afnrtin's lint. Col., vol. ii., p. 412; Pirn md Seeimnn's Dottiiyn, pp. 248-50; 280, 308, 403. 415; Macgregor'n Progress of Amer., vol. i., p. 7(2; Danipkr's Foyo'/M, vol. i., pp. lli 32; Bard's Waikna, pp. 127, 253-C, 298; Mosquitoland, liericht, pp. 116-17, 13l)-7; W-". in Lond. Oeoti. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxii., pp. 256-»il); Yomq'a Narra. ', .p. 12, 26, 29, 32, 72, 77. 83, 122, 133. 'Alcuni vsano certe camiciuole com quelle, che vsiamo noi, lunghe sine al bclico, e senxa manche. Portano le braccia, e il corpc lauornti di lauoi-i moreschi, fatti col (uoco.' ColomlM, Hisl, del Ammiraglio. pp. 403-6. I 'Mi 718 WILD TBIBES OF CENTBAL AMEBIGA. proper, which is a sharply sloping, well-thatched palm- leaf roof with projecting eaves, reachi: j to within three or four feet of the ground. There is usually but one apartment, the floor of which is often coated with clay, and raised a little to avoid dampness. In the center is the fireplace, surrounded by household ware and cack- ling hens, and all round may be seen hammocks and nets suspended from the bamboo rafters. Some sleep on a frame- work of bamboo placed upon posts. The better class of houses contain partitions for the several families occu- pying it, and stand in fields enclosed by stalk fences. A village with many of the interior tribes consists of one large building, often one hundred feet long by thirty feet wide. The front and end of these structures are open, but the back is partitioned off into small closets with the bark of the cabbage-palms, each serving as a bedroom for a mar- ried couple, or for unmarried women. A platform imme- diately under the roof is used as a sleeping-place for the boys, and an apartment at the end of the hut is set apart for women about to be confined. Some of the Guajique- ro villages contain over a hundred substantial huts of mud, or of cane plastered over and whitewashed. The Toonglas and Cookras, erect temporary sheds near the streams, during the summer, but seek more secure huts in the winter. Carib dwellings are the neatest of all ; some are of cane, others of frame- work filled with mud. Cockburn relates that, during his journey through Hon- duras, he came across a bridge made of a net-work of cane, which was suspended between trees so that the centre hung forty feet above the surface of the stream. He found it very old and shaky, and concluded that it belonged to the remote past.** Redundant nature here leaves man so little to do, as scarcely to afford an opportunity for development. M StrangeieayH' MoaquUo Shore, p. 334 ; FrotheVs Cent. Amer,, p. 185; Squier's Cent. Amer., p. 660; id., iu Harper's Mtu/., vol. xix., d. 613; Id., in NouvelUs AntuUes de.t Voy., 1858, torn, dx., p. 134; Youm's Narrative, pp. 13, 77, !»><- 9, 125; Pirn and Seenvinn's Dotlinga. pp. 279, 295, 415-fi; BeU, in iMnd. (/cm. 'xxxii., pp. 20, Jourmy, pp. 23, 56-7. f^,> Soc, jour., vol. xxxii., pp. 258-9; Bard's Wailcna, pp. 293-4, 318-9; Mosqui- toland, liericht, pp. 20, 137-9; Sivers, MUielamerika, pp. 167, 178; Cockbttrns FOOD IN H0NDUEA8. 719 The people of northern Honduras, according to Herrera, cleared the ground with stone axes, and turned the sod by main strength with a forked pole or with sharp wooden spades, and by this means secured two or three yields every year; but the present occupants scarcely take so much trouble. On marrying, the men prepare a small field for a few beds of yams, beans, Ciissava, and squash, some pepper, and pine-apples, besides twenty to thirty plan- tain and cocoa-nut trees, leaving their wives to give it such further care as may be required. Where maize is cultivated it is either sown two or three grains in holes two feet apart, or thrown broadcast over fresh wood- land a little before the rainy season. The Poyas are ^^b" only people who cultivate respectable farms. Fish- ir . is the favorite occupation of the coast tribes, and their dexterity with the sjjcar and harpoon is quite re- markable. The proper time for catching the larger species of fish, such as the tarpom and palpa, is at night, when a Heet of pitpans, each with a pitch-pine torch in the bow, may be seen on the lagoon intermingling in picturesque confusion. One or two paddlers propel the boat, another holds the torch, while the harpooneer stands at the bow with a waisko-dusa, or staff, having a loosely fitting, barbed harpoon at one end, and a piece of light wood at the other. A short line attached to the harpoon, passes alc'ii the staff, and is rolled round this float for convenien' e. The glare of the torch attracts the fish and enables* Vh- - bowman to spy his prey, which is imme- diately tr.". -lixed by the harpoon. Away it darts, but the flouu ]• f ivds its progress, and points out its where- abouts CO thv 1k> '.taien, who again seize the line, and drag it to the shore. Occasionally the tarpom is taken in strong nets, the meshes of which require to be six inches square in order to entangle it. Manatees or sea- cows are caught in the early morning, and to get within striking distance of the wary animal, it is necessary to deck the canoe with bushes and leaves, giving it the ap- pearan of a floating tree. The line attached to the harpo< I; i;:- in this case payed out from the canoe, which 790 WILD TBIBES OF OENTBAL AMEBIGA. is often trailed by the manatee in a lively manner. It generally takes several harpoons as well as lances to kill it. Smaller harpoons, without barb, with merely quad- rangular points an inch and a half long and nearly as wide, are used for catching turtles so that the shell may not be damaged. As th^ -^anoe approaches, the turtle slides under the water; the bowman signalizes the oars- man how to steer, and when the turtle rises to breathe, it is speared dragged into the canoes, and placed on its back. Some fishermen will jump into the water after the animal, f« d bring it up in their hands, but this feat is attend ( h danger, from bites and sharp coral. The hiiv , il turtle is set free after the shell has been stripped of its scales, but the green species is eaten, and its eggs, which are esteemed a dainty, are sought for in the sand by poking suspected places with a stick. Smaller fish are speared with the sinnock, a long pole with a fixed point. The river people take less pleasure in fishing, and resort thereto only as driven by necessity. Weirs of branches and clay are constructed, with a small outlet in the middle, where men are stationed to catch the passing fish with nets and spears. The Poyas employ a still surer method. The water is beaten with sticks for some dis- tance above the weir, so as to drive the fish together; a quantity of juice extracted from a wild vine called pequine, which has a stupefying effect, is thrown into the water, and the men have merely to select the best look- ing, the smaller ones being allowed to float away and recover in the unadulterated waters below. The preserv- ing offish is the work of women, who cut them in slices, — sometimes rubbing them with salt, — and place the pieces on a framework of cane over the fire to be smoke-dried ; after which they are exposed to the sun for a day or two. Part of the fish is cooked, or baked in oil, and eaten at once. If we except the Smoos and Xicaques, who fol- low game with true precision and patience, the usual mode of hunting is as primitive as weir-fishing. A number of men assemble and set fire to the grass, which MOSQUITO COOKERY. 721 drives the terrified animals into a comer, where they are shot or struck down, or the game is entrapped in holes partly filled with water. The wild hog. the tapir, and deer supply most of the meat, which is cured in the same way as fish : some cutting the meat in strips, and curing it on the buccan, or grate of sticks, while others prefer the barbecue method which is to smoke-dry the whole animal. Certain old writers state that human flesh was eaten, but this is discredited by others, who think that the error arose from seeing the natives feast on monkeys, which, skinned, have much the appear- ance of humans. The statement of their eating raw fish may also be wrong, for the natives of the present day are very careful about thoroughly cooking their food, and even avoid fruit not fully ripened. A well-known article of food is the Carib bread, a sort of white ha.d biscuit made from cassava or mandioc roots, which are iskinned, washed, and grated on a board set with sharp stones. The pulp is rinsed in water to extract the poisonous juice, and when it is sufficiently whitened by this means, the water is carefully pressed out, and the substance set to dry in the sun. The sifted flour is made into large round thin cakes, which, after being exposed to the sun for a while, are slowly baked over the fire. The Poyas make large rolls, which are wrapped in leaves and baked in the ashes. These soon become sour, and are then eaten with a relish. Others grind cassava or maize on the metate, and bake tortillas. A gruel is also made of the flour, and eaten with salt and chile, or syrup. One of their dainties is ftisJtVe, the name given to plantains kept in leaves till putrid, and eaten boiled. Scalding hot cacao mixed with chile is the favorite stimulant, of which large quan- tities are imbibed, until the perspiration starts from every pore. Cacjio-fruit is also eaten roasted. Notwithstand- ing the richness of the soil and the variety of its pro- ductions, the natives are accused of resorting to insects for food, and of eating their own vermin. The coast people have the greater selection, but trust mostly to Vol. I. 46 722 WILD TEIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. fishing, while the interior tribes after natural products depend upon the chase. The Cookras subsist cliiefly on the cabbage-palm. Sambo girls have a peculiar fancy for eating charcoal and sand, believing that their charms are improved thereby. No regularity is observed in eating, but food is taken at any hour, and with voracity ; nor will they take the trouble to procure more, until the whole stock is consumed, and hunger drives them from their hammocks. The Poyas and Guajiqueros seem to be the only tribes who have any idea of providing for the future ; the latter laying up a common reserve.'" Frequent bathing is the rule, yet the Sambos, who have a better opportunity for this, perhaps, than other tribes, are described as dirty in their surroundings, and, when warmed by motion, emit a disagreeable odor, arising from the use of ointments and powders. The Poyas, Xicaxjues, Secos, and especially the Caribs are, on the contrary, very cleanly in their habits.'"' The bow and arrow figures as the chief weapon of the Mosquitos, the former being usually of iron-wood, spanned with twisted mahoe-bark, and often six feet in length; the latter of reed or wood, hardened in fire, and pointed with hard wood, flint, fish-bones, or teeth. They not onl^ handle the bow well, but some are ex- pert in the art of defense. To attain this dexterity, children are taught to turn aside, with a stick, the blunt darts thrown at them, and in time they become suffi- ciently exjjert to ward off arrows in the same manner. They also fight with cane lances about nine feet long, with oblong diamond points, javelins, clubs, and heavy sharp - pointed swords made of a poisonous wood, a splinter from which causes first madness and then ** TTerrera, TTist. Gen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. iii-v.; Macgregor's Progress of Awer., vol. i., pp. 774-5; Sqvier, in Harper's ilati., vol. six., p. C13; Youtvj'a Namitive, pp, 14, 18, 21, 61,74-7. 96, 98, 106; Hard's Waikna, pp. 100-11, 132-6, 2'J7-3ii3, 320; Sivers, MitUlamerika, pp. 7&-6, 87, 1G8-74. The Wool Wfts bad fish 'which had been shot with arrows.' Pirn and See- mann's Doltin^s, pp. 403, 248-50, 30O-1, 407, 412-13; Dampier's Voyages, vol. i., pp. 9-13, 35-7. » Boyle's Ride, vol. i., pref., p. 18; Young's Narrative, pp. 76, 99, 133; Torqueniada, Monarq, Jnd,, torn, i., p. 335. MOSQUITO WEAPONS AND WAB. 723 ex- death. The milky juice of the manzanilla-tree is used to poison arrows and darts. Blowpipes, whose light arrows surely and silently bring down birds at a hundred feet and over, are in great favor with the youth. Armor is made of plaited reeds covered with tiger-skins, and ornamented with feathers; besides which, the northern Mosquitos employ a breavStplate of twisted cotton, like that of the Mexicans. Mosquito women are said to be as good archers as the men." Aboriginal wars were continually waged in Hondu- ras without any other object than to avenge the death of an ancestor, or to retaliate on those who had carried away friends into slavery. Neighboring tribes, how- ever, agreed to a truce at certain times, to allow the interchange of goods. Previous to starting on an ex- pedition, turkeys, dogs, and even human beings were sacrificed to 'rfluence the gods; blood was drawn from tongue ond ears, and dreams carefully noted, and their import Jetermined. Ambassadors were sent to challenge the enemy to a pitched battle, and, if they were not re- sponded to, the country was ravaged . When prisoners were taken they were usually held as slaves, after having the nose cut off. Forty thousand men sometimes composed an expedition, operating without chief or order, devising ambushes and stratagems as it suited them, and accom- panied by women to act as porters. Mosquito warriors blacken the face, and place themselves under the tem- porary command of the bravest and most experienced. The coast people are bold and unyielding, und usually kill their prisoners. When the Sambos confederate with their neighbors, they expect their allies to pay for friends lost in battle.'** froqrtfi '613; \d See- [(», vol. bo, 133; "Of the people of Las Fertas islands it is said; 'Aen't eudt vnn haer geweer een hay-taudt, schieten met geen boogh." Esquemelin, Zee-Roovers, pp. 71, 150. Also see: Colon, Hist. Almirante, in Barcia, Hisioriadores, torn, i., p. 105; Iferrera, Hist. Gen., dec. iii., lib. ix., cap. x,, and dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. iii.; Datnpier's Voyages, vol. i., pp. 7-8; Bard's Waikna, pp. 120, 128. '* Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap, iii.; Esquemelin, Zee-Roovers, p. 153; Dampier's Voyages, vol. i., p. 8; Delaportt, Retstn, torn, x., p. 406; Strangevoaya' Mosquito Shore, p. 331. 724 WILD TBIBES OF CENTBAL AMEBIGA. Domestic utensils in the homes of the Mosquitos con- sist of stones for grinding grain and roots, clay pots and plates for cooking purposes, and gourds, calabashes, and nets for holding food and liquids. The stone hatchet, which is fast becoming a relic, is ten inches long, four broad, and three thick, sharp at both ends, with a groove to hold the handle which is firmly twisted round its centre. Besides the implements already referred to under fishing and weapons, may be mentioned the lasso, in the use of which they are very expert, and the pata- pee, a pretty water-tight basket that the Caribs plait of reeds. The men usually sleep in hammocks, or on mats spread on the ground near the fire, with a stick for a pillow, while the women prefer a platform of cane raised a few feet from the ground, and covered with a mat or a skin.'" Fibres of mahoe and ule bark, pisang-leaves and silk- grass furnish material for ropes, nets, mats, and coarse fabrics. Most of the Mosquitos grow a little cotton, which the women spin on a rude wheel, like that of the Guatemalans, and weave on a frame loom into strong and neat cloths. The favorite blue color for dyeing is obtained from thejiquilite plant; the yellow from the achiolt tree. Pottery is a very ancient art among them, as may be seen from the fine specimens discovered in the graves and ruins of Honduras. Their red cooking- pots are very light but strong, and the water-jars, which are only slightly burnt to permit percolation, show con- siderable taste in design.** Nowhere do we find more daring and expert boat- men than the Mosquitos, who will venture out upon the roughest sea in a boat barely large enough to hold a man «9 'Hammocks, made of a Sort of Btishes.' Cockhum's Journey, pp. 64, 23. ' £1 almohadn vn palo, o vna piedra: los cofres son cestilloB, aforrados en cueros de venudos.' Herrera, Hist. Oen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. v. Con- sult also: Young's Narrative, pp. 76-7; Dampier's Voywiea, vol. i., p. 85; Squier's Cent. Amer., p. 660; Mosquiloland, Jieriiht, pp. 100, 116, 123, 138, 173. 30 Slvera, Jllittelamerika, p. 167; Bard's Waikna, pp. 127,298-9. 'Auf irgend eine Zubereitung (of skins) verstehen Rich die Indianer nicht.' Mos- quiloland, Bericht, pp. 190, ,148. ' They make large Jars here, one of which will hold ten Gallons, and not weigh one Found. Cockbum'a Journey, p. 83. ' BOATS AMD FISHERIES. 725 and a boy. If the boat capsize it is nt once righted, bailed out, and the voyage resumed, and seldom is any part of the cargo lost. The dory, or ordinary sea-boat is a hoUowed-out tree, often twenty -five to fifty feet long, four to six wide, and four to five deep, round-bottomed, buoyant, and with good handling safe. The best are made by the up-river tribes, especially the Towkas, who prepare them roughly with axe and fire, and sell them to the coast people to be finished according to fancy. After the dug-out has been trimmed, it is often soaked in water for a time, so that the sides may be stretched and secured with knees. Thepitpan, which is used on rivers and lagoons, differs from the dory in being flat- bottomed, with broad and gradually rounded ends, and of less depth and width. Cedar is chiefly used for pit- pans on account of its lightness, and the stronger mahog- any for dories: but the latter are, however, soon injured by worms if kept in the water. Small boats are pro- pelled by a single broad-bladed paddle; sails also are employed with the crean or keeled canoe."^ Harpoon and canoe are the basis of the Mosquito's wealth, for with them he obtaii j his food and the tortoise- shell, the principal article of traffic. The season for catching hawk-bill turtles is from April to August, when fleets of canoes, each manned by about twelve men, pro- ceed to different parts of the coast, as far south as Chiri- quf , and bring home ten thousand pounds of shell on an average. Green turtles, which are caught near reefs, also find a good market in Blewfields and elsewhere. All keep hogs, the Caribs more than others; many pos- sess cattle and horses, which are allowed to run wild over the prairies, the horses being lassoed whenever required for riding. Their manner of breaking them is unique. One man leads the horse with the lasso into water, to a depth of three or four feet, when another 31 Tounq's Narrative, pp. 11, 19, 76, 160-1 ; Martin's Wtsi Indits, vol. i., pp. 155-6; Dampier's Voyaijfs, vol. i., pp. 35, 85. ' Der Tuberose tree der Eng- liinder liefert die starkHten BanmBtamme, deren die Indianer Bich zur Anfer- ti<]^ing ibrer grosBten WasBei-fabrzeuge bediencn.' Mosquitoland, Berickt, pp. 116, 70, 147. 796 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. jumps upon his back, and responds to buckings and skit- tishness with blows on the head, until in about half an hour the exhausted animal surrenders. A line of bark- fibre serves for reins, and a few plaited palm-leaves lor saddle. Preservation of wealth is little thought of, for cattle are most recklessly slaughtered at feasts and tor oftences, and fruit-trees, as well as other property are, as a rule, destroyed on the death of the owner. Quite a trade is carried on in these parts, the inland tribes bringing rough canoes, calabashes, skins, cloth, honey, and cacao to the coast people, and receiving therefor tur- tles, salt, English fancy and useful articles; while many of the latter undertake lengthy coast trips to dispose of the bartered produce, as well as their own. The Wan- kees deal heavily in bi^re, or decomposed plantains, while sarsaparilla and honey are the staple articles of the Secos and Poyas. A mixture of shrewdness and simplicity characterizes their dealings. A party wishing to dispose of hides, for instance, first produces the worst ones, which are thrown aside by the buyer until those of the standard quality are brought out; a sum is then offered for the whole, which is often unhesitatingly ac- cepted by the native who is too dazzled by the apparently high price to consider the amount of produce given for it. Very little value is phiced upon labor, for canoes, which have taken a considerable time to prepare, are often bartered for a mere trifle. The people of Hondu- ras have always a stock of cloth and honey to pay taxes with, and set a high value on colored feathers- obtained from Yucatec coast traders, who take cacao for return cargoes 32 Although versatile enough in handicrafts, their men- tal faculties are exceedingly crude. With the aid of fingers and toes the Sambo is able to count to twenty, but anything beyond that confuses him. Time is reck- 3* The ATosquitos have ' little trade except in toitoise-phells nrd sarsnpn- rilla.' Squkr'a Cent. Amer., p. 659. ConipHre Bard's Waikvu, p. 317; Bell, in Land. Oeog.Soc., Jour., vol. xsxii., p. 252; Slranqeways' Mosquito Shore, . 337; Youngy Narrative, pp. 16, 82, 86-7, 91, 126; lleirera. Hist. Gen., ec. iv., lib. viii., cap. iii., v.; Alosquitoland, Bericht, pp. 148, 171-4, 190. mg t balan( I MOSQUITO CALENDAR AND ABT. 797 oned by kates, or moons, thirteen of which make a mani, or year. When asked to fix the date of an event, he will say that it occurred so many sleeps or moons ago ; but when the time exceeds a >ear or two, the answer is given in the rather indefinite term of " many, many years;" consequently he is unable to tell his age. His ideas of cosmology are equally vague; thus, stars are held to be glowing stones. The people of Honduras call the year iokr, and divide it in the same manner as the Mexicans, by whom the system has, no doubt, been in- troduced. They reckon time by so many nights or twi- lights, not by days, and determine the hour by the height of the sun. The song-language of the Mosquitos dift'ers greatly from that employed in conversation, a quaint old-time style being apparently preserved in their lyrics.^ The art of extracting and melting gold has long been known to them, but, although they wear a few orna- ments of this metal, they do not seem to prize it very highly. At the time of Cockburn's visit to Honduras, dams were used in mining, and instruments of cane to sift the gold. The mode employed by the Poyas to separate gold from sand is the one known in California as panning, and is thus described by Squier: "Scooping up some of the sand in his bowl, and then filling it with water, ne whirled it rjipidly, so that a feathery stream of mingled sand and water flew constantly over its edge. He contirmed this operation until the sand was nearly exhausted, and then filled the bowl again. After repeat- ing this process several times, he grew more careful, balancing the bowl skillfull}-, and stopping occasionally to pick out the pebbles .... after the process was com- plete, the Poyer showed me a little deposit of gold, in 33 The Mosquitos ' divisaient Tann^e en 18 mois de 20 jours, et ils appel- laient les mois loaUtr.' Malle-Bnm, Precin de la Geixj., toin. vi., p. 472. ' Dit konense reeckenen by de Maen, daer van sy vyftien voor een jaer reeckenen.' Esquemdm, Zet-Iioovers, p. 152. 'Fiir die Ucrecbnnng der Jahre existirtkeine Aera. Daher weiss Niemand sein Alter.' Mosquitoland, Bericht, pp. 142, 267-8. See also Bard's Waila.a, pp. 244-5; Youuij'3 Narrative, p. 76; Herrera, Hist. Oen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. vi. j m4l 728 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AUERICA. grains, at the bottom of the calabash." The gold dust passes into the hands of the white trader.^ The Mosquitos proper are ruled by a hereditary king, who claims sovereignty over the interior tribes of the Mosquito Coast, which, in many cases, is merely nomi- nal. I^fore the English made their influence felt, this monarch, who, in these latter degenerate days, does not possess many prerogatives, seems to have had but a small extent of territory, for among the earlier travelers some assert that the inhabitants of this coast lived under a republican rule, while others observed no form of gov- ernment. Each village or community has a principal man, or judge, selected from the eldest and ablest, who settles minor grievances, referring weightier matters to the king, and superintends the contribution of canoes, tortoise-shells, and produce for the support of the mon- arch and chiefs — for regular taxes are not collected. Among the Poyas, the old men, who are highly re- spected by their juniors, assemble every evening to deliberate upon the duties of the following day; all members of the tribe take part in the work, and share alike in the results. According to Young, the Mos- quitos had an officer, in whom was vested certain authority. The Caribs are also ruled by elders, dig- nified by the title of captains. Their laws are in some respects harsh: for instance, a woman who has had in- tercourse with a man of another race is whipped slowly to death. Sambos are less particular in this matter, the adulterer being merely mulcted in a cow. If the decision of a chief be not satisfactory, the contestants resort to trial by combat. The Xicaques live in com- munities of from seventy to one hundred persons ruled by chiefs elected for life. The insignia of a judge or ruler in Honduras are a white staff, often elaborately ornamented with a golden head and tassels. Formerly »* Bard's Waikna, pp, 292-3; Cockbum'a Journey, p. 37; Oomarr., Huit. Jnd., fol. 63. The natives of Hoiidurna had 'peditqos de Tierra, llamadn Calcide, con la qual se funde cl Metal.' Colon, Hist. Altnirante, in Barda, JUi^oriadorta, torn, i., p. 104. GOVERNMENT, SLAVEBY, POLYGAMY. m each town or province was ruled by an hereditary cacique, who adniiniHtered justice with four nobles as counselors. Theft was punished by confiscation of property, and in graver ctises the ears and hands of the culprit were cut off; the adulterer caught in the act had his ear-rin^s forcibly torn out; then he was whipped by the relatives of the injured, and deprived of his possessions. The woman went free on the supposition that she, as the weaker party, was not responsible.** One principal object of war among the ancient nations of Honduras was to make slaves, but the Mosquito Coast was free from this scourge, according to all accounts." Polygamy obtains, some men having six wives each, and the king yet more. The first wife, who as a rule, is betrothed from early infancy, is mistress command- ing ; her marriage is attended with festivities, and later additions to the harem are subject to her. 'J "he custom is to marry early, often before puberty, and it is not un- usual to see a girl of thirteen with an oflspring in her arms; but the marriage tie is not very binding, for the wife may be discarded or sold at will, on the f^lightest pretence, especially if children do not follow the union. The interior tribes, which are less given to plu- rality of wives, bear a pretty good character for female chastity. The cacique *of ancient Honduras married among his own class. On behalf of a suitor not pre- viously engaged, an old man was dispatched with presents to the father of the chosen girl, before whom he made a long harangue on the ancestry and qualities 35 Herrera, Ilist. Gen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. v.; Cockhum's Journey, p. 45; Dampier's Voywies, vol. i., pp. 10-11; Esqueinelin, Zee-lioovers, p. 150; Delaporte, Reisen, torn, x., p. 40C; Froehel's Cent. Anier., p. 184; Crowe's Cent. Atiier., p. 49; WinterfeUU, Monquilo-SOuU, p. 22; Bard's Waikna, pp. 231, 297-8; hell, in L^ Esquemelin relates thnt the natives on the Belize coast ond adjacent ialouda carried the new-born infant to the temple, where it was placed MOSQUITO DIVERSIONS. 785 Drinking is the chief amusement, and to become helplessly drunk is the sum of all enjoyment. Fre- quent sihkrans or feasts are held, lasting for days, at which large numbers assist to drain the canoeful of liquor prepared for the occasion. Occasionally sur- rounding villagers are invited, and a drinking-bout is held, first in one house and then in another, until the climax is reached in a debauch by both sexes of the most revolting character. Quarrels are generally put off for these occasions, but, as the wives have carefully hidden all weapons, recourse is had to the fist, with which the combatants exchange blows in turn until one has had enough. These trials of endurance are also held in sport; the Smoo or Woolwa, for instance, who wishes to be held most worthy of the fair sex, en- gages in a bwta or striking-match with a rival, each one presenting his bent back to the other in turn, until the bravest stands declared. Death is not unfrequently the result of such trials. Even boys, carried away by emu- lation, hold lighted sticks to each other's skin. In early times the people of Honduras held regular festi- vals at the beginning of each month, at the time of electing officers, at harvest time, and three other grand celebrations during the year, for which much food and drink were prepared. As the wine took effect, the par- ticipants were seized with a desire to move to the exhil- arating sound of drum, flute, and rattle, and a simple dance was organized. That of the Carib is merely a forward and bfickward movement of hands and feet, accompanied by a peculiar intonation of voice, and at their seekroes, or festivals in commemoration of the de- parted, they stalk in a circle, one following the other. naked in p ho!e filled with a»he8, exposed to the wild beasts, and left there until the truck of some animal was noticed in the nshes. This became patron to the child who was taught to offer it incense and to invoke it for protection. Zee- Hoovers, pp. 64-1), l-»i*. The genitals are pierced as a proof of constancy and affection for a woman. Id., pp. 151-3. Compare Herrera, Hist. Oen., dec. iv., HI), i., Clip, vi., lib. viii., cap. iii.-vi.; Younifa Narrative, pp. 73, 75, 123, 125; Bdl, in Land. Oeog. Soc., Jour., vol. xxxii., pp. 251, 'i54-5, 257-8; Pirn and Seemann'H DoUings, pp. 249, 3U6-8; Torquemam, Monarq. Jnd., torn, i., p. 335; Delaporte, Retsen, torn, x., p. 409; Crowe's Cent. Amer., pp. 49, 245-7. 786 WILD TBIBES OF GENTBAL AMEBIOA. and singing in a loud and uncouth tone. Their pas seul is livelier, however, the performer skipping up and down, bending the body in different ways, and making the most grotesque movements. They are not satisfied with a mere drinking-bout at their reunions, but spread a good table, to which guests often bring their own liquor. The Towkas and others prefer the circle dance, walking at a slow, swinging pace, beating their knuckles against emptied calabashes, and joining in a refrain, at the end of which they strike their cups one against another's. At each additional potation, the walk is in- creased in speed, until it assumes a trot and ends in a gallop, the calabashes rattling in accordance. The Sambo dance is like a minuet, in which the performers advance and recede, makinpr strange gesticulations. The women have also a dance among themselves, — for they are not allowed to join with the men, — in which they form a ring, holding each other round the waist with the left hand, bending, wriggling, shaking calabash rat- tles, and singing until exhausted. Dramatic representa- tions usually accompany these saltatory exhibitions, wherein the various phases of a lover's trials, comical sketches, or battles are depicted. The people of Hondu- ras are fond of disguising themselves with feather tufts, and skins of animals, whose actions and cries they imi- tate. The favorite entertainment of the Sambos is to put on a head-dress of thin strips of wood painted in various colors to represent the beak of a sword-fish, fasten a collar of wood round the neck, from which a number of palm-leaves are suspended, and to daub the face red, black, and yellow. Two men thus adorned advance toward one another and bend the fish-head m salute, keeping time with a rattle and singing, "shovel- nosed sharks, grandmother!" after which they slide off crab-like, making the most ludicrous gestures imagin- able. This fun exhausted, fresh men appear, introducing new movements, and then the spectators join in a 'walk around,' flourishing white sticks in their hands, and repeating the above-mentioned refrain in a peculiar buz- OUAJIQUEBO DANCE. 737 zing tone produced by placing in the mouth a small tube covered with the membrane of a nut.'' The Guajiqueros in an interesting performance de- scribed by Squier, depict incidents from their history. A square piece of ground having a tree in the centre is marked off, and two poles adorned with feathers are erected in opposite corners, one bearing the head of a deer, the other that of a tiger. A dull, monotonous music is heard, and two parties of youth, fantastically dressed up and painted, move up to the square in a slow, but not ungraceful dance, and station themselves round the poles that bear their respective insignia. A man, stooping as if bent with age, starts out from the deers, dances round the ground, trying to arouse the mirth of the spectators with his grotesque movements. The tigers also dispatch a man, who does his best to excel the other one in contortions and grimaces. After a while they meet, and commence a discussion which ends in open rupture, the rising passions being well delineated. The two men who represent ambassadors then return to their party with an account of the mission, the result of which is a general excitement, both factions starting out, dancing backwards and forwards, up and down the square, until they meet under the tree, in the centre. The leader of each then steps out and recites the glories and prowess of his tribe, amidst the applause of his own men, and the disapproval of the others. As soon as they are worked up to the requisite pitch of irritation, the dialogue ceases, the music strikes up, and a mimic combat ensues, in which the armies advance and re- treat, close and separate, using short canes for weapons? At last the tigers lose their standard and take to flight, whereat the victors execute a dance of triumph; but finding how dearly the victory has been bought, their '9 Herrera, Ubtt. Gen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. iii., vi.; Bell, in Lond. Geog. 'SVir., iJoxir., Vol. xxxii., p. !i!55-0. The Wnolwus 'haben gewisse Jahresfeste lx>i welcben weder cin Fremder noeh Weiber uiid Kinder des eignen Stam- mes ztigelasseu werden. Bei diesen Festen fiibren sio mit Iniitem Gescbrei ihre Tanze aiif, "wobei ibiien ihr Gott GeBelUchuft leistet." ' Froebel, Aua Ameiika, torn, i., pp. 407-8. Vol. I. 47 788 WILD TRIBES OP CENTRAL AMERICA. joy is turned into sorrow, and they bend their head upon the knees, breaking out in loud lament. In a few moments one of them starts up and begins a panegyric on the fallen brave, which is followed by a mimic sacrifice and other ceremonies. The vanquished are now seen to approach with downcast eyes, bringing tribute, which they lay at the feet of the victors, who receive it with imperious bearing. The music at these entertainments is not of a very inspiring nature ; drums, consisting of a section of hollow tree covered with skin, which are gene- rally beaten with the hand, and flutes of bamboo with four stops on which eight notes are played with different degrees of speed for variety, being the usual instruments. The Guajiqueros also use the chirimaya, two flutes joined in one mouthpiece; the syrinx, or Pan's pipe; a long calabash with a narrow opening at the small end, into which the performer blows suddenly, at intervals, to mark time; and a sort of drum consisting of a large earthen jar, over the mouth of which a dressed skin is tightly stretched. To the centre of the skin, and passing through an opening in the bottom, is attached a string which the performer pulls, the rebound of the membrane producing a very lugubrious sound. In western Hon- duras the so-called strum-strum is much used. This is a large gourd cut in the middle, and covered with a thin board having strings attached. The marimba, and the jews-harp which has been introduced by the trader, are, however, the favorite instruments for a quiet reunion, and the few tunes known to them are played thereon with admirable skill and taste. Songs always accompany their dances and are usually impromptu compositions on suit- able subjects, gotten up for the occasion by the favorite singers of the village, and rendered in a soft, but mono- tonous and plaintive tone. They have no national melo- dies, but on the receipt of any good or bad message, their feelings generallj^ find vent in a ditty embodying the news. Talking is a passion with them, and as soon as a piece of news is received at a village, two or three younger men will start with their women and children for the BEVEBAQES OF HONDUBAS. 739 next hamlet, where it is discussed for hours by the as- sembled population, who in their turn dispatch a messen- ger to the next village, and thus spread the news over the whole country in a very short time. In story-tell- ing, those who concoct the biggest lies receive the most applause. Of course, the pipe must be smoked on these occasions, but as their own tobacco has become too mild for them, recourse is had to the vilest description of American leaf When this is wantlrig^tlie smoke-dried leaves of the trumpet and papah tree is used by men as well as women. The favorite drink is mishla, prepared chiefly from cassjiva- roots ; but others from bananas, pine- apples, and other fruits are also used. A number of young women provided with good teeth, untiring jaws, and a large supply of saliva, are employed to chew about h.alf of the boiled and peeled roots requisite to make a canoeful of liquor, the remainder being crushed in a mortar. This delectable compound is stirred witli cold water, and allowed to ferment for a day or two, when it assumes a creamy appearance, and tastes very strong and sour. Plantains are kneaded in warm water, and then allowed to stand for a few days till the mixture ferments, or the fruit is left in the water in small pieces, and the kneading performed in the cup previous. to drinking. A fermented drink from powdered cacao and indigenous sugar-cane juice is called ulung, and pesso is the name given to another made from crushed lime-rinds, maize and honey; in early times mead was a favorite drink in Honduras. The cocoa-nut palm yields monthly a large quantity of liquor known as caraca. The tip of the undeveloped shoots are cut oft', and the branch bent down so as to allow the fluid to drip into a calabash placed beneath. Its seeds, when crushed and steeped in hot water give the acchioc.*^ *o Squkr, in Harper's Mag., vol. six., pp. 603-6, 613; Sivers, Miltelamerika, pp. 171-2, 174-6; Martm's West Indies, vol. i., p. 155; iMet, Novm Orbis, p. 337; Uring'a Hist. Voy., pp. 223-5; Dampier's Voyaqes, vol. i., rp. 10, 127; liard'n Waxkna, pp. 205-9, 226-9, 232-3, 299; Monquitolnnd, liericht, pp. 108, 141-2, 14G-7, 196, 201-2, 267; Crowe's Cent. Amer., p. 247; I'im and See- viann's BoUings, pp. 306, 405; Youny's Naxrative, pp. 30-3, 72, 77-8, 125, 132- '4 m -! w\l4 m 740 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. No name for a supreme good spirit is found in the vocabulary of the Mosquitos; all their appeals are ad- dressed to Wulasha, the devil, the cause of all misfor- tunes and contrarieties that hapjien. The intercessors with this dread being are the suklas, or sorceresses, gen- erally dirty, malicious old hags, who are approached with gifts by the trembling applicant, and besought to use their power to avert imix»nding evils. They are sup- posed to be in partnership with their devil, for whom they always exact the half of the fee before entering upon any exorcising or divination. These witches exer- cise a greater jwwer over the people than the chief — a l)ower which is sustained by the exhibition of certain tricks, such as allowing poisonous snakes to bite them, and handling fire, which they have learned from pre- decessors during their long preparation for the office, passed amidst exposure and fasts in the solitude of the wilderness. The people of Honduras had also evil sor- cerers who jx)ssessed the power of transforming men into wild beasts, and were much feared and hated Jiccord- ingly; but their priests or hermits who live in com- munion with materialized gods, in small, elevated huts, apart from the villages, enjoyed the resixjct of all, and their advice was applied for on every matter of imjwrt- ance. None but the principal men could approach tlieni without the necessary ofl'ering of m.aize and fowl, and they humbly knelt before them to receive their oracnlar answer. Preparatory to important undertakings, dogs, cocks, and even men were sacrificed to obtain the faNor of their idols, and blood was drawn from tongue, ears, and other members of the lx)dy. They thought it like- wise necessary to their welfare to have nagnas, or guar- dian spirits, whose life became so bound up with their own that the death of one involved that of the other. The manner of obtaining this guardian was to proceed to some secluded spot and ofter up a sacrifice: with the 5; Esquerpelin, Zee-lioovers, pp. 150-1. The natives of Houdnran kept small birds which * could talk iiitellictiWy. nnd whistle niid wing udniirnbly.' Cock- burn's Journey, pp. •"» J-;J, 4i'>, V J- J. "«S i. MOSQUITO CUSTOMS. 741 beast or bird which thereupon appeared, in dream or in reality, a compact for life was made, by drawing blood from various [mrts of the body. Caribs and Woolwas assemble at certain periods every year, to propitiate con- trolling spiriti) with ceremonies transmitted from their forefathers. A variety of ghosts, as Lewire, the spirit of the water, are supposed to play their pranks at night, and it is difficult to induce anyone to leave the hut after dark, unless in company. The belief in dreams is so firmly rooted that their very course of life is in- fluenced by it. Every dream has a direct or indirect meaning; thus, a broken calabash betokens loss of wife; a broken dish, the death of a mother. Among other superstitions, it was believed that the lighting of an owl upon the house-top would be followed by the death of an inmate ; when thunder roared, cotton-seed was burned ; broken egg-shells and deer-bones were carefully pre- served lest the chickens or the deer should die or disap- pear. Aware of the peculiar influence of the moon on man and matter, they are careful not to sleep in its glare, nor to fish when it is up, and mahogany-cutters abstain from felling trees at certain periods ibr fear the wood may spoil. They are wonderfully good path- finders, and will pass through the densest forest without guiding marks; as swinnners they are not to be sur- passed. Their mode of greeting a friend is very eftu- sive, according to Dampier. One will throw him.self at the feet of another, who helps him up, embraces him, and falls down in his turn to be assisted up and com- forted with a pressure. Cockburn says that the Hon- duras people bend one knee to the ground and clap their hands in token of farewell." Their licentious life, and fruit and fish diet, with lim- ited use of salt, have left their constitution very suscep- *• Ilerrera, Hid. Oen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. iv-vi.; Cockhum's Journey, pp. 30, 4.5-6; Dampier's Vot/ages, vol. i., pp. 8-9, 86; Mnsquitoland, Jkricht, pp. 142-3; Martin's Brit. CoL, vol. ii., p. 413; Bard's Waikna, pp. 228-32, '230-43, 256-8, 27.3-4. Sivers wns thought posnesBed of the devil, and care- fully shunned, because he iuitat«d the crowing of a cock. Sivers, Mittelamerif ka, p. 178. ti;i 742 WILD TRIBES OP CENTRAL AMERICA. tible to epidemics as well as other diseases. The most common disorders are affections of the bowels, such as dysentery and diarrhoea, but chills, rheumatism, con- sumption, and measles are not unlrequent. Children suft'er much from worms, and their abdomen is some- times enormously swollen. A very painful, though not danf?erous eye-disease termed unkribihun is preva- lent; and the burrowing of the tick in the skin causes wounds and inflammation if the fly be not Bi)eedily re- moved ; the chegoe, or sand-flea, attacks the feet in the same manner. But small-pox and leprosy are the great- est scourges of this country, the former having here as elsewhere in America committed enormous ravages among the population. Leprosy — that living death reflecting the sins of former generations, so capricious in the selection of its victims, taking the parent, yet leaving the child intact, or seizing u^wn the offspring without touching its mother — may certainly be less de- structive, but it is nevertheless fearful in its eftect; half of the natives of the Mosquito country being more or less marked by it, either in the i nape of white or livid spots, or red, white, and scablwjd bnljns. All sickness and affliction is supjwsed to be the work of the evil spirit who has taken possession of the aftected part; su- kias must, therefore, be called in to use their incanta- tions and herbs against the enemy. The witch api)ears with her face painted in hideous devices, and liegins operations by placing some herbs beneath the pillow of the patient, blowing smoke ovtr him, rubbing the body with the hands, and muttering strange words. If this is not eftective, a decoction is made from the herbs, to be used as a drink or fomentation, and the patient is fenced in with painted sticks, with strict orders to K no one approach; the witch herself bringiivj bo ,i)od to the patient, whistling a plaintive strain .nttorinu" over the invalid for some time to chase \ tiie ''\ il. No pregnant woman, or person who has lau bm 1 a friend, must come near the house during the ilhn >. nor must any one pass to the windward of it, lest the sick MOSQUITO MEDICAL TBEATMENT. 74a be (I'^prived of breath; any presumed breach of these injunctions leaving a safe loophole for the sorceress, in case her remedies fail. During epidemics, the sukias consult together and note their dreams, to ascertain the nature and disposition of the spirit. After muttering incantations all night, and invoking all sorts of terrible monsters, they plant small painted sticks, mounted by grotesque figures, to the windward of the village, and announce the expulsion of the evil. Should the scourge continue, it is supposed that the spirits are obstinate, and the people remove to other parts, burning the village. The instructions of the sukia ore always scrupulously followed, and the credulous native may be seen lying on the beach for u-^ys, exiwsed to all weathers, smeared with blood and waiting for restoration from ills. Scari- fications are much resorted to, and fever jwitients throw themselves into cold water, where they remain until dead or until the fever leaves them. In Honduras, on the other hand, the patient is taken out of the water after a short immersion, and rolled to and fro before a fire, until half dead with fatigue, when he was left to be restored by sleep; blood is let from the thighs, legs, and shoulders; vomiting is promoted by certain herbs; vermin are administered for jaundice. In sickness a rigid diet is observed, the patient subsisting chiefly on iguana broth. Snake-bites are cured by chewing the guaco-root, and poulticing the wound tlierewith; the Caribs apply an oil obtained from the head of the tom- my-goft' as an antidote for its bite. Herrera states that the comfort of a sick person was but little regarded ; bread and drink were placed near the patient's head, and if strong enough to partake thereof, well and good, but if not he might die; nobody took any notice of him after this. The Mosquitos are :iot ej^tirely devoid of affection, but their grief seems tj be reserved for the dead, not the dying." ** TTeirtri, Hist. Gen., dec, iv., lib. viii., jnp. v., dec. v., lib. i., cap. x.; Crowe's Cent. Amer., pp. 245-7; Young's Nftrrutive, pp. 23, 2G, 28, 73, 82; Hell, in Lond. Geoij. Soc, Jour., vol. v^xii., pp. 253, 260-1; JUosquitoland, Btr hi, pp. 132, 148-51; Bard's Wo.i/cm, pp. 243-4. 'm 744 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. The corpse is wrapped in a cloth and placed in one half of a pitpan which has been cut in two; friends assemble for the funeral and drown theii* grief in mi cb- la, the women p;iving vent to their sorrow by dashing themselves on tae ground until covered with blood, and intlitting other tortures, occasionally even committing suicide. As it is snppsed that the evil spirit seeks to obtain possession of the body, musicians are called in to lu'.i it to sleep, while preparations are made for its re- moval; all at once four naked men, who have dis- guised themselves with paint, so as not to be recognized and punished by Wulasha, rush out from a neighboring hut, and, seizing the rope attached to the canoe, drag it into the woods, followed by the music and the crowd. Here the pitpan is lowered into the grave with bow, arrow, spear, paddle, and other implements to serve the departed in the land beyond ; then the other half of the boat is placed over the body. A rude hut is constructed over the grave, serving as a receptacle for the choice food, drink, and other articles placed there from time to time by relatives. The water that disapiiears from the porous jars is thought to have been drunk by the deceased, and if the food is nibbled by birds it is held to be a good sign. On returning from the grave the property of the deceased is destroyed, the cocoa-palms being cut down, and all who have taken part in the funeral undergo a lustration in the river. Relatives cut oft* the hair, tlie men leaving a ridge along the middle from the na})e of the neck to the forehead; widows, according to some old writers, after supplying the grave with food for a year, take up the bones, and carry them on the back in the daytime, sleeping with them at night, for another year, after which they are placed at the door, or upon the house-top. On the anniversary of death, friends of the decejised hold a feast called seekroe, at which large quantities of liquor are drained to his memory. Squier, who witnessed the t^remonie-^t on an occasion of this kind, says that male*< and females were dressed in ule cloaks fantastically painted block and CHABACTEB OF THE MOSQUITOS. 745 white, while their faces were correspondingly streaked with red and yellow, and they performed a slow walk- around, the immediate relatives prostrating themselves at intervals, calling loudly upon the dead, and tearing the ground with their hands. At no other time is the departed referred to, the very mention of his name being superstitiously avoided. Some tribes extend a thread from the house of death to the grave, carrying it in a straight line over every obstacle. Froel)el states that among the Woolwas all property of the deceased is buried with him, and that both husband and wife cut the hair and burn the hut on the death of either, plac- ing a gruel of maize upon the grave for a certain time.** Hospitality, a gentle and obliging disposition, faith- fulness in the fulfilling of engagements, honesty and docility, balanced by an inaptness to make any avail of natural benefits, and a supineness in matters of veracity and judgment, by reason of which they fall into many excesses, especially in drink, characterize both Mosquitos and Caribs. The apathy and slowness of the unadul- terated aboriginal are, however, in striking contrast to the vivacious and impressive nature of the Caribs, whose ver- satility evidences a rather higher intelligence, which is again overshadowed by an inordinate vanity, based chiefly u[K)n their greater strength and stature. lioth jx)ssess a certain industry, the one being more plodding, the other more energetic though less patient; this trait is also noticeable in their pastimes, where the native is far less exuberant and noisy than his darker neigh lx)r. With regard to the eftect of negro admixture on character, comiMirisons may be made among the Caribs themselves, when it will be found that the black race is much more . " The dead 'are sewed up in a mat, and not laid in their grave length- ways, but upright on their fett, with their faces directly to the east.' Atner., S])an. Still., p. 46. ' Ein anderer Ueligiousgebraueh der alten MoHtjuiten war, dass sie bey deni Tode eiues HnusvaterH alle Heine lU-dieiiteu nut ihni begrnben." Delaporfe, Reism, toni. x., p. 408. Jiaid's Waihin, pp. 08-73, 245-C; 3fosqHitnland, liericht, pp. 13G, 14M-4; Pint und i^eftmitin's Dott'wis, ftp. 3;i7-8; Bell, in Lond. Oeofj. Soc., Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 255; Frnlnl, Aun Amt- rikn, torn, i., p. 407; I'lerrera, Ifiai. Uen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cnp. v-vi.; Enquemtlin, Zce-Uoowm, pp. 152-3. lil IP in! '!i 1 746 WILD TBIBES OF CENTBAL AMEBIGA. mercurial and vehement than the purer type, and pos- sesses greater volubility. The severe discipline kept up, and the disposition, among the women at least, to pro- vide for the morrow, augurs well for their future. The bravery and love of freedom which so long kept the Spanish invaders at bay both on the western and north- ern borders and on the coast was subsequently subdued, instance the mild disposition of the independent Xi- caques, Poyas, and Secos, who are now inclined rather to peaceful diplomacy than to warlike demonstrations; yet t'lie Caribs manifested considerable spirit during a late cojiflict with the Honduras government, and proved themselves efficient soldiers. The character given to the nations of this subdivision by ancient writers, contains many unenviable qualities, for not only are they de- scribed as lazy, vicious, lying, inconstant, but as cruel, void of affection, and of less intelligence than the Mex- icans; nevertheless they are obedient, peaceable, and quiet. The only characteristic we have concerning the Albatuins is that they were savage, and until of late the llamas bore the same character. Among the in- dustrious Towkas we find that gentle melancholy which characterizes some of the Guatemalans; while their brothers, the Smoos, have the reputation of being a very simple jxiople whom the neighbors take delight in imjwsing u^wn, yet their women are said to be more ingenious than the Sambo women. Proceeding to the Toonglas and Sambos, we observe a preponderance of baJ qualities, attributable, no doubt, to tlieir intercourse with buccaneers and traders. By most writers they are characterized as a lazy, drunken, debauched, audacious race, given to thieving; capricious, quarrelsome, treacher- ous and exacting among themselves, though obliging to strangers, their only redeeming traits being hospitality, and a certain impulsiveness which is chielly exhibited in grief, and indicates something good at heart. Tlicir want of energy, whicii deters them alike from household work and the commission of great crimes, will not pre- vent them from undertaking wearisome voyages to dis- THE ISTHMIANS. 747 pose of mere trifles; and their superstitious fears and' puerility under afiliction, are entirely lost when facing the raging surf or hungry shark. Other writers take ad- vantage of this trait to show that they are high-spirited enough to carry anything through whei^ once aroused, and add that they have proved themselves faithful to their masters, are docile and intelligent, abhorring to apf^a: mean and cowardly.** The Isthmians, by which name I designate all the nations occupying the territory lying between the San Juan River and the southern shore of Lake Nicaragua on the north, and the gulf of Uraba, or Darien, and the River Atrato on the south, present several jieculiarities when compared with the other nations of Central Amer- ica. The inhabitants of these regions are a hardy and active race, jealous of their independence and ever hos- tile to those who attempt to penetrate their country. Their resoluteness in excluding all foreigners is mate- rially strengthened by the rugged and malarious nature of the country, by its deep ravines, its miasmatic swamps, its abrupt heights, its rapid streams, its tangled under- growth, and densely wooded districts. The air of the table-lands and valleys is hot and moist, the soil exceed- ingly fertile, but the interior and mountainous locali- ties have a milder and more temperate climate with but little variation except that of tiie dry and wet seasons. In the lowlands of Panama, the swampy nature of the surface, with the great humidity of the atmosphere, pro- duces a luxuriant vegetation, and the consequent quan- tity of decoiiqx)sed vegetable matter under the influence of a vertical sun, engenders a miasma deadly to the un- acclimated. The rich and marshy nature of the soil, *< ITerrera, Hint. Oen., doc. iii., lih. viii., cup. vii.. dec. iv., lib. {..cnp. vi., lib. viii., cap. iii., v.; Yohdii's Sunalit-f, pp. 78-82, 85, 87, 1'2'2, K)3; Bell, iu Lond. Oeori. Son , ,Jintr., vol. xxxii., pp. 25l)-2. 257-8; linril'i* W'tiiknn, pp. 245, 317, ;i24; Mosquitoland. lierirht, pp. 135, 139-41), 144-5, 2HC; Stiamie- ways' .ifosquilo Shore, p. 329; Puyilt, liapnoit, in AmiiriqueCentrale. p. 71 ; J'im and Seemann's Di>(timi.i. pp. 248-9, 271'. .)()8-9; iio.y/e's liUe, vol. i., pref., pp. 13, 18; Mordel, i'oytuje, torn, ii., pp. 240, 289, 302; Crowe's Cent. Amer., pp. 49, 243. 748 WILD TRIBES OF CENTBAL AMERICA. however, sends forth immense palm-trees, in the branches of wliich the natives build their iiouses, thus obtaining a purer air and greater safety from the numerous wild animals and dangerous reptiles that infest that region. A great portion of the territory is rich in minerals which were once produced by the natives in great quantities, but which, unfortunately, were the loadstone that drew upon them the ruthless Spanish plunderers. In the northern part of Costa Rica along the head waters of the Rio Frio the Gruatusos, or Pranzas, are lo- cated. Mr Squier is inclined to think they are of the same stock as the Nahuas. Some striking physical peculiarities observed among them have given rise to various surmises and startling conclusions regarding their origin. Dwelling in the western part of the state are the Terrahas and the Changnenes^ fierce and bar- barous nations, at constant enmity with their neigh- bors. In the south-east and extending to the borders of Chiriqui dwell tbe Tahmancas composed of a number of different tribes and declared by some to be allied in race with the Guatusos. I^esides these are the Buricas, Torresqves, Toxas, and others.*^ In the mountains of Chiriqui are the ValieiUes, so called by the Spaniards from their heroic resistance to the invaders. Many of the warlike nations who occupied the country at the time of the discovery derived their names from the caciques that governed them. The jieople who dwell along the tjhore of the Carribean Sea, between Porto Belo and Urabsi, and occui)y the Limones, Sasardi, and Pinos islands are sup^wsed to be a branch of the once jwwerful *' The Onntnsos ' lire Ritid to be of very fair complexion, a stittenieut which Uiis uuimt-il the appellation of Indioa blancos, or Guatusos — the latter n:»uu being that of an animal of reddiHh-brown colour, and intended to denig- nat"? the uoloiir of their hair.' Froebel's Cent. Amer., }). 24; Id., Aus Amer., tout, i., p. 24-1. Hne.iking of (sir Francis Drake's mutineers and their escape from Esi)arHa northward, he says: 'It is bilieved by many in Costa liica thiit the white Indians of the Kio Frio, called Pranzos, or Quatnsos. . . are the descendants of these Englishmen.' Jioyle's Ride, vol. ii., pp. 210, 27, and vol. i., pref., pp. xx-sxit. 'Talamanca contnins 'iC different tribes of In- dians; besides which there nro several neighbouring nations, as the Chun- giicnes, divided into thirteen tribes; the TeiTabus the Torresques, UrinamiiH, an.l Civecaras.' Juirros' Hint. Ouat., p. 373: Sqni r'» Cent. Amer., p. 413; Jlussel, Mex, Guat., p. 407; Torqiieimda, Momtrq. Ltd., torn, i., pp. 331-3. ISTHMIAN NATIONS. 749 Darien nations who to the. present day remain uneon- quered. Their province is situated on the western shore of the gulf of Uraba, and their town was originally near the mouth of the River Atrato. The town and the river as well as the province were called by the natives Da- rien. This town was conquered in 1510 by a little band of shipwrecked Spanmrds under the Bachiller Enciso. Vasco Nunez de Balboa, Francisco Pizarro, and men of like metal were there, and this was the first successful conquest and settlement on Tierra Firme. Whence, as the conquests of the Spaniards widened, the name Darien was at length applied to the greater part of the Isthmus. Still further westward were the once powerful province of Cuem, and the site of the ancient city of Panama, dis- covered in 1515 by Tello de Guzman. This was a famous fishing-station, the word Panama signifying in the native tongue a place where many fish are taken. Along the western shore of the bay of Panama dwelt several independent and warlike nations, those of Cutara, Paris, Uscoria, besides many others who waged con- tinual war against each other with the object of in- their territories and adding lustre to their creasmg names «6 Slight differences only are observable in the Isthmian physique. The people are generally well-built, muscular, and of average height, although old authorities, such as Herrera, Andagoya, and Gomara, describe a tribe, whom *^ ' The Indians who nt present inhabit the Isthmus nre scattered over Bocas del Tore, the northern portions of Veraguas, the north-eastern shores of Panain:) and almost the whole of Darien, and consist principally of fonr tribes, the S.ivanerics, the San Bias Indians, the Bayanus, and the Cholos.' Setmann'a Voi/. Herald, vol. i., p. 317. ' At the time of the conqnest of Darien, the country was covered with numerous and well-peopled villages. The in- habit.kuts belonged to the Oarribbeo race, divided into tribus, the principal being the Miimliu'^hese, Chuciinaquese, Dariens, Cnnas, Anachacunas, &e. Ou tho eastern shore of the Gulf of Uraba dwelt the immense but now nearly exterminated tribe of the Caimans,— only a few remnants of the persecutions of the Sp.miards, having taken refuge in the Choco Mountains, where they are still found . . The Dariens, as well as the Anichacunas, huve either totilly disappeared or baou absorb jil in other tribes.' Puydl, in Lond. Geog. So:., Jour., vol. xxsviii., pp. 91-2; F'dt-Koy, in Id., vol. xx., pp. 163-4; lio- qn'tl',, in ^rvnlba AimviIm dtx Voy., 1855, torn, cxlvii., p. 3:); Balenuin, in N. Y. Giixlary, 6th Decern., ISfiO; Andainyti, in NavarrHf, CiA. di Viaqea, torn, iii., p. 4)1; Micjref/or's Proijress of Amer., vol. i., p. 823; Braaaeur de Bourbourg, Popol Vuh, introd., p. ooii. See Tribol Boundaries. 750 WILD TBIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. they locate near Escoria and Quarecas, as being very tall — veritable giants. Women, as a rule, are small and of delicate proportions, but after attaining a certain age, incline to obesity. The mountain tribes are generally shorter in stature, with more pleasing features than the coast-dwellers. A notable difterence between the Isth- mians and the other aborigines of the Pacific States, is the short, rather flat nose, in contradistinction to the almost universal aquiline cast. In color they are of a medium bronze tint, varying according to localities, the mountain tribes being the darker. Black, straight, and very abundant coarse hair, black or dark eyes, and excellent teeth predominate." In Costa Kica, on the Rio Frio, is the fyequently spoken of but never accurately described nation — the Guatusos — whom somewhat myth- ical accounts describe as of fair complexions, with light hair and blue eyes. Likewise Albinos are spoken of by Wafer, who relates having seen people "milk white, lighter than the colour of any Euroijeans, and much like that of a white horse." Furthermore, it is said that their bodies were covered with a milk-white down, which added to the whiteness of their skin ; hair and eyebrows white, and eyes oblong, with the corners point- ing downwards. During daylight they were weak- sighted, restive, and lacking energy, but after sundown, their cheerfulness, activity, and eyesight returned — the latter being apparently as good as that of other people.*® " Savanerics, 'a fine athletic race.' Seemann's Voy. Herald, vol. i., p. 318. 'Tieneu los cascos de la cube(;a gruessos.' Oviedo, Hist. Gen., torn. lii., p. 138. ' The Chocus are uot tall nor remarkable in appearance, but always look well conditioned.' Mirhler's Darien, p. 6o. 'Son apersouados.' DdviUi, Tealro Eden., torn, ii., fol. 5C; Gomara, //w<. /»id., fol. 77, 87; Self ridge's Darien Surveys, pp. 10, 36; Colon, Hist. Alniirante, in Burcia, Historiadores, torn, i., |). 10"/; I'uydt, in Lond. Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxviii., pp. 95-7; Peter Mar- tyr, dec. viii., lib. vi; Oisbornt's Darien, p. 155; Cockburn's Jounity, p. 235; li'AvUy, L' Ameriifue, torn, ii., p. 98; \vinthrop'8 Canoe ami Saddle, p. 365; Maegregor's Progress of Amer., vol. i., p. 823; Fi-anaham's World in Miniature, p. 25. ' Aflrraaiin Pasqual de Andagoya, auer visto algnnoH tan grundeH. qnn lo'i o'.ros honibres eran enimoscon ellos, y que tenian bnemiH caras, y euer- pos.' Herrera, Hist. Gen., dee. ii., lib. iii., cap. vi.; Andagom, in Xuiwreti, Col. d; Viages, torn, iii., p. 412; Qwv's New Suri^, p. 17i; Darien, Defeme of the ScoLt'.Settlement, pp. 69-70; CtUlen's Darien, pp. 65, (i7. *' Golfo Dulce. ' ModicoB sunt Rtaturse, bene compositis inenibriH, mori- bu8 hlandia et non invenuHtia.' Laet, Noviis Orbii, p. 329. 'It ih a uni- veroal belief along the Atlautio coast, from Belize to Aapiuwull, that the Frio DRESS OF THE ISTHMIANS. 751 Cotton textures and the bark of a certain tree, beaten in a wet state until soft and pliant, were the materials used by the Isthmians to cover their nakedness, if, in- deed, they covered it at all. Where cotton was used, as in parts of Costa Rica, the costume was simply a small strip of cloth which both men and women wound round the loins or, as on the islands in the gulf of Nicoja, the women passed it between the legs, and fastened it to a string round the waist. These latter ornamented their scanty raiment prettily with various designs painted in colors, and also with seeds and shells. Near the bay of Herradura the men wore a kind of mantle covering the whole front and back of the wearer, made of the above- mentioned b.ark, in the centre of which was a hole through which the head passed. The women of this locality only wrap themselves in a piece of bark, with- out taking the trouble to fashion a mantle of it. Yet more simple was the dress of the men near Cartago; a few cotton strings wound round the foreskin of their virile member, sufficed them." Near Panama and Da- rien, the caciques only wore long cotton mantles thrown over tl^ shoulder and reaching nearly to the feet, the commo I p :ople going naked, only encasing their privy parts in v, kind of funnel made of gold, silver, shell, or bamboo, j^xjcording to the wealth of the wearer, and which V lis held in place by a string fastened to two tribe have white complexions, fair Imir, and grey eyes.' Boyle's Ride, vol. i., pp. 20, 236, nud pref., pp. sxi-sxii.; Sr/ukr, in Nouvelles AniuiUs den Toy., 1850, torn, oli., pp. 6, la; Id., iu Hist. Mw/., vol. iv., p. 62; Wafer's i\/ew Voy., pp. 131-7. *'■> '£1 mieiubro generativo traen atado por el capuUc, liii^iendole entrar tanto adentro, que ii algunus no se le» pare8<;e de tul nnua Hino la ntadnra, que es unos liilos de algodon alii revueltos.' Oviedo, Hint. Gm., tom.iii., pp. lO'J-ll, 179. See also: (kickburn's Journey, pp. 181-3, 188; Warner and iSW/crzer, Casta l{ica,n\t. 557-'J; Boyle's Bidt, vol. i., p. 251. Referring to VaRco Nunez de Balbon, ' La geiite que liallo andaua eu cneros. sino eran seiioreB, cortesanos, y mugeres.' Gomara, H'lst. lad., fol. 82, Gfi, 87. Urabii; * Ex gentibus ij'4 mures nudos penitus, fatininas iiero ab umbilicogossampina con- tectfts niiiftiti:i repererunt.' I'eUr Martyr, dec. ii., lib. i., also dec. iii., lib. iv.. dec. vii., lib. x.. dec. viii., lib. vi., viii.; Qnintana, I'ldas de Eiqnifiaks (lUixM), p. 0; Wafer's Xeie Voy., pp. 37, 87, 102, ^ilate, 132-4, 138-48, plate; Watlac; in Miscellunfa Curiusa, vol. lii., p. 418; Harbitrton's Darien, p. 32'2; Navarrete, t'ol. de Viages, torn, iii., l>. 26; Andaf/oya, in Id., jip. 3U7-S, 407, 412; Ilerrrra, Hist. Gen., dec. ii., lib. iii., cap. v.. vi.. and dec. iv., lib. i., cap. X.; MlchUr'a Darien, pp. 43, 65-6, 86. 762 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. boles in the sides which wns passed round the waist. Women in the same localities wore cotton petticoats reaching to the knees, or, if ladies of quality, to the ankles. Near the gulf of Nicoya, women wore the long hair parted in the middle from the front to the back of the head, and plaited into two braids whicii hung down on either side over the ears. The men tied the hair up in a stiif queue with a cotton band, which was at times arranged so as to rise straight over the crown of the head. Necklaces of colored beads or of tiger's teeth were worn as ornaments. Like many nations of the Hyperborean group, the Chorotegans of Nicoya pierced the lower lip and inserted a rc»nnd piece of bone. Their arms they painted with a mixture of their own blood and charcoal. In portions of Yeragua and Behetrias even the funnel or cotton strings were omitted, and the Gugures, Mandingos, and many others on the Pacific seaboard, like the people of Veragua, went entirely na- ked, the chiefs only wearing long mantles. All of the Isthmians were fond of ornaments; among those which deserve special notice is tiie nose-pendant. This was a crescent-shaped piece of gold or silver, of various sizes for different occasions, those used on holidays hanging down so as to cover the mouth, while those for ordinary use only reached the upper lip. Besides the nose-pend- ant were ear-rings and a number of heavy necklaces of gold, silver, tiger's teeth, colored seeds, shells, and coral, according to the wealth of the wearer. Under their breasts the richer women also wore gold bars as a sup- ix)rt, which were hold up by strings passed over the shoulders. Giumims, or figures of animals made of gold, were worn around the neck by the men on the coa«t of A^'eragua, Chiriqui, and Uraba; others again wore on their heads fillets or crowns of gold or of the claws of wild lieasts, or of feathers. Thus did these naked sav- ages decorate themselves, often to the extent of several pounds weight. Women considered it a mark of beauty to have thick legs, and to that end wore bandages round them. Another Hyperborean custom is here ISTHMIAN BODY-PAINTINO. 768 met with — the anointing of the body with oil — ^which in these tropics is extracted from the bixa or seed of the arnotto, and over which they sprinkled down and feath- ers. Painting the body was everywhere practiced, and was carried to a great extent, the different colors and figures employed each having its peculiar significance. On going to war, paint was used more freely than at other times, and the greater the warrior the thicker the paint. Among the men of Cueba painting had a double object; it served as an ornament to the person, and also as a mark of distinction of rank. The chief, when he inherited or attained his title, made choice of a certain device, which became that of all his house. Freemen were painted from the mouth downward, and on the arms and chest, while slaves were only painted or tat- tooed from the mouth upward. All the lords, servitors, and vassals who were freemen, were painted in exactly the same manner. If the son of a chief adopted the ancestral totem, he could not afterward change it on coming into his inheritance, but if during his father's life-time he declined to use the distinctive badge of his house, he could, when he became chief, choose any new device he might fancy. A son who did not adopt his father's totem was always hateful to him during his lifetime. The natives on the northern coast of Chiriqui painted the body in wavy lines, from the shoulders to the heels; through the cartilage of the nose they stuck a porcupine-quill, and in the chin the tooth of a wild beast. The women had holes made in their cheeks through which they stuck little bunches of feathers: they also wore tiger's claws in their ears. At San Bias, some of the men painted themselves in black streaks, and the women in red. At Porto Belo, the king was painted black and all his subjects red. The natives of Escoria tattooed breast and arms ; the women of Darien across the bridge of the nose from one cheek to the other; they also blacken their teeth. Others have figures of birds, animals, or trees painted all over the body, according to fancy; their favorite colors being Vol. I. «8 754 WILD TRIBES OP CENTRAL AMERICA. black, red, and yellow, which are laid on with pencils made of wood, chewed at the end till they become soft." All the Isthmians pull out the hair from every part of the body except the head, and rub themselves with herbs, which prevent its further growth. Both sexes pride themselves on the length of the hair, and most of them allow it to grow to its full length and hang loose over their shoulders, but keep it cut on the forehead as low as the eyebrows. The men of Cariai and some parts of Chiriquf, bind it with fillets and wind it in rolls round the head, fastening it with a comb made of the heart of the palm-tree ; others wear round their head a band made of bark or certain fibres of plants, and at festivals they often wear high caps, made from the gaudy feathers of parrots. At Tanela married women cut their hair short. It appears that head-flattening again crops out in these parts. Las Casas states that infants had their heads placed between two pads, one in front and another behind, in order to increase the length of the head and width of the forehead." In Costa Rica many of the natives live in small huts built of plaited rushes. In the year 1545, Diego Guti- errez, governor of Nueva Cartago, in Costa Rica, at- M Seemann's Votf. Herald, vol. i., pp. 314, 316; Pnrraa, in Navarretc, Col. de Viaties, torn, i., p. 285; Colon, iu Id., p. 298; Cockburii's Juuvney, pp. 210-1; Gage's Neto Survey, p. 191; J/ojitanus, Nieuwe iVeertld, pj). 88, 284; and Dapper, Neue ^VeU, ytp. 99, 319; Puydt, in Loud. Qeoq. Soc, Jour., vol. xxsviii., pp. 95-8; Sel/rid;ie'a Darien Surveys, p. 10; CulUn's Larun, i-p. 'iT- 8; Esquemelin, Z e-Uoovers, p. 142; Las Vasas, Illst. Apolonetka, MS., cap. ccxlii-ccxliv. Tlie women of Cueba ' se ponianuna barra de uro atravessnda en lo8 peohos, debaxo de las tetus, que se las levnntu, y en elln algnnos paxn- ros e otras figar^n de relieve, todo de oro iino: que ]>or lu menos ])e8rtaba <;ien- to e ^inqQenta u auti dosQientos pessos una barreta destas .... Destos caracoles granden se baqen una* couteqicas blancas de muchas mnnenis, d otras colo- radas, e otras negras, c otras moradas, i caiiuticos de lu luesnio : e ha^'on braqaletes en que con estas qflentas mezclan otras, e oHvetas de oro quo so pouen en las niuilecas y cn(;iuia de los tobillos e debaxo do liis rodillas por gentileqa: en especial las mugeres Traen assimesmo qarqillos de oro en Ins orejas, e horadause lis nari^es hecho un agngero entre las ventanas, t' cuil- giin de alii sobre el labio alto otro carqillo.' OvUdo, Wst. Gen,, torn, iii., pp. 126. 138. i> Their hiir ' they wear usually down to the middle of the Back, or lovrer, hanging loose at its full length All other Hair, except that of their Eye- brows and Eye-lids, they eradicate.' Wafer's New Voy., pp. 132-;); Ois- home's Darien, p. 155; Macgrtgor'a Proanu qf Amer., p. 824; D'Avity, L'Amirique, torn, i., p. 98. DWELLINOS ON THE ISTHMUS. m tempted to explore that territory. Arriving at the province of Suere upon a river of that name at a point some twelve leagues distant from the North Sea, he came to a village, and there occupied a house belonging to the chief of the district. The old Milanese chronicler, Girolamo Benzoni, who accompanied the expedition, describing the dwelling of the cacique, says it was shaped like an egg and was forty-five paces in length and nine in breath. The sides were of reeds and the roof of palm-leaves all interlaced and well executed. There were but few other houses in the village and those of inferior character. Padre Zepeda, a Jesuit, who in 1750 lived among the Guatusos for several months, speaking of their towns and gardens, says that when the rains commence, they construct small huts in the trees, where they live safe from the danger of tloods.'' Unlike most other nations, the Isthmians do not build their villages in squares, but generally form long streets, keeping the hou.ses well apart from each other, probably as a precaution against conflagrations. On many parts of the coast of Darien and on the gulf of Uraba, the villages are built in the water. Others are on the banks of rivers, and many of them are spacious and constructed with great skill and attention to details. The supporting posts of the roof are large bamboos or palm-trees. Three or four of these are driven into the ground at equal dis- tances, proportioned according to the intended length of the house, and across the top is laid the ridge-pole; on each side a number of shorter posts are sunk, from which long rafters are laid to the ridge-pole; the whole is then covered with palm-leaves, both roof and sides. Other houses are plastered inside and outside with mud, and these have a flooring of open bamboo work, raised six or eight feet from the ground. The dwellings are divided into two or more rooms, having no doors to the entrances, which are reached by ladders. Sometimes the ^Benzoni, Hist. Mbndo Nuovo, fol.86; Squier, in Nouvellea Annalea dta Voy., 1856, torn, cli., p. 9; Froe'tel, Aus Amer., torn, i., p. 240; Id., Cent. Amer., p. 26; Wagner and Scherzer, Costn Rka, p. 253. 7S6 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. house is built without walls, in which cose the roof descends to below the level of the Hoor, and the struc- ture is leH: o[i^n at both ends, having the appearance of an elevated platform. The Savanerics and Kome others on the coast of Veragua build circular or pyramidal dwellings, by driving strong posts into the ground sloping toward each other, so as to unite in a jwint where they are strongly bound with withes or vinos, across which are tied small sticks, some peeled, others with the bark on, or blackened, thereby producing a pleasing effect. The walls inside are lined with reeds beautifully interwoven. The upper portion of the struc- ture is thatched on the outside with straw and on the apex is placed an ornament of baked clay. In the centio of the dwelling is a spacious apartment, and round the walls are small rooms in which different families reside."" Each village has a public, town, or council house, or fort, one hundred or more feet in length, constructed in the same manner as tlie dwellings, but with no interior partitions; in the walls are loop-holes for the discharge of arrows. There is an entrance at each end, and thick doors, made of split palm-tree and bamboo strongly bound together with withes, are kept in readiness to shut out the enemy. The doors are kept in position by strong posts set in the ground behind them. In the province of Veragua they build strong wooden fences or palisades round some of the villages, to protect them from attacks of enemies and wild beasts. During the expedition of Gaspar de Espinosaiu 1517, Diego de Albitez, who in- vaded the province of a cacique named Tabraba, some distance south-west from Panama, found the inhabitants M Puydl, in Lond. Oeoti. 8oc., Jour., vol. xxxviii., p. 95; Seemann'a Voy. Herald, vol. i., pi>. 319, 321-2; Pirn and Sveinann's DoUings, p. 151; Michler'a Dariei, p. 84; iVn/rr's New \'oi/., pp. 149-52; Cockburn's Journey, pp. 234- 6. Ou the banlcB of the Rio Grranne, the Spaniards under Johim de Tavira found * inuchaH poblu<;ione8 en bnrbacoim 6 i-auaH niuy altaH, fechuH u nrinu- diia Bobre postes de palmar iicgras fortfssimas u qnasxi inexpugnableR' — * Hay otra luanera de Dnhos 6 casus en Nuta redondos. como nnos ehn]>itek'!i mny altos.' Ooiedo, Hint. Oen., torn, iii., pp. 50, 131, 8, 4C. ' En otrns muchuii {lartes hacian bur casus de niadera y de piija de la forma de una campnna. Sstas eran mny nltas y mnycapacett que nioniban en cada una deellasdioz y mas vticiuoa.' Lan Casas, llial, Apoloyetica, Md,, cup. 4J. ISTHMIAN EDIFICES. w protected hy strong fortifications. Their forts are built with much skill. The ground is first enclosed by n docp trench, upon the inner bank of which trees are planted, and the interstices filled up with logs and rocks. In many parts of the country the inhabitants were found living in the tops of trees like birds, laying sticks across from one branch to another, and building their houses upon them. In 1512, Vasco Nuflez de Halboa surveyed several channels at the mouth of the River Atrato in quest of gold and plunder. The siirroimding country was low and marshy, but the soil Kent forth iuuncnse palm-trees, in the branches of which the natives built their houses. Vasco Nuflez, entering an aflluent of the Rio Negro, discovered a large tree-top village, the name of whose ruler was Abieiba. The houses were divided into several apartments, each of a size sufficient to accom- modate several tamuics. They were built of woovo, fol. ItiO. See nltto: Iroinj's Columhua, vol. iii., p. 176; Oomara, Hist. Ind,, fol. 73; Colon, Ilisl, Almirante, in Barcta, Uistonadona, torn, i., p. Iu8. ! mi i 758 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. Iarp;e enclosi'res for the chiefs, which early contempo- rary writers call the king's palace. Vasco Nunez de Balboa, on his march through the province of Comagre, situated on tlje northern coast of Darien about thirty leagues from the gulf of Uraba, relates that he visited the dwelling or palace of the cjwique Comagre, which he describes as follows: It wjis one hundred and fifty by eiglity jKices in dimension, constr'icted upon heavy posts, which stood within a stone wall. The upper part of the building was beautifully finished with tim- bers, interlaced in such a manner as to strike the be- holder with amazement. The building contained various apartments — chamters, pantry, and wine-cellar. In one very large apartment were sacredly kept the remains of the king's ancestors arranged roimd the walls.*" The Costa Ricans live chiefly jy hunting and fishing, and many of them cultivate -naize, beans, and bananas; the Talamancas, especialiy, are agriculturists. Accord- ing to Father Zei)eda, and others who penetmted some distance into the country of the Guatusos, they hud large fields under cultivation. Salt is seldom used by any of these tribes, and none of them ever eat dogs, us they keep them for hunting purix)ses. Their chief game in wild hogs and doer, but they are not very particulur as to their animal diet, for they eat whatever they cun catch, inchiding reptiles. Their mode of cooking fish reniK'i'rt tiiem exceedingly palatable, which is by roust- ing llic'in \vrupj)ed in plantain-leaves. Bananas urc usually pulled when green, and buried in sand to ripen." Many of the other Isthmians are agriculti'rists, and "Of ComrtKro'x rnliice it is 8ftiil, ' LonRitmlinerr. dinipusi parsnnin pcn- tum quiiu|uii<{iiita, lutiUidinoui lun-o lu'duiu t)cti)t;iiitti, in niicuo (liuuniciii- runt: lainiciribus et puuiniontis nrto exiiniit liib.ir.ilis.' I'vter M(//*- per, .V(?i/« ^VeU, pi). 71-2, 1)8; Durvn. Defence <>/ the Scats' Settkvieiil, p. Ml. ^fi Sijiiler, ill Koiivrllea Anunlex ties Voy., 1N5G, toin I'li., p, H; lli>i,l''s liiile, vol. i., ]irpf., pp. xii., xxiii.; Hnssil, Mex. (imtt., p. 407; ('ocM>iirn':i Jtnini !/, pp. 2 4. 224-5; (l-'j/iier anil Suhrrzir. Costd Ilicn, pp. 5!>H-!). Oiillio Chfin is iiiul!<, ' I'onien los iiulios en pstiiR islns iiniulinH vi'iiiulos i' puonnH, quo los Imy I'li griiiid HHiiuii ouutidad, (• niahiz, i; fi's dcs niuse. They cooked the tiesh of their enemies, and ate it seasoned with salt and afi (chile)." When a piece of ground is to be planted, a number of the villagers collect and cut down the brUsh- W(H)d on a selected six)l ; i he seed is then scattered among the w(K)(l as it lies, in due time the grain, which is well sheltered frcai the sun by the branches, sjirings up and overtoi)s them, an^l when fit for harvesting the ears are gatiiered. After this, the undiTwood and corn- stalks arc set on Hre, and the ground continues to bo " ' Hiinno Ir. mnfjgior parte di questn coRtif-ra jicr rostnnio di inan^ar ciirno hnuiiiiia o ijimiidii 1nall^'ilmllU(l di> f^li K|iagini(>li, v'tTitno ili roloro oho ric'UH.iuano di ciliarscno, t'>iii('ndo aiit'orn clic iifl lor corpo, mm ^U (iicesHi'm qnt'llo c:irni qiialche diiiino.' Ilououi, Hist. Mdik/h Sik'vo, fol. 4i). Oil tho i^oast 'tlu'y liv(( i)riiici)>rtlly upon tish, plantains, and bananim, with Indian ccrii and a kind of cassiiva.' .Sf'fVii/j/c'.s IhirUn Sun'ii/t, pp. Ki, 20. Compare Colon, in .Sumrrete, Col. e/e 'I'i'/f/M, toni i , p. Dll'H; liatlxta, in /'/., torn, iii., pp. 3ti-l .'i; A'reilo, Dicr., toni. v., ]i. '21)'); * iiUfu'n l>(irirn, pp. flj, CS-!); Colombo, lHat. AmiiiirajUo, i^. 4.1'i; Mtyer, Xuclnlrm >iacrii- viento, pp. 20-2. I ! f i I iii 760 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. used for agricultural purposes. In hunting deer and wild swine, dogs are used to drive them out of the dense forest ; at oilier times they mt lire to a part of the woods, and tus the animals try to escajje, they kill them with spears and arrows. Birds are killed with a blow-piiDe. When (isliing tliey use nets made of mahoe-bark or silk- grass, and in pliu;es where rocks prevent their using a net, they catch them with their hands or shoot them with arrows. Fishing by torchlight with spears is fre- quently practiced. The iSavanerics })oison pools with pounded leaves of the barbisco. and thus obtain fish without much labor. For duck-hunting they also em- ploy the often-described trick of plmnng a calabash on the head, and in this manner a[)proaoh the game. The men of Cueba are celebrated i'or making pure white salt from sea water — an article much used in this locality-. In the same province a kind of communism obtained ; all provisions were delivered to the cliief. wbo distributed to each his share. Fart of the comniunity wcie em- ployed as agriculturists, and jMrt sis hunters and fish«'r- men. At bis meals the cacique '\'as served by woumh, some of his principal men eating witb Imii/* In their jK-rsonal habits the Istbm m -i an* cleanly: they bathe generally twice a day ami H/jiniimoH oftcner; but commonly at sunrise and suiis<'t. Tlie interior of their dwellings has a neat ap|K'aranre. and order and cleanliness prevail in all their domestic arrangenu'iits.^ liows and arrows, long sj)ears, javelins, tlint-edged clubs, and blow-pijH's. are the weajKins used in tiiejH' parts. The lx>ws are fjeautifully made, those of tlii' * 'Coffjn dos y trcs vpzos al ano inaiz, y por rHto no lo enffrnmr.in.' ''"- warn. Hint. Intl., fol, H2. HH. ' Se(»uittn uiU(-lii> In nicjii dc vfiwidoj*, y ilo iKjui llo'-, iiiiprciiM con <1 ullll)li^'0 nl cspiimzo,' Ikrrero, Jlial. 7; MuKl'tuiai, Nieuiee'W'verelil, p. 71; and Odmier, A'ciie Wet, p. 7'J; l^eejiKiim's Vc;/. lleruli!, pp. 31.'», lU'.); I'Hrr Hirtyr, doc. viii., lib. vii ■ "); Wa doc. viii., lib. vii.; (hiilu, Jlint. (int., i/tr'a Ntw Voy., pp. 8K, 101, lOC-7, WH- vol. 1. torn, iii.', pp. ia:-3, 13C, 131); 130, ir>2-r.. 17(1 7. M AftrMi-fx Diirieii, p. 65; Cockburn's Jourmy, p. 230. 'TirTirn jior coh- tonibre, axsi Ioh indioM roino las indias, do ho baiiar trcH I'l cpiiitro V('(,rs al dia, por CKtir liiupioH «' porqiie di^eu que dcscikUduii eu luvurxu,' Ui-iedo, Jlik. Uen., tuui. iii., pp. 135-C. WEAPONS OF THE ISTHMIANS. 761 Costa Ricans being about seven feet long, of a dark- colored, very hard wood, n'ith the string of well-twisted silk-grass. Arrows are of the same wood, very long, and ix)inted with a porcupine-quill or lish-jjone. The bows and arrows of those farther south are much shorter, and of black palm-wood, as are also their lances nnd javelijis. The arrows are pointed with Hint or fish-bone, or are hardened in the fire and barked ; the shall is of reed having a piece of hard wood eight or ten inches in length inserted in the end. The inhabitants of Coiba and some of the tribes on the western shore of the gulf of I'raba, do not use lx)ws and arrows. In this respect, so far as 1 have ob.serxed, they form an exception; as among the almost innumerable tribes situated between the gulf of Urabii and the Arctic Ocean 1 know of none others v/here bows and arrows are not used. These people in battle employ a long wooden sword, and wooden spears, tbe ends of which are hardened in the fire and tipi)ed w Ji lx)P.e; they also make use of slings and darts. 1 neir jmvHlins are thrown with nnich force and dexterity by »»eati»« of a stick slightly grooved to hold the pro- /pH.-tile. It is c.ilK'd estorira and is held between the thumb and two lingers, there being a small loop on the side, near the centre, in which the forefuiger is placed; tfae dart is cast straight from the shoulder, while the proj<'ctor is retained in the hand. 1 liave noticed a soriK-what similar contrivance cuiployed l)y the Aleutian Islanders.'* The blow-pij)e which is used with nuich <»ffect. is alK>ut six or Heveu feet long, and the darts shot i'rvn, ' no Rill .li'diffos, i' jxli'Mn oon nmcnniis ('• cnii )iiin;as luiMif^ns y con v«r»ri s<> nrrojiii). rniuii (titnlnH con fKliirii iih (({Iio hoii ciirtu iimiicra dc iivieiit<»x ) do uiios liastoins l)ii n lal'iiultps ' Orindo, Hist. niiii aniiii, iiou nnuH, mm sagid;!' ueue- uiitir. titi lialierc iii(1ii{('uaH illon trans Hiiiuiii (irii'iitalcH ilixiiuus. Coiiiinus hi <' rt lilt lit pliu'iiiiiiin, eiiKJbus (i)iliin<{io. (|i)(ih inucan is ipsi n| pi l.iuit, ligucis taiui-ii, ipiia fciTinii nmi assi'ipimitur: it pr:' istis sudilius ant iissciH cimpiililniH. missilibus cti tin ttil |>riflniin nlnntiii'.' /'■' /' Murli/r. iloc.ii., lib. iii., also, (liT. iv., lib. X., ili'o. v , lib. ix. {'onijmro fiirlli' r, llrnrrn. Hint den., di'i'. i., lib. ix., Clip, vi., lib. x., crtp. i : A" twitii/i, m Xnriirri'ti', (Hi. de I'i (f/f.s, tit:ii. iii , p. 403; I'orrt.i, in iJ . t mi. i., l). 2M.">; ' 'i'/. '(iirn'.i Jomnfi/, p. 225; D' Arilij, L' Ameriiiuf, p. !>S, oiui' I'anamn, ))p. 77-S; I'ui/dl, in J.ona. Ucoj, Sor., Jour., vol. xxxviii., pp. 95, 98. 762 WILD TRIBES OF CENTBAL AMEBICA. exceedingly sharp point, notched, so that when an object is struck it breaks off and it is almost impossible to extract the broken point; others are poisoned so that a slight wound causes death in a short time. One end is wrapped with a little cotton, until it fits the tube which is placed to the mouth and the dart blown out. It is quite effective for a distance of one hundred yards. Different varieties of poison have been described by writers and travelers. Herrera speaks of one which he says was made with certain grey roots found along the coast, which were burnt in earthen pipkins and mixed with a species of poisonous black ant ; to this composition were added large spiders, some hairy caterpillars, the wings of a bat, and the head and tail of sea-fish called tavorino, very venomous, besides toads, the tails of snakes, and manzanillos. All these ingredients were set over a fire in an open field and well boiled in pots by a slave till they were reduced to a proper consistency. The unfor- tunate slave who attends to the boiling almost invariably dies from the fumes. Another poisonous composition is spoken of as having been made of fourteen different in- gredients and another of twenty-four, one that kills in three days, another in five, and another later, and when one was employed it was stated that sometimes the wounded lived as many days as the poison had been made. The natives said that fire, sea water, and continency were the antidotes against the venom, others affirmed that the dung of the wounded person taken in pills or other- wise was a cure. Peter Martyr writes that the poison was made by old women skilled in the art, who were shut up for two days in a house where they Ijoilcd the ingredients; if at the expiration of the time, the women were found in good health instead of being half dead, they were punished and the ointment was thrown away. Captain Cochrane in his Jounud in Colombia, says that tlicy obtain the poison from a small frog called the rana de veneno. These frogs are kept in a hollow cane and regularly fed. When required for use, they take one and pass a pointed stick down its throat and out at one WEAPONS, ARMOB, AND WAES. 768 of its legs. The pain brings to the back of the toad a white froth, which is a deadly poison and in it the darts are rubbed; below the froth u yellow oily matter is found which is carefully scraped oft*, as it is also a powerful poison, but not so lasting as the first substance, which will retain its deadly properties for a year while the yellow matter looses its strength after five or six months." The javelins used by the Caribs were not made pointed but square at the end, they also have very long pikes and heavy clubs. When Bartolome llurtado in 1 516 visited the island of Caubiux) he relates that the cacique presented him with a golden armor valued at one thousand castellanos. At the island of Cabo seven leagues distant, the warriors wore a thick matted armor of cotton imjxjrvious to arrows; they wore armed with pikes and in their march were accompanied with drums, conchs, and fifes."* Wars arisie chiefly from the jealousies and ambition of rival chieftains. Battles are i'requent and sanguinary, often lasting for many days, and are fought with tena- «' 'The pipe was made of two pieces of reed, ench forming a hnlf cir lo; tht^se being placed together left a siuall hole, ^ust large enough for the .id- mission of the arrow ... The arrows arc ab(jut < ight iucheH long . tlio point very sharp, and cut like u corkscrru for nu inch up . This is rolled in tho poison . . .The arrow will fly one huiidrt'dyiU'ds, and is c. rtain death to man or animal wounded by it; no cure as yet having bei-n discovered. A tiger, ■when hit, runs ten or u dozen yards, staggers, becomes sick, and dies in four or live minutes. A !)ird is killed as with a bullet, and the arrow and wounded part of the flesh being cut out, the remainder is eaten without danger.' Cochrane'a Journal h\ I'oltmibia. vol. ii., pp. 4li5-7. ' That poysou kiHeth him that is wounded, but not suddenly . . Whoso is wounded, lines a miserable and strict life after (hat, for ho must abstaine from iimny things.' I'ltcr Martyr, dec. viii., lib. viii. 'Somewoorali (corovajand ijoisoueil arrows that I obtained from the Indians of the interior were i>roeurn- rien, ]>. 07. 'We inquired of all the Indians, both men and '''.lys, at Caledo- nia Bay and at San HIas for the 'vnrari" or "urari" poison they brought us what they represented to be ihe hiDni-fith poison . It turned out to bo nothing but the juice of the manzanillo del playa. So. if this is their chief poison, and is the same as the ••curari." it is not so much to br dreaded.' Svl/riil'ie'x Diri-n Sar'-ei/ti. \^' l:Ui 7. See further, Fitz-l-'ni/, in I.oikI. (ie<»i. S(t<:.. Jour., vol. xx.. p. Ifii; ibrrera. Hint, dm., dec. i., lib. vii., cap. xvi.; Mkhler'a Darien, p. 77; Pfiuipipr's I'oi/n./is, vol. i., )>. 41. fiMc'wto, ,V. (fraiHiila, p. tl; (ioiiiitra. Hint, hut., fol. 88; Cnrli, Cartas, pti., p. 17. ' TnuftM siiseoseletes fechos du algodoii. (pii- les llegabiiu e aba- xabau s|>(*lil'is ib-lios, ('■ les llegaban a Lis roilillas e deude abaxo, e las m;int;us fast k loscoil.s. (.tun gruesos como un eolehon do caniit. son tiin fuertes, u la i^uorr.i os liidiil^n, y j,'n/.u di- '^raiidos tiiiuiuozas.' (ritimtrn, Wi.s7, l)iil., fol. 88. 'A li>* (|ni- piU'deu iimt;ir laatun, t' ;i liis p. ;i!»!>. 4(i:i. 412; r>-itr Martyr, dac. iii., lib. iv., doc. viii., lib. viii.; Wafrr'a Afio I'vy , p. 133. tm WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. great multitude of shetes, miide of the silke or cotton of the go88nmpine tree: likewise diuers kindes of vesi!iels and tooles mode of wood, and many of earth: also many brest plates of gold, and ouches wrought after their man- ner > are of a soft texture and exceedingly du- rable. The Dorachos are famed for the manufacture of pottery, wator-bottles, and other household utensils, ele- gantly shaped and prettily painted. Cotton cloths are woven by women, and cousideriug the rude and simple implements they work with, the fineness of texture and blending of colors present a marvel of skill and patience. The process of weaving is thus described by Wafer: "The Women make a Roller of Wood, about three Foot long, turning easily about between two Posts. About this they place Strings of Cotton, of 3 or 4 yards long, at most, but oftner less, according to the use the (^loth is to be put to, whether for a Hammock, or to tic about their Waists, or for Gowns, or for Blankets to cover them in their Hammocks, as they lie in them in their M ' Lft manta , 150. Sec also: Mi(Mer's Darkn, pj). 4S, GG-7; IVafer's New Vi'if., p. 'Jl>; Moidaimn, X'miwe Weereld, p. G7; and Dapper, Neue \Vilt, p. 75; i'liydt, in Loud. Geoij. Hoc, Jour., vol. xxxviii., p. 90; Acoata, N. Orawula, p. 43. CT ilomara. Hist, hid., fol. 74, 88; Balbod, in Navrirrete, Col. do Viafies, torn, iii., pp. 3,i4-5; Peter Martyr, dec. viii., lib. vi.; llerrera, llisl. Oen., dec. i., lib. vii., cap. xvi., lib. x., cap. iii.; Ddcher'n Voya;):; vol. i., p. 250; Selfridje's Dnrirn Surirys, pp. 10-11; T'uydt, in Lond. (ieoij. Snc, Jour., vol. xxxviii., p. 00; Uix'itirn-'n iMirirn, p. 154; OILi' I'anaind, j>. 77; Cnllen's Da- rien, pp. G5-(5. ' Qn u d i los indioA no ticnen guerra, todo sii cxorci^io es tractar c' trocar quaiito ticnen unos con otros .... nnos llcvan sal, otros nialiiz, otroi niantas, otros haniiicas, otros nlgodon liilado o por liilar, otros ))e8ca- dos salados; utroH llcvan oro.' Ovicdo, Hist. Oen., torn, iii., p. 140, torn, ii., p. 340. ABT8 AND OOYERNMEMT. 7« of these floods, the natives procure gold from the river- beds; they also burn the gross in the mountains and pick up the metal left; exposed on the surface in largo quantities. In the district of Verogua and in Darien they have workers in gold, crucibles for melting metals, and implements of silversmiths. 'I'hcy understand the alloying of gold, from which they make vases and many kinds of ornaments in the shape of birds and different varieties of animals. The relics which from time to time have been exhumed in Chiriquf and other parts of the Isthmus, prove that the natives had an excellent knowledge of the art of working and also of sculpturing in gold and stone. Painting and glazing on jars and other descriptions of pottery was an art in which the men of Chiriqiu' were famous.** The Isthmians possessed only a very slight knowledge of the computation of time. They calculate the hour of the day by the height of the sun in the heavens, and have no division of time into years, months, or weeks. Their enumeration is limited to twenty, and beyond that they count by twen- ties to one hundred; their knowledge of numbers does not go further."" In the provinces of Cueba, Comagre, and other parts of Darien the eldest son succeeded to the government upon the death of his father. As soon as the funeral ceremonies were over, the heir received the congratula- tions of the attendant nobles, the oldest and most aged of whom conducted him to a chamber and laid him in a hamnux;k. His subjects then came to offer their sub- mission accompanied with presents, which consisted of large stores of edibles and fruits of every kind. They <» * Esto cftciqno Davaive lieno grnncl fundicion de oro en su cnsa; tieno cient hoinbres ilia contiim que liibrau oro.' Jlalboa, in Navarrcte, Col. de Via;ies, torn, iii., ]ip. 3G4-5. ' Hny grniules minoros do cobro: hnclins do elloi otrivs cosas labradas, fnndidis, Bold id is hube, y frnRnas con todo su ap.irejo de platcro y los crisoles.' Colim, in Id., torn, i., p. 308. In Panamit, •gran.les Lnt illadores, y Pintoros.' D.iuila, Tcairo Eoks.. torn, ii., fol. 56. Conipiire further: Ikmohi, Hint. Mondo Nuovo, fol. 88; Ikrrcra, Hist. Gen., dec. li., lib. ii., cap. x.; I'im mid Seemann'n Doilinja, pp. 29-30; Veter Mar- tyr, dec. iii., lib. iv.; UidiceWs [sthniun, p. 37. c Wafer's ycio \'i>>/., pp. 178-815; Liisnmi, Jour, du Voy., p. 4G; Puydt, in Lond. Gem/. .S'oc, Jour., vol. xxxviii., p. 09. Vol. I. io I Hi i I IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) // 1.0 I.I liiM m. I 40 2.0 1.8 1-25 |||.4 1.6 4 6" >- V] y] ^/. m 9. ■V o / /A HiotDgraphic Sciences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREIT WEBSTER, NY. MS80 (71«) 872-4 jU3 i %■ fei r 770 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. greeted him with triumphal songs in which they re- counted the deeds of his ancestors, as well i^ those of other lords of the land, telling him who were his friends and who his enemies. Much wine was consumed and the rejoicing lasted several days. Afterwards ambassa- dors were dispatched to inform all the neighboring caciques of the new accession, desiring their good will and friendship for the future. In the province of Pana- ma upon the death of the lord, the eldest brother suc- ceeded him, and if ther? were no brothers the succession went to a nephew by the sister's side. The chiefs held un- disputed authority over their people and were implicitly obeyed. They received no tribute but required personal service for house-building, hunting, fishing, or tilling the ground ; men so employed were fed and maintained by the chief. In Cueba the reigning lord was called qiiebi, in other parts he was called tiba. The highest in rank after the tiba had the title of mcos, who commanded certain districts of the country. Pirarayhs were nobles who had become famous in war. Subject to the sacos were the cobras who enjoyed certain lands and privi- leges not accorded to the common people. Any one wounded in battle, when fighting in presence of the tiha^ was made a cabra and his wife became an espave or principal woman. A constable could not arrest or kill a cabra; this could be done only by the tiba; once struck by the tiba, however, any person might kill him, for no sooner was he wounded by his chief than his title and rank dropped from him. Constables were appointed whose duty it was to arrest oftenders and execute judgment on the guilty. Justice was adminis- tered without form by the chief in person who decided all controversies. The cases must be stated truthfully, as the penalty for false testimony was death. Tiiere was no appeal from the decision of the chief. Theft was punishable with death and anyone catching a thief in flagrante delictu, might cut off the offender's hands and hang them to his neck. Murder was also punished by death ; the penalty for adultery was death to both PUNISHMENTS AND SLAVERY. 771 parties. In Darien, he who rlefloured a virgin had a brier thrust up his virile member, which generally caused death. The facts had to be proved on oath, the form of taking which was to swear by their tooth. As I have said, a constable could not arrest or kill a noble; consequently if one committed a crime punishable with death, the chief must kill him with his own hand, and notice was given to all the people by beating the large war drum so that they should assemble and witness the execution. The chief then in presence of the multitude recited the offence, and the culprit acknowledged the justice of the sentence. This duty fulfilled, the chief struck the culprit two or three blows on the head with a macana until he fell, and if he was not killed, any one of the spectators gave him the finishing stroke. Criminals who were executed were denied the right of burial. The Caribs had no chiefs, every man obeyed the dictates of his own passions, unrestrained by either government or laws.™ Slavery was in force among the various nations in- habiting the Isthmus, and every principal man retained a number of prisoners as bondsmen ; they were called pcKos, and, as I have already mentioned, were branded or tattooed with the particular mark of the owner on the face or arm, or had one of their front teeth extnuited. When traveling, the slaves had to carry their lord's effects, and a dozen or more were detailed to carry his litter or hammock, which was slung on a pole and borne on the shoulders of two men at a time, who were relieved at intervals by two others, the change being made without '"' * Besau los pies al hijo, o sobrino, que hereda, estando en la ciima: quo vale tnnto como juramento, y coronacion.' Oomara, Hist. Ind., fol. 255-6, 88. 'Todos tenian bus Keies, y Seiiores, A quien obedecian.' Tovquemada, Monarq. Ind., tom.ii., p. 346. 'Los hijos heredauan a los padres, siendo auidos en la principal muger. . . .Los Oaziunes y seiiores eran muy tenidos y gbedeoidos.' Iterrern, Uiiit. Oen., doc. i., lib. vii., cap. xvi., dec. iv., lib. i., cap. X. Sae also, Oukdo, Hint. Gen., torn, iii., pp. 129-30, 142, 156-7; Quin- tana, Vidaade Espai'ioles, (Balboa,) p. 9; Andagoya, in Norque oqueste tul es el que admiuistra sus ydolutrfos u (^erimouius u sacritiqius, y el 778 WILD TRIBES OP CENTRAL AMERICA. The Isthmians are a healthful and long-lived race. The ills most common to them are fevers and venereal disease. The latter, as Oviedo affirms, was introduced into Europe from Hayti, or Espafiola, where it was prev- alent as well as throughout Tierra Firme. This is a sub- ject that has given rise to much contention among authors, but the balance of testimony seems to indicate that the venereal disetise in Europe was not of American origin, although the disease probably existed in America before the coming of Europeans. The remedies em- })loyed by the Isthmians for the complaint were yua- yacan wood, and other medicinal herbs known to them. They are much troubled with a minute species of tick-lice that cover their limbs in great numbers, from which they endeavor to free themselves by apply- ing burning straw. Another insect, more serious in its consequences and penetrating in its attacks, is the chegoe, or ptdex penetrans; it burrows under the skin, where it lays its eggs, and if not extracted will in time increase to such an extent as to endanger the loss of the limb. The natives remove it with any sharp-pointed instru- ment. They are liable to be bitten by venomous snakes, which are numerous in the country and frequently cause death. Whenever one is bitten by such a reptile, the sufferer immediately ties above the wounded part a ligature made from plants well known to the natives, and which they usually carry with them ; this enables him to reach a village, ^vhere he procures assistance, and by means of herbal applications is often cured. Some of them are subject to a skin disease somewhat similar in its appearance to ringworm ; it spreads over the whole body until eventually ^he skin peels off. Those who are thus afflicted Jire called carates. These people are gen- erally very hardy and strong, with great ix)\vers of en- durance. The piaces, as medicine-men, consult their que habia con el diablo.' Oviedo, Hist. Gen., torn, iii., p. 127. 'Tenian o babiii cntre estaa gentes unoH sacerdotes que llaniaban en su lengua "Piachas" may espertos en el arte magica, tanto que se revestia en ellos el Diabolo y hablaba por boca de ellos niuchas falsedadea, cunque los tenia cautivos.' Las Vaaaa, Hist. Apologetica, MS., cap. ccxlv. MEDICAL PRACTICE. 779 oracles for the benefit of all those who require their services. The sucking cure obtains in these parts as well as northward. When summoned to attend a pa- tient, if the pain or disease is slight, the medicine-man takes some herbs in his mouth, and applying his lips to the part affected, pretends to suck out the disorder; sud- denly he rushes outside with cheeks extended, and feigns to spit out something, cursing and imprecating at the same time; he then assures his patient that he has effected a cure by extracting the cause of the pain. When the sickness is of a more serious nature, more elaborate enchantments are enacted, ending in the prac- titioner sucking it out from the sick person's body, not, however, without undergoing infinite trouble, labor, and contortions, till at last the pioce thrusts a small stick down his own throat, which causes liim to vomit, and so he casts up that which he pretends to have drawn out from the sufferer. Should his conjurations and tricks not prove effectual, the physician brings to his aid cer- tain herbs and decoctions, with which he is well acquainted; their knowledge of medicine is, however, more extensive in the treatment of external than of internal diseases. The compensation given to the place is in proportion to the gravity of the case, and the ability of the individual to reward him. In cases of fever, bleeding is resorted to; their mode of practicing phlebotomy is peculiar and attended with much unneces- sary suffering. The operator shoots a small arrow from a bow into various parts of the patient's body until a vein be accidentally opened ; the arrow is gauged a short distance from the point to prevent its penetrating too far.''* Oviedo tells us that in the province of Cueba the ^ The priests ' comuumento eran sus medicos, 4 conosqian muchas hier- Tas, de que usaban, y eran apropriadas & diversas enfermedades.' Oviedo, Hist. Oen., torn, iii., pp. 126, 138-9, 141, torn, i., pp. 56-7. 'According to the diners nature, or qnalitie of the disease, they cure them by diners super- stitions, and they are diuersly rewarded.' Peter Martyr, dec. viii., cap. viii. Compare further; Oomara, itiat. Ind., toil. 88; Las Casas, Hist. Apologetica, MS., cap. ccxlv.; Wafer's X'W Voy., p. 28; Selfridge'a Darren Surveys, p. 10; Puydt, in Land. Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxviii., p. 9/; Purchaa his Pilgrimaje, vol. v., p. 893. 780 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. practice of sucking was carried on to a fearful extent, and with dire consequences. TJie persons, men and women, who indulged in the habit were called by the Spaniards chupadores. They belonged to a class of sor- cerers, and the historian says they went about at night visiting certain of the inhabitants, whom they sucked for hours, continuing the practice from day to day, until finally the unfortunate recipients of their attentions be- came so thin and emaciated that they often died from exhaustion." Among certain nations of Costa Rica when a death occurs the body is dejxjsited in a small hut constructed of plaited palm-leaves; food, drink, as well us the weap- ons and implements that served the defunct during life arc placed in the same hut. Here the body is preserved for three jears, and I'pou each anniversary of the death it is redressed and attended to amidst certain ceremo- nies. At the end of the third year it is taken out and interred. Among other tribes in the same district, the corpse after death is covered with leaves and surrounded with a large pil« of wood which is set on fire, the friends dancing and singing round the flames until all is con- sumed, when the ashes are collected and buried in the ground. In Veragua the Dorachos had two kinds of tombs, one for the principal men constructed with flat stones laid together with much care, and in which were placed costly jars and urns filled with food and wines ™ ' Qn^dame de det,ir que en nquestii lengua de Cueva hay mnchos in- dios hecliiqeros 6 en espetjiul un ^ierto genero de maloB, que los cliripstiauos en nqnella tierra Uaman chupadores Estos chupan a otros hasta que Ioh Becau u inatan, 4 Bin calentura alguna de dia en dia poco 4 poco se ennaques- (en tanto, que se lea pueden contar los kuesos, que se les pares^en solamento cubiei'tos con el cuero; y el vieutre se les reBuelve de manera quel ombligo traen pegado A los lomos y esidnaijo, e se toman de aqiiella forma quo pin- tan 4 la muerte, sin pulpa ni curne. Estos chupadores, de noche, sin ser BentidoB, van a ha(;er mal por las casos agenas: 4 ponen la boca en el om- bligo de nquel que chupan, y estan en aquel exer^i^io una 6 dos horns 6 lo que les paresqe, teniendo en aquel trabaxo al pa^iente, sin que sea pode- roso de se valer ni defender, no dexando de Bufrir bu dano con silen^io. K conos<;e el assi ofendido, e vee al malhechor, y aun les hablan : lo qua), assi los que ha^'en este mal conio los que le padesqen, han confessado alguuoH dellos; e Ai<;en questos chupadores son cnados e naborias del tuyra, y qnt'l Be los niandii assi haqer, y el tuyra es, como estji dicbo, el diablo.' Ouiedo, JRst, (Jen., torn, iii., pp. 159-GJ. ISTHMIAN GRAVES AND MOURNING. 781 for the dead ; those for plebeians were merely trenchew, in which were dejwsited with the occupant some gourds of maize and wine and the place filled with stones. In some parts of Panama and Darien only the chiefs and lords received funeral rites. Among the common jicople a person feeling his end approaching either went himself or was led to the woods by his wife, family, and friends, who, supplying him with some cake or ears of corn and a gourd of water, there left him to die alone, or to be assisted by wild beasts. Others with more respect for their dead, buried them in sepulchres iiiade with niches where they placed maize jj,nd wine awl renewed the same annually. With some, a mother dying while suck- ling her infant, the living child wi placd at lioi breast and buried with her in order that in lior future state ?he might continue to nourish it with her milk. In ►iome provinces wheii the cacique became sick, the priests consulted their orrdes as to his condition and if they received for answer that the illness was mortal, one half of his jewelry and gold was cast into the river as a sacrifice to the god they reverenced, in the belief that he would guide him to his final rest; the other half was buried in the grave. The relatives of the deceased shaved the head as a sign of mourning and all his weap- ons and other property were consumed by fire in order that nothing should remain as a remembrance of him. In Panama, Nata, and some other districts, when a cacique died, those of his concubines that loved him enough, those that he loved ardently and so appointed, as well as certain servants, killed themselves and were interred with him. This they did in order that they might wait upon him in the land of spirits. They held the belief that those who did not accompany him then, would, when they died a natural death, lose the privilege of being with him afterwards, and in fact that their souls would die with them. The privilege of attending on the cacique in his future state was believed to be only granted to tho.se who were .1 his service during his life- time, hence such service was eagerly sought after by 782 WILD TRIBES OF CENTRAL AMERICA. \* natives of both sexes, who made every exertion to be admitted as servants in his house. At the time of the interment, those who planted corn for him during his lifetime had some maize and an implement of husbandry buried with them in order that they might commence planting immediately on arrival in the other world. In Comagre and other provinces the bodies of the caciques were embalmed by placing them on a cane hurdle, hanging them up by cords, or placing them on a stone, or log; and round or below the body they made a slow fire of herbs at such a distance as to dry it gradually until only skin and bone remained. During the process of embalming, twelve of the principal men sat round the body, dressed in black mantles which covered their heads, letting them hang down to their feet; at intervals one of them beat a drum and when he ceased he chanted in monotonous tones, the others responding. Day and night the twelve kept watch and never left the body. When sufficiently dried it was dressed and adorned with many ornaments of gold, jewels, and feathers, and set up in an apartment of the palace where were kept ranged round the walls the remains of his ancestors, each one in his place and in regular succession. In case a cacique fell in battle and his body could not be recovered, or was otherwise lost, the place he would have occupied in the row was always left vacant. Among other tribes the body after being dried by fire was wrapped in several folds of cloth, put in a ham- mock, and placed upon a platform in the air or in a room. The manner in which the wives, attendants, and servants put themselves to death was, with some, by poison; in such case, the multitude assembled to chant the praises of their dead lord, when those who were to follow drank poison from gourds, and dropj^ed dead instantly. In some cases they first killed their children. With others the funeral obsequies of a principal chief were conducted differently. They prepared a large grave twelve or fifteen feet square and nine or ten feet deep; round the sides they built a stone bench and FUNEKAL RITES ON THE ISTHMUS. 783 l\erc lead Ircn. Ihicf larjie I foot and -covered it with painted cloth ; in the middle of the grave they placed jars and gourds filled with maize, fruit, and wines, and a quantity of flowers. On the bench was laid the dead chief dressed, ornamented, and jeweled, while around him sat his wives gaily attired with ear- rings and bracelets. All being prepared the assembled multitude raised their voices in songs declaring the bravery and prowess of the deceased ; they recounted his liberality and many virtues and highly extolled the affection of his faithful wives who desired to accompany him. The singing and dancing usually lasted two days and during its continuance wine was freely served to the performers and also to the women who were awaiting their fate. At the expiration of such time they became entirely inebriated and in a senseless condition, when the final act was consummated by throwing dead and doomed into the grave, and filling it with logs, branches, and earth. The spot was afterwards held in sacred remembrance and a grove of trees planted round it. At the end of a year funeral honors were celebrated in memory of the dead. A host of friends and relatives of equal rank with the deceased were invited to partici- pate, who upon the day appointed brought quantities of food and wine such as he whose memory they honored delighted in, also weapons with which he used to fight, all of which were placed in a canoe prepared for the purpose; in it was also deposited an effigy of the de- ceased. The canoe was then carried on men's shoulders round the court of the palace or house, in presence of the deceased, if he was embalmed, and afterwards brought out to the centre of the town where it was burned with all it contained, — the ijeople believing that the fumes and smoke ascended to Uie soul of the dead and was pleasing and acceptable to liim.^ If tlu, body 80 ' Ay mucxios, que piensan, que no ay mus do naccr, y inorir: y nquel- los tales no se entierrun con pan, y vino, ni con niugercs, ui niocos. Los que creen la immortalitlad del alma, ho. entierra: si son Sefiores. con oro, annas, plumas, si no lo son, con mayz, vino, y inautas.' (/tmiiirn. Hist. Ini The Terrabas 'naciones. . . .las mas bravas 4 inddmitas de todas. . . . Indies dotados de natural docilidad y dulznra de geaio.' Arricivita, Crdnica Serdfica, p. 19. Speaking of the natives of Panama ; 'muy denotes del tra- bajo, y enemigos de la ociosidad.' Ddvila, Teatro Ecles., torn, ii., p. 66. Darien: 'Son inclinados a juegos y hurtos, son muy haragnnes.' Oovmra, Hist. Ind., fol. 88. San Bias tribes: 'They are very peaceable in their na- tures' .... Chucunas and Navigandis: 'The most warlike' . . Coast tribes, 'from contact with foreigners, are very docile and tractable'. . . .The Bassar- dis: ' As a whole, this tribe are cowardly, but treacherous.' Se{fridge'8 Dnrien Surveys, pp. 10-11, 36. Compare further, Froebel's Cent. Amer., p. 24; Squier, in Nouvmes Annates des Voy., 1856, torn, cli., p. 6; Boyle's Hide, vol. i., pref., p. xii.; Wagner and Scherter, Costa Rica, p. 557; Gage's New Survey, p. 426; Michkr's Darien, p. 26; Alcedo, Dice, torn, ii., p. 413; Puydt, in Land. Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxviii., p. 96; Macqreqor's Progress of Amer., p. 8ii0; Otis' Panamd, p. 77; Cullen's Darien, pp. 65-6, 68-9. \oi. I. 80 786 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. fears, how little do we know of all this! And now as the eye rests upon the fair domain from which they have been so ignobly hurried, questions like these arise: How long have these baskings and battlings been going on? What purpose did these peoples serve? Whence did they come and whither have they gone ? — questi a unanswerable until Omniscience be fathomed and the beginning and end made one. TBIBAIi BOUNDABIES. The Wild Tribes of Centbal Ahebica, the last gronpal division of this work, extend from the western boundary of Guatemala, south and eastward, to the Bio Atrato. I have divided the group into three subdivisions, namely: the Guatemalans, the MosquUos, and ^he Isthmians. The Guatemalans, for the purposes of this delineation, embrace those nations occupying the present states of Guatemala, Salvador, and portions of Nicaragua. The Lacandones are a wild nation inhabiting the Chammd mountains on the boundary of Guatemala and Chiapas. ' Mountains of ChammA, inhab- ited by the wild Indians of Lacanddn a distinction ought to be drawn between the Western and Eastern Lacandones. All the country lying on the W., between the bishopric of Cindad Beal and the province of Vera Paz, was once occupied by the Western Lacandones The country of the Eastern Lacandones may be considered as extending from the mountains of ChammA, n day and a half from Coban, along the borders of the river de la Pasion to Peteu, or even further.' Escobar, in Lond, Oeog. Soc, Jour., vol. xi., pp. 93- 4. Upon the margin of the Bio de la Passion. Juarros' Hist. Guat., p. 271. ' Un tribu de Mayas sauvnges appeles Lacandons, qui habitent un dis- trict immense dans le centre du continent, embrasse toute la partie occiden- tale du Peten; erre sur les bords superieurs de I'Usumasinta et le pays qui se trouve au sud de I'endroit d'oii j'ecris.' Galindo, in Antiq. Mex., torn, i., div. ii., p. 67. ' The vast region lying between Chiapa, Tabasco, Yucatan, and the re- public of Guatemala. . . is still occupied by a considerable body of Indians, the Lacandones and others.' Sqaitr, in Hist. Mag., vol, iv., p. 65. ' The vast region embracing not less than from 8000 to 10,000 square miles, surround- ing the upper waters of the river Usumasinta, in which exist the indomitable Lacandones.' Id., p. 67. 'Mais la contree qui s'etendait au nord de Caha- bon, siege provisoire des Dominicains, et qui comprenait le pays de Dolores et celui des Itzas, ^tait encore k peuprfes inconnue. Lk vivaient les Choles, les belliqueux et f^roces Mopans, les Lacandons et quelques tribus plus ob- scures, dont I'histoire a n^glig^ les noms.' Mortkt, Voyage, torn, ii., p. 78, tom. i., p. 318. 'They are reduced to-day to a very insignificant number, living on and near Passion river and its tributaries.' Berendt, in Smithsonian Rept., 1867, p. 425. 'In the north of Vera Paz, to the west of Peten, and all along the Usumacinta, dwell numerous and warlike tribes. THE MAMES OF GUATEMALA, 787 called generally Lacandonos.' Boyle's Ride, vol. i., pref., p. xvi.; Fosney, Mexique, p. 471; Pimentel, Mem. sobre to Rata Indigena, p. 197. The Mames ' occupied the existing district of Giiegiietenango, a part of Quezaltenango, and the province of Soconusco, and in all these places the Mam or Pocoman language is vernacular. It is a circumstance not a little remarkable, that this idiom is also peculiar to places very distant from the country of the Mams: viz. in Amatitan, Mixco, and Petapa, in the province of Sacatepeques; Chulchuapa, in St. Salvador; Mita, Jalapa, and Xilotepeque, in Chiquimula.' Juatros' Hist. Gual., p. 169. 'ElMame 6 Pocoman le usan los mames 6 pocomanes, que parecen no ser mas que dos tribus de una misma nacion, la cual formaba un estndo pode- roso en Guatemala. Se extendid por el distritu de Huehuetenango, en la pro- vincia de este uombre, y por parte de la de Quetzaltenango, asf como por el distrito de Soconusco en Chiapas. En todos estos lugares se hablaba mame 6 pocoman, lo mismo que en Amatitlan, Mixco y Petapa, de la provineia de Zacatepec 6 Giiatemala; en Chalcbuapa, perteneciente k la de San Salvador; yen Mita, Jalapa y Jiloltepcc, de la de Chiquimula.' Balbi, in I'imentel, Cuadro., tom. i., p. 81. 'Leur capitale etait Gueguetenango, au nord-est de la ville actnelle de Guatemala, et les villes de Masacatan, Cuilco, Chiantla et Istaguacan etaieut enclavees dans leur territoire.' Squier, in Nouvelles Ati' nales des Voy., 1857, tom. cliii., p. 177. ' A I'ouest, jusqn'aux frontilres de Chiapas, s'etendaient les Mums, proprement dits Mam-Yoc, dans leurs his- toires, partages en plusieurs families egalement puissantcs qui gouvemaient souverainemeut cette contree, alors designee soils le nom commun d'Otzoya (de otzoy, sortes d't'crevisses d'or) ; c'etaient d'un cote les Chun-Zak-Yoc, qui avaient pour capiiale Quiaha, que son opulence et son etendue avaient fait Bumommer Nima-Amag ou la Grande-Ville, dite depuis Xelahuu-Quieh, ou Xelahuh, et Quezaltenango; les Tzitzol, dont la capitale etait peut-fetre Chinabahul ou Huehuetenango, lesGanchebi (see note below under Ganche- bis) et les Bamaq. Ceux-ci, dont nous avons connu les descendants, etaient seigneurs d'Iztlahuacan (San-Miguel-Iztlahuacan), dontle plateau est encore aujourd'hui parseme de mines au milieu desquelles s'eleve I'humble bour- gade de cenom: au dessus doniine, a une hauteur formidable, Xubiltenam (ville du Souffle) Ganchebi, ecritalterna»'-ementCanchebiz, Canchevezet Ganchebirse. Rien n'iudique d'uue maniere precise ou regnait cette famille : mais il se pourrait que ce fftt a Zipacapan ou & Chivnn, dont les ruines existent ktrois lieues au sud de cette derniere localite; la ttait I'ancien Oztoncalco.' liroHstur de Bourbourg, Popol Tuft, introd., pp. 264-5. 'Habi- taban el Socouusco, desde tiempos remotos, y era \n\ pueblo autucton; los olmecas que llegaron de la parte de Mexico, les redujeron k la servidumbre, y una fniccion de los vencidos emigru hasta Guatemala.' Orotco y lierra, (hoijrafia, p. 168. The Mamey, Achi, Cuaahtemalteca, Hutateca, and Chiri- cbota 'en la de los Suchitepeques y Cuaahiemala." Palacio, in Pacheco, Col. Doc. Inid., tom. vi., p. 7. Mame ' Par) j dans les localites voisines de Hue- huetenango.' firasseur de Bourbourg, MS. Troano, tom. ii., p. viii. 'On retrouve encore aujourd'hui leurs restes parmi les Indiens de la province de Totonicapan, aux frontieres de Chiapas et des Lacandons, nu nord- oaeat de I'etat de Guatemala. La place forte de Zakulcu (o'est-k-dire, Terre it I 788 TBIBAL BOUNDABIES. blanche, mal k propos orthographic Soool^o), dont on admire les TasteR debris aupris de la ville de HnChuCtenango, resta, jasqn'an temps de la oon- qu6te espagnole, la capitals des Mems. Cette race avait 4t6 anterieurement la mattresse de la pins grande partie de I'Ctat de GnatCmala.' Brasseur d» Bourbmrg, Hist. Nat. Civ., torn, ii., pp. 119-20. The Pokomama, or Pokonchis, lived in the district of Vera Paz in Guate- mala, * sous le nom d'Uxab et de Pokomam, une partie des treize tribus de Tecpan, dont la capitale Ctait la grande cit6 de Nimpokom, Ctait mattresse de la Verapaz et des provinces situCes an sud dn Motagua jusqu'k Palin ' (2 leagues N. W, of Babinal). Braaaeur de Bourbourg, PopolVuh, introd., p. 264. lis ' paraissent avoir occupC une grande partie des provinces guatCmaliennes. ' Brasseur de Bourbourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., tom. ii., pp. 84, 506. 'Toute la rive droite du Chixoy (Lacandon ou haut Uzumacinta), depuis Coban (^crit quelquefois Goboan) jusqu'au fleuve Motagua, les montagnes et les valines de Qagcoh (San-Cristoval), de Taltic, de Babinal et d'Urran, une partie des departements actnels de Zacatepec, de Guatemala et de Chiquimulk, jusqu'au pied des volcans de Hunahpu (volcans d'Eau et de Feu), devinrent leur proie.' Id., pp. 121-2. ' Le pocorachi, le pokoman, le cakchi, semCs d'Amatitan k Coban.' Brasseur de Bourbourg, MS. Troano, tom. ii., introd., p. viii. In 'La Verapaz, la poponchi, caechi y colchi.' P servantes de san Francisco pertenecen Isapa, Pason, Topan-gnatemalan Comalapa, San Antonio, San Jnan del Obispo, y otros quince lugares & lo uienos dc la misnia nacion Cakchiquila, cuyas poblaciones estan al rededor de Guitemala.' Hervds, Catdlogo, torn, i., p. 305. The Zittugils dwelt near the lake of Atitlan. 'The dominion of the Zutugilcs extended over the modern district of Atitan, and the village of San Antonio, Suchiltepeques.' Juarros' Hist. Guat., p. 169. 'La capital de los cachiqueles era Patinamit 6 Tecpangnatemala, ciudad grande y fuerte; y la de los zutuhiles, Atitan, cerca de la laguna de este nombre y que se tenia por inexpugnable.' Pimentel, Cuadro, tom. ii., pp. 121-2. The Chort'iH live on the banks of the Motagua River. The Chiquimula • Indians belong to the Chorti nation. ' Oavarrete, in Panama Star and Herald, Dec. 19, 1867; Ludewig'a Ab. Lang., p. 48. Brasseur de Bourbourg describes quite a number of very ancient nations, of some of which he endeavors to fix the localities, and which I insert here. Dnn or Tamub founded a monarchy on the Guatemalan plateau. Their 'capitale, A:ii i^-Din, existait, suivant toute apparence, entre ]es mouts Tuhil et Mumub, a trois lieues a peine an nord d'Ut- latlan.' Popol Vuh, introd., pp. 148, 262. ' Ilocab etendait sa domina* tion a I'ouest et au sud de Tamub, et la cit^ d'Uqnincat, si^ge principale de cette raaison, occupait un plateau etroit, situe entre les memes ravins qni ceignent un peu plus bas les mines d'Utlatlan.' 'La ville d'Uquincat (forme antique), Avec le filet {k mettre le mais), etait sur un plateau au nord-ouest de ceux d'Utlatlan, dont elle n'etait separee que par ses tavins; on en voit encore les mines connues aujourd'hui sous le nom de P '-Ilocab, en Ilocab.' Id., p. 263. Agaab, ' dont les possessions s'etendaient Bur les deux rives du Chixoy ou Lacandon.' ' G'etait une nation puissante dont les principales villes existaient k peu de distance de la rive gauche da fleuve Chixoy ou Lacnndou (Kio Grande de Sacapulas). L'une d'elles ^tait Carinal, dont j'ai visite le premier, en 185C\ les belles ruines, situt'es sur les bords d>i Pacalug, riviere qui se jette dans le Lacandon, presque vis-a-vis I'embouchure de celle do Rabinal, dans la Verapaz.' lb. Cabinal, ' la capi- tale etiiit 11 Zameneb, dans los montagnes de Xoyabah ou Xolabah, [Entre les rochers].' Id., p. 270. Ah-Actulul, ' sept tribus de la nation Ah-Actulul, qui B'ctiiieiit t'tublies sur des territoires dependants de la souverainet^ d'Atitlau.' 'Ces s. (it tribus "'^vt: Ah-Tzuque, Ah-Oauem, Manacot, Mana- zaquepot, Vancoh, Yabacoh etAh-TzakoI-QuetouQueh.— Ac-Tululpeut-6tre pour Ah-Tulul.' Id., p. 274. ' Ah-Txiquinaha, ceux ou les habitants de Tziquinaha (Xid d'oiseau), dont la capitale fut Atitlan, sur le lac du m6me nom.' /(/., p. 296. Acutee. 'nom aussi d'une ancienne tribu dont on re- trouve le souvenir dans Chuvi-Acutec, au-dessus d'Acutec, sur le territoiro de Chalcitan, pres de Malacatan et de Huehuetenango.' Id., pp. 342-3. Cohah, 'nom d'une tribu antique dans I'orient des Qnichds.' Id., p. 353. 790 TRIBAL BOUNDABIES. The Choniales dwell in the monntain districts N.E. of Lake Nicaragua, besideB having misoellaneona villages in Onerrero, Oajaoa, Tabasco, Guate- mala, and Houdnraa. ' En el Departamento de Tlacolnla — y se encnentran chontales en Guerrero, en Tabasco y en Guatemala.' Orozco y Jierra, Oeo- grafUi, pp. 186-7. In San Salvador, Oholuteoa, Honduras, Nicaragua. Palacio, in Pacheco, Col. Doc. In4d., torn, vi., pp. 7, 26, 35.' Qni^ch&pa . . 20 Leguas silddatlich von Oaj&oa nnd 10 Leguas sUdwestlich von Nejfipa ....An den Gr&nzen dea LandesderChont&lea.'. . . .'Tlapalca tepee. Haupt- ort im Lande der Chontalea.' Miihlenpfordt, Jfy'tco, torn, ii., pt i., pp. 172-3, 175, 192. ' Lea Chont41ea s'^taient vus en poaseaaion de tonte lu contree qni s't^tend entre la mer et la chatno de Qnyecolani . . . ^taient en poaaes- sion non aeulement de Nexapa, mais encore de la portion la plus importante de la montagne de Quiyecolani.' Brasseur de Bourbourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., torn, iii., pp. 3, 47. 'An nord-ouest dn grand lac, lea Chondala occupaient le diatrict montagneux appel^ encore aujourd'hui Chontalea, d'aprea eux.' Holinski, La Californie, p. 290. ' Inhabitants of the mountainous regions to the north-east of the lake of Nicaragua.' Froebel's Cent. Amer,, p. 62. ' An nord dea laca, lea Chontalea barbarea habitaient la cordill^re.' Brasseur de Bourbourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., torn, ii., p. 110. ' The Chontals covered Chon- talea, northward of Lake Nicaragua, and lying between the tribea already given, and those on the Caribbean Sea.' StoxU's Nicaragua, p. 114. ' Bewoh- ner der Gebirgagegenden nordiiatlich vom See von Nicaragua.' Froebel, Aus Amer,, torn, i., p. 285. 'In Nicaragua die Chontalea im Hochlande im N. dea Managua-Seea.' Wappiius, Oeog.u. 8tat.,p.2i6. 'Deste lugar [Yztepe- que] comien<;an los Chontales.' Herrera, Hist. Oen., dec. iv., lib. viii., cap. X. 'The Chondals or Chontals, the third great division mentioned by Oviedo, occupied the wide, mountainous region, still bearing the name of Chontalea, situated to the northward of Lake Nicaragua, and midway be- tween the natioua already named and the savage hordea bordering the Carib- bean Sea.' Squier's Nicaragua, (Ed. 1856,) vol. ii., p. 311. ' On the northern shorea of the Lake of Nicaragua.' Ludewig's Ab. Lang, p. 48. ' The Lencas . . . .under the varioua namea of Chontals, and perhapa Xicaqnes and Payas, occupying what is now the Department of San Miguel in San Salvador, of Comayagua, Choluteca, Tegucigalpa, and parts of Olancho and Yoro in Honduras, including the islands of Koatan, Guanaja, and their dependenciea.' Squier's Cent. Amer., p. 252. The Pipiles ' n'y occupaient gu6re quelques cantons sur les cotes de I'oo^an Paciflque, dana la province d'ltzcuintlan et ne s'intemaient que vers lea frontierea de I'etat de San-Salvador, le long dea rives du rio Pnxa.' Bras- seur dz Bourbourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., tom. ii., p. 120. ' Welche den ganzeu weatlichen Theil dea heutigen Staates von S. Salvador sUdUch vom Bio Lampa, das sogen. Baich Gozcotlan bewohnten.' Wappaus, Oeog. u. Stat., pp. 322, 328. ' Are settled along the coaata of the Pacific, from the province of Eacuintla to that of St. Salvador In a short time these Pipiles multi- plied immensely, and spread over the provinces of Zonzonate, St. Salvador, and St. Miguel.' Juarros' Hist, Ouat., pp. 202, 224. Among 'los Izalcos y oostade Guazacapan. . . .San Salvador. . . .Honduras. . . .Nicaragua.' Palacio, in Pacheco, Col. Doc. IrUd,, tom. vi., p. 7. NATIONS OF NIGABAQUA. 791 ice Iti- or, y '.io, Nonohmlcas. ' A la fslda de un alto Tolcan (San Yiconte) estkn oaatro Ingares de indios, qne Hainan los Nnnnalcos.' Id., p. 25. TlagcaUecs. ' In mehreren Pnncten San Salvadors, wie z. B. in laalco, MexioanoB, Nahuisalco leben noch jetzt Indianer Tom Stamme der Tlaskal- teken.' Scherier, Wdnderungen, p. 456. The Gholuteca ' occupied the districts north of the Nngrandans, extending along the Gnlf of Fonseca into what is now Honduras territory.' Stout's Nicarauga, jt. lU. 'The Gholutecans, speaking the Cholutecan dialect, sit- nated to the northward of the Nagrandans, and extending along the Gulf of Fonseca, into what is now the territory of Honduras. A town and river in the territory here indicated, still bear the name of Gholuteca, which how- ever is a Mexican name.' Squier's Nicaragiui, (Ed. 1856,) vol. ii., p. 310. These Soconusco exiles settled ' dans les terres qui s'etendent au nord et k I'ouest du golfe de Conchagua, aux frontiferes de Honduras et de Nicaragua.' Brasseur de Bourhourg, Hist. Nat. Civ., tom. ii. p. 79. ' Beyond them (Na- grandans) on the gulf of Fonseca, a nation called the Gholutecans had their seats.' Froebel's Cent. Amer., p. 53. Maribir.s, a tribe formerly inhabiting the mountain region about Leon. ' Ihre Wohnsitze bildeten die Frovinz Maribichoa.' Froebel, Aus Amer., tom. i., p. 333. ' Ay en Nicaragua cinco leguajes Goribici . . . Ghorotega Ghondal . . . .Orotiiia Mexicano.' Comara, Hist. Ind., fol. 264. ' Hablauan en Nica- ragua, cinco lenguas diferentes, Goribizi, que lo hablan mucho en Chnloteca LoB de Ghontal, la quarta es Orotina, Mexicana es la quinta.' Her- rera, Hist. Oen., dec. iii., lib. iv., cap. vii. 'In Nicaragua there were fiu« linages, and different languages: the Goribici, Ciocotoga, Giondale, Oretigna, and the Mexican.' Purchas his Pilgrimage, vol. v., 887; Oviedo, Hist. Oen., tom. iv., p. 35; Buschmann, Ortsnamen, p. 132. The Chorotegans 'occupied the entire country north of the Niquirans, extending along the Pacific Ocenn^ between it and Lake Managua, to the borders, and probably for a distance along the shores of the gulf of Fonseca. . They also occupied the country south of the Niquirans, and around the gulf of Nicoya, then called Orotina.' Squier's Nicaragtia., (EJ. 1856,) vol. ii., p. 310. ' Welche die Oegenden zwischen der Sttdsee und dem Managua-See von der Fonseca-Bai siidwarts bis zu den aztekisch sprechenden Indianern bewohnen und auch sudlich von den Niquirians bis zur Bai von Nicoya sich ausbreiten.* Wappaus, Oeog. u. Stat., p. 246. ' North of the Mexican inhabitants of '.Nicaragua (the Niquirans), between the Pacific Ocean, Lake Managua, and the Gulf of Fonseca.' Ludewvfa Ab. Lang., p. 48. Before the conquest they occupied ' les regions aujourd'hui k peu pres desertes qui s'etendeut entre le territoire de Tehuantepec et celni de Soconusco, sur les bords de I'Ocean Pacifique.'....To escape the Olmec tyranny they emigrated to 'golfe de Nicoya; de Ik, ils retournerent ensuite, en passant les monts, jusqu'au lac de Nicaragua et se fixerent sur ses bords.' Driven off by the Nahuas ' les uns, se dirigeant au nord-ouest, vont fonder Nagarando, au bord du lac de Mana- gua, tandis que les autres contournaient les rivages du golfe de Nicoya, que Ton trouve encore aujourd'hui habites par leurs descendants.' Brasseur de Bourbourg, Popol Vuh, introd., pp. cc, ccii. ' Als die Spanier nach Nicara- 792 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. gna kamen, war dieaa Volk an der Kflste verbreitet. . . wohnten lings der Kiiste dea Auatraloceans.' Hcwsel, Mtm. Ouat,, pp. 397-8. The IHriana ' ooonpied the territory lying between the npper extremity of Lake Nicaragna, the river Tipitapa, and the aonthem half of Lake Managna and the Pacific, whose principal towns were situated where now stand the cities of Oranada, then (called Salteba,) Masaya, and Managna, and the vil- lages of Tipitapa, Diriomo and Diriamba.' Squier's Nicaragua, (Ed. 1856,) vol. ii., p. 310. ' Groupes dans les looalitea encore connaes de Liria, de Diriom^, de Diriamba, de Monbaoho et de Lenderi, snr les hauteurs qui form- ent la base du volcan de Mazaya.' Braaaeur da Bourbourg, Hlat. Nat, Civ., tom. ii., p. 111. 'Occupied Masaya, Managua, Tipitapa, Diriomo, and Diriamba.' SUnU'a Nicaragua, p. 114; Froebel, Aua Amtr., tom. i., p. 287. The Nagrandana. ' Entre les Dirias et la Cholnteoa ^tait sitn^e la province des Mangn^B ou Nagarandas (Torquemada dit que Nagarando est un mot de lenr langue. Oviedo les appelle Nagrandas), dont les fertiles campngnes s'^tendaient, a* uord et k I'ouest du lac de Managua, jusqu'k la mer; on y admirait les cit^s florissantes de Chinand^ga, de Chichigalpa, de PozoUega, de Telica, de Subtiaba, de Nagarando, appelee aussi Xolotlan, de Matiares et une foule d'autres, reduitea maintenant, pour la plupart, k de mis^rables bourgades.' Braaaeur de Bourbourg, Eiat. Nat, Civ., lom. ii., pp. 111-12. ' The Nagrandana occupied the plain of Leon between the northern extreme of Lake Managua and the Pacific' Stout'a Nicaragua, p. 114. ' An welche sich weiter uordwestw&rts (the last mention was Dirians) die Bewohner der Oegend von Leon, welche Squier Nagrander nennt .. anschlosBen.' Froebel, Aua Anier., tom. i., p. 287. ' Ghorotega tribe of the plains of Leon, Nica- ragua.' Ludewig'a Ab. Lang., p. 130; Squier'a Nicaragua, (£d. 1856,) vol. ii., p. 310. The Niquirana ' settled in the district of Nicaragua, between the Lake of Nicaragua and the Pacific Ocean.' Ludeuiig'a Ab. Lang., p. 134. 'An centre du pays, sur le lac Nicaragua, appel<3 Cocibolca par les indigenes, vivaient les Niquirans. ' Uolinaki, La Calif omit, p. 290. Ometepec. ' This island was occupied by the Niquirans.' Squier'a Nicaragua, (£d. 1856,) vol. ii., p. 313; Boyle'a Ride, vol. i., p. 74. The Orotinana occupied ' the country around the Oulf of Nicoya, and to the southward of Lake Nicaragua.' Squier'a Nicaragua, (£d. 1856,) vol. ii., p. 310. ' Am Golfe von Orotiua oder Nicoya Unter den geographischen Namen im Lande der Orotiner stosst man auf den Vulkau OroHi, im jetzigen Costa Rica, wahrend einer der Vulkane in der Eette der Maribios, bei Leon, also im Lande der Nagrander, Orota heisst.' Froebel, Aus Amer., tom. i., p. 287. ' Les Orotinas, voisins du golfe de Nicoya, dont les villes princi- pales etaitent Nicoya, Orotina, Gantreu et Chorote.' Braaaeur de Bourbourg, Hiat. Nat. Civ., tom. ii., pp. 110. ' Settled the country south of Lake Nicara- gua around the Gulf of Nicoya.' Stout'a Nicaragua, p. 114. The MosQuiTos, as a subdivision of this group, inhabit the whole of Hon- duras, the eastern portion of Nicaragua, and all that part of the coast on the Caribbean Sea known as the Mosquito Coast. The Xicaquea ' exist in the district lying between the Rio Ulua and Rio Xinto It seems probable that the Xicaques were once much more MOSQUITO NATIONS. 798 widely diffased, extending over the plains of Olancho, and into the Depart- ment of Nneva Begoria, in Nicaragua.' Squier's Cent. Amtr,, p. 244. *8e rencontrent prinoipalement dana le d^pnrtement de Yoro. . . . (aome) k Teni- bonohure de la riviire Choloma, et le reste est diHpem^ dans lea montngnea k I'oueat de la plaine de Snla. Dana le d^partement de Yoro, ila aont r^pan- das dans le pays depuis la riviere Snlaco jusqu'k la bale de Honduras.' Id., in NouveUea Annaks den Voy., 1858, torn, clx., pp. 13&-4. Yoro department; ' Welche am oberen Lauf der Flfisse nnd in dem Berg- and HQgellande zwisohen der Kflste nnd dem Tbale Ton Olancho wohnen.' WappSus, Oeog. u. Stat, p. 317. The Poyas. * In the triangle between the Tinto, the sea, and the Rio Wanks, or Segoyia.' Squier'a Cent. Anter., p. 244. ' Inhabit the Poyer mountains, beyond the Embarcadero on the Folyer Biver.' Young's Narra- tive, p. 80. < Den westlichen Theil des Distrikta Tngnzgalpa, zwisohen den Flttssen Agnan nnd Barbo.' Hassel, Mex. Guat., p. 389. ' Inhabit the heads of the Black and Patook rivers.' Bell, in Lond. Oeog, Soc., Jour., toI. xxxii., p. 258. The Towlcaa, ' bewohnen die sadlichen Oegenden des Distrikts (Taguz- galpa) nnd das Oebirge.' Hassel, Mex. Ouat., pp. 390-1. 'Their principal residence is at the head of Patook River.' Young's Narrative, p. 87. ' They dwell along the Twaka river which is a branch of the Prinz Awala.' Bell, in Lond. Oeog. Soc, Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 258. The ' Toonglas inhabit along the other branch of the same river.' lb. The Smoos ' inhabit the heads of all the rivers from Blewfields to Patook.' Id,, p. 256. The Cookras ' reside alx^nt one hundred and thirty miles from its mouth' (the Ri' Bscondido). Strangexeays' Mosquito Shore, p. 30. The Caribs ' now occupy the coast from the neighborhood of the port of Truxillo to Carataska Lagoon Their original seat was Han Vincent, one of what are called the Leeward Islands, whence they were deported in a body, by the English, in 1798, and landed upon the then unoccupied island of Roatan, in the Bay of Honduras.' They afterwards removed to the main land ' in the vicinity of Truxillo, whence they have spread rapidly to the eastward. All along the coast, generally near the mouths of the various rivers with which it is fringed, they have their establishments or towns.' Bard's Waikna, p. 316. ' Now settled along the whole extent of coast from Gape Gracias & Dios to Belize.' Froebel's Cent. Amer., p. 185. 'Dwell on the sea coast, their first town, Cape Town, being a few miles to the west- ward of Black River.' Young'sNarrative, pp. 71, Vi2,lM. In Roatan :' Die Volksmenge besteht ans Caroiben und Sambos, deren etwa 4,000 auf der In- sel seyn soUen.' Hassel, Mex. Guat., p. 386. 'Unter den Caruibendorferu Bind zu nennen: Stanu Creek. . . .unfern im S. von Belize, und von da bis zur Sttdgrenze Settee, Lower Stanu Creek, Silver Creek, Seven Hills und PnntiGorda.' Wappiius, Geog. u. Stat., p. 'iOO See also: Sivers, Mittelameri- ka, pp. 154, 179; Morelet, Voyage, tom. ii., p. 289. "The Ramos extend from Greytown to Blewfields, a region ' uninhabited except by the scanty remnant of a tribe called Ramas. ' ' Inhabit a small island at the southern extremity of Blewfields Lagoon; they are only a nuser- 7M TRIBAL BOUin)ARIEB. able remnant of a nnmerons trib« that formerly lived on the St. John's and other rivera in that neighbourhood. A great number of them ntill live at the head of the Kio Frio, which runs into the St. John's Kiver at San Curlon Fort.' IkU, in Land. Oeog. Soc., Jour., vol. nxii., pp. 242, 260. ' Rama Cay, in Blewflels Lagoon. This iimall ialand is the refuge of a feeble remnant of the once powerful Rama tribe.' Pirn and Sttniann'a Dottinga, p. 278. The Moaq^iiloa inhabit ' the whole coast from Pearl Key Lagoon to Black River, and along the banks of the Wawa and Wanx, or Wanks Rivers for a great distance inland.' Jiell, in Lond. Oeog. Soc,, Jour., vol. xxxii., p. 260. ' L'interieur du pays est ocoup^ par la nation sanvage ct indomptable des HosquitoB-SomboB. Les cAtes, surtout prfes le cap Oracias k Dios, sont habitues par nne autre tribu d'Indiens que les navigateurs anglais ont appel<-s Mosquitos de la c&te.' Malte-Brun, Pr^cia de la 04og., torn, vi., p. 472. An dem Ende dieser Provinz (Honduras), nahe bey dem Cap, Qratias-a- Dios, findet man die berilhmte Nation der Mosquiten.' Delaporle, Reiaen, torn. X., p. 404. 'Nearly the whole coast of Honduras; and their most numerous tribe exists near the Cape Orocios A Dios.' BonnycaaUe'a Span. Amer., vol. i., p. 172. ' Ocupan el terreno de mas de sescnta leguas, que corren desde la jurisdiccion de Comaniagua, hasta la de Costa-Rica.' L'eviata Mex., tom. i., p. 404. 'Die Snmbo, oder eigentlichen Mosquitoindianer welche den grSssten Theil der Seekflste bis zum Black river hinauf und die an ders^lben belegenen Savannen bewohnen.' Mosquiloland, Bericht, p. 19. ' Inhabiting on the Main, on the North side, near Cape Gratia Dios; between Cape Honduras and Nicaragua.' Dampier'a Voyaijes, vol. i., p. 7. 'Inhabit a considerable space of country on the continent of America, nearly extend- ing from Point Castile, or Cape Honduras, the southern point of the Bay of Truxillo, to the northern branch of the river Nicaragua, called usually St. Juan's; and comprehending within these limits nearly 100 leagues of land on the sea coast, from latitude 11 to 16 deg.' Henderson' a Honduras, pp. 211- 12. The Sambos 'inhabit the country from Sandy Bay to Potook.' Strange- ways' Mosquito Shore, p. 330. 'The Sambos, or Mosquitiuns, inhabit the sea coast, and the savannas inland, as far west as Black River.' Young's Narrative, p. 71. 'The increase and expansion of the Caribs has already driven most of the Sambos, who were established to the northward and west- ward of Cape Oracia.s 4 Dios, into the territory of Nicaragua, southward of the Cape.' Squier'a Honduras [Lond., 1870,] p. 169; Id., Cent. Amer., p. 228. The IsTHUUNs, the last sub-division of this group, embrace the people of Cost Rica, together with the nations dwelling on the Isthmus of Fanam&, or Dari> ', as far as the gulf of UrabA, and along the river Atrato to the mouth ( . he Napipi, thence up the last-named river to the Pacific Ocean. ' The luv 1 tribes within the territory of Costarrica, distinguished by the name of 1 '^ialidades, are the Valientes, or most eastern people of the state; the Tiribee who occupy the coast from Bocatoro to the Banana; the Tala- mancaa am Blancos, who inhabit the interior, but frequent the coast between the 'anana and Salt Creek; the Montaiios and Cabecares, who are settled in tbo neighbourhood of the high lands bounding Veragua, and the Ouatusos, inhabiting the mountains and forest between Esparsa and Baga- ISTHMIAN NATIONS. Mn, and towardH the north of these places. ' Oalindo, in Lond. Oeog. Soc., Jour., vol. vi., p. 134. From Booa del Toro towards the wcstcoast dwell the Viceitas, Blancos, Valientes, Ouatusos, Tiribii' and Talanianoas. Wafjner and ScherMtr, Costa Hica, p. 654. Blaiicus, Valientes, and Talamancas ' eut- lang dcr Ostkitste zwischeu dem Kio Zent und Boca del Toro, im Stoate Costa Rica.' Id., p. 573. The Owthtaoa 'vom Nicaragua • See an den Bio Frio anfwttrts ond zwischen diesem und dum Ban Carlos bis zum Hochlande.' Wapputu, Oeog. ti. Stat., p. 357. 'Inhabit a territory lying between the Mdvales mountains on the west, the lake of Nicaragua and the San Juan river on the north, the Atlan'io shore on the east, and the table land of Sun Jo8<< upon the south.' 'he Rio Frio 'head-waters are the favorite haunt or habitation of the Ouatusos occupy the north-cast comer of Costa Bica.' Jioyle'a Hide, vol. !., pref., pp. xii., xix., p. 298. They inhabit 'the basin of the Rio Frio,' Squier'a Cent. Amer., p. 405; Id., in Nouvelks An- nalta dea Voy., 1856, tom. cli., p. 5; Id., in Iliat. Mag., vol. iv., p. 66; Vigne's Travela, vol. i., p. 77. The Quetarea ' viven enqima de las sierras del puerto de In Hcrradura 6 se eztienden por la costa deste golpho al Poniente de la banda del Norte hasta el confln de los Chorotegas.' Oviedo, Hist. Oen., tom. iii., p. 1(J8. The Blancoa ' welche nngefiihr 6 Tagereisen sUdOstlich von Angostura in den Bergen hausen.' Wagner and Scherter, Costa liica, pp. 556, 654. The Valientes and Ramaa, ' zwischen dem Funta Oorda und der Logune von Chiriqui.' Mosquiloland, Berichl, p. 9. Inhabiting the Isthmus were numerous tribes speaking different lan- guages, mentioned by early writers only by the name of the chief, which was usually identical with that of both town and province. In the province of Panama there were ' quatro seitores de lenguas diferentes Do alii se bnxaua a la pronincia de NatA. . . .treynta leguas de Pauam&. . . .otro llamado Escoria, ocho leguas de Nat/i Ocho leguas mns adclante, la buelta de Panam&, auia otro Ciizique dicho Chiru, de lenguadiferente: y otrassieto leguas mas adelante, h&zia PannmA, cstaua el de Chame, que era el remate de la Icngua de Coyba: y la prouincia de Paris so hallaua doze leguas de Natft, Les hueste.' Ilerrera, Hist. Otn., dec. ii., lib. iii., cap. vi. Westward from the gulf of Uraba ' hay una provincin que se dice Careta yendo mas la costa abnjo, fasta cuarenta leguas desttt villa, cntrando la ticrra adcntro fasta doce leguas, est4 nn cacique que se dice Comogre y otro que se dice Poborosa.' Balboa, in Navarrete, Col. de Viages, tom. iii., p. 366. ' En la primera provincia de los darieles hay las pobluciones siguientes : Seraque, Surugunti, Queno, Moreri, Agrazenuqun, Occabayanti y Uraba.' Ilervda, Catdlogo, tom. i., p. 280. ' Treinta y tantas leguas del Darien habia una provincia que se decia Careta, y otra cinco leguas de ella que so dice Ada La primera provincia desde Ada h&eia el ucste es Comogre En csta tierra est& una provincia que se llama Peruqueta, de una mar k otra, y la isla de las Perlas, y golfo de S. Miguel, y otra provincia, que llamamos las Behetrias por no haber en ella ningun seiior, se llama Cueva: cs toda nc" gente y de una lengua .... Desde esta provincia de Peruqueta hasta Adcchaii.'< que son oeroa de 40 legnas todavfa al ueste, se llama la provincia dc Coiba, y lu ....r 796 TRIBAL BOUNDARIES. gna ea In de Gneva desde Bnrica hasta esta provinoia, que se dice To- breyfoota, casi que cada senor es diferente de lengua nno de otro Desde aqul toraando & bajnr cerca de la mar, venimos & la provinoia de Nata eBt4 30 leguas de Panain& tenia per contrario k un seiior que se decia Es- ooria, que tenia bus poblaciones en un no grande echo leguas de Meta Esta es lengua per sf. Y ocho leguas de alK h&cia Panam& esti otro seiior que se dice Chiru, lengua diferente. Siete leguas de Chiru, h4cia Panamii, estA la provincia de Chame: es el remate de la lengua de Coiba Chiman dos leguas de Comogre desde este Chiman ... la provincia de Poco- rosa, y de alK dos leguas la vuelta del ueste la de Paruraca, donde comi- enza la de Coiba, y de allf lamismavia cuatro leguas. . . .la de Tubanam4, y de alH & ocho leguas todo k estn via la de Chepo, y seis leguas de aU( ... .la de Chepobar, y dos leguas delante. . . .la de Pacora, y cuatro de allf la de Fanam4, y de alii otras cuatro. . . .la de Periquete, y otras cuatro adelante. . . .la de Tabore, y otras cuatro adelante la de Chame, que es remate de la lengua y provincia de Coiba de Chame 4 la provincia del Chiru hay ocho leguas y este Chiru es otra lengua por sf.' Andagoya, in Navantle, Col. de Viages, tom. iii., pp. 397-8, 407-8, 410. The Ovaimies. ■ En la provincia de Veraguas, situada a 9 grados de lati- tud boreal, est4 la nacion de los Guaimies 6 Huamies. Ilervds, Catdlogo, tom. i., pp. 280-1. *Los quales indios, segun decian, no eran naturales de aqnella comarca: intes era su antigua patria la tierra que eatk junto al rio grande de Darien.' Ckza de Leon, in Id., p. '281. 'The Indians who at present inhabit the Isthmus are scattered over Bocas del Tore, the northern portions of Veraguas, the north-eastern shores of Panam&, and almost the whole of Darien, and consist principally of fbur tribes, the Bavanerics, the San Bias Indians, the Bayanos, and the Cholos. Each tribe speaks a different language.' Scemann'a Voy. Herald, vol. i., p. 317. ' Les Goajiros, les Motiloues, les Guainetas et les Cocinas, dans les provinces de Rio-Hacha, de Upar et de Santa-Marta; et les Da- riens, les Cunas et les Chocoes, sur les rives et les affluents de I'Atrato et les c6tes du Darien.' Roqiutte, in Nouvelles Annales des Voy., 1855, tom. oxlvii., pp. 24-5. ' The Savanerics occupy the northern portion of Veraguas.' lb. The Borachos occupied western Veragna. Id,, p. 312. The Manzanillo, or San Bias Indians, ' inhabit the north-eastern portion of the province of Panama.' Id,, p. 320. * The chief settlement is about San Bias, the rest of the coast being dotted over with small villages.' Oisbome's Darien, p. 156. ' Their principal settlements are on the upper branches of the Chepo, Chiman, and Congo, on the Tuquesa, Ucurganti, Jubuganti, and Ghueti, branches of the Chuquanaqua, and on the Pucro and Paya.' CuUen's Darien, p. 69. ' The whole of the Isthmus of Darien, except a small portion of the valley of the Tuyra, comprising the towns of Chipogana, i.':nogana, Yavisa, and Santa Maria, and a few scattering inhabitants on the Bayamo near its mouth, is uninhabited except by the San Bias or Darien Indians. . . They inhabit the whole Atlantic coast from San Bias to the Tarena, mouth of the Atrato, and in the interior from the Sucubti to the upper parts of the Bayamo.' Sel/ridge's Darien Surveys, p. 10. NATIONS OF THE ISTHMUS. 797 ion ian ne's of knd k's tion Lna, Lmo The Mandingoa ' occupy the coast as far as the Bay of Caledonia.' Ptiydt, in Lond. Oeog. Soc., Jour., vol. xxxviii., p. 92; Reichardt, Cent, Atner., p. 161; Ludewig's Ab. Lang, p. 61. The Bayanos, 'about the River Ghepo.' Id,, p. 18; Seemann'a Voy. Herald, vol. i., p. 321. The Choloa, ' extending from the Oulf of Ran Miguel to the bay of Ghoco, and thence with a few interruptions to the nt^rthem parts of the Bepublio of Ecuador.' Setmann'a Voy. Herald, vol. i., p. 321. ' Inhabiting part of the Isthmus of Darien, east of the river Chuquanaqna, which is watered by the river Paya and its branches in and about lat. 8° 15' N., and long. 77° 20' W.' Latham, in Lond. Qeog. Soc., Jour., toI.xx., p. 189. ' The Cunus have established themselves on the shores of the Gulf of Urab&, near the outlets of the Atrato.' Puydt, in Lond. Oeog. Soc., Jour., vol. xxxviii., p. 92. The Cunacunas, ' on the south-easterly side of the Isthmus.' Ludewig's Ab, Lc.ng., p. 69. "Jlie remnants of the Chncunaquese who in 1861 dwelt on the banks of the river which bears their name .... have gone up towards the north.' lb. The Chocoa, *on the Leon and the different tributaries of the Atrato.' Michler'a Darien, p. 26. The Caimanea, * between Punta Arenas and Turbo.' lb. The Urabda, ' en las selvas y bosques de la Provincia de Uraba.' Alcedo, Dice, tom. v., p. 258. The Idibas ' del Beyno de Tierra-Firme y Oobiemo de Panam&, son con- finantes eon los Ghocoes y los Tatabes.' Id., tom. ii., p. 413. The Payaa 'on the river of that name.' Selfridge' a Darien Sunwys, p. 36. END OF THE FIRST VOLUME. Inth Ithe